EDC15 Funktionsbeschreibung P12 VG2 de en PDF

bosch 0
Functional Description
EDC15 +
P120 - VG2
© All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.
19 April 2002 DS / ESA

Page 2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
Contents
1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................ 1-1

1.1 Notes on the structure and use ............................................ 1-1 ..........
1.2 Definitions ................................................. ........................................ 1-2
1.3 Naming conventions ................................................. ..................................... 1-2
1.4 Symbole........................................................................................................... 1-3
1.5 Characteristic space ........................................................................................................ 1-6
1.6 Abbreviations ................................................. .................................................. 1-7
1.7 RCOS - operating states ............................................... ................................. 1-9
1.7.1 Initialisierung.......................................................................................... 1-9
1.7.2 Recovery................................................................................................. 1-9
1.7.3 Operational .............................................. ............................................... 1-9
1.7.4 Restart - treatment ............................................ ................................ 1-10
2 QUANTITY CALCULATION ................................................. ................................... 2-1

2.1 Survey ......................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Startup ................................................. .................................................. . 2-5
2.2.1 Start quantity calculation .............................................. ........................... 2-5
2.2.2 Start quantity control .............................................. .............................. 2-8
Begrenzungsmenge........................................................................................ 2-11
2.3 2.3.1 Smoke limitation and turbo boost limit .................................... 2-12
2.3.2 Torque limitation .............................................. ........................ 2-16
2.3.3 fixes the limitation amount ............................................ ........ 2-18
Idle controller ................................................. ............................................... 2-24
2.4 2.4.1 crossing detection .............................................. ....................................... 2-25
2.4.2 Set-up select .............................................. ............................. 2-27
2.4.3 desired idle speed calculation .............................................. ............ 2-30
2.4.4 Control Algorithm .............................................. .................................... 2-38
Desired quantity ................................................. .............................................. 2-41
PWG filter and driving behavior ............................................. ......................... 2-41
2.5 2.6.1 Double Analog PWG ............................................. ............................. 2-42
2.6 2.6.2 speed-dependent ride ............................................. ......... 2-53
2.6.3 Speed-dependent driving behavior .................................. 2-53
2.6.4 Torque Gradient ............................................ ........... 2-57
Fuel cut-off ................................................. ......................................... 2-60
Cruise control ................................................. ..................... 2-62
2.8.1 Examination of Breaking ............................................ ........... 2-67
2.7 2.8.2 GRA on wheel torque ............................................ ............................. 2-70
2.8 2.8.3 Execution of the selected function ........................................... ......... 2-72
2.8.4 Description of the GRA states ........................................... .............. 2-76
2.8.5 GRA-target acceleration ............................................ ......................... 2-87
2.8.6 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) ......................................... .................. 2-88
2.8.7 Status Display, shutdown and application notes .... 2-91
Arbeitsdrehzahlregelung................................................................................ 2-94
2.9.1 Overview .............................................. ................................................ 2 - 94
2.9.2 Variable working speed control ............................................. ........... 2-96
2.9.3 Fixed Work speed control ............................................. .............. 2-104
2.9
DS / ESA Contents 19 April 2002

0 bosch EDC15 + Page 3
Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
2:10 maximum speed limit ................................................ ........... 2-105

2.10.1 Evaluation of the request via Niveau1 and Allrad1 ................ 2-107
2.10.2 Setpoint tracking .............................................. .......................... 2-110
2.10.3 Initialization of the setpoint ............................................ ............... 2-113
2.10.4 Controller parameters selection .............................................. .................... 2-113
2.10.5 HGB PI controller ........................................... ...................................... 2-113
2:11 External quantity engagement ............................................... .............................. 2-114
2.11.1 drag torque limit for CVT ................................ 2-116
2.11.2 External control units engaged ............................................. .............. 2-117
2.11.3 EGS intervention ............................................. ........................................ 2-119
2.11.4 ASR intervention ............................................. ........................................ 2-126
2.11.5 MSR intervention ............................................. ....................................... 2-128
2.11.6 ASG intervention ............................................. ....................................... 2-132
2:12 Active Ruckeldämpfer ............................................... ................................ 2-141
2.12.1 transition detection .............................................. ................................... 2-141
2.12.2 Set-up select .............................................. ......................... 2-141
2.12.3 Control Algorithm .............................................. ................................ 2-150
2:13 smoothness controller ................................................ ............................................. 2-154
3 EXHAUST FEEDBACK ................................................. .............................................. 3-1

3.1 Survey ......................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 Mengenauswahl............................................................................................... 3-2
3.3 Process value ................................................. .......................................... 3-3
3.3.1 Plausibility check of the air mass measurement ....................................... 3-4
Sollwertberechnung......................................................................................... 3-9
3.4 Regulator ............................................................................................................ 3-12
3.5 3.5.1 function while driving ............................................ ........................... 3-13
Driving an EGR cooler bypass valve .......................................... . 3-17
3.6 Monitoring and Shutdown ............................................... ...................... 3-18
3.7 3.7.1 Monitoring of control error ............................................ ........ 3-18
3.7.2 Abschaltung.......................................................................................... 3-19
3.7.3 Monitoring the status line ............................................ ................ 3-25
4 CHARGE PRESSURE CONTROL ................................................. ............................................. 4-1

4.1 Survey ......................................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Setpoint generation ................................................. .............................................. 4-2
4.3 Regelung.......................................................................................................... 4-4
4.3.1 loader noise suppression .............................................. ................... 4-7
Steuerung......................................................................................................... 4-8
4.4 Adaptation of the control parameters ............................................... ........................... 4-9
4.5 Abschaltung................................................................................................... 4-11
4.6 4.6.1 Shutdown due to permanent control offset ............................... 4-13
4.6.2 Shutdown due to cold start ............................................ .................... 4-13
5 OTHER FUNCTIONS ................................................ ............................................. 5-1

5.1 Glühzeitsteuerung............................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.1 Glühkerzenansteuerung .............................................. ............................ 5-1
5.1.2 Determination of Glühanforderung ............................................ ................ 5-6
5.1.3 Description of the states of glow time ................................ 5-7
19 April 2002 Contents DS / ESA

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
5.1.4 "pushing" for the glow plugs 3 Generation ......................................... 5-12

5.1.5 Protection of GSK 3 from overheating ......................................... ............. 5-12
5.1.6 sum fault diagnosis .............................................. .......................... 5-13
GSK3 ............................................. 5.1.7 Diagnosis ....................................... 5-13
5.1.8 Coding GSK3 ............................................. ..................................... 5-15
Fuel cooling ................................................. ......................................... 5-18
5.2 Air compressor ................................................. ......................................... 5-19
5.3 5.3.1 Conditions for lockout ............................................ .............. 5-20
Kühlwasserheizung........................................................................................ 5-30
5.4 5.4.1 switch-on condition .............................................. ................................. 5-32
5.4.2 Abschaltung.......................................................................................... 5-33
Motorlagersteuerung...................................................................................... 5-35
Ecomatic........................................................................................................ 5-36
5.5 5.6.1 Ecomaticfunktion via digital input ............................................ 5-37 .....
5.6 5.6.2 Ecomaticfunktion with CAN ............................................ ...................... 5-37
5.6.3 'engine' / 'a motor' command (from the gearbox control unit MSG) ... 5-38
Coolant temperature control ............................................... .................... 5-40
5.7.1 Overview .............................................. ................................................ 5 - 40
5.7.2 Coolant Thermostat control ............................................ .............. 5-41
5.7 5.7.3 Education of bits "characteristic map cooling": ........................................ .......... 5-43
5.7.4 radiator fan control ............................................ ............................. 5-44
5.7.5 radiator fan output stage control ............................................ .......... 5-48
5.7.6 Education of the relative cooling power for CAN ....................................... 5 - 52
5.7.7 caster and caster pump ............................................ .................. 5-53
Thermostatdiagnose....................................................................................... 5-57
5.8.1 State Description "Enable Diagnostics" ....................................... 5-58
5.8.2 Error detection .............................................. ..................................... 5-60
5.8.3 temperature calculation model and ambient temperature calculation 5-61
5.8 Flexible service interval indicator ................................................ ................... 5-63
Generator excitation ................................................. ........................................ 5-64
Odometer ................................................. ............................................ 5-65
EOBD - odometer ............................................... ................................ 5-66
Misfire Detection ................................................. .............................. 5-68
5.9 5.13.1 General .............................................. .......................................... 5-68
5:10 5.13.2 Monitoring conditions .............................................. .................. 5-68
5:11 5.13.3 Delayed detection start / early detection end ................. 5-69
5:12 5.13.4 misfire detection .............................................. ............................... 5-70
5:13 5.13.5 Test Result .............................................. .......................................... 5-71
Betriebsstundenzähler.................................................................................... 5-72
Electrical fuel pump / TAV ............................................. ........................ 5-73
5.15.1 Electrical fuel pump / TAV during the initialization phase .... 5-73
5:14
5:15
6 ERROR HANDLING ................................................. ............................................... 6-1

6.1 Survey ......................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Fehlervorentprellung ................................................. ...................................... 6-2
6.2.1 defect detection .............................................. ...................................... 6-2
6.2.2 Intact recognition .............................................. ........................................ 6-2
6.2.3 Testzustand............................................................................................. 6-3
6.2.4 caster - Low voltage K15 .......................................... ............. 6-3
Data set parameters for each error path ............................................... .................. 6-4
6.3

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
6.3.1 Environmental conditions .............................................. ................................. 6-4

6.3.2 debounce counter for error entry ............................................ .................. 6-5
6.3.3 debounce Error Clear ............................................ .............. 6-6
6.3.4 Priority and Readiness ............................................ ............................... 6-7
Data set parameters for each error ............................................... ......................... 6-8
6.4 6.4.1 debouncing for entry and healing .......................................... ............ 6-8
6.4.2 Error type (fbwE.. T Low byte) .............................................. ................ 6-8
6.4.3 Memory codes .............................................. ......................................... 6-11
Fehlerspeicherverwaltung.............................................................................. 6-13
6.5 6.5.1 Driving Cycle (DC) .......................................... .................................... 6-15
6.5.2 Warm Up Cycle (WUC) ......................................... .............................. 6-15
6.5.3 General Data set parameters ............................................. .............. 6-15
Fehlerspeicher................................................................................................ 6-18
6.6.1 Behaviour at full fault memory ........................................... ......... 6-20
6.6 6.6.2 Freeze frame ............................................. ............................................ 6-20
Activation of the MIL - lamp ............................................. ......................... 6-22
Control of the system lamp ............................................... ....................... 6-23
Terminology used ................................................ ...................................... 6-24
6.7
6.8
6.9
7 DIAGNOSIS .................................................................................................................. 7-1

7.1 Survey ......................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Standard protocol ................................................ ........................................... 7-2
7.2.1 Establish communication .............................................. ........................... 7-2
7.2.2 Communication sequence .............................................. ............................ 7-3
Standard telegram contents ................................................ ............................. 7-5
7.3 Read 7.3.1 SG identification ........................................... ................................ 7-6
Read 7.3.2 RAM cells ........................................... ....................................... 7-9
Read 7.3.3 ROM / EPROM cells ......................................... ........................ 7-10
7.3.4 Clear the fault memory ............................................. ............................ 7-10
7.3.5 Diagnostics end ............................................. ......................................... 7-11
7.3.6 Read fault memory ............................................. ................................ 7-11
7.3.7 ADC channel read ............................................ ...................................... 7-12
7.3.8 Acknowledge .............................................. .......................................... 7-13
7.3.9 No Acknowledge ............................................. ..................................... 7-13
Read 7.3.10 SG addresses ............................................ .................................. 7-13
7.3.11 Parameter coding .............................................. .............................. 7-14
Read 7.3.12 E2PROM ............................................. ...................................... 7-14
Write E2PROM 7.3.13 ............................................. ............................... 7-15
7.3.14 Login Request ............................................. ........................................ 7-16
Read 7.3.15 measurements ............................................. ...................................... 7-20
7.3.16 actuator test Initiate / continue turn ........................................... 7-20 .......
7.3.17 normalized values read ............................................ ........................ 7-21
7.3.18 Overview adaptation ............................................. ............................. 7-27
Read 7.3.19 adjustment ............................................. .................................... 7-29
7.3.20 test adaptation ............................................. ................................... 7-29
Save 7.3.21 adjustment ............................................. ............................. 7-29
7.3.22 Initiate basic setting ............................................. ..................... 7-30
Normalized 7.3.23 Initiate basic setting ............................................ 7-31 .......
7.3.24 Entering Ableichwerten by VAG tester ............................... 7-33
OBDII protocol ................................................ ............................................ 7-34
7.4

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
7.4.1 Establish communication .............................................. ......................... 7-34

7.4.2 Communication sequence .............................................. .......................... 7-35
7.4.3 Initialization by WUP ............................................ ...................... 7-37
7.4.4 Time definition .............................................. .......................................... 7-38
7.4.5 Error handling .............................................. ................................... 7-38
OBDII telegram contents ................................................ .............................. 7-39
7.5 Read 7.5.1 Emissions-related information ............................................ ........ 7-39
7.5.2 Freeze frame read ............................................ .................................... 7-42
Read 7.5.3 Emission-related errors ............................................ ..................... 7-43
Delete 7.5.4 Emissions-related information ............................................ 7-44 ....
7.5.5 reading of test results ............................................ .................. 7-44
7.5.6 Current emission-related reading errors ........................................... ........ 7-51
7.5.7 Reading of vehicle information ............................................ 7-51 ......
7.5.8 Control unit acknowledge ............................................ ........................ 7-55
7.5.9 Diagnosis - Start ............................................ ........................................ 7-56
Description of the parameter fields ............................................... ................ 7-57
Fehlercodes.................................................................................................... 7-60
7.7.1 Fehlercodeliste...................................................................................... 7-60
7.6 McMess ......................................................................................................... 7-61
7.7
7.8
8 MONITORING CONCEPT ................................................. ........................................ 8-1

8.1 Survey ......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Exhaust gas recirculation (ARF) .............................................. .................................. 8-2
8.3 Exhaust gas recirculation actuator (AR1, AR2, AR3) .......................................... ............. 8-2
8.4 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) ............................................ .......................... 8-3
8.5 Working speed controller (ADR) .............................................. ............................ 8-4
8.6 Atmospheric pressure sensor (ADF) .............................................. ....................... 8-4
8.7 Battery voltage (U_bat) .............................................. ............................... 8-4
8.8 Brake Centre (BCC, BRK) ............................................ ............................... 8-5
8.9 Onboard supply control unit (BSG) .............................................. ................................ 8-6
8:10 CAN bus (CA0) ............................................. ................................................. 8 -7
8:11 Crash detection (CRA) ............................................ ..................................... 8-8
8:12 Electric fan - power amplifier (GER) ............................................ ......................... 8-10
8:13 External lot of intervention / transmission (Exme) ........................................... 8-12 ......
8:14 External lot of intervention / brake (ABS) ........................................... ............ 8-13
8:15 External lot of intervention / Automatic Transmission (ASG/VL30) ......... 8-15
8:16 Road speed signal (FGG) .............................................. ................. 8-18
8:17 FGR control panel, variant LT2 ............................................. ......................... 8-19
8:18 FGR control panel, Variant VW ............................................. ......................... 8-19
8:19 FGR control panel, Variant VW CAN, "locked-off" .................... 8-20
8:20 Glow relay (GLR) .............................................. ............................................. 8-21
8:21 Glow time (GZS) .............................................. ................................. 8-22
8:22 Main relay (HRL) .............................................. ........................................... 8-22
8:23 Heating requirement (HZA) .............................................. ........................... 8-24
8:24 Highest speed limit (HGB) .............................................. 8-24 .....
8.25 Hydraulic fan - power amplifier (HYL) ............................................ ........................... 8-25
8:26 Kickdown switch (KIK) .............................................. ................................. 8-25
8:27 Terminal 15 (KL15) ............................................. .......................................... 8-25
8:28 Air Relay (KLI) .............................................. ............................................ 8-26
8:29 Instrument Cluster CAN message (KBI) ........................................... ........... 8-26

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
8:30 Fuel temperature sensor (KTF) .............................................. ................... 8-27

8:31 Coolant thermostat - power amplifier (TST) ............................................ ............ 8-28
8:32 Cooling water heating (KWH) .............................................. ............................ 8-29
8:33 KWH Relay 1 (GSK1) ............................................ ...................................... 8-29
8:34 KWH relay 2 (GSK2) ............................................ ...................................... 8-29
8:35 Boost pressure sensor (LDF) .............................................. ................................... 8-30
8:36 Boost pressure control (LDR) .............................................. ............................... 8-32
8:37 Boost pressure plate (LDS) .............................................. ................................... 8-38
8:38 Mass air flow sensor (MAF) .............................................. .............................. 8-38
8:39 Air temperature sensor (LTF) .............................................. ............................. 8-40
8:40 MIL - Lamp (MIL) ............................................ ........................................... 8-40
8:41 Lag pump - power amplifier (ZWP) ............................................ .................... 8-40
8:42 Oil temperature sensor (OTF) .............................................. ............................... 8-41
8:43 Pedal sensor (PWG) .............................................. .................................... 8-42
8:44 Reference voltage (U_REF) .............................................. ........................... 8-48
8:45 Lighting system (SYS) .............................................. ....................................... 8-48
8:46 Ambient temperature sensor (UTF) .............................................. ................ 8-49
8:47 Water temperature sensor on the radiator outlet (WTK) ....................................... 8-50
8:48 Water temperature sensor on the cylinder head outlet (WTF) ............................. 8-50
8:49 RME sensor (RME) ............................................ .......................................... 8-51
8:50 Analog / digital converter (TAD) ............................................ .......................... 8-52
8:51 Shutdown due to system error ............................................... ................... 8-53
8:52 Tachometer (DZG) .............................................. ...................................... 8-58
8.52.1 defect detection .............................................. .................................. 8-58
8.52.2 healing .............................................. ................................................. 8 -59
Electrical shut-off valve (ELAB) ............................................. ................ 8-60
Electric fuel pump (EKP) ............................................. ................. 8-61
Refrigerant pressure sensor (KMD) .............................................. ....................... 8-61
Solenoid valve plate - power amplifier (MVS) ............................................ .............. 8-61
8:53 Amount repeaters (HDK) .............................................. .............................. 8-62
8:54 Amount interlocking (MES) .............................................. ................................. 8-64
8:55 8.58.1 defect detection .............................................. .................................. 8-64
8:56 8.58.2 healing .............................................. ................................................. 8 -64
8:57 Needle movement sensor (NBF) .............................................. ......................... 8-65
8:58 8.59.1 defect detection .............................................. .................................. 8-65
8.59.2 healing .............................................. ................................................. 8 -66
redundant pedal sensor (PGS) ............................................. .................. 8-67
Injection start control (SBR) .............................................. ........................... 8-67
Control unit (SG) .............................................. .............................................. 8-68
8:59 Tankabschaltventil (TAV) .............................................. ............................... 8-73
Summarized system error ................................................ .................... 8-74
8.60
8.61
8.62
8.63
8.64
9 INPUT AND OUTPUT SIGNALS .............................................. ........................... 9-1

9.1 Eingangssignale............................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.1 Digitaleingänge....................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.2 Analog inputs .............................................. ........................................ 9-7
9.1.3 tachometer .............................................. ......................................... 9-15
9.1.4 needle movement sensor .............................................. ........................... 9-16
9.1.5 Speed Measurement .............................................. ............... 9-17
9.1.6 Analog-K15 evaluation ........................................... ......................... 9-21

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
9.1.7 PWM signal crash ............................................ .................................... 9-22

9.1.8 Evaluation refrigerant pressure signal ............................................. ........ 9-24
9.2 Output signals ................................................. ........................................... 9-25
9.2.1 beginning of injection plate .............................................. .................................. 9-25
9.2.2 boost pressure plate .............................................. ..................................... 9-25
9.1.3 exhaust gas recirculation actuator 1 ............................................. ............................ 9-26
9.1.4 exhaust gas recirculation actuator 2 ............................................. ............................ 9-26
9.1.5 Elektrolüfter.......................................................................................... 9-26
9.1.6 Hydro fan .............................................. ............................................. 9-26
9.1.7 Coolant Thermostat .............................................. .............................. 9-26
9.1.8 Interlocking amount .............................................. .................................... 9-26
9.1.9 Glührelaissteller.................................................................................... 9-26
9.1.10 TD signal ............................................. .............................................. 9-28
9.1.11 TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal ........................................ ........................ 9-29
9.1.12 consumption calculation .............................................. ......................... 9-31
9.1.13 MUX signal ............................................. .......................................... 9-31
10 CAN ........................................................................................................................ 10-1

10.1 Overview ....................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 DPRAM layout ............................................... .............................................. 10-2
10.3 Überwachung................................................................................................. 10-4
10.3.1 Excluding the CAN monitor ........................................... 10-6 .....
10.3.2 suppression of errors of the external control device intervention ........... 10-6
10.4 Data Exchange ................................................ .............................................. 10-7
10.5 Configuration of the messages .............................................. ........................ 10-9
10.6 Structure of the messages .............................................. ................................. 10-10
10.7 version of the CAN data definition ............................................ ................. 10-11
10.8 Embassies ................................................ .................................................. 10-12
10.8.1 Overview - CAN object using ........................................... 10-12 ....
10.8.2 Sent message - Engine 1 ......................................... ............... 10-13
10.8.8 Sent message - MotorFlexia ........................................... 10-28 .......
10.8.9 Sent message - MSG_Transportprotokoll ............................. 10-31
10.8.10 Sent message - MSG_Transportkanal1 ............................... 10-32
10.8.11 Sent message - GRA ........................................... ................ 10-34
10.8.12 Sent message - GRA_Neu ........................................... 10-35 ........
8/10/13 Received message - brake 1 .......................................... 10-37 .......
8/10/14 Received message - brake 3 .......................................... 10-40 .......
8/10/15 Received message - Transmission 1 ......................................... 10-41 ......
8/10/16 Received message - Gear 2 ......................................... 10-44 ......
8/10/17 Received message - Combination 1 .......................................... 10-46 ........
8/10/18 Received message - Combination 2 .......................................... 10-48 .......
8/10/19 Received message - Airbag 1 .......................................... 10-50 ........
8/10/20 Received message - BSG_Last ........................................... 10-52 .....
8/10/21 Received message - Clima 1 .......................................... 10-54 .........
8/10/22 Received message - GRA ........................................... ............. 10-56

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
8/10/23 Received message - GRA_Neu ........................................... 10-57 ....

8/10/24 Received message - ADR 1 ......................................... ........... 10-59
8/10/25 Received message - eavesdropping channel ........................................... . 10-61
8/10/26 Received message - Transportkanal1 ...................................... 10-61
8/10/27 Received message - Niveau1 ........................................... 10-62 ........
8/10/28 Received message - Allrad1 ........................................... 10-65 .........
10.9 CAN Interpreter........................................................................................... 10-67
10:10 normalization of the messages .............................................. ......................... 10-68
10.10.1 Received moments ............................................. ....................... 10-69
10.10.2 Sent moments ............................................. .......................... 10-69
10:11 Transportprotokoll....................................................................................... 10-74
10.11.1 Overview .............................................. .......................................... 10-74
10.11.2 protocol handler .............................................. ............................... 10-74
11 CASTER ............................................................................................................... 11-1

11.1 Survey ....................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2 Actuator stop position adjust it ............................................... .......................... 11-6
11.3 Voltage stabilizer test ................................................. ............................. 11-7
11.4 Monitoring module test (gate array test) .............................................. 11-10 .......
12 PUMP CONTROL ................................................. ........................................... 12-1

12.1 Survey ....................................................................................................... 12-1
12.2 Fuel temperature correction ................................................. ...................... 12-2
12.3 Position preset ................................................. .......................................... 12-3
12.4 Quantity control Interlocking ................................................. ...................... 12-4
12.5 ELAB control ................................................ ....................................... 12-6
12.6 ELAB released in the start-up operation .............................................. ....................... 12-6
12.7 ELAB Test..................................................................................................... 12-7
13 SPRAY STARTING SYSTEM ................................................. ........................................ 13-1

13.1 Overview ....................................................................................................... 13-1
13.2 Generation of setpoint ................................................ ............................................. 13-2
13.2.1 Dynamic advance ............................................. ................. 13-4
13.2.2 setpoint corrections .............................................. .............................. 13-5
13.2.3 advance after start ............................................ ...................... 13-6
13.2.4 advance at start ............................................ ........................ 13-6
13.3 Process value ................................................ ......................................... 13-7
13.4 Regelung........................................................................................................ 13-8
14 CONTROL DEVICE CODE ............................................... .................................... 14-1

14.1 Coding ...................................................................................................... 14-1
14.2 CAN-Freischaltung........................................................................................ 14-2
14.2.1 Overview .............................................. .............................................. 14-2
14.2.2 Signal Configuration .............................................. .............................. 14-3
14.2.3 Error handling .............................................. ................................. 14-6
APPENDIX A UMPROGRAMMIERANLEITUNG ............................................... .......................... A-1

Motor-specific data ................................................ ........................................... A-1
Control engineering functions ................................................ .................................... A-2

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2
P controller, the I-controller (time and speed sync) ..................................... ..... A-3
Time Synchronous DT1 .............................................. ............................... A-4
Time Synchronous DT1 element with nonlinear coefficient .......................... A-5
Speed Synchronous DT1 .............................................. ....................... A-6
Time Synchronous PT1 .............................................. ................................ A-7
Speed Synchronous PT1 .............................................. ........................ A-7
Time Synchronous PT2 element .............................................. ................................ A-8
Speed Synchronous D2T2 member .............................................. ..................... A-9
Time Synchronous PDT1 member (Lead Lag) .......................................... .............. A-9
Speed Synchronous PDT1 member (Lead Lag) .......................................... ...... A-9
Amplifiers ............................................................................................................... A-11
Endstufenbausteine....................................................................................... A-11
Donor passwords ehwEST_ ................................................ ........................... A-12
APPENDIX B DEFINITION OF GROUP NUMBERS ............................................. .................. B-1

FGR / ACC via login enabled (comFGR_opt nonzero) ....................... B-6
ADR Plus.........................................................................................................B-6
ADR minus .....................................................................................................B-6
Handbremskontakt...........................................................................................B-6
ADR ein...........................................................................................................B-6
ADR recovery (LT2 control panel) ............................................ ............ B-6
APPENDIX C SCHEDULING ....................................................................................................C-1

Aktivierungsraster.....................................................................................................C-1
maximum throughput times "critical path" ............................................ .............. C-3
APPENDIX D LIST OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ............................................. ..................... D-1
APPENDIX E LIST OF ERROR CODES ............................................. .................................... E-1
APPENDIX F LIST of the error ............................................. ........................................ F-1
APPENDIX G LIST OF olda'S ............................................. ............................................ G-1
ANNEX H LIST OF PINS SG ............................................ ............................................ H-1
ANNEX I UNIVERSAL INTERFACE ASCET ........................................... .................... I-1

Activation ................................................................................................................ I-1
Adressen..................................................................................................................... I-2
Monitoring ............................................................................................................. I-3
Of intervention ................................................................................................................. I-3
Limitation of bypass values ............................................. ...................................... I-3

0 bosch EDC15 + Page 1-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
1 Overview
The information in this document is confidential. A passing without written
Consent of Robert Bosch GmbH is not permitted. For any damages as a result of
Reprogramming assumes no responsibility Robert Bosch GmbH.
1.1 Notes on the structure and use

The modularization of EDC15 software is function-oriented in function groups. Each
Functional group has a function group name and a two-character abbreviation. The
2 character abbreviation is the first 2 characters of all names (symbols), and in the texts
Drawings are used. In block letters are the overview pictures of the individual functions
specified.
Monitoring concept (including self-diagnosis (ed)) / Troubleshooting (fb)

Configuration (CO)
Control engineering functions (rf)
Input signals: Quantity calculation (mr) and Output signals:

Quantity metering (zm)
Digital inputs (di) Exhaust gas recirculation plate
Injection start control (sb) or
Analog inputs (on) Control beginning (ab) in the CR Boost pressure plate
or conveying beginning calculation .
(Fn) in PDE .
.
Tachometer (dz)
.
Exhaust gas recirculation (AR) .
Secondary speed sensor (dz) .
Boost pressure control (ld)
Vehicle speed sensor (fg)
Glow time (gs) TD - signals
Air compressor (kl) TQ - Signal
Cooling water heating (kh) MUX - signal (pb)
Kühlmittelthermostatst. (Km)
Ecomatic (ec)
Radiator fan control (ku)
Misfire Detection (mr)
Fl. Service interval indicator (si)
Diagnosis (xc)
CAN (ca)
19 April 2002 Survey -Notes on the structure and use DS / ESA

Page 1-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
1.2 Definition of terms

Term Explanation Representation
Input - at the left edge of a
Drawing
Output at the right edge of a
Drawing
Message Message At formation exchange -
between SG functions
OLDAdient the output of intermediate results-
Datensatzalle modifiable by an adjustment -
Data (fixed value, characteristic curves, maps)
.. Put placeholders for letters and numbers -
represent their importance in the respective chapter
is explained
Read-only single value or software switch
Software switch Allows you to configure the individual SW -
Functions
DAMOS - switch subset of software switch may only-
be changed by running DAMOS
1.3 Naming Conventions

All names used in text and figures are according to the following
Scheme built:
jjtXXXXXXX (maximum 10 characters)

jj 2 character abbreviation of the function group (lowercase)
t Name type from the following list (lowercase)
- b Bit variable
-
c Byte (character) variable
-
- e Equate or set constant
- m Message
- o Olda address
w Word variable / fixed value
To forgive XXXXXXX 1 to 7 characters left (Uppercase or lowercase)

Examples:
- anmWTF
Message (m) water temperature (WTF) of analog value processing
(To)
-dzmNmitMessage (m) Speed (NMIT) the speed measurement (dz)
-fboSDZGOLDA address (o) of the path speed encoder (SDZG) of the
Error handling (fb)
-fbwHAEUF_I data word (w) Frequency counter initial value (HAEUF_I) of the
Error handling (fb)
DS / ESA Overview - Definitions 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
1.4 Symbols
Subsequently, the single Bosch-K5 symbols are listed below:
Absolute amount Limit DT1 element

AMOUNT CONTROLS DT1
I element IT1 element P-element

I IT1 P
PI-element PID element PT1 element

PI PID PT1
PT2 element RAMP Ramp Ramp, rising

PT2 RAMP
Signal Range
Timer Dead time
Check
SRC TIMER DEAD TIME
Characteristic Map Characteristic space

KL KF KR
Hysteresis, falling Hysteresis, rising Hysteresis, 3x
MIN
Minimum, MAX
Maximum, COUNTER Counter,
2 inputs 2 inputs falling edge
COUNTER Counter,
MIN
Minimum, MAX
Maximum,
3 inputs 3 inputs rising edge
ENT
Switch, 2 inputs, Switch, 2 inputs,
Contusion Debouncing 1 output 1 output
Switch, 1 input, Switch, 1 input,

The shorting switch
2 outputs 2 outputs
19 April 2002 Overview - Symbols DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Switch, 1 input, Switch, 3 inputs,

The shorting switch
3 outputs 1 output
a a
Comparator = Compared to the same a b a <= b Compare for less a> = b Compare for greater

Compare for greater
b b or equal to b or equal to
X Bit position Addition Subtraction
Division Multiplication
&
Empty gate & AND, 2 inputs AND, 3 inputs
&
&
& AND, 4 inputs AND, 5 inputs AND, 6 inputs
>1
=1 XOR, 2 inputs >1 OR, 2 inputs OR, 3 inputs
>1
>1
>1 OR, 4 inputs OR, 5 inputs OR, 6 inputs
S
1 Inverter Inversion Q RS flip-flop
DS / ESA Overview - Symbols 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Text Text Text
Block start / end Function call Statement
Text
Text Text
Text
Statement Statement with number Decision
Connector
19 April 2002 Overview - Symbols DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
1.5 Characteristic
space
The calculation algorithm of a characteristic space is generally explained here.
z-source 00 FF HEX HEX ...
High Byte Low Byte
KL
Select Curve
x = 0 ... 9 Standardization
0 100 HEX
1
2
3 0 ... 0996
4
5 Value of x.ten
6 Characteristic field Final value
7
8
9
x-source
y-source
KF
x maps
x = 1 ... 10
1
2
3
4
5
6 Th value of x +1.
7 Characteristic field
8
9
10
Illustration: CHARACTERISTIC
SPACE
The final value is formed from a 4-dimensional interpolation. The 4-dimensional

Interpolation is linear interpolation between outputs of two maps
simulated. In response to the third input variable (z-source) is calculated using the
Select Curve (the conversion must have SBK_EKF) (baseline 00 00 HEX ... xx 00
HEX) a pair of switches operated. The lower switch is always one step further than the
upper switch.
The pair of switches selects each x maps the input variables x and y-source-to-source
a map pair. The choice from the x maps done by the "high byte" of the
Select Curve value (0 ≤ x ≤ n). Between the output values of the characteristic fields KF (x) and
KF (x +1) is linearly interpolated. For this purpose, the difference of the above output values with
the normalized "low byte" of the selection curve multiplied, and the result of the characteristic field
KF (x) is added. This results in the final output value.
DS / ESA Overview - characteristic space 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
1.6 Abbreviations
ADC Analog-to-digital converter LL Neutral
ADF Atmospheric pressure sensor LLR Idle controller
AG4 Automatic transmission (4-speed) LMM Air flow meter
ARD Active Ruckeldämpfung LRR Smoothness controller
ARF Exhaust gas recirculation LTF Air temperature sensor
ASR Traction control
MD Moment
BRE Brake contact MES Amount amplifiers signal
BRK redundant brake contact MSA Volume, injection start and
Emission control
ECM
MSG
Solenoid valve plate
CAN Controller Area Network MVS
Air mass
M_L
Amount
DIA Diagnosis M_E
DKS Throttle Actuator
DPRAM Dual Port RAM N Number of revolutions
DZG Speed encoder NBF Needle-movement sensor
Commercial Commercial vehicles
I/O O signals vehicles Camshaft
EAB EAB (VP) or EHAB (RP) NW Idle speed
EDC Electronic Diesel Control N_LL
EEPROM Electrical Erasable Programmable OBD On-board diagnostics
Read Only Memory
Olda On-line data analysis
EHAB Electrohydraulic parking structure
ELAB Electrical shut-off device PBM Pulse-width modulation
EPW Electro-pressure transducer PID Parameter identification
Car Passenger cars
FGG Vehicle speed sensor PSG Pump controller
PWG Pedal position sensor
PWM Pulse-width modulation
GAZ Glow indicator P_ATM Atmospheric pressure
GF Memory factor P_L Charge pressure
GRA Cruise control
GRL Glow relay
GSK Glow plug
RAM Random Access Memory
GZS Glow time / device
ROM Read Only Memory
RP Series pump
HDK Half difference shorting ring encoders RWG Regelweggeber
HFM Hot-film air mass meter
SB Start of injection
IWZ Incremental angle-time system SBR Injection start control
SG Control unit
KF Map SNYC Sync pulse
KL Characteristic
KLI Air Compressor t Time
KS Short circuit T0 Sampling
KTF Fuel temperature sensor T_K Fuel temperature
KUP Coupling T_L Air temperature
KW Crankshaft / Crank angle T_S Intake manifold
T_W Water temperature
TDS Speed signal
LDF Boost pressure sensor TV Duty cycle
LDR Boost pressure control TQS Amount of signal
LDS Boost pressure plate
LGS Empty gas switch
19 April 2002 Index - Abbreviations DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
U_Batt Battery voltage
V Speed
VP Distribution pump
VSO Adjustment 100 (real-time
Application system)
Variable turbine geometry
VTG
VW Diagnostic Tester
VAG
WTF Water temperature sensor
Z Number of cylinders
ZMS Dual mass flywheel system
DS / ESA Index - Abbreviations 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
1.7 RCOS - operating states

The operating system differentiates between 3 system states. At a time the system takes exactly
one of these states:
1.7.1 Initialization
A Initialization place after a power-up or a K15 - level change from low to high
and instead can also be initiated by the operating system (after occurrence of several
Recoveries s, u). The initialization is used to set the computer core to a defined
Condition and is performed when it is assumed that the processor in an in
With regard to the application of undefined state. The duration of the initialization
is typically in the range of 200 ms.
1.7.2 Recovery
A Recovery takes place under the assumption that a fault condition has occurred in the system, the
by restarting (= Reset + execution of Recovery - functions) in an error-free
Condition can be performed. The goal of recovery is that the remuneration and
To restart application programs during operation without the driving noticeably
is affected. In the case of recovery, it is assumed that in a system to the total
Part defined state. The duration of a recovery of the order of 1
ms. The occurrence of Recoveries is time-monitored, too frequent recoveries lead to a
Initialization.
1.7.3 Operational
This is the "normal" operating state of the control unit. The state Operational is after
Reached the end of the initialization or recovery. Only in this state, for
the driving operation necessary functions performed.
HW reset & HW reset &

HW reset & Watchdog OV & Watchdog OV &
NOT watchdog OV Rst Cnt> = 3 Rst Cnt <3
Restart &
Restart Rst Cnt <3
Restart & Rst Cnt> = 3

Initialization Recovery
IT RE
IN CV
y -R
&3 ad ea R
rt Re dy Rs est
sta> = t-C type
Re-Cnt nt & <3
tRs
Operational
Figure OPMODES: Operating conditions
19 April 2002 Overview - RCOS - operating states DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
1.7.4 Restart - treatment

The operating system detects a critical misconduct, it triggers a restart. Through this
Process is brought into the state of the system recovery. The recovery routines of the individual
Tasks can read the restart cause and take appropriate action. The respective
Cause of error in the Low byte of Olda edoRSTCD displayed:
Value (hex) Cause of error

00 Hardware initialization (no error)
01 Timeout during initialization (first task)
02 Timeout Recovery (1 task)
03 Error in the external RAM test
04 Timeout during initialization (other task)
05 Timeout Recovery (other task)
06 Incorrect system tables in the EPROM version
07 Error reading the bit pattern in the EPROM
08 Error reading the bit pattern in the external RAM
09 Checksum of the EPROM incorrect
0A Invalid restart entry point
0B Watchdog expired during Operational
0C Zero job is not active
0D Exceeded deadline of a task
0E Inconsistent Gültig_Bits (int RAM)
0F Exceeded Resource Deadline
10 Illegal interrupt after PEC 0 *)
11 Illegal interrupt after PEC 1
12 Illegal interrupt after PEC 2 **)
18 Invalid trap or interrupt entry point
19 Stack not empty at end of task
1A Stack overflow
1B Stack underflow
1C Undefined opcode
1D Protection Fault
1E Illegal Word Operand Access
1F Illegal Instruction Access
*) Possible cause: extreme over frequency on MES-0
**) Possible cause: extreme over frequency to FGG-1
DS / ESA Overview - RCOS - operating states 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Value (hex)
Cause of error
20 Access to non-configured bus
21 Illegal Class B HW Trap
22 Illegal NMI interrupt
23 Detuning on the overrun
24 Index in dzmDZGPER has overflowed
25 User stack overflow
26 User stack underflow
27 A / D channel number out of step
28 Checksum of the EPROM (residual) incorrectly (with CR function switch invalid)
29 Series controller with application data set
2A CAN module blocked Ready line
2B Differnet. Number of power amplifier modules - number made use of amplifiers
2C Series of measurements is, although started
2D Main relay has stuck
2E The internal ROM checksum incorrect
2F Exceeded task - Deadline a 100ms
30 wrong CS-lines-Number (for CR: KWP 2000 Flash EPROM programming
start)
31Falsche form identifier in EPROM
32Fehler XpressNet the RAM test
33falsche addr-line-number
34reserviert (at CR: Critical iwz implausibility)
35Falsche gate array identification
36KWP 2000 Flash EPROM programming start (at CR: Flash Programming
enabled on restart)
37Fehler in data-bus test
38Softwareinkompatibilitaet (at CR: digital Einsprungbedingungen lie on)
39falsche form identifier in Flash
3Areserviert (at CR: Master / Slave Communication failure)
3BFehler in RAM Connection Test
3CFehler in CS-agility test
3DFehler for address bus test
3Efehlerhafte CC215 data bus connection
The differences between V and CR result from the different mask versions.
High byte of the message edmRSTCD:

00h ... during initialization / recovery
10h ... while Operational in previous initialization
30h ... while in previous Operational Recovery
19 April 2002 Overview - RCOS - operating states DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The high byte of the restart code was extended by a further position. At Restart Code
80xxh jumped the control unit in the high-level Flash programming. The numbers in
Low byte then have other meanings (ie the error numbers of the self-diagnosis) from the
The following table can be removed.
VALUE (hex) Cause of error

19 EPROM Checksumfehler Page 36
1A faulty ext. RAM
1F EPROM Checksumfehler (Page 32,33,37-62)
24 Error in SW Kompatibilitaetstest
27 defective masks identifier in EPROM (Page 36)
50-61 Faulty bit patterns in EPROM
7F High-level programming entry-level flash (via recovery)
DS / ESA Overview - RCOS - operating states 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2 Quantity Calculation
2.1 Survey
The amount calculated is divided because of the different required response times in three
Subtasks. Maps and characteristic curves are calculated essentially synchronously. The
dynamic response to the motor behavior required for some parts of a variable-speed synchronous
Calculation, while the position control of the quantity metering is done with a high repetition rate.
Speed synchronous tasks are generally coupled to the Drehzahlinterrupt,
However, at least every 32 ms (mathematics limit for speed synchronous controller) and not
more often than every 6 ms (for CR 1.3 ms; VP44 at 6.4 ms) enabled.
Functional sets the amount calculated as follows:

- Startup
-
Driving
The movement is further subdivided into:

- Limiting amount
-
Idle controller
-
- Desired quantity
- Active Ruckeldämpfer
Smoothness controller
The injection system specific functions are described in Chapter quantity metering.
An overview can be found in the figures MERE01 (volume calculation) and MERE02
(Driving).
The speed synchronous part of the crowd control calculated from the current driving or
Motor state, and the calculated speed, the required fuel amount to the
to achieve desired operating point or to keep.
The amount determined desire of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR and synchronously
Desired quantity mrmM_EWUN be after the start dropping as the current injection quantity
mrmM_EAKT accepted. If the sum of the value of the limiting amount
mrmM_EBEGR, is from the time synchronous request only the amount corresponding to reduced
Part (command desired amount mrmM_EWUSO) accepted. This part is called the operating point change
Size on the amount of input Ruckeldämpfers assets included in the system. Possible
ARD quantities are ignored in coasting mode after the time mrwSCHTIxG (output dependent).
After the addition of the partial results of the synchronous speed LLR, ARD and LRR takes place
Implementation of the quantity desire in Chapter quantity metering.
19 April 2002 Quantity calculation DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmM_EAKTmrmM_EPUM mrmSASTAT mrmM_EMOT

P E X
3 3
mroM_APUM
RAMP
P Switching logic
fürSchubabschaltung
MERESA01 Speed
Speed synchronous
synchronous
Time sync
mrmM_EKOR Time sync
mrmM_EFAH R
mrmM_EMOT
R
mrmSTART_
B
MEREST01MEREST02 Kraftstofftemp.-
MEREST03MEREST04 /Düsenkorrektur
ZUME01
Start mrmM_EWU
mrmM_EWU
mrmM_ESTA mrmPWGPB
NL NR
R M
dzmNmitanmWTFanmK mroM_EFAHf
mroM_EAKTf
TFmrmSTA_AGL
MERE02
Driving
Figure MERE01: Quantity calculation
DS / ESA Overview - Survey 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroM_EAKTf mroM_EFAHf
mrmM_EMOT
mrmSTART_
B Smoothness
controller
mrmM_ESTA mrmM_ELRRme
R
mrmM_EBEGRnge
+
mrwABegOKL
CONTROLS
(dzmNmit) MERELR01
mrmM_EARD
dzmNmitdzmNaktfgmFGAKTmr
mM_EMOTmrmSTART_BdzmS
EGMdzmABTAS
MEREAR01MEREAR0
AktiverRuckeldä
dzmN_ARD
mpfer 2MEREAR03MEREAR
04
Speed
synchronous
mrmM_EWUS
O
mroM_EWUB
E
mroM_ELLBE
Time sync
MIN
MIN
mrmM_EWU
mrmM_EWU
mrmPWGPB
NL NR M
mrmM_EBEG
R mrmM_EWU
mrmM_ELLR
N
Speed
synchronous
MERELL01 MEREBG01 MEREWU01

Limiting quantity Desired
Idle controller
quantity
Time sync
armM_ListdzmNmitmrmBEGa
mrmLLR_AGLklmN_LLKLMkhmN_LLKWHmrmN_LLDI anmPWGdimLGSdimBRKdimBREdimKUPdimAG4dzmN
AGLmrmBEGmAGLanmWTF
AanmWTFfgm_VzuNdzmNmitmrmPWGfimrmM_EFGRfg mitmrmM_EAKTphmPBM_T2dimFGxfgmFGAKTfgmBES
fgmFGAKT
mFGAKTdimBREdimKUPmrmSTART_BanmUTFanmUB CHfgm_VzuNmrmM_EBEGRmrmM_EPWG
ATT
Figure MERE02: driving
19 April 2002 Quantity calculation - Overview DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmdM_EFF (output-input of the reference-forming element ARD)
mroM_WUBE mrmM_EIST6
MIN
mrmM_EWUN6 CONTROLS
mrmM_EBEGR
mroM_ELLBE
mrmM_EWUS6 mrmM_ESOL6
CONTROLS
mrmM_EBEGR
Figure MERE03: Quantity calculation for Motor6 Embassy
The EGS uses the engine intervention to reduce acceleration peaks, and requires
the actual torque for hydraulic control. The desired torque is for the push / train detection, and
Requires control of the converter clutch.
For the output of the engine indicated torque via CAN (Motor6 embassy) in addition to the
actual amount calculating the "actual injection quantity" mrmM_EIST6 for Motor6-Is-
Moment, and the "target injection quantity" mrmM_ESOL6 calculated for Motor6-set torque. On
However, these two quantities are the influences of the ARD fault regulator, the smoothness controller
and EGS engagement not to be imaged, which requires a certain "Parallel calculation".
Both sets are not used for the actual injection, but after the
Conversion used in moments only for the CAN outputs of Motor6 message. The
Evaluation of these moments takes place in the gear-SG. The "target injection quantity" mrmM_ESOL6
furthermore does not include the influence of the ARD-reference-forming element, allowing for a "preemptive
Injection amount "can be determined, which in the transmission before the actual SG
Injection can be cheap.
DS / ESA Overview - Survey 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.2 Startup
The boot process is divided into a starting quantity calculation and in a starting volume control.
The starting quantity calculation assumes a static base amount mroM_ESTIP, adds a
adjustable via VAG tester mrmSTA_AGL value and a time-dependent correction value. The
Start quantity control are the starting amount freely and turns it off again.
2.2.1 Start quantity calculation

S
dimK50 Q mro_ZMsta.4 Meshed starters
KF
mrwSTMGxKF
anmT_MOT mroM_ESTIP
Starting quantity of map
dzmNmit KF
mrwSTMGRKF
mroM_EStKo
anmKTF KF
mrwSTMKoKF mroM_ESTI2
dzmNmit
1 - mrwSTA_END mroM_ESAB
mrwSTA_END Starting quantity correction
mrmSTA_AGL
CONTROLS
mrwSTA_MAX Min: 0
dzmNmit <= mrwSTA_END
dzmNmit> = mrwSTNMIN2 mroM_ESTAG

>1
mrmM_ESTAR> = mrwST._GM
Starting quantity increase
dzmNmit> mrwSTNMIN1 mroM_ESTF

&
t> mrwST._WZ
mroM_ESTvo
mrwST._MI
mroM_ESTER
I
S
dzmNmit <> 0
Q
TIMER
anmT_MOT
KL
mrwSTMFRKL
Start flow cutoff for mro_ZMsta.3

Dual-mass flywheel
MEREST1A
19 April 2002 Quantity calculation - Startup DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Figure MEREST01: starting quantity

Base amount:
The lower the engine temperature, the higher the initial amount must be to good cold start
allow the speed dependency is to prevent unnecessary smoke of the engine.
The base value is the mroM_ESTIP by the starting amount map depending on
Engine temperature anmT_MOT and the speed dzmNmit specified. Additionally, for VP44
Injection an additional additive correction to leakage at high fuel
temperatures and low speeds to compensate.
Before recognizing a real positive edge at dimK50 (transition initialization - Driving-SW

shall not be deemed edge) the initial amount mrwSTMGRKF map is used. The first positive
Edge at dimK50 (= starter meshing olda mro_ZMsta.4 = 1) in an RS flip-flop
stored and causes the switch to the start amount map mrwSTMGxKF.
A faulty terminal X (eg fuse failure) or a start without a starter (eg

Pushing) is started with the start of a characteristic diagram mrwSTMGRKF.
Application Note:
The starting amount map must be applied so that if error in shear mode (fbbERUC_S)
no amount is output, that is, above the speed threshold, the amount mrwUW_SNGR
Be zero.
The map contains mrwSTMGxKF quantities even at low speeds and high
Engine temperature, to obtain short start times.
The map mrwSTMKoKF must aplliziert for other than VP44 injection pump with zero
be.
anmKTF <mrwST_TKsw
mrwSTK_GM
Limit amount
mrwSTW_GM
mrwSTK_WZ
Waiting period
mrwSTW_WZ
mrwSTK_MI
mrwSTW_MI Mengeninkrement
Figure MEREST02: Selection of the fuel temperature-dependent parameters

Starting quantity balance:
The starting amount adjustment value mrmSTA_AGL (initialized with cowAGL_STA) is on the
maximum adjustment value mrwSTA_MAX and the minimum balance value 0 limited. Above
the Abgleichenddrehzahl mrwSTA_END is not corrected the starting amount.
Starting quantity increase:

The starting amount of increase depends on the fuel temperature and ensures safe
Cold start. At speeds <mrwSTNMIN1 not start quantity increase occurs (integrator = 0).
After mrwSTNMIN1 speed is exceeded, initially for a temperature-dependent
Waiting time mrwSTW_WZ or mrwSTK_WZ no amount of increase made. After this
Time is the starting amount mroM_ESTER ramp-shaped with the temperature-dependent
Mengeninkrement mrwSTW_MI or mrwSTK_MI increased. The starting amount of increase is
DS / ESA Overview - Startup 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
frozen when the resulting initial amount mrmM_ESTAR the temperature-dependent

Limit amount mrwSTW_GM or mrwSTK_GM or the speed of the threshold mrwSTNMIN2
reaches or exceeds. Only when this condition has been reached, the
Start increasing amount be terminated by lowering the speed under mrwSTNMIN1 again
(Integrator = 0). The choice of fuel temperature-dependent parameters is done once at
"Ignition on" after a delay of the temperature threshold mrwST_TKsw. This
Delay (mrwWTCNTKT * 20ms) is to be applied such that, when selection of the
fuel temperature dependent parameter already has a valid fuel temperature. At
Receipt of the fuel temperature via CAN is the time to initial reception to
taken into account.
Disconnection of the starting quantity during an applicable time to improve the cold start
The starting amount can be used for an applicable period, determined from anmT_MOT via the characteristic
mrwSTMFRKL be turned off. The timer is started when the first time a
Speed is determined (dzmNmit greater than 0).
anmUBATT - anmUBATT
anmUBATT (K) (k mrwSTZUmit) mro_STBatt
mrwSTZUmit. 20
a> = b
mrwSTZMSdU b cowK50_var
&
anmUBATT> mrwSTZMSU
mro_ZMsta.0
dimK50 mro_ZMsta.1
&
dzmNmit> = mrwSTZMSN
a
dzmNmit
a 1
Q & TIMER
mrwSTZMSt
a <b
b
mro_STNO
KL
mrwSTNO_KL
Figure MEREST1A: Start flow cutoff for dual-mass flywheel
19 April 2002 Overview - Startup DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Disconnection of the starting quantity to avoid resonance of the dual mass flywheel
Is decoupled from the engine when starting the starter, it shows the battery voltage during a
positive voltage swing. If this exceeds positive gradient of the battery voltage mro_STBatt,
calculated from the average difference of the battery voltages between the last mrwSTZUmit
Program cycles, the value mrwSTZMSdU, and at this time the battery voltage
greater mrwSTZMSU, as a condition for a launch abort is satisfied. Alternatively, on the
Variant switch cowK50_var be applied to the Run Out back on the falling edge
dimK50 (starters) are detected. To allow a reliable detection of the Start Out back
is the Start Out back at speeds greater than or equal to the applicable operating speed threshold
mrwSTZMSN accepted. If at this time a rising edge (mro_ZMsta.1) the
Speed dzmNmit smaller than a motor temperature-dependent threshold mro_STNBT (determined from
the characteristic mrwSTNB_KL) as the starting quantity mroM_ESTER is for the time mrwSTZMSt
off. Otherwise, a timer is started mrwSTZMSt1. If after this time the
Mro_STNO speed threshold (determined from the characteristic curve mrwSTNO_KL) is not reached, it is
the starting amount mroM_ESTER also shut mrwSTZMSt for the time. This
Trips can be done per cycle only once.
By this measure, the critical for a start-resonance speed range is excluded

and the maximum allowed for the persistence time mrwSTZMSt1 in a resonance.
The number of periods of the main program for the averaging of the voltage rise mrwSTZUmit
is also limited to the values 1 to 10. The acquisition is carried out of the application date
therefore only in the initialization. Furthermore, the conditions are only calculated and the OLDAs
updated until the start bit is set.
2.2.2 Start quantity control
mrmSTART_B
mrmSTART_B
dzmNmit = 0 fbbEDZG_L
&
| Loading pressure change |> mrwST_dPL
t> = mrwST_SPZ
dzmUMDRK15> = mrwUM_abK15
& >1
a
dzmNmit
a> b
b
anmT_MOT
MAX
KL
mrwSTNABKL
mrmEAB_Dz
dimK15 = 0
&
fbbEK15_P
Figure MEREST03: Start shedding
In PDE the MAX Education provides that the message mrmEAB_Dz (then = 0) due to the
Lack of ELAB function.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroM_ESTER
MIN mrmM_ESTAR
dzmNmit <= mrwSTNMIN1

&
t <mrwST_OFZ mrwST._GM
& mrmSTW_fr mrmSTART_B

zmmSYSERR.0 >1
dzmNmit> = mrwSTNMIN1
Figure MEREST04: ELAB quantity metering and release

Normal case:
The set after the start bit Steuergeräteinitialisierung mrmSTART_B will be stopped when
a motor temperature dependent start dropping speed deleted. The start dropping speed is determined from
the characteristic mrwSTNABKL determined as a function of engine temperature anmT_MOT. At
funktionierendemDrehzahlgeber (zmmSYSERR.0 = 0; see monitoring concept-
"Summarized System Error"), after switching on the supply voltage of the
Control device, the start quantity mrmM_ESTAR and for systems with ELAB also the ELAB at
Zero speed (dzoNmit = 0) to share.
Range mrmSTART_B (bit-coded):

-0 = start shedding
-
1 = Start condition
-
-16 = transition from a broken caster to start condition
32 = restart by Ecomatic
Speed sensor - monitor the Start (see Monitoring concept):
The speed sensor can be monitored via the change in the charge pressure anmLDF. Varies
the pressure at the speed dzoNmit = 0 (was always 0 since terminal 15) by more than the
Delta pressure threshold mrwST_dPL an error fbbEDZG_L is reported and the start bit
deleted. The absolute value of the supercharge pressure change after the 400 ms anmLDF
Initialization and the current anmLDF formed. No error is reported if the LDF in
this cycle ever was defective (fbosLDF, fboSLDP).
Terminal 15 - Monitoring the Start:

If during the start-up process by the driver "ignition off" desired (dimK15 = 0) and is not
Error in the evaluation circuit terminal 15 (fbbEK15_P), the start bit is also cleared. At
slaked start bit mrmSTART_B remains frozen the starting amount mrmM_ESTAR.
Noise pulse suppression:

Due to interference from the starter is observing the speed for a
Start shedding lock time mrwST_SPZ suppressed after the beginning of the boot process. A mapping
also takes place until a minimum number (mrwUM_abK15) of engine revolutions since K15 A
(DzmUMDRK15) is reached. When the starting procedure triggered by the ECOMATIC, then at
Speed dzmNmit ≠0, the starting shedding lock time mrwST_SPZ suppressed.
No Starter Activity:
If, after the start Glühbeginn minimum speed mrwSTNMIN1 not within the turn-off
mrwST_OFZ + preheating time is exceeded or only a speed sensor is defective, the
Quantity metering and ELAB blocked again.
Start with ELAB test (see Monitoring concept):
19 April 2002 Overview - Startup DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
At certain intervals, the ELAB is tested during the boot process. see also
Operating hours counter (monitoring approach)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.3 Limiting amount

The limitation amount is composed of the parts of smoke, torque limiting and
Correction options together:
mrmBEGmAGL
mrmM_EWUNL dzmNmit
mrmGANG fgmFGAKT
mrmM_EAKT anmWTF
dzmNmit anmWTF_CAN
anmLTF anmOTF
anmLTF dzmNmit
anmSTF fgmFGAKT
dzmNmit ldmADF
armM_List anmWTF
ldmADF anmTTF
ldmP_Llin mrmSTART_B
fgm_VzuN anmKTF
ldmADF dzmDNDT2u
dimKIK mrmSTART_B
mrmASGSTAT fboSDZG
zmmVEAKTIV
mroBM_ETUR mrmBM_ESER mroBM_ENSU
Smoking and Turbo Torque Korreketur the Korreketur the

feed limit limit Limiting amount Limiting amount mrmM_EBEGR
MEREBG02 MEREBG2A MEREBG03 MEREBG3A
mroBM_ESE1 mroBM_VE zmmF_KRIT.3
Limiting amount Shutdown due

active in VE System errors
MEREBG2B SYS_FEHL
dzmNmit
mrmM_EAKT
zmmVEAKTIV
Figure MEREBG01: limiting amount
19 April 2002 Quantity calculation -Limiting amount DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.3.1 Smoke limitation and turbo boost limit
ldmADF mroBEG_P cowBEG_BOO

ldmP_Llin mroPkorr
KF mroBM_ERAU
cowBEG_P_L mrwPKOR_KF KF
mrwPBRA_KF
anmWTF Ramp mrwBRA_DEK Smoke limit
Smoke characteristics space
difference between
armM_List last and new value
mroM_Lk
at the switching
anmSTF mroBEG_T
anmLTF KF KR MEREBG2D
mrwMKOR_KF mrwBRA_KL
mrwBRAxKR
cowBEG_STF
dzmNmit
mroBM_KTB
Amounts of smoke-
mrmM_EAKT KF correction
KF
mrwKTB_KF mrwBRA_KF
mrwKTB_TD
mroBM_EKTB
anmKTF zmmBM_ADD
MAX
zmmVEAKTIV
>1 MAX
cowRauchKR
mroBM_ERKT
mrmGANG <= mrwTSBgang
mroTSBits.1 off delay mroTSBits.0
mrwTSB_NU <dzmNmit <mrwTSB_NO & see description
mrwTSB_MEU <mrmM_EAKT <mrwTSB_MEO
mroTSBKLTF
anmLTF
mroBM_ETUR
KL
mrwTSTLKL
RAMP
ldmADF mroTSBKADF mroTSB_STG Turbo boost-

limit
KL
mrwTSADpKL
mroBM_ERKT <mroBM_ETUR
mroTSBits.2
KL
mrwTSADnKL
mroBM_ERKT <mroBM_ETUR mroTSBits.3

&
mrmM_EWUNL <mroBM_ETUR
mroBM_ERKT
mrmM_EWUNL MAX
Figure MEREBG02: Smoke limitation + Turbo boost limit
DS / ESA Quantity calculation -Limiting amount 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Smoke limit:
The allowable fuel quantity (amount of smoke) is determined from a smoke limit map,
In order to avoid excessive smoke emission. Is via the switch cowBEG_BOO
defines whether the Smoke limitation is calculated with mass air flow or intake manifold pressure.
In cowBEG_BOO = 0, the smoke limit with mrwBRAxKR as a function of the corrected

Air mass and the speed mroM_Lk dzmNmit calculated. The corrected air mass mroM_Lk
is calculated with mrwMKOR_KF from air mass armM_List and temperature. If the
Pre-injection is switched off (zmmVEAKTIV = 0) or is not the selection of the smoke characteristic map
applied (cowRauchKR = 0) as the amount of smoke from the map mrwBRA_KF is determined.
To a lot of jump when switching from mrwBRAxKR and mrwBRA_KF (or

vice versa) is to avoid the always valid shortly after switching value from a map
subtracted from the current value and the final value as the target for the current to ramp 0
taken mrwBRA_DEK. The output of the ramp is added to the final value:
Output
Input
(T = 0)
(T +1)
mroBM_ERDF
RAMP
mrwBRA_DEK
zmmVEAKTIV edge
Figure MEREBG2D: ramp between smoke control maps

In cowBEG_BOO = 1, the boundary with smoke mrwPBRA_KF as a function of the
corrected mroPkorr intake manifold pressure and the speed dzmNmit calculated. The corrected
MroPkorr intake manifold pressure is calculated with mrwPKOR_KF of pressure and temperature. With the
CowBEG_P_L switch selects whether atmospheric pressure ldmADF or boost pressure
ldmP_Llin is used. With the switch cowBEG_STF is selected, whether with anmLTF
(CowBEG_STF = 0) or anmSTF (cowBEG_STF = 1) should be corrected.
System specific amount of smoke correction:

With zmmBM_ADD can einspritzsystemabhängege additive correction of the smoke limit
be made.
Amount of smoke correction as a function of fuel temperature:

At high fuel temperatures to a correction of the amount of the smoke map
be calculated, made to the softer the injection pump due to
temperature-dependent leakage losses to compensate. Thus, smoke avoided
be. The correction affects only subtractive on the amount of smoke map
mroBM_ERAU.
About the correction map mrwKTB_KF with the input variables mrmM_EAKT and dzmNmit,
is normalized to 100 ° C above the reference temperature mrwKTB_TD amount mroBM_KTB

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
calculated. The amount of smoke mroBM_EKTB correction is restricted to positive values and
is subtracted from the amount of smoke, i.e., is at fuel temperatures below mrwKTB_TD no
Correction is performed. The result mroBM_ERKT is also limited to positive values.
Turbo boost limit:

The sudden increase of the engine torque at the onset of the turbocharger is by the
Advanced Turbo boost limit (TSB) are reduced. Once the connection conditions
mrmGANG <= mrwTSBgang AND

mrwTSB_NU <dzmNmit <mrwTSB_NO AND
mrwTSB_MEU <mroM_EAKT <mrwTSB_MEO
are met, the slew rate of the output quantity of the smoke characteristic field is
(Amount of smoke mroBM_ERAU) by a ramp to the maximum slope mroTSB_STG
limited and the amount Turbo mroBM_ETUR formed. The maximum slope is given here,
depending on the sign, of two ADF - dependent characteristics mrwTSADpKL and mrwTSADnKL,
aggravated by an LTF - be corrected dependent characteristic mrwTSTLKL. When at
falling TSB ramp the requested quantity mrmM_EWUNL is smaller than the Turbo Volume
mroBM_ETUR, the TSB-ramp to the maximum of the requested quantity is mrmM_EWUNL
and amount of smoke mroBM_ERKT initialized.
Switch-off the turbo boost limit:

In order to avoid significant amount jumps when switching off the TSB, the TSB remains after removal
the connection conditions still remain active until the turbo amount the value of the amount of smoke
has reached or is engaged the torque limiting.
Ramp-shaped limiting amount at pre:

With active pilot (zmmVEAKTIV = 1) and act. Amount (mrmM_EAKT) is greater
Threshold mroBM_Verp (from mrwBMVE_KF) to the current set only with the WTF
dependent ramp slope of the characteristic curve mrwVEBsLKL rise to as long as possible in the
Area of the pilot to stay.
The delay (mroVEB_STA.0 = 1) should amount jumps when you turn the
Prevent function. After elimination of the switch condition (mroVEB_STA.1 = 0)
mroBM_VE with the slope mrwVEBstgS incremented to mroBM_ESE1 is achieved
regardless of mrmM_EAKT.
If mrmM_EAKT is greater mroBM_VERp and small mroBM_VE, shall the

Limiting amount mroBM_VE with mrmM_EAKT initialized (mroVEB_STA.3 = 0).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroBM_ESE1
dzmNmit
mroBM_VERp
anmWTF KF
mrwBMVE_KF
a
a <b
mrmM_EAKT b
mroVEB_STA.1 off delay mroVEB_STA.0
& see description
zmmVEAKTIV
Ramp end
on a rising edge and

mrwVEBstgS Ramp not yet started: mroBM_VE
Rampeninitalwert mroBM_VERp = (k-1)
RAMP
Ramp Rate
anmWTF
mroVEB_STA.3
KL old ramp value
mrwVEBsLKL
mroBM_VERp <mrmM_EAKT <mroBM_VE
mrmM_EAKT
Figure MEREBG2B: ramp limitation amount active in VE
m roBM _ESE1
m ro BM _VE
m rm M _EAKT
m rm M _EW UNL
m roBM _VERp
ZMM VEAKTIV
Switch-off delay mroVEB_ST A.0
Turn On Delay m roVEB_STA.1
Initialization mroVEB_ST A.2
Reinitialization w ith m RMM _EAKT mroVEB_ST A.3
Figure MEREBG2C: typical limiting amount sequence active in VE

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.3.2 Torque limit

Limiting amount
at pre- mroBM_ESER
aktivmroBM_VE MIN
MEREBG2B
Smoke limit mroBM_ETUR Switching off the mroBM_ETUK

Turbo boost limit Turboschubbegrenzg
MEREBG02 at kickdown
MEREBG21
dzmNmit
mroBM_EMOM mroBM_ESE1
MIN MIN
ldmADF KF
mrwBDB_KF
dzmNmit
Ramp mrwADB_DEK,
between maps
fgm_VzuN KF to final value reached
mrwADB_KF
KF
mrwADB2_KF
zmmVEAKTIV
mrmBM_ASG
dzmNmit mroBM_EMO2
KL
mrwBDB2_KL
mrwM_EMAX
mrwASG_BGR.0
mrmASGSTAT.13 &
dimKIK
Figure MEREBG2A: torque limiter
Torque limitation:
The torque limitation amount mroBM_EMOM is from the minimum of the characteristic fields
mrwBDB_KF (dzmNmit, ldmADF) and mrwADB_KF (dzmNmit, fgm_VzuN) or
mrwADB2_KF (dzmNmit, fgm_VzuN and zmmVEAKTIV = 1), is formed.
To avoid crowd jumps will switch between the maps mrwADB_KF

and mrwADB2_KF realized via a ramp with maximum gradient mrwADB_DEK
(Method see smoke control / Fig. MEREBG2D).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Torque limitation in ASG-ECO mode:

For the ASG-ECO mode is a second torque limiting amount mrmBM_ASG
determined from the map mrwBDB2_KL available.
This can be activated via the label mrwASG_BGR.0. If now the ASG-ECO mode
released (mrmASGSTAT.13 = 1) and Kik-down is not actuated (dimKIK = 0), so goes the
calculated torque limitation mroBM_EMO2 in the Mimnimalauswahl with a.
Off the turbo boost limit at kick-down:

This gives the driver the opportunity despite turbo thrust limiting the full engine power
retrieve, this can be turned off at kick-down. For this purpose, at applied
Kick-down (dimKIK = 1) and active turbo boost limit (mroTSBits.0 = 1 OR
mroTSBits.1 = 1) a maximum selection between amount of smoke and turbo boost correction amount
created and displayed on mroBM_ETUK. This function can be about the label
off mrwTSB_KIK. In the absence of effective kick-down in the maximum selection is the
Label mrwBM_ERKT one. For runtime reasons, the olda mroBM_ETUK 20ms after
mroBM_ETUR output.
mroBM_ETUR mroBM_ETUK
MAX
mroBM_ERKT
mrwBM_ERKT
dimKIK
mrwTSB_KIK
&
fboSKIK
mroTSBits.1
>1
mroTSBits.0
Figure MEREBG21: TSB bypass by kickdown

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.3.3 fixes the limitation amount
Smoke limit
Turbo boost limit
MEREBG02 mrmBM_ESER
Torque limit
MEREBG2A
1
mrmBEGmAGL Quantity adjustment
CONTROLS
mrwBEAmMAX cowV_AGL_B = 2
mrwBEAmMIN
mroBM_WT mroBM_EERH
dzmNmit
mroBM_EVSU Water temperature-dependent
MAX
Full load increase
anmT_MOT KF
mrwBWT_KF
mrwBEG_NTU <dzmNmit <mrwBEG_NTO
ldmP_lin
ldmADF KF
mrwBPL_KF
mrwBWT_ADF
anmWTF_CAN
mroBMEFKOC
fgmFGAKT KF 1 Overheating protection water

mrwBUE_KF
mrwBEG_UNS <dzmNmit <mrwBEG_ONS
anmOTF
mroBMEFOEL
Overheating protection oil
KF 1
mrwBOEL_KF
cowBEG_OEL
Depending on altitude
mroBMEFATM Speed correction
ldmADF KF
mrwBATM_KF
mroBMEFTT mrmBMEF mroBM_ENSU

MIN
anmTTF KF 1 Fuel cooling
mrwBTT_KF
xcwPKSKon / off
mroBMELFT Overheating protection

Charge-air temperature
anmLTF KF
mrwBLFT_KF
Fuel cooling by
Switching program reduction
mroBMEFKT mrmB_DSP
anmKTF KF
mrwBKT_KF mrwBEHdsp
Figure MEREBG03: corrections to the limiting amount

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Service Volume adjustment via VAG tester:

About the software switch cowV_AGL_B defines whether the quantity adjustment multiplicative effect on
to the limitation amount or take place in the additive quantity metering
Description of the software switch cowV_AGL_B:
Bit position Decimal comment

0 1See quantity metering
1 2multiplikativer balance the limitation amount mrmBM_ESER with
mrmBEGmAGL (substitute value cowAGLmBEG). The adjusted value
is bounded between mrwBEAmMIN and mrwBEAmMAX.
Water Temperature-dependent Vollasterhöhung:

Is between the speed threshold mrwBEG_NTU and the speed threshold mrwBEG_NTO
which determines the increase amount mroBM_EERH. This amount is composed of the
Map mrwBWT_KF (formed from dzmNmit and anmT_MOT) to a correction factor of
the map mrwBPL_KF (formed from anmT_MOT and ldmP_lin (or variant switch
mrwBWT_ADF the atmospheric pressure ldmADF)) acting multiplicatively. The amount
mroBM_EERH is determined to provide a better starting with a cold engine. The
Maximum limit of amount mrmBM_ESER and increase amount mroBM_EERH is to
Summarized limiting amount mroBM_EVSU and further processed.
Is between the speed threshold mrwBEG_NTU and the speed threshold mrwBEG_NTO
from the characteristic map as a function of boost pressure mrwBWT_KF (or variant switch
mrwBWT_ADF selectable above atmospheric pressure) and water temperature on the map
mrwBPL_KF a correction factor formed on the increase amount mroBM_EERH as a function
the water temperature and the speed anmWTF dzmNmit determined to a cold engine
to enable better start. The maximum limit of amount mrmBM_ESER and
Increase amount mroBM_EERH is summarized to limit quantity mroBM_EVSU
and further processed.
Overheat protection on the water temperature:

The chef protection quantity factor mroBMEFKOC is from the overheating protection map
mrwBUE_KF as a function of water temperature via CAN anmWTF_CAN and the
Speed fgmFGAKT determined. However, this feature is only within the
Speed limits mrwBEG_UNS and mrwBEG_ONS active.
Overheating protection above the oil temperature:

About the map mrwBOEL_KF is with the current speed dzmNmit and the oil temperature
anmOTF the limiting factor mroBMEFOEL amount calculated. With the software switch
cowBEG_OEL the quantity limit in dependence on the oil temperature is turned on (= 1)
or off (= 0).
Overheating protection via the charge air temperature:

About the map mrwBLFT_KF is with the current speed and the dzmNmit
Charge air temperature anmLTF the limiting factor mroBMELFT amount calculated.
Height-dependent speed correction:

About the map mrwBATM_KF is with the current speed and the dzmNmit
Atmospheric pressure ldmADF the limiting factor mroBMEFATM amount calculated.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Fuel temperature dependent speed adjustment and fuel cooling:

About the map mrwBKT_KF is with the current speed and the dzmNmit
Fuel temperature anmKTF the limiting factor mroBMEFKT amount calculated.
About the map mrwBTT_KF is with the current speed and the dzmNmit
Tank inlet temperature anmTTF the limiting factor mroBMEFTT amount calculated. About
Diagnosis password can xcwPKSKon turned this limitation, via xcwPKSKoff
be turned off.
Fuel cooling system by switching point reduction:

From the minimum of protection against overheating water - oil - fuel - tank inlet temperature
and - charge air temperature, the factor mrmBMEF is formed, with the limitation amount on
mroBM_ENSU is reduced. Falls below the additional factor mrmBMEF the value
mrwBEHdspU, dialing with mrmB_DSP via CAN on the transmission circuit program in
carried the upshift at niedereren speeds. MrmBMEF exceeds the value
mrwBEHdspO, the original circuit program is re-elected.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Corrections to the
mroBM_ENSU
Limiting amount
MEREBG03
Transition to defective
mroBM_EERS MIN
or healing
dzmNmit
KL mroM_EBG
mrwBEM_KL
Shutdown due zmmF_KRIT.3

System errors
RAMP
SYS_FEHL
mrwBEG_ANH
mrwBEG_ABS
dzmNmit
KL
mrwBdnN_KL
mroM_EBGvo
mroM_Edndt
anmWTF
MIN
mroDNDTfi
dzmDNDT2u KF
PT1 mrwBdn_KF
RAMP
mrwBdnF_GF
mrwBdnS_GF mrwBdn_ANH
mrwBdn_ABS
fgmFGAKT <mrwBdn_v
Ramp slope at
mrmWH_POSb.1 >1 Switching mrwBdn_v
mrmWH_POSb.3
mrmM_EBEGR
TIMER
mrwBEG_ZMt
fboSDZG = 0 >1
mrmSTART_B &
dzmNmit <mrwBEG_ZMN
>1
zmmSINKSYN = 0
mrmSTART_B &
dzmNmit <mrwBEG_ZMD
Figure MEREBG3A: corrections to the limiting amount

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Quantity limitation on system failure:

With the software switches cowFMEBEG1, cowFMEBEG2, cowFMEBEG3 and cowFMEBEG4
is applied, in which system errors limited to a speed-dependent compensation amount
should be. (See Monitoring concept: Shutdown due to system errors), the
speed-dependent compensation amount is mroBM_EERS from the equivalent amount characteristic
mrwBEM_KL formed as a function of speed dzmNmit.
When a system problem (zmmF_KRIT.3 = 1) occurs, the amount mroM_EBG on the ramp
mrwBEG_ABS to the minimum of the speed-dependent compensation amount, and the mroBM_EERS
Limiting amount mroBM_ENSU introduced.
The heal of the system error, the amount mroM_EBG over the ramp mrwBEG_ANH is to
the amount mroBM_ENSU introduced.
Limiting a function of the rotational speed acceleration:

The speed acceleration of the last two revolutions is dzmDNDT2u on falling
Acceleration filtered using mrwBdnF_GF, with increasing acceleration with mrwBdnS_GF
filtered. With the map mrwBdn_KF and the characteristic mrwBdnN_KL is dependent on
this filtered acceleration of the water temperature and the rotational speed of a
Limiting amount mroM_Edndt determined. This is a limitation of the acceleration
controlled, the inputs for the water temperature and speed in this case has the purpose that, when
bestimmtenWassertemperaturenundbeibestimmtenDrehzahlbereichendie
Acceleration limit or less can be eliminated. Having a switch
at speeds below mrwBdn_v or selector lever in mrmWH_POSb.1 (N)
or .3 (P) is the acceleration limit are turned on. The minimum of the quantity
mroM_Edndt and mroM_EBG is with switched acceleration limit
mroM_EBGvo passed. When switching off and on the acceleration limitation acts
the ramp mrwBdn_ANH or mrwBdn_ABS to avoid crowd jumps.
Flow cutoff to avoid resonance due to the dual mass flywheel:

If when driving (mrmSTART_B = 0), the speed by further brakes below the threshold
mrwBEG_ZMN falls and no error in DZG path exists (fboSDZG = 0) or when driving
(MrmSTART_B = 0), the rotational speed falls below the threshold and at the same time mrwBEG_ZMF
Speed detection is out of sync (zmmSINKSYN = 0), then the limiting amount
mrmM_EBEGR switched to 0, and the time mrwBEG_ZMt started. Is not the condition
more fulfilled, then after the time mrwBEG_ZMt the amount released. Changes
the condition during the time mrwBEG_ZMt runs, then the time at each change of
not fulfilled restarted on met.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.4 Idle controller

For the idle speed control, a PI controller is employed. To optimize the speed synchronous
Processing are selected synchronously different parameter sets and available
provided. The desired idle speed is dependent on the operating condition of the vehicle
switched.
anmWTF
fgmFGAKT
mrmLLR_AGL
klmN_LLKLM
khmN_LLKWH
mrmN_LLDIA
mrmSICH_F
anmUBATT mrmN_LLBAS
dzmNmit Calculation
mrmN_LLCAN Desired idle speed
mrmLLR_PWD
dimBRE MERELL03
fboSBRE
anmWTF
fgmFGAKT
mrmPWG_roh
dzmNmit
mrmM_EFGR mrmCASE_L
mrmM_EADR mrmLLIINIT mrmM_ELLR
dimBRE Set-up select Idle controller mrmLLRIAnt
dimKUP for the idle speed control mrmLLRPAnt
mrmN_LLBAS mroLLRDAnt
MERELL02 MERELL05
mrmSICH_F
mrmMSR_AKT
mrmLLRIAnt
mrmLLRPAnt
mrmGANG
dzmNmit
mrmSTART_B
fgmFGAKT
dzmNmit Crossing detection
MEREGG01
Figure MERELL01: Overview idle controller
DS / ESA Overview - Idle controller 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.4.1 crossing detection

The transition detection determines the gear used for parameter selection of the idle controller
and the assets Ruckeldämpfers.
mrwVNF_VNX mroVzuNfil
fgmFGAKT a a
MIN mrmGANG
b
PT1
b
fgwVNF_GF
mrwGANG_
dzmNmit mrmNfilt
PT1
mrwFGF_GF
mrwGANGCAN.0
mrmGTRGANG
mrmEGS_akt
Monoflop
>1
mrwGANGCAN.1
Figure MEREGG01: crossing detection

There is a possibility that transition of vehicle speed and engine speed information to
determine or to take over from the CAN message transmission 1. The selection is made by
mrwGANGCAN.
Description of the software switch mrwGANGCAN:
Bitpos. Decimal comment

0 10: transition information from vehicle speed and engine speed
1: transition information via CAN
2Only effective in mrwGANGCAN.0 = 1
1 0: accept transition information directly from mrmGTRGANG
1: evaluation with inclusion of "active circuit" bits.
Transition information from vehicle speed and engine speed:

To speed dzmNmit to the dynamics of the driving speed fgmFGAKT adapt,
there is a PT1 filtering on mrwFGF_GF. It is the ratio of the vehicle speed
fgmFGAKT formed to speed mrmNfilt filtered and smoothed over another PT1 element.
Before PT1 filtering the v / n ratio mroVzuNfil is limited to mrwVNF_VNX. If the
mrmNfilt filtered speed zero, and the V / N ratio is set to zero. The result is
a filtered value of the V / N ratio mroVzuNfil. The gear selection is done mrmGANG
then the application data mrwGANG_2 to mrwGANG_7.
19 April 2002 Overview - Idle controller DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Gear
mrmGANG
1
V/N
mroVzuNfil
0
mrwGANG_2 mrwGANG_4
mrwGANG_3 mrwGANG_5
mrwGANG_6
mrwGANG_7
fgwDA._VNX
Figure MEREAR02: crossing detection for the parameters defining ARD and LLR
Transition information about CAN:

If the bit mrwGANGCAN.1 not set, then the goal transition information from the transmission
mrmGTRGANG transferred directly.
When this bit mrwGANGCAN.1 the value of mrmGTRGANG is only at the falling
Edge of mrmEGS_akt (S_SG - "active circuit" from gear 1) taken. This has the
Purpose that a newly engaged gear is not detected until after the end of circuit

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.4.2 Set-up select
mrmGANG
= 5 (5th gear) MIN
Gear
>1=
dimKUP
>1=
& Clutch / neutral gear
fgmFGAKT <mrwLLR_VLG
anmWTF The engine is cold
mrwTWH_ ..
&
mrwLLR_Anf> 0
dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS Approach
mrmPWG_roh> 0
F E D C B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
fgmFGAKT> mrwLLR_UBR & mrmCASE_L
! FboSFGG
dimBRE Brakes
! FboSBRE
! DimKUP
cowVAR_GTR == 1
dzmNmit <mrwLLR_EIN >1=

Idle controller inactive
dzmNmit> mrwLLR_AUS
Quantity request
State machine Feedforward control is not locked
"Feedforward"
dzmNmit
& Feedforward
calculate
dzmNmit <mrmN_LLBAS + mrwLLR. _VD
& Freeze integrator
(MrmLLRIAnt + mrmLLRPAnt) <mrwLLR_ITS &

>1=
&
dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS &
mrmSICH_F
>1=
mrmPWG_roh> 0
>1=
mrmMSR_AKT> 0
Quantity request
mrmM_EFGR> 0
mrmM_EADR> 0
Figure MERELL02: Parameter selection for the idle speed control

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
This subtask meets the parameter selection for the idle speed control (LLR) of the
Input variables water temperature anmWTF and driving speed ratio to speed
mroVzuNfil. Switching between the states of cold / warm is done with hysteresis. In the
State of "cold" are two parameter sets are available, one for the uncoupled and
coupled powertrain. With a cold engine is no specific input
Parameter switching. For driving in the aisles with a warm engine, five sets of parameters
provided. Are represented by the small differences in the parameters in the higher gears
from 5 Transition (mrmGANG> = 5), the parameters of the 5th Ganges used. Furthermore, at
Optimize the speed synchronous processing, the following operating conditions in control bits
summarized and sent with the message "state of the LLR" mrmCASE_L:
- "Approach - conditions":
mrwLLR_Anf> 0 AND
Speed dzmNmit> desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS AND
PWG raw mrmPWG_roh> 0 AND
Engine is warm
- "Brakes - conditions":
Current Speed fgmFGAKT> Threshold velocity at
Brakes mrwLLR_UBR AND
Path vehicle speed sensor fboSFGG not defective AND
Brake applied dimBRE = 1 AND
Brake signal path fboSBRE not defective AND
Clutch not disengaged dimKUP = 0 AND
Transmission type is manual transmission (cowVAR_GTR = 1).
- "Idle controller inactive - conditions":

DzmNmit speed <speed limit LLR a mrwLLR_EIN OR
Speed dzmNmit> speed limit LLR from mrwLLR_AUS.
In this case remains under the speed synchronous LLR calculation.
- "Feedforward control is not locked - conditions"

Implemented by a state machine with two states, locked / feedforward
disabled (initial value). The feedforward control is not switched blocked by locked when
at least one of the following cases is true:
(Speed dzmNmit> set speed mrmN_LLBAS + range mrwLLR_DNV window)
AND quantity request or
Speed dzmNmit> set speed mrmN_LLBAS + tax offset mrwLLRK_VD or
mrwLLRW_VD
In the "locked" state is switched when the desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS
is exceeded or reached.
- "Feedforward calculate - conditions"

Not gesperrtUND feedforward
Speed dzmNmit <setpoint speed mrmN_LLBAS + offset mrwLLRK_VD or
mrwLLRW_VD

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
- "Freeze Integrator - conditions"

no safety case mrmSICH_F AND
((Speed dzmNmit> set speed mrmN_LLBAS AND
(Quantity request OR
LLR I component + P component <Auftauschranke
AND
Feedforward active))
(Brakes OR
dzmNmit <= mrmN_LLBAS)) AND
- "Quantity request - conditions"

PWG raw mrmPWG_roh> 0 OR
MSR amount of active engagement, mrmMSR_AKT> 0 OR
Desired amount of GRA mrmM_EFGR> 0 OR
Desired amount of ADR mrmM_EADR> 0
anmWTF mrmLLIINIT
KL
mrwSTINILL
MERELL06: Initial value for the integrator
With the characteristic mrwSTINILL as a function of water temperature anmWTF is the

Initial value of the LLR integrator in the message mrmLLIINIT provided.
Description of Message mrmCASE_L:
WertHEX Decimal Comment

0001H 1 The first Gear is engaged
0002H 2 The second Gear is engaged
0003H 3 The third Gear is engaged
0004H 4 The 4th Gear is engaged
0005H 5 The 5th Gear is engaged
0010H 16 Clutch is pressed or backlash active
0020H 32 The engine is cold
0040H 64 Approach
0100H 256 A quantity request is available
0200H 512 Freeze the integrator of the idle controller
0400H 1024 The feedforward control (D element) is calculated
0800H 2048 Feedforward control state is not locked
1000H 4096 The idle control is not active
2000H 8192 State braking is active

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.4.3 desired idle speed calculation
anmT_MOT
fgmFGAKT Target idle speed mrmLL_ZIEL
ldmADF Calculation
mrmLLR_AGL MERELL3C
dzmUMDRsta
LL-raising beimroLLpwg
mrmLLR_PWD defective PWG
MERELL3D
mrmN_LLDIA mrwLLR_NSF
mrwLLR_AUS MIN
khmN_LLKWH
LL-raising by UTF mrmLLUTF mrmN_LLBAS

klmN_LLKLM and air compressor MAX
MERELL3A MAX
RAMP
RAMP
mrwLLR_ANH mrwLLR_AN2
mrwLLR_ABS mrwLLR_AB2
LL-raising fürmrmLLWTF
anmT_MOT KAT-response
MERELL3B mrmSICH_F <> 0
LL-raising durchmrmN_LLBAT
anmUBATT low U Bat
MERELL04
LL-raising durchmrmN_LLBSG
mrmBSG_Anf BSG request
MERELL07
LL-raising durchmrmN_LLKLI
CAN - Klima1 KLI request CAN
MERELL08
LL-raising by
mrmN_LLCAN mroN_LLCA2
CVT request
MERELL3E
Figure MERELL03: idle target speed calculation

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
If a deviation between the currently acting desired idle speed and mrmN_LLBAS
recognized the desired new desired idle speed, then an increase in the
Desired idle speed via a ramp with the pitch mrwLLR_ANH, or a reduction
with the increment mrwLLR_ABS. An exception is the occurrence of the safety case.
The increase is made abruptly. The back is likewise a
Ramp with the pitch mrwLLR_ABS. The desired idle speed increase is dependent on the
Operating condition of the vehicle between various default values, characteristics and
Balance values switched:
In the initialization phase, the desired idle speed with the maximum value of the
Maps mrwWTAD_KF, mrwLLW_KL and mrwLTW_KL preset.
anmT_MOT = <mrwLLR_TW
&
mrmSTART_B
TIMER
mrwLLR_tTW
mrwLLR_SOL
mrwLLR_FAR
fboSFGG
&
fgmFGAKT
mrwLLRVFOH
mrwLLRVFUH
anmT_MOT
KL
mrwLTW_KL
anmT_MOT
mroLLsoll
ldmADF KF
mrwWTAD_KF
dzmUMDRsta
a
mroLLumdr a <b
anmT_MOT
b
KL
mrwWTUMDKL
mrmLL_ZIEL
mrmLLR_AGL
CONTROLS
mrwLLA_MAX
mrwLLA_MIN
Figure MERELL3C: Target idle speed calculation

Motor temperature-dependent increase:
As long as the number of revolutions after start shedding dzmUMDRsta less than a calculated
Number of mroLLumdr turns to start dropping (from the characteristic mrwWTUMDKL as
Function of anmT_MOT) is, the result is the desired idle speed to mroLLsoll, one by the
Map mrwWTAD_KF specified function of ldmADF and anmWTF.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
For the time mrwLLR_tTW after the launch, the desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS results from
the characteristic mrwLTW_KL as a function of engine temperature anmT_MOT. If in this period, the
Engine temperature anmT_MOT rises above the threshold applicative mrwLLR_TW, is an equally
driving speed dependent value used.
Speed-dependent increase or decrease:

Below the administrable Hystereschwelle mrwLLRVFOH is the idle target speed of
Value assigned mrwLLR_SOL, above this hysteresis is on mrwLLR_FAR
connected. This occurs only when no error is present FGG.
Increase by VAG tester:

The idle setpoint speed via the diagnostic interface with the balance value
mrmLLR_AGL (initialized with cowAGL_LLR) are matched additive. Before that is
mrmLLR_AGL to the maximum adjustment value mrwLLA_MAX in a positive direction and to
the minimum balance value mrwLLA_MIN limited in the negative direction.
Increase caused by defective PWG:

In a plausibility error PWG - mrmSICH_F brake is on safety idling speed
mrwLLR_NSF switched.
If the PWG detection via potentiometer / switch (cowVAR_PWG = 0), then with a defective PWG
(FbbEPWG_H, fbbEPWG_L or fbbEPWP_A) the idle speed mroLLpwg to the value
mrwLLR_PWD raised.
In PWG acquisition with a doppelanalogem PWG (cowVAR_PWG = 1) with a defective

PWG (mrmLLR_PWD = 1) the idle speed when the brake mroLLpwg (dimBRE = 1)
or with a defective path fboSBRE to the value mrwLLR_PWB, otherwise on mrwLLR_PWD
placed.
mrwLLR_PWD
fbbEPWG_H
fbbEPWG_L >1
fbbEPWP_A
mroLLpwg
mrwLLR_PWB
fboSBRE | | dimBRE
mrmLLR_PWD
cowVAR_PWG
Figure MERELL3D: LL-raising by defective PWG
Increase in basic setting:

The desired idle speed the diagnosis can mrmN_LLDIA the desired idle speed to
Increasing influence calculation limit of the LLR mrwLLR_AUS.
Increase by cooling water heating:

With active cooling water heating, the idle speed to the value khmN_LLKWH is
raised.
Detection resting vehicle as a condition of speed increase idle

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
For the release of the desired idle speed increases to resting as a condition vehicle
be recognized that is, Vehicle speed is 0 and there is no error in the error path FGG. At
Vehicles with Automatikgetrieb is also queried whether the transmission is in park or
Neutral position, the transmission is not active, and whether the gear selector in park or
Neutral position (mrmWH_POSb.1 or .3) is located. The condition can by the
Software switch cowFUN_LLA be turned on and off. (CowFUN_LLA = 1
Stationary car ... as a condition for desired idle speed increases; cowFUN_LLA = 0
no release condition Stationary car, so no speed increase for functions
the Stationary car mrmLLN_ANH = 1 as a condition have).
mrmWH_POSb.1 == 1 (grade N)
>1
mrmWH_POSb.3 == 1 (grade P)
mrm_P_N == 1 (target gear P or N) &

mrmEGS_akt == 0
>1
cowVAR_GTR == 1 (manual transmission)
fgmFGAKT == 0 mrmLLN_ANH
&
fboSFGG == 0
cowFUN_LLA
Figure MERELL09: Stationary car as a condition of speed increase idle

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Battery Voltage-dependent increase:

If the battery voltage anmUBATT at a speed greater mrwNBATEIN longer than the
Time mrwTBATEIN below the threshold mrwUBATEIN, the desired idle speed is to
at least mrwN_LLBAT raised. The desired idle speed is at a standstill (condition
Resting vehicle mrmLLN_ANH = 1) or at a speed dzoNmit> mrwN_LLBAT +
mrwDN_EIN and start shedding (mrmSTART_B = 0 debounced with mrwTBATSTA) is raised and
released for maximum generation. The battery voltage rises above anmUBATT mrwUBATAUS
and the increased idling speed is reached, then after the time the mrwTBATAUS
Desired idling speed of mrmN_LLBAT withdrawn. The withdrawal of the
Desired idle speed is only at a speed dzoNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN.
Application Note: mrwUBATEIN must be less than mrwUBATAUS.
mrmSTART_B 1
DEAD TIME
mrwTBATSTA
anmUBATT <mrwUBATEIN
& &
dzmNmit> = mrwNBATEIN
DEAD TIME
mrwTBATEIN
dzmNmit> mrwN_LLBAT + mrwDN_EIN S

>1 Q
mrmLLN_ANH
anmUBATT> mrwUBATAUS
DEAD TIME & mrwN_LLBAT mrmN_LLBAT
mrwTBATAUS
dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN

Figure MERELL04: Idle speed increase depending on the battery voltage
Increase due to demand of the onboard control unit BSG:
ÜberBSG_LastBotschaftBit1.0kannvomBordnetzsteuergeräteine
Desired idle speed increase is requested. If an increase is requested, it is at
a speed dzmNmit> mrwN_LLBSG + mrwDN_EIN2 or at standstill (condition
Resting vehicle mrmLLN_ANH = 1), the increased idle target speed mrwN_LLBSG to
Maximum generation released in the desired idle speed calculation.
Turns off the request, the increased idle speed mrwN_LLBSG is again
withdrawn. Returns may only be at a speed dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS +
mrwDN_EIN2.
mrmBSG_Anf == 1
&
dzmNmit> mrwN_LLBSG + mrwDN_EIN2
>1
mrmLLN_ANH S
Q
mrmBSG_Anf == 0
&
dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN2 R
mrwN_LLBSG mrmN_LLBSG
Figure MERELL07: Idle speed increase due to demand of the BSG

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Increase due to demand of the climate control unit via CAN message Clima1:
Via Clima1 message bit 1.0 (S_KLB) and bit 1.4 (S_KPZ) the climate control unit, a
Desired idle speed increase is requested. If an increase is requested, it is at
the vehicle is stationary (mrmLLN_ANH = 1) or at a speed dzmNmit> mrwN_LLKLI
+ MrwDN_EIN3 the increased idle target speed mrwN_LLKLI for maximum education in the
Desired idle speed calculation released. The bit S_KPZ the message Clima1 can with the
Software switch cowFUN_KPZ = 0 as the condition for a speed increase hidden
be. Note: In the case that both inputs of the flip-flops are 1 applies mrmN_LLKLI = 0
dzmNmit> mrwN_LLKLI + mrwDN_EIN3

>1
mrmLLN_ANH
mrmCAN_KLI.0 = 1 (S_KLB) S
& Q
m rm CAN_KLI.4 = 1 (S_KPZ)
R
1
cowFUN_KPZ mrwN_LLKLI mrmN_LLKLI
fbbEKLI_Q = 0
dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN3

&
fbbEKLI_Q
mrmCAN_KLI.0 = 0 (S_KLB) >1

m rm CAN_KLI.4 = 0 (S_KPZ)
0
cowFUN_KPZ
Figure MERELL08: Idle speed increase request by CAN message Clima1
Increase by Getriebe2 message:

In the Getriebe2 message can be requested from the VL30-gear a desired idle speed.
This is limited to the maximum value mrwCVTNLLM and then the CAN reception task
transmitted as mrmN_LLCAN the LL target speed calculation. If the VL30 request
disabled (cowFUN_CVT.0 = 0) mrmN_LLCAN is always sent zero and thus the
Intervention in the N_LL calculation prevented. See also Chapter monitoring and CAN.
The demand for raising the idle speed is achieved by the engine control unit when the
mrmN_LLCAN required speed is not greater than the sum of the engine speed and dzmNmit
a tolerable speed increase mrwCVTNtol. In this case mrmN_LLCAN goes directly into the
Maximum formation of a target speed calculation. If the maximum tolerated idle
Speed increase exceeded by the requested idling speed, the value is mroN_LLCA1
(MrwCVTNtol + dzmNmit) frozen and in the formation of the maximum target speed calculation
fed. Only when the rotational speed exceeds the value of dzmNmit mrmN_LLCAN, the
Raising the idling speed on the frozen and allowed mrmN_LLCAN speed value
aufgetaut.Um to meet the demand for a brisk increase the idle speed, is
the ramp mrwLLR_AN2 effect as soon as the approved target speed is greater mroN_LLCA2
than the actual idle speed mrmN_LLBAS. Is the actual idle speed is greater than
mroN_LLCA2 so aufmroN_LLCA2 is heruntergerampt by mrwLLR_AB2.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
However mrwLLR_AN2 or-_AB2 are only used when all other

Desired idle speed specifications are smaller than mroN_LLCA2. MrwLLR_AN2 and mrwLLR_AB2
have to be applied faster than mrwLLR_ANH or mrwLLR_ABS.
mrmN_LLCAN mroN_LLCA2
dzmNmit
mrmN_LLBAS
MAX
mroN_LLCA1
mrwCVTNtol
Figure MERELL3E: Idle speed increase by Getriebe2 Embassy
Increase over UTF and Air Compressor:

An idle speed increase takes place when
o) the line CPI-E is activated (dimKLI = 1) AND
o) the hysteresis mrwUTF1_ .. (ambient temperature anmUTF) is active
The desired idle speed is set to mrmLLUTF mrwHOT_NLL when

o) the line CPI-E is activated (dimKLI = 1) AND
o) the hysteresis mrwUTF2_ .. (ambient temperature anmUTF) is active AND
o) the UTF-evaluation is no faulty (anmUTF_STA = FALSE)
o) the transmission is in P - and N - position (mrm_P_N received via CAN) OR
if no machine - gear is available.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
If one of the above conditions are not met, the desired idle speed is
mrmLLUTF raised to the value klmN_LLKLM. The P - N or - position of the
Automatic transmission is detected by the message mrm_P_N (see chapter "CAN") queried
will. The query on mrm_P_N (1 = gear selector lever of the CAN - automatic transmission to P or
causes position) that with a gear selection, the car is moving, this - to N
Speed increase for security reasons can not take place. The Transmission Type (manual
or automatic without CAN or automatic with CAN) is the function switch
cowVAR_C5 detected.
anmUTF
mrwUTF1_ .. mroLLUTF.8
&
dimKLI
mrwUTF2_ ..
mroLLUTF.7
&
anmUTF_STA = 0
mrm_P_N
>1
cowVAR_C5
mrwHOT_NLL
klmN_LLKLM mrmLLUTF
Figure MERELL3A: idle up about UTF and air compressor

The increased idle speed is in the message mrmLLUTF the setpoint calculation for
Provided. Please also note the application instructions in section "Input and
Output signals "concerning ambient temperature anmUTF note!
Increase after start:

To the KAT - to improve response after the start, the idle speed after
Resetting of the start bit mrmSTART_B increased. The increase is only once within a
Driving cycle effect. The motor temperature dependent idle - starting speed is mrmLLWTF
the map mrwLLW_KL removed. It is ineffective when the speed dzoNmit the
Threshold mrw_nWTF exceeds or if the time mrw_tWTF since resetting of the start bit
has elapsed.
anmT_MOT mrmLLWTF
KL
mrwLLW_KL
t> mrw_tWTF
>1
dzmNmit> mrw_nWTF
Figure MERELL3B: idle up after start

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.4.4 Control Algorithm

mrmSTART_B
>1
Bit 12 (LLR inactive)
mrmCASE_L
mrwLL .. ES
mrmLLIINIT
mrmLLRIAnt
I
mrwLLI ...
Bit 5 (cold) mrwLLR_MXk

mrwLLR_MXw
Limit
mrmLLRPAnt
mrmN_LLBAS
P
mrwLLP ... mrwLLR_MXk

Bit 5 (cold)
mrwLLR_MXw
Limit
Bit 5 (cold)
mrmM_ELLR
Limit
mrwLLR_MXk
mrwLLR_MXw
dzmNmit
DT1 Hyperbola
mrwDHyp ... mroLLRDAnt

mrwLLD ...
mrwLLG ...
Figure MERELL05: idle controller

For the idle speed control, a PI controller is employed. Against the undershoot of the speed
below the desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS after the start or in a fall, gas is a
Pilot logic (DT1) installed. It should be noted that when traveling at idle speed range
the controller by the ARD on a PID2T2 - will be extended structure.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
For the Programmflußsteuerung or for selecting the control parameters for P, I - Controls and DT1 -
Element is used to synchronously certain operating state in the message mrmCASE_L (see
Set-up select idle controller).
If the control bit is reset "LLR inactive", the calculation of the controller with a
the proposed parameter sets performed in this order:
State mroCASE_LL P component I share D component GF One-step quantity
Error in mrmCASE_L 10000000 00000000 mrwLLPWK_ mrwLLIWK_ mrwLLDWK_ mrwLLGWK_ mrwLLWK_ES
Brakes 00100000 xxxxxxxx mrwLLPBr_ mrwLLIBr_ mrwLLDBr_ mrwLLGBr_ mrwLLBr_ES
Backlash / KUP + engine to warm 00000000 00010000 mrwLLPWK_ mrwLLIWK_ mrwLLDWK_ mrwLLGWK_ mrwLLWK_ES
Backlash / KUP + engine cold 00000000 00110000 mrwLLPKK_ mrwLLIKK_ mrwLLDKK_ mrwLLGKK_ mrwLLKK_ES
The engine is cold 00000000 00100000 mrwLLPKG_ mrwLLIKG_ mrwLLDKG_ mrwLLGKG_ mrwLLKG_ES
Approach 00000000 01000000 mrwLLPAF_ x mrwLLDAF_ mrwLLGAF_ x
5 Gear 00000000 00000101 mrwLLP5G_ mrwLLI5G_ mrwLLD5G_ mrwLLG5G_ mrwLL5G_ES
When you start shedding the integrator with the value from the message LLR - Integrator -
Initialization mrmLLIINIT preset.
The differentiator has the task after start shedding and decreasing speed in
Speed window mrwLLRK_VD and mrwLLRW_VD above idle speed the
Speed profile to influence such that when the target idle speed, the actual
Idle speed control can be recorded by means of a PI controller.
The D component is not continuously engaged. It will only be on when it

enhancing effect on the idle speed quantity and other conditions and LLR states
are fulfilled. Furthermore, the injection of the differential fraction is determined weighted in
Dependence of the difference between the actual speed and target idle speed. These soft
Intrusion causes an asymptotic approximation to the defined setpoint speed. The
Feedforward component of the differential quantity is carried out by multiplication by a function value
a hyperbola, wherein said independent variable is the difference between the hyperbolic
Idle-base and current speed is. The equation of the barge is:
mrwDHyp. _ Z
mrwDHyp. _ NMRmn _LLBAS -dzmNmit
The launching of the D component is permitted only when gas fall to an undercutting of the
To prevent setpoint speed. The activation of the D component in the parameter selection
decided.
In reaching the idle speed and the feedforward control block (bit B of mrmCASE_L is 0)
is the I - Percentage of current D-part and added to mrwLLR_MXk or mrwLLR_MXw
limited. If the I component already greater than the limit, it will remain unchanged.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
There is also the possibility that the parameter set-dependent one-step amount mrwLL .. _ES to
Define that the respective idle integrator upon reaching the idling speed (less
current time synchronous request quantity mrmM_EWUN) must not fall below. The logic is
with the passing of the speed threshold desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS + I - Regulators -
Small-signal window width mrwLL .. I_F released.
The calculated subsets (integrator, PI - fraction) and the total amount of PI + DT1 - Share
respectively to zero amount and maximum LLR - limited quantity. The result is a lot of
the idle controller mrmM_ELLR sent.
The maximum amount is when engine is cold (bit 5 of mrmCASE_L) mrwLLR_MXk. Turns
Hysteresis on warm engine over so the maximum amount to the value mrwLLR_MXw is
out, and this value is only achieved when the limited amount this value for the first time
is below. Turns the hysteresis on cold engine to the maximum amount of
the value mrwLLR_MXk occupied.
The integrator is therefore not highly integrated with the maximum amount is exceeded,
he must descend integrate but still. So that cracks are long reaction times and
avoided.
Application Note:
The value for the maximum amount of cold mrwLLR_MXk must have the maximum amount of warm
mrwLLR_MXw lie.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.5 Desired quantity

dzmNmit
Determination of the
PWG-value mrmPWGPBM
for the transmission
mrmPWG_roh mrmPWGfi mrmPWGPGI
MEREEX02
anwPWG
dimLGS mrmM_EPWG
dimBRE mrmM_EWUNF
dimBRK Performance: mrmM_EPWGR External mrmM_EWUN
dimKUP 1) n-dependent FV Amount of intervention mrmM_EWUNL
fgmFGAKT 2) v-dependent FV mrmM_EWUNR
dzmNmit mrmINARD_D
MEREFVxx MEREEX12
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmMD_Rrel
dimFGx
fgmFGAKT dimAG4
fgmBESCH mrmFGR_roh
dzmNmit Ground Speed mrmM_EFGR mrmM_MOT
fgm_VzuN control mrmM_ELLR
dimBRE fgmFGAKT
mrmM_EBEGR MEREGRxx mrmEGS_roh
mrmM_EPWG mrmEGS_CAN
mrmASR_roh
mrmASR_CAN
mrmMSR_roh
mrmMSR_CAN
dimADx mrmASG_roh
dimHAN mrmASG_CAN
fgmFGAKT Working speed mrmM_EADR mrmASG_tsy
dzmNmit control mrmBI_SOLL
mrmM_EWUN mrmFG_ABS
mrmM_EBEGR MEREADxx mrmAUSBL
fgm_VzuN
mrmM_EPWG
mrmM_EFGR
mroM_EBEGR Höchstgeschwindig-
keitsbegrenzung mrmM_EHGB
fgmFGAKT
mrmV_SOLEE
MEREHGxx
Figure MEREWU01: Desired quantity
2.6 PWG filter and driving behavior
About the drivability map is the influence of the accelerator pedal (= driver's request) and a
engine or vehicle-specific size in a PWG - driver's desired quantity mrmM_EPWG
mapped. Depending on the position of the DAMOS - cowFUN_FVH switch it is possible to
Engine speed-dependent driving behavior characteristic field with the direct determination of mrmM_EPWG
select (cowFUN_FVH = 0), or a driving speed dependent output torque
to use map-with subsequent correction by the translation of gear / axle
(CowFUN_FVH = 1). For various controller functions in addition also a PWG is -
19 April 2002 Quantity calculation - Desired quantity DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Driver's desired amount of "raw" mrmM_EPWGR determined to even the amount of value available
corresponding value mrmPWG_roh - to which the unfiltered PWG provide.
In PWG with potentiometer / switch the message anmPWG is copied to the message mrmPWG_lwo, is
a double analog PWG configured corresponds mrmPWG_lwo the leerwegoptimierten PWG
Position (anmPWG + mroPW_OFFS).
2.6.1 Double Analog PWG

2.6.1.1 Leerwegoptimieren at doppelanalogem PWG
The required with a view to secure greater application Leerweg double analog of a
PWGS compared to a PWG with potentiometer / switch is minimized by using the learning function.
In exceptional cases (transient fields, high resistance, altered PWG) is a given
greater Leerweg used.
This function is configured via cowFUN_DPG:
Decimal comment
0No learning
2Lernen enabled
DS / ESA Quantity calculation -PWG filter and driving behavior 19 April 2002
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The structure is shown in Figure Leerwegoptimierens MERELW01:
Default normalization
SG - Initialization
Caster F
G
D
Driving E
A C
Learning safe
PWG - Idle
Idle position
B
Figure MERELW01: States Leerwegoptimierung
19 April 2002 Quantity calculation - PWG filter and driving behavior DS / ESA
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Labels and fixed values:
Name Importance
mrwPWc1min electr. Limit the lowest tolerance range detection idle position PWG [mv]
mrwPWc1max electr. Top limit tolerance range detection idle position PWG [mV]
mrwPWc2max electr. Top limit tolerance range detection idle position PGS [mV]
mrwPW_Tol Tolerance range for Lernfkt. internal monitoring; Defaultnormierungsgr. [MV]
mrwPW_dp allowed synchronism difference in the idling range [mV]
mrwPWdUmax maximum allowable change PWG for recognition "pedal does not move" [mV / s]
mrwPW_diMX Debouncing tracking error [1]
mrwPW_Tmax Time threshold for detection component changes [us]
mrwPW1_fiH Filter constant "rising" [1]
mrwPW1_fiL Filter constant "falling" [1]
anmU_PWG Analog value PWG [mV]
anmU_PGS Analog value PGS [mV]
mroU_PGSx2 Factor 2-corrected analog value PGS [mV]
mroPW_cmax measured idle position [mV]
mroPW_dp measured synchronism difference [mV]
mrmPW_cmax learned idle position [mV]
mrmPW_dp trained synchronism difference [mV]
edmPW_cmax stored idle position [mV]
edmPW_dp stored synchronism difference [mV]
mroPWLLPos secured idle position PWG [mV]
mroPW_MAX maximum allowed offset PWG [%]
mrmPW_OFFS Current offset PWG [%]
mroPW_Stat Status Leerweg learning [1]
mroPW_Hist traversed states [1]
mroPW_DAbd Transition conditions [1]
When SG-initialization, the learning values from the EEPROM (trained electrical
Neutral edmPW_cmax, gelerntes plausibility window edmPW_dp) taken. The
Idle position with mroPWLLPos = edmPW_cmax + + edmPW_dp mrwPW_Tol
(Tolerance value) is calculated. Then (transfer of "F") in the status "driving"
(MroPW_Stat.3) changed.
If the vehicle is in "PWG idle", then the current position of the PWG and PGS
measured. If the idle exit (transition "B"), this position is learned and the
State "driving" recognized.
If an implausibility or an error in the DA-PWG detection on, is in the state

Changed "Default normalization" and a larger Leerweg allowed.
In the "trailing" the learned values are stored in the E2PROM.

The currently valid state is returned in the Statusolda mroPW_Stat, the currently
traversed states appear on the Olda mroPW_Hist, transition conditions in the Olda
mroPW_DAbd.
The increased by a factor of 2 sensor voltage anmU_PGS is on the Olda mroU_PGSx2

output.
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Importance of Bedingungsolda mroPW_DAbd:
Bitpos. Destination Condition

0 Default standard. Error path fboSPWG set
1 Default standard. Error path fboSPGS set
2 Default standard. Tracking error:
élooking stain _PWG -mroU _PGSx2ù
EU with mrwPW_diMX ENTPR.
mrmPW _dp mrwPW _Tol
EU
3 Default standard. Tracking error:
AC Timer> mrwPW_Tmax and mroPWGmin >
mrmPW_cmax
anmU_PWG >mrwPWc1min
4 Neutral
looking stain _PWG ≤mrwPWc1 max OR
5 Neutral
mroU _PGSx 2≤mrwPWc 2 max
dzmNakt = 0 OR mrmSTART_B = 0
6 Neutral d-looking stain _PWG mrwPWdU max
7 Neutral dt
looking stain _PWG ≤mrwPWc1 max
8 Neutral mroU _PGSx 2≤mrwPWc 2 max
9 Neutral anmU_PWG> mrwPWc1max
10 Driving mroU_PGSx2> mrwPWc2max
11 Driving
12
13
Importance of Olda mroPW_Hist, mroPW_Stat:
Bit position Decimal Comment

0 1 Learning ban
1 2 Tracking error
2 4 PWG idle
3 8 Driving
4 16 Caster
5 32 Default normalization
6 64 Determination filtered values
7 128 Learning safe idle position
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.6.1.2 "driving" mroPW_Stat.3 = 1

In this state it is monitored whether a PWG error occurs (consequence: Default normalization),
is changed to idle (idle path is learned), Run is active or while driving
should remain stops.
Transition "E":
not used
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AND Associates
mroPW_DAbd OR Associates
If an error occurs in the paths fboSPWG (mroPW_DAbd.0) or fboSPGS (mroPW_DAbd.1)

so mroPW_Hist.0 is set and changed the status to "Default normalization".
Transition "G": If the caster is active (dimK15 = 0), it will change the status to "overrun".
Transition "A":
not used
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AND Associates
If the sensor voltage PWG anmU_PWG <= mrwPWc1max (mroPW_DAbd.8) or is the

Sensor voltage PGS mroU_PGSx2 <= mrwPWc2max (mroPW_DAbd.9), then the idling
Achieved learning area and it will be changed in the status "PWG idle". This change will
not occur when "learning ban" is present (mroPW_Hist.0 = 1).
2.6.1.3 "PWG idle" mroPW_Stat.2 = 1

Upon entry into this state of change timer is restarted. This is in the following for
the detection of synchronization errors needed.
In this state the idle range is measured: there are no relevant error conditions
to the current position of the PWG and the deviation from the PGS be a low pass filter
determined.
Furthermore, it is monitored whether a PWG error occurs (consequence: Default normalization), in the
Driving operation is changed, follower remains active or is to remain idle.
Transition "C":
not used
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AND Associates
If an error occurs in the paths fboSPWG (mroPW_DAbd.0) or fboSPGS on (mroPW_DAbd.1)

so mroPW_Hist.0 is set and changed the status to "Default normalization".
Furthermore, is set under the following conditions mroPW_Hist.1 and in the status
"Default normalization" changed:
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
1) tracking error:
anmU_PWG
a
mroU_PGSx2 ENT
a> b Contusion
mroPW_DAbd.2
AMOUNT b
mrmPW_dp mrwPW_diMX * 20 ms
mrwPW_Tol
Figure MERELW03: tracking error

The absolute deviation | anmU_PWG - mroU_PGSx2 | is at least mrwPW_diMX * 20ms
greater than the increased by the tolerance value mrwPW_Tol trained plausibility window mrmPW_dp
(MroPW_DAbd.2) or
2) identification of part exchange

mrmPW_cmax
mroPWGmin a <= b
b
a
anmU_PWG
a <b
b
Change & mrwPW_DAbd.3

"PWG idle"
TIMER
mrwPW_Tmax
Figure MERELW04: part exchange

The change timer has reached a value greater than mrwPW_Tmax and reached since K15-A
minimum value of anmU_PWG (= mroPWGmin) is greater than the learned electrical
Neutral mrmPW_cmax (mroPW_DAbd.3).
Transition "B":
not used
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AND Associates
If the idling range leave (anmU_PWG> mrwPWc1max (mroPW_DAbd.10) and

mroU_PGSx2> mrwPWc2max (mroPW_DAbd.11)) and is neither learning nor a prohibition
Synchronization error (mroPW_Hist.0 = 0 and mroPW_Hist.1 = 0), then in the status of "learning
safe neutral "position changed.
Transition "H": If the caster is active (dimK15 = 0), it will change the status to "overrun".
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Actions in the "PWG idle":

not used
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AND Associates
mroPW_Dabd OR Associates
Where no learning ban still tracking error (mroPW_Hist.0 = 0 and mroPW_Hist.1 = 0),
and is not detected on high impedance (anmU_PWG> mrwPWc1min, (mroPW_DAbd.4))
and is the idle range not leave (anmU_PWG <= mrwPWc1max or mroU_PGSx2 <=
mrwPWc2max, (mroPW_DAbd.5))
and No by the starter caused Disorders before (DzmNakt = 0 or

mrmSTART_B = 0), mroPW_DAbd.6
and is the PWG change d (anmU_PWG) / dt is less mrwPWdUmax (mroPW_DAbd.7)

then the filtered measured values determined (mroPW_Hist.6 = 1):
Measured value neutral:

a
anmU_PWG
mrmPW_cmax a> b
b
mrwPWG_fiH
mrwPWG_fiL
b
mroPW_cmax a mroPW_cmax
ab
Figure MERELW05: Reading mroPW_cmax
mroPW_cmax | n = (mroPW_cmax | n-1 * Const anmU_PWG +) / (Const +1)
This applies to "const": If the measured value anmU_PWG greater than the stored value learning
mrmPW_cmax, is used for "const" value mrwPW1_fiH, otherwise the value
mrwPW1_fiL.
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Measured value plausibility window:

mroU_PGSx2
-
a
anmU_PWG +
mrmPW_dp a> b
b
mrwPWG_fiH
mrwPWG_fiL
b
mroPW_dp a
ab MIN mroPW_dp
mrwPW_dp
mrwPW_Tol
Figure MERELW06: Reading mroPW_dp

mroPW_dp | n = (mroPW_dp | n-1 * const + | anmU_PWG - mroU_PGSx2 |) / (Const +1) restricted to
maximum mrwPW_dp - mrwPW_Tol.
This applies to "const": If the measured value | anmU_PWG - mroU_PGSx2 | is greater than the stored
Learning value mrmPW_dp, the value mrwPW1_fiH is for "const" is used, otherwise the value
mrwPW1_fiL.
"Learning safe neutral" mroPW_Hist.7 = 1

Here are the measurements mroPW_dp and mrmPW_cmax weighted to Ermmittlung the
Learning values mrmPW_dp and mrmPW_cmax used.
Learning value neutral:
a
mroPW_cmax
mrmPW_cmax a> b
b
mrwPWG_fiH
mrwPWG_fiL
b
mrmPW_cmax a mrmPW_cmax
ab
Figure MERELW07: learning value mrwPW_cmax

mrmPW_cmax | n = (mrmPW_cmax | n-1 * Const mroPW_cmax +) / (Const +1)
This applies to "const": If the measured value mroPW_cmax greater than the stored value learning
mrmPW_cmax, is used for "const" value mrwPW1_fiH, otherwise the value
mrwPW1_fiL.
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Learning value plausibility window:
a
mroPW_dp
mrmPW_dp a> b
b
mrwPWG_fiH
mrwPWG_fiL
b
mrmPW_dp a mrmPW_dp
ab
Figure MERELW08: learning value tracking error

mrmPW_dp | n = (mrmPW_dp | n-1 * Const mroPW_dp +) / (Const +1).
This applies to "const": If the measured value mroPW_dp greater than the stored value learning
mrmPW_dp, is used for "const" value mrwPW1_fiH, otherwise the value
mrwPW1_fiL. The idle position mroPWLLPos results to mrmPW_cmax + + mrmPW_dp
mrwPW_Tol.
You then change the status to "driving".
2.6.1.4 "Default normalization" mroPW_Stat.5 = 1

It all values are reset to the "safe default values":
Learning value neutral mrmPW_cmax = mrwPWc1max,
Learning value plausibility window mrmPW_dp = mrwPW_dp,
Measured neutral mroPW_cmax = mrwPWc1max,
Measured value plausibility window mroPW_dp = mrwPW_dp
Then change in status "driving"
2.6.1.5 "Delay" mroPW_Stat.4 = 1

The values mrmPW_cmax and mrmPW_dp stored in the EEPROM (edwPW_cmax
or edwPW_dp)
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Calculating the idle position:
PWG [percent]
anwPWG_KL
mrmPWG_lwo (U2) = mroPW_MAX

+ AnwPWG_KL (U2)
mroPW_MAX
anmPWG (U2) = anwPWG_KL (U2)
mrmPWG_lwo (U1) = mrmPW_OFFS (U1)
anmU_PWG [mV]
U1 U2
mroPW_red mrwPWc1max + + mrwPW_dp mrwPW_Tol
mroPWLLPos
Figure MERELW02: Calculation Leerwegoptimierung
Application Note: anwPWG_KL The characteristic must be applied so that when mrwPWc1max +
mrwPW_dp + mrwPW_Tol the 0% point is.
Use the Leerwegreduktion it is now possible already from mroPWLLPos (= mrmPW_cmax +

mrmPW_dp + mrwPW_Tol) a PWG-value release> 0%.
The scoring electrical Leerwegreduktion mroPW_red results to mrwPWc1max +

mrwPW_dp + mrwPW_Tol - mroPWLLPos.
The maximum to be added to anmPWG offset is mroPW_MAX = anwPWG_KL (at

mrwPWc1max + mrwPW_dp + + mrwPW_Tol mroPW_red).
The current offset is to be added to anmPWG MIN (mroPW_MAX, anwPWG_KL (anmU_PWG

+ MroPW_red).
anmPWG mrmPW_lwo
mrmPW_OFFS
mroPW_MAX MIN
Figure MERELW09: Calculation of leerwegoptimierten PWG position

The PWG request is then mrmPWG_lwo = anmPWG + mrmPW_OFFS (limited to 100%).
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
cowVAR_PWG
fbbEPWG_L
fbbEPWG_H >1
fbbEPWP_P
fbbEPWP_A
mrmSICH_F provisionally defective
mroPWG_neu
anmPWG
mrwPWG_Pof
mrmPWG_roh
dimLGS
RAMP
mrwPWG_Rau
mrwPWG_Pon mrwPWG_Run
mrwPWG_Pof mrwPWG_SfB
mrwPWG_SfE
mrwPWG_Pbr
mrwPWG_HRP
mrmPWG_lwo
fbbETAD_L
fbbETAD_H fbbEPWG_L
cowVAR_PWG
fbbEPWG_L fbbEPWG_H
>1
fbbEPWG_H fbbEPWP_A Ramp active
fbbEPGS_L fbbEPWP_P
fbbEPGS_H
fbbEPW2_L >1
>1
fbbEPW2_H mrmSICH_F
fbbEPG2_L
fbbEPG2_H
fbbEPWP_A
fbbETAD_D
fbbETAD_T
Figure MEREFV01: Evaluation pedal sensor

Behavior in cowVAR_PWG = 0 (potentiometer / Shater):
The PWG anmPWG value is checked for SRC and against the empty gas switch (dimLGS) on
Plausibility checks. While applying the brake can additionally access security case
(MrmSICH_F) are detected. If an implausible value is detected, go to the PWG raw
Ramp to a default value. A more detailed description can be found in the chapter
Monitoring function.
Behavior in cowVAR_PWG = 1 (double analog PWG): examination of the PWG-value, see Section
Monitoring function. While applying the brake can additionally access security case
(MrmSICH_F) are recognized
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.6.2 Speed-dependent driving behavior

In drivability map mrwFVH_KF a desired quantity PWG mrmM_EPWG is as
Function of speed and filtered PWG - Position mrmPWGfi determined. In circuits
changes the operating point in driving behavior characteristic field. The resulting different
Moment must be balanced by the driver at the previous vehicle state
maintain.
dzmNmit
mrmM_EPWGR
Working speed
mrmPWG_roh KF control
mrwFVH_KF
cowFUN_FVH
mrmM_EPWG
MEREAD06
KF
mrwFVH_KF
PT1
2-stage cowFUN_FVH
mrwPT1_Z ..
mrwPFI_POS
mrwPFI_NEG mrmPWGfi
Ramp active
>1
mrwPFI_AKT
&
dimKUP
Drivability
dimKUP Driving torque
fgmFVN_UEB determination /
mrmGTR_UEB Constant
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmMD_Rrel MEREFV03
MEREFV04
Figure MEREFV02: filtering pedal sensor

The crude pedal sensor position mrmPWG_roh is a two-stage filter PT1 - filtered.
Depending on the direction of movement is above or below threshold PWG rise
threshold value mrwPFI_POS, PWG Abfallschwellwert mrwPFI_NEG one of four time constants
selected. PT1 filter positive above mrwPT1_ZPO, PT1 filter positive below mrwPT1_ZPU, PT1
Filter negative above mrwPT1_ZNO and PT1 filter negative mrwPT1_ZNU below. The circumvention of the
Filtering with activated coupling can be turned off (mrwPFI_AKT). The filtering is
not performed during a preset value over the ramp runs or if
doppelanalogem PWG (cowVAR_PWG = 1) pending a final defective error
(MroFPM_ZAK = 4).
2.6.3 Speed-dependent driving behavior

This form of driver request determination is primarily intended for automatic transmissions. The
Driver introduces the accelerator pedal propulsion request (output torque), regardless of the
current engine state. In circuits, the operating point changes in driving behavior characteristic field
do not. Here it is possible to have a different dependence on driving speed PWG behavior
set (eg, low torque slope for speed in the local area - easy
Operating point setting in column ride. Consideration of the running resistance at high
Speed - low idle path).
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.6.3.1 Determination of the currently valid transfer function

mrmGANG == mrmGTRGANG
dimKUP mroFVHSTAT.0
&
fbbEEGS_A
fbbEECO_L
fbbEAG4_L S mrmGRA_UEF
>1 Q
fbbEEGS_1
fboSASG &
R
fboSFGG
mrmPWGfi == 0
mroFVHGTdi
anmWTF
KL
mrwFVHGDKL
fgmFVN_UEB
mrmGTR_UEB MAX
b
mroFVHSTAT.1
a> = b
MIN
a
mroFVHSTAT.0 mroFVHUEro
mrmFVHUEst
MAX
PT1
mrwFVHVGWU
mrwFVHUEun
KL
mwFVHFIKL
Figure MEREFV03: Determination of the translation to be used

This function is only executed if EGS is performed via CAN. From Gearbox is then
demMotorsteuergerätüberCANu.a.eineTriebstrang transfer function
(Mrad / MKurbelwelle = igear * IAchs) and the gear engaged transmitted. These are from the CAN
Interpreter provided to the system as mrmGTR_UEB and mrmGTRGANG available. At
actuated clutch dimKUP (includes in automatic transmissions applicatively selectable status bits
Converter clutch is "open" - dimKUP = 1 / "regulated" - dimKUP = 0 / "closed" - dimKUP = 0)
is subject to the following conditions, the translation mroFVHUEro currently used on
a translation-dependent PT1 - filter characteristic mrwFVHFIKL in for the ride
relevant size mroFVHUEst taken:
- No error in the paths fboSEXM (evaluation gearbox communication message

Getriebe_1) fboSASG (evaluation gearbox communication message Getriebe_2) and fboSFGG
(Vehicle speed measurement) or after an error occurs and mrmPWGfi = 0
- The deviation between mrmGTR_UEB and fgmFVN_UEB (translation, SG-determined internally

ratio of vehicle speed / engine speed fgm_VzuN) is smaller than the factor
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroFVHGTdi (from the characteristic curve in dependence on mrwFVHGDKL anmWTF) * the

Maximum of mrmGTR_UEB and fgmFVN_UEB.
- Current gear mrmGANG = passage of CAN mrmGTRGANG (Transmission Control Module).

At the same time also depends on the transfer function mroFVHUEro from the characteristic
mrwFVHFIKL an appropriate filter time constant selected. If for the debounce time
fbwEASG_UA a translation difference greater mroFVHGTdi before, the transmission is not in
IDLE (mrm_P_N = 0), the clutch is not operated (dimKUP = 0) and there is no error SRC
Gear ratio of (fbbEASG_L), the error fbbEASG_U is set. If the
Translation difference for the time fbwEASG_UB continuously smaller than mroFVHGTdi so
the error fbbEASG_U is healed.
As a replacement function for errors in the paths fboSEXM, fboSASG and fboSFGG is for
mroFVHUEst the value mrwFVHVGWU selected. These values are also in the SG-
Initialization used. The current state of the translation determination is in the olda
mroFVHSTAT shown.
Description of olda "Status of the behavior evaluation" mroFVHSTAT:

0 1Übernahme of translation and transition active
1 2The difference between mrmGTR_UEB and fgmFVN_UEB
(Translation, SG internally determined from the ratio
Vehicle speed / engine speed fgm_VzuN) is smaller than the
Factor mroFVHGTdi * the maximum of mrmGTR_UEB and
fgmFVN_UEB
128cowFUN_FVH = 1, the driving speed dependent driving behavior
7
If no EGS CAN applied, then only Bit 7 (Figure of cowFUN_FVH) in

mroFVHSTAT shown. The transfer function is in this case with the predetermined value
mrwFVHVGWU occupied.
2.6.3.1.1 GRA Off at default value for the ratio

If an error occurs with respect to the interface engine - (gear for all relevant
Error conditions are ORed)
fbbEEGS_A: Embassy failure ASG
fbbEECO_L: Ecomatic switching signal message
fbbEAG4_L: AG4 switching signal timeout
fbbEEGS_1: message timeout gear 1 or gear Botschaftinkonsistenz 1
fboSASG: Automatic Transmission
fboSFGG: Speed signal
on, then, under certain conditions, the ratio to a preset value
placed. The GRA desired quantity could thus be changed by leaps and bounds. This gives the driver the
Changing the requested quantity does not feel the GRA is disabled.
The message mrmGRA_UEF can enable the cruise control (GRA) or

ban.
mrmGRA_UEF = TRUEGRA is disabled
mrmGRA_UEF = FALSE GRA remains activated
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.6.3.2 Calculation of the PWG - driver's desired quantity

To the currently set output torque during gearshifts kept constant,
be transmission / final drive ratio mroFVHUEst and the current friction mrmMD_Rrel
(Without idling regulator component) in the determination of the PWG - driver's desired quantity involved.
fgmFGAKT
mrmMDW_ab
mrmPWGfi KF
mrwFGFVHKF
a
ba
mroFVHUEst
b
mroMDWkorr
MIN
mrwMAXMOM
mrmMD_Rrel
mroMD_Rakt
mrmPWGfi
RAMP
mroMDW_PWG
mrwFVHMDRu
mrwFVHMDRo
mrmM_EPWGU
mrmBI_SOLL
Figure MEREFV04: PWG - Quantity Takeoff

Of the accelerator pedal position and vehicle speed mrmPWGfi fgmFGAKT is the
Output torque desired mrmMDW_ab determined. By dividing by the stored
Translation mroFVHUEst yields the valid for the current transition moment mroMDWkorr.
This is limited before further processing on mrwMAXMOM. To the
compensate for the speed-dependent influence of the friction torque in the motor is in traction
(Above the threshold mrwFVHMDRu PWG) at this moment nor to the proportion of
Idle controller reduced, friction mroMD_Rakt added. To a smooth transition when
To create the transition from thrust to traction, thereby mroMD_Rakt from is
actual reduced friction mrmMD_Rrel rated, by a factor between 0 (when
mrwFVHMDRu) and 1 (mrwFVHMDRo) calculated. This is in compliance with mrwFVHMDRo
> MrwFVHMDRu> mrwPWG_OPS no impairment of the safety concept
If (amount released at mrwPWG_OPS, Redundant thrust monitoring).
From the thus determined PWG - desired torque for the motor is on the specific indexed
Consumption mrmBI_SOLL the corresponding injection quantity mrmM_EPWG determined.
The desired amount of raw mrmM_EPWGR is determined in the same manner. It is in this case only held
the filtered unfiltered PWG mrmPWG_roh value as an input variable for the
Driving behavior characteristic field mrwFGFVHKF used. The other Eingangsgößen are identical to
which to identify mrmM_EPWG, but it accounts for the olda spending.
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.6.4 Torque Gradient

This function limits on request by the Embassy Getriebe2 the increase in
Driver request torque in accordance with the information transmitted in Getriebe2 Byte3 moments gradient
limitation. This is therefore this is a temporary slew-rate limiting
Driver's desired quantity, which ensures a variable maximum increase. In the
Operating conditions in which no such limitation is required (indicated by byte 3 =
FFh) are not limiting the driver's desired torque.
2.6.4.1 Justification
Particularly at part load journeys from the state of the VL30 (CVT) transmission or for the function
Stationary decoupling the 5HP19 (stage automatic) gear can use this function to the
Speed of the torque formation are limited. This can also occur (consumption-
optimal) low speeds to ensure a smooth start-up, because after a
Gas shock a high "torque shock" is fed to the drive train immediately, to which
the transmission can no longer respond.
2.6.4.2 Description of functions

This function is the function switch cowFUN_MGB = 1 activated. In this case,
mrmM_EPWG (driver's desired quantity) with respect to the highest possible positive slope
limited (slew-rate limiting upward). That is, there is an additional MIN formation of active
the previously computed unlimited driver's desired quantity - now renamed to mroM_EPWGU -
and the sum of mrmM_EPWG (t-1) and mrodM_EMGB (maximum Mengengradient). For the
Event that the desired quantity mrmM_EWUN (t-1) is greater than mrmM_EPWG (t-1) on this
used a maximum selection summation, so that in case of not through the
PWG increased desired quantity, such as by an active drag torque limit for CVT
unnecessarily delayed response to a rising pötzlich PWG request by a
Moments gradient boundary below the desired quantity, where these have no effect
would have produced.
The maximum Mengengradient mrodM_EMGB is from the transmitted via CAN max.
Moment gradient from Getriebe2-Byte3 mrmdMD_MGB calculated. For this conversion process is
the target amount mrmBI_SOLL consumption, the processing period (20 ms main program
period) and an additional administrable rating factor for the MGB mrwMGBFAKT
taken into account. To the reduction of idle controller amount with increasing PWG value and the
to compensate for resulting delay in the rise of the driver's desired quantity is
yet the difference amount of the idle controller between each main program period (20ms) PT1
added to the filtered maximum torque gradient mrodM_EMGB.
Furthermore mrmdMD_MGB is a MAX-formation with the application date

mrwdMGBMIN limited downwards to allow a minimum increase in any case.
If actually requested via CAN impermissibly small moment gradient, then the
FbbEMGB_P error (error path fboSASG) reported - mrmdMD_MGB then gets the value
mrwdMGBMIN.
19 April 2002 Overview - PWG filter and driving behavior DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
There are the following shutdown conditions for the rate-of-moments:

max. Moment gradient from Getriebe2-Byte3 = FFh
faulty transmission 2 message (message count and timeout)
If one (or more) of the shutdown on, the torque

Gradient turned off by the fact that mrodM_EMGB on dM_EMAX (maximum
internally representable value) or the default value administrable mrwdMGBAUS is set. The
Default value is used if mrwdMGBAUS the torque rate-just
active (mroM_EPWGU> mrodM_EMGB + max selection (mrmM_EPWG (t-1),
mrmM_EWUN (t-1)) - this is an abrupt increase in any case avoided. Kick
during the active engagement of a switch-off on so a shut-down with the
Increase mrwdMGBAUS executed.
In the system acts on the Momentengradientenbegrenzung mrmM_EPWG and possibly on it

derived variables - but not on mrmMDW_ab (output torque on driving behavior characteristic field -
is used by FGR) and mrmM_EPWGR (desired quantity raw - is of ARF and
Boost pressure control system used). The EGS intervention (as well as FGR, ADR, etc.) do not get
Slew-rate limiting because after this moment gradient limit in the amount of path
acts.
mroM_EPWGU
mrmM_EPWG (t)
MIN
mrmM_EPWG (t-1)
mrmM_EWUN (t-1) MAX
mrodM_EMGB
cowFUN_MGB = 1
Figure MEREMGB1: slew-rate limitation of mrmM_EPWG
mrmM_ELLR (t-1) - mrmM_ELLR (t)

MAX
PT1
mrwMGBFAKT
mrwPT1LLRd
mrmdMD_MGB
mrodM_EMGB
mrmBI_SOLL
mrwdMGBAUS
mrwM_EMAX
a
mroM_EPWGU
a> b
mrmM_EPWG (t-1) b
mrmM_EWUN (t-1) MAX
mrodM_EMGB (t-1)
mrmdMD_MGB = FFh
Figure MEREMGB2: Determination of the maximum Mengengradienten mrodM_EMGB
DS / ESA Overview - PWG filter and driving behavior 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
DMD_MGB (gear 2 Byte 3)

mrwdMGBMIN MAX
mrmdMD_MGB
FFh
mrmASG_CAN.11 (Botschatszählerfehler)
>1
mrmASG_CAN.4 (error message, timeout)
Figure MEREMGB3: Determination of the maximum torque gradient mrmdMD_MGB
In case of errors in the associated Getriebe2 message (message count and timeout), the
Replacement value FFh forwarded to the Momentengradientenbegrenzung disable secure.
If an inadmissible small moment gradient requested via CAN, then the error
fbbEMGB_P (error path fboSASG) reported - mrmdMD_MGB then gets on the
built-MAX formation the value mrwdMGBMIN. If the error fbbEMGB_P final
defective, it currently has no direct impact system. This error is only used for
Fault memory that the transmission control unit with an inadmissible-little moments gradient
has requested.
19 April 2002 Overview - PWG filter and driving behavior DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.7 Fuel cut-off

The shutdown of the injection in the thrust is through the shutdown of the metering
zmmMVS_ANS 6 = forced (See Chapter pump control). The operating status of thrust
is present when mrmM_EAKT = 0. To minimize the thrust jerking, can output depending
(X = 1 .5) for the period mrwSCHTIxG the fuel cut-off of the ARD be delayed. After
this time, the remaining pump volume, mrmM_EPUMP and the
Engine torque amount for the CAN transmission mrmM_EMOTX by increasing damping
(Starting with the dependent factor mrwSA_BExG) lowered to zero. After falling below the
Threshold quantity mrwSA_OFF or exceeding the time mrwARD_TIM is the metering
turned off and the quantities mrmM_EMOTX as well as zmmM_EKORR Set to 0.
mrmM_EAKT>
Timer 0
stop
Initialization
=0
KEA T = Timer
erTimTI xG Ramp
mrm M_ start SCH
mrw>
mrwSA_BxG
start
mrmSASTATE = 1 mrmSASTATE = 2
"Quantity Desired" "Quantity hold" mrmSASTATE = 3
"Quantity ramp"
> ACT 0
Timer M_E
stop mrm
he
IM mr
Tim D_T wA
AR RD
rw OD
>M _T
ER
he IM
>
Tim
Timer
stop mrmSASTATE = 4
zmmM_EKORR = 0
mrmM_EMOTX = 0
x = 1 .. 5 mrmM_EAKT> 0
Figure MERESA01: State diagram of the fuel cut-off

The size mrmSASTATE represents the state of the fuel cut.
mrmSASTATE = 1: There is a lot of desire to push is not active.
mrmSASTATE = 2: active thrust, the residence time mrwSCHTIxG has not yet expired. ARD
Procedures are possible.
mrmSASTATE = 3: reduction of mrmM_EPUMP ramped down to zero. To this end,

the currently calculated amount mroM_APUMP multiplied by a weighting factor.
At the same time the amount mrmM_EMOTX is ramp-shaped with the same weighting factor to
to zero out (multiplication of the weighting factor with mrmM_EMOT). The weighting factor
is initialized to 1 and proceeds with the step size mrwSA_BExG zero. Falls below the
Pump the amount administered barrier mrwSA_OFF, the ramp is stopped and in
the state mrmSASTATE = 4 connected.
mrmSASTATE = 4: The maximum Schubabschaltzeit mrwARD_TIM has expired or

Pumps mrmM_EPUMP amount is smaller than the barrier mrwSA_OFF. There is no
Controlling the solenoid valves.
DS / ESA Overview - fuel cut-off 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
19 April 2002 Overview - Fuel cut-off DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8 Cruise control

The cruise control system (CCS) consists of three different sub-tasks
together: the control panel evaluation, the examination of the shutdown and the execution
the selected function. The control unit detects that the function evaluation request to the
Cruise control on the control panel and checked for plausibility and
Functionality. When checking the shutdown, the various conditions that
can cause a shutdown detected and the GRA disabled. In the sub-task
"Execute the selected function" function request is executed by the control unit.
The digital inputs for each key and contacts are already in the module Digital
Inputs debounced. It is processed by the GRA only the logical states.
Description of the software switch cowFUN_FGR:
Decimal Comment
0 no cruise control (not activated by diagnosis!)
1 -
2 reserved
3 GRA function after VW / AUDI (by diagnosis switched on and off)
4 -
5 -
6 GRA function after LT2 (by diagnosis switched on and off)
7 ADR with variable working speed (by diagnosis switched on and off)
8 ADR with a fixed operating speed (by diagnosis switched on and off)
9 ACC Adaptive Cruise Control
The message contains the value of comFGR_opt cowFUN_FGR, where GRA not
EEPROM-switch (see Login Request) is disabled or GRA is performed via CAN.
Decimal Importance comFGR_opt

0 disabled (via login or cowFUN_FGR = 0)
1 -
2 FGR via CAN (cowFUN_FGR = 3 AND mrwMULINF0 = 6, 9 or 11)
3 FGR via digital input
4 -
5 -
6 FGR with MB control panel (LT2)
7 variable ADR
8 fixed ADR
9 ACC
DS / ESA Overview - Cruise control 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Transmission and reception conditions of the CAN message GRA:
cowFUN_FGR CAN message GRA

0 send
2 GRA enabled via EEPROM switch: received (comFGR_opt = 2)
GRA disabled through EEPROM switch: - (comFGR_opt = 0)
send
3 -
6 -
7 -
8 send
9
Control panel evaluation:

With function switch cowFUN_FGR (0 = no GRA, 3 = VW / AUDI, 6 = LT2) can
be chosen between LT2 control panel and control panel VW:
LT2 control panel:

The following digital inputs are available:
- dimFGA = Keyed OFF
-
dimFGW = Recovery (WA)
-
- dimFGP = Acceleration (A +) or Tip Up
- dimFGM = Delay (ON) or tip-down
dimFGV = Control contact
The control contact is used for plausibility checks. A contact is OFF Apart from the contact only
accepted along with a rising edge of the control contact. When switching from one
Function request to the next host and his family recognized the neutral position.
Exacerbated this is the acceptance condition for the contact A +: it is only with
the control contact accepted. Of the control and A + contact were activated and
then the control contact is deactivated, is not a change in position "neutral" for a
further accelerating is necessary, it is sufficient to further operation of the control contact.
VW control panel:
This GRA - version supports the digital operator variant with the contacts A +, WA,
OFF and locked OFF (initial contact). The clear contact is mechanically as the main circuit
GRA - keypad executed. When the clear contact is actuated, the GRA is -
Target speed set to zero. The following keypad versions:
Standard GRA:
- dimFGL = Locked OFF (clear contact)
-
dimFGA = Keyed OFF
-
- dimFGP = Set (SET) / Speed (A +)
dimFGW = Recovery (WA)
19 April 2002 Overview - Cruise control DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
VW control unit via CAN message GRA / GRA_Neu:

It is possible to read the GRA keypad status via CAN. These mrwMULINF0 must so
be applied that one of the CAN messages GRA or GRA_Neu is received (see
Version of the CAN data definition). In addition, the GRA must function according to VW / AUDI (cowFUN_FGR
Be = 3) were applied. If these conditions are met, instead of the digital inputs dimFGx the
Information from the CAN message used as follows:
- dimFGL plausibility with 'GRA / ADR - Main switch "

-
instead dimFGA "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter 'Off'" - inverted
-
- instead dimFGP "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter 'Set / deceleration'"
instead dimFGW "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter 'resume / accelerate'"
The bit "GRA / ADR control panel error" caused the shutdown of the GRA (mroFGR_ABN = 21).
Note: The names of the signals in the GRA-message vote only in "ON" - simulation (see below)
their meaning match.
The bits "GRA / ADR delay" and "GRA / ADR accelerate" from the embassy or GRA
GRA_Neu are not used.
The Information of contact "locked-off" on the digital input (dimFGL) of the

Control unit is with the redundant information GRA / ADR main switch of the GRA message
plausibility. If in this context, an error occurs, this is fbbEFGC_P
(Zeitentprellt) reported. This error leads to a shutdown of the GRA.
Description of Message mrmGRA (upon receipt of GRA or GRA_Neu by motor-SG):

Bit Comment GRA / ADR comment GRA / ADR designation in the correlation
4 positions handset 6 positions keypad CAN message
0HauptschalterHauptschalterS_HAUPTdimFGL (Check Machine)
1AusAusT_AUSdimFGA
2Setzen/VerzögernVerzögernT_VERdimFGP
3Wiederaufnahme/Beschl BeschleunigenT_BESdimFGW
eunigen
4-SetzenT_SET
5-WiederaufnahmeT_WA
6BedienteilfehlerBedienteilfehlerF_BTLmroFGR_ABN = 21
7 ---
When using the 6-position control panel inputs CAN be linked and
plausibility and presented as mrmGRApl (bit positions identical to mrmGRA).
If the message GRA_Neu received by the engine-SG, the information is "transmitter

Coding "as follows with mrwMULINF0 plausibility:
mrwMULINF0 Transmitter coding

9 00b
11 01b
In implausible transmitter coding error fbbEFGC_S is reported.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The GRA message contains a message count that is incremented continuously to the
To ensure timeliness of the message. The error fbbEFGC_B is reported if the
Difference, the message count of two consecutive messages larger than
was mrwGRA_Bmx. This error is also reported if the message count more
has remained unchanged as mrwGRA_Bmn main program periods. The error fbbEFGC_B
caused the shutdown of the GRA.
The message content is not monitored by a checksum byte. If the checksum as

correctly detected, an error counter is decremented to 0. In case of failure of the meter to be
upper limit mrwGRA_Cog incremented. If the counter exceeds the value mrwGRA_Cmx
the error fbbEFGC_C is reported. This error caused the shutdown of the GRA.
When identified as defective or faulty checksum message count the signals dimFGA be
dimFGP and dimFGW not updated.
The information about whether checksum or message count were identified as defective, in the
Message mrmGRACoff shipped and used as a cut-off condition for GRA.
Description of Message mrmGRACoff:

0 Recognized 1Checksumme defective
1 Recognized 2Botschaftszähler defective
In the case of time-out of the embassy or detection of inconsistency by the CAN-handler

the error fbbEFGC_Q and fbbEFGC_Y (no suppression and no fault memory entry)
reported to also cause a shutdown of the GRA. Here, as the replacement value of the
recent valid value is used further to one of the errors defective endültig.
The debounce times for defect detection with the errors fbbEFGC_B, fbbEFGC_C must be 0
to ensure a load heft compliant evaluation of the CAN message.
Alternatively to the GRA can use the function switch cowFUN_FGR (7 = ADR variable
Working speed, 8 = ADR fixed operating speed) and the function of operating speed-
control can be defined (see work speed control).
With the configuration variables mrwALL_DEF is, among others, also the A simulation
on. In this mode, the digital inputs are defined as follows:
GRA with delaying (A simulation):

- dimFGL = Locked OFF (clear contact)
-
dimFGA = Keyed OFF
-
- dimFGP = Set (SET) / DEC (ON)
dimFGW = Recovery (WA) / Speed (A +)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Determining the control panel states A +, WA, SET and ON when ON-simulation:
Control panel is ON + (acceleration):
- If velocity is zero AND
dimFGW (key WA) operated for more than mrwALL_SPZ OR
-dimFGW (key WA) operated AND
Target speed greater than zero AND
GRA active AND
Keypad WA state not active
Keypad state WA:

- dimFGW (key WA) operated AND
GRA not active OR
-dimFGW (key WA) operated AND
GRA active in the state re-absorption (WA) AND
dimFGW (key WA) already operated.
Keypad state SET (set):

- dimFGP is pressed for less than mrwALL_SPZ AND
GRA is not active OR
-dimFGP is pressed for less than mrwALL_TPZ AND
GRA is active AND
Deviation | Vspec.-Vakt |> mrwALL_BER
Control panel is ON (retarding):

- dimFGP pressed for more than mrwALL_TPZ
(Control panel monitoring, see Monitoring concept)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.1 Examination of Breaking
Off at VGW
From keypad or clear contact
dimBRE> 0
Error control panel
fgmFGAKT <mrwFAS_BVK
dzmNmit> mrwFAS_BNG
dzmNmit <mrwFAS_BNK
fgm_VzuN <mrwFAS_BEG
fgmFGAKT> mrwFAS_BVG
Error brake or DZG

>1
FGR - lock
Selector lever == 1/N/R/P
MSR / ASR active
anmUBATT <mrwFAS_BAT
fbbECRA_A (croCR_STAT> = crwCR_ST_A)
ESP - engagement
fboSFGC | | mrmGRACoff | | mrmGRA.6
Deviation v / n ratio on activation

FGR to fgm_VzuN> mrwFAS_BVN
Coupling mroFGR_KUP
mrwFGR_KUP = 1
FGR active and not FGR_AUS FGR = OFF

& >1
&
fgmBESCH <mrwFAS_VZM
DEAD TIME
mrwFAS_MZZ
&
fgmFGAKT> (v_cmd + mrwFAS_AVD)

DEAD TIME
mrwFAS_AVZ
fgmFGAKT <(v_cmd - mrwFAS_VDK)
>1
fgmFGAKT> (v_cmd + mrwFAS_VDG) &
fgmFGAKT <(v_cmd * mrwFAS_VDU)
FGR in Fashion Hold
Figure MEREGR01: shutdown

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Under the following conditions, the GRA is disabled, the cause of the shutdown on
the olda mroFGR_ABN is visible:
- OFF from the control panel (mroFGR_ABN = 1) +)
(If OFF means of extinguishing Contact - snapped off, the set speed is cleared)
- Brake contact or redundant brake contact is active (mroFGR_ABN = 2) + +)
- Clutch actuation, provided mrwFGR_KUP = 0; no shutdown
mrwFGR_KUP = 1 (mroFGR_ABN = 3) + + +)
Occurrence of a control unit error (mroFGR_ABN = 4) + + +)
- the vehicle deceleration during the time mrwFAS_MZZ greater than the max. Value
-
mrwFAS_VZM (entry via neg acceleration, mroFGR_ABN = 5) + +) Note: also
on deactivation of the GRA on the software switch cowFUN_FGR, or via the
Diagnosis is mroFGR_ABN = 5
Driving speed below the min. Value mrwFAS_BVK +), or above the max. Value
- mrwFAS_BVG (mroFGR_ABN = 6) + + +)
Speed higher than the maximum. Value mrwFAS_BNG (mroFGR_ABN = 7) +)
Speed is less than the min. Value mrwFAS_BNK (mroFGR_ABN = 8) +)
-
- nude. v / n - ratio is less than min. Value mrwFAS_BEG (mroFGR_ABN = 9) +)
- Deviation of the current V / s - the ratio of V / N - ratio in the activation of
- GRA - operation is greater than max. Value mrwFAS_BVN (mroFGR_ABN = 10) +)
Occurrence of a failure of the brake (fboSBRE) or speed encoder (fboSZG)
(MroFGR_ABN = 14) + +)
- Waiting for neutral position of the control panel after cancelation (mroFGR_ABN = 15) +)
Selector lever of the automatic transmission (mrmWH_POSb) in position 1, P, N or R
(MroFGR_ABN = 16) +)
-
- TCS or MSR intervention longer than the time mrwALL_ASR active, occurs when
mrmMSRSTAT bit 0 or mrmASRSTAT bit set to 0 (mroFGR_ABN = 17) +)
AnmUBATT battery voltage for longer than the time less than the threshold mrwFASBATt
- mrwFAS_BAT (mroFGR_ABN = 18) +)
The crash croCR_STAT level is greater than or equal to the threshold applicative crwCR_ST_A
- (MroFGR_ABN = 19) + + +)
ESP intervention mrmFDR_CAN.0 is longer than the time to mrwALL_FDR (mroFGR_ABN =
20) +)
-
One of the errors in the error path fboSFGC (FGR via CAN) final defective or if
Embassy GRA is reported control panel error. Similarly, if over mrmGRACoff
- Shutdown due to a CAN message error is required. (MroFGR_ABN = 21) +)
Error in the determination of the valid transfer function (after the RS flip-flop is a
- Error. This is communicated via mrmGRA_UEF EAF). (MroFGR_ABN = 22) +)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
In GRA - Condition KEEP following additional termination conditions still apply:

- Positive deviation of the current speed of the GRA - target speed
during the time mrwFAS_AVZ greater than the max. Value mrwFAS_AVD (mroFGR_ABN =
11) + + +)
-Positive deviation of the current speed of the GRA - target speed
greater than the value mrwFAS_VDG (mroFGR_ABN = 12) +)
-Negative deviation of the current speed of the GRA -
Target speed: fgmFGAKT <Vspec. * mrwFAS_VDU or negative deviation of
current speed of
the GRA target speed: fgmFGAKT <Vspec. - mrwFAS_VDK (mroFGR_ABN = 13) +)
Aborting:
- +) Reduction of the GRA - amount to a proportionality mrwFAS_RAS, then
Volume ramp with a slope of mrwFAS_SRA to 0
-+ +) Reduction of the GRA - amount to a proportionality mrwFAS_RSB, then
the amount reduced on a ramp within the time mrwFAS_RAB to 0.
-+ + +) Reduction of the GRA - quantity immediately to 0
If you cancel during actuated button A + / A-(acceleration / deceleration), the

Target speed is cleared (0).
With activated GRA also the plausibility of the driving speed fbbEFGG_P is checked (sh
Monitoring concept). When a defective FGG (error in the path fboSFGG) will brake
simulated and the GRA - operating under the resulting conditions (ramp slope)
canceled.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.2 GRA on wheel torque

With the function switch cowFGR_RMo (1 .. GRA on wheel torque, 0 .. GRA over quantity) is
decided whether the control structure of the GRA is to be expected with the wheel torque or with the crowd.
fgmBESCH
dzmNmit
mrmM_EFGR
mroMDabFGR
GRA-
Regulator
mrmM_EPWG
mrmMDW_ab
aa mroMDabAKT
mrmM_EAKT b
b CONTROLS
mrmFVHUESt 0 Nm
7650 Nm
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmM_EBEGR
mroMDabBEG
mrmMD_BEGR
CONTROLS
mrmFVHUESt 0 Nm
7650 Nm
cowFGR_RMo = 1
mroMDabFGR aa mrmFGR_roh
b
b
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmFVHUESt mrmM_EFGR
MIN
GRA- mrmM_EFGR
Regulator
mroMDabBEG aa
b
b
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmFVHUESt
mrmM_EBEGR
Figure MEREGR10: GRA wheel torque

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The input variables for the GRA-regulator block at "GRA wheel torque via" contact
as follows:
 mroMDabFGR [Nm (output torque)] ... Result of the last controller run
 mroMDabBEG The ... "Begrenzungsradmoment" calculated from "Begrenzungsradmoment"
times "transfer function drivetrain after filtering"
mroMDabBEG [Nm (output torque)] = mrmMD_BEGR [Nm (motor torque)] mrmFVHUEst [-]
 mroMDabAKT The ... "IS-wheel torque without ARD" is calculated from the "Current
Injection quantity "by the" target amount consumption "times" transfer function driveline
after filtering "
mrmM_EAKT [mg / stroke]

mroMDabAKT [Nm (output torque)] = mrmFVHUEst [-]
mg / stroke
mrmBI_SOLL
[Nm (motor torque)]
 mrmMDW_ab [Nm (output torque)] ... from the moment drivability map mrwFGFVHKF
 fgmBESCH [m / s ²] ... acceleration
 dzmNmit [1/min] ... speed
The output variables for the GRA-regulator block at "GRA on wheel torque" have the following
Units:
mrmM_EFGR [mg / stroke] ... Desired quantity GRA
mrmFGR_roh [mg / stroke] ... Desired quantity GRA unlimited

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.3 Execution of the selected function

Execution of the selected function in the standard GRA:
OFF INACTIVE
dimFGL
(Locked) (NEUTRAL)
V_cmd = 0
A
SET
OFF
D
A+
D C Accelerate
G
Demolition E
C
treatment
KEEP
F B
(Any demolition
condition, from
each state) TIP UP
V_act = v_cmd B
WA D
Figure MEREGR02: Overview of the functions in the standard GRA GRA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The selected through the control panel functions are performed in this subtask. The
GRA - operation takes for the desired function following GRA - states:
A control panel is ON + shorter recognized as mrwALL_SPZ and GRA - NEUTRAL state: -

> GRA - State is SET
B control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state
or WA and deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed <=
mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - condition is TIP-UP
C control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state
or WA and deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed>
mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - State is SET
D control panel is ON + recognized equal to or longer than mrwALL_SPZ: -> GRA - state is
_ A + (acceleration)
Recognized D control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_SPZ and GRA - state SET: ->
GRA-state is HOLD
E detected operating condition part WA and the current vehicle speed is greater than the last
Mileage GRA - target speed -> GRA - state is WA from above
WA detected and the current vehicle speed is lower than or equal to the last
Mileage GRA - target speed -> GRA - state is WA from below
F control panel is OFF from the keypad, or other termination condition is detected -> GRA
- Condition is OFF
G keypad is ON + recognized equal to or longer than mrwALL_TPZ: -> GRA - state is
A + (acceleration)
The GRA - HOLD state is calculated as the target state of the states A +, WA from above and
WA from below, as well as the target state of the state TIP-UP (via WA).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Execution of the selected function ON in simulation:
OFF INACTIVE
dimFGL
(Locked) (NEUTRAL)
V_cmd = 0
C G
B
SET
OFF
D
A+ ON
Accelerate F Delay
D
B
K
Demolition
treatment
KEEP
A
B E
(Any demolition I
condition, from
each state) TIP UP TIP DOWN
A v_act = v_cmd E
D
B F
WA
I
Figure MEREGR03: Overview of the GRA functions in A Simulation

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The selected through the control panel functions are performed in this subtask. The
GRA - operation takes for the desired function following GRA - states:
A control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state
or WA and deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed <=
mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - condition is TIP-UP
B control panel is ON + longer recognized as mrwALL_SPZ: -> GRA - status is ON +
(Acceleration). This state change can at any desired speed
mrmFG_SOLL be performed.
C control panel is ON-shorter than mrwALL_SPZ recognized and GRA - Inactive state: ->
GRA - State is SET
D control panel ON state equal to or longer than mrwALL_SPZ detected: -> GRA - state is
_ ON (retarding)
D control panel ON state-recognized shorter than mrwALL_SPZ and GRA - state SET: ->
GRA - HOLD state is
E ON shorter detected operating condition as part mrwALL_TPZ and GRA - HOLD state and
Deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed <= mrwALL_BER: -
> GRA - condition is TIP-DOWN
F keypad state ON shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state and
Deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed> mrwALL_BER: ->
GRA - State is SET
G keypad WA detected state, and the current vehicle speed is greater than the last
Mileage GRA - target speed -> GRA - state is WA from above
WA detected and the current vehicle speed is lower than or equal to the last
Mileage GRA - target speed -> GRA - state is WA from below
H control unit OFF state recognized by the control panel or other termination condition -> GRA
- Condition is OFF
I control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state
or WA and deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed>
mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - state is unchanged.
K keypad state ON is equal to or longer than mrwALL_TPZ detected: -> GRA - state is
ON (retarding)
The GRA - HOLD state is calculated as the target state of the states A +, A-, WA from above
and WA from below, as well as the target state of the states TIP-UP and DOWN TIP (via WA).
The current GRA - set speed is on the olda mrmFG_SOLL, the value of the integrator
on the olda mroI_AKT and the current GRA - Desired amount on the olda mrmM_EFGR
visible.
For the output of the inverse PWG - signal (information on automatic transmission) is a GRA
Desired quantity mrmFGR_roh sent. In mrmFGR_roh be in the states "HOLD"
"A +" and "WA from below" P - not limited shares.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.4 Description of the GRA states

GRA - Condition SET:
In the state SET the current driving speed after releasing the pressed key to
Target speed is set and passed to the state HOLD, with the current amount
mrmM_EAKT into the integrator of the PI - controller is adopted for the state HOLD. At
long key press is set the current speed to the set speed
and based on this target speed in the follow-on state (ON + / ON)
passed.
GRA - Condition TIP-UP:

If the GRA - Condition HOLD ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ pressed and is the
Deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed ≤mrwALL_BER, the
GRA - Condition TIP-UP enabled. The set speed is when the GRA - Desired amount
has not yet reached the full load, the current traveling speed increased by mrwALL_TPV
set, and it is in the GRA - passed over WA state from below. If the full load reaches
, the target speed is not increased, but is the state in the WA
State KEEP gone.
GRA - Condition TIP-DOWN:

If the GRA - Condition HOLD ON-pressed shorter than mrwALL_TPZ and is the
Deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed ≤mrwALL_BER, then
the GRA - Condition TIP-DOWN enabled. The set speed is when the GRA -
Desired amount is greater than zero, the humbled to mrwALL_TPV (lower limit is zero)
current Fahgeschwindigkeit set, and it is in the GRA - WA state from above
passed. If the GRA - request amount is zero, the target speed is not
further lowered.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
GRA - Condition A +:
Button
"A +"
(Debounced)
0
t
mrmM_EFGR
mrwFEP_RSU
mrwFEP_FMG o
Initial value
t
(FgmBESCH <= mrwFEP_BOU) and
mrmFG_SOLL(V <= mroV_SOLL +
mrwFEP_AVD)
V mrmFG_SOLLmroV_SOL
V_Sollwertrampe L
mrwFEP_RSP
V_act
t
mrwALL_SPZ
FGR Fashion A + _Übergang
N KEEP
E
U
T A+
R
A
L
P control PI control t
SET (not at A-Sim) Control
mrmRMP_gef
mrwFEP_RSK * fgmFGAKT + mrwFEP_RSP
t
Figure MEREGR04: ON + function curve

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
After activation of the GRA - GRA is a state of A + - Desired amount initial value
calculated. This initial value is a maximum of the following sizes:
- GRA - Desired amount proportional to the current speed with the
Proportionality mrwFEP_PAW
-current injection quantity mrmM_EAKT
-GRA - Desired amount mrmM_EFGR when the GRA - Condition A + from GRA - Condition
KEEP from activated
The set speed is increased subsequently with reference to a speed ramp. The
Initial value of the ramp, the current vehicle speed at the time of activation of the
GRA - A + condition, the ramp slope is (mrwFEP_RSK * fgmFGAKT +
mrwFEP_RSP). Means P - controller (limiting mrmFGR_roh only to the integer -
Values, boundary of mrmM_EFGR on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR]) with the
Control parameters mrwFRP_ .. is the current driving speed to the ramp speed
regulated. If the determined GRA - request amount greater than or equal to the maximum fuel delivery, the
Ramp rate does not change. The ramp rate is increased as long
as long as the ON + contact, is detected as pressed. After releasing the ON + contact
is the current driving speed to the new GRA - target speed.
Is the acceleration of the vehicle is less than or equal to mrwFEP_BOU such a transition
in the GRA - HOLD state, the current GRA desired quantity in the mrmM_EFGR
Integrator of the PI controller for the GRA - HOLD condition will be accepted.
Otherwise, the current GRA is - mrmM_EFGR desired quantity at the time of release,
if the current request is greater than the amount Mengenschwellwert mrwFEP_MMP to the
Proportional factor mrwFEP_FMG reduced. If the GRA - request amount is less than or equal to the
Threshold value, the proportional factor mrwFEP_FMK. This new GRA - request amount is
reduced by means of ramp with the ramp slope mrwFEP_RSU. If the current
Vehicle speed is greater than or equal to the GRA - target speed, the ramp rate is
doubled. If the vehicle acceleration is less than or equal to and the mrwFEP_BOU
current vehicle speed is less than or equal to the target speed is increased, the offset
mrwFEP_AVD is from GRA - Condition A + in the GRA - Condition KEEP passed,
the current driving speed is set to the desired speed. The GRA -
Desired quantity mrmM_EFGR is the integrator of the PI controller for the GRA - Condition
KEEP taken.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
GRA - Condition A-:

Button
"On"
(Debounced)
0
t
mrmM_EFGR
Initial value mrwFEM_RSU

mrwFEM_PEM
V
fgmBESCH> = mrwFEM_BOD
V_act and V> v_cmd-mrwFEM_AVD
V_cmd
V_Sollwertrampe
mrwFEM_RSM
t
mrwALL_SPZ
FGR Fashion
ON _Übergang
N KEEP
E
U
T ON
R
A
L
SET P control PI control t
mrwFRM_ ... Control mrwFP ...
mrwFI ...
mrmRMP_gef - (MrwFEM_RSK * fgmFGAKT + mrwFEM_RSM)
Figure MEREGR05: A function pattern

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
After activation of the GRA - state ON is a GRA - request amount initial value
calculated. This initial value is a maximum of the following sizes:
- current injection quantity mrmM_EAKT
-
GRA - Desired amount mrmM_EFGR
The set speed is decreased subsequently with reference to a speed ramp.

The initial value of the ramp, the current vehicle speed at the time of activation
the GRA - state ON, the ramp slope is (mrwFEM_RSK * fgmFGAKT +
mrwFEM_RSM). Means P - controller with control parameters mrwFRM_ .. is the current
Speed controlled to ramp speed. If the determined GRA -
Desired amount less than or equal to zero, the ramp rate is not changed.
The GRA - Desired amount mrmM_EFGR is on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR]
limited. The ramp rate is decreased, as long as the A-contact and pressed
is detected. After releasing the ON contact the current driving speed is to
new GRA - target speed.
The deceleration of the vehicle smaller mrwFEM_BOD (application as negative

Acceleration), then in the GRA - Condition KEEP gone, leaving the current GRA
Desired quantity mrmM_EFGR into the integrator of the PI controller for the GRA - HOLD state
is adopted.
Otherwise, the current GRA is - mrmM_EFGR desired quantity at the time of release
increased by a factor proportional mrwFEM_PEM proportional to the current speed
(MrmM_EFGR = mrmM_EFGR + fgmFGAKT * mrwFEM_PEM). This new GRA -
Desired quantity is increased by ramp with the ramp slope mrwFEM_RSU. If the current
Vehicle speed is less than CCS - the target speed, the ramp rate is
doubled. If the vehicle acceleration is equal to or greater and is the mrwFEM_BOD
current speed is greater than the GRA - target speed, reduced by the offset
mrwFEM_AVD is from GRA - state ON to GRA - Condition KEEP passed,
the current driving speed is set to the desired speed. The GRA -
Desired amount into the integrator of the PI controller for the GRA - HOLD state
taken.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
GRA - WA state from above:
Button
"WA"
(Debounced)
1
0
t
mrmM_EFGR
Initial value
fgmFGAKT
fgmFGAKT <v_cmd + mrwWA_VRO
V_Sollwertrampe
mrwWA_RSW
V_cmd
t
FGR Fashion
KEEP
N
E
U
T WA top
R
A
L
P control PI control t
-MrwWA_RSW / 2
-MrwWA_RSW
mrmRMP_gef
Figure MEREGR06: WA from above function curve

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
After clicking on the WA-contact, the current amount on the percentage factor
mrwWA_PAV reduced and the new GRA - requested quantity. The travel speed is in
Subsequently, on the basis of a speed ramp mroV_RAMP lowered. The initial value
the ramp is the current speed at the time of activation of the GRA -
WA state from above, the ramp rate is mrwWA_RSW. Means P - controller with the
Control parameters mrwF1W_ .. is the current driving speed to the ramp speed
regulated. The GRA desired quantity mrmM_EFGR is bounded on [0, mroM_EBEGR]. If the
actual vehicle speed is less the GRA - target speed plus mrwWA_VRO, the
Ramp rate halved. If the current speed is less than or equal to the GRA -
Set speed is, in the GRA - passed state HOLD, the GRA -
Desired quantity mrmM_EFGR into the integrator of the PI controller of the GRA - HOLD state
is adopted.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
GRA - WA state from below:
Button
"WA"
(Debounced)
1
0
t
mrmM_EFGR
Initial value
V
V_cmd
V_Sollwertrampe
mrwWA_RSW
V_Rampe> v_cmd-mrwWA_VRU
fgmFGAKT
FGR Fashion
Transition KEEP
N
E Hold
U
T WA from below
R
A
L
P control PI controller PI controller t
mrmRMP_gef
mrwWA_RSW
mrwWA_RSW / 2
t
Figure MEREGR07: WA from below function curve

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
After clicking on the WA-contact of the initial value of the GRA is - desire the maximum amount
from the current amount and a mrmM_EAKT, the current speed with the
Factor mrwFEP_PAW proportional value. The driving speed is then submitted to
Hand of a speed ramp mroV_RAMP increased. The initial value of the ramp is the
current speed at the time of activation of the GRA - WA state from below,
the ramp slope is mrwWA_RSW. Means P - controller (limiting mrmFGR_roh only
to the integer - range of values, mrmM_EFGR is on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR]
limited) with the control parameters mrwF1W_ .. is the current driving speed to
Ramp speed regulated.
If the ramp rate is greater than the GRA - set speed minus mrwWA_VRU,
the ramp rate is halved. If the determined GRA - request amount greater than the
Full-load, the speed ramp is stopped. If the ramp rate is greater
or equal to the GRA - set speed is in the GRA - Condition TRANSFER HOLD
changed. If the current speed is greater than or equal to the GRA -
Set speed is, in the GRA - passed state HOLD. This is as long as the
current speed is less than the GRA - target speed, the
Driving speed by PI controller with parameters mrwF2W_ .. for the P - share and
mrwFIW_ .. for the I - Percentage of the GRA - target speed introduced.
For the calculation of the mrmFGR_roh P - proportion only to the integer - number range
limited, while the I - share on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR] is limited. The
GRA desired quantity mrmM_EFGR is bounded on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR]. The
Integrator of the GRA - HOLD state is the transition to the last value of the GRA -
Desired amount preloaded.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
GRA - OFF state:

Switch
"Brake"
0
t
mrmM_EFGR
mrwFAS_RSB
mrwFAS_RAB t
FGR Fashion
FGR-active
BRAKE
NEUTRAL
t
Figure MEREGR08: brake function curve
Button
"Off"
0
t
mrmM_EFGR
mrwFAS_RAS
mrwFAS_SRA
FGR Fashion
FGR-active
OFF
NEUTRAL
t
Figure MEREGR09: OFF function curve

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The GRA - OFF state is activated when the OFF from the keypad or another
Switch-off condition is detected.
If the GRA - OFF state by brake application delay threshold mrwFAS_VZM or

System error (brake, DZG) was initiated, there is a proportional reduction of the GRA -
Desired quantity at the beginning of the GRA - OFF state by the reduction factor mrwFAS_RSB.
Furthermore, the current GRA is - required quantity within the time mrwFAS_RAB to zero
reduced.
If the demolition by clutch actuation or by the appearance of a control panel error

Desired quantity immediately zero - caused, the GRA is.
In all other cases, a proportional reduction of the GRA done - request amount at the beginning
the GRA - OFF state by the reduction factor mrwFAS_RAS and subsequently a
Degradation of the GRA - desired quantity means quantity ramp with the ramp slope mrwFAS_SRA to
Zero. If the GRA - NEUTRAL state passed - required quantity zero, in the GRA. The
last valid setpoint speed is deleted if the GRA - OFF state by the
Clear contact dimFGL was caused, or is canceled during the active state
A + / A-(acceleration / deceleration) was carried out.
GRA - NEUTRAL state:

In GRA - GRA is the NEUTRAL state - desired quantity set to zero.
GRA - HOLD state:
In GRA - HOLD state by means of a PI controller, the current speed to the value
the GRA - target speed mrmFG_SOLL regulated. The control parameters used are
mrwFP2_ .. for the P - share and mrwFI2_ .. for I - component. For the determination of
mrmFGR_roh of I is - part of the controller on [0, maximum fuel mroM_EBEGR] limited,
while the P - part only on the integer - is limited boundaries. The GRA - Desired amount
mrmM_EFGR is limited to [0, maximum fuel mroM_EBEGR]. If by means of the accelerator pedal
the GRA desired quantity mrmM_EFGR over suppressed, the integrator of the PI controller is stopped.
After completion of this condition and if the current vehicle speed is less than CCS
- Target speed plus mrwALL_IAV is, the integrator is enabled again.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.5 GRA-target acceleration

The GRA-target acceleration mrmRMPSLOP is calculated as follows:
GRA-state mrmRMPSLOP Condition

A+ (MrwFEP_RSK *
fgmFGAKT) +
mrwFEP_RSP
- ((MrwFEM_RSK *
ON fgmFGAKT) +
mrwFEM_RSM)
mrwWA_RSW
WA from below mrwWA_RSW / 2 mroV_RAMP <= mrmFG_SOLL - mrwWA_VRU
WA from below 0 mroV_RAMP> mrmFG_SOLL - mrwWA_VRU
WA from below mroV_RAMP> = mrmFG_SOLL
WA from below 0 fgmFGAKT> = mrmFG_SOLL

WA top -MrwWA_RSW fgmFGAKT> = mrmFG_SOLL + mrwWA_VOR
WA top -MrwWA_RSW / 2 fgmFGAKT <mrmFG_SOLL + mrwWA_VOR
WA top 0 fgmFGAKT <= mrmFG_SOLL
otherwise 0
The GRA-target acceleration is PT1 filtered with the memory factor mrwPT1_bes. To
Beginning of A +, A and WA is exposed to the filtering (see Fig MEREGR04-07), as
otherwise the transmission would react too slowly. The filtered target acceleration is in
mrmRMP_gef displayed.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.6 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

Survey
To the function of the Adaptive Cruise Control (Adaptive Cruise Control - ADR) will implement
in the control unit received the CAN message ADR1. The contained in this message
Torque requirement is translated into a corresponding desired quantity. The debounced and
plausibility signals are provided via the CAN message GRA available to the ACC.
Activation
The activation of the ACC function is still by application of cowFUN_FGR (9 - ACC
Operation). In addition, the evaluation of the CAN message ADR1 on the software switch must
cowVAR_ADR be activated.
Description of the software switch cowVAR_ADR:

1 2Auswertung the message ADR1 active
Termination conditions
Under the following conditions disconnection of the ACC:
irreversible (by appropriately applying the fault debounce time):
- Message count error (fbbEACC_B)
-
incorrect checksum of the ADR1 message (fbbEACC_C)
-
- Flag "ADR defective" set in ADR1 message (fbbEACC_D)
- Detected error ID in the required torque in ADR1 message (fbbEACC_F)
- ACC requirement below the v-threshold mrwFAS_BVK (fbbEACC_V)
one of the following error paths defective: fboSPWG, fboSFGG, fboSBRE, fboSDZG,
fboSCAN
-Message timeout error fbbEACC_Q debounced defective
-Plausible ACC torque requirement during OFF signal from the keypad or
Driver braking (fbbEACC_P)
OFF signal: dimFGA dimFGL or equal to 0
Driver braking: dimBRE dimBRK or equal to 0
-General plausibility error (fbbEACC_A)
reversible:
- Message timeout ADR1 accrued
-
Request bit "release torque request" message in ADR1 not set
-
- Status ADR in ADR1 message is not "ADR active"
- zmmSYSERR set, bit 5
Met GRA-shutdown condition and not hidden by mrwACCAUSx
mrwACCAUS1: If bit x is set, then executes GRA-off condition (mroFGR_ABN)
Number x to shutdown the ACC
mrwACCAUS2: If bit x is set, then executes GRA-off condition (mroFGR_ABN)
Number (x +16) to switch off the ACC
-Error path fboSFGA defective

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Basically, the requested torque after at one of the inputs dimFGP is accepted,
was detected or dimFGW a positive edge. If the ACC operation is interrupted
again waiting for og edge before the torque intervention is allowed. For the cut-off
on vehicle speed threshold mrwFAS_BVK can this behavior mrwALL_DEF (see
may be disabled).
If one of the stopping conditions described detected, the amount mrmM_EFGR is

a ramp with a slope of mrwACC_RAMP reduced to 0.
Description of Message mrmACC_SAT:

0 1 "release torque demand" OR not set ADR Status
than "ADR active"
2Fehlerkennung in torque requirement
1 4Botschaftstimeout or inconsistency
2 8Botschaftszähler incorrect
3 16Checksumme incorrect
4 32Flag "ADR defective" set
5 64Momentanforderung during OFF from the keypad or
6 Driver braking
128Momentanforderung during fgmFGAKT below the threshold
mrwFAS_BVK
7
Torque requirement
The requested torque is about the normalization moment mrwMULINF3 and the specific
indexed consumption mrmBI_SOLL in a corresponding amount converted and
mrmM_EFGR the system provided. The amount mrmM_EFGR is limited to
mrmM_EBEGR, the unlimited value contains the message mrmFGR_roh.
CAN
The ACC function works with the following CAN messages:
received message ADR1:
The following information from the ADR1 message are - apart from the calculation of the
Checksum - processed by the engine control unit:
- Torque requirement ACC
- Message counter
The message counter is (so) evaluated analogously to the received message GRA.
(Record Labels: mrwACC_Bmn, mrwACC_Bmx)
- Defect ADR,
set leads to the ACC switch off
- Status of ADR
Status ADR has 01 - be "active ADR" so that torque intervention is allowed
- Release torque requirement

not set leads to the ACC switch off

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
message sent GRA:
About the Embassy GRA FGR debounced keypad signals are provided. The
Processing of the signals is analogous to the function FGR with a simulation.
The digital inputs are as follows on the items of GRA message shown:
dimFGL "GRA / ADR - Main switch"
dimFGAinvertiert to "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter OFF"
dimFGP "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter set / decelerate"
dimFGW "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter resume / accelerate"
The information "GRA / ADR delay" or "accelerate GRA / ADR" are set when
the signals dimFGP or dimFGW for the time mrwALL_TPZ persist uninterrupted.
message sent Motor2:

In ACC operation, the GRA status in the Motor2 embassy following meaning, in
this case is equal to mrmACCDDE2 S_GRA:
S_GRA.1 S_GRA.0 comment

00Fehler fbbEACC_D, ADR - defect from ADR1 message
FbbEACC_F error, error identification 0xFFh the required torque
Error in the path fboSFGA (control panel)
all reversible termination conditions (see above)
01 "ADR active" and mroACC_OFF flag not set
10 "ADR active" and driver's desired quantity mrmM_EPWG> ACC
Requirement mrmM_EFGR
11alle irreversible shutdown (see above)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.7 Status Display, shutdown and application information

2.8.7.1 Status Display
Description of olda GRA status mroFGR_SAT:
WertHEX Decimal Comment

0000H 0 GRA fashion NEUTRAL
0010H 16 GRA Fashion TIP UP
0020H 32 GRA Fashion TIP DOWN
0030h 48 GRA Mode ON + (or SET)
0040H 64 GRA Mode ON (or SET)
0050h 80 GRA fashion WA from above
0060h 96 GRA fashion WA from below
0070H 112 GRA Mode OFF
0080H 128 GRA fashion HOLD
0090H 144 GRA fashion ACC operation
Description of the GRA status in the fashion TIP UP / DOWN TIP (decimal value is the value for TIP
To add the UP / DOWN TIP):
WertHEX Decimal comment

0010H or 0020H TIP 0Abwarten time
0011H or 0021h 1Errechnen the target speed
Description of the GRA status in the fashion A + / A-(decimal value is the value for A + / A-to
add):
Decimal KommentarWertHEX
0030h or 0040H0Abwarten SET - time
0031h or 0041H1Anfangswert calculate
0032h or 0042H2Rampenbehandlung
0033H or 0043H3Übergang Hold
Description of the GRA status in the fashion WA-oben/WA-unten (decimal value is the value for WA-
/ to add up WA-bottom):
Calculate 0050h or 0060H0Anfangswert
0051H or 0061H1Rampenbehandlung
0052h or 0062H2Übergang Hold
Description of the GRA status in the fashion OFF (decimal value is added to the value for OFF):
Calculate 0070H0Anfangswert
0072H2Rampenbehandlung
0073H3Rampenbehandlung brake
Description of the GRA status in the fashion HOLD (decimal value should be the value for HOLD
add):
WertHEX Decimal comment

0081h Initialize 1Integrator with mrmM_EAKT

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.7.2 shutdown
Description of olda GRA shutdown mroFGR_ABN:
Decimal Comment
0 No switch-off
1 From the control panel
2 From brake
3 From clutch
4 From the control panel error
5 From over-B - Threshold (red. brake detection), or GRA disabled
(CowFUN_FGR, diagnosis)
6out V too big / too small V
7out N too large
8Aus N too small
9Gang (V / N) is too small
10Gangwechsel (V / N) - deviation
11Bleibende positive deviation
12Positive deviation
13Negative deviation
14Fehler brake or DZG
15Warten at the end of the control panel operation
16Wahlhebel of the automatic transmission in the 1-position, N, R or P
17ASR or MSR intervention
18Batteriespannung too small
19Crash
20ESP intervention
21fbbEFGC_B, fbbEFGC_C, fbbEFGC_P or fbbEFGC_Q finally broken
22Fehler concerning whether the interface engine - gearbox
(The conditions 11, 12 and 13 are only in the GRA - Condition KEEP checked.)
The switch-off conditions are bit-coded in the olda's mroFGR_AB1 and mroFGR_AB2
shown.
Olda mroFGR_AB1: gestetzt bit n means n shutdown condition is present.

Olda mroFGR_AB2: gestetzt bit n means n +16 shutdown condition is present.
Description of Message mrmGRACoff: GRA-shutdown due to CAN message errors
Decimal comment
1falsche Checksum
2Botschaftfehlerzählerfehler
2.8.7.2.1 GRA Off at default value for the ratio

In application "GRA on wheel torque" (cowFGR_Rmo = 1), the GRA is in an error
concerning the interface engine - gearbox and disabled mroFGR_ABN has the value 22 See
also chapter "Calculation of the currently valid transfer function, GRA Off at default value for
the speed ratio ".

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.8.7.3 Application Notes

Description of the software switch GRA control element mrwALL_DEF:

0 1For contact available
(0: OFF contact does not exist (dimFGA OR dimFGL))
2dimFGW and dimFGA is error
1 (0: dimFGW and dimFGA is not an error)
4dimFGP and dimFGA is error
2 (0: dimFGP and dimFGA is not an error)
8dimFGA KWH is a control element
3 (0: dimFGA is no control element KWH)
16Ein simulation (GRA with delay)
(0: no A simulation (standard GRA))
4 32dimFGP and dimFGW is error
(0: dimFGP and dimFGW is not an error)
5 64dimFGL = 0 and dimFGA, dimFGP or dimFGW is error
(0: = 0 and dimFGL dimFGx is not an error)
6 1281: ACC: When switching off via driving speed under threshold,
is not for the resumption on a positive edge at
dimFGP or dimFGW serviced.
7
Application Information:
This corresponds to the GRA VW / AUDI Group specification of 07/11/1994, but can be made by
Compatible application be held for previous GRA. The following values must
be strictly adhered to.
DatensatzparameterGRA Spec 7.11.1994Für previous GRA

mrwALL_MIN00
mrwALL_MAXVMAXVMAX
mrwALL_BER5 Km / h, or beliebigVMAX
mrwALL_SPZ> 00 *)
mrwFEM_RSK00
mrwFEP_RSK00
mrwFAS_BVGVMAXVMAX
mrwFAS_VDU0.750
mrwFAS_VDKVMAX25
*) This is also defined as in A simulation setting disabled, or accelerate at Vspec. = 0
is possible.
Explanation for VW / AUDI Group specification from 11/07/1994:

Keypad Error: does not appear in the specification, as previously evaluated (configurable,
Volume reduction without ramp immediately to 0).
If you cancel during actuated key (acceleration / deceleration) Vspec. is cleared (used in
no longer mentioned last version of the GRA Spec).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.9 Work speed control
2.9.1 Overview
The working speed control (ADC) is used to control the individual functions of the
Digital inputs of the GRA. That is, no operation is possible in a vehicle GRA ADR
is!
Input:
(Switch) dimADR dig. Input ADR Active => DimDIGprel.6

(Button) dimADP dig. Input ADR + => DimDIGprel.0
(Button) dimADM dig. Input ADR => DimDIGprel.2
(Button) dimADW dig. Input ADR WA => DimDIGprel.C
(Switch) dimHAN dig. Input handbrake => DimDIGprel.3
dzmNmit Number of revolutions

fgmFGAKT current speed
mrmM_EWUN synchronous request quantity
mrmM_EPWG Desired quantity PWG
mroM_EBEGR Full-load
nlmNLact Overrun active
anmPWG Pedal position sensor
mrmSICH_F Safety case
mrmSTART_B Start bit
mrmT_SOLEE Ramp-up time (from diagnosis)
mrmADR_Neo upper speed threshold (Diagnostic)
mrmADR_Nfe Fixed speed (of diagnosis)
Output:
mrmM_EADR Desired quantity ADR
ehmFML2 ADR pilot light (With an active ADR is the
Pilot light above ehmFML2 driven.)
There are two types implemented the ADR. The first possibility is the variable ADR, the second
represents the fixed ADR dar. Both functions never occur together. The distinction
via the function switch cowFUN_FGR.
Description of the function switch cowFUN_FGR:
Decimal Comment
3 GRA with VW / AUDI control panel (see FGR)
6 GRA with LT2 control panel (see FGR)
7 ADR variable working speed
8 ADR with a fixed operating speed
DS / ESA Overview - Work speed control 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.9.1.1 states of the working speed control
Stand-by
D
A
C
Demolition Waiting period E
B
C
Regulate
Figure MEREAD01: States of the ADR

The following ADR state transitions apply to the variable, as well as for the fixed
ADR. The ADR is first in the "stand-by".
A for activating the ADR has the engine speed is greater than the lower dzmNmit ADR
Drehzahleinschaltschwelle mrwADR_Neu and smaller than the upper ADR
Drehzahleinschaltschwelle mrmADR_Neo and FahrgeschwindigkeitfgmFGAKT
be less than the activation threshold mrwADR_VAK. Furthermore start shedding has done
be (mrmSTART_B = 0), the handbrake on his (dimHAN = 1) and then the
Be operated switch for ADR once (dimADR = 1, rising edge). During the transition to
the state "waiting time" the target speed is initialized with the actual speed.
B After the time mrwADR_t_f (state "waiting period"), the ADR is in the state
"Rules" next program. As a reference value the known actual speed will be used.
mrmSTART_B
fgmFGAKT <mrwADR_VAK
DEAD TIME
dzmNmit> mrwADR_Neu mrmT_SOLEE

& ADR active
dzmNmit <mrmADR_Neo
dimHAN
dimADR
cowFUN_ADR.4
DEAD TIME
mrwADR_t_f
cowFUN_ADR.4
Figure MEREAD02: ADR switch-

C. If the controller is terminated by a termination condition (see below), as it enters the
State "Cancel".
D Only if no termination conditions are present, the controller will return to the state
"Stand-by" switched.
E If the controller is terminated by releasing the handbrake on or off via dimADR so
the target rotation speed is decreased by a ramp up to speed mrwADR_Nau. At
This speed is reached is the ADR in the state "standby" state.
19 April 2002 Quantity calculation - Working speed control DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
With the software switch cowFUN_ADR / Bit 4, the delayed ramp-up operation of the ADR
be set (after slaked start bit), ie after a through Diagnostics / channel 27 (in
Second increments) applicable time mrmT_SOLEE starts the run.
Erstinitialisierungswert for EEPROM: edwINI_ADT;
Default value when defective EEPROM: cowAGL_ADT
In the Message mrmADR_SAT of the ADR status is visible:

0001H1Die ADR is in "stand-by"
0002H2Die ADR is in the "waiting period"
0003H3Die ADR is in the "rules"
Canceled 0004H4ADR operation
00FFH255ADR is locked
2.9.2 Variable working speed control

The variable ADR consists of various tasks: "Working speed controller
Operation "," working speed governor increase / decrease "," working speed controller PI controller ",
"Working speed controller output", "working speed controller Cancel". DieAufgaben
"Working speed governor increase / decrease" and "working speed controller OFF" lead the
User request + ADR / ADR and OFF by. The task "work speed controller PI
Regulator "regulates the engine speed to the target speed. The task" work speed controller Cancel "
monitors all conditions which make one of the ADRs require discontinuation.
2.9.2.1 Operating speed controller operation

Depending on the operated contacts of the working speed controller (dimADP and dimADM)
and / or the PWG ADR target speed mrmADR_SOL, and the initial value of the integrator
the PI controller mroADR_I_A determined.
The contacts dimADP and dimADM, as well as the contacts for handbrake dimHAN and ADR
Active dimADR be debounced in the processing of the digital inputs.
Description of the function switch mrwADR_SOL:

0 1Sollwertvorgabe via keys (dimADP / dimADM)
1 2Sollwertvorgabe on PWG

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.9.2.2 Working speed governor increase / decrease

Once the requirements of the ADR are given, and the wait time expired mrwADR_t_f
is, it can be activated by means of ADR + contact dimADP or ADR Contact dimADM. The
ADR-set speed is displayed by pressing mrmADR_SOL of ADR + (dimADP) or ADR
(DimADM) occupied with the current engine speed dzmNmit.
If the current engine speed is less than the threshold speed (dzmNmit <mrwADR_Nsc_) is
"active ADR" in the target rotational speed mrmADR_SOL a ramp with a slope of
mrwADR_dNP raised to the threshold speed mrwADR_Nsc. While the ramp is active
can not change the speed via the contacts ADR + (dimADP) or ADR (dimADM)
be. After reaching the target rotation speed Rampenendwerts mrmADR_SOL is
mrwADR_Nsc minimized.
As long as the ADR + (dimADP) or ADR (dimADM) contact is operated, the ADR
Target speed mrmADR_TSO within the speed limits and mrwADR_Neu mrmADR_Neo
increased or decreased over the ADR-ramp slope mrwADR_dNP or mrwADR_dNM.
If both buttons are pressed simultaneously, the ADR key has a higher priority and the
Target speed is lowered. If bit 0 of the function switch mrwADR_SOL set, the
Setpoint speed via button mroADR_TSA used for the formation of the maximum set speed.
The setpoint input via PWG takes place by means of the characteristic mrwADR_KL that an implementation
PWG allows (in percent) in speed. This speed mroADR_PSO after a
Minimum selection forwarded with mrmADR_Neo via a PT1 element mrwADR_GF if no
Error (fbbEPW2_L, fbbEPW2_H, fbbEPWG_L, fbbEPWG_H or mrmSICH_F) is set. At
set bit 1 of mrwADR_SOL the filtered speed mroADR_PWG to
Maximum formation of the target speed allowed.
After each working speed controller increase / decrease over the keys or the PWG
ADR target speed mrmADR_SOL with the current engine speed dzmNmit and the integrator
of the PI controller mroADR_I_A preset with the current request amount mrmM_EWUN. The
State of ADR in increasing or decreasing is condition "rules".
If RPM specification of the ADR on PWG (cowFUN_FV2 = 1 and mroADR_PGW> 0)

or active solid ADR (mrmADR_SAT = 3 and cowFUN_FGR = 8 and cowFUN_FV2 = 1)
be the abhänigen driving behavior-KF quantities (mrmM_EPWG and mrmM_EPWGR see
Chap. 2.6.2 Speed-dependent driving behavior) set to 0. While turning the ADR non-
Amount jump the driver's desired quantity produced, is the driving performance of I-KF before shutdown
Share it PI controller (mtoADR_I_A) with the current driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUN
initialized.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Speed-dependent. FVH
mrm M_EPW GR
Geschwindigkeitsabh. FVH mrmM_EPWGR
Speed-dependent. FVH mrmM_EPWG

Geschwindigkeitsabh. FVH mrmM_EPWG
cowFUN_FVH
mroADR_PWG> 0
cowFUN_FV2 &
>1
mrmADR_SAT = 3
cowFUN_FGR = 8
&
cowFUN_FV2
Figure MEREAD06: ADR on PW6
Description of the function switch cowFUN_FV2:
Decimal comment
Not switching off 0Fahrverhaltenkennfeld with active ADR
1Fahrverhaltenkennfeld switching off is at ADR speed setting by PWG
2.9.2.3 Working speed controller PI controller

The PI controller of the ADR regulates the engine speed dzmNmit to ADR target speed mrmADR_SOL
with the parameters mrwADP_ ... and mrwADI_ .... The control parameters are still after
Separately distinguished small-signal and large-signal according to P and I components. At a transition
e.g. of increase / decrease to state "rules" may at the regulator output no amount of jump
. occur The initial amount of the PI controller mrmM_EADR is the maximum fuel
mroM_EBEGR limited. The ADR-set speed is in mrmADR_SOL, the I component of the PI controller
visible on the olda mroADR_I_A and the P component on the olda mroADR_P_A. The state
ADR is the state of "rules". The maximum speed is about the mrmADR_Neo
Adaption channel 28 via diagnostic interface with adjustable Login (upper / lower limit:
mrwADR_vmn or mrwADR_vmx).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
dimADP
mrmADR_Neo
MIN
mroADR_TSO
RAMP
mrwADR_dNP
mroADR_TSO
mrwADR_Neu
MAX
RAMP mrwADR_SOL.0
mrwADR_dNM
dimADM
mrmADR_Neo
MIN mrmADR_SOL
mroADR_PWG MAX
anmPWG PT1
mroADR_PSO mrwADR_GF
KL
mrwADR_KL
mrwADR_SOL.1
fbbEPW2_L
fbbEPWG_L
fbbEPW2_H >1
fbbEPWG_H
mrmSICH_F
mrmADR_SOL
MAX mrmADR_SOL
mrwADR_Nsc
mrwADR_Nsc
MIN
mrmADR_SOL
RAMP
mrwADR_dNP
dzmNmit <mrwADR_Nsc
mrmADR_SOL <mrwADR_Nsc
&
ADR active
Figure MEREAD03: speed determination of the ADR

For mrmADR_Neo is Erstinitialisierungswert for EEPROM: edwINI_ADV;
Default value when defective EEPROM: cowAGL_ADV

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmADR_SOL
mroADR_I_A
dzmNmit
I CONTROLS
ADR demolition
mrwADI_ ... mroM_EBEGR
mroADR_P_A 0
1 mrmM_EADR
P CONTROLS
mrwADP_ ... mroM_EBEGR
Figure MEREAD05: Controller structure of the ADR
2.9.2.4 Working speed controller resumption

The activation of the WA is only in the states stand by and wait, and application of
Setpoint selection via push button possible. From the states standby and waiting time after
Abblauf the waiting time, the set speed in a state of control with the WA-speed mrmADR_SET
occupied. When changing the setpoint speed the WA-speed is to me the current target speed
occupied.
The keypad WA state is detected when

- DimADW (WA button pressed) AND
- DzmNmit> mrwADR_Neu AND
- DzmNmit <mrmADR_Neo AND
- MrmADR_SET <> 0 AND
- ADR in the state stand-by OR
- ADR in the state waiting time.
If the keypad WA state recognized and is the actual speed> mrmADR_SET, so is the
new state of mroWA_Stat WA from above, is the actual speed <mrmADR_SET so is the
new state of mroWA_Stat WA from below.
If as a simultaneously operated by the dimADW, dimADM and dimADP more keys, so

the function according to the priority list dimADM, dimADP, dimADW is executed.
If the condition standby simultaneously operated dimADW and dimADM, the WA speed is
mrmADR_SET assigned 0.
Resumption from above:

In the transition from latency in accordance with rules, the target speed is occupied by dzmNmit, and in
Result based on a speed ramp with a slope of mrwADR_dWM to mrmADR_SET
introduced.
Recovery from below:

In the transition from latency in accordance with rules, the target speed is occupied by dzmNmit, and in
Result based on a speed ramp with a slope of mrwADR_dWP to mrmADR_SET
introduced. If the determined ADR request amount is greater than the maximum fuel then the
Speed ramp stopped.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Recognized ADR rules and state = WA

In the transition from latency to rules of integrator of the PI controller with the current is
Desired quantity allocated. While regulating the ADR quantity mrmM_EADR on [0,
mroM_EBEGR] limited. If the current speed = mrmADR_SET as the state WA
deleted and the I component mroADR_I_A again with the current request amount mrmM_EWUN
pre-assigned.
The current set speed in WA in the Oldas for speed influence over key
mroADR_TSO, mroADR_TAS shown.
In the olda mroWA_STAT the Wiederaufnahmeart is visible:

0 1Wiederaufnahme from above
1 2Wiederaufnahme from below

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.9.2.5 Operating speed controller OFF

In "working speed controller OFF" ADR setpoint speed via the ADR-ramp is
mrwADR_dNA lowered to speed mrwADR_Nau. Once the ADR setpoint speed
The controller output is achieved turn-off mrwADR_Nau switched to zero
(MrmM_EADR = 0) and only the idle controller remains active. Shall be considered as breaking conditions
Here, only the parking brake is not operated (dimHAN = 0) or the ADR switch is not actuated
(DimADR = 0), or start shedding (mrmSTART_B = 0) is not yet done.
In the olda mroADR_AUS the Ausschaltkondition is visible:

0 1 OFF via ADR switch dimADR = 0
1 2 OFF with manual brake dimHAN = 0
2 4 Delay due to start shedding mrmSTART_B = 1
2.9.2.6 Working speed controller demolition

The ADR will be canceled under the following conditions. In the olda mroADR_ABB is the
Termination condition is visible:
o) Speed fgmFGAKT greater mrwADR_VAK (mroADR_ABB = 1),

o) Speed dzmNmit greater mrwADR_Nao (mroADR_ABB = 2),
o) Speed dzmNmit smaller mrwADR_Nau (mroADR_ABB = 4),
o) is a positive system deviation fbbEADRpR: Speed difference in the "rules" greater
as a threshold mrwADR_pRA fbwEADRpRA for a time demolition of ADR and entry
ADR positive deviation of the error in the error memory (mroADR_ABB = 8),
o) with negative deviation fbbEADRnR without pressing through the PWG:

Speed difference is in the "rules" of less than threshold mrwADR_nRA for a time
fbwEADRnRA and desired amount of ADR greater than or equal to the desired amount by the
PWG (mrmM_EADR ≥mrmM_EPWG) Demolition of ADR and ADR entry of the error
negative deviation in the error memory (mroADR_ABB = 16),
o) with negative deviation fbbEADRnR with overpressures by the PWG:

Speed difference is in the "rules" of less than threshold mrwADR_nRA for a time
mrwADR_t_R and less than the requested quantity by the PWG desired amount of ADR
(MrmM_EADR <mrmM_EPWG) Demolition of ADR without error entry (mroADR_ABB =
32)
In or out DZG Terminal 15 is defective (fboSDZG <> 0), the control mode also
canceled, but there is no output on mroADR_ABB. If you cancel, the
Controller output is immediately switched to zero (mrmM_EADR = 0) and the normal idle speed control
is active again.
The state is the state of ADR "Cancel". If none of these termination conditions to more
and is either dimADR or dimHAN back to 0, then the ADR in the "Stand-by"
switched. After renewed activation (dimADR = 1 and dimHAN = 1), after the ADR
Time mrwADR_t_f (state "waiting period") released again.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
K15 from
fboSDZG <> 0
fgmFGAKT> mrwADR_VAK
dzmNmit> mrwADR_Nao ADR demolition

>1
dzmNmit <mrwADR_Nau
mrmADR_SAT == 3
&
(MrmADR_SOL - dzoNmit)> mrwADR_pRA
DEAD TIME
fbwEADRpRA
(MrmADR_SOL - dzoNmit) <mrwADR_nRA &

DEAD TIME
mrmM_EADR> = mrmM_EPWG
fbwEADRnRA
&
DEAD TIME
mrmM_EADR <mrmM_EPWG
mrwADR_t_R
dimHAN Off ADR

>1
dimADR
Figure MEREAD04: termination conditions of the ADR

Is detected with active labor speed controller terminal 15, so the ADR request quantity is
mrmM_EADR, and the ADR-set speed mrmADR_SOL immediately set to zero.
2.9.2.7 lamp test

After ignition on the ADR lamp is driven for the time mrwADR_t_L.
2.9.2.8 Configuration
About cowFUN_ADR the engagement of the ADR on other functions is configurable. Is
set cowFUN_ADR.0 so with the handbrake applied, the error FGG plausibility with
Speed and volume not reported (see monitoring concept FGG). Is with cowFUN_ADR.1
selected whether the ADR affects the parameter set selection of assets Ruckeldämpers. Is
set cowFUN_ADR.1 so can be selected with cowFUN_ADR.2 which parameter sets
vomAktivenRuckeldämpferverwendetwerden (sh.AktiverRuckeldämpfer,
Parameter set selection). Is cowFUN_ADR.3 set and work speed control is in the
State "rules" (mrmADR_SAT = 3) there is a shutdown of the exhaust gas recirculation. About
cowFUN_ADR.4, the automatic ramp can be set (see Sect. 2.9.1.1.).
The remaining bits of cowFUN_ADR are not used.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.9.3 Fixed Work speed control

2.9.3.1 Operation
In contrast to the variable ADR, the setpoint is at the fixed ADR a fixed predetermined
Value (fixed operating speed mrmADR_Nfe), the by on the adaptation channel 29
Diagnostic interface with adjustable log in (upper / lower limit: mrwADR_fmn or
mrwADR_fmx).
Erstinitialisierungswert for EEPROM: edwINI_ADE;

Default value when defective EEPROM: cowAGL_ADE
If the conditions are given to enable the ADR (dimADR = 1, dimHAN = 1 and there are
no termination conditions), then after waiting mrwADR_t_f (see "Variable
ADR ") the ADR target speed mrmADR_SOL via Ramp mrwADR_dNP fixed to the
Working speed mrmADR_Nfe introduced. The waiting period must be observed before each activation.
If the ADR off via the switch ADR-active or over the handbrake, then the
Reduced setpoint speed via the ADR mrwADR_dNA ramp and the speed according to the
Desired quantity set (without ADR). All other termination conditions lead to immediate
Flow shut-off of the ADR controller (see also "variable ADR").

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2:10 maximum speed limit

The maximum speed limit (HGB) has the amount of fuel depending on the
current average driving speed fgmFGAKT abgeregeln. The of the
Maximum speed limit calculated amount mrmM_EHGB limits the desired quantity
mrmM_EWUNF (see "External lot of intervention").
The maximum speed limit is composed of four sub-tasks: the

Evaluation of the request via the CAN messages Niveau1 and Allrad1, the
Set-point tracking, the controller parameters selection and control.
Controller parameter
fgm_VzuN
selection
mrmM_EPWG
mrmM_EFGR
mrwM_EMAX
mroM_EBEGR
fgmFGAKT
Control
MEREHG04
mrmV_SOLHN
mrmV_SOLEE = 0
Setpoint >1
mrmV_HGBSW
tracking mrwHGBvMAX = 0
&
mrmHGB_Sta.1
>1
mrmHGB_Sta.5
mrmM_EAKT + mrwM_HGB_d
Slew rate
MIN mrmM_EHGB
mrwM_NBHNI Limit
dzmNmit> mrwN_NBHNI
&
mrmHGB_Sta.2 mrwHGB_ABS
mrwHGB_ANH
mrmM_EAKT + mrwM_HGB_d mrmEXM_HGB
mrwM_NBPNG
dzmNmit> mrwN_NBPNG
&
mrmHGB_Sta.6
Figure MEREHG01: Structure of the German

Commercial Code
fgm_VzuN Driving speed ratio to speed
mroM_EBEGR Limiting amount
mrmM_EPWG Wunschmenge_PWG
mrmM_EFGR Wunschmenge_FGR
fgmFGAKT Current Speed
mrmV_HGBSW Currently valid speed
19 April 2002 Overview - Maximum speed limit DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The message is the mrmV_SOLEE on EEPROM set maximum. The

Setting the speed limit on EEPROM is accomplished via the fitting function of
Diagnosis (see also chapter Diagnostics), Meßwertekanal 18 The top speed can
chosen within the limits mrwHGBvMIN minimum value and maximum value mrwHGBvMAX
be. Each time you save the adjustment of the current value as the maximum value for which is
next adjustments applied. Disabling the HGB and resetting of the maximum value
can only be done via the login function and password xcwPHGBOff.
If the HGB disabled so are the values mrmV_SOLEE (maximum speed) and
mrmV_SOLHN (tracking speed) = 0 When activated, is dependent on the
Driving speed and the operating point of a tracking speed.
The current speed limit mrmV_HGBSW is the minimum of all active

Requirements
-Limitation in the high-level: mrmHGB_Sta.1 = 1 means mrwHGBvHNI takes effect on
the speed limit.
-Limitation in reduction by Planetennachgelege: mrmHGB_Sta.5 means

mrwHGBvPNG influences the speed limit.
-else: speed corresponding value from the EEPROM: mrmV_SOLEE.
Application Note: a value of mrmV_HGBSW = 0 means for the control 'no

Limitation '. Due to the minimum education above values of mrwHGBvHNI lead
or mrwHGBvPNG = 0, means that even at mrmV_SOLEE equal to 0 no limit
is performed.
The message mrmEXM_HGB indicates whether the HGB amount mrmM_EHGB influence on the
Desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF has.
The slew-rate limiting prevents lot of jumps that the disabling

Can occur through the speed limit or speed limit (see below). The
Parameters mrwHGB_ABS or mrwHGB_ANH give the maximum permissible level change for
Lowering or raising of. The slew-rate limitation is only active when the amount active
is limited (mrmEXM_HGB = 1) as the effectiveness of the control of the state
Disabled would otherwise be delayed (speed overshoot).
Secure deactivation of the HGB as EPROM (mrmV_SOLEE):

mrwHGBvMIN = 0; mrwHGBvMAX = 0;
Erstinitialisierungswert for EEPROM edwINI_HGB = 0;
Default value when defective EEPROM cowAGL_HGB = 0;
DS / ESA Overview - Maximum speed limit 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.10.1 Evaluation of the request via Niveau1 and Allrad1

The requirements of the speed limit on Niveau1 and Allrad1 are
Message mrmHGB_Anf summarized.
Description of HGB_Anf:
Bit position Decimal value meaning

0 1Anforderung a speed limit in the high-level
Niveau1, byte 2, bit 7 'MSG constraint'
2Verbaucodierung - built engine in the Hunter
1 Niveau1, Byte5, bit 4 'Vehicle level'
4frei
2 8frei
3 16Anforderung a speed limit reduction in
4 by PNG
Allrad1, Byte1, bit 6 'speed limit'
If an implausibility between the internal state 'engine installed in the Hunter'

diagnosed cowFUN_HUN and Verbaucodierung mrmHGB_Anf.1, the error
fbbENIV_P reported.
The status of Höch's speed limit is summarized in mrmHGB_Sta.

Description of HGB_Sta:
Bit position Decimal Importance

0 1 HGB for HNI - activated
1 2 HGB for HNI - active
2 4 HGB for HNI - Error while active
3 8 reserved
4 16 HGB for PNG - activated
5 32 HGB for PNG - active
6 64 HGB for PNG - Error while active
7 128 reserved
Delete GRA setpoint

The setpoint of the GRA is cleared under the following conditions (mrmFG_SOLL = 0)
- At the time of activation of a speed limit by external intervention
(Positive edge at mrmHGB_Sta.2 or mrmHGB_Sta.5) was the GRA-state neutral
(MroFGR_SAT = 0)
-The requested speed (mrmV_HGBSW) is greater than the GRA setpoint
(MrmFG_SOLL)
-The resumption of contact is actuated when activatable GRA. Toggle:
mroFGR_AB1 and mroFGR_AB2 masked (logical AND) with mrwHGB_AB1 and
mrwHGB_AB2 are equal to 0
If the GRA setpoint is changed while the speed limit by set, this
no longer cleared as a result.
Evaluation of the request via Niveau1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The following conditions must be met in order limitation in the high-level is possible:
-the record label cowFUN_HUN (engine installed in the Hunter) is set to 1
-
there are no errors that prohibit the speed limit (fboSFGG,
fboSPWG)
-the vehicle speed is less than mrwHGBvHNI - mrwHGBdHNI
If all conditions are met, the bit mrmHGB_Sta.0 is set, otherwise cleared.
If the bit is set mrmHGB_Sta.0, the Begrenzug in the high-level with the bit 'MSG
Constraint '(Niveau1, byte 2, bit 7 = mrmHGB_Anf.0) are activated. In this case,
the bit is set mrmHGB_Sta.1 and limits the speed to mrwHGBvHNI.
The limitation is deactivated by using bit 'MSG constraint' requirement

is withdrawn. If at this point the speed will be actively limited
(MrmEXM_HGB = 1), the limit will not be disabled when mrmPWGfi for the period
was mrwT_HGBLL smaller mrwHGB_PWG. As long as the limit is maintained, is
mroHGBLLho set by the delay, otherwise cleared. The bit mrmHGB_Sta.1
resets with Deaktvierung.
If during the limitation (mrmHGB_Sta.1 = 1) errors that a

Prohibit speed limit is in the state 'error while running'
(MrmHGB_Anf.2 = 1) passed. Now the speed (dzmNmit) is limited: above the
Speed mrwN_NBHNI the default value is used mrwM_NBHNI. Below the
Limiting speed is equal mrmM_EHGB mrmM_EAKT + mrwM_HGB_d (HGB amount
corresponds to the current amount plus cushion, since the two different quantities
Calculating frequencies have). The speed limiter is disabled by using the bit
'MSG constraint' the request is withdrawn.
fbbENIV_Q
fbbENIV_C >1
fbbENIV_B & mrmHGB_Sta.0
fgmFGAKT <mrwHGBvHNI -
mrwHGBdHNI
cowFUN_HUN
&
fboSFGG
fboSPWG >1
fbbENIV_P
>1 & mrmHGB_Sta.1

mrmHGB_Sta.1
mrmEXM_HGB &
mrmPWGfi
Switch-off mroHGBLLho
Delay
>1 >1 mrmHGB_Sta.2

mrmHGB_Anf.0 &
mrmHGB_Sta.2
Figure MEREHG05: requirement in high-level

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The status of the speed limit in the high-level of the CAN message Motor7
sent:
Signal Name Byte Bit RCOS message

Speed limit 1 1 mrmHGB_Sta.0
activated
Speed limit
active 1 2 mrmHGB_Sta.1
Evaluation of the request via Allrad1

The following conditions must be met in order limitation in reduction by PNG
is possible:
-the record labels cowFUN_HUN (engine installed in the Hunter) and cowFUN_HAQ
(Manual switch Quattro) set to 1
-there are no errors that prohibit the speed limit (fboSFGG)
-the vehicle speed is less than + mrwHGBvPNG mrwHGBdPNG
If all conditions are met, the bit mrmHGB_Sta.4 is set, otherwise cleared.
If the bit is set mrmHGB_Sta.4 that Begrenzug can at reduction by PNG with the bit
'Speed limit' (Allrad1, Byte1, bit 6 = mrmHGB_Anf.4) are activated. In
this case, the bit is set mrmHGB_Sta.5 and the speed to mrwHGBvPNG
limited.
The limit is disabled by the bit about the 'speed limit'

Request is withdrawn. The bit mrmHGB_Sta.5 is at Deaktvierung
reset.
If during the limitation (mrmHGB_Sta.5 = 1) errors that a

Prohibit speed limit is in the state 'error while running'
(MrmHGB_Anf.6 = 1) passed. Now the speed (dzmNmit) is limited: above the
Speed mrwN_NBPNG the default value is used mrwM_NBPNG. Below the
Limiting speed is equal mrmM_EHGB mrmM_EAKT + mreM_HGB_d (HGB amount
corresponds to the current amount plus cushion, since the two different quantities
Calculating frequencies have). The speed limiter is disabled by using the bit
'Speed limit' the request is withdrawn.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fbbEALR_Q
& mrmHGB_Sta.4
fgmFGAKT <mrwHGBvPNG +
mrwHGBdPNG
cowFUN_HUN
&
cowFUN_HAQ &
fboSFGG
>1 & mrmHGB_Sta.5

mrmHGB_Sta.5
&
mrmHGB_Anf.4 >1 mrmHGB_Sta.6

&
mrmHGB_Sta.6
Figure MEREHG06: Request for reduction by PNG
2.10.2 Setpoint tracking

The speed setpoint mrmV_HGBSW for the maximum speed limit is
not directly output as controller setpoint to the controller, but in advance of the so-called
Setpoint tracking manipulated. This function has the task of an under-or overshoot
the filtered vehicle speed based on the fixed speed set point, according to
To avoid slope or hill climbing.
The setpoint tracking leads the setpoint for the controller "slow" (via a PT1 element) from the
current velocity value approach to the desired or target value.
The setpoint tracking can assume three states (display in olda mroAKT_SWN):
1 ... Released setpoint tracking

2 ... Switched point tracking
3 ... Off point tracking

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmV_SOLHN
mrmV_HGBSW
mrmV_SOLEE - mrwHGB_NAU
fgmFGAKT
mrmV_SOLEE - mrwHGB_NIS
mrmV_SOLHN - mrwHGB_NAS
switched released off released
Commercial Code governs
Figure MEREHG02: Setpoint tracking

- Setpoint tracking enabled:
The setpoint tracking is enabled when the difference between the setpoint and
Driving speed is greater than a threshold applicative.
(MrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT> mrwHGB_NAS - released> Set Point Tracking)

The tracking desired value mrmV_SOLHN is set to the desired value mrmV_HGBSW.
Application Note:
The applicative mrwHGB_NAS threshold must be set larger than mrwHGB_NIS,
otherwise, the state is "set point tracking enabled" no longer achieved.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
- Setpoint tracking turned on:

The setpoint tracking is turned on when the difference between nachgeführtem
Setpoint and the vehicle speed is less than or equal than a threshold applicative.
(MrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT <= mrwHGB_NIS -> Set Point Tracking turned on)
The tracking desired value mrmV_SOLHN, starting with the current speed
fgmFGAKT is a PT1 element to the driving speed setpoint mrmV_HGBSW
introduced. The PT1 mrwPT1_HGB running gear independently. The
Output quantity mrmM_EHGB is limited to mroHGmax.
- Setpoint tracking off:

The setpoint tracking is switched off if the difference between the EEPROM
set speed limit mrmV_HGBSW and the tracked target value
smaller is the same as an applicative threshold
(MrmV_HGBSW - mrmV_SOLHN <= mrwHGB_NAU)
or is the controller limitation is less than a threshold applicative.
(MroHGmax <mrwHGB_MAU)
The tracking desired value mrmV_SOLHN receives the value mrmV_HGBSW and the
Setpoint tracking is turned off. The initial amount mrmM_EHGB is on
mroHGmax limited.
If the difference between mrmV_SOLHN - mrmV_HGBSW> mrwHGB_NAS replaced as

the state of the setpoint tracking of released off after, or of
switched on after released.
Sollwertnach-
released guidance
mrmV_SOLHN =
mrmV_HGBSW
Commercial Code does not

regulate
mroAKTSWN = 1 mrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT
> MrwHGB_NAS
mrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT
> MrwHGB_NAS
mrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT
<= MrwHGB_NIS
Sollwertnach- Sollwertnach-
off management switched management
mrmV_SOLHN = mrmV_SOLHN on PT1
mrmV_HGBSW to mrmV_HGBSW
mrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT bring up
<= MrwHGB_NAU
or
mroHGmax <mrwHGB_MAU
Commercial Code governs Commercial Code governs
mroAKT_SWN = 3 mroAKT_SWN = 2
Figure MEREHG03: States of the set point tracking

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.10.3 Initializing the set value

The tracking desired value is initialized with the EEPROM value mrmV_SOLEE.
2.10.4 Controller parameters selection

Above the V / N threshold mrwHGB_VZN be for the PI controller, the parameter sets
mrwHP4_ ... mrwHI4_ ... (for courses <= 4th gear) or mrwHP5_ ... mrwHI5_ ... (for the 5th gear)
selected.
2.10.5 HGB PI controller

The speed controller continuously calculates the allowable injection quantity to the
Not to exceed speed limit.
mrmM_EADR
mrmM_EPWG MAX
mrmM_EFGR
mroHGmax
MIN
mroM_EBEGR
mrwM_EMAX
mroHGP
mroHGI
HGB_Menge
mroHGB_RA
mrmV_SOLHN
PI CONTROLS
fgmFGAKT
mrwHPx_ ...
mrwHIx_ ...
with x = 4 .. 5
mrmASGSTAT.13
&
dimKIK
>1
mrwASG_BGR.1
Figure MEREHG04: regulation HGB

ASG-ECO mode:
Basically, for this function, the HGB activated (mrwHGBvMAX equal to 0 and
mrmV_SOLEE equal to 0 or equal to 1 mrmHGB_Sta.1 mrmHGB_Sta.5 or equal to 1), see
also safe deactivation of the Commercial Code.
The ASG-ECO mode can be used to reduce the consumption HGB. This
Function is enabled via bit 1 of mrwASG_BGR (mrwASG_BGR.1 = 1).
If the ASG-ECO mode is enabled (mrmASGSTAT.13 = 1) and Kik-down is not actuated
(DimKIK = 0) is switched to the values calculated from the HGB amount mrmM_EHGB.
Is dimKIK = 1 or mrmASGSTAT.13 = 0 then the default amount mrwM_EMAX

connected.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2:11 External Volume intervention

mroM_EAKT
mroM_EAG4 mroPWGPBI
dimAG4 mroDZ_GHI
mroM_EWFr mroAG4akt
mrmPWG_roh mrmINARD_D
mrmPWGfi mroPWGinv
EGS AG4
dzmNmit mrmPWGPBM
Intervention
mrmFGR_roh mroDZ_GLO
mroFGR_SAT mrmM_EAG4
mroEGSERR
mrmBI_SOLL mroM_EEGSx
mrmEGSSTAT mroEGSINT
mrmM_ELLR mroMD_EGS
dzmNmit mrmEGSSTAT
mrmM_MOT mroM_EEGSr
mroM_EEGS EGS CAN mroM_EEGS
fgmFGAKT Intervention mrmBI_SOLL mroM_ESchf
mrmEGS_roh mroMD_SOLL mrmM_EPWG
mrmEGS_CAN mroM_EXEGS mrmM_EFGR
mrmM_EADR mrmINARD_D
mrmM_EHGB Coordination: mrmMSR_AKT
Desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF
synchronously mrmM_EWUN
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmASR_roh mroM_EASR MEREEX01
mrmM_ELLR mroMD_ASR
mroM_EASR mroM_EASRr
ASR CAN
mrmASR_CAN mroM_EXASR
Intervention
mrmMSRSTAT mrmASRSTAT
mrmASRSTAT
mrmBI_SOLL mrmLLINIT Coordination:

mrmMSR_roh mrmSTART_B Desired quantity mrmM_EWUNL
mroM_EMSR synchronous angle mrmM_EWUNR
mrmM_ELLR mroMD_MSR mrmM_ELLR
mroM_EMSR mroM_EMSRr mrmM_EPWGR
mrmMSR_CAN MSR CAN MEREEX13
mrmMSRSTAT
mrmFG_ABS Intervention
mroM_EXMSR
mrmAUSBL
mroM_EASG
mrmBI_SOLL mroMD_ASG
mrmASG_roh mroM_EASGr
mrmM_ELLR mrmASRSTAT
mrmM_EASG mroM_EXASG
mrmASG_CAN mroASG_Nso
fgmFGAKT mroMD_Areg
mrmAUSBL mroMD_Arei
mrmASG_tsy mroASG_NRA
dzmNmit ASG CAN
mroMD_VOR
mrmMD_Reib Intervention
mroMD_VORm
mrmMD_FAHR mroMD_VORr
mroMD_KUP mroMD_VORI
mrmMD_LLR mroMDASGmx
Figure MEREEX12: External lot of intervention
DS / ESA Overview - External Amount of intervention 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroM_ESchf
mrmM_EPWG
mrmM_EFGR MAX
mrmM_EADR
mrmM_EWUNF
MIN
mrmM_EHGB
a
Initialize ARD D component
(MrmINARD_D = 0x01)
<>
OFF b is in Parameter Selection
mrwM_EMAX CAN used for the ARD
mroM_EEGS MIN
AG4
mrmM_EAG4
a
mrmMSR_AKT
a <b enhancing
cowFUN_EGS b Amount of intervention
active
CAN
mrmM_EASG OFF MAX
MAX
cowFUN_ASG
CAN
mroM_EASR OFF MIN
mrwM_EMAX
MIN
comM_E_ASR
CAN mrmM_EWUN
mrmM_EMSR OFF MAX
mrmM_EWUN6
MAX
comM_E_MSR
Figure MEREEX01: time synchronous request quantity
mrmM_EWUN
mrmM_ELLR mrmM_EWUNL
mrmLLIINIT
mrmSTART_B
mrmM_EWUNR
MAX
mrmM_EPWGR
Figure MEREEX13: synchronous angle desired quantity
19 April 2002 Overview - External Amount of intervention DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The external intervention is the maximum amount of driver request on PWG mrmM_EPWG,
Driver request via the cruise control system GRA mrmM_EFGR and driver on request
the ADR mrmM_EADR work speed control and the PT1-filtered drag quantity
mroM_ESchf.DiesesMaximumwirdbegrenztmitderMengeder
Maximum speed limit mrmM_EHGB and after the start, depending on the
Oil pressure. The limited by this minimum amount of education is the driver's desired quantity
mrmM_EWUNF (for the output of the inverse PWG - value of the characteristic field is mrwIFV_KF
a driver's desired quantity of raw mroM_EWFr, and from the maximum of mrmM_EPWG
unlimited GRA desired quantity mrmFGR_roh formed).
The bit mrmMSR_AKT (Information to redundant thrust monitoring) is set if a

-increasing amount of intervention actually increases the amount.
Description of the status of the olda MSR - Volume intervention by mrmMSR_AKT:

0 0No-increasing amount of active intervention
0 1erhöhender amount of active intervention
(Causes Increase of
mrmM_EWUN)
mrmM_EWUN6 is the desired quantity for the desired and actual moments of Motor6 Embassy and
corresponds in principle mrmM_EWUN, but the EGS intervention is not considered.
2.11.1 drag torque limit for CVT

By an injection quantity in the overrun operating below a speed threshold which is implicitly
the map mrwSchmxKF results (1400 1/min), the drag torque to be limited.
The difference in frictional torque without idling torque mrmMD_Rrel and the desired thrust moment
mroMDSchSO gives the deviation mroMDSchRA. The deviation is to the
specific consumption mrmBI_SOLL in a lot mroM_ESchu converted and then
PT1 filter. Depending on the direction of the amount of change is one of two time constants,
(MrwPT1SchP or mrwPT1SchN) selected. The PT1-filtered set is supplied with a
upon speed factor multiplied to give the tow lot mroM_ESchf. The
Multiplication by a factor dependent upon speed is necessary to a sudden
To prevent flow surge to zero. Furthermore, the function of the system-specific error is
zmmF_KRIT.0 = 1 (torque specification inaccurate) switched off.
mrmBI_SOLL
zmmF_KRIT.0
mroMDSchRA mroM_ESchu
mrmMD_Rrel
CONTROLS PT1
mrwMDSchmx mrwPT1SchP
mrwMDSchmn mrwPT1SchN
fgmFGAKT
mroMDSchSO
KF
mrwSchmxKF
mroM_ESchf
dzmNmit
KL
mrwRSch_KL
Figure MEREEX18: drag torque limiting

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.11.2 External control units engaged

This driver request amount can now from an external control device in several ways
are affected:
- External intervention by EGS amount (either AG4 or CAN)
-
External lot of intervention by ASR (CAN)
-
- External lot of intervention by MSR (CAN)
External lot of intervention by ASG (CAN)
The type of intervention amount is about the software switch cowFUN_EGS, cowFUN_ASR,
cowFUN_MSR and cowFUN_ASG defined. The software switch cowFUN_ASR and
cowFUN_MSR are with deactivated CAN activation by coding for ASR / MSR
(ComCLG_SIG.0 = 0) is active. In comCLG_SIG.0 = 1, the quantity intervention is possible only via CAN
(ComM_E_ASR = 2, comM_E_MSR = 2, configuration see the Chapter "CAN activation by
Coding ").
Description of the software switch External Volume meshing type EGS cowFUN_EGS (Message
comM_E_EGS):
Decimal Comment
0 no EGS - Volume intervention
2 Amount of intervention by EGS via CAN
3 Amount of intervention by EGS on AG4
Description of the software switch External quantity type of intervention ASR cowFUN_ASR (Message
comM_E_ASR):
Decimal comment
0No ASR - Volume intervention
2Mengeneingriff ASR via CAN
Description of the software switch External Volume meshing type MSR cowFUN_MSR (Message
comM_E_MSR):
Decimal comment
0No MSR - Volume intervention
2Mengeneingriff by MSR via CAN
Description of the software switch External Volume intervention type ASG cowFUN_ASG (olda
mroASG_sel):
Decimal comment
0No ASG - Volume intervention
2Mengeneingriff by ASG via CAN
If no amount of intervention required or an amount of intervention currently active, the

Driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF as synchronous request quantity mrmM_EWUN to the
passed speed synchronous quantity calculation.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The engagement amount of EGS can reduce the driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF, where
ASG intervention amount subsequently can act increasing again. The highest priority has the
ASR / MSR engagement of irrespectively of the other two interventions demeaning and increasing
can work (as long as is eingekupplet). The resultant intervention amount as time-synchronous
Desired quantity mrmM_EWUN for editing in speed synchronous quantity calculation
passed.
WährendderDauereinesgültigenundaktivenMengeneingriffs
(MrmM_EWUN <> mrmM_EWUNF) is the D - by percentage of assets Ruckeldämpfers
mrmINARD_D initialized (treatment in the parameter selection for the ARD).
The message mrmMSR_AKT serves as an information whether a quantity-increasing intervention is active.

Is for further processing in other tasks nor the sum of the desired quantity
mrmM_EWUN and the amount of idle controller mrmM_ELLR, or before the start of the discharge
Initialiserungsmenge the idle controller integrator mrmLLIINIT, as a message mrmM_EWUNL
sent. Furthermore, it is about the maximum out mrmM_EWUNL and the sum of PWG -
Desired quantity raw mrmM_EPWGR and the limited amount of idle controller mrmM_ELLR,
or before start shedding the Initialisierungsmenge the idle controller integrator mrmLLIINIT, a
speed synchronous request amount determined raw mrmM_EWUNR.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.11.3 EGS intervention

EGS intervention via AG4:
During switching operations of the AG4, the injection quantity to be reduced. The control device receives
these switching operations, a switching signal which worked as a digital input AG4-E and internally
is treated on the Message dimAG4. The AG4, a speed signal (TD - signal), and
a PWM signal corresponding to the current accelerator pedal position, is provided.
cowPBMAUSW.3
cowPBMAUSW.2
mroM_EWFr
mrmFGR_roh mroPWGinv
mrmPWGPBM
dzmNmit KF mrmPWGPBI
mrwIFV_KF
ecwECOVPWG
mrmPWG_roh MAX SG locked
mrmPWGfi
mroFGR_SAT <> 0
mroFGR_SAT <> 112 &

cowPBMAUSW.4
cowECOMTC.0
Figure MEREEX02: Determination of the PWG - value for the AG4

To also during active cruise control system GRA a reasonable value for the
To transmit accelerator pedal position a through the inverse driveability map mrwIFV_KF
back-calculated value PWG mroPWGinv determined. As an input to the inverse
Driving behavior characteristic field the driver's desired quantity of raw mroM_EWFr or unlimited GRA -
Desired quantity mrmFGR_roh be selected. Depending on the position of the DAMOS - switch
cowPBMAUSW is either the most out mroPWGinv, the PWG value mrmPWG_roh
and the filtered PWG mrmPWGfi or only the back-calculated PWG - value mroPWGinv as
sent mrmPWGPBM about PBM to the AG4 or to the Ecomatik. The output of the Message
mrmPWGPBM as PBM - signal must have the data of the MUX - separately handler on the
Message number for mrmPWGPBM be applied. Also needs to be fixed there, whether
case of a defective PWG (fboSPWG or fboSPGS) an error signal to be output
(Continuous wave low). For systems with Ecomatic is active in the GRA PWG - replacement value
ecwECOVPWG be sent. This prevents that in the overrun mode and Ecomatic
active GRA mrmPWGPBM = 0% receives.
Description of DAMOS - switch PWM Output cowPBMAUSW (IFVKF = inverse

Drivability map):

2 4PBM for AG4 = MAX (PWG IFVKF mroPWGinv,
mrmPWG_roh, mrmPWGfi)
(0: PBM for AG4 = PWG IFVKF mroPWGinv)
8Eingang of IFVKF = (dzoNmit, mrmFGR_roh)
3 (0: Entrance of IFVKF = (dzoNmit, mroM_EWFr))
16PWG input = mrmPWG_roh
4 (0: PWG input = MAX (mrmPWG_roh, mrmPWGfi)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroDZ_GHI <= mrwDIFSCHW mroAG4AKT.3

Switching back
mroAG4AKT.4
Upshift
mrmM_EAG4 mroAG4AKT.0
Ramp active
RAMP
mrwDM_E_R
dimAG4 fbbEAG4_L
cowFUN_EGS <> 3
RAMP
mrwDM_E_H mrmM_EAG4
dimAG4
Speed grade. mrwM_EMAX

normalized to mroDZ_GLO
daeHPPER = N mrwM_EMAX
Speed grade. mroDZ_GHI

normalized to
daeHPPER =
N / mrwPCOUNT
d (dimAG4) / dt <0
mroDZ_GLO> = mrwGRDSCHW
dzmNmit
mroM_EHKF
mrmM_EAKT KF
mrwM_EH_KF
mroM_ERKF
KF
mrwM_ER_KF
t
dimAG4
dimAG4 Troubleshoot- fbbEAG4_L 1 mrmINARD_D

action
Figure MEREEX03: External lot of engagement by the AG4

Is not active the AG4, is constantly in the time-synchronous part of the quantity calculation
Speed gradient mroDZ_GLO calculated and compared with the threshold mrwGRDSCHW. Is
the speed gradient greater than or equal to this threshold, would at a switching activity of the AG4
a downshift present. If it is smaller, the WG4 would upshift. Depending on the
Result of this comparison is from the map mrwM_EH_KF or mrwM_ER_KF (high-
or downshift characteristic field) a AG4 intervention mrmM_EAG4 amount, depending on the current
DzmNmit speed and the amount mrmM_EAKT determined.
Upon detection of a signal dimAG4 activity of WG4 in time-synchronous part of the

Quantity calculation, the determined switching sense frozen and an engaging amount
mrmM_EAG4 calculated. This quantity is now engaged during the period of activity of AG4
constantly updated in accordance with the speed dzmNmit. While dimAG4 is active, the D -
Share of ARD initialized (mrmINARD_D).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
After the resetting of the switching signal by the AG4 is calculated from the speed at the beginning, the
last speed before the end of the activity phase (negative edge of dimAG4) and the
Number of program runs in the activity phase, a new speed gradient mroDZ_GHI
determined and the AG4 increased engagement amount mrmM_EAG4 in a ramp. The ramp is only
started when mrmM_EWUNF ≠0 or> 0 The slope of the ramp is from the comparison
the speed gradient mroDZ_GHI determined with the threshold mrwDIFSCHW. If the
Speed gradient mroDZ_GHI greater than the threshold mrwDIFSCHW, the ramp rate is
mrwDM_E_R used for downshift. Is the speed gradient is less than or equal to this
Threshold, the ramp rate mrwDM_E_H is used for high circuit.
Upon detection of a signal of activity AG4 in speed synchronous portion of the amount calculated
is immediately a minimum of current required quantity mrmM_EWUN and AG4 intervention amount
formed mrmM_EAG4 and further processed as requested quantity.
fbbEAG4_L> 0
dimAG4 == 0 >1
cowFUN_EGS <> AG4-intervention
mrmM_EAG4
mrwM_EMAX
mrmM_EWUN
MIN
mrmM_EWUN
Figure MEREEX04: Speed Synchronous switching signal reaction

This additional processing in the speed-synchronous part is necessary to provide the required
To keep response time of the amount of interference to the switching signal as short as possible (maximum 40
ms).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Representation of the switching signal reaction:

dimAG4
1
AG4 AG4 AG4
inactive active inactive
0 t
N
t
mrmM_EWUN Intervention amount
Ramp active active
Δt t
Δt
Figure MEREEX05: AG4 switching signal reaction

Δt ... response time of the amount of interference to the switching signal (max. 40 ms).
The maximum allowed time during which an AG4 shift engagement may be active, through the
Determined debounce time of the error fbbEAG4_L and implicitly by the error handling
monitored (see monitoring concept).
Detailed information on the state of the amount of intervention by the automatic transmission
AG4 are summarized in the olda mroAG4AKT.
Description of the status of the olda AG4 quantity intervention mroAG4AKT:

0 1 Ramp function is active with the valid switching signal
1 2 AG4 switching signal is active (dimAG4 = high)
2 4 AG4 switching signal timeout error
3 8 last shift was downshift
4 16 last shift was upshift
Impact of the intervention on the AG4 quantity desired quantity mrmM_EWUN:

An output of the AG4 amount mrmM_EAG4 intervention takes place only when a valid AG4
Shift engagement. A valid circuit operation is present if the input signal is active and the error
fbbEAG4_L is not set, or if the amount mrmM_EAG4 AG4 intervention after a
valid switching signal within the ramp is and the condition mrmM_EAG4 <
mrmM_EWUNF is satisfied. The ramp is started only when mrmM_EWUNF> 0. Furthermore, it is
with a valid AG4 intervention via the Message mrmINARD_D the D - Percentage of Assets
Ruckeldämpfers initialized (manipulated variable D - percentage = 0).
Is the intervention AG4 valid and the calculated AG4 - intervention mrmM_EAG4 amount less than the
Value of the local copy of the requested quantity mrmM_EWUN, the intervention amount in which is
adopted local copy of the requested quantity.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
EGS intervention via CAN:
a a mroMD_SOLL
b
b
mrmEMOTKOR
mrmBI_SOLL
dzmNmit KF PT1
mrwKFVB_KF mrwPT1_BI
Figure MEREEX14: Calculation spec. ind. Consumption

mroMD_EGS mroM_EEGSr
mrmEGS_roh
mrwMULINF3
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmM_ELLR
MAX mroM_EEGSx
mroM_EEGS
dzmNmit mroM_EXEGS
KL
mrwANFAHKL
mroM_EEGS
MIN
RAMP
mrwEGSRAMP
mrwM_EMAX
mrmEGS_roh = 0xFE (neutral value)
fgmFGAKT <mrwV_ANFAH
&
mrmEGSSTAT.7 = 1
mrmEGS_roh = 0xFF >1

mrmEGSSTAT.8 = 1
>1
mrmEGSSTAT.5 = 0
1 mroEGSINT S
mrwEGS_LAB Q mroEGSERR
Integrator CONTROLS
-1 mrwEGS_TIM KL15
0 R
mrmEGSSTAT.5
mrwEGSbegr
Figure MEREEX08: External lot of engagement by the EGS via CAN

Bits 4-8 of mrmEGS_CAN be transferred directly to the same bits of mrmEGSSTAT.
In CAN communication, a normalization is required to torques. Torques are
on the specific consumption indexed mrmBI_SOLL [(mg / stroke) / Nm], which consists of the
Consumption map mrwKFVB_KF with the speed dzmNmit and the corrected
Engine torque mrmEMOTKOR amount is determined, converted into quantities. Quantities are
about the spec. ind. Consumption mroBI_FAHR or mroBI_REIB resulting from the fuel consumption map
be determined by the speed and the amount dzmNmit mrmM_EWUNF or mroM_EREIB,
converted into torques.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Calculation of the control quantity:

With set EGS - mrmEGSSTAT.5 request bit, the torque signal is mrmEGS_roh
(Value calculated physical value is mrmMD_EGS) with mrmBI_SOLL from the
Consumption map mrwKFVB_KF multiplied. Of this amount is engaging mroM_EEGSr
deducted the actual amount of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR and the result down on
0 limited, hence the relevance to the determination of the desired quantity Quantity mroM_EEGS
results.
Error message transmission (mrmEGSSTAT.4 = 1):

In a CAN error (gesetzem bit mrmEGS_CAN.4) the status bit is mrmEGSSTAT.4
placed. Subsequently, the back-up quantity mroM_EXEGS is activated. The error is during
active CAN - Blanks are not reported.
In this replacement quantity mroM_EXEGS is also not set in EGS - request bit
mrmEGSSTAT.5, gesetzem bit mrmEGS_CAN.7) Transmission - Control unit in emergency
(MrmEGS_CAN.8 = 1) or at the moment of engagement - Error ID = 0xFF mrmEGS_roh
switched (see also monitoring concept).
Determination of information "intervention can not, or not fully carried out":

The engagement mroM_EEGSr amount less than the current amount of the idle controller
mrmM_ELLR reduced by a tolerance value mrwM_E_ToG, the bit mrmEGSSTAT.7
set (flag - Overriding desire can not, or are not fully met). Increases the
Intervention amount mroM_EEGSr on the current amount of idle controller mrmM_ELLR so
will reset this bit. The bit is also at gesetzem bit mrmEGS_CAN.7 or
when the EGS procedure is disabled via Application (cowFUN_EGS≠2) set. Similarly, in
Mengenzumeßungsfehler zmmSYSERR.2 (see Monitoring Concept "summarized
System error "). The state of the bit is also displayed in the olda mroHYSSTAT.0.
Replacement Quantity:
The calculation of the compensation amount mroM_EXEGS is on the current driving speed
fgmFGAKT dependent. Is fgmFGAKT <mrwV_ANFAH, so is the starting curve
mrwANFAHKL and the speed dzoNmit calculates the resultant amount mroM_EEGS. If the
current speed fgmFGAKT> = mrwV_ANFAH, the replacement rate is up to
Maximum mrwM_EMAX increased with an increment of mrwEGSRAMP ((mg / stroke) / s)
(State Information: mrmEGSSTAT). As a special case, when not set, EGS -
Request bit mrmEGSSTAT.5 and simultaneous neutral value in engagement moment
(MrmEGS_roh = 0xFE) of the engagement immediately terminated without ramp (mroM_EXEGS = mrwM_EMAX).
Time limit:
About the Label mrwEGSbegr the EGS procedure time can be monitored. This runs at
active EGS intervention mrmEGSSTAT.5 an integrator to the administrable limit
mrwEGS_TIM. If the integrator the set value mrwEGS_TIM, then
mrmEGSERR set, the engaging amount of the EGS mroM_EEGS engagement is set to 0, the
ASG-intervention is canceled as implausible and the error fbbEEGS_A is set. At
non-active operation is a negative input value mrwEGS_LAB to the integrator
connected. The integrator is bounded below at 0.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Effect:
The transmission intervention affects quantitative reducing, ie is the amount of the electronically controlled
Transmission mroM_EEGS less than the driver's request mrmM_EWUNF, so goes the quantity
mroM_EEGS in the quantity desired mrmM_EWUN.
Description of olda mrmEGSSTAT - Status of EGS amount procedure:

(Bits 4-6 and 8 from mrmEGSSTAT correspond to those of mrmEGS_CAN).

0 1 Amount of active intervention by EGS
1 2 Amount of intervention by EGS Ramp
2 4 no amount of intervention by EGS (ramp limit reached)
3 8 Amount of intervention by EGS on start-KL
4 16 Error message EGS (timeout or message data inconsistent)
5 32 EGS request bit (engaging moment is thus valid)
6 64 Suppression of the CAN monitor
7 128 mrmEGS_CAN: CAN fault or error message
mrmEGSSTAT: CAN error message or error or
EGS intervention request can not, or not fully met
be (see review of the intervention above, as well as
Monitoring concept). Note: at the same time MSR intervention
(Overrides EGS intervention), this bit is also set when
the MSR intervention torque is greater than the EGS intervention torque.
Gear SG is in emergency mode (see CAN: Gear 1)
8 256

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.11.4 ASR intervention

ASR intervention via CAN:
mroMD_ASR mroM_EASRr
mrmASR_roh
mrwMULINF3
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmM_ELLR
MAX
0
mroM_EASR
RAMP
mrwASRRAMP MIN
mroM_EASR
mroM_EXASR
mrwM_EMAX
mrmASR_roh == 0xFE CAN errors mrmASR_CAN.7 OR

mrmASRSTAT.5 = 0 OR
mrmMSRSTAT.5 <> 0 OR
Error detection mrmASR_roh = 0xFF
Figure MEREEX09: ASR intervention

The bits mrmASRSTAT.4 mrmASRSTAT.B to be directly from the bits mrmASR_CAN.4 to
mrmASR_CAN.B taken.

From the ASR / MSR control unit via CAN is the ASR intervention torque mrmASR_roh (the
converted value is output in physical mrmMD_ASR) transmitted. This moment
is for set ASR request bit mrmASRSTAT.5 (simultaneously must mrmMSRSTAT.5 =
Be 0) with the specific fuel consumption indexed (mrmBI_SOLL) multiplied. From this
Intervention mroM_EASRr amount is the actual amount of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR
subtracted and the result is a lower limit of 0, resulting in the determination of the
Desired quantity relevant quantity mroM_EASR results.
Determination of information "intervention can not, or not fully carried out":

The engagement mroM_EASRr amount less than the current amount of the idle controller
mrmM_ELLR reduced by a tolerance value mrwM_E_ToB, the bit mrmASRSTAT.7
set (flag - Overriding desire can not, or are not fully met). Increases the
Intervention mroM_EASRr quantity above or equal to the current amount of idle controller mrmM_ELLR,
This bit is reset. The bit is also set, at mrmASR_CAN.7, or
if the error fbbEMSR_P is finally broken, or when the ASR - intervention on application
disabled (cowFUN_ASR <> 2) and the CAN enable for ASR is also not active
(ComCLG_SIG.0 = 0), set. The state of the bit is in active ASR intervention in the
Olda mroHYSSTAT.1 displayed.
Error message brake (mrmASRSTAT.4 = 1):

When this bit mrmASR_CAN.4 the status mrmASRSTAT.4 and mrmMSRSTAT.4 be
placed.
This replacement rate is also not set at ASR - request bit mrmASRSTAT.5 in
set, MSR - mrmASRSTAT.5 request bit, the bit is set mrmASR_CAN.7 in
Message count error (mrmASR_CAN.11) and the engaging torque - Error code
mrmASR_roh = 0xFF switched (see also monitoring concept).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
When switching to the compensation amount mroM_EXASR the ASR is engaged quantity
mroM_EASR ramp shape to the neutral value mrwM_EMAX increased (status information:
mrmASRSTAT). As a special case, when not set ASR - request bit mrmASRSTAT.5
and simultaneous neutral value in engagement torque (mrmASR_roh = 0xFE) of the engagement immediately
without ramp is complete (mroM_EXASR = mrwM_EMAX).
Effect:
The ASR - intervention affects quantitative reducing, that is, is smaller than the amount mroM_EASR
Driver request mrmM_EWUNF, the amount mroM_EASR goes into the desired quantity
mrmM_EWUN one.
Description of olda status of the ASR - Volume intervention by mrmASRSTAT:

(Bits 4-6 and B from mrmASRSTAT correspond to those of mrmASR_CAN).

0 1 Quantities - active intervention by ASR
1 2 Quantities - intervention by ASR Ramp
2 4 no amounts - intervention by ASR (ramp limit reached)
4 16 BotschaftsfehlerASR / MSR (Timeoutoderinkonsistente
Message data)
ASR - request bit (engaging moment is thus valid)
6 64 mrmASR_CAN: CAN fault or error message
7 128 mrmASRSTAT: CAN error message or error or
ASR - Overriding desire can not, or not fully met
Monitoring concept).
see description mrmMSRSTAT.B or mrmMSR_CAN
B 2048

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.11.5 MSR intervention

MSR intervention via CAN:
mroMD_MSR mroM_EMSRr
mrmMSR_roh
mrwMULINF3
mrmBI_SOLL
mrmM_ELLR
MAX
0
mrmM_EMSR
RAMP
mrwMSRRAMP MAX
mrmM_EMSR
mroM_EXMSR
0
mrmMSR_roh = 0 Termination condition is met

(Neutral value)
Figure MEREEX10: MSR intervention

The bits mrmMSRSTAT.4 mrmMSRSTAT.B to be directly from the bits mrmMSR_CAN.4 to
mrmMSR_CAN.B taken.

From the ASR / MSR control unit via CAN is the MSR intervention torque mrmMSR_roh
(Value calculated physical value mroMD_MSR (the raw value is in mrmMSR_roh
output) transfer. This moment is for set MSR request bit
mrmMSRSTAT.5 and is not true, the termination condition (see below) with the specific indexed
Fuel consumption (mrmBI_SOLL) multiplied. Of this amount is engaging mroM_EMSRr
deducted the actual amount of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR and the result down on
0 limited, hence the relevance to the determination of the desired quantity Quantity mroM_EMSR
results.
Error message brake (mrmMSRSTAT.4 = 1):

When this bit mrmMSR_CAN.4 the status mrmMSRSTAT.4 and mrmASRSTAT.4 be
placed. Subsequently, the bit is set mrmMSRSTAT.7.
MSR - Overriding desire can not, or not fully met (mrmMSRSTAT.7 = 1):
This bit is set
at MSR-CAN intervention cowFUN_MSR on record activate ≠2 and also not
active CAN activation by coding for MSR (comCLG_SIG.0 = 0).
with error message ASR / MSR mrmMSR_CAN.4 (timeout or message data inconsistent)
when exceeding the limit amount mroM_EBEGR increased by the tolerance value
mrwM_E_ToB by the engagement amount mroM_EMSRr (mroHYSSTAT.2). If free
Intervention amount mroM_EMSRr again under or on the current limiting amount
mroM_EBEGR, then the bit mroHYSSTAT.2 reset.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Physical Plausibility violation of the MSR intervention (mrmMSRSTAT.9 = 1):

It will be reviewed when the bit mrmMSRSTAT.A is not set and the MSR request bit
mrmMSRSTAT.5 is set.
The procedure is then physically implausible, if the integral MSR moment mroMDIntdt
mroMDIntdt òM MSR -MRe ib dt
exceeds the threshold mrwMDIntMX. Then, it is also the fault fbbEMSR_H as broken
reported. The current value of the integral is shown in Olda mroMDIntdt. The integral
is limited down to 0. When the integral reaches the value 0 and the neutral value
was sent, the failure fbbEMSR_H is well reported. Be more MSR interventions
however, only be allowed again, if the ABS control unit, at least once to the neutral value
sends as engaging torque and the error is now finally healed.
mroMD_MSR heal
defective
mroMDIntdt
mrwMDIntMX
fbbEMSR_H
t
mroMSRSTAT.9
Figure MEREEX11: Physical plausibility MSR
Plausibility violation of the MSR intervention (mrmMSRSTAT.A = 1):

This bit is set, in MSR-request bit mrmMSRSTAT.5 to the following conditions
tested and set at least fulfill one condition:
when the bit is mrmMSR_CAN.7,
beiMengenzumessungsfehlern zmmSYSERR.2 (See Monitoring concept
"Summarized System Error")
with message count error (mrmMSR_CAN.B see Appendix B - CAN, CAN interpreter)
in the intervention torque - Error ID = 0xFF mrmMSR_roh,
with set ASR request bit mrmASRSTAT.5,
case of non-fulfillment of the Binärkomplementbedingung (mrmMSR_roh is not the Binärkomplement
of mrmASR_roh)
in functional plausibility violation

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The procedure is then functionally implausible, if the reference speed of the ABS-SG
mrmFG_ABS <mrwMSRFG_L is. Then the error fbbEMSR_P is malfunctioning and can
can not be cured again. If the error is finally broken, so this is not a driving cycle
TCS or MSR intervention longer allowed.
On the replacement quantity mroM_EXMSR is in compliance with at least one of the following
Terms of switched:
when the bit is mrmMSRSTAT.7
when not set MSR - request bit mrmMSRSTAT.5,
with set ASR - request bit mrmASRSTAT.5,
beiMengenzumessungsfehlern zmmSYSERR.2 (See Monitoring concept
"Summarized System Error"),
with message count error (mrmMSR_CAN.B see Appendix B - CAN, CAN interpreter)
case of non-fulfillment of the Binärkomplementbedingung (mrmMSR_roh is not the Binärkomplement
of mrmASR_roh)
when engaged moment - Misrecognition mrmMSR_roh = 0xFF (See also

When switching to the compensation amount mroM_EXMSR the MSR is engaged quantity
mroM_EMSR ramp shape to the neutral value 0 decreased (state information: olda
mrmMSRSTAT). As a special case, when not set MSR - request bit
mrmMSRSTAT.5 and simultaneous neutral value in engagement torque (mrmMSR_roh = 0)
Intervention immediately terminated without ramp (mroM_EXMSR = 0).
Effect:
The MSR - intervention affects volume increasing, that is, is greater than the amount mroM_EMSR
Driver request mrmM_EWUNF, the amount mroM_EMSR goes into the desired quantity
mrmM_EWUN one. A the same time possibly existing EGS - intervention (volume reduction)
is thereby superimposed (mrmEGSSTAT.7 is set).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Description of the status of the olda MSR - Volume intervention by mrmMSRSTAT:

(Bits 4-6 and B from mrmMSRSTAT correspond to those of mrmMSR_CAN).

0 1 Amount of active intervention by MSR
1 2 Amount of intervention by MSR Ramp
2 4 no amount of intervention by MSR (ramp limit reached)
4 16 Error message ASR / MSR (timeout or message data
inconsistent)
MSR - request bit (engaging moment is thus valid)
6 64 mrmMSR_CAN: CAN fault or error message
7 128 mrmMSRSTAT: CAN error message or error or
MSR - Overriding desire can not, or not fully met
Physical plausibility is injured (torque integral to large)
General plausibility criteria Injured (CAN message,
9 512 functional plausibility)
A 1024 Message count error: The message count B_count the last
received message differs by more than
mrwMSR_Bmx the message count of the latest message (no
B 2048 Review at mrwMSR_Bmx = 15) OR for more than
mrwMSR_Bmn main program periods (= 20 ms) was not
Change in the message counter registers (deactivation of the
Check with mrwMSR_Bmn = 127).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.11.6 ASG intervention

ASG intervention via CAN:
mrmASG_tsy
b
mroASG_Nsy aa
mrmASG_roh
b
CONTROLS
mrwASG_Nmx
mrwASG_Nmi Intervention implausible
Intervention plausible
dzmNmit mroASG_Nso
mrmKUP_roh mrmMD_KUP
mrwMULINF3 mroMD_VORm mroMD_VORr mroMD_VORl

mrmMD_FAHR MIN
MAX mroMD_VOR
mrmMD_Reib
mrmMD_LLR
mrwMDASGm2 mroMDASGmx
mrwMDASGmx
mroASG_NRA mroMD_Areg mroMD_Arei mrwASGvor &

mrmW_KUP = 1
mroMD_ASG
mroASG_Nso
P CONTROLS
mroMDInAdt
dzmNmit mrwASGP_ .. mroMDASGmx
min: 0
I
mrmMD_Reib
0
mroMD_VOR
cowFUN_CVT.1
mrmBI_SOLL
mroM_EASGr
mrmM_ELLR
MAX
mrmM_EASG
mrmM_EASG mroM_EXASG
RAMP
mrwASGRAMP
LowByte mrmASG_roh = 0 Intervention plausible

(Neutral value)
Figure MEREEX15: ASG intervention

General:
The ASG-intervention is to allow smooth shifting of the transmission by the
Engine control unit before recoupling the speed the new gear ratio
adapts.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
For the function of the CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission) - transmission is via the
Bit-coded function switch cowFUN_CVT defined:
cowFUN_CVT Importance
(Bit coded)
cowFUN_CVT.0 Desired idle speed increase via CAN message Getriebe2 enabled
cowFUN_CVT.1 Calculation of the cup without diesel mrmMD_Reib and mroMD_VOR
cowFUN_CVT.2 Intervention aborted by error fbbEASG_G (exceeding the
Speed threshold mrwASGnmax)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The ASG control device transmits a request via CAN synchronous speed (raw value =
mrmASG_roh) and a synchronization time mrmASG_tsy from which the SG a speed setpoint
calculated to the actual speed in the desired time from the transmission to the desired speed
introduce.
The desired synchronous speed is set to the maximum value mrwASG_Nmx and the minimum value
mrwASG_Nmi limited (= mroASG_Nsy).
In order stationary deviations during engagement (slipping clutch mrmWKUP =

To eliminate 1, a pre-control torque mroMD_VOR calculated. For this purpose, from one of
a minimum selection between the driver's desired torque mrmMD_FAHR and CAN
received clutch torque mrmMD_KUP obtained value mroMD_VORm the
Friction torque mrmMD_Reib and the idling torque mrmMD_LLR subtracted and then
restricted to the positive number range. About the Label mrwASGvor can the
Pre-control torque calculation are activated.
If the Zwischengasflag mrmASGSTAT.5 set and there are no stop conditions (see
Plausibility of the intervention) actively regulates a P controller of the actual speed dzmNmit on the
Speed setpoint mroASG_Nso. The resultant moment of the controller mroMD_Areg is
Addition of the friction torque mrmMD_Reib compensated and the current pre-control torque
mroMD_VOR applied to the maximum value mroMDASGmx and to the minimum value 0
limited (mroMD_ASG). When translated the function switch cowFUN_CVT.1 = 1 (bit coded) is
the friction torque mrmMD_Reib and the pre-control torque mroMD_VOR not included in the calculation
included.
The limitation mroMDASGmx is in active feedforward control from the label mrwMDASGm2 and
when disconnected from feedforward mrwMDASGmx taken.
The ASG-intervention torque mroMD_ASG is the specific fuel consumption indexed

mrmBI_SOLL multiplied. From this engagement mroM_EASGr amount is the actual amount of
Idle controller mrmM_ELLR subtracted and the result is limited down to 0, resulting in
relevant to the determination of the desired quantity Quantity mroM_EASG results.
Suppression:
With CAN-suppression (mrmAUSBL = 1), the error are fbbEASG_P (plausibility coupling)
(too big = "cup Diesel" Quantity integral) unreported and fbbEASG_H and the
Error debouncing reset. A reaction (termination of the procedure) is done but once. For the
However, withdrawal of the replacement reaction must be cured the error.
If the driver's desired torque mrmMD_FAHR greater than or equal to the ASG intervention torque
mroMD_ASG and the clutch is slipping, (mrmW_KUP = 1), the "cup Diesel"
mroMDInAdt frozen.
Abort of the intervention on speed (cowFUN_CVT.2 = 1)

If the speed exceeds dzmNmit during an ASG-intervention, the speed threshold
mrwASGnmax the error fbbEASG_D is set. If the error is debounced defective
(Error debounce time fbwEASG_DA has expired) are an Abort the operation. The
Error correction is performed only when the conditions for a resumption of the procedure (see
"Resumption of the procedure:") applied. The error correction is independent of the
Speed dzmNmit.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Plausibility of the intervention:

The procedure is performed when
the request bit (Zwischengasflag) mrmASGSTAT.5 is set,
no neutral value (low byte of mrmASG_roh ≠0)
and any of the following Termination conditions (Error) is present:

formal plausibility:
Binärkompliment of mrmASG_roh (High byte low byte) is not true,
Message count error (mrmASGSTAT.11 = 1 for error) is present,
Message contains error information (one of the raw scores = 0FFh)
Error message, CAN defect (mrmASG_CAN.7 = 1),
Mengenzumessungsfehler zmmSYSERR.2 (see Monitoring Concept "summarized
System Error ")
rest of plausibility:
Speed fgmFGAKT <The threshold mrwASGvmin,
Clutch is opened during the procedure (dimKUP = 0),
or error fbbEASG_P still current

Integral moment mroMDInAdt > = mrwMDIntAX ,
Error fbbEASG_H still current
Error fbbEASG_D is defective debounced
If a termination condition during a ASG-intervention (request bit set and no

Neutral value sent), so the demolition of the replacement quantity mroM_EXASG or carried
Intervention is not started.
Resumption of the procedure:

A new procedure is only allowed again after all the following conditions
've applied simultaneously:
Request bit (Zwischengasflag) mrmASGSTAT.5 not set
Neutral value sent (low byte of mrmASG_roh = 0)
Integral moment mroMDInAdt already set to 0
Message was received correctly (mrmASG_CAN.4 = 0)
no termination condition is more active
Note:
After SG-initialization (K15 a) must once these conditions are achieved to a
Engagement is allowed.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Coupling plausibility of the ASG-intervention (fbbEASG_P):

General:
The surgery is performed only if is disengaged or is immediately without debouncing
aborted when engaged.
Is this Eingriffsbit set without changing the clutch is disengaged in the state so must
after the debounce fbwEASG_PA the resumption conditions (neutral value, etc.) reaches
be before a new intervention is allowed. This is true for the start and the end of the
Intervention. The error occurs when fbwEASG_P during this state, the suppression of the
Time fbwEASG_PA was continuously inactive.
When not yet healed, up to date adjoining fbbEASG_P error, no action occurs.
Healing of the fault fbbEASG_P:

To cure the error must fbbEASG_P the engagement for the time fbwEASG_PB continuously
be formally plausible, the clutch are disengaged in the state and the CAN
Blanking inactive. During this time the "not engaged" is - bit (S_EGS)
placed. After this time, have the resumption conditions (neutral value, etc.) reaches
be (mroASGSTAT A bit set) until a new intervention is allowed.
This means for the transmission that the procedure for the time fbwEASG_PB
must perform!
ECO mode (mrmASGSTAT (.8) = 1):

In order to reduce the consumption between the two modes, SPORT and ECO ASG changed
be. The condition is transmitted by the gearbox control unit via CAN and in
mrmASGSTAT (.8) mapped.
In ECO mode, a torque limiter (see Chapter quantity limitation illustration

MEREBG02) and a maximum speed limit is configurable (see chapter
Maximum speed limit).
When switching to the torque limit must be ensured that the operator to
this time does not require more torque. This is realized by a flip-flop.
If requesting via CAN ECO mode (mrmASGSTAT.8 = 1) and the amount

mrmM_EWUNF is less than or equal to the ASG-ECO-limiting amount mrmBM_ASG is the
Released flip-flop and set mrmASGSTAT (.13).
a
mrmM_EWUNF S
mrmBM_ASG a <= b Q
b
& mrmASGSTAT.13
mrmASGSTAT.8
Figure MEREEX17: ASG-ECO mode

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Physical Plausibility violation of the ASG-intervention (mrmASGSTAT.9 = 1):

The procedure is then physically implausible, if the integral ASG Moment mroMDInAdt
mroMDInAdt òM ASG dt
the threshold mrwMDIntAX exceeds. Where MASG equal mroMD_Areg (momemt to

Compensate the deviation) + mrmMD_Reib (torque to overcome friction) +
mroMD_VOR (pre-control torque against slipping of the clutch) limited to 0 and
mrwMDASGmx (corresponding mroMD_ASG). Then, it is also the fault fbbEASG_H as broken
reported (if no Ausblendbedingung is active). The current value of the integral is in the
Olda mroMDInAdt shown.
The ASG-moment MASG corresponds, as long as the integral moment mroMDInAdt below the threshold
mrwMDIntAX is, the engaging torque mroMD_ASG. Once the threshold mrwMDIntAX
Although is exceeded is the engaging torque mroMD_ASG is set to 0 (operation is
canceled mroASGSTAT.9 = 1), but the torque is integrated Further, the ASG
Moment MASG = MroMD_Areg + + mrmMD_Reib mroMD_VOR limited to 0 and
mrwMDASGmx used.
In cowFUN_CVT.1 = 1, the friction torque is always the integral ASG Moment mroMDInAdt
deducted, in the addition to mroMD_ASG this changes nothing.
When the error has finally broken the integral with the friction torque is reduced (MASG
=-MrmMD_Reib). The integral is bounded below at 0. If the integral value of the 0
achieved and the neutral value is sent, the failure fbbEASG_H is reported as well.
mroMD_ASG heal
defective
Broken engagement
mroMDInAdt
mrwMDIntAX
fbbEASG_H
fbwEASG_HA fbwEASG_HB
t
mroASGSTAT.9
mrmM_EASG
Figure MEREEX16: Physical plausibility ASG

Upon termination or Abort (see Abruchbedingungen) is on the replacement quantity
mroM_EXASG switched and the engaging amount ASG engagement amount mroM_EASG
ramped reduced to zero. If the ASG-SG in addition to the neutral value (low byte
mrmASG_roh = 0) sends so the engagement is terminated immediately with no ramp (mroM_EXASG = 0).
Effect:

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The ASG - intervention affects volume increasing, that is, is greater than the amount mroM_EASG
Driver request mrmM_EWUNF, the amount mroM_EASG goes into the desired quantity
mrmM_EWUN one.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Description of olda mroASGSTAT "Status of the ASG - Volume intervention":

(Bits 4-6, B and C correspond to those of mrmASGSTAT mrmASG_CAN).

0 1 Amount of active intervention by ASG
1 2 Amount of intervention by ASG Ramp
2 4 no amount of intervention by ASG (ramp limit reached)
4 16 Error message ASG (timeout or message data inconsistent)
5 32 ASG - request bit (engaging moment is thus valid)
6 64 Suppression of monitoring
7 128 ASG - operation can not be performed (wegappliziert).
Seated at one of the following conditions:
mroM_EASGr> (mrmM_EBEGR + mrwM_E_ToG)
(Interference amount is greater than limit amount)
mrmASG_CAN bit 7 is set (CAN defect, Bus Off,
Message timeout, Botschaftsinkonsistenz)
fbbEASG_P (clutch plausibility) or not clutch
operated (dimKUP = 0) and the engagement remained over time
fbwEASG_PA set out formally plausible (and Eingriffsbit
no error in the message).
Speed to low
Intervention is plausible, but A bit is still set (bit A is
by sending the neutral value deleted)
Physical plausibility is injured (torque integral to large
or threshold mrwASGnmax exceeded during the procedure)
(The bit remains set until the point under "resume
have applied conditions of engagement "described above.)
9 512
General plausibility criteria injured. It was after the
Initialization (K15 A) before the engagement request the
It OR does not meet resumption conditions occurred during
of the procedure one or more of the following conditions:
A 1024 (Only when Wunschdrehzahlrohwert ≠0 and request bit)
one of the raw scores is 0ffh (ABY, tsy)
Message count error
Binärkompliment not true
mrmASG_CAN bit 7 is set (error message, CAN-defect).
MengenzumessungsfehlerzmmSYSERR.2 (see
Monitoring concept "summarized System Error")
fbbEASG_P (clutch plausibility) or not clutch

operated (dimKUP = 0) and the engagement remained over time
fbwEASG_PA set out formally plausible (and Eingriffsbit
no error in the message).
Replacement reaction is always without fault debouncing. Healing with
Error condition bruise. With CAN-suppression is the fault neither
reported yet healed.
Speed to low
(The bit remains set until the point under "resume
have applied the procedure described conditions.)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continuing with the description of the olda mroASGSTAT "Status of the ASG - Volume intervention":
(Bits 4-6, B and C correspond to those of mrmASGSTAT mrmASG_CAN).

B 2048Botschaftszähler error: The message count B_count the last
received message is no different or more than
mrwASG_Bmx the message count of the latest message (no
Review at mrwASG_Bmx = 15)
4096Synchronisationszeit mrmASG_tsy implausible (raw value = 0FFh)
C

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2:12 Active Ruckeldämpfer

2.12.1 transition detection
The transition detection is carried out centrally. See Section idle controller - transition detection.
2.12.2 Parameter set selection
mrmGANG
= 5 (5TH GEAR) MIN
mroCASE_FF.9
mrwFF1gOH
mrwFF2gOH
mrwFF_OHH
mrwFF3gOH
mrwFF4gOH
mrwFF5gOH
dzmNmit
PT1
mrwFGF_GF mrmNfilt
mrmCASE_A.F 210
mrwARD_LS mrmCASE_A1
mrwARD_LR1
mrwARD_LR2
mrwARD_LR3
mrwARD_LR4
mrwARD_LR5
mroGG
mrmN_LLBAS
&
mrwARD_LRH mrwGNG_OGG
mrmM_EWUN <> mrmM_EWUNF mrwGNG_MGG
cowFUN_ADR.2 = 0
>1
cowFUN_ADR.1 = 1 &
>1 >1
mrmM_EADR> 0
mrwMD_iakt.3
& F E D C B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
mrmCASE_A
mrmEGS_akt Initialization
mrmEGS_CAN.5 Load- Idle controller
Roll out
active
mrwMD_iakt.1
a
mrmM_EWUNF
mrmM_EEGS a 1 FF coupling Coupling SR
cowFUN_ADR.1 = 1 &
Configured ADR
(CowFUN_FGR = 7 or 8)
mrmM_EADR = 0 &
Figure MEREAR01: Parameter set selection for the ARD
19 April 2002 Overview - Active Ruckeldämpfer DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
a
mrmM_EWUNF mroLSausBg
mrmM_EWUSO a> b
b
DEAD TIME
mrwLSausVz
cowFUN_LSE.1
dimKup
mroLS_aus
>1
a
dzmNmit cowFUN_LSE.0
mrwND_LS a <b
b
0
mroTD_Sper
mroCASE_FF.9
TIMER
KF
mrwTD_Sper
mrwDLS_neg
a
mrmGANG a <b
b
mroLS_akt
TIMER
KF
mrwTD_Wirk 0 Load-
mrwDLS_pos
F E D C B A 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
mroM_ARDSu
mrmCASE_A
AMOUNT
TIMER
mrwARDRL_T
mrmPWG_roh <= mrwARDRPWG
dzmNmit <mrmN_LLBAS + mrwARDRL_N &

Roll out
mrmM_EFGR = 0
mrmM_EADR = 0
no ext. Intervention mrmCASE_A.6 = 0
mrmSTART_B
mrmINARD_D Initialization
>1
fboSDZG
fgmFGAKT <mrwARD_V
&
mrmM_EADR = 0
Figure MEREAR11: Parameter set selection 2 for the ARD
The following groups of parameters that are associated with a control type (such as are D2T2
Member for the disturbance controller, clutch and backlash active consisting of: mrwDSKUPK and
mrwDSKUPX), for reasons of clarity only the structure-determining part of the
Parameter set name specified with "..." (in this example mrwDSKUP ...).
Similarly, a specific value from different parameter blocks (eg mrwDSKUPK,
mrwDSR1GK or mrwDSL1GK) addressed when its structure-determining part by ".."
(Ie mrwDS ... K) is replaced. This simplification is possible because the allocation of the types of controllers
to their parameter structures remains unique.
DS / ESA Overview - Active Ruckeldämpfer 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The Active Ruckeldämpfer (ARD) consists of reference-forming and disturbance controller which each other
are decoupled. The guide is a former PDT1 member (lead-lag element of the first order) with
a slope limitation in a predetermined band range. Input variable is the
Command desired amount mrmM_EWUSO, output the amount mroM_ARDFF. The band in which the
Inclination limitation is active, to be applied from the fuel efficiency map
calculated loss amount clamped. The bandwidth and the characteristics mrwFPoO_KL
mrwFPuU_KL with pos. Amount tendency and mrwFNoO_KL and mrwFNuU_KL for neg
Amount tendency set depending on the speed dzmNmit. The max. Slope is also
to apply. With pos. Amount tendency it is on the map mrwFPPA_KF and with neg
Amount tendency over mrwFNRA_KF specified input and speed dependent. If an external
The clutch is actuated amount before or intervention, it is as max. Slope mrwFFRaoff
be used.
The disturbance controller is implemented as D2T2 member with ARD-speed dzmN_ARD as input and
the limited amount of intervention mroM_ARDSR as output. The limitation of the Störregleranteils
is achieved by the characteristics as mrwARDSoKL upper limit and as a lower mrwARDSuKL
Barrier was if not detected on load impact. In detektiertem load impact is on the
Limitation of mrwARDDoKL as an upper limit and a lower bound mrwARDDuKL
switched.
Exceeds the speed dzmNmit the activation limit mrwND_LS and are the
Shutdown mroLS_aus not given, then the load-detection is enabled.
Switching off occurs when the bit cowFUN_LSE.1, by pressing the clutch, by
the lock timer mrwTD_Sper, as well as a time delay by mrwLSausVz, when crossing the
unlimited desire amount mrmM_EWUNF against the limited amount requested
mrmM_EWUSO. Is the amount of the unlimited output of the gate is greater than the D2T2
speed and gear-dependent size from the map mrwDLS_neg or mrwDLS_pos so
two timers are started.
The lock timer with the duration mrwTD_Sper switched over mroTD_Sper the limitations of the
Störreglers to and inhibits a re-triggering of the function of the active timer with the duration
mrwTD_Wirk switched over mrmCASE_A.F the disturbance controller on load impact parameter.
The load-detection can be disabled with cowFUN_LSE.0 = 0 in order to save run time.
The selection of the parameter sets, the structure of the Ruckeldämpfers accordingly, for the
Control signal-forming and disturbance controller separated and is essentially a function of the ratio
Speed to speed mroVzuNfil and the speed dzmNmit. The parameters of the
Störreglers and ARD-reference-forming element differ in the higher gears (mroVzuNfil
large) only slightly. It therefore takes place in the parameter selection, a limit, so that from the
5 Transition (mrmGANG> = 5), only the parameter sets of the 5th Ganges are available.
The parameter set "coasting" for the disturbance controller and guide shaper (status bit C for the
Parameter selection in mrmCASE_A) is used under the following conditions:
Driver's desired quantity mrmPWG_roh <= mrwARDRPWG AND

Speed dzmNmit <threshold mrmN_LLBAS + mrwARDRL_N AND
no FGR-intervention (mrmM_EFGR = 0) AND
no ADR engagement. (MrmM_EADR = 0) AND
Timer duration> mrwARDRL_T

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The timer starts as soon as the value mrmPWG_roh under the applicable threshold
mrwARDRPWG drops. The timer is reset once the threshold is exceeded again
will.
When actuated clutch (dimKUP = 1) eligible for the ARD, the coupling parameters for
Deployment. For external intervention amount mrmM_EWUNF <> mrmM_EWUN and EGS is active
on its own CAN parameter sets mrwDSCAN ... (D2T2 controller coefficient), mrwPSCAN ... (D2T2
Term memory factor polynomial) for the disturbance controller and not active ARD FF CAN
Parameter block skip switches also for the guide shaper.
This can be set via the application label mrwMD_iakt.1 whether transmission message
mrmEGS_akt ("active circuit") or bit 8 EGS active intervention from the CAN message
To be mapped gear 1, used in mrmEGS_CAN.5.
If a sole external intervention quantity (no ASR, MSR, ASG) through the transmission message
(MrmEGS_akt or mrmEGS_CAN.5) can be obtained by the application label mrwMD_iakt.3 the
Switching to the ARD parameter "external intervention" are suppressed and the ARD
Parameters for the selected gear remain in effect. If other external interventions quantity
(ASR, ASG, MSR), but the causes may well constitute a change to the parameter "external
Intervention ".
The corresponding guide shaper parameters are mrwFFCAN ... p, n and mrwFFCAN ...
mrwFPCAN_ ... mrwFNCAN_ ... (coefficients for the PDT1 member). Is amount of external intervention
or the manual transmission is active and the clutch pressed simultaneously, subject to the CAN-
Parameter sets.
In the case of a negative quantity tendency not active ASR, MSR or ASG-intervention but active EGS
Intervention is at mrmM_EWUNF <mrmM_EEGS via the application label mrwMD_iakt.2
switched off prevented the switch to the guide Shaper CAN parameter set. Instead of
the CAN parameters are then activated the gait parameters.
This function prevents that by the CAN parameter set abruptly, the injection quantity
mrmM_EARD is lowered to zero mg / stroke, although the external quantity requirement greater
Zero mg / stroke is. The actual injection quantity is bar when the CAN parameter set
filtered (out parameter) of the desired quantity tracked.
Configuration data cowFUN_ADR ARD is configurable by the ADR

(Working speed controller) to assist in its control. Bit 1 of cowFUN_ADR determines whether
the ARD parameter sets to be used for the ADR. Bit 2 of switches cowFUN_ADR
between a use of the CAN parameter sets and the All use
Transition parameter sets in order. If bit 2 is set by cowFUN_ADR, then with active ADR
(MrmM_EADR> 0) selected the gait parameters for the ADR, ADR with inactive (mrmM_EADR
= 0) is used only of the coupling parameter set. To this end, with configured ADR
(Released cowFUN_FGR = 7 or 8, and ADR operation to the EEPROM), the coupling
hidden. If bit 2 of cowFUN_ADR not set, with active ADR (mrmM_EADR
> 0) of the CAN parameter set used in the normal inactive ADR parameter sets are in
Selected if the operating conditions.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
For driving, and for the coupling are in the case of reference-forming element 20 parameter sets
available. These are made we follows:
Clutch: mrwFFKg ... / mrwF.Kg._.

Rolling: mrwFFRg ... / mrwF.Rg._.
lower gear group: mrwFFUg ... / mrwF.Ug._.
average transmission group: mrwFFMg ... / mrwF.Mg._.
upper gear group: mrwFFOg ... / mrwF.Og._.
increasing amount tendency: mrwFF.g .. p / mrwFP.g._.
falling tendency quantity: mrwFF.g .. n / mrwFN.g._.
high speed range: nrwFF.gH.n / mrwFN.g._.
top speed: mrwFF.gO .. / mrwF .. Go_.
low speed: mrwFF.gU .. / mrwF .. gU_.
The switching of the Führungsformerparameter depending on the filter direction

mrmM_EWUSO - mroM_ARDFF
happens speed synchronous.
Is smaller than the filter output of the filter input, the parameters mrwFF.g.Kp,
mrwFF.g.Xp, mrwFP.g._a, mrwFP.g._b and mrwFP.g._c used. If the filter output greater
as the filter input, the parameters mrwFF.g.Kn, mrwFF.g.Xn, mrwFN.g._a,
mrwFN.g._b and mrwFN.g._c used. This change depends on mroCASE_FF.9.
The switching of the Führungsformerparameter a function of the filtered speed

mrmNfilt done speed synchronous two hystereses. The hysteresis detects the
Threshold between lower and upper speed range and has an upper limit (as a function of
Transmission group) mrwFFUggUO, mrwFFMggUO, mrwFFOggUO or mrwFFKupUO and the
Hysteresis mrwFF_UOH. Is this Drehzahlhysterese active (corresponds to top speed) and is
the second hysteresis is inactive, the parameters mrwFF.gOK., mrwFF.gOX., mrwF .. gO_a,
mrwF .. gO_b and mrwF .. gO_c used. Are both Drehzahlhysteresen inactive, then the
Parameters mrwFF.gUK., MrwFF.gUX., MrwF .. gU_a, mrwF .. gU_b and mrwF .. gU_c used.
This change depends on mroCASE_FF.8. The second hysteresis, the hysteresis width
mrwFF_OHH, compares the filtered speed mrmNfilt with the gangabhägigen limits
mrwFF1gOH, mrwFF2gOH, mrwFF3gOH, mrwFF4gOH and mrwFF5gOH. If this
Hysteresis condition is active (corresponding to high speed) is at a negative quantity tendency
(MroCASE_FF.9 = 0) in this in mrmCASE_A1.2 and guide former with the
Parameters mrwFF.gHKn, mrwFF.gXn, mrwFN.gH_a, mrwFN.gH_b and mrwFN.gH_c provided.
Exceeds the threshold mrwFF.ggUO the threshold mrwFF.gOH then immediately to the
Parameters set for the high speed range is switched without the parameter set for the
the upper part is activated.
Condition mroCASE_FF Time constant P gain

mrmM_EWUSO - mroM_ARDFF> 0 mrmoCASE_FF.9 = 1 mrwFP.g._a, _b, _c mrwFF.g.Kp
mrmM_EWUSO - mroM_ARDFF <= 0 mrmoCASE_FF.9 = 0 mrwFN.g._a, _b, _c mrwFF.g.Kn
Hysteresis "high speed" mrmCASE_A1.2 = 1 mrwFNgH_a, _b, _c mrwFF.gOKn
Hysteresis "top speed" mrmoCASE_FF.8 = 1 mrwF.gO_a, _b, _c mrwFF.gOK.
and
mrmCASE_A1.2 = 0
mroCASE_FF.8 = 0 and
mrmCASE_A1.2 = 0
Hysteresis "low speed" mrwF.gU_a, _b, _c mrwFF.gUK.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Gear
5 mrdFLOgOp
Top mrdFLOgUp mrdFPOgOp
Transmission group mrdFPOgUp
4
mrdFLMgOp
3 mrdFPMgOp
Average mrdFLMgUp
Transmission group mrdFPMgUp
2
mrdFLUgOp
Lower mrdFLUgUp mrdFPUgOp
1 mrdFPUgUp
Transmission group
Number of revolutions
mrwFFOggUO mrwFFUggUO
mrwFFMggUO
Figure MEREAR15: Parameter sets of reference-forming element with a positive amount tendency
mrwFF5gOH
Gear mrwFF4gOH
5
Top mrdFLOgUn mrdFLOgOn mrdFLOgHn
Transmission group mrdFPOgUn mrdFPOgOn mrdFPOgHn
4
3
Average mrdFLMgUn mrdFLMgOn mrdFLMgHn
Transmission group mrdFPMgUn mrdFPMgOn mrdFPMgHn
2
mrdFLUgOn mrdFLUgHn
Lower mrdFLUgUn mrdFPUgOn mrdFPUgHn
1 mrdFPUgUn
Transmission group
Number of revolutions
mrwFFOggUO mrwFFUggUO
mrwFFMggUO mrwFF3gOH
mrwFF2gOH
mrwFF1gOH
Figure MEREAR16: Parameter sets of reference-forming element with a negative amount tendency
Also have their own sets of parameters for the vehicle operation at idle, depending on the
Driving speed ratio to speed mroVzuNfil available. The changeover
between "ARD bucking" (LLR not in gear) and "ARD idle" occurs (LLR engaged)
depends on the speed by means of input-dependent thresholds mrwARD_LR1 to mrwARD_LR5 and the
Threshold for load-mrwARD_LS and hysteresis mrwARD_LRH. The state "ARD
Idle "is for the case" no load-recognized "as a function of the detected Ganges
mrmGANG drops below the speed threshold (mrmN_LLBAS + mrwARD_LR.)
enabled, when crossing from (mrmN_LLBAS + mrwARD_LR. + mrwARD_LRH) on
"ARD bucking" switched. If the state "Bonanza" before (mrmCASE_A.F) as is used for the
Calculation of the speed threshold parameter mrwARD_LS instead of a transition parameter
be used. The determined on the hysteresis speed range is displayed in mrmCASE_A1.0.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Gear engaged Speed condition Speed condition

for "ARD idle" for "ARD bucking"
n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LR1 n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LR1 mrwARD_LRH
mrmGANG = 1
mrmGANG = 2
mrmGANG = 3 n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LR3 n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LR3 mrwARD_LRH
mrmGANG = 4
mrmGANG = 5
mrmCASE_A.F n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LS n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LS mrwARD_LRH
The disturbance controller is initialized when one of the conditions is true:

- MrmSTART_B start bit = 1 OR
- Speed sensor defective fboSDZG <> 0 OR
- ARD-D initialization mrmINARD_D <> 0 by OR
external quantity intervention
Speed fgmFGAKT <speed threshold
- mrwARD_V for speed branch initialization AND
Quantity desired speed governor mrmM_EADR = 0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Value range of the olda state bits of the active Ruckeldämpfung mrmCASE_A (high byte
hexadezimalkodiert: Selection Führungsformerparametersatz, in the low byte hexadezimalkodiert:
Selection Störreglerparametersatz; Low Byte Bit 7: disturbance controller off and initialized):
Bitmask WertHex Active Parameters

0000 0001 0000 0000 lower Getriebegruppe0100
Führungsformerparametersatz =
mrwFFUg .... mrwF ... Ug ....
average transmission group
0000 0010 0000 0000 0200
mrwFFMg .... mrwF ... Mg ...
upper transmission group
0000 0011 0000 0000 0300 Führungsformerparametersatz =
mrwFFOg .... mrwF ... Og ....
"Coasting"
0001 0000 0000 0000 1000 Störreglerparametersatz =
mrwDSROLK, mrwDSROLX
mrwPSROL_a, mrwPSROL_b, mrwPSROL_c
mrwFFRg ... mrwF ... Rg ..
Clutch or neutral gear
0010 0000 0000 0000 2000 mrwFFKg ... mrwF ... Kg ...
amount of external intervention
mrwFFCan ... mrwF ... CAN ...
0100 0000 0000 0000 4000
Detected load-
Störreglerparametersatz =
Low speed, amount falling: mrwDSLLSn .., mrwPSLLSn ..
1000 0000 0000 0000 8000 High speed, amount falling: mrwDSRLSn .., mrwPSRLSn ..
Low speed, amount increasing: mrwDSLLSp .., mrwPSLLSp ..
High speed, amount increasing: mrwDSRLSp .., mrwPSRLSp ..
1 Gear
mrwDS ... 1GK, mrwDS ... 1GX
mrwPS ... 1G_a, mrwPS ... 1G_b, mrwPS ... 1G_c
2 Gear
0000 0000 000X 0001 0001
3 Gear
0000 0000 000X 0010 0002 Störreglerparametersatz =
4 Gear
0000 0000 000X 0011 0003 mrwDS ... 4GK, mrwDS ... 4GX
5 Gear
0000 0000 000X 0100 0004 mrwDS ... 5GK, mrwDS ... 5GX
0000 0000 000X 0101 0005

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0000 0000 0001 XXXX Idle controller aktiv0010
mrwDSL ... K, mrwDSL ... X
mrwPSL ... _a, _b ... mrwPSL, mrwPSL _c ...
Actuated clutch
mrwDSKUPK, mrwDSKUPX
mrwPSKUP_a, mrwPSKUP_b, mrwPSKUP_c
amount of external intervention
mrwDSCANK, mrwDSCANX
mrwPSCAN_a, mrwPSCAN_b, mrwPSCAN_c
Initialize disturbance controller
0000 0000 1000 0000 0080
Range of values of the extended status bits active Ruckeldämpfung mrmCASE_A1

hexadezimalkodiert:

0000 0001 01 upper speed range
0000 0010 02 positive volume trend
0000 0100 04 high speed range
xxxx x000 not used
The parameter set selection for the ARD happens when driving in the corridors, on the basis of
Ratio speed / speed (mroVzuNfil). In the case of using the Störreglers is
engaged gear (mrmGANG) the corresponding parameter set, taking into account the
State "ARD idle" or "ARD bucking" selected.
In the case of reference-forming element are 25 parameter sets are available, where 2 ("Quantity tendency
") for" be made available to external intervention quantity "ascending / descending. When driving in
the aisles, is closed in one of three transmission groups. Per transmission group and for
"Coupling" as well as for the state are rolling out each 4 parameter sets provided (2 times
"Quantity tendency decrease / increase" in combination with "upper / lower speed"). Additional
is in a negative quantity tendency for the three transmission groups between high and lower
Speed differentiated. Then, three other sets of parameters for the high speed range
Available.
Transmission group
mroGG
top 3
medium 2
lower 1 Gear
mrmGANG
0
mrwGNG_OGG
mrwGNG_MGG
Figure MEREAR03: Parameter set selection for the guide shaper

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2.12.3 Control Algorithm

mrmM_EMOT mrmM_EARD
CONTROLS
mroM_ARDS
R
CONTROLS
mrmdMD_EF
mroM_ARD F
WU
mroTD_Sper
MIN mrwARDDuK mrwARDSuK mrwARDSoK

L L L mrwARDDoK
L
mroM_ARDF KL KL KL KL
F
<0:
mrwFF.g.KnmrwFF.g.Xnmrw
Lead-lag Gliedmit
FN.g._amrwFN.g._bmrwFN.g.
MEREAR_14
slope limitation mrwFF.gUX.mrwFF.gUK.
_c
mrwF gU_amrwF .. .. ..
gU_bmrwF gU_c
mroM_ARDSu
> 0:
mrwFF.g.KpmrwFF.g.Xpmrw
FP.g._amrwFP.g._bmrwFP.g._
c mrwFF.gOX.mrwFF.gOK.
mrwF gO_amrwF .. .. ..
gO_bmrwF gO_c
mrwFFBGSC mroCASE_FFdzmNmit
mrmGANGmrmMD_Re mrwDS ... K, mrwDS
mrmM_EWUS H ... XmrwPS ... _a, _c
ib
O mrwPS ... _bmrwPS
...
ro m M _ E W
CES D2T2 mrwABegOK
L
mrwFF_UOHmrwFFUggU KL
OmrwFFMggUOmrwFFOg
MIN MIN gUOmrwFFKupUO
mrwFFBgrKL
KL
mrmM_EBEG
mroM_ELLBE mrmM_EWU mrmCASE_A R
mrwBGR_off
N dzmN_ARD
dzmNmit mrmNfilt mrmNfilt dzmNmit
Figure MEREAR04: Active Ruckeldämpfer

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroCASE_FF.5
>1
mroCASE_FF.6
mroCASE_FF.9
dzmNmit
KF mrwFFRaoff mroFRamp
mrwFPRA_KF
mrmGANG KF
mrwFNRA_KF
mroM_ARDFF
mrmM_EWUSO
Lead-lag R
dzmNmit mroFZug
KL
mrwFPoO_KL
mroFSchub
KL
mrwFNoO_KL
KL
mrwFPoU_KL
KL mroMEVerl
mrwFNoU_KL
Z -1
KF
mrwKFVB_KF
mrmMD_Reib
Figure MEREAR14: lead-lag element with slope limiting
Active dampening of Ruckeldämpfer speed fluctuations of the reactions

Vehicle (drive train) are formed on the motor, by controlling the amount of fuel. He
consists of a D2T2 link with asymmetric boundary (fault controller / speed branch)
and a PDT1 element with slope limitation (reference-forming / Lot branch).
Through the switch, the input size of the mrwFFBGSCH reference-forming element mrmM_EWUSO
be selected:
Driver's desired quantity limited by limiting amount mroMEBEGR (limited by

Torque and smoke map mrwFFBGSCH = 0).
Driver's desired quantity limited by characteristic mrwFFBgrKL (mrwFFBGSCH = 1).

The choice of parameters is performed synchronously for the disturbance controller (see chapter
Parameter set selection). When external quantity are directly engaged the CAN

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Parameter sets taken. While applying the clutch, the clutch, parameters will be
applied if no external amount of intervention longer present. The switch to
Load shock parameters are, it was detected on load impact and neither the parameter sets for
external quantity engagement, coasting or clutch are active. In the transition from "external
Amount of intervention "to" Driving in transition "are in the speed category, the specific gait parameters
immediately accepted. Be the transition from "clutch pressed" to "Driving in transition"
used until the specific gait parameters in the speed class if the output of the
Störreglers has changed its sign. In the transition from "Driving in progress" to "clutch
operated "or" external intervention quantity ", the respective parameter sets directly
taken.
State mroCASE_SR D2T2 member T-polynomial

External intervention quantity (CAN) 01000000 mrwDSCAN. mrwPSCAN.
Roll out see mroCASE_FF mrwDSROL. mrwPSROL.
Coupling 00100000 mrwDSKUP. mrwPSKUP.
+ No external intervention amount
+ No VZ-exchange
+ No coasting
Load-
Low speed, amount decreasing see mroCASE_FF
High speed, amount decreasing u mrmCASE_A1mrwDSLLSn.mrwDS mrwPSLLSn.
Low speed, quantity increasing RLSn.mrwDSLLSp. mrwPSRLSn.
mrwDSRLSp. mrwPSLLSp.
High speed, quantity increasing
mrwPSRLSp.
5 Response + LLR not active
4 Response + LLR not active
3 Response + LLR not active 00000101 mrwDSR5G. mrwPSR5G.
00000100 mrwDSR4G. mrwPSR4G.
5 Response + LLR active 00000001 mrwDSR1G. mrwPSR1G.
4 Response + LLR active 00010101 mrwDSL5G. mrwPSL5G.
00010001 mrwDSL1G. mrwPSL1G.
Error in mrmCASE_A 11111111 mrwDSKUP. mrwPSKUP.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The gear-dependent selection of the parameters of the reference-forming element is time-synchronous, the
Distinction between the parameters for positive and negative volume trend and
takes place between high and low speed synchronous speed.
State mroCASE_FF Lead-lag T-polynomial

Roll out, positive volume trend n, low 0000 0010 0001 0000 mrwFFRgU.p mrwFPRgU_.
Roll out, negative volume trend n, low 0000 0000 0001 0000 mrwFFRgU.n mrwFNRgU_.
Roll out, positive volume trend, n high 0000 0011 0001 0000 mrwFFRgO.p mrwFPRgO_.
Roll out, negative volume trend, n high 0000 0001 0001 0000 mrwFFRgO.n mrwFNRgO_.
0000 0010 0010 0000 mrwFFKgU.p mrwFPKgU_.
Coupling, positive volume trend n, low 0000 0000 0010 0000 mrwFFKgU.n mrwFNKgU_.
Coupling, negative volume trend n, low 0000 0011 0010 0000 mrwFFKgO.p mrwFPKgO_.
Coupling, positive volume trend, n high 0000 0001 0010 0000 mrwFFKgO.n mrwFNKgO_.
Coupling, negative volume trend, n high 0000 0010 0000 0011 mrwFFOgU.p mrwFPOgU_.
Upper GG, positive volume trend n, low 0000 0000 0000 0011 mrwFFOgU.n mrwFNOgU_.
Upper GG, negative volume trend n, low 0000 0011 0000 0011 mrwFFOgO.p mrwFPOgO_.
Upper GG, positive volume trend, n high 0000 0001 0000 0011 mrwFFOgO.n mrwFNOgO_.
0000 0010 0000 0010 mrwFFMgU.p mrwFPMgU_.
Upper GG, negative volume trend, n high 0000 0000 0000 0010 mrwFFMgU.n mrwFNMgU_.
Medium GG, positive volume trend n, low 0000 0011 0000 0010 mrwFFMgO.p mrwFPMgO_.
Medium GG, negative volume trend n, low 0000 0001 0000 0010 mrwFFMgO.n mrwFNMgO_.
Medium GG, positive volume trend, n high 0000 0010 0000 0001 mrwFFUgU.p mrwFPUgU_.
Medium GG, negative volume trend, n high 0000 0000 0000 0001 mrwFFUgU.n mrwFNUgU_.
Lower GG, positive volume trend n, low 0000 0011 0000 0001 mrwFFUgO.p mrwFPUgO_.
Lower GG, negative volume trend n, low 0000 0001 0000 0001 mrwFFUgO.n mrwFNUgO_.
0000 0010 0100 0000 mrwFFCAN.p mrwFPCAN_.
Lower GG, positive volume trend, n high 0000 0000 0100 0000 mrwFFCAN.n mrwFNCAN_.
Lower GG, negative volume trend, n high XXXX XXXX 1111 1111 mrwFFKgO.p mrwFPKgO_.
Ext lot of intervention, positive volume trend XXXX XXXX 1111 1111 mrwFFKgO.p mrwFPKgO_.
Ext lot of intervention, negative volume trend
Error in mrmCASE_A positive amount tendency
Error in mrmCASE_A negative amount tendency

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
2:13 smoothness controller

Setpoint from
dzmNakt Segment (k) ...
Segment (k-2z +1)
mroLRRSoll
mroLRRReg
mroLRRIST
Actual value of
Segment (k-z +1) ...
Segment (k-z-1)
mrwLRR_BEW
Figure MERELR03: control difference
dzmSEGM Synchronization (dzmABTAS maxima

each fall on the same
dzmABTAS dzmSEGM-meter data)
1 .. z
Drift correction NBF
I component (z)
z
mrmM_ELD2
SYNC .
with .
MIN:
-MrwLRR_BGR NBF .
MAX: mrmM_ELD6
+ MrwLRR_BGR
PI
MIN:
-MrwLRR_BGR
MAX:
Output
+ MrwLRR_BGR Delay
PI
mroLRRReg
mroM_ELRR
Dead time
z-4 segments
mroLRRegel.0
MIN:
-MrwLRR_BGR
MAX: mroLRRegel.1
+ MrwLRR_BGR
PI
1
mroAB
Figure MERELR01: smoothness controller
DS / ESA Overview - Smoothness controller 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrwLRR_MOR
mrwLRR_MUR
mrwLRR_OFR
fgmFGAKT
mrwLRR_NOR
mrmM_EMOT
Control / regulate mrwLRR_NUR mroLRRegel.0
dzmNmit
mrwLRR_TW
mrmN_LLBAS
mrwLRR_V10
mrwLRR_V21
mrwLRR_V30
mroABM_E
Controlling factor mrwLRR_MO0

mrwLRR_MO1
mrmM_EMOT 1 mrwLRR_MU0 MIN mroAB
mrwLRR_MU1
0
Controlling factor
dzmNmit mrwLRR_N0 mroABN
1
mrwLRR_N1
0
dzmNmit <mrwLRR_LOW
>1
>1
dzmNmit> mrwLRR_HIG mroLRRegel.1
mrmSTART_B = 1 >1
fboSDZG
z integrators
dzmNmit> 0 initialize
2 synchronization
error within
mrwLRR_SEG
Segments
Figure MERELR02: smoothness controller monitoring

The smooth-running control regulates the speed variations of the injection system, which essentially
vonsystembedingten, unterschiedlichenZylindereinspritzmengenherrühren, in
Idle speed range. This is done by rapid intrusion of controlled
Correction injection amount for each cylinder. Can from the different speeds dzmNakt
be derived when the correction amount mroM_ELRR for the next cylinder
issue is.
For correct function of the smooth-running control a flawless synchronization is required.

It occurs when Abtastzeitmaxima respectively the same values of the message segment number
dzmSEGM fall.
The smooth-running control is outside the speed window lower speed limit for LRR -
Calculation mrwLRR_LOW and upper speed limit for LRR - control mrwLRR_HIG not
calculated. When start condition mrmSTART_B = 1, for speed sensor defect fboSDZG <> 0, at
Motor standstill dzmNmit = 0 or if twice within mrwLRR_SEG segments
Coincide with unforeseen Abtastzeitmaxima segment counts, the
overall smoothness control zwischeninitialisiert. The olda - value mroLRRegel takes in these
Cases the value to 2.
19 April 2002 Overview - Smoothness controller DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
For the Control process z (one per cylinder) PI controllers are used. The calculation of the
Correction amount is in each case (z-2) interrupts prior to injection in the cylinder under consideration, as
at this point (k = 0), the controller setpoint formation is complete for this cylinder. To
Setpoint generation, the current speeds (k) to (k - 2z +1) is used, which is two full
Engine revolutions corresponds. The actual value is determined using the segment weighting factor
mrwLRR_BEW from the weighted average of the current speeds (k - z + 1) to (k - z -1)
determined. This is the regulator of the significant for the considered cylinder speed cut-
available. The calculation is in each case with the parameter set mrwLRP_ .. (P - controller) or
mrwLRI_ .. (I - controller) made. Actual value and setpoint values are calculated as follows:
(1 -mrwLRR_BEW ) * n(k-z-1) n(k-z)mrwLRR_BEW *n(k-z1)

IS  2
n(k-2z1) n(k-2z2)...n(k)
TARGET 
2Z
The integrators and the manipulated variables for all cylinders are on the LRR - limit amount
(+ / -) MrwLRR_BGR limited. The smoothness integrators are further every two
Engine revolutions corrected to maintain the smooth running proportion on average equal to zero. The
Differences in the smoothness integrators of the individual cylinders to the cylinder of the NBF - signal is
mrmM_ELD6 issued, wherein, when the cylinders of the NBF - - in the signal mrmM_ELD2
Cylinder 1 is mrmM_ELD2 the difference in the smoothness integrators between cylinders 1 and
Cylinder 2 includes mrmM_ELD3 the difference in the smoothness integrators between cylinder 1
and cylinder 3 includes etc. On the OLDAs mroM_ELA1 - mroM_ELA6 be the
Output absolute amounts of the individual smoothness integrators.
In certain operating conditions of the engine or the vehicle is on smoothness control

converted. During the control of the smooth running of the integrator values are frozen, and to a
Rated Abregelungsfaktor. The variable output follows (z-4) interrupts after its
Calculation.
You switch to control when at least one of the following conditions are met
is:
- Current Speed fgmFGAKT> mrwLRR_V10UND
(FgmFGAKT ≤mrwLRR_V21ODER
fgmFGAKT> mrwLRR_V30)
- Speed dzmNmit ≥Desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS + idle speed offset for
Rules mrwLRR_OFR
Speed dzmNmit ≥upper speed limit for rules mrwLRR_NOR
-
- Speed dzmNmit ≤Desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS - idle speed offset for
Rules mrwLRR_OFR
Speed dzmNmit ≤lower speed limit for rules mrwLRR_NUR
- Engine torque amount mrmM_EMOT ≤lower quantity limit for rules mrwLRR_MUR
- Engine torque amount mrmM_EMOT ≥upper amount limit for rules mrwLRR_MOR.
-
DS / ESA Overview - Smoothness controller 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The return to normal operation is also to minimize waiting time transition tax -> Rules
mrwLRR_TW delayed.
The Abregelungsfaktor in control mode is determined from the minimum of a speed component and
a quantity component formed. The Mengenabregelungsfaktor mroABM_E is up to the lower
Quantity limit mrwLRR_MU0 equal to zero (push operation), increases linearly up to the quantity limit
mrwLRR_MU1 to the value one, up to the upper limit amount is constant mrwLRR_MO1
and decreases linearly up to the limit amount mrwLRR_MO0 back to the value zero. The
Drehzahlabregelungsfaktor mroABN is up to the speed limit mrwLRR_N1 constant one and
decreases linearly up to the speed limit mrwLRR_N0 to zero.
Description of the status bits olda the smooth-running control mroLRRegel:
Decimal Comment
0 LRR taxes
1 LRR rules
2 LRR inactive
19 April 2002 Overview - Smoothness controller DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3 exhaust gas recirculation
3.1 Survey
The exhaust gas recirculation system consists of five tasks together: the actual value calculation, the
Setpoint calculation, the scheme of parallel control and the surveillance and
Shutdown. In the Volume Select the amount to be used for aroM_Eroh is determined.
mrmFGR_roh
mroM_EBEGR
mrmM_EAKT
mrmM_EWUN
mrmSTART_B
dzmNmit
anmT_MOT
ehmFLD_DK
ECEC ...
aroAUS_B
Monitoring aroREG_B
and shutdown aroE
ldmADF ARF_06, ARF_07 ecmDK_zu
anmLTF nlmDK_zu
dzmNmit zmmDKTL
anmT_MOT zmmF_KRIT
armARF_AGL anmLTF
dzmUMDRsta mrmLDFUaus
zmmVEAKTIV dzmNmit
armM_E Setpoint armM_Lsoll

calculation Actuator 1: ehmFAR1
Quantity selection
ARF_02 Regulator Actuator 2: ehmFAR2
ARF_20
Actuator 3: ehmFAR3
ARF_03
mrmM_EAKT
mrmM_EWUNL aroRGsteu
mrmM_EWUNR
anmRME
Actual value armM_List Parallel

calculation Control
ARF_15 ARF_05
anmLMM ldmADF
ldmADF anmLTF
anmSTF dzmNmit
anmLTF anmT_MOT
dzmNmit armARF_AGL
armM_LBiT
ldmP_Llin
mrmM_EAKT
Figure ARF_01: structure of the exhaust gas recirculation
With the software switch cowFUN_ARF the exhaust gas recirculation is on or off (0 =
off, 1 = on)
19 April 2002 Exhaust gas recirculation - Overview DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.2 Quantity selection
mrmM_EAKT
mrmM_EWUNL aroM_Eroh
armM_E
mrmM_EWUNR
armM_ERME
cowARF_ME KL
arwRMEKL
anmRME_ON
anmRME
&
arwRMEHyA
arwRMEHyE
cowFUN_RME.0
Figure ARF_20: quantity selection
With the software switch cowARF_ME sets which fuel quantity signal is used
should be. The partial functions will still work armM_E with the crowd.
About cowFUN_RME.0 = 1, in recognition of RME fuel (anmRME_ON = 1) a

Correcting the fuel quantity signal by means of characteristic arwRMEKL.
The signal anmRME_ON is always calculated regardless of cowFUN_ARF.
Description of the software switch ARF - quantity input request cowARF_ME:
Decimal Comment
1 current injection quantity
2 Desired Amount of idle amount
3 Desired quantity raw + idle amount
DS / ESA Exhaust gas recirculation - quantity selection 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.3 Process value

Calculate the mass of air from the air volume:
arwHFP ...
dzmNmit ehmFAR1
ldmP_Llin ehmFAR2
anmSTF / anmLTF mrmSTART_B
mrmM_EWUNR anmWTF
ldmADF
mrmM_EAKT
fboSLDF
fboSADF
Normalized armRatio
fboSSTF
Air mass
fboSLTF
fboSDZG
arwLDF_nrm fboSLMM
arwPB_LTF fboSAR1
armIST_4 arwtNorm ... fboSAR2
fboSLDS
aroIST_1 aroIST_5
arwLMBNORM
Division by Plausibility
Averaging Speed and examination
anmLMM old + new Standardization fbbELM5_P
2
KL
arwHFP ...
arwLMBLIKL
arwFAR ...
cowV_LMM_S = 4 dzmNmit arwWTF ..
arwLMBEKOF arwLDF_hi
arwLMBEKTD arwM_E_hi
arwn_PB ...
arwLDF ...
ldmADF arwRat ...
anmLTF KF
arwLMBKOKF
armM_List
1 [Mg / stroke]
armM_LBiT
2
dzmNmit fboSLMM &

cowVAR_2HF
cowVAR_2HF = 1
ldmP_Llin KF
arwLMVGWKF
zmmHF2_DEF
>1
fboSHFM
&
arwKF_ena = 1
Figure ARF_15: air mass calculation from the analog value

DernachdemEinschaltenauftretendeFehlereinesnichtratiometrischen
Hot-film air mass meter (cowV_LMM_S = 1) is multiplicative means of the power-up correction
balanced. The power-up correction factor by means of the time constant and the arwLMBEKOF
arwLMBEKTD applied. The timer is started from the detection of the first speed> 0.
t
éöùaroIST _1 anmLMM *êarwLMBEKOF æ1-arwLMBEKOF *
ç÷
valid for all t <= arwLMBEKTD
èarwLMBEKTD ø ú
UEshut down in the application. For
For a cowV_LMM_S = 1 or 3, this correction has to be
cowV_LMM_S = 4, this power-up correction never been activated as the amount of air already linearized and
averaged in the air mass calculation is received.
19 April 2002 Exhaust gas recirculation - Process value DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The so-corrected input signals are linearized about the correction characteristic curve arwLMBLIKL.
After averaging with the previous measurement value, this value is divided by the rotational speed and
the normalization constant arwLMBNORM (= number of cylinders) to an air mass value per stroke
normalized:
12 éUù
émg UE kg UE 1ù1éhù êStroke ú
aroIST _ 5êArmist _ 4 ê ú ** ê*úêúú EU
ë Stroke
The normalized UEaroIST_5
size hûdzmNmit ëU / min û60
is a correction ëmin
factor andûarwLMBNORM
the air temperature
the atmospheric pressure on the map depends arwLMBKOKF corrected multiplicative.
3.3.1 Plausibility check of the air mass measurement

3.3.1.1 Normalized air mass
For systems with a boost pressure sensor and air temperature sensor ldmP_Llin anmSTF or anmLTF
after the boost pressure cooler, a replacement air mass can (normalized) from dzmNmit speed, current
Injection quantity mrmM_EAKT, boost pressure and air temperature ldmP_Llin anmSTF or anmLTF
are calculated and the measured by the HFM with the air mass flow armIST_4
Ratio to be set.
It is checked whether the armRatio ratio within an allowable tolerance band arwRatmin
and arwRatmax is, otherwise there is a sensitivity drift error fboSHFM ago.
armM_Lber
armRatio
dzmNmit
KL
arwLMnKL
ldmP_Llin
arwLDF_nrm aroT_Korr aroFakKorr
anmSTF aroKorrmp
anmLTF
KL
arwPB_LTF arwLMltfKL
arwtNorm
dzmNmit
mrmM_EAKT KF
arwLMmrKF
armIST_4
Figure ARF_21: Normalized air mass

3.3.1.2 plausibility check (OBD) of the sensitivity drift
The general condition for an examination of the sensitivity drift and error handling
are:
 no active EGR and throttle open:
arwFAR1_lo <= ehmFAR1 <= arwFAR1_hi
at least for the time arwtAR1AR2. When the condition for EGR or
Throttle valve is not satisfied, the dead time is reset.
 arwt_PBOBD the time since start dropping (since mrmSTART_B = 0) has expired.
DS / ESA Exhaust gas recirculation - Process value 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
 When engine is warm and not overheated:

arwWTF_lo <anmWTF <arwWTF_hi
 Vehicle is not at high altitude ldmADF> arwLDF_hi
 Injection quantity is not too large mrmM_EAKT <arwM_E_hi
 no error in the following components:
o fboSLDF
o fboSADF
o fboSSTF
o fboSLTF
o fboSDZG
o fboSLMM
o fboSAR1
o fboSAR2
o fboSLDS
 If one of these conditions are met, the error handling is stopped and the
Debounce reset, otherwise the general release condition is given.
&
DEAD TIME
arwtAR1AR2
mrmSTART_B 1
DEAD TIME
arwt_PBOBD
arwWTF_lo <anmWTF <arwWTF_hi
aroPB_ena.0
a &
ldmADF
arwLDF_hi a> b
b
a
mrmM_EAKT
arwM_E_hi a <b
b
fboSLDF = 0
fboSADF = 0
fboSSTF = 0
fboSLTF = 0
fboSDZG = 0
fboSLMM = 0
fboSAR1 = 0
fboSAR2 = 0
fboSLDS = 0
Figure ARF_22: plausibility check release

3.3.1.3 Sensitivity drift low
The conditions for an examination of the sensitivity drift low, and error handling are:

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
 the average motor speed is in the monitoring area

arwn_PBllo <dzmNmit <arwn_PBlhi
 the boost pressure is greater than a threshold
ldmP_Llin> arwLDFmin
 given general release aroPB_ena.0
otherwise, the error handling is stopped and reset the debounce times.
An error occurs if the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour
less than a threshold:
armRatio <arwRatmin
If the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour for the time armRatio
fbwEHFM_LA currently broken, so it will be recorded as faulty and the
Replacement functions are activated. The normalized air mass will continue to be valid
analyzed. If the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour for a
Time fbwEHFM_LB currently OK, so it will be finally saved and healed the
Substitute functions are withdrawn.
aroPB_ena.0
dzmNmit a
arwn_PBlhi a b
arwn_PBllo b
a
ldmP_Llin
arwLDFmin a> b
b
fbbEHFM_L
a
armRatio
arwRatmin a <b ENT
b Contusion
Stop error condition contusion fbbEHFM_LA

fbbEHFM_LB
Figure ARF_23: low sensitivity drift
3.3.1.4 Sensitivity drift high

The conditions for an examination of the sensitivity drift high and error handling are:
 the average motor speed is in the monitoring area
arwn_PBhlo <dzmNmit <arwn_PBhhi
 the boost pressure is less than an upper threshold
ldmP_Llin <arwLDFmax
 given general release aroPB_ena.0
otherwise, the error handling is stopped and reset the debounce times.
An error occurs if the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour
greater than a threshold:
armRatio> arwRatmin

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
If the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour for the time armRatio
fbwEHFM_HA currently broken, so it will be recorded as faulty and the
Replacement functions are activated. The normalized air mass will continue to be valid
analyzed. If the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour for a
Time fbwEHFM_HB currently OK, so it will be finally saved and healed the
Substitute functions are withdrawn.
aroPB_ena.0
dzmNmit a
arwn_PBhhi a b
arwn_PBhlo b
a
ldmP_Llin
arwLDFmax a b ENT
b Contusion
Stop error condition contusion fbbEHFM_HA

fbbEHFM_HB
Figure ARF_24: high sensitivity drift

3.3.1.5 Next plausibility check of the air mass
The air mass is checked for plausibility. If the speed is within a window
(ArwHFPNu <dzmNmit ≤arwHFPNo), the air temperature within arwHFPTu <anmLTF ≤
arwHFPTo, the boost pressure within arwHFPPu <ldmP_Llin ≤arwHFPPo and is not the ARF
active (arwHFPA.u ≤ehmFAR. ≤arwHFPA.o for all 3 ARF-actuators) is as if, for the time
fbwELM5_PA the condition air mass / stroke within a window (arwHFPMmin <
armM_List (without replacement function) ≤arwHFPMax) is not satisfied, a plausibility error. At
SRC error of LMM (fbbELMM_L, fbbELMM_H, fbbELM2_L, fbbELM2_H, fbbELM5_L,
fbbELM5_H) or defective DZG, LTF or LDF sensors (fboSDZG, fboSLTF, fboSLDF,
fboSLDP) can not be checked for plausibility.
For the BiTurbo control the air mass must be able to be detected in the two turbochargers strands.
In cowVAR_2HF = 2, the total air mass and the air mass in the second part is Loader strand detected. Is
built a part-HFM in each strand loader (cowVAR_2HF = 1), the total air mass from the need
Sum of the two air masses are formed.
EDC15C:
With a defective HFM (fboSLMM ≠0) and more than one installed HFM (cowVAR_2HF ≠0), the
Air mass of 2 HFM armM_LBiT used as a substitute value.
If in addition, the second HFM defective or are the two HFM implausible to each other are
about zmmHF2_DEF = 1 (see Chapter monitoring concept) both HFM to the same
Default value from the map arwLMVGWKF set.
all other systems:

In a defective HFM (fboSLMM ≠ZmmHF2_DEF 0 and cowVAR_2HF = 0) to one
set and used the air mass replacement value from the map arwLMVGWKF. The

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Replacement value is a model of speed and boost pressure dzmNmit ldmP_lin. Is the replacement value
is also accessed when fboSHFM is defective and arwKF_ena = 1.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.4 Setpoint calculation

zmmVEAKTIV
dzmNmit
armM_E KF
arwMLGRDKF aroSOLL_0
KF
arwVEGRDKF
cowV_AGL_A
1: Addition
2: Multiplication
armARF_AGL
CONTROLS
aroSOLL_1
arwSWBAGMX
arwSWBAGMN
KF
arwPAKORKF
cowV_ATK_A
1: Addition
2: Multiplication
ldmADF
KL aroSOLL_8
aroSOLL_2
arwPAKORKL
anmLTF KF
aroSOLL_3
arwTLKORKF
KL
arwMEKORKL
anmT_MOT KF
arwTWKORKF
KL
arwVEKORKL
aroSOLL_9
KF aroSOLL_4
arwTWVEKF
aroSOLL_12
KL
arwMLBkKL aroSOLL_13
mrmWH_POSb.1 or .3
dimBRE >1
dimBRK aroSOLL_6
DT1
aroSOLL_11
arwDV_
EGR adjustment in
the amount of starting aroSOLL_10 aroSOLL_5 armM_Lsoll
dzmUMDRsta
ldmADF ARF_17 CONTROLS
arwSWBSWMX
arwSWBSWMN
Figure ARF_02: Setpoint Calculation
19 April 2002 Exhaust gas recirculation - desired value calculation DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The target value of the exhaust gas recirculation is a function of rotational speed, amount of air temperature,
Engine temperature and atmospheric pressure. The maps and curves must in air mass /
Stroke are normalized. The default value is with quantity and speed armM_E dzmNmit from the
Basic characteristic field arwMLGRDKF determined (olda aroSOLL_0). With active pilot (only
VP44) zmmVEAKTIV = 1, the basic map arwVEGRDKF used.
The correction of this fundamental value is done in the following sizes:

- Balance value armARF_AGL (initialized with cowAGL_ARF) via diagnostic interface
limited by arwSWBAGMX and arwSWBAGMN (olda aroSOLL_1). The correction
can be done either multiplicative or additive (by DAMOS - switch
cowV_AGL_A: 1 = additive [unit mass of air], 2 = multiplicative [unitless])
-
Height correction of the characteristic times arwPAKORKL map arwPAKORKF, the
Correction can be done either multiplicative or additive (olda aroSOLL_2). (By means of
DAMOS - switch cowV_ATK_A: 1 = additive [unit air mass]
2 = multiplicative [unitless])
Ansauglufttemperaturkorrektur in dependence on the speed of the characteristic field
- arwTLKORKF, the correction is multiplicative (olda aroSOLL_3).
Engine temperature correction as a function of the speed and the amount of about
Map arwTWKORKF times characteristic arwMEKORKL, the correction is additive
-
(Olda aroSOLL_4). With active pilot (only VP44), the map is
arwTWVEKF and the characteristic arwVEKORKL used.
Speed correction via the characteristic arwMLBkKL (olda aroSOLL_12) is not actuated
Brake and shift lever of the automatic transmission is not in position N or P ((dimBRE
- OR OR dimBRK mrmWH_POSb.1 (s) or mrmWH_POSb.3 (P)) = 0), the corrected
Value in olda aroSOLL_13. This helps to reduce the Anfahrrauchens.
To reach operating temperature in the combustion chamber in the amount of the starting speed,
can the ARF rate for a motor temperature-dependent duration be adjusted.
The correction value aroSOLL_10 for the EGR setpoint is atmospheric pressure-dependent
- (LdmADF) is formed from the characteristic curve after the start of discharge and arwPSKORKL
(MrmSTART_B = 0), a motor temperature dependent (anmT_MOT) number of
Engine revolutions aroUMDRp long additive fed.
The number of engine revolutions since the start shedding delivers the message dzmUMDRsta.
This value is the engine temperature dependent threshold aroUMDRp from the characteristic
arwUMDRpKL compared. Upon reaching the threshold is just the current
Stored correction value and to zero over the ramp slope arwPSKRamp.
aroUMDRp
anmT_MOT
KL
arwUMDRpKL
a
a> b
dzmUMDRsta b
aroPSKW aroSOLL_10
ldmADF
KL
RAMP
arwPSKORKL
arwPSKRamp
Figure ARF_17: EGR adjustment in the amount of starting
DS / ESA Exhaust gas recirculation - desired value calculation 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The calculated setpoint is limited to the boundaries arwSWBSWMX and arwSWBSWMN. The
Setpoint aroSOLL_5 is in the dynamic feedforward arwDV_ .. with DT1 - Characteristics
processed (olda aroSOLL_6).
Setpoint _Feedforward KD * d(Setpoint )

dt
And large-signal behavior - separate parameters for small For the differential gain
stored. Within a window with small-signal differential gain, outside the
Window reckoned with large-signal differential gain. The setpoint - feedforward control is additive in
the setpoint armM_Lsoll a.
19 April 2002 Exhaust gas recirculation - desired value calculation DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.5 Regulator
Actuator 2:
ehmFAR2
arwFAR2MAX
Limit arwFAR2MIN
mrmLDFUaus zmmF_KRIT.4
cowARF_hys arwARF_var
nlmDK_zu ecmDK_zu
zmmDKTL.0
aroREG_4 >1
Hysteresis >1
dzmNmit
nlmDK_auf
armM_E
KF aro2ST1 aro2ST2
arw2ST_KF arwHYSEIN
arwHYSME arw2STAUS
arwHYSMA arwFAR2_MV
arwFAR2ab1
arwHYSAUS arwFAR2aus
arw2TVEIN arwFAR2_NL
arw2TVMIT
anmT_MOT arw2TVAUS
KF
arw2TW_KF
KF
aroPkorr
KF arwREG2KF
arw2LM_KF
aroAUS_B
aroREG_2 = 3
1
>1
anmLTF
aroLTF_aus aroREG_1
0
Hysteresis
arwHYSTein
arwHYSTaus
aroRGPAnt
aroRGIAnt aroRGpi aroTVunbeg
aroE
aroREG_3
armM_Lsoll
PI controller
armM_List
Limit
arwPR_ ...
arwIR_ ... arwGR_MAX
arwGR_MIN
aroRGsteu Integrator
aroRGst freeze
arwFAR1_MV
1 arwFAR1ab1
arwFAR1aus arwFAR1_NL
0 arw1HYSsch VGW 1 Actuator 1:

Hysteresis arwREGTVG1 ehmFAR1
arwREGIVG1
arw1HYS ... or
anwREGTVG1
arwREGIVG2
(At aroREG_2 = 3)
dzmNmit
KF
KL
arwREG1KF
arwREG1KL
KL
arwREG0KL
1
armM_E
aroREG_B
0
Hysteresis
Figure ARF_03: ARF-controller and the control of the AR3-amplifier
DS / ESA Exhaust gas recirculation - regulator 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.5.1 function while driving

The exhaust gas recirculation is adjusted with 3 different actuators. The actuator 1 is
regulated depending on the work area and controlled in parallel, only controlled or switched off. In the
Case arwARF_var = 0 This is also true for the actuator 2 The two manipulated variables and ehmFAR1
ehmFAR2 then hang in a manner analogous to the duty cycle of aroREG_1 and the speed
dzmNmit from. In the case arwARF_var = 1 the actuator 2 is dependent on the work area fully
switched on or off is controlled. The controller can continuously (cowARF_hys = 0)
or by a 3-hysteresis (cowARF_hys = 1).
Three different systems are used. The first actuator 1 is a

Exhaust gas recirculation valve and a throttle actuator 2, both controller continuously
be regulated (arwARF_var = 0). The second system only differs by a
Interchange of ARF valve and throttle valve. The third system (arwARF_var = 1) is reacted with
ehmFAR1 the exhaust gas recirculation valve is continuously controlled, and with a throttle valve ehmFAR2
controlled, which is optionally not used in the driving operation.
armM_E
Area 3
Range 1/3
(Hysteresis)
Area 1
arwREG1KL
Range of 0/1 (Hysteresis)
arwREG0KL
Range 0
dzmNmit
arwMEAB1KL
arwMEAB0KL
Figure ARF_04: working areas of the ARF
Range 0 (control switch-off in small amounts): aroREG_2 = 0

When the amount reaches a threshold of the speed-dependent characteristic curve or arwREG0KL
below, the ARF is controlled with aroRGsteu. In the case arwARF_var = 1 affects
aroRGsteu only ehmFAR1 for arwARF_var = 0 also ehmFAR2 (see area 1). The purpose of the pure
Control is hiring the right ARF rate despite the inaccuracy of the air-
quantitative measurement of small amounts of air. The scheme is only switched on when the
Injection amount armM_E a speed-dependent threshold of the characteristic arwREG1KL
exceeds.
The hysteresis arw1HYS ... and the shutdown of the PI controller over arwREG0KL can at
Output ehmFAR1 also a 2-point control with the control value aroRGst be achieved.
19 April 2002 Exhaust gas recirculation - regulator DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Area 1 (control with parallel control): aroREG_2 = 1

Increases the amount armM_E via the characteristic arwREG1KL, the Luftmassenistwert is
armM_List (see chapter "Input / Output Signals"), with a PI controller to the desired value
armM_Lsoll regulated. The fixed values .. arwIR_ apply for the I-and P parameters and arwPR_ ..
In the small-signal case are within the window arwIR_FEN and arwPR_FEN the reinforcements
arwIR_SIG and arwPR_SIG. In the large-signal case apply to the window over rising share
the deviation, the gains or arwIR_POS arwIR_NEG and arwPR_POS or
arwPR_NEG. Parallel to the PI controller is controlled. Control value aroRGst and PI controller output
aroRGpi are added and then limited. Output of the limiting element is the
Duty cycle aroREG_1.
On reaching the limit or arwGR_MAX arwGR_MIN the integrator of the PI controller is

frozen. When connecting the control (= transition from area 0 into area 1), the
Integrator preset with 0. When you turn the control (= transition from region 2 or 3 in
Area 1), the integrator with arwREGIVG1 or arwREGIVG2 (aroREG_2 = 3,
Shear mode) preset. The label must be applied arwREGIVG1 so large that the sum of
Integratorvorbelegung and current control value (arwREGIVG1 + aroRGst) undershoot
prevents the air mass at power, the label arwREGIV2 for low exhaust gas recirculation rates
a loader to prevent noise in transitions from the thrust.
In the case arwARF_var = 1 aroREG_1 directly and exclusively to the actuator ehmFAR1
output. The actuator is then driven through ehmFAR2 arw2ST_KF. Is cowARF_hys ≠
0, then the output value is still out on a Dreifachhysterese.
In the case arwARF_var = 0, the duty cycle aroREG_1 other hand, is on ehmFAR1 and ehmFAR2
distributed. The manipulated variable splitting is done via the linearization maps arwREG1KF and
arwREG2KF in dependence on the speed dzmNmit.
Area 2 (shutdown of the ARF-setter 1 with air temperature): aroREG_2 = 2

If the air temperature falls below the value anmLTF arwHYSTaus so ehmFAR1 is with
arwREGTVG1 applied. The manipulated variable ehmFAR2 shall not be affected. Increases the
Air temperature anmLTF again arwHYSTein on the value, so will be back in area 1
changed. This function can be used only useful if it is actuator 1
is the throttle valve and arwARF_var = 1.
Area 3 (shutdown of ARF): aroREG_2> = 3

Increases the amount armM_E via the characteristic arwMEAB1KL, or is another
Met shutdown condition, so be ehmFAR1 and ehmFAR2 with arwREGTVG1 or
arw2STAUS applied. These default values are to be applied so that the throttle valve fully
is opened and the exhaust gas recirculation valve is fully closed. Decreases the amount armM_E again
under the curve arwMEAB0KL, or the shutdown falls away again, then again in
Range 0 or 1 changed. The reversing valve is ehmFAR3 at shutdown of the ARF on the
Value arwREGTVG1 provided.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Application Notes:
In order to ensure a proper switch between the fields, it is necessary that the
Output values of the characteristic arwREG1KL larger than the output values of the characteristic
arwREG0KL. To prevent constant switching between the areas, it is advantageous
the two curves to be applied with a sufficiently large hysteresis.
The two maps arwREG1KF and arwREG2KF are coordinated with one another, that when
any speed the air volume increases approximately linearly with the manipulated variable aroREG_1
(ArwARF_var = 0). The parallel control can only be interpreted useful if the
Maps arwREG1KF and arwREG2KF are fixed.
Function when engine is switched off (caster, Ecomatic) or upon the occurrence of manifold vacuum:
As a measure to prevent the Abstellschlagens be in the wake and at a
Amount shutdown by the Ecomatic the two actuators ehmFAR1, 2 on the respective
administrable value arwFAR1ab1 or arwFAR2ab1 switch as soon nlmDK_zu or
ecmDK_zu has the value 1. Upon detection of manifold vacuum (mrmLDFUaus = 1), the
2 actuators ehmFAR1, 2 on each administrable value arwFAR1aus or arwFAR2aus
connected.
Intervention throttle test:

If requested by throttle test (zmmDKTL.0 = 1), then the two actuators
ehmFAR1-2 switched to the administered values arwFAR1_MV or arwFAR2_MV.
Intervention in case of error "solenoid valve stuck closed (zmmF_KRIT.4, only EDC15M):
When solenoid valve is stuck the two actuators ehmFAR1-2 are the same as for suction
pipe under pressure connected to the two administrable values arwFAR1aus or arwFAR2aus.
Intervention "to throttle" in the wake:

Through the interface message nlmDK_auf the throttle valve is opened in the wake
(NlmDK_auf = 1) and the actuators with values administrable arwFAR1_NL and
arwFAR2_NL driven.
Limit for ehmFAR2 (damper):

With the label arwFAR2MAX and arwFAR2MIN can limit the PWM duty cycle
for controlling the control valve (throttle) ehmFAR2 independently from the text
Encoder password predetermined values (5% to 95%) are applied. This can
Tatverhältnisse <5% and> 95% is spent.
19 April 2002 Exhaust gas recirculation - regulator DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
dzmNmit
aroST1 aroST2 aroRGsteu
armM_E KF
arwSTTVKF
aroARFAGL
armARF_AGL
CONTROLS KL
arwSWBAGMX arwMLTVKL
arwSWBAGMN
anmT_MOT KF
arwSTTWKF
ldmADF
aroPkorr
KF
anmLTF KF arwSTPAKF
mrwPKOR_KF
Figure ARF_05: Parallel control
The tax value aroRGsteu is a function of speed dzmNmit, quantity armM_E, engine tempera-
ture anmT_MOT, corrected atmospheric pressure aroPkorr and balance value armARF_AGL. The
Maps and characteristics must be normalized in duty ratios of the exhaust gas recirculation plate.
Is dzmNmit With the amount armM_E and the averaged speed of the base value from the
Map arwSTTVKF determined.
The correction of this fundamental value is done in the following sizes:

- Accept the adjustment diagnostic interface, limited by arwSWBAGMX and
arwSWBAGMN. This air flow correction value is in the characteristic arwMLTVKL
a duty cycle converted. The correction is additive.
-Correction of altitude map arwSTPAKF. The correction is additive.
-Engine temperature correction of the characteristic field arwSTTWKF. The correction is additive.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.6 Control of an EGR cooler bypass valve

The cooler of the exhaust gas recirculation is switched depending on the water temperature of the engine
be. At higher water temperatures is an electrical change-over valve (EUV) and
a vacuum unit, a bypass around the EGR cooler is turned off, that is, EGR cooling is
activated only when the engine is warm.
Over the two speed dependent characteristics arwEGRnEin and arwEGRnAus is the A-
or switch-off (air mass setpoint) of the hysteresis set. The EGR cooling is
be switched off when armM_Lsoll is <arwEGRnAus or anmWTF <arwEGRHyA. If
the ARF is turned applies the default value arw3STAUS.
arwEGRKein
arwEGRKaus Actuator 3:
ehmFAR3
aroWTF_aus arw3STAUS
anmWTF
>1 aroAUS_B
arwEGRHyE
arwEGRHyA
armM_Lsoll
aroML_aus
dzmNmit
KL
arwEGRnEin
KL
arwEGRnAus
Figure ARF_19: driving an EGR cooler bypass valve
19 April 2002Abgasrückführung - Control of an EGR cooler bypass valve DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.7 Monitoring and Shutdown
3.7.1 Monitoring of control error

dzmNmit
aroEmaxG
armM_Lsoll KF
arwEmaxGKF
aroEmaxF aroEmax
mrmM_EAKT KF
arwEmaxFKF
aroE <aroEmax aroEueb.0 fbbEARSnR

&
aroEmax> = arwEueAUS
DEAD TIME
aroAUS_B fbwEARSnRA
>1 aroEueb.2
aroLTF_aus
aroREG_B aroEueb.1 fbbEARSpR

&
aroE> aroEmax
DEAD TIME
fbwEARSpRA
Figure ARF_06: Monitoring of control error

Two characteristic diagrams (arwEmaxGKF and arwEmaxFKF) is a function of air mass
setpoint, speed and load a maximum allowable deviation aroEmax calculated with
the current control deviation aroE compared. Represents a time fbwEARSpRA a greater re-
trol error as aroEmax, so the control loop is determined to be defective. Represents a time
fbwEARSnRA a smaller deviation than - (aroEmax), so the loop is as
defect detected. This deactivation is irreversible in the driving cycle.
Application Note:
Each speed has its maximum and minimum amount of fresh air. The further the air mass setpoint
from these limits, the lower the allowable deviation applied
be. This allowable deviation is corrected with a load-dependent factor. At
large and small loads, so the monitoring of the control deviation to be adjusted.
DS / ESA Exhaust gas recirculation - Monitoring and Shutdown 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.7.2 Shutdown
The regulation or control of the ARF is switched off under the following conditions or
switched (description of the ARF status aroREG_2):
Decimal Comment
0 Taxes for small quantities
1 Regulate
2 Shutdown of the AR1 - Steller ehmFAR1 with air temperature
3 Shutdown with default value due to the overrun mode
4 Shutdown with default value (see olda cause aroAB_VGW1)
5 Shutdown due to throttle test
6 Overrun active - ARF shutdown
7 Manifold vacuum - ARF shutdown
8 "Throttle on" in the wake
9 Basic setting for LDR or ARF
The bit olda aroAB_VGW1 indicates the cause of the shutdown with default value 1:

0 1 Exceeding a threshold quantity
1 2 permanent deviation - (fbbEARSpR or fbbEARSnR)
3 8 Prolonged periods of engine idling -
(DzmNmit <arwREGNLL1 & t> arwREGTLL1)
in case of errors (see shutdown due to system errors)
4 16 Falls below the battery voltage threshold -
5 32 (AnmUBATT <arwREGUBAB)
Start condition
Shutdown after start
6 64 Exceeding the limit amount with FGR desired quantity
7 128 Boost pressure requirement
8 256 ADR-state "rules"
9 512
A 1024
19 April 2002 Exhaust gas recirculation - Monitoring and Shutdown DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
At a cut-off, the ARF is - valve closed with a default value. At

Occurrence of multiple causes displays the status with the higher ID on aroREG_2
and its action executed.
Cause: Status: Status:

(AroAB_VGW1.x) (AroREG_2) ehmFAR1 ehmFAR2 Bit olda
TAXES with TAXES with

0 aroRGSTEU arw2ST_KF
TAXES with
1 RULES arw2ST_KF aroREG_B = 1
OFF with TAXES with

Air temperature too low 2 arwREGTVG1 arw2ST_KF aroLTF_aus = 1
OFF with OFF with

Push operation 3 arwREGTVG1 arw2STAUS aroAUS_B = 1
Exceeding a threshold quantity

(Figure: ARF_09)
Control deviation too large

(Figure: ARF_06) 0
Longer engine idle 2

as time threshold
3
System error
(Illustrations: SYSFEHL1 and SYSFEHL2) 4
OFF with OFF with

Below a threshold UBatt 5 >1 4
arwREGTVG1 arw2STAUS
aroAUS_B = 1
At the start 6
After the start (Figure: ARF_11) 7
Exceeding the limit amount 8

(Figure: ARF_10)
9
Boost pressure requirement
(Figure: ARF_16) A
ADR-state "rules"
AND cowFUN_ADR.3 = 1
(Figure: ARF_18)
OFF with OFF with
Throttle test 5 arwFAR1_MV arwFAR2_MV aroAUS_B = 1
In the wake 6 OFF with OFF with aroAUS_B = 1

arwFAR1ab1 arwFAR2ab1
Manifold vacuum 7 OFF with OFF with aroAUS_B = 1

arwFAR1aus arwFAR2aus
"Throttle on" in the wake 8 OFF with OFF with aroAUS_B = 1

arwFAR1_NL arwFAR2_NL
Basic setting LDR or ARF 9 OFF with OFF with aroAUS_B = 1

arwREGTVG1 arw2STAUS
Figure ARF_07: Shutdown

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Shutdown at a set threshold is exceeded:

As a reference quantity for shutting down or restarting the ARF can with cowFUN_RME.1 =
Between 1 and armM_E aroM_ERME upon detection of RME fuel (anmRME_ON = 1)
be selected.
If the amount is greater than a threshold from the characteristic arwMEAB1KL = f (n) is then
ARF is turned off. If the amount is less than the threshold again from the characteristic
arwMEAB0KL is, the ARF may be switched on again.
If the amount exceeds the threshold arwMEAB2KL positive amount tendency, a timer is
started with the runtime aroTi_abKL. If the timer expires and aroTi_Ein still the same
one, the ARF is turned off. Only when the amount is less than arwMEAB2KL that ARF
switched on again.
Where the quantity threshold arwMEAB2KL while the timer is running, the timer is
stopped and reset, and the ARF remain on.
armM_E
armM_ERME
a aroTi_Ein &
a> b
anmRME_ON b
TIMER
& KL
cowFUN_RME.1 arwMEAB2KL
aroTi_Ab
dzmNmit
KL
arwTi_abKL
Status:
aroREG_2 = 4
>1
(AroAB_VGW1.0)
KL
arwMEAB0KL
KL
arwMEAB1KL
Figure ARF_09: exceeding a threshold quantity

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Shutdown in excess of the limitation amount:

If the request unlimited amount FGR mrmFGR_roh greater than the limiting amount
mroM_EBEGR, there is a shutdown of the ARF. Is mrmFGR_roh + mrwFGR_OFF less than
mroM_EBEGR, the ARF is again turned on. Since the ARF over armM_List directly into the
Limiting amount of cuts in, by means of this measure allows a greater FGR area.
Status:
aroREG_2 = 4
mrmFGR_roh
(AroAB_VGW1.8)
mrwFGR_OFF
mroM_EBEGR
Figure ARF_10: Exceeding the limit amount
Shutdown after start:

A motor-temperature-dependent time (characteristic arwANSTWKL) to start shedding remains the ARF
off.
anmT_MOT
KL
arwANSTWKL
Status:
aroREG_2 = 4
mrmSTART_B
(AroAB_VGW1.7)
t <arwANSWt
Figure ARF_11: shutdown after start

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Shutdown at boost pressure requirement:

In the partial load range, the exhaust gas recirculation is fast at high positive desired quantity change
are closed to allow a fast charging pressure buildup. To fast
Close the loading shovels until after shutdown of the ARF allow, the LDR-TV is
frozen. The work area is defined by a speed and volume range
(ArwABdzu, arwABdzo and arwABmeu, arwABmeo). Only when the valve is relatively wide open
the shutdown done (ehmFAR1 <arwAB_TV). Find in this operating range, a strong
Increasing the LDR TV instead of (change greater arwABldmax) of a positive
Caused lot of wishful (mrmM_EWUN> arwABwunmx), then takes the
Shutdown. The shutdown is arwABmint after each trip at least for the time
remain off. Find a shutdown instead, then the triggering, the LDR
TV output for an applicable time frozen (TV before the rise), at this time is
ldmVZ_akt = 1 The freezing time is dependent on the average speed (characteristics
ldwVZDZ_KL) and the ARF-TV (characteristic ldwVZAR_KL) before the shutdown. With a
applied from 0 the function is not executed. The freeze only once
started only after the release of the LDR-screen TVs, the function is triggered again.
a
ehmFLD_DK d / dt
a> b
PT1 b
arwABldPT1
arwABldmax
a
dzmNmit
arwABdzu a> b
b
a b & aroREG_2 = 4
b >1
arwABwunmx (AroAB_VGW1.9)
a
mrmM_EAKT
arwABmeu a> b TIMER
b
arwABmint
a <b
arwABmeo b
arwAB_TV
b
ldmVZ_akt
aroREG3pt1 a <b
ehmFAR1 a
TIMER
PT1
arwABarPT1
KL
ldwVZAR_KL
dzmNmit
KL
ldwVZDZ_KL
Figure ARF_16: shutdown at boost pressure requirement

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Shutdown at work speed control:

Is the work speed control is in the "rules" (mrmADR_SAT = 3) and bit 3 of
Software cowFUN_ADR switch is set, the EGR is switched off.
Status:
cowFUN_ADR.3 aroREG_2 = 4
& (AroAB_VGW1.A)
mrmADR_SAT == 3
Figure ARF_18: shutdown work speed control
Basic setting for LDR:

As long as the basic setting for LDR is active, the ARF must be turned off.
Basic setting for ARF
With default setting for ARF ARF shut-off is activated on one hand, so that the
Integrator when restarting is initialized properly and therefore the error condition contusion in
Control deviation is stopped. On the other hand, all three actuators ehmFAR1, ehmFAR2 and
ehmFAR3 driven by the basic setting.
Overrun active:
As long as the follower is active and sets the ARF actuators on default values must ARF
be turned off.
Manifold vacuum:
If manifold vacuum occurs, the ARF are set actuators on default values and the
ARF must be turned off.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
3.7.3 Monitoring the status line

The control valve is to be monitored in their function. This requires the status line
the damper evaluate. The control valve is an intelligent control element, the internal
Malfunctions on a status line signals. If an internal error occurs, it activates the
Damper the status line and goes into the predetermined, open position.
Monitoring the function of the status line:

After a K15 an edge change from LOW to HIGH must be recognized on the status line
(See Figure ARF_12). If the line is beginning to HIGH or LOW or too long
then long enough in the high state, the status line to be defective
accepted. Does the status line to be defective, the error bit is set fbbEAR1_S.
Monitoring the function of the damper:

Is the function of the control flap ensures may by a defect in the control flap
be monitored. If the line is HIGH, the damper is considered to be in order. Is the line
LOW, then the damper is considered defective. Depending on the error fbbEAR1_S is
set or cleared.
dimRKSTAT
HIGH
LOW
≤ ≥ fbwEAR1_DA fbwEAR1_DB

t
Figure ARF_12: waveform of status line dimRKSTAT

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
edmSTAUSNL = 1
Start of follow-up?
yes
No edmSTAUSNL = 0
00 dimRKSTAT = 1
Start arwRK_LT
First digital value
available
dimRKSTAT = 0
arwRK_LT
04 01 expired FF
Delay Waiting for Status line
arwt_noSTL High defective
dimRKSTAT = 1
02 dimRKSTAT = 0
High level
wait
arwRK_HT
expired
dimRKSTAT = 0
10 20
Control flap Control flap
"Good" "Defective"
dimRKSTAT = 1
Figure ARF_13: monitoring states of the status line in aroRKSTAT
Initialization:
If, because of "K15 A" through an initialization, it must then slide the status line
to be checked. If the caster canceled by "K15 A" before the HRL had fallen
(EdmSTAUSNL = 1) is administered after a delay time arwt_noSTL only
Supervised control valve and verify the line performed (note: since the
Status line is not checked, can not "tested" state for fbbELDK_S achieved
be).
00H - Waiting for the first digital value:

Since the digital values are not in the initialization is available, can be checked here first
be whether the status line is really LOW. If this is the case, then the first time
started arwRK_LT and waited for the change of edge. If the line is HIGH, then it is
defective and it will be changed to the state FF.
01H - Waiting for the first digital value:

Waiting for the edge change from LOW to HIGH. Runs before the time arwRK_LT
from, the line is considered defective and it will be changed in the state FF. If the state
is HIGH, is started at the time arwRK_HT and switched to the state 02. The smallest
adjustable time is 20ms, would as a time of 0 to a high level match from the start
and thus a faulty status line is detected. Also, must the LOW level at the
Rest status line at least 150ms, because as long as takes an initialization and are thus
only the values that are then on the line. Why has a set time arwRK_LT = 0
the same effect as arwRK_LT = 20ms.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
02H - Waiting for the end of the test sequence:

It is a time arwRK_HT serviced. During this time, it may by at any level change
LOW come. If this occurs but on, the status line is considered defective and it is in the state
FF switched. But If the time expires, the error is reported and fbbEAR1_S well in the
State 10 is switched and the status line is therefore considered functional.
04H - delay due to start from Trail:

The monitoring of the control flap is suspended for the time arwt_noSTL unwanted
To avoid error messages due to the SG-initialization.
10H - control flap in order:

Is the level on line LOW, then is switched to the state 20, as a defect
is signaled. Otherwise, the damper is considered good, and the error fbbEAR1_D is good
reported.
20H - control flap in order:

Is the HIGH level on the line, then it is switched to the state 10, as no defect
is signaled. Otherwise, the control valve is considered defective and the error is fbbEAR1_D
defect reported.
FFH - Status line defective:

The status line is considered defective. Therefore, the error is reported fbbEAR1_S defective. For this
State is switched over in no other state.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
4 boost pressure control
4.1 Overview
The boost control is the regulation or control of an exhaust gas turbocharger with waste -
Gate as well as a charger with variable turbine geometry (VTG - Loader) used.
When controlling an exhaust gas turbocharger with waste - gate the actuator is a bypass valve, by
which can be guided by the exhaust gas flow to the turbine or the turbine. In the
Controlling a VTG - charger serves as an actuator, the variable turbine geometry.
The boost control is divided into setpoint calculation, wastegate, boost pressure control,
controlled adaptation of the control parameters and monitoring and shutdown.
mrmVERB Controlled adaptation
dzmNmit the control parameters
mrmM_EAKT fgm_VzuN LDR_06
mrmM_EWUNL
mrmM_EWUNR
P gain
MAX I gain
mrmM_EMOT ldmADF D gain
anmLTF DT1 memory LDME
dzmNmit factor
cowLDR_ME anmWTF
ldoRG_TVun ldoRG_TV
zmmLDRsoK ldoRG_TV2 ldoRG_TV2
Setpoint ehmFLD_DK
ldmP_Lsoll Loader noise Monitoring
calculation Control suppression ehmFLS2
LDR_03 LDR_04 LDR_04a and shutdown
LDR_07
ldmP_Llin
ldmADF dzmNmit
dzmNmit mrmM_EAKT
mrmVERB ldoTVsteu anmWTF
fgm_VzuN mrmSTART_B
ldmVZ_akt
ldmM_E zmmDKTL
ldmLDRSTAT
FBOs ...
ldmADF
ECEC ...
anmLTF
dzmNmit Control
mrmM_EAKT
mrmM_EWUNL LDR_05
mrmM_EWUNR
Figure LDR_01: Structure of the boost pressure control
With the software switch cowFUN_LDR you switch the boost control on / off (0 =
off, 1 = on). Simultaneously with the software switch cowVAR_LDR = 8
LDS - final stage activated, deactivated with cowVAR_LDR = 0.
With the software switch cowLDR_ME does one determine which uses fuel quantity signal
should be. The partial functions will still work ldmM_E with the crowd. Switch position 4 uses the
Desired amount for a quick response of the supercharger and the engine size to the
Boost pressure reduction delay and thus to prevent snarling of the loader.
Description of the software switch LDR - quantity input request cowLDR_ME:
Decimal Comment
4 Maximum amount of engine and desired quantity raw + idle amount
19 April 2002 Charge pressure control - Overview DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
4.2 Generation of setpoint

dzmNmit
ldoSWPLGKF
ldmM_E KF
ldwSWBGKF
anmWTF ldoSW_TW
anmLTF
KF
cowWTF_LTF ldwTW_KF
ldoSWTW_K0
KF
ldwTWGRDKF ldoSWPL_K0
ldoSWPA_K1
ldmADF KF
ldwPAUEKF ldoSWPL_K1
ldoSWTL_K2
anmLTF
KL
ldwTLUEKL ldoSWPL_K2
ldoSWPLBEG
ldoSWPLMAX MIN
KF
ldwMXWKF
ldoSWDYANT
DT1
ldwSDV_
ldoSWP_L ldmP_Lsoll
CONTROLS
ldwSWBLDMX
ldwSWBLDMN
Figure LDR_03: Setpoint Education
The absolute or relative boost pressure from the target map ldwSWBGKF depending
formed by dzmNmit speed and amount ldmM_E. Whether the applied field in the desired characteristic
Boost pressure setpoint an absolute pressure or a positive pressure relative to the atmospheric pressure is
depends on the switch position cowLDR_R_A.
To minimize noise, the boost pressure setpoint temperature dependence is corrected additively.
About the switch cowWTF_LTF is either the water temperature or the anmWTF
AnmLTF air temperature used for correction. The correction value from the basic characteristic map
ldwTWGRDKF calculated, the output value of water temperature-dependent with the
Weighting factor from the characteristic diagram is calibrated ldwTW_KF. The thus obtained
Correction value can be increasing, decreasing and act on the charging pressure setpoint.
DS / ESA Charge pressure control - Generation of setpoint 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Depending on the atmospheric pressure and quantity ldmADF ldmM_E an additive takes place
Correction, which is formed on the map ldwPAUEKF. Depending on the
Air temperature anmLTF is a multiplicative correction factor on the characteristic ldwTLUEKL
formed.
This value is limited to a maximum. The maximum is from the dependence

Atmospheric pressure ldmADF and the speed dzmNmit calculated from the map ldwMXWKF.
The reference is in a dynamic feedforward control with DT1 - processed characteristics.
Setpoint feedforward KD * d(Setpoint )

dt
And large-signal behavior - separate parameters for small For the differential gain
stored (ldwSDV_). If the input signal change within a window with
Small-signal differential gain, outside is expected to be large-signal differential gain. The
Selection of the memory factor takes place due to the sign of the output signal.
The result represents the dynamic setpoint portion dar. This proportion is the previously designated
Nominal value added.
The set point is thus formed to the minimum value to the maximum value and ldwSWBLDMN
ldwSWBLDMX limited.
19 April 2002 Charge pressure control - Generation of setpoint DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
4.3 Control
DT1 memory factor

D gain
LDME ldoRGDAnt
DT1
cowLDR_ARW
ldwDR_NEX ldoIFRZ.0
2
1
P gain
I gain
ldoRGPAnt
ldoRGIAnt
ldoRGPITV
back-a- a-
ldmP_Lsoll freeze expected freeze
PI Limitation and ARW
ldoRG_TVUB
ldmP_Llin
ldoRG_TVun
ldmADF
CONTROLS
Monoflop
TIMER
>1
ldwRGDELt
cowLDR_R_A
ldoRGSunv
ldmM_E
dzmNmit aa ldmGLTV
b
KL
b
ldwREG0KL
2
cowVAR_BiT.0
KL
ldwREG1KL ldoRG_TV2
ldoTVsteu
CONTROLS
mrmVERB
dzmNmit ldoGRmin
fgm_VzuN
KL
ldwGRminKL
cowLDR_BEG
ldoGRmax
KL
ldwGRmaxKL
Figure LDR_04: wastegate
DS / ESA Charge pressure control - control 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The wastegate is a bypass - realize controller, ie - PI the tax value ldoTVsteu the
Manipulated variable of the PI - controller ldoRGPITV added. Parallel to the PI - controller and control is
still a DT1 - regulator. Since the VTG - Loader, the controlled system during operation
changed, there will be a controlled adaptation of the control parameters. The control parameters are of
the deviation LDME and dzmNmit from consumption mrmVERB or of the speed or
from the transition fgm_VzuN dependent. Monitoring the engagement of the control switches and the
Control of certain system faults and outputs setting values to the actuator. The
Boost pressure ldmP_Llin (= filtered value anmLDF) is by specifying the desired pressure
ldmP_Lsoll by PIDT1 - controlled controller with parallel control. The control remains in
small amounts off.
The scheme is only switched on when the amount a speed-dependent threshold of the
Exceeds characteristic ldwREG1KL. Share initialized with zero - When the I is.
If, when the controller is switched to a deviation, the P produced - share a crack at
Output.
D - controller is turned on, that its output is zero immediately after the switching.
The control is switched off, if the amount of a speed-dependent threshold of the
LdwREG0KL characteristic reaches or falls below. Laying down the wiring after the Hsyterese
The timer ensures that the switching of rules after tax by the time ldwRGDELt
is delayed. Each negative edge starts the timer and the timer provides as output signal
as long as high until the timer expires. The instantaneous value of the hysteresis is on the
Olda ldoRGSunv shown. Turning the control is, however, without delay, if
the amount exceeds the threshold of the speed-dependent characteristic ldwREG1KL. In
Off the duty cycle at the output will change by leaps and bounds, because the manipulated variable of the
PIDT1 - controller will no longer be added. If the controller is switched off, shall not
Monitoring instead of the control deviation (S.U.).
To perform the loader balance, the duty cycle at the output of the boost pressure control is
before the boundary changed by the engagement of the bi-turbo scheme. In cowVAR_BiT.0 = 0
both boost pressure plates are driven with the same duty cycle. With activated
BiTurbo control the duty cycle for the first Boost pressure plate to ldmGLTV / 2
(Loader balance value) decreases and the duty cycle for the 2nd Boost pressure plate to ldmGLTV / 2
increased.
Application Note: For a real one - to ensure and off the control, it is
necessary for the output value of the characteristic ldwREG1KL for all speeds is greater than the
Initial value of the characteristic ldwREG0KL. To start ups - to avoid and off, is
it is convenient, the two curves with a correspondingly large hysteresis to
apply. Be controller ldoRGPITV - The tax value ldoTVsteu and the output of the PI
added and limited by the characteristics ldwGRmaxKL and ldwGRminKL. Upon reaching the
Limit, there are three ways the integrator treatment:
cowLDR_ARW = 0: ARW (Anti reset windup) by recalculation of the integrator: In

Limitation is the I - share as calculated back that ldoTVsteu + ldoRGPITV exactly at the
Limit is.
cowLDR_ARW = 1: ARW by freezing of the integrator: When the upper limit

ldoGRmax the integrator may not be increased - ie its value is frozen. The
Integrator may also be reduced when the control input is negative and at the same time
upper limit is exceeded. The same applies in reverse when reaching the lower limit
ldoGRmin.
19 April 2002 Charge pressure control - control DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
cowLDR_ARW = 2: ARW by freezing of the integrator 2: When the upper limit

ldoGRmax the integrator may not be increased - ie its value is frozen
(LdoIFRZ (.0) = 1). Freezing of the integrator is only reversed (ldoIFRZ (.0) = 0),
when the boost pressure falls or is greater than the target value.
After addition of the D - proportion is again a limitation by the characteristics ldwGRmaxKL

and ldwGRminKL instead. It takes place on this no - ARW measure.
Through the software switch cowLDR_R_A can be selected if an absolute pressure control
to be taken or a relative pressure control. An absolute pressure control represents the absolute
Pressure ldmP_Lsoll one in the intake manifold. A relative pressure control adjusts the pressure to atmospheric
relative excess pressure in the intake manifold. The actual value for the controller is given by ldmP_Llin -
anmADF, the setpoint is a pressure value.
Description of the software switch type of pressure control cowLDR_R_A:
Decimal comment
0Absolutdruckregelung (actual value = boost)
1Relativdruckregelung (actual value = boost pressure - atmospheric pressure)
Description of DAMOS - limit switch of the controller output cowLDR_BEG:
Decimal Comment
0 on consumption
1 on the rotational speed
2 about the course

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
4.3.1 loader noise suppression
ldmSWPLBEG (t-1)
ldmSWPLBEG
a
ldoLGU_STA.0
a> b
ldwLGU_LDG
b
ldoLGU_STA.2
&
a
mrmM_EMOT DELAY
a> = b ldwLGU_DLY
b ldoLGU_STA.1
dzmNmit
KL
ldwLGUMEKL
ldoRG_TV
ldoRG_TVun
PT1
ldwLGU_GF
Figure LDR_04a: loader noise suppression
In train-slide transitions in large programs, it is especially for large compressors to a

disturbing noise ("hiss") when at low engine speeds, the boost pressure to quickly
is reduced.
Therefore, in a large quantity and low speed (about characteristic ldwLGUMEKL,

ldoLGU_STA.1 = 1), the gradient of the boost pressure setpoint value monitored. If strong negative values
(<LdwLGU_LDG) to (ldoLGU_STA.0 = 1), the controller output is ldoRG_TV (from
ldoRG_TVun) for a short time (ldwLGU_DLY) PT1-filtered (ldwLGU_GF). Thus, a
avoided to rapid opening of VTG, which "hiss" can be reliably prevented.
19 April 2002 Charge pressure control - control DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
4.4 Control
cowLDR_MS
mrmM_EAKT
mrmM_EWUNL ldoM_Est
mrmM_EWUNR
dzmNmit
KF
ldwTV_KF ldoTV1
ldmADF KF
ldwTVPAKF ldoTV2
ldoTVsteu
anmLTF
KL
ldwTVTLKL
Figure LDR_05: boost pressure control
Description of the software switch quantity input for control cowLDR_MS:
Decimal Comment
The structure for the calculation of the taxable value ldoTVsteu is partially identical with the structure for
Setpoint calculation. The maps and curves have the same input signals. It is
analogous to what is described in the chapter setpoint calculation (see above).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
4.5 Adaptation of the control parameters

mrmVERB
dzmNmit P gain
fgm_VzuN
KL
ldwPRfakKL
cowLDR_ADA
Switching to
LDME Dependence of
the control deviation
ldwPR_ ...
I gain
KL
ldwIRfakKL
Switching to
LDME Dependence of
ldwIR_ ...
D gain
KL
ldwDRfakKL
Switching to
LDME Dependence of
ldwDR_ ...
DT1 memory factor
KL
ldwDR_gfKL
Figure LDR_06: Controlled adaptation of the control parameters
The charge pressure is with a PIDT1 - controlled regulator. Apply here to the I -, P - and D -
Parameters fixed values ldwIR_ .., .. ldwPR_ or ldwDR_ ...
For small-signal within the window ldwIR_FEN and ldwPR_FEN the gains are
ldwIR_SIG and ldwPR_SIG. For large signal apply to the excess of the window
Controller input values, the gains or ldwIR_POS ldwIR_NEG and ldwPR_POS or
ldwPR_NEG. For the DT1 - link the fixed values ldwDR_ .. apply to the D - gain. It
there is a D - controller with a dynamic feedforward control with DT1 -
Description: for the differential amplification are separate parameters for small - and
Large-signal behavior stored. Within a window (ldwDR_FEN, ldwDR_FEP) is with
Small-signal differential gain (ldwDR_SIP, ldwDR_SIN), outside of the window with
Large-signal differential gain (ldwDR_POS, ldwDR_NEG) expected.
19 April 2002 Charge pressure control - adaptation of the control parameters DS / ESA
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Due to the VTG - loader, the control system changes during operation, so that a
controlled adaptation of the control parameters is required. Therefore, the I -, P - and D -
Gain of PIDT1 - each with a controller multiplied by three factors. The three factors
be determined by means of characteristic curves. Input size of these curves is either the
MrmVERB consumption, the speed dzmNmit or going fgm_VzuN. With the DAMOS -
CowLDR_ADA switch can be selected whether the factor of consumption, speed of
to or dependent on the transition.
Description of DAMOS - switch adaptation of the controller gains cowLDR_ADA:
Decimal Comment
0 on consumption
1 on the rotational speed
2 about the course
The P - reinforcements ldwPR_SIG, ldwPR_POS and ldwPR_NEG be by the factor from the
Characteristic Line ldwPRfakKL multiplied. The multiplication result is the current P - gain
the PIDT1 - controller. The I - reinforcements ldwIR_SIG, ldwIR_POS and ldwIR_NEG be with
the factor from the characteristic line ldwIRfakKL multiplied. The multiplication result is the current
I - gain of PIDT1 - controller. The D - reinforcements ldwDR_SIP, ldwDR_POS,
ldwDR_SIN and ldwDR_NEG be the factor of the characteristic line ldwDRfakKL
multiplied. The multiplication result is the current D - gain of PIDT1 - controller.
The memory factor is interpolated from the characteristic ldwDR_gfKL. Again, with the
DAMOS - switch cowLDR_ADA as an input variable of the characteristic either the consumption
mrmVERB, the speed dzmNmit or going fgm_VzuN be used.
DS / ESA Charge pressure control - adaptation of the control parameters 19 April 2002
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
4.6 Shutdown
Shutdown
anmWTF because of ldmBereich = 7
mrmSTART_B Cold start
LDR_10
ldmBereich = 1 >1
dzmNmit <ldwREGN1
dzmNmit Shutdown
mrmM_EAKT ldmBereich = 5wegen zmmDKTL.1
fbbELDSpR Deviation
fbbELDSnR
ldmBereich = 8
ldm LDRSTAT = 1
fbbELDSpR
>1
fbbELDSnR
& >1
ldmBereich <> 3
ldm ldm
LDRSTAT = 1LDRSTAT = 1
Shutdown
FBOs ... because of
ECEC ... System error
ldmBereich = 6
SYS_FEHL
ldoRG_TV
ehmFLD_DK
ldwREGVGW2
ldwREGVGW1
ldwDKvgwLD
ehmFLS2
ldoRG_TV2
ldmVZ_akt
Figure LDR_07: Monitoring and Shutdown

In the partial load range, the exhaust gas recirculation is fast at high positive desired quantity change
are closed to allow a fast charging pressure buildup. To fast
Close the loading shovels until after shutdown of the ARF allow, the LDR-TV is
frozen (ldmVZ_akt = 1). Otherwise, would an early closing of the loader buckets
Exhaust stream press briefly through the exhaust gas recirculation.
19 April 2002 Charge pressure control - shutdown DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The shutdown of the boost pressure control system depends on the operating condition ldmBereich from (Workspace
see Figure LDR_08):
Operating condition ldmBereich

Work Measure Measure at Monitoring Healing of RA
area constant RA on RA
0 0Steuerung nachldwREGVGW2 no
Maps no
1 1ldwREGVGW1ldwREGVGW1
2 2RegelungldwREGVGW2 no no
3 3RegelungRegelung no no
4 4RegelungldwREGVGW2 yes yes
5 4ldwREGVGW2 in respect of permanent RA yes no
6-ldwREGVGW2 due to system error no no
7-ldwREGVGW1 for cold start no no
8-ldwDKvgwLD for throttle test no no
(Has the highest switch-off priority) no no
The data ldwREGVGW1 and ldwREGVGW2 are default values for the drive duty
the boost pressure actuator. Share with ldwREGIVG1 - When you turn the controller off I will
or ldwREGIVG2 initialized. The initialization ldwREGIVG1 and ldwREGIVG2 are only
useful if no parallel control is applied. In this case the two values are
usually applied with the same values as ldwREGVGW1 and ldwREGVGW2. Are
but the maps for the parallel control as applied to ldwREGIVG1 and
ldwREGIVG2 be applied with zero.
Due to the load, the boost pressure control with the data ldwREGN1, ldwREGN2 and
ldwREGN3 and ldwREGME3 and ldwREGME4 and by the hysteresis characteristics
(Functions of ldmM_E) ldwREG0KL and ldwREG1KL divided into five work areas. This
Data represent thresholds for the averaged speed dzmNmit and the amount mrmM_EAKT is:
mrmM_EAKT
ldwREGN1 ldwREGN2 ldwREGN3 Limiting amount
1 2 3 4
ldwREG1KL
ldwREG0KL
ldwREGME4
ldwREGME3
dzmNmit
Figure LDR_08: Workspaces
DS / ESA Charge pressure control - shutdown 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
If the boost pressure control in the work areas 0,2,3 or 4 and no deviation, so
means that the charge pressure control regulates or controls while driving. In the Message
ldmRGST is provided this information other functions.
fbbELDSpR
>1 1
fbbELDSnR
ldmBereich = 0
& ldmRGST
ldmBereich = 2 >1 >1
ldmBereich = 4
ldmBereich = 3
Figure LDR_11: Message ldmRGST
4.6.1 Shutdown due to constant control deviation

The boost control is dependent on the work area, by steady-state error
off. (Steady-state error, see chapter "Monitoring concept").
4.6.2 Shutdown due to cold start
dzmNmit> ldwN_Abs
anmWTF
KL
ldwKSTWKL
ldoN_Abs
&
mrmSTART_B
DEAD TIME ldoRG_BER = 7
>1
Figure LDR_10: shutdown due to cold start
When starting from cold (ldmBereich = 7) a shutdown occurs by setting the duty cycle
ldwREGVGW1. Cold start is during startup (mrmSTART_B = 1) and also a
applicable time after the start of discharge, but only when the speed threshold ldwN_Abs
is exceeded. This maximum break time (ldoKSTWt) is water temperature dependent
(Characteristic ldwKSTWKL) and with the water temperature at the time of anmWTF
Start shedding determined.
19 April 2002 Charge pressure control - shutdown DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5 Other Features
5.1 glow time
5.1.1 Glühkerzenansteuerung
gsmDIA_GAZ 2 Generation 3 Generation
ehmFGRS ehmFGRS
Incandescent Main glow Main glow
display
cowVAR_GS
cowVAR_GA K> 0
Z
gsoGS_TVx
TIMER
gswGS_ ...
>1 >1
&
gsoGS_TV4
gsoGS_t1
gsoGS_tGAZ
1 Motor standstill gswTV4_KF gswGS_t1KL

gswUB_NgswUB_
.. .. KF KL
gswGAZ_KL
KL
>1
cowVAR_GS
cowVAR_GS
K = 1K = 2 zmmSYSERR.
cowVARSGT
gswGS_SGTV
3 mrmM_EAKT
anmUBATT anmT_MOT Preheating Ready- Afterglow
Start annealing Intermediate V anmT_MOT
nomic glow glow dzmNmit
Figure SONSGZ01: Glühkerzenansteuerung
19 April 2002 Other Features -Glow time DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Control of the glow indicator:

About the variant cowVAR_GAZ switch, regardless of the actual preheating time a
applied any control period in the motor temperature dependent characteristic gswGAZ_KL
be. About the Batteriespannungshysterese gswUB_ .. or if any useful speed
present (zmmSYSERR.3 is set), the glow indicator is turned off.
Selection of Glühkerzengeneration:
cowVAR_GSK = 0 GSK 2
cowVAR_GSK = 1 GSK 3, Bosch Product
cowVAR_GSK = 2 GSK 3, competitor product
Glühkerzenansteuerung, 2 Generation (cowVAR_GSK = 0):

About the Batteriespannungshysterese gswUB_ .. or if any useful speed is present
(ZmmSYSERR.3 is set), the relays are switched off.

Control in
Dependence of
Battery voltage
gswUB_S2
0
anmUBATT
gswUB_S1
Control in dependence of the battery voltage
1: Controlling allowed
0: Controlling not allowed
Figure SONSGZ07: Batteriespannungshysterese GSK 2

At motor standstill all except Glühphasen ago - and is ready to start glow off.
The glow relay will be in low and middle glow only after a delay time
gswGS_T_1G driven.
 Glühkerzenansteuerung, 3 Generation (cowVAR_GSK ≠0) The control in the

Preheating phase consists of three areas:
- In area 1, the glow plugs with the duty ratio gswGS_TV1 be for the period
gsoGS_t1 (be applied in the motor temperature dependent characteristic gswGS_t1KL)
activated.
In region 2, the glow plugs with the duty ratio gswGS_TV2 be for the period
-
gswGS_t2 driven.
In region 3, the glow plugs with the duty ratio gswGS_TV3 be for the period
- gsmGS_t_VG (preheating time from the map gswGS_VGKF) - gswGS_t2 - gsoGS_t1
activated. If the map gswGS_VGKF is applied to zero, there is no
Preheating.
DS / ESA Other functions - glow time 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
TV
[%]
gswGS_TV1
gswGS_TV2
gswGS_TV3
t [ms]
t1 t2 t3
t1 ... gsoGS_t1 (from characteristic gswGS_t1KL)
t2 ... gswGS_t2
t3 ... gsmGS_t_VG (preheating time from mapped gswGS_VGKF) - gswGS_t2 - gsoGS_t1
Figure SONSGZ03: preheating for Glühkerzenansteuerung, 3 Generation

For the states of readiness annealing, intermediate annealing and post-heating the glow plugs with
a duty cycle gsoGS_TV4 driven. This value is derived from the map
gswTV4_KF in dependence on the actual quantity and the engine speed mrmM_EAKT
dzmNmit. If during the starting annealing cowVARSGTV = 0, the amplifier with the
Duty cycle gswGS_SGTV driven. Is cowVARSGTV = 1 gsoGS_TV4 to
Control used. About the Batteriespannungshysterese gswUB_ .. or if no
present evaluable speed (zmmSYSERR.3 is set), no duty cycle is output.
Control in
Dependence of
Battery voltage
gswUB_S2N
gswUB_S2
0
anmUBATT
gswUB_S1N gswUB_S1
Control in dependence of the battery voltage

1: Controlling allowed
0: Controlling not allowed
Battery voltage correction: see chapter "Input and Output Signals" - Glührelaissteller
19 April 2002 Other functions - glow time DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Illustrate the operation of the hysteresis:

(The picture shown is only an example. Through application can swapped the hysteresis and
be inverted.)
gswUB_S2
gswUB_S1
anmUBATT
gswUB_S2N
gswUB_S1N
gswUB_W1
gswUB_W2N GRL - Control
gswUB_W1N
gswUB_W2
Unterspgs - Protection Überspgs - Protection

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
possible from any state when

Ecomatic available and from each state of
dzmNmit == 0 and Init possible if
mrmStart_B <> 1 and dimK15 == 0
! Waiting for T_MOT and
! Overrun active and
! Dimeco
waiting for
dimeco join. Flank waiting for dimK15 == 1
ECO Startan- Overrun active
T_MOT
demand [100]
[00]
[01]
Preheating time> 0 Preheating time == 0
Preheating keinVorglühenCondition 2
[10] [50] or
dzmNmit> gswGS_N_VG
debounced with gswGS_T_G
Condition1
Condition1
Condition 2
Preheating time
(GsmGS_t_VG)
expired
or gswGS_t_BG
(DzmNmit == 0 expired
and
gswGS_t1 +
gswGS_t2
expired)
no
Start annealing
[C0]
Condition1 gswGS_t_SG
expired or
anmT_MOT> = gswGS_TWSG
Preparedness
glow Start annealing
[30] [70]
Condition 2
Condition 1
dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or mrmSTART_B == 0
dimK50> 0
(Debounced with gswGS_T_G)
and
anmT_MOT > = gswGS_TWSG
mrmSTART_B == 0
Condition 2
dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or no re-
glow
dimK50> 0
[D0]
and
anmT_MOT <gswGS_TWSG
Figure SONSGZ02_1:

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Condition 3
dzmNmit> = gswGS_N_NG or mrmSTART_B == 0 mrmSTART_B == 0
mrmM_EAKT> = gswGS_M_NG
dzmNmit <gswGS_N_NG and

mrmM_EAKT <gswGS_M_NG
Intermediate no re- waiting for

glow glow Afterglow
[F0] [D0] [B1]
Condition 3
mrmM_EAKT> = gsw_MEZG
(For gswGS_T2ZG) or
gswt_ZGmax expired
(GsoZG_Erl = 0)
Condition 3 gswGS_T_1G
gswGS_T_1G Afterglow expired
expired (GsoGS_t_NG)
expired
mrmM_EAKT> 0 (for gswGS_T3ZG) Afterglow

waiting for (GsoGS_t_NG - gswGS_T_1G)
Intermediate no annealing expired Afterglow
glow [FF] [B0]
[F1]
mrmM_EAKT <gswGS_MZGV
(For gswGS_T1ZG)
gswGS_T1ZG = f (anmLTF) and
gswt_ZGgsp expired (gsoZG_Erl = 1)
[XX] ... value of the status message gsmGS_Pha
Figure SONSGZ02_2
State diagram of the glow time
If several conditions are fulfilled simultaneously, not all transitions on the status
Message displayed.
5.1.2 Determination of Glühanforderung

The glow time can be activated by two conditions.
1) The control unit is located by K15 - A in the state "waiting for T_MOT". It is during
this condition from the engine temperature determines a preheating time.
2) When activated ECOMATIC (cowECOMTC.0 == 1) Vorglühzeitberechnung is always at

Speed 0 (state "ECOMATIC - Waiting") performed. In this case, in a
Preheating time gsmGS_t_VG> 0 and dzmNmit = 0 in all states other than the state 0x30
"Willingness glow" for information on the Ecomatic-SG incandescent - information bit gsmGLUEH
placed. In the state 0x10 "Preheating" is only after a start request (signal change of
Motor - off - bits dimeco) changed by the Ecomatic.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.1.3 Description of the states of glow time
gsmAGL_VGK
CONTROLS
gswWTFmxAG
gswWTFmiAG
anmT_MOT gsoWTFAGL
gswGS_VGWT
fboSWTF
anmUBATT
KF
gswGS_VGKF
anmADF gsmGS_t_VG
KF
gswGS_VGKF
cowV_GZS_V
gsoGS_t_NG
KL
gswGS_NGKL
Figure SONSGZ04: identification of pre-and after-glow

Preheating:
After switching on the control unit supply voltage is started when the computation of the
Preheating time has a value greater than zero determined, the preheating phase.
Preheating is terminated when one of the three conditions is met:

- The preheating time (gsmGS_t_VG) has elapsed from mapped gswGS_VGKF or
the timer gsoGS_t1 + gswGS_t2 expired and the speed is equal to zero (transition to
Willingness annealing)
- Condition 1: the engine speed dzmNmit is greater than the speed threshold gswGS_N_G
or the initiator is greater than zero dimK50 (debounced with gswGS_T_G) and the engine temperature
anmT_MOT is is> = the temperature threshold gswGS_TWSG (transition to no
Start annealing)
- cowVAR_GSK = 0:
Condition 2: the engine speed dzmNmit is greater than the speed threshold gswGS_N_G
anmT_MOT is gswGS_TWSG is <the temperature threshold (transition to start annealing)
cowVAR_GSK = 1 or 2:
Condition 4: the engine speed dzmNmit is greater than the speed threshold
gswGS_N_VG or the starter dimK50 is greater than zero (debounced with gswGS_T_G) and the
Engine temperature anmT_MOT is <the temperature threshold is gswGS_TWSG (transition to
Start annealing)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
No Preheating:
Returns the calculation of the pre-glow time a value equal to zero, the state begins no
Preheating.
No preheating is terminated when one of two requirements is met:
anmT_MOT is is> = the temperature threshold gswGS_TWSG (transition to no
Start annealing)
anmT_MOT is gswGS_TWSG <the temperature threshold is [End of Condition 2]
The preheating time is gsmGS_t_VG before the preheating phase from the map gswGS_VGKF =
f (anmUBATT, anmT_MOT) or f (anmADF, anmT_MOT) plus the adjustment value
gsmAGL_VGK (initialized with cowAGL_VGK) calculated. The adjusted value gsmAGL_VGK
(Olda gsoWTFAGL) is limited by gswWTFmxAG and gswWTFmiAG and is on the
Diagnostic interface can be changed. The change of the input variable of the characteristic field by means of
DAMOS - switch cowV_GZS_V (0 = pre-glow battery voltage dependent, 1 = pre-heating time
height-dependent). With a defective water temperature sensor the preheating time is measured using a
Default value gswGS_VGWT from the map determined.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Ready to start annealing:

The launch readiness glow closes only at the pre-heating phase, when one of two
Conditions is satisfied:
- the preheat cycle was ended by the end of the preheating time and gsmGS_t_VG
calculated at the beginning of preheating time gsmGS_t_VG was> 0
- The time is t1 + t2, the preheat expired and the speed dzmNmit is == 0.
The launch readiness annealing is terminated when a is met by three conditions:

(Declaration of condition1 and condition2 of: see no preheating)
- the Startbereitschaftsglühzeit gswGS_t_BG has expired and not condition1 and
Condition2 are met. (Transition to no preheating)
- Condition 1: (transition to no start annealing)

dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or
dimk50> 0
and
anmT_MOT> = gswGS_TWSG
- Condition 2: (Transition to start annealing)

dimk50> 0
and
Start annealing:
The annealing can start from the phases pre-heating, no Preheating and Bereitschaftgluehen
be activated. The following requirements must be met.
Preheating: Condition 2 or the speed dzmNmit is> than the speed threshold gswGS_T_G
(This is debounced with time gswGS_T_G)
No Preheating: Condition 2
dimk50> 0
and
Willingness annealing: Condition 2

dimk50> 0
and

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
With a defective WTF the default value gswGS_VGWT is used for the motor temperature.
The starting annealing is terminated
- after the Startglühzeit gswGS_t_SG
-
if the starting amount of shedding speed has been exceeded or
-
after exceeding the motor temperature threshold gswGS_TWSG
The Startglühphase is not interrupted when the speed threshold gswGS_N_G below
will. If the starting annealing is completed, takes place at below the speed threshold
gswGS_N_G no new start glowing.
For the Startgluehen the duty cycle gswGS_SGTV is used in cowVARSGTV = 0,

otherwise as in the other Glühzuständen the duty cycle from the map gswTV4_KF
(GsoGS_TV4) is used.
Afterglow:
The afterglow begins with crossing the starting amount of shedding speed (mrmSTART_B = 0).
It is at the end of the afterglow (gsoGS_t_NG - gswGS_T_1G) ended. The time
gsoGS_t_NG is unique from the motor temperature dependent characteristic gswGS_NGKL
calculated.
With a defective water temperature sensor to calculate the afterglow is the default value
gswGS_VGWT used.
Afterglow is interrupted when the condition3 is met:

a threshold quantity gswGS_M_NG
or
a speed threshold is exceeded gswGS_N_NG.
During this interruption, the time gsoGS_t_NG continues.

Intermediate annealing:
After the end of the afterglow phase (= no annealing) is in the state "waiting for intermediate annealing"
changing, if the current amount mrmM_EAKT longer than the time of the smaller gswGS_T1ZG
Threshold quantity gswGS_MZGV is (this time is in the air temperature-dependent characteristic
gswGS_T1ZG determined). After expiry of the time with the intermediate annealing is gswGS_T_1G
begun. If in state "waiting for intermediate annealing" the current set is longer than the time
gswGS_T3ZG is greater than zero, then "no anneal" back to the state. The
Intermediate annealing is ended when the current amount of time is longer than the larger gswGS_T2ZG
than the threshold gswGS_MEZG. The intermediate annealing is the applicable time
gswt_ZGmax limited. After this time is in the state "no glow" (gsmGS_Pha =
FF) returned and started the blocking timer gswt_ZGgsp. Is only after the blocking time
Intermediate annealing again possible. On the Olda channel gsoZG_Erl the status of the
Intermediate annealing (0: Disabled, 1: Permits) are shown.
Overrun active:
If the requested follow-up (terminal 15 = 0), the status of the glow phase, "active tracking" to
(Value of the Status Message gsmGS_Pha = 100). If terminal 15 is turned on again before the

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Follow-ended (follow-aborted) then again with "Waiting for T_MOT" the

Preheat restarted.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.1.4 "pushing" for the glow plugs 3 Generation

By "pushing" is the lifting of the RMS value of the pulse width modulated drive signal
(CRL-line) for the GZS called. "Pushing" is in the preheating phase and during the
Start annealing allows. For this, the battery voltage correction must be carried out in the MSG
(CowVAR_GSK = 1). In all other states (ready to start glow, afterglow,
Intermediate annealing and in the wake) is "pushing" forbidden. During the "Pushens" is gsmGS_Vor1
=1
5.1.5 Protection of GSK 3 from overheating

The glow plugs of 3 Generation from overheating by repeatedly "pushing"
protected by the information in the EEPROM "allows pushing the next cycle / prohibited"
is stored.
Process:
In the initialization of the glow time the information is "pushing allowed" (edmPsh_erl = 1)
or "pushing locked" (edmPsh_erl = 0) are read from the EEPROM.
- Pushing allowed: In the states "Preheating" (gsmGS_Pha = 10h) as well as in the state
"Start glow" (gsmGS_Pha = 70h) is pushed. This is pushing for the next cycle
locked (gsmPsh_erl_). Once the glow time in the state "no glow" (gsmGS_Pha =
FFh) is a timer is started. After expiration of the applicable time gswt_Psh_E is in
EEPROM pushing for the next cycle enabled (gsmPsh_erl = 1). Furthermore, the
Timer also queried if the glow time in the state "Overrun active" (gsmGS_Pha =
100h) changes. If the timer is not running it is started. If the applicable time
gswt_Psh_E expired, the message is gsmPsh_erl = 1.
- Pushing locked: During the entire cycle is not pushed. Once the annealing-
control in the state "no glow" (gsmGS_Pha = FFh) or "follower active" (gsmGS_Pha =
100h) is, a timer is started (in the "Overrun active" if the state he is "not a
Glow was "not yet started). After expiration of the applicable time gswt_Psh_E is in
EEPROM pushing for the next cycle enabled (gsmPsh_erl = 1).
Messages:
edmPsh_erl: contains the information whether data can be pushed in this driving cycle
the information is read from the EEPROM
1 = pushing allowed
Banned 0 = Pushen
gsmPsh_erl: contains the information whether data can be pushed in the next cycle
the information is written in the EEPROM
1 = pushing allowed
Banned 0 = Pushen

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.1.6 sum fault diagnosis

In the sum fault diagnosis the glow relay will no longer be controlled directly, but by
a glow plug that turns on the glow relay depending on ehmFGRS or
off. Since the Glühgerät does not have a memory error, it may notify emerging
Error to the control unit via a dedicated line with (input dimGZR).
If the GRS - stage defective, the error fbbEGZS_I is not reported until the final stage
again is regarded as intact - hence the defect detection time of this error must be greater than that of the
End stage failure.
If the sum of fault diagnosis actively and the output stage is not defective, then the output signal is the
GRS - final stage (glow time ehmFGRS or diagnosis ehmDGRS) with the input signal
dimGZR-checked. Is dimGZR not inverse to the output stage control, then the error
fbbEGZS_I reported defective, otherwise it will be reported intact.
5.1.7 GSK3 diagnosis

Since the GZS (3rd generation) has no inherent fault memory, the MSG clocked serially the
Diagnostic information from the GZS. After each falling edge on the GRL-line
(Control line), the GZS sets the GZR-line (diagnosis wire) to high or low level to the
MSG thereby transmitting a logical 1 or 0.
The transmission is divided into two phases:

1 Synchronization
While the GZS diagnosed the candles, is output on the diagnostic line logic 1.
The MSG is one internally the number of synchronization bits (gsoCO_Bit). To prevent
that a fault on the line is erroneously regarded as the start bit, you must first at least
gswSYNC_HI synchronization bits have been detected.
2 Data transmission
In this section, the diagnostic data is transmitted serially to the MSG.
It is transmitted a total of 32 bits (22 bits synchronization 8-bit data 1 start and 1 stop bit)
The status of the transfer will be shipped in the olda gsoDIA_STA, and can have the following values
accept:
Decimal Importance
1 Synchronization, waiting for start bit
2 Read data

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
GRL-0
GZR-E
SYNC SYNC
gswSYNC_HI START bit0 Bit1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 STOP
Figure SONSGZ05: transmission of diagnostic data
Bit No. Description Level

0 State glow plugs G1 0 glow plug error-free or overcurrent
1 for Glühkerzenausfall
...
... ... 0 glow plug error-free or overcurrent
5 State glow plugs G6 1 for Glühkerzenausfall
0 glow plug error-free or failure
6 Overcurrent 1 for overcurrent at any glow plug
0 No error
1 Glühkerzenausfall, Current, or relay adhesive
7 Total Error is not evaluated by MSG
GRL-0
gswTV_MIN gswTV_MAX
GZR-E
BITX
gswT_Delay
ehwEST_T8
Figure SONSGZ06: data

If ehmFGRS_K (battery voltage duty cycle corrected) <gswTV_MIN or
ehmFGRS_K> gswTV_MAX, it can no longer be ensured that the signal GZS
recognizes as a clock. Therefore, the current transmission is aborted. If the TV back in
valid range, the diagnosis is restarted with a synchronization cycle.
The information on the GZR-E line has a delay from the falling edge on
the CRL-0-line. With the help of the label gswT_Delay the minimum time can be applied, the
the MSG has to elapse before valid data from GZR-E are read.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Are read all the data bits, or a transmission error occurred, so the information is in
the message gsmGSK3_ST (Initial = 0) shipped and the "data valid bit"
(GsmGSK3_ST.F = 1).
If an error occurs, the low byte is cleared, and the corresponding high byte in
Error and the "data valid bit" (gsmGSK3_ST.F = 1).
gsmGSK3_ST
Bit position Description
0-7 Diagnostic data
8 1 = Stop bit - error
9 1 = Flatline Low - error
A 1 = Flatline High - Error
B 1 = Timeout - Error
C 1 = 3 different encodings received
F 1 = valid data sent
All errors reported by the drive, then the message "reported error" set
(GsmER_READ = 1) and the diagnosis takes the "valid data bit" until the next
Diagnostic cycle back (gsmGSK3_ST.F = 0).
Application Note:
Delay time gswT_Delay + 20ms <period ehwEST_T8
There must be at least (10 bit + 22 bit Init Sync. + 10 bit data) * ehwEST_T8 by a K15 annealed
be to allow one valid transmission data in the driving cycle.
5.1.8 Coding GSK3

The encoding GSK 3 allows an unambiguous mapping between application in the MSG and
verbautem glow time. This prevents, that the glow plug with a too high
Zerzört power or heated not be strong enough to low performance. The
Encoding function compares the installed GZS via diagnostic line (GZR-E)
transmitted coding with the label gswGZS_TYP. Returns the subsequent 2 out of 3 selection,
from the received Codierworten a match, the glow function in the EEPROM
enabled (gsmGZS_Cok = FFh). The initialization of the EEPROM flag is in the
Olda gsoGZS_Cok displayed. In the cycle, after which the encoding is carried out, showing the
GsoGZS_Cok olda = 0 and the message gsmGZS_Cok = FFh. After show KL15 change
both FFh when the storage in the EEPROM was successful. After the coding for that is
no longer checked entire lifetime of the control unit (not even after changing the
Glühzeitsteuergerätes). As long as the coding is not complete (gsmGZS_Cok = 0) and no
Error (fbbEGZS_C, fbbEGZS_P) was added, the duty ratio ehmFGRS_K =
gswTV_Code. The encoding consists of 3 bits, the first after the Transmitted synchronization bit
be.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
GRL-0
GZR-E
Encoding
Synchronization
Bit0 Bit1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit8 Bit9 Bit10 ..... Bit21
Figure SONSGZ10: Schematic representation of the synchronization
The 3 bits which are transmitted within a diagnosis cycle can be in a

Buffer (gsoGZS_BUF) secured. After three successful diagnosis cycles, the 2 is from
3 Selection started.
Example with Bosch GZS-T after three diagnostic cycles (gsoGZS_BUF):
internal flag Coding word coding word 1 2 3 coding word

1111 0111 0111 0111
Tab1: Codierwortbuffer gsoGZS_BUF
The olda gsoGZS_BUF is only with the active coding (gsmGZS_Cok = 0) and in the
Driving cycle in which the coding was completed successfully (gsmGZS_Cok = FFh), with
Values filled. Is the receiving coding word does not match the label gswGZS_TYP,
the error fbbEGZS_C (fboSGRS.6) is reported and the flag in the EEPROM
(GsmGZS_Cok) remains 0 at the value The evaluation is terminated for this driving cycle
(EhmFGRS_K = 0). Is it possible not 2 out of 3 choices because in all diagnostic cycles
different Codierworte been received, the bit is set gsmGSK3_ST.12. Thereby
the error is reported fbbEGZS_P (transmission errors GZS). The EEPROM flag remains on
0, and the evaluation of the coding is restarted. The Codierwortbuffer is reinitialized
(GsoGZS_BUF = 000Fh). We the error as "permanently damaged" (depending on fbwEGZS_PA =
Number of error messages to finally broken) entered into the fault-olda (fboSGZS.7) so
the evaluation is aborted (ehmFGRS_K = 0) and only in the next cycle (KL15
OFF / ON) restarted.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Mapping table between GZS type and application of gswGZS_TYP:
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Decimal Assignment

0 0 0 0 open
0 0 1 1 open
0 1 0 2 open
0 1 1 3 open
1 0 0 4 open
1 0 1 5 open
1 1 0 6 open
1 1 1 7 BOSCH GZS
Tab2: Assignment of codes
Application Note:
The error fbbEGZS_P is set by the bit gsmGSK3_ST.C. If the bit C is set, it remains
set until back 3 valid diagnostic cycles have been read.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.2 fuel cooling

Thus, the fuel temperature anmKTF in the return line to the tank certain temperature thresholds
does not exceed, is a fuel cooling. For this purpose, a circulating pump
ehmFKSK controlled by a relay.
kkoSTATE.0
dzoNmit
&
kkwHYSN_ *
>1
kkoSTATE.2
kkoSTATE.1 TIMER
anmKTF &
kkwTEINMIN ehmFKSK
kkwHYSTK_ *
kkoSTATE.3
* Each with H, L, O and U
DEAD TIME TIMER cowFUN_KSK

kkwKSK_wns kkwKSK_on
mrmSTART_B 1
Figure SONSKK01: fuel cooling
Above the threshold temperature kkwHYSTK_O and above the speed threshold kkwHYSN_O
the output ehmFKSK for the minimum on kkwTEINMIN activated. After
below the hysteresis thresholds kkwHYSTK_U or kkwHYSN_U and after the
Minimum on the output is disabled.
About the function switch cowFUN_KSK (CowFUN_KSK = 0) can be the entire

Disable fuel cooling.
The initial states of the two hysteresis loops are set in the BIT olda kkoSTATE shown.
This is indicated by bit 0 and bit 1 Drehzahlhysterese the temperature hysteresis.
In addition, while the minimum on bit 2 is set.
The fuel circulation pump is only switched on when already the start shedding
(MrmSTART_B = 0) is reached.
In order to prevent siltation of the fuel cooling circuit is once per driving cycle
after start shedding and the waiting time kkwKSK_wns the fuel circulation pump for
Duration kkwKSK_on turned on.
DS / ESA Other functions - fuel cooling 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.3 Air Compressor

The air conditioning compressor is dependent on various vehicle - switched or SG states.
Using the air compressor control logic is in a short-term high
Torque requirement (starting, accelerating, undercutting the idle speed) by
Switching off the air conditioning compressor, a sufficiently high torque provided. Furthermore, in
an erroneous measurement of the speed (fboSFGG), the pedal position sensor (fboSPWG
or fboSPGS) or the speed (fboSDZG) turning on the air conditioning compressor is below
a speed threshold (hysteresis) is prevented. If the water temperature (anmWTF_CAN) is too high,
this also leads to the lockout. Also on CAN (message transmission 1 or BSG_Last)
can of air compressor are switched off.
To increase the idle speed, the air conditioning compressor drive sets the message
klmN_LLKLM always to the value klwKLM_NLL, the parameter selection of the idle controller
increases while the air conditioner compressor (dimKLB = 1), the idle speed to this value.
The query of the climate control input is independent of the air output and ehmFKLI0
is processed at the idle control.
The following text is in all Hyteresegrenzwerten a ".." for U (lower hysteresis threshold)
or O (upper hysteresis threshold).
Each switch-off causes an elimination of an applicable minimum time.
19 April 2002 Other features - air conditioning compressor DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.3.1 Conditions for switch-

The conditions that can lead to the disconnection of the air-conditioning compressor, are OR
linked, that is, that at least one condition must be met for the switching of the
Prevents air compressor (output ehmFKLI0 to 0%).
In the olda klmSTAT the current states of individual shutdown are

coded bitwise summarized. In the olda klmHYS the individual Hystereseausgänge be
displayed in bits.
Description of olda klmHYS:

0 Recognized 1Vollgas (anmPWG> klwH_PWG_ ..)
1 2Fahrzeug driving in neutral or 1st Transition (fgm_VzuN <
klwH_VZN_ ..)
4rel. low speed (fgmFGAKT <klwH_FGG1 ..)
2 8rel. Low speed (dzoNmit <klwH_DZG1 ..)
3 16hohe accelerator pedal change (anmPWG - diff> .. klwH_PWGD.)
4 32rel. low speed (fgmFGAKT <klwH_FGG2 ..)
8 512rel. high water temperature (anmWTF_CAN> klwH_WTF_ ..)
9 1024rel. low temp. and high air pressure (low height)
10 2048rel. low temp. and
11 Kompressoreinschaltdauer> klwTMIN_BS
Description of olda klmSTAT:

0 1 Vehicle is in the starting
1 2 Shutdown due to the starting state
2 4 Vehicle is in acceleration state
3 8 Shutdown due to acceleration
4 16 Shutdown due to startup process
5 32 System error detected (FGG - PWG - or DZG - Error)
6 64 Shutdown due to system error
7 128 Shutdown due to undercutting of the idle speed
8 256 Shutdown due to excessive water temperature
9 512 Off via CAN - Transmission 1
A 1024 Off via CAN - BSG_Last
B 2048 Shutdown due to refrigerant pressure or ambient temperature
F 32768 Minimum on
DS / ESA Other features - air conditioning compressor 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n A nfa hrz u sta nd k ln S T A T .1

S O N S K L 03
A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n B it ch le un ig un g k ln S T A T .3
S O N S K L 05
A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n S tartvo ck ng k ln S T A T .4
S O N S K L 07
A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n S ys te m missing ler k ln S T A T .6

S O N S K L 09
1 = F Reiga be Ze itlic he B e gre na un g:
>1 M:. Lw k T M IN _E S Brehm FK L I0
A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n U nth rsc h ne ide n k ln S T A T .7 M ax:. -
de r L ee rla ufd reh z ah lS O N S K L 11 K lim ak om pres so r-
Fre e ig from
A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n er ter practice rh k ln S T A T .8

W a s se RTEM p era tuRs O N S K L 13
A b sc ha LTUn g ü be r C A N - G peration s 1 k ln S T A T .9
S O N S K L 15
A b sc ha LTUn g ü be r C A N - B S G _ La st k ln S T A T. A
S O N S K L 16
A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n K ältem itteldru ck k ln S T A T. B

od he U m g eb un gs te m p. S O N S K L 17
Ze itlic he B e gre na un g:
m rm E G S _a kt M:. -
M ax:. K lw TM A X _F R
Figure SONSKL01: Consideration of the minimum on
k ln S T A T .1
Z e it
k ln S T A T .3
Z e it
k ln S T A T .4
Z e it
k ln S T A T .6
Z e it
k ln S T A T .7
Z e it
k ln S T A T .8
Z e it
k ln S T A T .9
Z e it
k ln S T A T. A
Z e it
ehmFKLI 0
Z e it
Auseandges
M in d e s te in s c h a lt-
d a u e r - Z e itg e b e r s
Z e it
Figure SONSKL02: Time diagram shutdown / enable the air conditioning compressor
When released, the air conditioning compressor (ie setting the output ehmFKLI0 to 100%), the
Minimum on klwTMIN_ES wait while the no shutdown of the
Air compressor is possible. Thus, a too rapid switching of the air compressor
prevented.
During a switching operation (mrmEGS_akt = 1), but a maximum time for the
klwTMAX_FR is, the air compressor release frozen ehmFKLI0. Is klwTMAX_FR = 0,
so ehmFKLI0 is never frozen.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The following conditions are checked:

Starting state:
(Accelerator pedal value anmPWG> klwH_PWG_ ..) AND
[(Speed ratio. / Engine speed fgm_VzuN <klwH_VZN_ ..)
OR (speed fgmFGAKT <klwH_FGG1 ..)] AND
(Speed dzoNmit <klwH_DZG1 ..)
If the conditions are shorter than kloTMIN_AN met, there is a shutdown for the
Mindestabschaltdauer time kloTMIN_AN. If the conditions are longer than the
Maximalabschaltdauer kloTMAX_AN met, the air conditioning compressor is alternately released
(Minimum on klwTMIN_ES) and off (Maximalabschaltdauer kloTMAX_AN)
until disappearance of the switch-off condition.
klmHYS bit 0
anmPWG Full throttle
klwH_PWG_U
klwH_PWG_O
klmHYS bit 1
fgm_VzuN 1 Gear
klwH_VZN_U time limit: klmSTAT bit 1

klwH_VZN_O klmSTAT bit 0 min:. kloTMIN_AN Shutdown
>1 & Starting state max:. kloTMAX_AN due to start
recognized
klmHYS bit 2
fgmFGAKT
Speed
klwH_FGG1U
klwH_FGG1O
klmHYS bit 3
dzoNmit Number of revolutions
klwH_DZG1U
klwH_DZG1O
anmT_MOT
kloTMIN_AN
min. time limit
anmADF KF
klwTMIN_KF
kloTMAX_AN
max. time limit
KF
klwTMAX_KF
Figure SONSKL03: switch-off approach

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
anm PW G
Z e it
fg m _VzuN
Z e it
fg m FGACT
Z e it
dzoNm it
Z e it
k lm H Y S .0
Z e it
k lm H Y S .1
Z e it
k lm H Y S .2
Z e it
k lm H Y S .3
Z e it
k lm S T A T .0
Z e it
k lm S T A T .1
Z e it
Figure SONSKL04: Timing diagram of switch-off approach
Starting off, accelerating with rapid acceleration:

(Accelerator pedal change> klwH_PWGD ..) AND
(Speed fgmFGAKT <klwH_FGG2 ..) AND
(Speed dzoNmit <klwH_DZG2 ..) AND
NOT ((Ta anmUTF <klwH_UTF1 ..) AND
(Ambient pressure anmADF> klwH_ADF ..))
NOT ((Ta anmUTF <klwH_UTF2 ..) AND AND
(Start-> klwTMIN_BS))
If these conditions are met, there is a shutdown for the duration klwTMIN_B. Shall
an accelerating operation detected within this period, again, this time period is, in
the remains off the air conditioning, restarted, ie Shutdown can be retriggered.
Through the last two conditions are unnecessary compressor shutdowns (where the
Air compressor hardly absorbs moment) avoided:
 UTF1, ADF1 : Full engine torque available

 UTF2, switch- : No high cooling capacity needed
due to low ambient temperature and already longer compressor duty cycle

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Difference
anmPWG - klmHYS Bit 4
old value
anmPWG
klwH_PWGDU
klwH_PWGDO
Time limit: klmSTAT bit 3

klmHYS Bit 5 klmSTAT bit 2
fgmFGAKT & Acceleration
Min: klwTMIN_B Shutdown
Max: - due to acceleration
recognized
klwH_FGG2U
klwH_FGG2O
klmHYS Bit 6
dzoNmit
klwH_DZG2U
klwH_DZG2O
anmUTF
klwH_UTF1U
klwH_UTF1O klmHYS bit 10
&
anmADF
klwH_ADFU
klwH_ADFO
anmUTF
klwH_UTF2U
klwH_UTF2O klmHYS bit 11
&
mrmKLK_EIN = 1 for longer than
klwTMIN_BS
Figure SONSKL05: switch-off acceleration

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
PWG difference Time
fgmFGAKT
Time
dzoNmit
Time
klmHYS.4
Time
klmHYS.5
Time
klmHYS.6
Time
klmHYS.10
Time
klmHYS.11
Time
klmSTAT.2
Time
klmSTAT.3
Time
klwTMIN_B
Figure SONSKL06: Timing diagram of acceleration
Booting:
If the start bit mrmSTART_B deleted, a release of the air compressor is driven by
The delay time klwTMIN_ST.
mrmSTART_B Time limit:

klmSTAT.4
Delay after negative
Shutdown
Edge by klwTMIN_ST
due to start
Figure SONSKL07: switch-off startup
mrmSTART_B
Time
klwTMIN_ST
klmSTAT.4
Time
Figure SONSKL08: Time diagram startup
System error:
[(Error in the vehicle speed sensor fboSFGG) OR
(Accelerator pedal defect fboSPWG or fboSPGS) OR
(Speed sensor defective fboSDZG)] AND
(Speed dzoNmit <klwH_DZG3 ..)
It takes place in fulfillment of these conditions, a cut-off for the duration klwTMIN_SF.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
klmHYS bit 7 Time limit:

dzoNmit
& Min: klwTMIN_SF klmSTAT Bit 6
Max: - Shutdown
Hysteresis
due to system error
klwH_DZG3U
klwH_DZG3O
fbosFGG
klmSTAT Bit 5
fbosPWG >1 Recognized Error
fbosDZG
Figure SONSKL09: switch-off system error
dzoNmit
Time
fboSFGG
Time
fboSWPG
Time
fboSDZG
Time
klmSTAT.7
Time
klmSTAT.5
Time
klmSTAT.6
Time
Figure SONSKL10: Timing diagram of system error
Undercutting the idle speed:

Speed dzoNmit <klwH_DZG4 ..
With the fulfillment of this condition, a cut-off for the duration klwTMIN_SG done.
dzoNmit klmHYS.8 Time limit: klmSTAT.7

MIN. : KlwTMIN_SG
Undercutting the MAX:. -
Shutdown
Hysteresis Idle speed
cause falls gas
klwH_DZG4U recognized
klwH_DZG4O
Figure SONSKL11: Switch-off undercutting the idle speed
dzoNmit
Time
klmHYS.8
Time
klmSTAT.7
Time
Figure SONSKL12: Time diagram undercutting the idle speed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Water temperature:
Exceeds the water temperature anmWTF_CAN one of the characteristic of the klwWTab_KL
Speed fgmFGAKT dependent threshold kloWTFschw, the air compressor is
switched off and the turn-off hysteresis klmHYS.9 active.
Falls below the water temperature anmWTF_CAN around a hysteresis klwWTHyst

decreased threshold kloWTFschw, the turn-off hysteresis is disabled. The minimum duration
the air conditioning compressor off time is klwTMIN_WT.
klmHYS.9 Time limit: klmSTAT.8

anmWTF_CAN Switch-off MIN:. KlwTMIN_WT Shutdown due
Water temperature MAX:. - Water temperature
recognized
klwWTHyst
fgmFGAKT kloWTFschw
KL
klwWTab_KL
Figure SONSKL13: Switch-off water temperature
fgmFGAKT
Time
kloWTFschw
Time
anmWTF
Time
klmHYS.9
Time
klmSTAT.8
Time
Figure SONSKL14: Timing diagram of water temperature

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Off via CAN - Gear 1:

Is CAN enabled (comCLG_SIG.15 = 1) and was the message transmission 1 (Identfier 440H)
correctly received, it is checked whether the bit 2 is set in byte 1. If this is the case, then the
Message mrmCAN_KL set to 1 and made a shutdown of the air compressor.
If no CAN is available or in case of error no disconnection is made. The
Disconnection is carried out for the Mindestabschaltdauer klwTMIN_CN.
mrmCAN_KL Time limit: klmSTAT.9

Min: klwTMIN_CN
Max: -
Figure SONSKL15: Switch-off CAN - Transmission 1
Off via CAN - BSG_Last:

Is CAN enabled (comCLG_SIG.15 = 1) and was the message BSG_Last (Identfier 570H)
correctly received, it is checked whether the bit 7 is set in byte 3. If this is the case, then the
Message mrmBSG_KLI set to 1 and made a shutdown of the air compressor.
If no CAN is available or in case of error no disconnection is made. The
Disconnection is carried out for the Mindestabschaltdauer klwTMIN_C2.
mrmBSG_KLI Time limit: klmSTAT.A

Min: klwTMIN_C2
Max: -
Figure SONSKL16: Switch-off CAN - BSG_Last

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Shutdown due to refrigerant pressure or ambient temperature:
klwH_KMD1U
kumKMDneu klwH_KMD1O
klwH_KMD2U
klwH_KMD2O
>1 Temporal klmSTAT.B
fboSKMD Min: klwTMIN_KU
Max: -
anmUTF
>1
klwH_UTF3U comFUN_KLI = 1
klwH_UTF3O & &
fboSUTF dimKLI = 1
cowFUN_KMT.2
Figure SONSKL17: shutdown due to refrigerant pressure or ambient temperature
The additional switch-off for the air compressor is only when the refrigerant pressure
is read via PWM input (comFUN_KLI = 1) and the air conditioning is turned on
(DimKLI = 1). The switch-off is carried out via the refrigerant pressure or the kumKMDneu
Ambient temperature anmUTF. If the refrigerant pressure is less than or equal than a kumKMDneu
minimum air pressure klwH_KMD1 (U / O) or greater or equal than a maximum air pressure
klwH_KMD2 (U / O) or is an error in the error path fboSKMD occurred, then the
Compressor off.
If the ambient temperature is less than or equal to a minimum temperature anmUTF

klwH_UTF3 (U / O) or if an error in the error path fboSUTF has occurred and no
Climatronic is installed (cowFUN_KMT.2 = 1), also there is a shutdown.
It is switched off for a minimum period klwTMIN_KU.

Is this additional shutdown condition is active, the bit is set klmSTAT.B.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.4 Cooling water heating

t SRC active
phmPBM_T4 Generator khmGENLAST ehmFGSK1

Load- Relay
(GEN_E) Switching logic
PT1
Determination khwKH_tVER khoRelais
khwKHGL khwKH_tSE
ehmFGSK2
khoHE_AB
dzmNmit
KL khoHE_ZU khmNORAB.12
Switching threshold khmNORAB.13
khwKH_ABKL khmNORAB.14
lowered
khwKH_TVSE
KL
khwKH_ZUKL khwN_LLKWH khmN_LLKWH
anmLTF
frozen
anmUTF
frozen khoTL
>1 >1
khoTWAUS_O
anmLTF
anmUTF
KL
khwKH_TLKL khwUTF_FRZ
cowKWHTAUS
khwKH_TWHY
khoTWAUS_U
khmNORAB.0
anmWTF
t SRC active
khmNORAB.11
khmGENLAST khmNORAB.1Fehler-
debouncing generator defective
mrmSTART_B fbbEKWH_L
khmNORAB.2
anmUBATT
khwHYSU_ ..
khmNORAB.3
dzmNmit
khmNORAB.8
khwHYSN_ .. corresponds
mrmBSG_Anf
khmNORAB.4 (See Chapter CAN)
mrmSTART_B
DEAD TIME
fboSLTF
khwkh_tVST
fboSWTF khmNORAB.5
>1
ehmSGSK1.E ehmFGSK3
>1
ehmSGSK2.E
dimKWH
>1
mrmCAN_KLI.1 1 khmNORAB.6
&
comFUN_KLI = 2
dimKLI 1
cowFUN_HZE.0
khmNORAB.7
anmUTF
khwHUTF_ ..
khmNORAB.9
mrmCAN_KLI.5
mrwCAN_KLI.5
khmNORAB.A
mrwCAN_KLI.6
Figure SONSKW01: Heating capacity increase
DS / ESA Other functions - Cooling water heating 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The heating capacity increase is used to heat the cooling water by electrical heating elements
(Amplifiers ehmFGSK1, ehmFGSK2) or Dieselzuheizer (output stage ehmFGSK3) to the low
Compensate for heat loss at high engine efficiencies. The heating elements are only
electric power reserves connected. The number of the connected heating elements (0-3)
can be set with the software switch cowKWHKERZ, which is the number of 0
Heating elements of a shutdown of the function "heating power increase" corresponds.
There are two power amplifiers ehmFGSK1 and ehmFGSK2 for controlling the heating elements to
Available. With 3 heating elements of the desired amplifier output must ehmFGSK1 with a
Heating element and the amplifier output ehmFGSK2 with two heating elements are connected. At
At the - and disconnection of heating elements is taken into account the arrangement of the heating elements
and the number of active heating elements khoRELAIS increased by 1 or is reduced.
Description of the software switch number of heating elements cowKWHKERZ:
Decimal Comment
0 Function increase heat output not active
1 1 heating element to output stage 1
2 1 heating element to output stage 1, 1 heating element to output stage 2
3 1 heating element to output stage 1, 2 heating elements at output stage 2
To determine the existing capacity reserves the alternator on PBM provides a

Duty cycle, which corresponds to the current generator load. The assignment of high-
level duration of the PBM - signal to the sampling time or blanking of the duty cycle via
the data set parameters khwPBMINV. Since this generator load signal at idle strong
Fluctuations, it is prior to use by a PT1 - filtered filter khwKHGL.
Description of the status information heating power increase khmNORAB:

0 1 Switch-off temperature sufficiently
1 2 Generator load switch-off SRC error fbbEKWH_L
2 4 Switch-off Battery voltage too low
3 8 Switch-off speed too low
4 16 Switch-off start-up delay active
5 32 Switch-off WTF, LTF or stage defective
6 64 Switch-off control panel (driver required)
7 128 Ambient temperature is not too high anmUTF
8 256 Switch-off request from the onboard supply control unit BSG
9 512 Abschaltbed. Clima 1 - no heating required ehmFGSK1 / 2
A 1024 Abschaltbed. Clima 1 - no heating required ehmFGSK3
B 2048 State generator load in the SRC and mrmSTART_B = 0
C 4096 Lowered state in threshold
D 8192 State gene. Burden. Switch-on delay active
E 16384 State gene. Burden. Off delay active
F 32768 unused
19 April 2002 Other functions - Cooling water heating DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The auxiliary heating (= Dieselzuheizer) is used for faster heating of the passenger compartment
and corresponds to a heater for the cooling water. Is in the Zuheizerverbrauch
Consumption signal calculation takes into account (see "Input undAusgangssignale-
TQS / MFA / VBS / signal ").
The auxiliary heating ehmFGSK3 is switched off when at least one of the following
Conditions are met:
o) The ambient temperature is above the hysteresis anmUTF khwHUTF_ ..

o) The start bit is set mrmSTART_B
o) The speed dzmNmit is below the threshold khwHYSN_ ..
o) The driver turns off by input dimKWH or dimKLI
o) The bit "No heating required," the CAN message Clima 1 is set
5.4.1 switch-on condition

From the current speed dzmNmit is a characteristic of the khwKH_ZUKL
Generator threshold khoHE_ZU determined. Drops below this value, the generator load and remains
For a time khwKH_tVER (Message khmNORAB.13 - switch-on delay active) under
this threshold, a (nother) heating element is switched on. Simultaneously, the first
KhoHE_ZU lowered threshold for the time khwKH_tSE the value khwKH_TVSE
(Message khmNORAB.12 - switching threshold is lowered) in order to avoid an unstable switching operation.
Even with a shutdown caused by the fulfillment of any
Switch-off condition, the threshold for the switching is reduced in this way.
Increases the generator load khoHE_AB a threshold from the current speed
dzoNmit and khwKH_ABKL characteristic is detected and remains for a time
khwKH_tVER (Message khmNORAB.14 - off delay active) above this threshold, so
is switched off a heater.
The number of active heating elements is displayed in the Olda khoRELAIS.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.4.2 Shutdown
Operating element:
The heating capacity increase can be switched off by a control unit. This control panel is
either directly via the digital input GSK-E (dimKWH) or via CAN message
Clima1 Byte1 Bit 1 driver request auxiliary heater in mrmCAN_KLI.1 if Clima1 message
is evaluated (comFUN_KLI = 2), or via the digital input KLI-E (dimKLI)
executed. If this input is active (digital input logic high), the
Increase heat output switched off (Message khmNORAB.6 - deactivation control panel).
The selection of the control panel is done with the software switch cowFUN_HZE.
Description of the software switch cowFUN_HZE:
cowFUN_HZE Comment
XXX XXX0 Input dimKLI
XXX XXX1 Input dimKWH or no driver's desired heater via CAN
XXX XX1X see ECOMATIC (no effect on the cooling water heating)
XXX X1XX see ECOMATIC (no effect on the cooling water heating)
Start:
During the starting process, no heat output increase is allowed. A heating power increase
is only after the time khwKH_tVST after the start shedding possible (Message khmNORAB.4
- Start delay active).
Speed:
The heating power increase is made possible according to the Drehzahlhysterese khwHYSN_ ..
(Message khmNORAB.3 - Drehzahlhysterese below).
Battery voltage:
The heat output will increase according to the Batteriespannungshysterese khwHYSU_ ..
allows (Message khmNORAB.2 - Batteriespannungshysterese below)
Generator fault:
The generator delivers to the control unit, a duty ratio, which is the generator load.
Since this signal is subject to large fluctuations in the open circuit, it will be before the processing PT1 -
filtered. After start shedding (mrmSTART_B = 0) SRC-examination of the duty cycle is at
less than or equal khwNULLAST (error fbbEKWH_L). While the generator load in the SRC
is (Message khmNORAB.11 - generator load in SRC), though is with the last valid value
the generator load continued to work, however, prevented a switching of heating elements. After
The end of the debounce time (error finally broken recognized) is the heating power increase
switched off (Message khmNORAB.1 - Generator defective).
Temperature:
From the air temperature anmLTF or the ambient temperature is anmUTF with the characteristic
determined khwKH_TLKL a temperature threshold that must be exceeded in order for the
Increase heat output is switched off. The temperature sensor - selection is made with the
Software switch cowKWHTAUS. Done Restarting the heating power increase
only when this temperature threshold less the hysteresis khwKH_TWHYY,
is exceeded (Message khmNORAB.0 - temperature sufficient). If the
Water temperature is below the lower hysteresis threshold and the delay time after deleting
19 April 2002 Other functions - Cooling water heating DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
of the start bit has expired and is khwUTF_FRZ equal to zero, the recently identified
Temperature threshold frozen. The freeze will be lifted when the water temperature
exceeds the upper hysteresis threshold.
Description of the software switch cowKWHTAUS:
Decimal comment
0Temperaturabschaltung by ambient temperature anmUTF
1Temperaturabschaltung by LufttemperaturanmLTF
Error:
A defective air temperature sensor (fboSLTF) or water temperature sensor (fboSWTF), and in
a malfunction of the power amplifiers ehmFGSK1 or ehmFGSK2 (information from the output stage handler
on the Status Messages ehmSGSK1 and ehmSGSK2) no heating power increase is possible
(Message khmNORAB.5).
BSG request:
At idle target speed increases by the onboard supply control unit BSG to the load to be
reduce, the glow plugs turned off or PTC elements for the time of the request.
To this end, as a shutdown condition for the KWH bit khmNORAB.8 used, which the state
the message mrmBSG_Anf (request bit 1.0 bit of the received message BSG_Last)
corresponds.
Clima1 request:
When the bit is "No heating required" the CAN message Clima1 (no heating
means that the thermostat is set to "blue") and the procedure is applied
Set (mrwCAN_KLI.5 means engaging on ehmFGSK1 / 2, set mrwCAN_KLI.6 means
Engaging on ehmFGSK3) are for the time of the request, the heating elements or diesel
heater switched off.
Idle speed boost:

Idle speed is independent of the number of currently active heating elements (the
Idle speed is also raised when due to high generator load no heating element
is activated). This function can be wegappliziert by khwN_LLKWH = 0.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.5 Motor Warehouse Control

The rigid connection between the engine and body leads to higher moments that
undesirable vibrations are transferred from the engine to the body. The
Engine mount control is used to adjust the coupling degree between the engine and body
means of control of pneumatic valves, the oil pressure in the variable (hydraulic)
Adjust damper.
mloEAKTPT1
mrmM_EAKT
PT1
mlwML_PT1 mlo_MLTV mloZustand
Blocking time
dzmNmit KF
mlwTV_KF mlwHYS1_S1 mlwML_spzt
mlwML_TVVG mlwHYS1_S2
dimK15 = 0
&
dzmNmit> = mlwML_naus
TIMER
mlwHYS2_S1
mlwML_over mlwHYS2_S2
Figure SONSML01 engine mounts control

With the software switch mlwML_on you switch the engine mount control on / off (0 = no
Engine mount control, 1 = enabled).
About the map mlwTV_KF a duty cycle for the output stages is determined. Input variables
are the mean speed, and the filtered current across mlwML_PT1 injection quantity.
As long as the speed remains after "K15 from" above an applicable threshold mlwML_naus, is
a duty cycle over the data set parameters mlwML_TVVG specified. This default value
can remain for a maximum of an applicable time mlwML_over long.
The calculated or predetermined duty cycle is the olda mlo_MLTV to display

placed and then a two-stage hysteresis with the boundaries mlwHYS1_S1, mlwHYS1_S2
(adds the outputs of the two hysteresis) and mlwHYS2_S1, mlwHYS2_S2 in a
State signal changed.
This state signal (result of the addition) is written in the olda mloZustand and
mloZustand then remains an applicable lock time mlwML_spzt long unchanged. Only after the
Expiration of this time is taken, the current status. With the help of an applicable table
is evaluated mloZustand and the result of the messages ehmFML1 and ehmFML2 the
Output stage control provided.
State / mloZustand Output 1 / ehmFML1 Output 2 / ehmFML2

0 mlwML_1_0 (Off) mlwML_2_0 (A)
1 mlwML_1_1 (Off) mlwML_2_1 (Off)
2 mlwML_1_2 (A) mlwML_2_2 (A)
The motor bearings states can use the data set parameters mlwML_1_ .. and mlwML_2_ ..
be applied. Can the engine mount control disabled mlwML_on With the software switch
(Wegappliziert) are.
19 April 2002 Other functions - engine mount control DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.6 Ecomatic
Is an optimum running of Schwungnutzbetriebes and the switching operations
Data exchange between the engine-SG and SG-DigiSwing necessary. With the SW-switch
cowECOMTC.0 the function is turned on / off (1 = on, 0 = off).
The communication between the engine-SG and SG-DigiSwing can optionally via CAN or
Digital inputs take place. With the SW switches cowECOMTC.1 can choose whether the
Ecomaticsignal via CAN or digital input is (1 = CAN, 0 = Digital input). If the
Digital input LOW level at which means "motor off", HIGH means "start request".
The CAN message (1 = "engine", 0 = "start request") is inverted in mrmCAN_ECO,
so that the information is encoded as in dimeco (TRUE = "start request", FALSE = "Motor
off ').
With the SW switches cowECOMTC.2 can choose whether the clutch signal via CAN or
Digital input is (1 = CAN, 0 = Digital input). If the digital input HIGH level at
means "clutch operated / disengaged" LOW level does not mean "clutch
activated / engaged. "CAN message can represent multiple coupling conditions, it is in
the analysis, however, only "open coupling" between and "not open clutch"
distinguished. The information is in the message dimKUP accordingly prepared (TRUE =
"Operated clutch / disengaged" "clutch not disengaged", FALSE =.
With the SW switches cowECOMTC.3 you can choose whether for a Ecomatic error
(EcoECO_STA = 4) of the motor via ecmUso_ECO = 0 is to be switched off or not (1 =
Engine off, 0 = engine not out).
Description of the status Ecomatic ecoECO_STA:
Decimal Comment
0 No ECOMATIC function
4 Ecomatic error (dimeco not HIGH to ecwINIT_T or CAN error)
8 Waiting for the first high-level
28 Wait, that start bit is cleared
12 dimeco == TRUE to mrmSTART_B = 0, Waiting for 'engine'
20 dimeco == FALSE to TRUE, waiting for 'a motor'
DS / ESA Other functions - Ecomatic 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.6.1 Ecomaticfunktion via digital input
Init Legend:
cowECOMTC == 1 cowECOMTC == 0
Condition
S
S ... value of olda

08 00 ecoECO_STA
dimeco
Timeout
dimeco == TRUE
28 04
mrmSTART_B == 0
dimeco == FALSE
ecmUso_ECO = -1 ecmUso_ECO = 0
12 20
dimeco == TRUE
Figure SONSEC02: Flow chart with Ecomaticfunktion via digital input

After a reset, the SG Message dimeco within the time ecwINIT_T must be TRUE.
Will not occur this, the Ecomatic is ignored for the current drive cycle. The Message
dimeco is already debounced available. If dimeco FALSE, ecmUso_ECO is set to 0
placed. If dimeco TRUE, ecmUso_ECO is reset to -1, and the actual amount
released. Furthermore, the speed dzmNmit to the difference of mrmN_LLBAS is -
ecwN_LOW tested. If it is below this threshold, the starting amount is released. For this purpose,
is occupied with 20H mrmSTART_B.
5.6.2 Ecomaticfunktion with CAN

Legend:
cowECOMTC.0 = 0 Condition
S
Init 00
S. .. value from ecoECO_STA
cowECOMTC.4 = 0 CAN_Fehler = fbbEEGS_1 or

fbbECA0_D or
fbbEASG_Q or
fboSCA0
cowECOMTC.4 = 1 CAN_Fehler
28 04
mrmSTART_B = 0 CAN_Fehler
CAN_Fehler
dimeco = FALSE
12 20
dimeco = TRUE
Figure SONSEC03: Flow chart with Ecomaticfunktion via CAN
19 April 2002 Other functions - Ecomatic DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The function corresponds to that described under Ecomatic via digital input, with the following
Exceptions:
the state no longer 08 (waiting for dimeco)
one comes from any operating state (except 00) by a CAN error fboSCAN
or fbbEEGS_1 or fbbEASG_Q or fbbECA0_D in the state 04 (Ecomatic error)
Value range of the olda mroEGSECST status (bit-coded) Ecomatic with CAN:

4 16Botschaftsfehler EGS (timeout or message data inconsistent)
6 64Ausblendung monitoring
Error message transmission (mroEGSECST.4 = 1):

In a message timeout (final message older than caw .. _RTO) or inconsistent
Message data (for two immediately successive experiments, the data of the message
read the content was already back partially overwritten), the status
mroEGSECST.4 set. Subsequently the error is reported fbbEEGS_1 as long as the
Error condition is present. The error is during active CAN - unreported suppression.
The error fbbEEGS_1 must be zeitentprellt because he also from the treatment "External
Amount of intervention "can be sent (ie, the error could be sent more often than
desired, see also "EGS intervention" / "EGS intervention via CAN").
5.6.3 'engine' / 'a motor' command (from the gearbox control unit to MSG)
dimeco
0
t
dzmNmit
0
t
mrmSTART_B
20H
01H
t
ecmUso_ECO
-1
t
Figure SONSEC04: shut - off / switch-

Is dimeco == FALSE, the actual injection quantity is withdrawn, resulting in the shutdown
the motor leads. This function is active only over a water temperature threshold ecwWTF_O.
The calculation runs during the 'engine' - further condition.
Is dimeco == TRUE, the current injection quantity is released. The calculation

runs during the 'engine' - further condition. Go dimeco below an applicable
Speed threshold from FALSE to TRUE, the addition is going to release the current
Injection quantity, the quantity released and start a boot without a previous SG Reset
performed.
DS / ESA Other functions - Ecomatic 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
No 'engine' command (from the engine control unit to the gearbox control unit)
ASG in a vehicle it may be necessary, the gearbox control unit (CAN)
inform you that no engine cut-off shall take place. The message khmKWH_CAN (equivalent
S_ECO in the CAN layout) is set to one if any of the following conditions is met:
- Which depends on the ambient air temperature and time has not yet expired. (This
Shutdown condition is only once after the initial start (if mrmSTART_B is zero)
determined. Even when the motor restart after shutdown by Ecomatic is this
Shutdown condition is not activated.)
- The generator load exceeds the value khwGEN_MAX.

- The water temperature is less than the value khwWTF_MIN.
- This bit is set and no cowFUN_HZE.1 cooling water heating deactivation
(DimKWH or dimKLI) is available.
- The bit cowFUN_HZE.2 set and turned on the air conditioning compressor is (mrmKLK_EIN = 1)
anmLTF khoTMP_AN khoTMP_TIM

anmUTF
KL TIMER
khwUTF_KL
cowKWHTAUS
khmGENLAST> khwGEN_MAX
anmWTF <khwWTF_MIN khmKWH_CAN

>1
CAN message:
S_ECO
khmNORAB.6 1
(See Figure SONSKW01)
cowFUN_HZE.1
mrmKLK_EIN
cowFUN_HZE.2
Figure SONSEC05: No 'engine' command
The transmission control unit is in this case the switching off of the engine prohibited (except
Security issues). The decision lies with the gearbox control unit.
19 April 2002 Other functions - Ecomatic DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.7 Coolant Temperature Control

The coolant temperature control involves three functions "coolant thermostat
Control "," radiator fan control "and" caster and caster pump ". The purpose of this function
the targeted influencing of the coolant around the engine in its operating ranges
consumption and emissions optimized to operate.
5.7.1 Overview
anmHZA
anmOTF
anmLTF
anmUTF
Coolant ehmFTST
anmWTF
thermostatic
dzmNmit
Control
mrmM_EAKT
fgmFGAKT
anmWTK
kumNL_akt
anmUTF
nlmNLact
anmWTF
mrmVB_FIL Caster and ehmFZWP
nlmLUENL Lag pump
anmOTF
anmUTF
anmWTF_CAN
anmWTK kumNL_akt
dimKLI
anmKMD
mrmKMD
dzmNmit ehmFHYL
mrmM_EAKT Radiator fan
mrmSTART_B Control ehmFGER
mrmVB_FIL
fgmFGAKT
nlmLUENL
nlmLUENLrd
dimKLB
anmLTF
anmADF
mrmCAN_KLI
nlmNLact
Figure SONSKM01: Overview coolant temperature control
DS / ESA Other functions - Coolant Temperature Control 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.7.2 Coolant Thermostat control

The coolant thermostat control is enabled through the software switch cowFUN_KFK
(CowFUN_KFK = 1) or disables (cowFUN_KFK = 0).
dzmNmit
kmoWTF_so1
mrmM_EAKT KF
kmwGRD_KF
fgmFGAKT
kmoWTF_so2
anmUTF
anmLTF KF kmwSO_VGW
kmwKOR2_KF
kmoWTF_sor
kmmWTFsoll
anmOTF kmoWTF_so3 MIN
MAX
KL
PT1
kmwKOR3_KL
kmwSO_VGW3 kmwPT1_ZP
cowFUN_KMT.1 = 1 kmwPT1_ZN
anmHZA kmoWTF_so4
KL
kmwKOR4_KL
kmwSO_VGW4
fboSFGG
kmoWTF_so5 fboSOTF
>1
KL fboSHZA
kmwKOR5_KL fboSUTF
cowFUN_KMT.2 = 1 fboSLTF
kmwSO_VGW5
cowFUN_KMT.0 = 1
Figure SONSKM02: water temperature setpoint calculation

From the basic characteristic map kmwGRD_KF is dependent on the engine speed and the dzmNmit
current amount mrmM_EAKT a water temperature setpoint for the cylinder head outlet
kmoWTF_so1 determined. There is a minimum formation with the target values to kmoWTF_so1
kmoWTF_so4 performed. The second setpoint kmoWTF_so2 results from the
KmwKOR2_KF correction map as a function of the driving speed and fgmFGAKT
the ambient temperature or the air temperature anmUTF anmLTF (applicable by
cowFUN_KMT.0. On the VS100 always anmUTF is displayed even if anmLTF applied
is. However, it is still anmLTF used to calculate). If a flexible
Service interval indicator is present (cowFUN_KMT.1 = 1), the third setpoint is
kmoWTF_so3 from the correction curve kmwKOR3_KL depending on the oil temperature
anmOTF determined. Otherwise, the default value kmwSO_VGW3 at the minimum education is
be used. If no Climatronic is present (cowFUN_KMT.2 = 1), the fourth setpoint
kmoWTF_so4 from the correction characteristic depending on the kmwKOR4_KL
Heating requirement anmHZA formed. Otherwise, the default value for kmwSO_VGW4
Minimum Education used. Order to provide sufficient heating power can be made available,
is performed with maximum selection kmoWTF_so5 after the minimum selection, which
19 April 2002 Other functions - Coolant Temperature Control DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
results from the heating requirement about kmwKOR5_KL.

The determined water temperature setpoint kmoWTF_sor PT1-filtered. Depending on the direction of the
Temperature change is one of two time constants (kmwPT1_ZP or kmwPT1_ZN)
selected. (NOTE: This PT1 filtering is processed in 100 ms grid The.
Memory factor may therefore not calculated, as with all other filters at the sampling rate of 20 ms
be.)
If an error occurs in the error paths for UTF or LTF, OTF, or FGG HZA, the
Setpoint kmmWTFsoll assigned the default value kmwSO_VGW. The selection of the error path
UTF or LTF is also via cowFUN_KMT (cowFUN_KMT.0 = 0 fboSUTF,
cowFUN_KMT.0 = 1 fboSLTF).
kmoWTFist kmmWTF_ra
anmWTF_CAN kmoTSTreg
kmwWTF_VGW
I CONTROLS
fbbEWTF_L kmwIReg ... kmwIAnt_mn

kmwIAnt_mx
fbbEWTF_H
>1
fbbEWTF_D &
fbbEWTF_B
fbbEKO2_Q
fbbEWTF_U
kmoTSTsteu
ehmFTST
fbbEWTF_N >1
KF
CONTROLS
fbbEWTF_S kmwSTEU_KF
kmwTST_max
cowWTF_CAN kmwTST_min
1 kmwST_VGW
kmmWTFsoll kumNL_akt
>1
anmWTK> kmwWTK_max
Figure SONSKM03: Command and control

If the water temperature is not received via CAN, now, when defective WTF probe the
Default value kmwWTF_VGW used. If the water temperature anmWTF_CAN via CAN
(Kombi2 message) is received, only errors of WTF over analog channel AND the fault of
WTF used via CAN to the default value.
In the control map kmwSTEU_KF is from the setpoint temperature and the kmmWTFsoll
Deviation kmmWTF_ra the drive duty determined kmoTSTsteu. Parallel to this,
is the deviation kmmWTF_ra an I-controller, which in positive and negative directions
(KmwIAnt_mx and kmwIAnt_mn) is limited.
The scheme is only in the small signal range active (within an applicable
Temperature window). If the control deviation is outside of the small signal range the I-
Share initialized to zero.
The difference between the duty cycles of control (kmoTSTsteu) and control (kmoTSTreg) is
limited to a minimum and maximum value (kmwTST_min and kmwTST_max) and is the
Drive duty for the coolant thermostat.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
If the caster is active (kumNL_akt = 1) OR the water temperature at cooler outlet is greater
than the threshold kmwWTK_max then the coolant thermostat amplifier with the
Default value kmwST_VGW driven.
5.7.3 Education of bits "characteristic map cooling":

fbbEWTF_L
fbbEWTF_H
>1
fbbEWTF_D
fbbEWTF_B
fbbEKO2_Q
fbbEWTF_U
&
fbbEWTF_N >1
fbbEWTF_S
cowWTF_CAN 1 1
fboSHYL 1
fboSGER 1
cowFUN_KFK
kmmKFK_CAN
fboSTST 1 &
fboSFGG 1
fboSOTF 1
fboSHZA 1
fboSUTF
fboSLTF 1
cowFUN_KMT.0
Figure SONSKM04: formation of the bit "characteristic map cooling"

This bit has the following meaning: "The characteristic map cooling is installed in this vehicle and has
no system error ". The error paths fboSWTF and an error of Kombi2-Boschaft, fboSHYL,
fboSGER, fboSTST, fboSFGG, fboSOTF, fboSHZA and fboSLTF / fboSUTF (depending on
Selection switch cowFUN_KMT.0) must not show any error set. If the
Not receive water temperature via CAN (Kombi2 Embassy), is defective in WTF-sensor
immediately detected system error. If, in addition to water temperature anmWTF the
Receive water temperature via CAN anmWTF_CAN, only used in error messages in both
detected system error. The message is in the message kmmKFK_CAN Motor5, Byte2,
Bit 6 sent via CAN. (See Chapter 10 - CAN)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.7.4 radiator fan control

kuoWTKsoll
&
>1
kuwSO_VGW kuoWTK_so6 >1
>1 1
fboSUTF
fboSWTK
cowWTF_CAN
fbbEWTF_H
fbbEWTF_D
fbbEWTF_L fbbEWTF_B kuoRel2
fbbEKO2_Q fbbEWTF_N
fbbEWTF_S
fbbEWTF_U
kuwSO_VGW2
cowFUN_KLS
kuoSOdyn
Q
kuwSOLL4KF S R
kuwRelVGW
KF kuoRel1
DEAD TIME DEAD TIME
kuwT1 kuwT2
anmWTK
kmmWTF_ra kuoWTDIFF
kuoWTK_so5
& &
anmWTF_CAN
kmmWTF_ra ehmFTST
ehmFTST> kmmWTF_ra>
<kuwRa1
kuwTV1 kuwRa2
<kuwTV2
kuwSOLL2KF
KF kuoWTK_so4
kuoWTK_so2
cowFUN_KLS
kuwPT1_WEPkuw
PT1_WEN
PT1
kuoWTKkorr kuoWTK_so3
kuoWTK_so1
cowFUN_KMT kuwKOR1_KL kuwSOLL3KF

.5
kuwSOLL1KF KL KF
KF
anmWTF_CANkm anmWTF_CAN
mWTF_soll mrmM_EAKT
dzmNmit dzmNmit anmUTF
Figure SONSKU01: water temperature setpoint calculation (at the radiator outlet)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Depending on the position of the switch DAMOS cowFUN_KLS are available for the determination of the
Fan cooling power applied two variants.
Variante1 (cowFUN_KLS = 1):
The water temperature setpoint at the cooler outlet kuoWTKsoll results from the water temperature
on the cylinder head outlet anmWTF_CAN (cowFUN_KMT.5 = 0) or the water temperature setpoint
kmmWTFsoll for the cylinder head outlet (cowFUN_KMT.5 = 1) and from the temperature
kuoWTK_so2, resulting from a load-dependent feedforward control. About the map
kuwSoll2KF is given a predetermined temperature above the temperature difference kuoWTK_so4,
which reflects the influence of the cooler, is corrected.
From the map kuwSoll1KF is dependent on the engine speed and the current dzmNmit
Amount mrmM_EAKT a target temperature kuoWTK_so1 for the cooler outlet determined. This
Temperature is PT1 filter. Depending on the direction of the change is one of two time constants,
selected (kuwPT1_WEP or kuwPT1_WEN). The output value is kuoWTK_so2.
From the map kuwSoll3KF is dependent on the ambient temperature and the anmUTF
Water temperature at the cylinder head outlet anmWTF_CAN a desired temperature difference
kuoWTK_so3 determined via the radiator. This difference is multiplicatively by a factor
kuoWTKkorr corrected. The speed-dependent factor is derived from the characteristic curve
kuwKOR1_KL.
To recognize early on when the thermostat is fully activated, the desired

Desired temperature is reached at the cylinder head outlet but not at an appropriate pace, the fan should
if necessary, provide a higher cooling performance. Here, the setpoint can at
Cooler outlet to the following conditions be reduced accordingly.
If the drive duty of the thermostat ehmFTST greater than the comparison value
kuwTV1 and the deviation for cylinder head outlet kmmWTF_ra smaller than the
Comparison value kuwra1, then, after the time kuwT1 a temperature offset in dependence
the deviation for cylinder head outlet kmmWTF_ra and the temperature difference
(AnmWTF_CAN-anmWTK) determined. This is subtracted from the setpoint kuoWTK_so5 to the
To increase the cooling output requirement of the fan.
The temperature offset is reset when the time after the kuwT2
Drive duty of the thermostat ehmFTST less than the comparison value kuwTV2 and the
Is deviation on the cylinder head outlet kmmWTF_ra greater than the comparison value kuwra2.
If an error in the error paths fboSUTF, fboSWTK or fboSWTF AND (fbbEKO2_Q

OR OR fbbEKO2_W cowWTFCAN = 0) occurs, as a replacement value for the setpoint temperature
used at the cooler outlet kuwSO_VGW.
Variant 2 (cowFUN_KLS = 0):

The relative cooling demand from kuwSOLL3KF and kuwSOLL4KF will kuorel1 added. If
one of the above-mentioned Error occurs is switched to the default kuwrelVGW.
The outputs of the maps kuwSOLL2_KF and kuwKOR4_KF are not here in the unit
° C, but in% relative cooling power.
For negative values of kmmWTF_ra to a cooling down of the engine by the / fan
are supported. The fan support is also function of the temperature gradient
the cooler (anmWTF_CAN-anmWTK) desired. About the map kuwSOLL4KF is the
relative dynamic cooling requirements kuoSOdyn determined.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Fan control because of increased water temperature on the cylinder head outlet:
Depending on the water temperature at the cylinder head outlet and the anmWTF_CAN
Ambient temperature anmUTF is the characteristic field kuwSOLL3KF the relative cooling demand
kuoWTK_so3 determined due to engine heat.
Note:
For concepts with Tata thermal control (and a sensor on the radiator outlet), this
Characteristic map used to determine the / fan at temperatures above the maximum target temperature
(Cylinder head outlet) to control. For concepts without thermal Tata control is based solely on
this map, the fan control determined due to engine heat.
The dynamic cooling demand and cooling demand due to increased water temperature at
Cylinder head outlet are summed (kuorel1).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
kuoWTK_ra kuoKB_reg
kuoWTKsoll
I CONTROLS
anmWTK kuwIReg ... kuwIAnt_mn

kuwIAnt_mx
kuoWTKist
kuwWTK_VGW
fboSWTK kuoRel2
cowFUN_KLS cowFUN_KLS
kuoKB_steu kuoZusKB
fgmFGAKT kuoV_ist
kuwFG_VGW KF CONTROLS
kuwSTEU_KF kuwZusKBmn
kuwZusKBmx
fboSFGG
Figure SONSKU02: Calculation of the additional cooling requirements

Variante1 (cowFUN_KLS = 1):
There is a new water temperature sensor, which is installed at the cooler outlet. If this is missing
or an error in the error path fboSWTK occurs, as the water temperature value
Cooler outlet kuoWTKist the default value kuwWTK_VGW used.
Go The control deviation at cooler outlet kuoWTK_ra and the driving speed kuoV_ist
the control map kuwSTEU_KF from which a relative cooling requirement is determined. If a
Error in the error path fboSFGG occurs, instead of the default value fgmFGAKT kuwFG_VGW
used for the vehicle speed.
In parallel, the control deviation kuoWTK_ra goes on an I controller, and in the positive
negative direction (kuwIANT_mx and kuwIANT_mn) is limited.
The scheme is only in the small signal range active (within an applicable
Temperature window). If the control deviation is outside of the small signal range the I-
Share initialized to zero.
The relative total cooling capacity is calculated from the difference between control (kuoKB_steu) and
Control (kuoKB_reg) (this figure is negative one) and is at a minimum and
Maximum value (kuwZusKBmn and kuwZusKBmx) limited. The particular here relative
The cooling power is to be applied by the fan.
Variant 2 (cowFUN_KLS = 0):

Instead kuoWTK_ra is given kuorel2 on the control map kuwSTEU_KF. About this
Map, the relative cooling requirements are reduced with increasing speed. If
an error in the error path for FGG occurs, the default value instead of kuwFG_VGW is
Driving speed used. Parallel to the disconnection of kuoWTK_ra over the DAMOS-
Switch cowFUN_KLS the regulator component kuoKB_reg is switched to zero.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.7.5 radiator fan output stage control
kuoHy_NAbl
kuoEl_NAbl
kuwHy_N1UkuwHy_N1O kuwEl_N1UkuwEl_N1O
Suppression Suppression
: :
kuwHy_N5UkuwHy_N5O kuwEl_N5UkuwEl_N5O
kuoV_ist2
On and off On and off
schalthystereseHydrolüft schalthystereseElektrolüf kuoKLIBA
ersonsku06 tersonsku07
kuoHy_N kuoEl_N
KF
kuoKB_KVM >1
fboSFGG KF
kuwKBRHyp kuwKBRElp
dzmNmit dzmNmit mrmCAN_KLI
fgmFGaktkuwFG_ .4
kuwHyGRDKF
VGW3 kuwElGRDKF
kuwKBRHyn kuwKBREln kuwKVM_KL
dimKLB
dimKLI
kuoHy_KB kuoEl_KB KL
kuoKMDgesp
RAMP RAMP
kuoSchalt
MAX MAX cowFUN_KM

T.3 = 1
kuoKMDneu >1
cowFUN_KM
kuoANFBA T.4 = 1
kumKMDneu>
kumKMDneu
kuoKMDgesp
<kuoKMDges
+ kuwKMDHP
p-
kuwKMDHN
kuoKLLFT
kuoZusKB kuwANKORK
kuwKlmftKL kuwANF_KF L
KL KF KL
mrmKLI_LUE
fgmFGAKT
mrmKMDanmKM
anmLTFldmADF
D
Figure SONSKU03: radiator fan output stage control (1)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
anmWTF
anmUTF KF
kuoHy_VGW3 kuwHy_VGW4
kuwNLHy_KF
dzmNmit
ehmFHYL
kuoHy_NAbl
KF
CONTROLS
kuwHyLFTKF
kuwHy_min
kuwHy_max
kuwHy_VGW1
kuwHy_VGW2
kuwEl_VGW4
kuoEl_NAbl
ehmFGER
KL
kuwElLFTKL
CONTROLS
kuwEl_VGW1 kuwEl_min
kuwEl_VGW2 kumNL_akt kuwEl_max
nlmNLact
kuoEl_VGW3 &
kumState <> 5
>1
kumState <> 6
anmWTF_CAN
kuoWTFkrit
mrmVB_FIL KF
kuwWTFkrKF kuwWTFHys1
kuwWTFHys2 >1
anmWTF
anmWTK - kuwWTFGR
anmUTF KF
kuwWTKHys1
kuwWTKHys2 kuwNLEl_KF
kumNL_akt
mrmSTART_B
DEAD TIME
&
kuwt_Start
dzmNmit> mrwSTNMIN1
Figure SONSKU04: radiator fan output stage control (2)
There is a maximum range between the additional cooling, kuoZusKB from the
Function "radiator fan control", derKlimabedarfsanforderungkuoKLIBA, the
Air demand request via CAN kuoKLLFT that are in from the map kuwKlmftKL
Dependence of mrmKLI_LUE results, and a cooling demand requirement for starting in the
Height kuoANFBA hit.
The cooling demand requirement for starting in height kuoANFBA arises from the map
kuwANF_KF in dependence on the intake air temperature and the atmospheric pressure anmLTF
ldmADF. This value is a factor of the characteristic curve depending kuwKORANFKL
the driving speed fgmFGAKT corrected. The fan selection is by cowFUN_KMT
(CowFUN_KMT.3 = 0 = 1 hydraulic fan electric fan and cowFUN_KMT.3) taken.
Ensure that the air function is not impaired, the air demand requirement is kuoKLIBA
considered. When the air conditioning (dimKLI = 1, dimKLB = 1 or

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmCAN_KLI.4 = 1), the cooling load exceeds the characteristic kuwKVM_KL from the
Refrigerant pressure kumKMDneu (hysteresis) was determined. Via cowFUN_KMT
are selected, if the refrigerant pressure by a pressure sensor anmKMD
(CowFUN_KMT.4 = 1) or via CAN mrmKMD (cowFUN_KMT.4 = 0) is provided.
About the switch and the OR gate is a hystereseähnliches behavior with administrable
Thresholds (kuwKMDH..) Realized in positve and negative direction.
The demand for cooling is via a ramp with a slope of kuwKBR ... p with positive or
kuwKBR ... n filtered for negative changes. The ramp is designed to prevent "fan saws".
After the maximum selection from the cooling demand (kuo. _KB ..) as a function of the
Engine speed dzmNmit over the respective fan base map (kuw. .. GRDKF) the
Fan speed for the corresponding fan (kuoHy_N for the hydraulic fan and kuoEl_N for the
Electric fan) determined.
It is possible up to five speed ranges (kuwHy_N. .. U to kuwHy_N ... O and

kuwEl_N ... U to kuwEl_N ... O) to suppress acoustic reasons. Instead of these
Fan speeds is the smaller of the limit (kuwHy_N. .. O and O kuwEl_N ...)
be used.
kuoElnmin
kuoV_ist2
KL
kuwElmin_KL
0 MAX kuoEl_N3
kuwElnmin
kuoEl_N MAX kuoEl_N2
kuwElminU
kuwElminO
Figure SONSKU06: A and switch-off electric fan
kuoHynmin
kuoV_ist2
KL
kuwHymin_KL
0 MAX kuoHy_N3
kuwHynmin
kuoHy_N MAX kuoHy_N2
kuwHyminU
kuwHyminO
Figure SONSKU07: A switch-off and hydraulic fan

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
In order to prevent small fan revs jumping back and forth, the fan speed is
the blanked still preceded by a one-and switch-off.
There is a speed threshold KUW ... nmin set, under which the fan must not be running.
Increases the fan speed kuo ... _N0 about the value (> =) KUW ... Mino is, the fan speed
kuo .... _N2 from zero to maximum of minimum speed nmin KUW ... and kuo ..... set _N0. If
the fan speed kuo ... _N0 back below the threshold (<=) KUW .... minU, the fan speed is
kuo .... _N2 reset to zero.
The selection is extended to the characteristic KUW ... min_KL that the dependent
Speed kuoV_ist2 a minimum fan speed kuo ... nmin pretending. Subsequently
a further maximum range between nmin and kuo kuo ... ... _N2 taken, from which
kuo ... _N3 results.
If no hydraulic fan installed, the characteristic KUW ... min_KL is to be applied with zero.
If an error in the error path fboSFGG occurs, instead of the default value fgmFGAKT
kuwFG_VGW3 used for the driving speed, which is to be applied so that the maximum
possible minimum fan speed is shown in kuoHynmin.
With the electric fan speed is in the implementation of duty cycle on the characteristic
kuwElLFTKL. In the hydraulic fan this is done via the map kuwHyLFTKF in
Depending on the engine speed dzmNmit, since the operating point is just in the near-idle
Area can move. There may be areas where the fan speed is only in
Depending on the engine speed changes. Thereby resulting fluctuations
prevent the fan speed must be lowered. This amplifier can also be for another
Electric fans are used.
During the startup process (mrmSTART_B = 1 and dzmNmit> mrwSTNMIN1) the fans are
for the applicable time kuwt_Start with the default values kuwHy_VGW2 and kuwEl_VGW2
activated.
When the water temperature at the radiator outlet is greater than the anmWTK
Water temperature threshold kuwWTFGR or if a critical water temperature at
Head leaving kuoWTFkrit is reached, and the default values kuwHy_VGW1
kuwEl_VGW1 switched. The critical temperature is obtained from the map kuwWTkrKF
depending on the water temperature at the top outlet anmWTF and the filtered consumption
mrmVB_FIL. Switching is done via a hysteresis (kuwWTFHys. ..). The query
anmWTK - anmWTF is also hysteresis (kuwWTKHys1 and kuwWTKHys2).
While the caster (kumNL_akt = 1), the cooling fan power amplifiers with kuoHyVGW3 be or
kuoElVGW3 driven. KuoElVGW3, kuoHyVGW3 arise here at the beginning of the wake
from the map kuwNLEl_KF, kuwNLHy_KF depending on anmWTF and anmUTF. At the
End of the follow-up time, the duty cycles for both fans kuwElVGW3, kuwHyVGW3 be
changed so that the fan speed ramp-like down to the minimum value (kuw. _min.) on
Fan run-on end can be reduced. (Use with 2 electric fans)
If a hydraulic fan installed, so this is to disable the wake.

The control of the electric fan ehmFGER and the hydraulic fan ehmFHYL done by the end of
the cooler caster kumNLact by the end of MSG caster with the duty ratio
kuwEl_VGW4 or kuwHy_VGW4.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.7.6 Education of the relative cooling power for CAN
ehmFHYL kumCAN_LUE
ehmFGER CAN message
Engine 5, byte 5
KL 0xFFh
kuwTV_KL
fboSHYL
fboSGER
kuwLFTAUSW
Figure SONSKU08 Education of the relative cooling power for CAN

For the onboard supply control unit is dependent on kuwLFTAUSW (0: ehmFHYL, 1: ehmFGER) the
respective duty ratio of the characteristic curve in a relative cooling power kuwTV_KL converted
and sent via CAN (motor 5, byte 5). If an error occurs in one of the stages (fboSGER,
fboSHYL) on will be shipped via CAN, the value 0xFFh (Error Identification).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.7.7 caster and caster pump

a
anmWTF
kuwWTSCHW a <b
b
second follow-up phase &

is active
nlmLUENL kumNL_akt
see
& Text description
nlmNLact
anmUTF
kuwNLVGWmn ehmFZWP
kuwNLVGWmx
anmWTF KF
kuwNLKORKF
MAX
kuoVB_gesp Reduction of
Follow-up time - kuwNL_tab kuoEl_VGW3
and
kuoHy_VGW3 on
mrmVB_FIL kuwNLpro% of
Minimum value
NL time expired
KF
kuwNLGRDKFnlmNLact
anmWTF
anmUTF
KL
kuwNLF_KL
anmOTF
KL
kuwNLOELKL
kuwNLOEL
cowFUN_KMT.1 = 1
anmWTF
MAX
anmUTF KF
kuwNLKORK2
Remaining
Follow-up time
Figure SONSKU05: caster and caster pump

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6
Driving
nlmNLact = 1
Amplifiers ehmFGER,
ehmFHYL, ehmFTST X. .. value of the Status Message kumState
and ehmFZWP
turn off
5
Waiting for
Fan Sharing
nlmLUENL = 1
Determine NL-time and

limit to maximum
NL-time <kuwNL_tab NL-time <kuwNLtmin

1
First follow-up
Phase
kuwNL_pro the
NL-time expired
2
Second NL
Phase
Time of the second NL-phase

expired
OR
anmWTF <kuwWTSCHW
3
Ramp
ehmFGER and ehmFHYL

in time kuwNL_tab
reduce to the minimum value
finished
4
End of ramp
ehmFGER = kuwEl_VGW4
ehmFHYL = kuwHy_VGW4
ehmFZWP and ehmFTST
turn off
kumNL_akt = 0
7
Luefter-NL
End
Figure SONSKU09: States of the fan run

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The meaning of the message kumState be seen in the following table:
kumState (dec.) Importance

1 First follow-up phase
2 Second follow-up phase
3 Ramp runs
4 Completed ramp
5 Waiting for fan release
6 Driving
7 Fan run-end
If the Nachlaufpase active (nlmNLact = 1) and the release for the fan run or
Thermostat overrun was granted (nlmLUENL = 1) is the lag pump to the default value
kuwNLVGWmx driven. While the caster the fan stages and are
Thermostat output stage driven with the corresponding default values.
At the beginning of the wake, the timer is started with a time of from the maximum
Caster basic characteristic field kuwNLGRDKF and the follow-correction map kuwNLKORKF
results. The input variables of the tracking basic characteristic field are the filtered consumption
mrmVB_FIL and the water temperature at the cylinder head outlet anmWTF. The filtered consumption
mrmVB_FIL is frozen in the wake thus also at the second maximum selection of
same consumption value will be used. The output value of this characteristic field is by a factor
multiplied, which results from the characteristic kuwNLF_KL depending on the ambient temperature
results, where appropriate, to shorten the lag time in cool temperatures. The
Input variables of the follow-correction map are the ambient temperature and anmUTF
the water temperature at the cylinder head outlet anmWTF. The tracking characteristic kuwNLOELKL
is only active if enabled WIV (cowFUN_KMT.1 = 1). The first calculation of the
Follow-up time should be designed so that the maximum temperature of the post-heating
is exceeded. The filtered consumption mrmVB_FIL is at the beginning of the wake in the
E2PROM saved.
Description of the black box:

After kuwNLpro% of such specific follow-up time, the maximum range between the will
Map kuwNLKORKF2 and the remaining follow-up time performed. (Second
Follow-up phase). The time for the trailing extension should include the trailing
Correction map kuwNLKORKF result. These must be the filtered consumption kuoVB_gesp,
before the maximum selection is performed again be reset. If the newly determined
Follow-up time greater than the remaining old follow-up time, the follow-up phase is correspondingly
extended. At the time trailing end - kuwNL_tab is the Nachlauftastverhältnis
kuoEl_VGW3 and kuoHy_VGW3 (from the "control of the cooling fan power amplifiers")
reduced via a ramp in time kuwNL_tab to the minimum value. If the newly determined
Follow-up time less than or equal than the remaining old follow-up time, the follow-up phase runs up to
the end. The lowering of the Nachlauftastverhältnisses kuoEl_VGW3 and kuoHy_VGW3
also takes place.
During the second follow-up phase, there is a premature termination condition. The
Termination condition is met and the timer is cleared when the water temperature
anmWTF is below an applicable threshold temperature kuwWTSCHW. The

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Lowering of Nachlauftastverhältnisses kuoEl_VGW3 and kuoHy_VGW3 also takes place for the
Demolition case.
It must kuwNLpro% of the minimum follow-up time kuwNLtmin (> 0 s delay time) greater than or equal
be as kuwNL_tab. For stopping times smaller kuwNLtmin is detected on follow-0s and the
Reduced power amp without a ramp to the minimum.
The follow-up time must be limited to a maximum follow-up time kuwNLtmax.

The following condition must for proper function fulfilled (Application Note):
(KuwNL_tab + run-time * (kuwNL_pro / 100)) <= lag time

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.8 Thermostat Diagnosis
The function is divided into three sub-functions:
Release 1) operating range of diagnostic

2) Model temperature and ambient temperature calculation
3) error detection
dzmNmit
anmWTF
fboSWTF
fboSUTF Enable diagnostics kmmDiaStat
fboSKBI
fboSLDF Enable diagnostics
fboSLDP
fboSADF
fboSLTF
fbbETHS_L
kmmDiaStat.7
Error detection kmmDiaStat.6
Error detection
anmUTF
ldmP_Llin
ldmADF
anmLTF Model temperature
mrmVERB and temp-
ehmFGSK1 calculation
ehmFGSK2 kmmTMotBer
ehmFGSK3
anmWTF Modell_Umgebungstemp
Figure SONSTD01: Functional Overview
19 April 2002 Other functions - Thermostat Diagnosis DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.8.1 State Description "Enable Diagnostics"
The implementation of the diagnosis depends on the state of the bits of the message from kmmDiaStat.
Bit of the Value of the
Message Bits Description
kmmDiaStat
0 Diagnosis does not start 3)
1
Speed must be greater than or equal kmw_DZ_gr
Demolition of diagnosis 1oder2)
1 1 The dead time (= product of kmwTDZeit and kmwTDZaehl) was
exceeded
Diagnosis does not start 1)
2 1 The water temperature is less than anmWTF
the lower threshold kmw_Th_AbU
Diagnosis does not start 1)
The first value of the water temperature is greater than anmWTF
3 1 the upper threshold kmw_Th_AbO
Diagnosis does not start 1) or discontinuation of diagnosis 2)
Defective water temperature sensor
4 1 Diagnosis does not start 1) or discontinuation of diagnosis 2)
Error of another sensor (switch position cowVAR_ThU!)
Demolition of diagnosis 2)
5 1 Diagnosed error
Demolition of diagnosis 2)
6 1 Performed test
7 1
1)
Diagnosis does not start: The diagnosis can not be performed in this cycle, as
at least one condition is not satisfied. The re-activation can only be through a
Initialization done.
2)
Demolition of diagnosis: The diagnosis can not be performed for this driving cycle
or the test is completed. The re-activation can only occur through an initialization.
3)
Diagnosis does not start: The diagnosis starts when the bit is 0.
Note to kmmDiaStat: Once a bit from bit 0 to bit 5 ONE, the following messages and
Oldas indeterminate: kmmDiaStat.6, kmmDiaStat.7, kmmTMotBer, kmoVerbPT1, kmoMotQzu,
kmoMotQab, kmoUmgebQ, kmmUTFkor1, kmmUTFBer, kmoWTFPT1, kmoPdiff, kmoTUmPT1.
Depending on the switch cowVAR_ThU following error paths are queried:
DS / ESA Other functions - Thermostat Diagnosis 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
àFor cowVAR_ThU = 1:
The error detection is performed when no error

- The UTF sensor
or
- CAN combi - Embassy
occurs.
àFor cowVAR_ThU = 0
The error detection is performed when no error

- The LDF sensor
or
- ADF sensor
or
- The LTF sensor
occurs.
dzmNmit <kmw_DZ_gr
kmmDiaStat.x
1 x=0
DEAD TIME
x=1
kmwTDZeit, kmwTDZaehl, Init = 0
x=2
anmWTF <kmw_Th_AbU
x=3 >1
(First valid value of anmWTF)> kmw_Th_AbO
x=4
fboSWTF
x=5
fboSUTF
>1
fboSKBI
fboSLDF
fboSLDP
>1
fboSADF
fboSLTF
cowVAR_ThU
Figure SONSTD02: Enable Diagnostic

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.8.2 Error Detection
An error occurs if the calculated motor temperature kmmTMotBer greater than kmw_THSauf
and anmWTF is less than or equal kmw_THStol.
The test is terminated when the measured water temperature anmWTF greater than kmw_THStol
or a fault has occurred.
For the end of the tape test Readiness is for the thermostat diagnosis with the "Readiness
Speed "(password xcwPRDYm1) set. For customer service Readiness is for the
Error path fboSTHS set after deleting the error memory.
If an error occurs, the error bit is set fbbETHS_L and the MIL lamp (be applied)
activated.
fbbETHS_L
kmmDiaStat.6
S
kmmTMoTBer a & Q
kmw_THSauf a> b
b
Init
R
a
anmWTF
kmw_THStol a> b S kmmDiaStat.7
b >1 Q
Init
R
Figure SONSTD03: error detection

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.8.3 temperature calculation model and ambient temperature calculation

5.8.3.1 model temperature
The calculation of the model temperature is the PT1-like course of the cooling water temperature
by the after engine warming. The cooling water can absorb heat (the heat flux is
counted as positive) or leave (the heat flux is counted negatively).
àpositive heat Posts:
Warming due to the burning:

The consumption mrmVERB is smoothed with kmw_MePT1, via the characteristic kmw_ThMeKl
is determined, the amount of heat supplied.
Heating because of the cooling water heating:

Are the power amplifiers ehmFGSK1, ehmFGSK2 or ehmFGSK3 active, the amounts of heat are
kmw_HLGSK1, kmw_HLGSK2 or kmw_HLGSK3 added.
All positive amounts are visible on the Olda kmoTMotQzu.
ànegative thermal contribution:
The negative thermal contribution is about the Water temperature anmWTF and the
Ambient temperature determined.
Depending on the switch position of cowVAR_ThU (Fig. 5), the measured ambient temperature
anmUTF or the calculated value kmmUTF_ber taken.
About the characteristic kmw_ThHzKL the amount of heat is determined and on the Olda
kmoMotQab visible.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
kmoVerbPT1
kmoMotQzu kmmTMotBer
mrmVERB
kmoQint
PT1 KL I
kmw_MePT1 kmw_ThMeKL Init with 1 valid

anmWTF measured value
0
kmw_HLGSK1
ehmFGSK1
0
kmw_HLGSK2
ehmFGSK2
0
kmw_HLGSK3
ehmFGSK3
kmoUmgebQ
anmWTF
kmoMotQab
KL
kmmUTF_ber kmw_ThHzKL
anmUTF
cowVAR_ThU
Figure SONSTD04: Temperature Model
The initial value for the integrator of the model is the first valid measurement of water temperature
anmWTF.
The termination of the model temperature determination is described in Section 5.8.1.

Model the temperature determination is carried out when kmmDiaStat is zero.
5.8.3.2 ambient temperature

kmoWTFPT1
kmmUTFkor1
anmWTF
PT1 KL
kmwWTkorGF kmwWTkorKL
anmLTF
kmoPdiff kmmUTF_BER
ldmP_Llin KF PT1 kmoTUmPT1
kmwLTkorKF kmwLTkorGF
ldmADF Init with 1 valid
anmLTF measured value
Figure SONSTD05: Mod_Umgebungstemp

Ambient temperature detection is performed when kmmDiaStat is zero.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.9 Flexible service interval display

The flexible service interval display allows the oil change intervals depending
oil actual load can be carried out. This is an optimal use of
Be the engine oil reaches.
As a function of rotational speed dzmNmit, Injection quantity mrmM_EAKT and oil temperature anmOTF
will identify the specific oil pollution. The oil load is composed of a thermal
Wear value (low byte of simOEL_BEL) and a particle entry value (high byte of
simOEL_BEL) together.
The thermal wear value of the characteristic field siwOEL_tKF (Thermal stress) in
Depending on RPM and oil temperature calculated.
The particle entry value of the characteristic field siwOEL_rKF (Soot entry) in accordance with
Speed and injection quantity.
These values are staggered determined (so that every 100ms new values are available) and
applied as for the CAN message cyclically every 1000ms transferred to the instrument cluster.
Until the start shedding and further in the wake of the telegram identifier 0 is transmitted. At
Telegram identifier 0 are not evaluated the wear values from the instrument cluster.
thermal load
anmOTF
LB simOEL_BEL
(First parameter CAN messages.)
dzmNmit KF
siwOEL_tKF
Soot entry
HB simOEL_BEL
(2nd parameter CAN messages.)
mrmM_EAKT KF
siwOEL_rKF
Figure SONSSI01: specific oil pollution
The instrument cluster sums the values and determines the root mean square of
Soot entry, thermal stress index and distance. When a limit is reached
is signaled to the driver that an oil change is carried out.
19 April 2002 Other Features - Flexible service interval display DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5:10 generator excitation

In order the startup behavior of the engine to improve the excitation of the alternator only
sent off after the start shedding is done, or a speed threshold has been exceeded.
For this purpose, the excitation of the generator is carried out by the EDC. To this end, by a
negative pulse on the GEA final stage a relay is connected. This activation occurs during
an operating cycle only once in the startup process. If the condition for the first time in the wake
met, the excitement is not supplied switch. GEA output stage is powered by the
Message ehmFGEA.
After initialization ehmFGEA is ON (TV 100%). After the start shedding is done
or the speed threshold mlwERR_n has been exceeded, if the filtered battery
zmmUBATT voltage less than the applicable threshold mlwUBATT is the order of the
Map mlwERR_KF a function of the atmospheric pressure and the ldmADF
Engine temperature anmT_MOT calculated time delay, for the duration of the message mlwERR_tda
ehmFGEA set to OFF (TV 0%). At the end of mlwERR_tda ehmFGEA goes for the
remaining operating cycle back on again.
a
zmmUBATT
mlwUBATT a 1
fbbEK15_P
& ehmFGEA
>1 &
dzmNmit> mlwERR_n
>1 DEAD TIME DEAD TIME
mrmSTART_B mlwERR_tda
ldmADF
anmT_MOT KF
mlwERR_KF
Figure: SONSGEA1: connection of the generator excitation
DS / ESA Other features - generator excitation 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5:11 odometer
The odometer (edoKMZ) is integration takes the current speed
counted during the ride. (Not, however, in the wake)
To obtain this size information about the cycle beyond the store in the EEPROM is needed.
This, moreover, is carried out after (if gespeichtert edoKMZ_STA.0 = 1) in each case after
Said stretch edwKMZ_ZYK. In the next cycle the odometer with
the value stored in the EEPROM initialized.
If edwKMZ_ZYK applied to "0", the mileage, and the error is

Overflow bit in the EEPROM deleted ("reset everything").
Exceeds the odometer (edoKMZ) its maximum value, then an overflow occurs
and the overflow bit (OVB) edoKMZ_STA.1 is set. The overflow occurs once, it remains
obtained for the life of the SG.
(Except when the KMZ is reset)
In addition, a parity bit to save the odometer reading is determined and the
Information saved in the EEPROM.
When reading from the EEPROM from the stored mileage again a parity
is calculated and compared with the stored data. If the comparison shows a negative result,
is an error (ERB →edoKMZ_STA.2) set, however, is with the read-
Mileage continue working so that possible test intervals may be further carried out
can be. (Eg: every 1000km check a particular actuator)
The error occurs once, it remains for the life of the SG.
(Except when the KMZ is reset)
The resolution of the counter was elected km with 0.01 km. This results in a maximum
Mileage of 5,368,709.11 km = [(229 -1) * 0.01 km].
Application values: edwKMZ_ZYK

Input values: fgmFGAKT, current speed
nlmNLact, Overrun active (true / false)
Output values: edoKMZ_L, Olda LOW - Word (16-bit)

edoKMZ_H, Olda HIGH - Word (16-bit)
edoKMZ_STA, Olda status km level
X X X 29 Bit km level
←edoKMZ_H (Lower 16bit edoKMZ_L)
saved
X X X X X ERB OVB
in NL
←edoKMZ_STA (8-bit)
19 April 2002 Other features - Odometer DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5:12 EOBD - odometer

With this function, the distance traveled is determined with activated MIL. This
to a requirement according EOBD legislation.
The counter xcmKmMILon is as long as long as summed up the MIL is activated. As

Input variable is the current driving speed fgmFGAKT. Extinguish the MIL remains the
Count constant. In re-activation of the MIL, the count is set to 0 and the
Summation restarted. By deleting the error memory via KW71 or
KWP2000 - Mode04, the count is reset.
There will be no overflow takes i.e. upon reaching the maximum count of 65535 km
(Equivalent FFFFhex) this value remains constant. The resolution is 1 km.
The status xcmKmMILch is defined as follows:

Bit 0 Error Error when saving
Bit 1 Parity Parity
Bit 2 Delete Required to delete the counter
Bit 3 MIL active MIL was active when last task cycle
Application Notes:
Label State
edwKMZ_ZYK 0 Function EOBD odometer inactive, the
Mileage is with activated MIL
not summed
<> 0 EOBD Odometer active; function as

above
xcwCARxx_E 0 Umrechnug CARB. The memory value is 1:1

from the memory to the diagnostic interface
transfer
fbwFFRM_09 33
DS / ESA Other functions - EOBD - odometer 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
19 April 2002 Overview - EOBD - Odometer DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5:13 Misfire Detection
5.13.1 General
The Misfire Detection (OBDII demand) is used to detect and report periodically
occurring misfire of a cylinder as a result of strong compression loss or lack of
Fuel injection. Intermittent misfires are called OBDII relevant error in the
Fault memory registered.
The subtask includes the following functions:

- Review of the monitoring conditions
-
Delayed detection start / early detection end
-
- Misfire detection
Results Analysis
5.13.2 Monitoring conditions

The monitor for misfire is performed only under the following conditions:
- Speed dzmNmit <max. Speed for monitoring mrwAUS_Nmx AND
-
Speed dzmNmit> min. Speed for monitoring mrwAUS_Nmi
AND
-Current amount mrmM_EAKT <max. Quantity for monitoring mrwAUS_Mmx
AND
-Current amount mrmM_EAKT> min. Quantity for monitoring mrwAUS_Mmi
AND
-Travel speed act. fgmFGAKT
<= Max. Speed for Superv mrwAUS_Vmx
-Water temperature anmWTF> min. Water temp. for monitoring mrwAUS_WT AND
-Time since last state change in dimKUP AND
> Kupplungsbetätigungsausblendezeit mrwAUS_KUt
-Time since engine start (mrmSTART_B)> Startausblendezeit mrwAUS_Stt
-((Clutch dimKUP = 1 AND
AND
AND
Monitoring of clutch engaged mrwAUS_KUP)
OR
-(Clutch dimKUP = 0 AND
Monitoring is not actuated clutch mrwAUS_nKU))
DS / ESA Other functions - Misfire Detection 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
dzmNmit <mrwAUS_Nmx
dzmNmit> mrwAUS_Nmi
mrmM_EAKT <mrwAUS_Mmx
mrmM_EAKT> mrwAUS_Mmi
Monitoring active
fgmFGAKT <= mrwAUS_Vmx &
anmWTF> mrwAUS_WT
t (SRC)> mrwAUS_KUt
t (start)> mrwAUS_SH
dimKUP = 1
&
mrwAUS_KUP = 1 >1
dimKUP = 0
&
mrwAUS_nKU = 1
Figure SONSZA01: Misfiring monitoring conditions

The ranges for monitoring the speed dzmNmit must be within the speed limits
are for the LRR calculation mrwLRR_LOW or mrwLRR_HIG.
An intermittent test is continued after re-entering the surveillance area.
5.13.3 Delayed detection start / early detection end

This function is used to mask the transient engine operating conditions such as the
Can be expected to leave or on entering the surveillance area.
mroAUSZsta = 0
mrwAUS_max
&
Monitoring active
fbbEAUZ_ ..
Buffer 1 Result-
Dropout Buffer 2 Error
dzmNakt mroAUSZZ .. determination
detection mroAUSZUM2 debouncing
mroAUSZUM1 mroAUSZUpM
mroAUSZUpM1 = mrwAUS_blk
mroAUSZUpM = mrwAUS_anz
* MrwAUS_blk
Figure SONSZA02: Delay of detection or the results analysis

After completing the monitoring conditions, the acquisition is to mrwAUS_blk
Engine revolutions delayed. The recording starts when the olda mroAUSZsta the value 0
has been reached.
By recording the rated motor revolutions (mroAUSZUM1) in Buffer 1 and

Reallocate after mrwAUS_blk motor turns in a buffer (Buffer 2,
mroAUSZUM2) ensures that the actual test results analysis after 2 x
mrwAUS_blk motor revolutions is delayed. If now the Condition Monitoring
away, the two memory buffer are discarded and thus the last motor revolutions with the
Results Analysis not be considered. This is for the test continued the olda
mroAUSZsta initialized with mrwAUS_blk.
19 April 2002 Other Features -Misfire Detection DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.13.4 misfire detection

Per two engine revolutions once the required minimum speed increase mroAUSZ_dN
formed, resulting from the percentage share of the average mrwAUS_dN
Speed rise calculated.
kz-1 kz-1
å n [2 * k] - ån [2 * k 1]
mroAUSZ _ dN  k0 k0 mrwAUS_ dN
* 100%
z
Minimum speed increase

dzmNakt ån (k) - ån (k-1) mrwAUS_dn
*
Z
mroAUSZ_dn
mroAUSZZ ..
n (k) - n (k-1) <mroAUSZ_dn
increase
Figure SONSZA03: misfire detection

The misfire detection to check whether each of the rotational speed increases after injection via
the minimum mroAUSZ_dN lie. Insufficient speed increases to increase the
Cylinder associated error event counter (mroAUSZZ..) In Buffer 1
DS / ESA Other functions - Misfire Detection 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5.13.5 Test Result

The error status of the misfire detection does not result from the finding of a single
Misfire, but due to its frequency.
The error message misfire in a cylinder fbbEAUZ_ .. (.. = 1 .. z) is reported when

within a test frame of mrwAUS_anz * mrwAUS_blk motor turns over
mrwAUS_max misfiring of this cylinder were detected. Subsequently, the test is again
starts.
T1 ... is the time that elapses before mrwAUS_blk rotations were made
1
Monitoring
condition
0 t
Error entry when

Test frame more than mrwAUS_max
Misfiring recognized
Number of were
rated
Revolutions
(MroAUSZUpM)
t
1
Capture
0 t
Figure SONSZA04: Timing

Error fbEAUZ_M the path misfire detection has the meaning: have more cylinders
simultaneously dropouts.
19 April 2002 Other Features -Misfire Detection DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5:14 hour meter

The operating hours counter (olda's mroBSTZl and mroBSTZh) and the experimental threshold (olda's
mroBTSSl and mroBTSSh) in the EEPROM have a value range of 4 byte (against wear
the low - bytes, overflow, etc.-secure). Operating intervals are only counted if the
DzmNmit speed greater than the threshold mrwBTS_NMX, and the actual injection quantity
mrmM_EAKT are greater than the threshold mrwBTS_MMX. This state is driving
mentioned. An operating interval consists of mrwBTS_BIN times the period mrwBTS_TIK.
Thereafter, the operation hours counter is incremented. Outside of the driving operation, the current
Interval can be stopped. If the cycle completed, commenced operation intervals
ignored.
Reaches the operating hours counter the test threshold + mrwBTS_TIN, the test flag is
mrmBTSM for ELAB - test set and the test threshold of the current value
Operating hours counter set.
DS / ESA Other Features - Operating hours counter 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5:15 Electric fuel pump / TAV
&
dimeco
DEAD TIME
mrwEKP_Dly
>1
dzmNmit> 0
dimK15 ehmFEKP
&
fbbECRA_B (croCR_STAT> = crwCR_ST_B)
ehmFTAV
ecmUso_ECO = -1
Figure EKP_01: electric fuel pump / Tankabschaltventil

About the function switch cowFUN_EKP (cowFUN_EKP = 0) can the control of the
electric fuel pump and Tankabschaltventils deaktivieren.Sobald terminal 15 active
is not about the crash error fbbECRA_B is not final malfunctioning and mrmUsoll
To be ECOMATIC off (ecmUso_ECO = -1), the fuel pump stage can in
Two different types are switched on:-if the speed is greater than zero dzmNmit
ehmFEKP and ehmFTAV be turned on or
- when a ECOMATIC request is present (dimeco = 1). If the ECOMATIC-

Requirement, so be administered for the duration mrwEKP_Dly the output stages
Fuel pump ehmFEKP and Tankabschaltventil ehmFTAV driven.
5.15.1 Electrical fuel pump / TAV during the initialization phase

In initialization, a ECOMATIC request is independent of dimeco simulated
which ehmFEKP and ehmFTAV for the duty mrwEKP_Dly be switched
(If the above conditions for dimK15, fbbECRA_B and ecmUso_ECO are met).
Application Note:
The task of the electric fuel pump and Tankabschaltventil is performed every 100 ms, this should
be considered in the application of mrwEKP_Dly.
19 April 2002 Other Features -Electrical fuel pump / TAV DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6 Error Handling
6.1 Survey
The error handling is organized as follows:
Data set parameters for each error Data set parameters for each error path
(FbwE. .. A, FBWE ... B, FBWE ... T, (FbwS. .. UB., FBWS ... FLC,
FBWE ... V, FBWE ... C) FBWS ... HLC, FBWS ... PRI)
Test condition
(Tested: YES / NO)
Error Fault memory
vorentprellung Management Fault memory
Vorentprellzustand
(Intact, finally broken)
Diagnosis
Result of Replacement reactions MILSYS

Error tests with substitute values Lamp KW71 CARB
Figure UEBEFB01: Error Handling
Each SG function group (eg, quantity calculation, exhaust gas recirculation, ...) performs monitoring
from. The result of this monitoring (hereinafter referred to as error) is applied to the
Fehlervorentprellung reported.
The Fehlervorentprellung carried out for each fault individually. It is used to detect security (for example,
must be a "Signal Range Check" SRC hurt for a limited period of time, that's not even short
Cause glitches an error). There is a separate data set parameter block for each error. Is
the error finally broken a message is sent to the error memory management.
Individual errors are combined to error paths. The error memory management performs the
Eintragsentprellung per error path through. If an error is finally broken reported, it is
to substitute functions in driver software and a preliminary fault memory entry of the path
which must be confirmed in the Eintragsentprellung.
The state of an error path in the error memory determining whether the MIL lamp or SYS
and whether the fault entry for the diagnosis is visible.
19 April 2002 Error handling - Overview DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.2 Fehlervorentprellung
Error
final final
provisionally provisionally defektvorläufig defective provisionally
defective defective cured cured
classified operational
as intact cured
Error
FBOs ...
FBWE ... A FBWE ... B
Figure UEBEFB02: Fehlervorentprellung
6.2.1 defect detection

When an error occurs, this is for the time being as provisionally defective and after the debounce time
FBWE .. A as finally broken classified. When you heal during the debounce time, the error is
again as intact classified. The Fehlervorentprellung can be obtained by application of FBWE .. A with zero
or maximum value can be switched off, which at the maximum value of the error at zero and never
immediately as finally broken is classified.
6.2.2 Intact recognition

When you heal a defect that is as provisionally cured and after the Heilungsentprellzeit
FBWE .. B as healed in operation classified. Recurrence during the debounce time is the
Error as finally broken reported. The error condition can bruise by applying FBWE .. B
zero or maximum value can be switched off, wherein the error in the maximum value
can not be cured and he as at zero immediately healed in operation is classified.
Warning:
The replacement function of an error and its entry in the error memory takes place in
Vorentprellzustand finally broken. Upon detection and classification of an error as provisionally
defective is frozen, the last valid state for the duration of the debounce FBWE .. A! The
Switching of substitute to normal function when done in Operation healed.
DS / ESA Error Handling - Fehlervorentprellung 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.2.3 Test condition

An error is given the status "tested" for the first time after ignition when a intact or
finally broken is reported by the Vorentprellung.
An error path (see next section) is considered tested when an error occurs in the path or all
Error of the path were tested.
If FBWE ... A with the maximum value applied (= error is never finally broken) applies the error
after the onset of the first monitor as tested.
Example:
If an error occurs after "ignition on" reported by monitoring as well the first time so applies
the error immediately when tested, he other hand, is reported as bad as it is only after the
Vorentprellung classified as tested.
6.2.4 caster - Low voltage K15

It may be monitoring for any errors depends on the Terminal 15 voltage level applicative
be hidden that is, There is no Vorentprellung an error and therefore no
Fault memory.
The problem is not definitely defective but not cured. There is no replacement function.
The detection of the state of the terminal 15 is done both as a digital and analog signal. If free
Recognizes; voltage drops below the threshold determined by the hardware (approximately 4.5 V voltage to K15)
the EDC control unit Caster (Message dimK15 = 0 nlmNLact = 1).
Some vehicle components (CAN-bus, power amplifiers ..) or control devices switch already at
Below from a higher terminal 15 voltage threshold. In order for monitoring these
Components to avoid unwanted error messages, the voltage of the terminal 15 as is
analog value anmK15 recorded analog. Falls below the lower hysteresis threshold anmK15
anmwK15_H_U, this is recognized as analog K15 OFF (Message anmK15_ON = 0) and for those
Errors in which low-voltage terminal 15 will be excluded from monitoring,
Vorentprellung disabled. Exceeds the upper hysteresis threshold anmK15 anwK15_H_O is
this as analogous K15 ON (Message anmK15_ON = 1) detected and the debouncing again
released.
It can be used for error suppression of each error either the analog or digital signal K15
be used. It can also be any error regardless of K15 (ie also in
Trailing) are treated. (See data set parameter error per 6.4.2)
19 April 2002 Error Handling - Fehlervorentprellung DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.3 Data set parameters for each error path

The following error memory parameters are be applied separately for each error path:
Parameter Description
FBWS .. UB1 Environmental Condition 1 (message number)
FBWS .. UB2 Environmental Condition 2
FBWS .. FLC Starting value debounce counter for debounced error entry
FBWS .. HLC Starting value debounce Error Clear
FBWS .. PRI Priority
6.3.1 Environmental conditions

The first time the error entry, the current data of the applied environmental conditions
(= Record FBWS ... UB1 to FBWS ... UB5) is read, and normalized to the error memory
taken. A change in a defect entry has no effect on the
Environmental conditions. That is, stay the once registered environmental conditions to obtain
the fault memory entry is deleted.
The environmental conditions to be applied are selected via message numbers (see
Appendix "list of environmental conditions").
Application Note:
These environmental conditions are only the custom diagnosis (not for OBDII
Tester). It should therefor only the message numbers ≥be used h0F00.
DS / ESA Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error path 19 April 2002
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.3.2 debounce counter for error entry

First occurrence error (FLC 2 applied) Next cycle over the next driving cycle
FLC FLC
2 2
1 1
Start Error Engine Start Error, DC Engine

(DC) debounced
FLC FLC Entry FLC
2 2 2 re prov entry
1 1 1
Start DC Error Engine Start DC Engine Start DC, Engine

Entry
FLC FLC FLC
deleted.
2
2 2
1 1 1
Start Error k.Fehl. Error from engine Start DC Engine Start Error, DC Engine
(DC) debounced
FLC Entry
Start DC error, engine off

debounced
Entry
Figure UEBEFB04: Counter for debounced entry FBWS .. FLC
For each path, the number of parameters in Entprellzyklen FBWS can .. FLC for debounced entry
be defined. If an error path finally broken (Vorentprellung) is, it is provisionally
stored in the fault memory and the Eintragsentprellzähler (byte 4 in the corresponding entry FSP)
set to the value FBWS .. FLC. Within the same DC's changes the state of the
Then error entry, no more (Only Fehlerzustandsbits, frequency counter and sporadic bits
will be constantly updated). At each subsequent DC the entry counter is decremented.
When the counter reaches 0, without the fault path in a further DC finally broken was so
the error entry is deleted completely. If the error path in one of the other DC
finally broken (Vorentprellung) before the entry counter reaches 0, the error entry is
debounced stored in the fault memory. That means: If the error occurs in at least 2 DC's
within FBWS .. FLC DC's on, the error is entered debounced.
Application Note:
If FBWS ... FLC applied to a value of 0 as is done in "Permanently broken"
(Vorentprellung) classification, an immediate debounced error entry in the fault memory.
If FBWS ... FLC applied to a value of 255, so no error entry of the path is done in
Fault memory. The replacement function is performed when it is applied in label FBWE ... T.
19 April 2002 Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error path DS / ESA
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
After CARB definition, there is a DC motor, engine operation test of the respective error
and engine. It is therefore not permissible immediately after ignition on the second DC a bug
immediately to delete it, so should the starting value of FLCs are set to at least 2.
This is the deletion of a not confirmatory error only at the beginning of the da-
up following DC instead (at least after the running of the 2.DC).
The lamp is however controlled in the second DC even during operation (after
Eintragsentprellung) if the fault confirmed.
6.3.3 debounce Error Clear
1 Cycle (debounced registration) 2.Fahrzylus HLC 3 Driving cycle

HLC HLC
Debounced No error Error Engine StartDC error No error Engine StartDC engine
Entry, DC no error no error
HLC 4 Driving cycle HLC 5 Driving cycle HLC 6 Driving cycle
Failure to start, DC No error Engine StartDC Engine StartDC engine

no error no error no error
HLC 7 Driving cycle HLC 8 Driving cycle HLC 9 Driving cycle
StartDC Engine StartDC Engine Failure to start engine

no error cured no error No error again
registered debounced
HLC HLC start value = 0 HLC HLC
1 Driving cycle 2 Driving cycle

3 Driving cycle
Debounced error error Engine Start, Error Engine Start engine failure from
Entry, DC finally in operation Error operational No error finally
geheiltdefekt cured defective
Figure UEBEFB05: Counter for debounced healing FBWS .. HLC

For each path, the number of healing cycles in parameter FBWS .. HLC can be defined for healing
be. The healing counter (byte 5 in the corresponding entry FSP) remains at debounced entries so
long on the start value FBWS .. HLC how the error path in the Vorentprellung finally broken
is detected. If the error path is not defective, will be recognized in each DC of the counters
reduced by one. Achieved the healing counter reaches the value 0, then the error as is "cured"
entered. If the error occurs again, the counter is re-initialized with a starting value
(Immediate re-entry debounced). That is, for error recovery of the error path must ≥
FBWS .. HLC DC's have been continuously not defective.
DS / ESA Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error path 19 April 2002
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Application Notes:
If FBWS ... HLC applied to a value of 0, in case of "healed in operation"
(Vorentprellung) Classification immediate error correction of the path in the error memory (lamp
off). The healing counter in the FSP entry will remain set at initial value of 0 to 1, as the error
debounced defective.
If FBWS ... HLC applied to a value of 255, so there is no error recovery. This means
the error light will stay on until about the diagnostic interface of the whole fault
is deleted.
After OBDII 3 DC for healing are required. In order to prevent the lamp in the MIL 3
DC goes out (before engine off) should the label FBWS ... HLC are applied to 4.
6.3.4 Priority and Readiness

For each error path its priority can be defined using FBWS .. PRI. With the priority of a
Error can affect the reaction in full error memory and the type of
Define lamp control (MIL, SYS lamp). Higher-priority error displace at full
Lower-priority fault memory error.
The priority is encoded in the two least significant bits of FBWS ... PRI as follows:
FBWS PRI ... Priority emission-relevant MIL drive + OBD diagnostic

(If debouncing is done)
xxxx xx00 0 LOWEST NO NO
xxxx xx01 1 NO NO
xxxx xx10 2 YES YES
xxxx xx11 3 MAXIMUM YES YES
In addition to the MIL lamp is a lamp system is available. Whether it is driven can
be applied also on FBWS ... PRI:
FBWS .. PRI Drive SYS lamp

(If debouncing is done)
xxxx x0xx NO
xxxx x1xx YES
19 April 2002 Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error path DS / ESA
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.4 Data set parameters for each error

To determine the Vorentprellzeiten or number of events for each error a
Parameter block defines constructed as follows:
Parameter Name Unit Function
FBWE .. A microsecondsDebouncing
/ for final Must with event-triggered errors
Number defective be administered in a 0, if the
-Supervision only once per
Driving cycle.
FBWE .. B microsecondsDebouncing
/ for operational
Number cured
FBWE .. T - Bit mask for see Section 6.4.1
LOW byte Error Description
FBWE .. T VAG Code - Error
- Memory code: reading the
HIGH byte Error memory via KW71
FBWE .. V Memory code: reading the
- VAG Code - Fault
Error memory via KW71
Memory code: reading the
FBWE .. C - CARB code by SAE1979 Error memory via OBD Scan Tools
with word address 33hex
6.4.1 debouncing for entry and healing

In Applikaton of records must distinguish between time-and event-driven errors
be. In timed errors corresponds to the entry of the absolute time at
event-driven mistakes of the number of error messages of this error.
6.4.2 Error type (fbwE.. T Low byte)

Bit No. State function
0 1 time-controlled; MUST NOT BE CHANGED!

An error has for a time MUST TO TYPE OF TEST ERROR
are detected continuously, thus (CALL FREQUENCY) BEWARE!
01d
the classification on finally broken IS ONLY BY SW UNCHANGEABLE!
01h
takes place. The review is carried out of time
only if an error is a test
Result reports!
event-driven;
0 An error has for a number of
Messages of error test
be reported continuously, thus
the finally broken Classification is.
no fault storage;
Is not for this error
1 1 Fault memory performed. The be applied
Vorentprellung and the replacement function
takes place as applied.
02d Fault memory
02h
DS / ESA Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error 19 April 2002
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Bit No. State function

2 1 not self-extinguishing (By Warm Up be applied
Cycle); For all errors of the path should
04d An error from the error memory this bit are applied equally,
04h not automatically deleted, but after otherwise inherits the next error bit
Expiration of the clear counter for CARB from the error of the path-Ersteintrages.
invisible.
self-extinguishing (By Warm Up Cycle)
0 MIL drive (flashing) even then,
3 1 when errors finally broken classified be applied
08d is For all errors of the path should
MIL-control when errors in
08h this bit is
Error memory according FBWS .. PRI be applied, otherwise inherits the
0 next error from the bit error of the
Path Ersteintrages.
be applied
4 1 in the wake there is no
Vorentprellung an error and thus
16d no error storage.
10h The error is not permanently damaged
but also not healed! There is also
no replacement function !
Treatment in the wake as in
0 Normal operation
No replacement function on these
Error, that is the fault memory
5 1 occurs normally, but the driving software be applied
do not get to see the error
32d All replacement functions to this error
20h be performed
0 At low voltage terminal 15
4.5 V <anmK15 <anwK15_H_U
there is no debouncing of an error
6 1 and therefore no fault storage. be applied
64d Error is not defective but not The debouncing of the error
40h healed! There is also no depending on the analog K15
Replacement function ! Evaluation (see chapters
The error analysis is carried out as in "Inputs", "Error Handling
Driving. - Follow-detection ").
A possible State "Final
defective " shall in the next
0 Taken over the driving cycle and remains on until
get to the next test.
The error is considered in the next cycle
7 1 but not until tested if the test be applied for tests in the wake
is made. are performed and the
128d The error has the State "Intact" at the Replacement function in the next cycle
80h Beginning the next drive cycle. to take place.
For all errors of the path should

this bit is
be applied, otherwise inherits the
0
next error from the bit error of the
Path Ersteintrages.
19 April 2002 Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error DS / ESA
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The monitoring of the error can be hidden in the function of the Terminal 15 voltage.
If the corresponding bit of the parameter set FBWE .... T is no Vorentprellung and therefore
no error entry and no replacement reaction. (See also "Delay - Low voltage K15")
FBWE .... T Error suppression at low K15 Error suppression when detected
Voltage (anmK15 <anwK15_H_U) Follow-on dimK15
x0x0xxxx NO NO
x0x1xxxx NO YES
x1x0xxxx YES NO
x1x1xxxx YES YES
The high byte of the label FBWE ... T is used for application of fault diagnosis in the function
used (see also section Error handling - memory codes).
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.4.3 Memory Codes

6.4.3.1 VAG codes - FSP read with VAG Tester - KW71
Each error will be applied three independent bytes as text pointer for the tester
assigned (error location and error type).
In VAG-Mode (address word 01) is the 2-byte error on the error parameter label
determined FBWE ... V and 1 byte on the type of error (fbwE. .. T / high byte).
"Read error memory" Through the VAG tester function, the fault memory of the SG read
be. For this purpose, three data bytes in the ISO block (07) are transmitted per fault memory entry,
which are constructed as follows:
Error Code HIGH Error Code LOW Error type

15 87 07 0
Error code
With the error code, the component or the function is described, which is defective, for example:
"PEDAL TRANSDUCER". For this code (administrable records: FBWE ... V) is in the tester a
Plaintext generated, which is output on the display. However, the memory code is not set to 0
be applied, otherwise the "output end" appears on the VAG tester.
Error type
Bit_7 in the state of the error that is static (0), or sporadically (1) is stored on the tester
by means of "/ SP" is displayed at the right edge in the second line of the display.
In Bit_0-6, a code is stored (administrable record: High byte of FBWE ... T) over the
Reason for the error information out there, such as: "SIGNAL TOO BIG ". From this code is in the tester
a plaintext generated which is given on the second line of the display.
Note:
In VAG codes (from ... FBWE V) already generate two-line displays on the tester (usually in
VAG Code converted CARB codes), should the error type (high byte of the label FBWE ... T) only
to $ 23 (= no display) are applied to avoid text overlapping.
Example for display on VAG tester:
Pedal position sensor

Signal too large / SP
Attention! Are in a Error path several Set error's, so be on the

Tester output according to many mistakes.
19 April 2002 Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error DS / ESA
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.4.3.2 CARB Codes - FSP foreign. with OBD II scan tool with word Addr 33
In OBD mode (address word 33, Mode03 and 07), the error code from the error parameter is
Label FBWE ... C determined. (See Interface Description from 08/04/97 VAG 1551 and SAE J2012)
This error word consists of 4 nibbles (= 16 bit) the first nibble of a classification of the errors
performs in classes. The last 3 nibbles are the actual code in BCD representation (0-999).
See also: DRAFT SAE J1979 Revised for ISO 14230-4 Mode $ 03 Request Emission-Related
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Codes
It issued $ 03 only emissions-related faults in fashion, ie the corresponding error paths

need with priority 2 or 3 (fbwSPRI. .. is then greater than 1) are applied.
Example of the construction of a CARB conformal error codes (Throttle Position Sensor Reference
Voltage Error p1219):
Vehicle system Diagnostic code Error code

(P = Powertrain) (0-3) (0-999)
CARB code P 1 2 1 9
Application binary value 00 01 0010 0001 1001
Application value of Hex 1 2 1 9
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.5 Error memory management

Up to eight errors in an error path summarized (see Appendix E). A fault is
defined by the error in the error path, where 0 means intact and one defective.
The example of the speed encoder, this looks as follows: The sensor speed sensor (DZG) is the
Associated error path fboSDZG. He is on static plausibility (fbbEDZG_S = Bit 6)
dynamic plausibility (fbbEDZG_D = Bit 5), plausibility with the boost pressure (fbbEDZG_L =
Bit 4) and overspeed (fbbEDZG_U bit = 1) monitors. If an error (= an error) in a
Error path set and the error as finally broken classified, an error entry in the
Error memory. There can be a maximum fault memory entry per error path. That
For example, the error fbbEDZG_D set "speed encoder dynamically broken", it is the
Error path fboSDZG saved. If the error occurs healed and instead the error
fbbEDZG_U (overspeed) on, then there is no further entry, but the already existing
is updated.
The fault debouncing starts after Steuergeräteinitialisierung always with the condition "no
Error exists ". That is, when the control device reset is always the same condition exists.
Error conditions from previous trips have no more impact.
Exception
About the T parameter can be applied, that the last test result from a previous
Driving cycle is visible to the replacement function. (Application: tracking tests)
For each fault path a olda FBOs .. exists with eight Fehlerzustandsbits and a olda fboO ..
with eight status bits that provide information on whether a monitoring since "ignition on" already
is carried out (bit = 1), i.e. the error was once gutgemeldet or is permanently damaged. Not
Unused bits are initialized to 1. In addition, collection are olda's (path error: fboS_00,
FBOs .. 02, ..., path tested: fboO_00, fboO .. 02, ...) available in which 16 per olda error paths
are combined (1 bit per path in the order of the paths see Appendix E).
19 April 2002 Error Handling - Error memory management DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Fault conditions in the fault memory:
final defect detection

after Fehlervorentprellung 1
Not path
in the FSP provisionally
registered registered:
- Environments
saved
- MIL-out
- Diagnostic Mode 7
Error not confirmed Error
during Eintragsentprellung confirmed
during
Entry
debouncing
delete direct error
on WUC entry
3
cured 2
registered:
- Environments Error disappeared, debounced
saved Heilungsentprellung registered:
- Diagnostic Mode 3 - Environments
expired saved
- MIL lamp system to
- Diagnostic Mode 3
Reported error again
Figure UEBEFB03: Error states
Condition 1 (Provisional error):

After an error by the Vorentprellung as finally broken was classified, he is in
Fault memory stored as a temporary error with the associated environmental conditions.
Condition 2 (Debounced error):

If this is confirmed a provisional registered error in further error checks, then it is
debounced entered. In this state, the associated error light turns on and by OBDII errors
then the error on the diagnostic to the OBDII tester (generic scan tool) is reported.
Condition 3 (healed error):

If the error no longer occurred long enough he will be healed. The indicator lamp is not
more controlled (for this error) and the error waiting for extinction by "warm up" cycles.
In this condition, the error is still visible on the diagnostic interface. The diagram is
the condition for the diagnosis of the OBDII tester indicated. For the VAG tester all
States (1-3) reported.
DS / ESA Error Handling - Error memory management 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.5.1 Driving Cycle (DC)

As Entprellzyklus comes the "Driving Cycle" (DC) used:
The DC is determined separately for each path, ie any error of the path must state
have tested. (Collective olda fboO_ .. or path olda fboO ...)
A DC is reached when all the errors testing of a path were executed at least once
and no Fehlervorentprellung for one of these error checks stopped running or an error in the path
occurred.
After a DC ignition is first reached for a path. After a path reaching the DC
has the Error debounce counter are updated. Thereafter, the state of the DC to change
Off no longer the ignition. That is, it can per "trip" (per basic initialization of the
SG) only one DC can be achieved.
6.5.2 Warm Up Cycle (WUC)

The counter for the self-quenching are decremented only when reaching a warm-up cycle.
This is detected if for "ignition on" AND Once the waiting time fbwVERW_SZ the
Water temperature has increased by at least fbwVERW_DT AND the value fbwVERW_ET
has reached (fbmWUC = 255). If this is the case, for all faults, for which for the debouncing
Healing has expired (Bit_6 the status is cleared), decrements the counter for self-quenching.
If this counter reaches zero, the corresponding error is removed from the error memory,
but only under the condition that the self-quenching is not disabled by FBWE .. T.
Any existing related Freeze Frame is also deleted. With a defective
Water temperature sensor can not warm up cycle can be achieved.
6.5.3 General data set parameters

The following parameters are defined for the general administration of:
Parameter Function
fbwVERW_ET Warm Up Cycle final temperature
fbwVERW_DT Warm Up Cycle differential temperature
fbwVERW_SZ Warm Up Cycle blocking time after initialization (time at which the detection of the
Is delayed starting temperature after ignition on)
Time base for cycle management
fbwVERW_ZB Initial value for the self-quenching (value, with the clear counter during
fbwVERW_LI is initialized current entry value is in realization of present
meaningless, only needs to be> 0.)
Starting value for the self-quenching (value, with the clear counter at entprelltem
Is initialized fault memory entry) This value indicates how many WUC's
fbwVERW_LS are necessary for a healed fault memory entry from the
Fault memory must be erased.
With the switch cowVAR_OBD (bit 0), one can apply if a MIL lamp is available:
cowVAR_OBD (bit 0) = 1 MIL lamp available
cowVAR_OBD (bit 0) = 0 MIL lamp is not available, the SYS lamp is additionally
controls if the MIL lamp should be activated.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Readiness
In SG, there are the following emission-related components that are monitored:
 Review the overall system =Comprehensive component monitoring
 Test fuel system =Fuel system monitoring
 Zündaussetzerüberwachung = Misfire monitoring
 Catalyst = Catalyst monitoring
 Exhaust gas recirculation = EGR system monitoring
Each component can be assigned to several Readinessbits and error paths in SG. Readiness
a component (= Readinessbit set) is the deadline set in the component
fbwRDY_Cnt applied number of DC reached, ie all members of the Readiness error tests
must be done as often. The result of the fault test is not relevant. Error paths that the
Can prevent an emission related test path must exhaust-relevant (priority 2 and 3)
be applied and assigned to a Readinessbit. This ensures that the MIL
Lamp comes on and Readiness is achieved.
The allocation error path - Readinessbit done with FBWS ... PRI:
Record Path belongs to: DatensatzOLDA Olda

FBWS PRI ... Bit Pos CARB number of paths Number
tested
0000 0xxx no OBD path

1000 0xxx "Comprehensive components" fbwRBP_COM fboO_COM_P fboO_COM_T
0100 0xxx "Fuel system" fbwRBP_FUE fboO_FUE_P fboO_FUE_T
0010 0xxx "Misfire monitoring" fbwRBP_MIS fboO_MIS_P fboO_MIS_T
0001 0xxx "Catalyst monitoring" fbwRBP_CAT fboO_CAT_P fboO_CAT_T
0000 1xxx "EGR system monitoring" fbwRBP_EGR fboO_EGR_P fboO_EGR_T
It is possible to simultaneously assign a path several Readinessbits. This can be, for example, the
Ensuring compliance with statutory requirement to set Readiness for continuous tests only after
Readiness of the non-continuous tests was achieved.
Readinessbits that were not associated with a path can be automatically when not in the diagnosis
support reported. About the OLDAS (fboO_. .. _P, fboO_ ... _T), for each Readinessbit the
Number of the corresponding paths and the number of paths corresponding tested are determined.
(The number of associated paths is determined once at the initialization).
The messages fbmCPID1AB (Mode 01 - Pid 01 - Data A and Data B) and fbmCPID1CD (Carb
Fashion 01 - Pid 01 - Data C Data and D) show the Readinessbits to the way they have the diagnosis
be issued. With fbwRBP_ ... you can apply the bit position within the display
(See chapter Diagnostics - parameter identification).
In addition to the messages fbmCPID1AB and fbmCPID1CD the readiness information is also
displayed in the Message xcmRdBits to display on VAG tester. The message is only
updated when the diagnosis to the tester is activated. The number of relevant OBD error
is in the message xcmOBD_ANZ available that also updates only with active diagnosis
will.
DS / ESA Error Handling - Error memory management 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
xcmRdBits:
Bit7Bit6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit1 Bit0
compreh.fuel misfire catalyst EGR unoccupied, unoccupied, unoccupied,
system components monitoring monitoring system always 0 always 0 always 0
Reaches 0 ... Readinessbit
Not reached 1 ... Readinessbit
In addition to the Readinessbits status bits are determined and in the olda fbmRyBits
displayed:
Bit7Bit6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit1 Bit0
compreh.fuel misfire catalyst EGR unoccupied, unoccupied, unoccupied,
system components monitoring monitoring system always 0 always 0 always 0
0 ... all belonging to this Readinessbit paths has already been tested during this DC
1 ... there have not been tested all belonging to this Readinessbit paths.
Warning:
For the status bit fbmRyBit.3 EGR system monitoring, in addition to the test status as the relevant
applied error paths, two other release conditions for setting the status to tested
necessary. The monitoring of the control deviation aroEueb.2 must for the applicable time
arwRdyARUe permanently released, the exhaust gas recirculation for the time aroAUS_B arwRdyARau
have been permanently disabled. These conditions are the only initializes
SG reset. Visible are armAGRstat in the message, bit 0 for monitoring, bit
1 for deactivation of exhaust gas recirculation.
With the first condition, the Readiness to be only achieved if the SG long enough
in the monitoring area was to be able to recognize an ARF deviation.
The second condition Readiness should be long delayed until HFM / LDF
Plausibility detection was possible.
For each Readinesbit in the EEPROM is a 2-bit counter carried (= DC a counter

Readinessbits). The counters are summarized in the Message fbmRDYNES.
Assignment of olda fbmRDYNES:

Bit15 Bit14 Bit13 Bit12 Bit11 Bit10 Bit9 Bit8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit1 bit0
00000010 10 10 10 10
EGR system catalyst misfire fuel system comprehens.
monitoring monitoring monitoring monitoring comp. monit.
These counters are set to 0 when deleting the error memory. Each time the a
The corresponding 2-bit counter is readiness bit associated status from 1 to 0 increases. The
Counter is hereby limited to 3. When the counter reaches a value greater than a value which
in fbwRDY_Cnt (Coded as well as fbmRDYNES) is applied, then the Readinessbit is set.
If an error is registered debounced, so the counter is set to the value 3 (so that
ensures that, when of driven MIL lamp also Readiness is reported).
Application Note:
After sensor change, the fault memory must wait deleted and Readiness! (Only
then it can be determined that, for example error no longer exists).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.6 Fault memory

The error memory consists of up to five error entries and a freeze frame. A
Fault memory entry is structured as follows:
Byte Description Influence by Olda

No. Application
0 Path number (see Appendix F) NO fboFS.PFD
1 Status YES (Bit_0, 1.4) fboFS.STA
2 Of fault current NO fboFS.FAA
3 Debounced error type NO fboFS.FAE
4 Debounce counter for Statusbit_6 start value in FBWS ... FLC NO fboFS.FLZ
5 Debounce counter for error recovery start value in FBWS ... HLC NO fboFS.HLZ
6 Counter for self-quenching starting value in fbwVERW_LS NO fboFS.SLZ
7 Frequency counter NO fboFS.HFZ
8 Environmental condition 1appl. by FBWS ... UB1 YES fboFS.UB1
Status (1-byte)
In this byte, relevant control bits are added for error handling.
The structure of this byte is as follows:
76 43210
Bit Value Meaning

0 1 Exhaust Relevant error (Priority 2 or 3 applied, FBWS .. PRI)
1 1 For classification of an error as finally broken is used to trigger the MIL
(Flashing), regardless of the status of the AVR. This is for catalyst
dangerous error provided and can be applied by means of 3 FBWE .. T bit.
Errors are currently available, is set when errors than finally broken is recognized
2 1 or cleared when the error is classified as cured in operation
Sporadic error exists is set if the frequency counter is greater than 1
3 1 will.
Error is not self-extinguishing can be administered using FBWE .. T bit 2.
unused
4 1 is set after debouncing has expired or deleted if
5 Heilungsentprellung has expired. Activation of the MIL or SYS lamp when
6 applied by FBWS .. PRI.
1
All errors in byte 2 (fault current) of the FSP are at the beginning of the next
Driving cycle to the state of "final defective " set if the status bit 2 (error
currently available) is also set. This bit can be administered using FBWE .. T bit 7
7 1 be.
DS / ESA Error Handling - Error memory 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Of fault current (byte 2)

Last error condition (error bits) of the error path. Is not preserved even if path more
is defective. Will be updated if path is again defective. About the diagnosis, only the
Error whose bits are set in this byte output.
Of error softened (byte 3)

Is a copy of the error path of error (bit) s if this the first time faulty as final
is classified and stored in the fault memory.
Debounce counter for Statusbit_6 (byte 4)

Counter with the debouncing is performed when the fault entry. This is used as long as a
Fault memory entry is currently registered. Initialization FBWS .. FLC.
Debounce counter for error recovery (Byte_5)

Contains the count of the debouncing for error recovery. After debouncing Bit_6 is
(Error debounced) of the status deleted. The counter is initialized with FBWS .. HLC when an error
the first time is entered debounced. After an initialization always occurs when the
Error occurs again.
Counter for self-quenching (Byte_6)

Contains the count of self-quenching. With the value of the counter is fbwVERW_LS
initialized when the error path is entered debounced and then whenever the
Error path is currently broken. The counter is decremented when a warm up cycle is reached
AND when the debounce counter for Statusbit_6 AND Error correction are zero. When it reaches the value 0,
the error entry is removed from the error memory, if not by the parameter
FBWE .. T (Bit_2) is locked. If the deletion is locked, the error of the tester OBDII
invisible.
Frequency counter (Byte_7)

Is incremented each time a fault in the operation of cured finally broken changes.
He has an upper limit to the value 255.
Environmental conditions 1-5 (Byte_8 - 12)

These are when first entering an error when the error as finally broken
is classified, read, standardized and stored in the fault memory. The environmental conditions
are not updated when changes in the error path. That is, they correspond to the conditions at
initial recognition of the fault damaged as final, so the third Byte an error entry
(Fault-bounced).
19 April 2002 Error Handling - Error memory DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.6.1 Behaviour at full fault memory

If the error memory is full and a new error as finally broken recognized its error path is
not yet in the error memory, the fault memory after low-priority errors is
searched. If such an entry is found, it is removed. At the time
Order to obtain the registered error upright, the following
Moved up error messages and entered the new error at the end.
6.6.2 Freeze frame

The freeze frame is an applicable comprehensive set of environmental conditions. About the
OBDII Diagnostic Tester (SAE generic scan tool) can only read these environmental conditions
(not the 5 per custom fault memory entry). By means of fbwFFRM_01 - 15
can be applied at the freeze frame up to 15 environmental conditions. The environmental conditions
be selected via message numbers, where for OBDII only the message numbers ≤h0f00
should be used (some other normalization to the diagnostic interface).
Allocation of freeze frames:

The freeze frame is occupied when the first time a fault path with priority 2 or 3 final
is defective and stored in the fault memory.
About the variant switch cowVAR_OBD can be applied whether the freeze frame for the
Diagnosis only becomes visible when the error has confirmed (debounced or cured entered,
cowVAR_OBD bit 7 = 1) or is visible as soon as the freeze frame is used (cowVAR_OBD
Bit 7 = 0).
Is the Freeze frame with an error path with priority 2 proves he can from an error path
be re-assigned priority 3. If the belonging to a freeze frame
Delete fault memory entry from the error memory, the freeze frame will be erased.
It may happen, therefore, that the fault memory is almost full and no valid freezeframe
exists. The next occurring fault with priority 2 or 3 will then seize him again.
Construction:
Byte Description
No.
0 Path number of the error path (see Appendix E) = FFH when unoccupied
1 Error type (copy of byte 3 of the associated error memory entry)
2 1 Environmental condition
... ...
16 15 Environmental condition
DS / ESA Error Handling - Error memory 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Replacement value treatment for Freeze Frame and diagnosis:

In OBDII law it is required that as environmental conditions (freeze frame and live values) the
actual values, not substitute values are used. If only used replacement values
, so this must be clearly distinguished from valid values. The analog value acquisition
holds the last valid value before an SRC error. After the Vorentprellung is the
Replacement value is specified. Which belongs to such analog value message has therefore always
Values which do not differ from current sensor values. To the OBDII requirement still
functionality, can for the message numbers 0000h - 0011h applied a special treatment
be. If the associated path for message number (assigned by fbwPIDPF ..) SRC low
or SRC high is defective, a instead of the current members of the Message number Message
administrable value stored. The value to be stored can be used for SRC low (fbwEWLO_..) And
SRC high (fbwEWHI_..) Are applied separately for each message number.
fbwPIDPF00 Path number for PID 00 .. 11h (Message numbers 0000h - 0011h).
.....
fbwPIDPF11 (hex) If the path number applied to 255, it is always the current PID
Value is stored.
fbwEWLO_00 Replacement value at SRC low error in the path fbwPIDPF .. for associated PID
.... (Message number)
fbwEWLO_11 (hex)
fbwEWHI_00Ersatzwert at SRC high error in the path fbwPIDPF .. for its PID
...... (Message number)
fbwEWHI_11 (hex)
PID: see chapter "Parameter Identification".
19 April 2002 Error Handling - Error memory DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.7 Activation of the MIL - lamp

The MIL lamp (ehmFMIL) is activated under the following conditions (fbmMIL):
Value range of the olda fbmMIL (bit-coded):

- 0 = An emission-related fault (fbwS.. PRI.1 = 1) is registered debounced in the fault memory.
-
1 = An emission-related, catalyst hazardous error (fbwE.. Bit_3 T) is
finally broken (Flashing lamp)
- = Continuous light (fbwT_MIMAX = infinite)
2
- = Lamp test 1 (n <fbwT_MIDRZ)
3
- = Lamp test 2 (n> = fbwT_MIDRZ and t <fbwT_MITES)
- 4
= Delay time expired fbwT_MIVER
- 5
= Lamp
- 6
= Not used
7
The MIL lamp test is used for visual check of the functionality of the driver.
It takes place after "ignition on" and is as follows be applied:
Name Description
fbwT_MIMAX Duration of the lamp testing, and if maximum value is automatically shut down after
Exceeding fbwT_MIDRZ and sequence of fbwT_MITES
fbwT_MIDRZ Speed threshold
fbwT_MITES Duration of the lamp test after exceeding of fbwT_MIDRZ, the lamp is
also switched off when the time has not expired fbwT_MIMAX.
If a emission-related error, the activation of the MIL is delayed
FbwT_MIVER around the time fbwT_MIVER (see olda fbmMIL).
Flashing frequency emissions related, catalyst hazardous error (half
Period)
FbwT_MIBLK
Is a catalyst hazardous faults are active (MIL flashes), so has the demand from an external
Control unit to control the MIL no effect in all other cases, the ext.
Requirements and the requirements of the EDC ORs.
The gearbox control unit has the opportunity to request a MIL request via CAN (RCOS
Message mrmCANMIL).
DS / ESA Error handling - Control of MIL - lamp 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.8 Control of the system lamp

The diagnostic lamp (ehmFDIA) is activated under the following conditions (fbmDIAL):
Value range of the Olda fbmDIAL (bit-coded):

- 0 = An error (at FBWS .. PRI - bit 2 = 1) is entered in the fault memory and debounced
not healed in the status (HLC = 0)
- 1 = Not used
-
2 = Continuous light (fbwT_DIMAX = infinite)
- = Lamp test 1 (n <fbwT_DIDRZ)
- 3
4 = Lamp test 2 (n> = fbwT_DIDRZ and t <fbwT_DITES)
-
- 5 = Delay time expired fbwT_DIVER
- 6 = Lamp
7 = If using cowSYS_LMP a lighting system is applied (OR of
DIA and Vorglühlampe) AND the glow time in
Operating condition is preheating.
The lamp test is used for visual check of the functionality of the driver. He
takes place after "ignition on" and is as follows be applied:
Name Description
fbwT_DIMAX Duration of the lamp testing, and if maximum value is automatically shut down after
Exceeding fbwT_DIDRZ and sequence of fbwT_DITES
fbwT_DIDRZ Speed threshold
fbwT_DITES Duration of the lamp test after exceeding of fbwT_DIDRZ, the lamp is
also switched off when the time has not expired fbwT_DIMAX.
If an error (at FBWS .. PRI - bit 2 = 1) debounced stored in the fault memory,
fbwT_DIVER Thus, the driving of the lamp is delayed by the time fbwT_DIVER.
Flashing frequency to be displayed in error (half the period)
fbwT_DIBLK
CowSYS_LMP means a lamp at the same time as pre - heat and used as a fault lamp
(0 for incandescent lamp and error separately, 1 = System lamp). To distinguish an error
Preheating of the lamp is driven with the blinking frequency fbwT_DIBLK.
19 April 2002 Error handling - Control of the lamp system DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
6.9 Terminology used
Error
Smallest monitoring unit (eg: "Signal range check low" is a mistake).
Timed error (Vorentprellung)

The debounce a timed error is administrable by expiration times.
Event-driven error (Vorentprellung)
The debounce an event-driven error made by counting certain error-dependent
Events such as Actuating a contact. The values until a state is debounced can
be applied.
Error path
Summary of up to eight individual errors, the same component / function / Sensor
concern.
"Provisionally defective" (Vorentprellung, per error)

Due to a faulty state is determined by the error handling error as provisional
defective set. If this during the assigned debounce time (be applied) healed
is, it will reset again. An analog inputs while the state "provisionally
defective, the last valid value is "frozen.
"Permanently damaged" (Vorentprellung, per error)

An error condition remains throughout, assigned to debounce time (be applied)
upright. Any substitute functions are performed.
"Provisionally healed" (Vorentprellung, per error)

An error had been "permanently broken" no longer occurs. As long debounce time for healing
running error is provisionally cured.
"Cured in operation" (Vorentprellung, per error)

An error had been "permanently broken" is longer than the debounce time for cure is no longer
occurred. Replacement reactions are withdrawn.
current fault (fault memory management, path):

An error was detected in the diagnosis. It is tentatively including in the error memory
Environmental conditions have been entered. The diagnostic lamp is still pending. If it is within the
Eintragsentprellzyklenzeit not confirmed, it will be deleted.
debounced error (error memory management, path):

A current fault has been confirmed after the debouncing. He is correct in the error memory
entered, the warning lamp comes on. The error is only through healing and erase procedure (or
Delete on Tester) removed.
healed error (error memory management, path):

An error in the already "de-bounced" in the fault memory was registered long enough not
available and was healed on the Heilungsentprellung. The diagnostic lamp was
off.
DS / ESA Error handling - Terms used 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
CARB (California Air Resource Board)

California exhaust Authority
OBDII (On Board Diagnostics II)
Is a statute enacted by the California CARB exhaust Authority Act. It prescribes, in all
Passenger cars, light trucks and other medium to heavy vehicles all electronically controlled,
emission-related functions to be monitored. In addition, a fault indicator lamp (MIL) and
standardized diagnostic interface required. It shall be observed constraints on when the lamp
is controlled and cleared. If a vehicle is not for certification in California
is applied, the notes do not apply with respect to OBDII in this chapter. It can then
all possibilities are exhausted!
Driving Cycle (DC)

A DC consists of engine start, engine operation and engine. There is any error now individually
debounced, that is, regardless of whether other test have been performed. A DC is for
an error path can only be achieved if the error path has been fully tested.
Warm Up Cycle (WUC)

OBDII Entprellzyklus Error Clear (self-extinguishing), is achieved when the
Water temperature has reached an applicable value and since the engine is started by a
administrable value has risen.
Readiness (bits)
Is retrieved from the scan tool, and is given when the counter of the respective Readinessbits
(Counter in fbmRDYNES, see text) has the value in fbwRDY_Cnt reached or exceeded. The
Counter is incremented each time the bit error associated with all paths have been tested
(All related paths have reached a DC). Using the Readiness information, a
see attached tester whether since the last erasing the fault memory already
(was gone) sufficient tests were carried out so that any existing errors
is also in the fault memory.
Freeze Frame
Memory in which at one emission-related fault occurs (Priority 2 or 3) administered
Environmental conditions are stored.
MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp)

A required by the CARB for OBDII fault lamp for emission-related fault.
MIL Request
The MIL can be controlled only by the EDC, other control units have the option
MIL request to drive the MIL. This is achieved via the input MIL-E on the EDC,
is monitored and analyzed by the software. Alternatively, instead of the CAN and
Bus are used.
VAG tester
Workshops tester VAG Group. Tool for diagnosis of all control units in a
Vehicle.
19 April 2002 Error handling - Terms used DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7 Diagnostics
7.1 Survey
External communication can KW 71 (Standard test device), or KW 2000 (OBDII
Scan Tool) take place. It is determined during stimulation of the control device by the test device,
which operating mode should be used.
The irritation (initialization) with 5 Baud is divided into a functional and a

physical part, the basis of the communication structure (initialization, addressing)
is distinguishable. With functional addresses systems are addressed (eg emission-relevant
System) and physical addresses individual control devices (SG), wherein a system also
only a SG can be made. The selection of the operating mode to be used will be based on
Address word, which clearly defines the required type of communication.
The irritation is carried out by a from the tester (TG) on the K-line rendered with 5 baud
Address word and is as follows (in order of transmission):
- 1 start bit (logical "0", low-potential)
-
7 data bits (address word), starting with the LSB
wherein:
xcwSGADR phys SG-address = 71 KW
33 hexfunkt. SG-address = emission-relevant system
08 hexphys. SG-address = controller
-1 parity bit
The parity is checked in KW 71 corresponding to the entry in xcwDIASCH. For the
functional. Addressing applies even parity, while for the physical addressing
odd parity applies.
-One stop bit (logic "1" HIGH potential)
The baud rate for further communication is established for the standard tester with 9600 baud,
while valid for the "OBDII scan tool" 10400 baud.
The control unit stops the irritation when

- the start bit is invalid (even on failure)
-
or after all data bits have been received and
-
- the data bits are disturbed
- has received the address wrong parity
- the received address is not known
- is recognized not a valid stop bit (even on failure)
the average speed exceeds the threshold xcw_n_Reiz (only 71 KW)
When canceling the irritation recognition is after the time xcwt_ini automatically resets
Irritation detection enabled.
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - Overview DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.2 Standard protocol

The external communication by KW71 consists of two tasks:
- Communications handler
-
Command interpreter
The communication handler handles the communication tasks of the diagnosis as

the hardware level:
- Responding to the recognized by the communication stimulator mode
-
Connection
-
Data transfer according to predetermined timings
The command interpreter does not, regarding the SW level following tasks:
- Interpretation of received request blocks
-
Exchange of information with system components
-
Creating a response blocks
7.2.1 Establish communication

logic "1" Communication structure SG-identification
TG SG SG SG TG SG TG SG TG SG
logic "0" T0 T1 Ta Tb T4 P2 T4 T3 T4
Initialization
with 5 baud (address)
Synchronization byte 55H

Keybytes 1 and 2
2 Inverted Keybyte
1 SG byte ID
Inverted 1 Byte
2 SG byte ID
Inverted 2 Byte
ETX
Figure XCOM01: communication after ISO 9141 for KW 71

T0 ... xcwt_ini, T1 ... xcwt_sync, Ta ... xcwt_kw1, Tb ... xcwt_kw2,
P2 ... xcwt_reabl, T3 ... xcwt_reaby, T4 <xcwt_outby
The following on the successful irritation communication structure consists of
- the sync byte (55 hex, 8 data bits / no parity) from the SG to the TG
-
the two Keybytes xcwKeybyt1 and xcwKeybyt2 (7 data bits / parity odd) and
-
the logical inversion of the second Keybytes from the TG to the SG
DS / ESA Diagnosis - standard protocol 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
This communication structure can be repeated in case of failure without further irritation to the
it programmed in the SG number xcwFehzmax is reached. This error event occurs when the
Xcwt_outby time for the logical inversion of the second Keybytes is exceeded or a SG
false inversion receives. The SG then begins again with the output of
Synchronization bytes.
7.2.2 Communication Sequence

The communication process begins with the first block of the control unit identification, which the
Controller independently after receiving the logical inversion of the second Keybytes sends. The
ECU identification may include multiple blocks depending on the scope. Each of these blocks
is answered with proper communication with an "Acknowledge" block by the tester.
Request block of the Response block of

Tester Controller
SG TG SG TG SG TG SG TG SG TG SG TG
P1 T3 T4 T3 P2 T4 T3 T4 P1
ETX
1 Byte beg. block
Inverted 1 Byte
2 Byte request block
Inverted 2 Byte
ETX
1 Byte response block
Inverted 1 Byte
2 Response byte block
Inverted 2 Byte
ETX
Figure XCOM02: Communication sequence
P1 <xcwt_outbl, P2 ... xcwt_reabl
Following the transmission of the ID must be the SG-SG of the TG in the form of a
Request block indicate what information is required. The SG responds with
corresponding response blocks.
A block is composed of:

- Block length - length of the block excl block length byte
-
Block counter - consecutive number of the block. It starts at 1 In block counter is> 255
the block counter is reset to 0
-Block title (designation of the request or response block
-Data portion - maximum of 169 bytes
-ETX - end of block indicator
The from the master (transmitter of the block) output bytes from the slave (receiver of the
Block) byte by byte returned inverted. With this form of output, the master receives immediately
after each byte the information whether the output byte has also been received correctly.
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - standard protocol DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
If during the block transfer time xcwt_outby (byte timeout) is exceeded, go

both the TG and the SG back to the beginning of the block transfer. The master waits
another timeout time unit, then went with the reissue of the first byte of the block
begins to ensure that the slave is decreased in any case in the time-out.
The last byte of a block (ETX) is not returned by the slave. If the last byte
correctly received by the slave, so he assumes the master function and can with the transfer
start of the next block. If an incorrect reception of the last byte (content wrong or
absent), the slave, the possibility to repeat the block just received. For this purpose,
it sends the block "No Acknowledge" with the block counter of the repeated block.
The communication sequence ends with the "Diagnostics-end" if he does not turn off
the ignition is canceled. Between the first and the last block of the
Communication sequence is a constant change of master - slave and function instead, ie the
Transmission direction of two consecutive blocks is never the same.
When the distance between two blocks exceeds the time xcwt_outbl (block timeout) breaks
the connection from the SG. As long, therefore, sent from TG no request block to the SG
is called "Acknowledge" blocks are exchanged to a once developed
To obtain connection alive. Furthermore, these blocks form a supervisory role over the
Functionality of the K-line. To send a request block, the TG has to wait until
it holds the master function, and inserts it instead of a "Acknowledge" block. The SG
answers after the time xcwt_reabl with an appropriate response block.
DS / ESA Diagnosis - standard protocol 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3 Standard telegram contents
Function Block-block-VAG
titelid
Generally
Read control unit identification 00 B05 01
Read RAM cells 01 B20 20
Read ROM / EPROM cells 03 B21 21
Clear fault memory 05 B07 05
Diagnostic end 06 B03 06
Read fault memory 07 B06 02
Read ADC channel 08 B19 09
Acknowledge 09 B01 -
No Acknowledge 0A B02 -
Read ECU-specific addresses 0B - -
Parameter coding 10 B13 07
Read E2PROM 19 B23 26
Write E2PROM 1A B24 27
Login Request 2B B17 11
Control device outputs
Actuator test Initiate / continue turn
Measured values
Reading
Read normalized
04 B08 03
12 B10 08 00
29 B12 01 to 08
08 25
Adaptation
Reading 21 B14 10
Testing 22 B15 10
Save 2A B16 10
Basic setting
Initiate
Initiate normalized 11 B09 04 00
28 B11 04 xx
Function) Name of the executed function in the SG and in the tester

Block title) internal SG and tester ID
BlockID) Specification identification
VAG) VAG tester function number
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - Standard telegram contents DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Read 7.3.1 SG identification

This function is used to establish the identity of the controller with respect to hardware version,
Software version and date of manufacture. After a successful attempt to establish communication
are the controller independently of its entire identification. Thereafter, the ID
be accessed via a separate request block at any time.
The control unit identification comprises 4 blocks. Each of these blocks is individually to the tester
transmitted and, with proper transmission with an acknowledge block from the tester
answered.
The display of the tester provides the data as follows (2 examples):

Displaynummer1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5
4 D 0 7 9 0 4 0 1 ___ 2, 5 l _ 5 _ R T D I _ 0 1 0 0 A G __ D 0 0
4 D 0 7 9 0 4 0 1 ___ 2, 5 l _ 5 _ R T D I _ G 1 0 7 A G __ D 0 0
Data transfer:
Transmitter Byte Hex ASCII Display Title
Tester 1 $ 03 Block length
Requirement 2 z Block counter on bus
3 $ 00 Block title
4 $ 03 End of Block
1 $ 1B ETX Block length
Control unit 2 z +1 Block counter on bus
1 Block 3 $ F6 Block title
4 $ 34 Device number
5 $ 44 Application via xcwSGBlk1
6 $ 30 4 1
7 $ 39 D 2
8 $ 30 0 3
9 $ 37 9 4
10 $ 34 0 5
11 $ 30 7 6
12 $ 31 4 7
13 $ 20 0 8
14 $ 20 1 9
15 $ 20 10
16 $ 32 11
12 Index
17 $ 2C
13 Index
18 $ 35
14 Spaces
19 $ 6C
15 Designation
20 $ 20 2
21 $ 52 16
.
22 $ 35 17
5
23 $ 20 18
l
24 $ 54 19
25 $ 44 20
26 $ 49 21
R
27 $ 20 22
5
28 $ 03 23
B01 24
T
D
I
ETX End of Block

z +2 Acknowledge
Tester
DS / ESA Diagnosis - Standard telegram contents 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Control unit 1 $ 07 Block length
2 Block 2 z +3 Block counter on bus
3 $ F6 Block title
4 $ 30 Zero or
$ 47 0 25 GRA is enabled or
$ 41 G ADR is enabled
$ 56 A ADR: Acceleration time, var speed threshold
V or fixed speed equal to the default value
no adjustment
5 $ 30 0 26 Adjustment A
$ 31 1 Adjustment B
$ 32 2 Adaptation A & B
$ 33 3 Adjustment C
$ 34 4 Adjustment A & C
$ 35 5 Adaptation B & C
$ 36 6 Adaptation A & B & C
$ 37 7 no adjustment
$ 30 0 Adjustment D
$ 31 1 Adaptation e
6 27
$ 32 2 Adapting D & D
$ 33 3 Adjustment F
$ 34 4 Adapting D & F
$ 35 5 Adaptation E & F
$ 36 6 Adapting D & E & F
$ 37 7 no adjustment
$ 30 0 Adaptation G
$ 31 1 Adjustment H
$ 32 2 Adaptation G & H
7 28 Adaptation I
$ 33 3
$ 34 4 Adaptation G & I
$ 35 5 Adjustment H & I
$ 36 6 Adaptation G & H & I
$ 37 7 End of Block
$ 03 ETX z +4 Acknowledge
8
B01
Tester

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Overview of the supported customization features:
VAG No. Adaptation Olda

A 100 01 Limiting amount mrmBEGaAGL or mrmBEGmAGL
B 200 02 Idle speed mrmLLR_AGL
C 400 03 Exhaust gas recirculation armARF_AGL
D 010 05 Starting quantity mrmSTA_AGL
E 020 04 Start of injection / delivery start sbmAGL_SBR / fnmAGL_FN
F 040 12 Preheating gsmAGL_VGK
G 001 18 Maximum speed limit mrmV_HGBSW
B 002 Login Fuel cooling See Login Request
I 004 Login FGG speedometer constant switching See Login Request
OR OR OR
30 VE-quantity adjustment zmmVE_AGL
VAG) Display on VAG tester if adjustment was made

No.) see overview adaptation (adjustment = channel number)
Adaptation) Name of adjustment
Olda) Olda channel of the corresponding matching value

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Control unit 1 $ 0A Block length
3 Block 2 z +5 Block counter on bus
3 $ F6 Block title
4 $ 41 Automatic transmission
$ 53 A 29 Manual transmission
$ 44 S Direct switch (ASG) about
$ 47 D for gear
$ 20 G Spaces
5 30 xcwSGBlk2
6 $ 20 31 Spaces
7 $ 44 32 for version number
be applied
8 $ 30 33 Version 00
9 $ 30 D 34
10 $ 03 0 35
11 0
B01 ETX
End of Block
1 z +6 Acknowledge
Tester 2 Block length
Control unit 3 $ 08 Block counter on bus
4 Block 4 z +7 Block title
5 $ F6 Delimiter (NULL)
6 $ 00 % PMC14., PMC07
7 PP0 % PMC06, PMC05, .., PMC00, WSC16
8 PP1 % WSC15, WSC14, .., WSC08
9 PP2 % WSC07, WSC06, .., WSC00
B01 PP3 End of Block (ETX)
$ 03 z +6 Acknowledge
ETX
Tester
PMC parameters ... code ... WSC workshops code

The byte 5 of the 4 ECU block (workshops code of the last adjustment) is omitted when in
xcwDIASCH applied (see description of parameter blocks).
7.3.2 Read RAM cells

With this function it is possible from the internal and external RAM, as well as messages
read at least one and a maximum of 169 bytes. By default, you read with this function
Messages (2 bytes), the address is not to be regarded as a physical address, rather than
Message number.
Is to be read from internal or external RAM, then the function serial E2PROM
Write the corresponding memory area to select. When reading from the RAM, understands
the address as an offset to the beginning of the RAM in the memory.
Byte Request block TG-> SG

1 Block length 06
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 01
4 Number of bytes xx
5 Address / Message number HB xx
6 Address / Message number LB xx
7 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Byte Response block SG-> TG

1 Block length n
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title FE
4 RAM / Message 1 xx
...
RAM / message x
Block end ETX
n-1 xx
n 03
Read 7.3.3 ROM / EPROM cells

With this feature you can read a maximum of 169 and a minimum of 1 byte from the data set
(Physical address F0000H ... FBFFFH). The address as an offset to the beginning of
Data set to see.

1 Block length 06
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 03
4 Number of bytes xx
5 Address HB xx
6 Address LB xx
7 Block end ETX 03

1 Block length n
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title FD
4 EPROM cell 1 xx
...
EPROM cell x
Block end ETX
n xx
n +1 03
7.3.4 Clear the fault memory

With this function, the fault memory can be deleted. Currently are defective error
but not deleted. After deleting the error memory the content is the
Output error buffer, or if no errors are entered ACKNOWLEDGE.
However, the time is before the transmission of the response block xcw_twti still awaited (to errors
to be to give the possibility stored in the error memory). Moreover
also deleted the CARB test results.

1 Block length 03
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 05
4 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.5 Diagnostic end

This function causes the control device to end the connection to the test device. A possibly
performed actuator test will be aborted. A shared through a login request access
the E2PROM is disabled again (again to login, required for new irritation).

1 Block length 03
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 06
4 Block end ETX 03
7.3.6 Read fault memory

With this function, the contents of the error memory is transferred to the tester. Abhänigig from
stored fault entry will be 3 bytes per error (error codes and error type applied -
see Troubleshooting) transferred and converted into the error text on the tester.

1 Block length 03
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 07
4 Block end ETX 03

1 Block length n
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title FC
4 Signal path code HB xx
5 Signal path code LB xx
6 Error type xx
...
Content error memory x
Block end ETX
n xx
n +1 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.7 Read ADC channel

With this function, an ADC channel can be read. The result is not normalized and
unlinearized sent to the tester.

1 Block length 04
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 06
4 Channel number xx
5 Block end ETX 03

1 Block length 05
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 06
4 ADC value HB xx
5 ADC value LB xx
6 Block end ETX 03
Channel numbers:
Channel no. Designation
00.65 Pedal position sensor supply
01.64 Pedal position sensor
2 Air flow meter
3 Atmospheric pressure sensor
5 Battery voltage detector
6 Boost pressure sensor supply
7 Air flow meter supply
8 Needle-movement sensor
9 Reference voltage
10 NOX temperature sensor 1
11 NOX temperature sensor 2
66 Fuel temperature sensor
67 Air temperature sensor
68 Saugrohrtemperaturfühler
69 Water temperature sensor
70 Boost pressure sensor

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.8 Acknowledge
If requested no special function by the tester, it sends acknowledge blocks from
Control unit are answered with acknowledge. This serves to maintain the
Communication.
Byte Request block / response block TG <-> SG

1 Block length 03
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 09
4 Block end ETX 03
7.3.9 No Acknowledge
This block is produced by the tester or by the control device if a transmission error has occurred,
or an unknown title block has been received, sent.

1 Block length 04
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 0A
4 Block counter - 1 xx
5 Block end ETX 03
Read 7.3.10 SG addresses

This function 6 addresses (xcwAdr1 ... xcwAdr6) are sent to the tester. This
Addresses can be used, for example, during a subsequent read E2PROM.

1 Block length 03
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 0B
4 Block end ETX 03

1 Block length 15
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title FA
4 Address 1 HB xx
5 Address 1 LB xx
... ... ...
14 Address 6 HB xx
15 Address 6 LB xx
16 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.11 parameter coding

With this function, the record variant can be selected. By means of the parameter code
can be one of 32768 different variants can be selected. The workshops - and
Parameter code are in the same place as workshops / Parameters Code of adaptation
stored. The response block this function corresponds to the control unit identification (see
Block Title 00).

1 Block length 07/08
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 10
(4) PMC15 PMC07 ... xx
4/5 PMC6 ... PMC0, xx
WSC16
WSC15 ... WSC8
WSC7 ... WSC0
5/6 Block end ETX xx
6/7 xx
7/8 03
The length is pending from xcwDIASCH (see description of parameter blocks).
Read 7.3.12 E2PROM

This feature allows a maximum 169 and minimum of 1 byte can be read from the E2PROM.
To perform this function, however, has previously had a successful login request
have been carried out. Some areas are separately blocked (WFS) and therefore can not
be read out.

1 Block length 06
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 19
4 Number of E2PROM cells xx
5 Address HB xx
6 Address LB xx
7 Block end ETX 03

1 Block length n
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title EF
4 E2PROM cell 1 xx
5 E2PROM cell 2 xx
... ... ...
n E2PROM cell n-4 xx
n +1 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Write E2PROM 7.3.13

This function can read RAM and ROM / EPROM read memory for the functions
memory areas are selected. Therefore the corresponding space on the address must
FFFFH to be written.
One of these memory areas can be selected and in the cited arrival
requirement blocks are read:
No. Address Designation Request block

0 - Messages RAM read (default)
1 F600H - FDFFH internal RAM Read RAM
2 C000H - DDFFH external RAM Read RAM
1 Block length 07
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 1A
4 Number of bytes 01
5 Start address HB FF
6 Start address of LB FF
7 Storage area xx
8 Block end ETX 03
1 Block length 07
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title F9
4 Number of E2PROM cells xx
5 Start address HB xx
6 Start address of LB xx
7 Verify Ok / Verify not Ok FF/00
8 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.14 Login Request

The login request has the following functions:
- Sharing for the functions E2PROM write:
Read E2PROM and read adaptation / test / write (if for the respective channel
by application of xcwLOG0 - 7 is required, except are special cases with
own password). The signal received by controller 16-bit password must be in the
Record stored password (xcwPEEPROM) match. If this is the case, then the
released above functions until the diagnosis is canceled. The control unit
responds with an acknowledge block. The parameter code and the workshops code
are not considered.
- FGR / ADR Sharing Services:

With this function, the FGR / ADR system shall be released if you had previously locked.
The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the data stored in the
Password (xcwPFGROn) match. This function is only available when the
E2PROM is in order. The workshops code and EAF function switches are in the
E2PROM registered, but the workshops code is not in the same place
registered, and save the workshops code at adaptation. Could the function
are successfully completed, the controller responds with acknowledge, otherwise with No
Acknowledge UB.
- FGR / ADR blocking:

With this function, the FGR / ADR system is blocked unless you had previously released.
Password (xcwPFGROff) match. Otherwise, applies to this function is the same as
for FGR / ADR release.
- FGG tachometer frequency 1:

With this function, the tachometer frequency 1 is set for the vehicle speed sensor.
Password (xcwPFGG1) match. This function is only available when the
E2PROM is in order. The function switch for the tacho frequency is in the E2PROM
deleted. The function could not be successfully completed, the controller responds with
Acknowledge, otherwise with NoAcknowledge. The parameter code and the workshops code
are not considered.
- FGG tachometer frequency 2:

With this function, the tachometer frequency 2 is set for the vehicle speed sensor.
Password (xcwPFGG2) match. This function is only available when the
E2PROM is in order. The function switch for the tacho frequency is in the E2PROM
placed. The function could not be successfully completed, the controller responds with
Acknowledge, otherwise with NoAcknowledge. The parameter code and the workshops code
are not considered.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
- HGB (maximum speed limit) disable:

With this function, the maximum speed limit is deactivated again when they
was activated by means of adaptation channel 18. The signal received from the control unit 16-bit
Password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPHGBOff).
This function is only available when the E2PROM is fine. The deactivation
is entered in the E2PROM. The function could not be completed successfully, so replies
the control unit with acknowledge, otherwise with NoAcknowledge. The workshops code
stored in E2PROM (workshops code adaptation).
- KSK (fuel cooling system) to enable:

With this function, the function of the fuel cooling for hot countries means is
Tank temperature sensor and fuel circulation pump is activated. The control unit from the
received 16-bit password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPKSKon)
match. This function is only available when the E2PROM is fine. The
Activation is entered in the E2PROM. The function could not be completed successfully,
so the controller responds with acknowledge, otherwise with NoAcknowledge. The
Workshops code is stored in E2PROM (workshops code adaptation).
- KSK (fuel cooling) disable:

With this function, the function of the fuel cooling for hot countries means is
Tank temperature sensor and fuel circulation pump turned off. The control unit from the
received 16-bit password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPKSKoff)
match. Otherwise, applies to this function is the same as enable KSK.
- Set Readiness acceleration:

With this function, the counters are set in readiness fbmRDYNES on fbwSRDYm1,
the error memory (including OBD freeze frame) and all OBD Mode $ 06 Test Results
deleted. The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the record in the
stored password (xcwPRDYm1) match.
- Selection UTF-signal source:

With this function, the source of the ambient temperature sensor can be selected
be. The choices are: UTF via analog input, UTF via CAN or UTF about in
cowVAR_FZG defined signal source:
3
comVAR_FZG
4
cowVAR_FZG
comCLG_SIG.1
comCLG_SIG.2
Figure CANLog04_128: ambient temperature from combi or analog input

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The message indicates the comVAR_FZG been selected signal source:
Decimal Comment
0 No data transmission
1 Data telegram 5ms/Bit
2 Data telegram 50ms/Bit
3 via CAN
4 via analog input
comCLG_SIG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X X 0
Login with xcwPswS3on S

& Q
cowMSK_SIG.2
Login with xcwPswS3of R
Login with xcwPswS2on S

& Q
cowMSK_SIG.1
Login with xcwPswS2of R
Figure CANLog02_128: Login request for signals
About the passwords xcwPswS2on or xcwPswS2of the bit is set comCLG_SIG.1

or deleted. About the passwords xcwPswS3on or xcwPswS3of the bit
comCLG_SIG.2 set or deleted. The message is comCLG_SIG in E2PROM
stored and has influence only continues after Steuergeräteinitialisierung on
comVAR_FZG.
For the first initialization of the E2PROM is the label edwINI_LGS available.
However, while this label is with the mask cowMSK_SIG logically ANDed and
only the result written to the E2PROM.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
- variable ADR / maximum speed set:

This feature allows the adjustment channel 28 is used for the Applizierung the maximum speed
(MrmADR_Neo) unlocked for the variable ADR. The signal received from control device 16 -
Bit password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPADV).
- ADR - fixed speed set:

This feature allows the adjustment channel 29 is used for the fixed Applizierung ADR
Speed (mrmADR_Nfe) enabled. The signal received from the control unit 16-bit password
must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPADE).
- Range 0-9999 is reserved for the immobilizer:

The function of this area is included in the respective specifications.
- VE-quantity adjustment:
This feature allows the adjustment channel 30 is used for the Applizierung the preinjection
adjustment-volume unlocked (if so requested by the application of xcwLOG_1.14
is). The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the record in the
stored password (xcwPIAglOn) match.
Receives the control device other than the passwords mentioned above, so it breaks the
Connection, and is only ready to communicate again after a re-boot.

1 Block length 08
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 2B
4 HB password xx
5 LB password xx
6 PMC6 ... PMC0, WSC16 xx
7 WSC15 ... WSC8 xx
8 WSC7 ... WSC0 xx
9 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.15 Read measured values

Receives the controller read the block measurements, a maximum of 10 values can be simultaneously
be read. These measurements can in the map xcwMWB_KF by the application of
defined message numbers can be defined. If an undefined message number
is entered, the output will be after the last valid message number to the tester
canceled.
It involves the converted into 8-bit sizes measured values, the conversion under the
were limited to 0 or 255.

1 Block length 03
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 12
4 Block end ETX 03

1 Block length n
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title F4
4 Measured value 1 xx
5 Measured value 2 xx
... ... ...
n Measured n-4 xx
n +1 Block end ETX 03
7.3.16 actuator test Initiate / continue turn

With this function, a semi-automatic test of the actuators can be performed. Each
Time the request block is received, it is automatically set to the next control element
next program. The answer to this requirement is normally completed in Acknowledge. The
Response block contains a code, which is evaluated by the test device, after which the
Description of the actuator is outputted.
The actuator test can only be activated when the speed is less than or equal xcwSGSchw. Is
this is not the case, the control unit responds with No acknowledge block UB.
If, during a actuator tests the speed threshold xcwDrSchw exceeded or there is
no usable speed signal before (zmmSYSERR.4 = 1; see Monitoring Concept
"Summarized System Error") as the actuator test will be aborted. In any case, the
Actuator test canceled after the time xcwMaIoTim.
If the actuator test has already been carried out completely once, so responds, the control unit
a repeated invitation to actuator test with No Acknowledge.
Should be tested with this function, the ELAB, so this is not clocked, but only
off. He remains switched off for the current drive cycle.
The actuator, the actuator for the test is carried out, for the time xcwSt .. Tim with the
Duty cycle xcwSt .. TV driven. After this time, the actuator which is used to
100% duty cycle - xcwSt .. TV driven. This process is repeated until one of the above
said termination conditions fulfilled.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The amplifiers can be about their message number (see Appendix, ehmF ...) the
Assign actuator numbers (xcwStell..). In addition, even for each actuator, a code
are applied (xcwCode..) which is output in response block.

1 Block length 04
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 04
4 Pin number (no function) xx
5 Block end ETX 03
1 Block length 05
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title F5
4 Actuator code HB xx
5 Actuator code LB xx
6 Block end ETX 03
Read normalized values 7.3.17

This function belonging to the transmitted number display measured values are with
Transfer standard display number and normalizing to the tester, where it is then in physical
Units can be displayed.
In the parameter block channel table values are assembled into ad groups
(XcwK01_1/2/3/4 ... xcwK40_1/2/3/4).
The entries in the channel table each refer to the entries in the parameter block
Group table.
- xcwGrpxx_A ... Standard display number
-
xcwGrpxx_N normalizing ...
-
xcwGrpxx_M ... Message number of the measured value (xx: 00 to 80)
Valid display numbers are 1 ... 40 Invalid Display numbers answered by the control unit with
No Acknowledge.

1 Block length 04
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 29
4 Ad number xx
5 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1 Block length 0F
2 Block counter xx
3 Response block title E7
4 1 Standard display number xx
5 1 Normalizing xx
6 1 Measured value xx
8 2 Normalizing xx
11 3 Normalizing xx
14 4 Normalizing xx
16 Block end ETX 03
Since we only support a limited number of channels was the label xcwK100auf
introduced that specified in the label channel number on display (channel number) 100 redirects.
The channel number that is in this label will be locked at the same time, this also applies to the
Function values normalized read.
7.3.17.1 Definition of group numbers

The definition of the group numbers Appendix B refer to.
7.3.17.2 Measured value blocks 190-199

This function is mainly used for tape end tests.
The display numbers 190-199, the values are not normalized output (block title F4h,
see values not normalized read), thus ten measured values can be displayed simultaneously.
With the map xcwMWB_KF the desired values can be set in the application.
For each display number (190-199) there is a vertex on the y-axis, for each measured value
there is a support point on the x-axis.
If an invalid message number applied in the map xcwMWB_KF, the output is

canceled by the message number last version. If the first message number is invalid,
no measured value display (only valid for this function).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.17.3 Measured value blocks for the CAN-Bus

For each position of the CAN Measured value blocks a text of the bus user can describe
be defined. Based on the link mask xcwCANxx_X, the reference to the to
received CAN messages are produced.
Are all of the bits specified in the mask in the message camRCSTAT0 (see Appendix CAN)
set as is shown for the position in the measured value that no message is received
(Measured value).
In the other case it is indicated that one of the specified messages is received
(Measured value = +1).
In the CAN channel table the bus devices are assembled into ad groups
(XcwK125c1/2/3/4 ... xcwK129c1/2/3/4). A value of 255 means no ad in this position.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The entries in the channel table refer to the entries of the CAN Busteilnehmertabelle.
(XcwCANxx_.)
- xcwCAN_A Standard display ... number for all CAN Measured value blocks (37)
- xcwCANxx_X ... linking mask with camRCSTAT

-
xcwCANxx_N normalizing ...
-
- xcwCANxx_M ... measured value (xx: 00 to 10)
- xcwCANxx_F ... linking mask with comCLG_FUN
xcwCANxx_S ... linking mask with comCLG_SIG
About the normalizing value and measured value of the text must be described which is to be displayed
when the control unit does not receive messages by this bus station. The other text results
from measured value +1.
Example: Determine the mask (xcwCAN. _X.) For a control unit:

Current assignment see chapter CAN.
Station wagon Brake Transmission
12 1 21
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Value
camRCSTAT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 all messages
be received
Transmission 2 message
camRCSTAT 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 down.
Combination 2 and brake
camRCSTAT 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 message
down.
Masks:
xcwCAN00_X 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 ^ 1 +2 ^ 12 =
(Transmission) 4098
xcwCAN01_X 2^5=
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
(Brake) 32
xcwCAN02_X 2 ^ 15 +2 ^ 10 =
(Combi) 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33792
xcwCAN .. _X is always a controller, CAN-bus device assigned.
VAG_Tester only shows "failed" when all messages of a SG (eg failure of all
Combined embassies) have failed.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Determine the display text on VAG tester:

As a standard display number xcwCAN_A must always display the standard number for text applied
are:
xcwCAN_A = 37 dec
About the normalizing value and measured value of the display text is selected:
Normalizing Measured value Text

Brake 1 114 Motor 0
xcwCAN01_N 1 1 115 Motor 1
xcwCAN01_M 115 1 115 ABS 0
1 116 ABS 1
Transmission 1 117 Getr 0
xcwCAN00_N 1 1 118 Getr 1
xcwCAN00_M 117 1 119 Station wagon
0
1 120 Station wagon
1
1 121 D-Pump 0
Station wagon
1 122 D-Pump 1
xcwCAN02_N 1 .. .. ..
xcwCAN02_M 119 ... ... ...
There must always be selected, the text that describes the failure of the embassy. As text
indicating the reception of the message, the applied value + 1 is assumed.
Assignment to the measured value blocks:
Transmission Brake Station wagon empty
xcwCAN00_. xcwCAN01_. xcwCAN02_. 255
Measured value
125xcwK125c1 00 xcwK125c2 01 xcwK125c3 02 xcwK125c4 255
Text: Getr.0 / 1 ABS0 / 1 Kombi0 / 1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.17.4 Hide the

By application of the value 255 in a CAN channel table entry is the appropriate place
hidden (for example: xcwK126c3 = 255).
The mapping is also of the enabled by encoding function or signal

affected:
255
xcwK12? c?
xcwCANxx_S = 0
>1
comCLG_SIG logically ANDed with
xcwCANxx_S
Figure CANLog12_128: Blanking the display
In xcwCANxx_S can bit-coded the function or signal can be selected, which influence
has on display the CAN-bus device on VAG tester. If the label is applied with zero, so
the selected display group is always displayed. If a Anzeigruppe only displayed
be, when the corresponding CAN function or associated CAN signal by encoding
has been activated, the corresponding bit must be set in xcwCANxx_S.
If, for example, xcwCAN00_S.0 set, and the ASR / MSR function was measured by coding
unlocked (comCLG_SIG.0 = 1) then this CAN bus node at the position where he
a xcw12? c? Label has been defined (xcw12? C? = 00) are displayed. Is xcwCAN00_S.0 set, but
the ASR / MSR function was not unlocked by code, it is at the position where
the CAN bus devices in a xcw12? c? Label was defined, no text appears as
ECU internally not in xcwK12? c? applied value, but is used 255.
7.3.17.5 Example:
Channel 125
Display group number 125

Getr 0/1 ABS 0/1 Station wagon 0/1 Air bag 0/1
Channel 126

Climate 0/1 D-Pump 0/1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.18 Overview adaptation

With the adjustment, it is possible motor-specific correction values for volume adjustment,
Idle speed, exhaust gas recirculation and start lot to read, test, and in the E2PROM
store. The matching channel numbers for selection of the correction values are identical
with the numbers of Meßwerteausgabe.
The adjustment function is available only:

-(required if applicable) after successful login
-with intact E2PROM
Whether a login for the respective selected channel adjustment is necessary, by means of the label
be applied to xcwLOG_0 xcwLOG_7. The label decides xcwLOG_0 with bit 0 if for
Channel 0 is necessary to login and bit 15 whether a login for channel 15 is required. In Label
xcwLOG_7 can the login requirement for channel 112 are set to 127.
Calibration values are read, written or tested with this function are, or are
limited. The adjustment values are:
Adaptation channel number Balance value

1 Quantity adjustment
2 Idle speed
3 Exhaust gas recirculation
4 Start of injection
5 Starting quantity
12 Preheating
18 Maximum speed (HGB)
27 ADR-up time (xxx, xx s)
28 var ADR maximum speed
29 ADR fixed speed
30 VE-quantity adjustment
All calibration values are 16-bit integer values.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
In response block for the adaptation functions we obtain the following block (adaptation
output to standard values):

1 Block length 13
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title E6
4 Adaptation channel number xx
5 Balance HB xx
6 Balance value LB xx
7 Sub-block title E7
9 1 Normalizing xx
12 2 Normalizing xx
15 3 Normalizing xx
18 4 Normalizing xx
20 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Read 7.3.19 adjustment

With this function it is possible to adapt the channel number corresponding current
used to read calibration value.

1 Block length 04
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 21
5 Block end ETX 03
7.3.20 test adaptation

The control module uses the passed value adjustment as currently used calibration value.
This feature allows the response of the controller to a new calibration value immediately
to test. The set adjustment value is only valid for the driving cycle, in which he was placed, unless he
will save with adaptation written to the E2PROM.

1 Block length 06
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 22
5 Balance HB xx
7 Block end ETX 03
Save 7.3.21 adjustment

Is the correct calibration value is found, the operator has the option with this feature,
store the adjustment value in the E2PROM. In addition, there is also a code in workshops
the E2PROM entered. The parameter code is ignored.
If it is ensured that the balance value is stored in the E2PROM, then answers the
Control unit with the block matching output to standard values. During the storage
exchanges the control unit with the test device acknowledge blocks to communication
to maintain.

1 Block length 09
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 2A
5 Balance HB xx
7 PMC6 ... PMC0, WSC16 xx
8 WSC15 ... WSC8 xx
9 WSC7 ... WSC0 xx
10 Block end ETX 03

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.22 Initiate basic setting

The basic setting function is used, the engine in a defined operating state to
operate and then to read the measured values. To achieve this condition, certain
Actuators driven with a fixed duty cycle. For security reasons, this
Function just below the speed threshold xcwDrSchw and if an analyzable
Speed signal is present (zmmSYSERR.4 = 0; see Monitoring Concept "summarized
System Error ") are activated. For your information, that the System in basic setting
is, the diagnostic light flashes with the frequency xcwFreq. The solenoid valve plate
(EhmDMVS) is driven with the duty ratio xcwSBTV.
The communication is as follows:
Control unit Tester
Initiate basic setting

Output values
Initiate basic setting

Output values
other request block
or Acknowledge
or NoAcknowledge
Response to a new request

or Acknowledge
The following special cases should be noted:

- When the speed is above the speed threshold xcwDrSchw, answered the
Controller block Initiate basic setting with No Acknowledge UB.
-At the same time, the default settings will be terminated at the threshold xcwDrSchw exceeded.
-If the speed drops below the threshold again xcwDrSchw, the default setting can again
be initiated.

1 Block length 03
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 11
4 Block end ETX 03
Read response block see measurements

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Initiate basic setting normalized 7.3.23

This function can also for safety reasons only below the speed threshold xcwDrSchw
undwenneinauswertbaresDrehzahlsignalvorliegt (zmmSYSERR.4 = 0; see
Monitoring concept "summarized System Error") are activated.
With this function, the following basic settings are possible:
Adaptation channel number Basic setting

03 Exhaust gas recirculation (ARF)
04 Start of injection (SBR)
11 Loader control (LDR)
22 Rail pressure setpoint (RDS)
35 Electric fuel pump (EKP)
If a default setting is carried out, in mrmN_LLDIA is an idle target speed of

xcwGRARF_N, xcwGRSBR_N, xcwGRRDS_N, xcwGRLDR_N, or xcwGREKP_N
specified.
With default setting ARF ARF control is switched off and all 3 actuators
(EhmFAR1, ehmFAR2 and ehmFAR3) are for the time xcwGRARF_T with the
Duty cycles xcwAR1ein, xcwAR2ein and xcwAR3ein driven. After this time,
are the actuators for the same time with xcwAR1aus, xcwAR2aus and xcwAR3aus
activated. This process is repeated until canceled by default.
With default setting SBR the injection start control remains switched on. As setpoint sbmPHIsoll
is specified xcwSBRein the controller for the time xcwGRSBR_T the injection start angle. After
Expiration of this time is specified to the controller, the angle xcwSBRaus. This process
is repeated until canceled by default.
With default setting LDR boost pressure control and the ARF control is switched off. The
Actuator ehmFLD_DK is for the time xcwGRLDR_T with the duty ratio xcwLDRein
activated. After this time, the actuator for the same time is xcwLDRaus
activated. This process is repeated until canceled by default.
With default setting RDS is the message zumPQsoll the respective target pressure xcwRDS_p1,
or xcwRDS_p2 specified. The fuel pressure setting for pressure 1 is for the period
xcwGRRDS_T. After this time, the set value for printing 2 is used. This
Process is repeated until canceled by default.
Basic setting EKP switches the EKP for the time xcwGREKP_T on and off (application of
655350000 causes activation during basic setting). About xcwGREKP_M the
Messagenr. set of ehmFEKP (other dig. controlled PWM output stages).
Instead of the 2nd Measured value outputted read normalized for matching is another
administrable measured value output. Standard display this number is 37, the normalizing value 0 At
Specification of XCW .. a, the measured value xcwGR .. ME is issued XCW at default value of .., the
Value xcwGR .. MA.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
In the remaining display group numbers no default setting is possible. The response block
measured values is normalized to spend on the corresponding adjustment channel number.

1 Block length 04
2 Block counter xx
3 Block title 21
4 Adaptation channel number 03/04/11
5 Block end ETX 03
The VAG tester offers the possibility of the special function 15 to read the readiness code.
This is to initiate possible if the control unit on the basic setting function normalized
(Title Block 28H) in the channel number 100 the readiness code with the standard display number 16
outputs.
Since we only support a limited number of channels was the label xcwK100auf
introduced that specified in the label channel number on display (channel number) 100 redirects.
The channel number that is in this label will be locked at the same time, this also applies to the
Function values normalized read.
Note:
The label is in xcwK100auf to disable the function to the value 255 to apply.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.3.24 Entering Ableichwerten by VAG tester

Adjustment is by means of diagnostic block 2A title, the corresponding block number, high byte
and low byte of the int (16-bit) - value set.
Note: All calibration values are on the driving software before being used again
checked for validity.
7.3.24.1 multiplicative adjustment

The following sizes are matched by multiplication:
- Starting quantity
-
Limiting amount
-
- Boost pressure throttle setpoint
ARF setpoint if cowV_AGL_B = 2
Given: Phys. Factor [-]

Limits: for Phys: -. FAKT_MAX ... + FAKT_MAX
int (16bit) - value = Phys. Factor * 10000
7.3.24.2 Accumulative Balance

The following variables are adjusted additively:
- Desired idle speed
Given: Balancing the speed (offset) [U / min]

Limits: for Phys: -. N_LLABGL ... + N_LLABGL
int (16bit) - value = balance speed / N_QNT
ARF setpoint if cowV_AGL_B = 1
The values M_EQNT, N_QNT, M_LQNT and PROZ_QNT are the current. PHY file to
remove.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.4 OBDII protocol

The external communication of the "OBDII scan tools" based on the following specifications:
- SAE J1979 edition December 1991, revised on 14 June 1993
-
The diagnostic protocol corresponds in this form in the communications and the construction of block
Keyword Protocol 2000
External communication is composed of two tasks:

- Communication handler and
-
Command interpreter
The communication handler handles the communication tasks of the diagnosis as

the hardware level:
- Responding to the, by Communications - recognized stimulator, operating mode
-
Connection according to the operating mode
-
Data transfer according to predetermined timings
The command interpreter does not, regarding the SW level following tasks:
- Interpretation of received request blocks
-
Exchange of information with system components
-
Creating a response blocks
7.4.1 Establish communication

logic "1" Communication structure
TG SG SG SG TG SG TG SG
logic "0" T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T4 P3 P2 P6
or
Initialization P3
with 5 baud
Synchronization pattern 55H
Keywords 1 and 2
2 Inverted keyword
Inverted initialization address

Request block from the tester
Response block from the control unit
Figure XCOM03: data flow according to ISO 9141
DS / ESA Diagnosis - OBDII protocol 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The following on the successful irritation communication structure consists of

- the synchronization pattern (55 hex, 8 data bits / no parity) from the SG to the TG
-
two keywords (7 data bits / parity odd) from the SG to the TG
-
- the logical inversion of the second Keywords from the TG to the SG and
the logical inversion of the initialization address from the SG to the TG
Address word Keyword 1 Keyword 2

33hex 08 08
08hex 44 46 Unsupported
7.4.2 Communication Sequence

Subsequent to the communication structure, the TG has the SG in the form of requirements
ing blocks indicate what information is required. The SG responds with corresponding
speaking response blocks.
A block is composed of:

- Headboard:
Type identifier or define the format and
Target address (recipient address or communication direction) and
Source address (sender address)
-Piece of information:
Mode byte and
Length of the message (optional) and data bytes and
(The maximum length of the information part is 256 bytes in length and consisting of 255
Data bytes)
-Test part:
Checksum in hex code which represents CS = LOW byte of the checksum.
Breakdown of the head section:

- emission-relevant system (SAE J1979 - Init with 33 hex functional, 5 Bd)
TG -> SG SG -> TG Remark

Type 68 hex 48 hex Type of communication sequence
Target 6A hex 6B hex Type of message (request / response)
Source Fx hex SG address physical address of the sending station
- functional / physical addressing (Init <> 33 hex functional) (not supported)
TG -> SG SG -> TG Remark

Type xx hex xx hex
Target SG address TG address Address of the receiving station
Source TG address SG address Address of the transmitting station
A byte block transfer consists of:

- 1 start bit
-
8 data bits, starting with LSB
-
1 stop bit
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - OBDII protocol DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Length
Testing
Headboard maximum of 255 bytes of data - part
Len M P D1 Dm CS
Data 1 Data m
PID (optional)
Fashion - byte
Length (only for L = 0)
Source address
Target address
MSBLSB Checksum
A1 A0 L L L LL L
Length field (1 .. 63)

0 0 : Not allowed (without header
0 1 : Emission-relevant system (SAE J1979)
1 0 : Header - physical
1 1 : Header - functional
Calculate the checksum (CS

Headboard A maximum of 63 data bytes -
M P D1 Dm CS
L: length field (1 .. 63)
Calculate the checksum (CS

Headboard maximum of 256 data bytes - Testing
part
Len M P D1 Dm CS
L=0 Length (1 .. 255)
Figure XCOM04: block structure

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.4.3 Initialization by WUP

Irritation with wake-up pattern:
To reduce the communication structure of the TG may be a "wake-up pattern" Send.
Establishing communication with wake-up pattern:
logic "1" Communication structure
TG SG TG SG
TiniL P2 P3 P2 P6 / 3
logic "0" T0
TWuP
Requirement
P5 P1
Type Tgt Src M CS Type Tgt Src Len * M KW1 KW2 CS
Type - Format Type - Format

Tgt - Target - address Tgt - Target - address
Src - Source - Address Src - Source - Address
M - mode - bytes (81 Len - length byte
CS - checksum M - mode - byte (C1
KW1, KW2 - Keywords
CS1 checksum
* Depending on the type - byte
Figure XCOM05: establishing communication with Wake Up pattern

After sending the "wake-up pattern" sends the TG the request block "Diagnostic startup"
(Mode 81) to the SG. The control device transmits within the time frame of the response block P2, and
informs the tester via the keywords 1 and 2 on the block format (see
"Establish communication").
Communication process:
The communication sequence at the "fast start" corresponds to the at initialization with 5
Baud.
Diagnostic Test Modes:

The diagnostic test modes at the "fast start" correspond to modes in the initialization
with 5 baud.
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - OBDII protocol DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.4.4 Time Definition

300 ms < T0 Time the logic "1" prior to initialization
24 ms < TiniL < 26 ms Time to logic "0" at initialization (Quick Start)
49 ms < TWuP < 51 ms Duration of the wake - up - Patterns (Quick Start)
60 ms < T1 < 300 ms Time between the end of the initialization and the start of
Synchronization pattern
5 ms < T2 < 20 ms Time between the end of the synchronization pattern and the start of
first keywords
Time between the end of the first and the beginning of 2 keywords
0 ms < T3 < 20 ms
.
25 ms < T4 < 50 ms Time between the end of the 2nd Keywords and the beginning of the logical
Inversion of 2 Keywords as well as the time between the end of
logical inversion of the second Keywords and the beginning of the logical
Inversion of the initialization address
Time after the diagnostic test encounters an Init error and with
300 ms < T5 sending the init address starts new
Bytefolgezeit for transmitting blocks from the control unit to the tester
0 ms < P1 < 20 ms
P2min < P2 < P2max Time between the end of a block of the test apparatus and the start of
Block by the control unit
Period P3 min < P3 < 5s Time between the end of the last block of the SG and the beginning
a new block from the test device
Bytefolgezeit for transmitting blocks from the tester to the control unit;
P4min < P4 < 20 ms 5 baud initialization: P4min = 5 ms, Quick start: P4min = 0-5 ms
Bytefolgezeit for the request block "Diagnostic startup" (Mode 81)
5 ms < P5 < 20 ms the "fast start"
Time between the blocks from the SG to the TG
5 ms < P6 < P2max
7.4.5 Error Handling

Initialization:
In the case of an initialization error, caused by a timeout of T4 or
a faulty transmission, the controller switches within the time T5min back to receive
the stimulus to address.
Communication:
Receives the control unit a block failed checksum, it sends an SG
Acknowledge (Mode 7F) with the Acknowledgecode 13 hex (unintelligible requirement).
Detects the SG a faulty structure of the request block, so it behaves like a
Checksum error. A violation of the time interval P4 leads to the above errors, and
will be treated accordingly. In case of exceeding of P3max the SG terminates the
Communication.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5 OBDII telegram contents

The implementation of functional diagnostic test mode according to SAE J1979 meets the
California OBD II requirements for emissions-related systems (initialization with 33 hex):
Block title
(Fashion)Function
01 .............
Reading emission-related information
02 .............
Reading stored boundary conditions (freeze frame)
03 .............
Read debounced registered emission-related fault codes
04 .............
Clear / reset emission-related information
05 .............
Lambda - probes - Monitoring (not implemented)
06 .............
Reading of test results (not with VP44 (136))
07 .............
Reading the present in the debouncing emission related DTCs
09 .............
Reading out vehicle information
VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Calibration ID (program level)
Calibration Verification Number (quasi checksum)
7F ............. ECU Acknowledge
81 ............. diagnostic start
Appropriate response modes have an offset of +40 hex.
Read 7.5.1 Emissions-related information

Mode 01h
With this mode, you get access to emission-related information, such as analog and digital
An input and output, and system status information. The request block contains a
Parameters - ID (PID) of the SG with the needed information is communicated.

1 Type identifier 68
2 Target 6A
3 Source Fx
4 Fashion - byte 01
5 PID xx
6 Checksum xx
The length of the request is 6 bytes, the length of the answer blocks is used by the
PID-dependent.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 41
5 PID xx
6 Data A xx
7 Data B (opt.) xx
8 Data C (opt.) xx
9 Data D (opt.) xx
10 Checksum xx
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - OBDII telegram contents DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5.1.1 PID 00h - Supported PIDs (01-20 hex)

The SG responds to mode 01 PID 00 with a message that the 4 bytes (bit-encoded)
Information contains. Each bit indicates whether a PID is supported or not.
- 0 = PID is not supported by SG

-
1 = PID is supported by the SG
Byte Bit PID

Data A 7 01
Data A 6 02
... ... ...
Data B 7 09
... ... ...
Data D 0 20
7.5.1.2 PID 01h - Error memory info / Readiness

The SG responds to mode 01 PID 01 with a message that the 4 bytes (bit-encoded)
Information contains.
Data A - Number of emission-related DTCs and MIL status
Bit supported evaluation

0-6 Number of stored fault codes in the SG
(Debounced and emission-relevant)
0 = MIL is not activated by the SG
7 MIL = 1 is driven by the SG
Data B (Bits 0-3) and Data C - Each bit represents the support or no
Support of an onboard diagnostic evaluation
Data B includes continuous monitoring

Data C includes tests that are carried out at least once per trip,
wherein:
- 0 = test is not supported by SG
-
1 = Test is supported by the SG
Data B (Bits 4-7) and Data D - Each bit indicates the status of diagnostic evaluations
regarding Data B (Bits 0-3) and Data C:
- 0 = Test completed (= Readiness reached) or not supported.

- 1 = Test not yet finished
DS / ESA Diagnosis - OBDII telegram contents 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Data B:
Bit Evaluation Evaluation RBP Record
supported: supported:
Misfire monitoring Zündaussetzerüberwachung
0 8 fbwRBP_MIS
Fuel system monitoring Test fuel system
1 9 fbwRBP_FUE
Comprehensive Component Review the overall system
2 10 fbwRBP_COM
monitoring
reserved (report as 0)
3 status: not assigned 11
Misfire monitoring Status:
Fuel system monitoring Zündaussetzerüberwachung
4 Comprehensive Component 8 fbwRBP_MIS
Test fuel system
5 monitoring 9 fbwRBP_FUE
Review the overall system
6 reserved (report as 0) 10 fbwRBP_COM
7 not assigned 11
Data C (supported) and data D (status):

Bit Evaluation Evaluation RBP Record
0 Catalyst monitoring Catalyst 0 fbwRBP_CAT
1 Heated catalyst monitoring Hot catalyst 1
2 Evaporative system monitoring Evaporation system 2
3 Secondary air system monitoring Secondary air - system 3
4 A / C Refrigerant monitoring system Coolant air conditioning 4
5 Oxygen sensor monitoring Lambda - probe 5
6 Oxygen sensor heater monitoring Lambda - Probes - heating 6
7 EGR system monitoring Exhaust gas recirculation 7
fbwRBP_EGR
About the Label fbwRBP_ ... can be apply the Readinessbitposition.

7.5.1.3 PID 02h - Trouble Code
is not supported in this mode.
7.5.1.4 PID 03h - 1 Fh - data
The SG responds with a message that contains 2 bytes of information.
The PIDs correspond to the message numbers listed in Appendix C of 0x03 to 0x1F. It is
the corresponding measured value returned.
The message numbers 0x000C and 0x0010 have a 2-byte information. The others are only
1 byte long.
7.5.1.5 PID 1Ch - OBD requirements that support the vehicle

The SG responds to mode 01 PID 01 with a message that contains 1 byte of information.
The content can be applied with xcwPID1C.
7.5.1.6 PID 21h - Distance with activated MIL
The SG responds to mode 01 PID 21 with a message that contains 2 bytes of information.
The distance traveled with activated MIL is issued. (1 bit corresponds to 1 km)
See also "Other Functions" "Distance Travelled with activated MIL"

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5.2 Freeze frame read

Mode 02h
With this mode, you get access to a set of stored constraints which the
first occurrence of an emission-related fault is stored after OBD II (freeze frame). In the
Request block are PID - and freeze frame No. (OBD II freeze frame No.: 0). The
Length of the request is 7 bytes, the length of the answer blocks is used by the PID
dependent.
7.5.2.1 PID 00h - Supported PIDs (01-20 hex)

same with fashion 00h 00h PID.
7.5.2.2 PID 02h - Trouble Code
it returns the two bytes Trouble code of the error that caused the entry
7.5.2.3 PID 03h - 1 Fh - data
The SG responds with a message that contains 2 bytes of information.
The PIDs correspond to the message numbers listed in Appendix C of 0x03 to 0x1F. It is
the corresponding measured value returned.
These PIDs data byte A is always the Freeze Frame number. Data B corresponds to the value
the message. The message numbers 0x000C and 0x0010 are 2 bytes long. The second byte is
then in Data C.

2 Target 6A
3 Source Fx
4 Fashion - byte 02
5 PID xx
6 freeze frame No. xx
7 Checksum xx

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 42
5 PID xx
6 Data A xx
7 Data B xx
8 Data C (opt.) xx
9 Data D (opt.) xx
10 Checksum xx
Note:
The Freeze Frame is (visible error under Mode 03) only when debounced registered error
issued, the deposit is, however, already at the first Occurrence of the error.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Read 7.5.3 Emission-related error

Mode 03h
Stored fault codes are read with fashion 03 by the TG. These two steps are
required:
- About mode 01 PID 01, the number of stored fault codes must be determined.
If no errors stored, the SG responds with "saved 0 error".
-With fashion 03 all-bounced registered errors are output. The SG sends up to 3
Error codes per block, and if no error is stored, transmits the SG to this request,
no answer.
The length of the request block (Mode 03) is 5 bytes, and the length of the answer block is
set at 11 bytes. If less than 3 error codes transmitted, then the
corresponding data bytes 00 hex padded to a fixed block length of 11 bytes
sure. For the construction of error codes, see chapter "Error codes".

2 Target 6A
3 Source Fx
4 Fashion - byte 03
5 Checksum xx

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 43
5 Error code 1 (high byte) xx
6 Error code 1 (low byte) xx
11 Checksum xx
(If more than 3 error codes)

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 43
11 Checksum xx

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5.4 Emissions-related information delete

Mode 04h
Purpose of this mode is to delete or reset all emission-related information.
This refers to:
- Clearing the Number of Error Codes (Mode 01 PID 01)
-
Deleting of fault codes (mode 03)
-
Delete the test results (Mode 06 - Test results are initialized to 0)

2 Target 6A
3 Source Fx
4 Fashion - byte 04
5 Checksum xx

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 44
5 Checksum xx
7.5.5 reading of test results

Mode 06h
This mode is not supported with VP44 (136). Otherwise:
In mode 6, the latest test results and the comparison values of are not
continuously monitored errors outputted. After deleting the error memory (Mode 04)
the test results for the WTF test, KTF test and start, stop position test are discarded and the
Values in the EEPROM overwritten with 0. The value 0 is "not performed test" as an identifier
used and must not be the result of a conversion with ... xcwCARF.

2 Target 6A
3 Source Fx
4 Fashion - byte 06
5 Test ID xx
6 Checksum xx
With the Test ID 0, the available test IDs can be queried.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Response block for available test ID's:
Byte Response Block 1 SG-> TG

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 Test ID 00
6 Antwortblocknr. FF
7 available ID's 1 to 8 xx
8 available ID's 9-16 xx
11 Checksum xx
The Test ID is be applied for:

- XcwWTF_ID ... dynamic plausibility of the water temperature sensor
- XcwKTF_ID ... dynamic plausibility of the fuel temperature sensor
- XcwSTT_ID ... Start-/Stoplagentest
- XcwLDF_ID ... Plausibility LDF with ADF
Application Note:
A test result may be characterized by Hide XCW an invalid ID in the label ... _ID
(ID> 32, for example: 255) enters. The SG reports only permissible IDs as available and unavailable
IDs are not queried by the tester.
The normalization of the signals corresponding to the normalization in modes 1 and 2

The test results (except LDF and KTF-test) are at their entry into the EEPROM
translated at the exchange for the error memory to 1 byte. If the test results
read, as they are with the translation for the error memory converted to 2 bytes and
then prepared with a diagnosis of conversion for the output. Be administered values
also converted three times, so that the relations with respect to the stored in the EEPROM
Values are again.
 Times ... xcwCARFS_Z, xcwCARFO_Z, xcwCARDS_Z,

xcwCARDO_Z
 Temperatures ... xcwCARFS_T, xcwCARFO_T, xcwCARDS_T,
xcwCARDO_T
xcwCARFSdT, xcwCARFOdT, xcwCARDSdT,
 Temp.Differenzen ... xcwCARDOdT
xcwCARFSUD, xcwCARFOUD, xcwCARDSUD,
 Voltages ... xcwCARDOUD
Bit coding of the response block number:

Bit 7 = 0: test limit (bytes 9/10) is maximum
Bit 7 = 1: test limit (bytes 9/10) is minimum

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Response blocks in respect of Test ID "xcwWTF_ID":

For that answer three blocks are defined, in which time, temperature rise and final temperature
of tests performed each spend with their limits. Depending on how the test
has been completed, the following is transmitted:
Test not yet performed:

Identifier 00h in the EEPROM memory error after deletion.
It will be sent with FFh values 3 blocks.
Test negative:
It will be sent with the test results, all three blocks.
End of test achieved by minimum temperature rise:
It will block 1 (hours) and Unit 2 (temperature rise, minimum temperature rise)
sent.
End of test end temperature achieved by:
It will block 1 (times) and Block 3 (temperature at end of test, minimum temperature)
sent.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwWTF_ID xx
6 Antwortblocknr. 01
7 Timer status at end of test (High) xx
8 Timer status at end of test (Low) xx
9 permissible temperature rise time (high) xx
10 permissible temperature rise time (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx
Byte Response block 2 SG-> TG

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwWTF_ID xx
7 Temperature rise (High) xx
8 Temperature rise (Low) xx
9 Mindestemperaturanstieg (High) xx
10 Mindestemperaturanstieg (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwWTF_ID xx
7 Temperature at end of test (High) xx
8 Temperature at end of test (Low) xx
9 Minimum Temperature (High) xx
10 Minimum temperature (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx
Response blocks in respect of Test ID "xcwKTF_ID":

For that answer three blocks are defined, in which time, maximum temperature change and
attained temperature change integral of the tests carried out each with their limits
are output. Depending on the condition of the test, the following is transmitted:

It will be sent with FFh values 3 blocks.
Test negative:
It will be sent with the test results, all three blocks.
Test positive end achieved by maximum temperature change:
It will block 2 (maximum change in temperature, minimum temperature change) sent.
Test positive end achieved by changing the temperature integral:
EswirdBlock1 (times) undBlock3 (temperature change integral,
Minimum temperature integral) sent.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwKTF_ID xx
7 Operating hours duration of the test (high) xx
8 Operating hours duration of the test (low) xx
9 allowable operating hours duration (High) xx
10 allowable operating hours duration (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwKTF_ID xx
7 reached max. Temperaturänd. (High) xx
8 reached max. Temperaturänd. (Low) xx
9 min. required Temperaturänd. (High) xx
10 min. required Temperaturänd. (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwKTF_ID xx
7 attained max. Temp-integral (High) xx
8 attained max. Temp-integral (Low) xx
9 min. Required Temp-integral (High) xx
10 min. Required Temp-integral (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx
Response blocks in respect of Test ID "xcwSTT_ID":

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwSTT_ID xx
6 Antwortblocknr. 1
7 dsoUist_Ag at end of test (High) xx
8 dsoUist_Ag at end of test (Low) xx
9 mrwNL_MOST (High) xx
10 mrwNL_MOST (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwSTT_ID xx
9 mrwNL_MUST (High) xx
10 mrwNL_MUST (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwSTT_ID xx
6 Antwortblocknr. 3
9 mrwNL_MOSP (High) xx
10 mrwNL_MOSP (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwSTT_ID xx
9 mrwNL_MUSP (High) xx
10 mrwNL_MUSP (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Response block in terms of test ID "xcwLDF_ID":

For this answer, a block is defined, in which the absolute difference occurred ADF LDF
(LdmLDFP_dp) will spend the tests performed with his limit ldwLA_MAX. Each
on how the test has been completed, is transmitted as follows:

There, the block is sent with FFh values.
Test was carried out:
There, the block is sent with the test result.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 46
5 xcwLDF_ID xx
7 abs. Diff.ADF / LDF at end of test (High) xx
8 abs. Diff.ADF / LDF at end of test (Low) xx
9 permissible abs. Diff.ADF / LDF (High) xx
10 permissible abs. Diff.ADF / LDF (Low) xx
11 Checksum xx

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5.6 Current emission-related reading errors

Mode 07h
Located in the debouncing, error codes are read with fashion 07 by the TG. This
Fashion is in block structurally and functionally equivalent to Mode 03
Physical implementation of the SAE J1979 messages

The previously treated Diagnostics - test - a functional modes are addressing with 33 hex
based. When physical addressing only a single SG is addressed and thus
the answers only refer to the respective control unit.
7.5.7 Reading of vehicle information

Mode 09h
The Fashion 09 serves testers vehicle-specific information such as VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
and Calibration ID's to provide. From the CARB are only the reading of the
Calibration ID (program level) and the Calibration of Verification Number (checksum)
prescribed.
The request block contains an Info Type (InT) with the SG needed information
is notified. The length of the request is 6 bytes, the length of the response block of
the used InfoType dependent.

2 Target 6A
3 Source Fx
4 Fashion - byte 09
5 InfoType (InT) InT
6 Checksum xx
7.5.7.1 Info Type = 00h

With the InfoType 00h all available are displayed in encoded form. The coding
corresponds to the mode 01 PID 00

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 49
5 InfoType (InT) 00
6 Message Count 01
7 available InT's 1-8 xx
8 available InT's 9 to 16 xx
(Dec)
(Dec)
(Dec)
11 Checksum xx
(Dec)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5.7.2 VIN (chassis number) - InfoType 01h & 02h

This infotype is only learned immobilizer supports 3 data. If you disable or
Immobilizer 2, this information is not available.
This InfoType is bit 0 in xcwINF_M09 wegapplizierbar.

Bit 0 = 0 ... InfoType not available
Bit 0 = 1 ... InfoType is available when available
Info Type = 01h

Returns the number of messages (replies) to transfer the VIN at InfoType 02h. The
Number of transmitted answers is always 05h.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 49
5 InfoType (InT) 01
6 Number of messages Notorious
7 Checksum xx
Info Type = 02h

Returns the chassis number consisting of 17 characters in ASCII in 5 blocks of 4 characters
the first three data bytes are filled with 00h.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 08
4 Fashion - byte 49
5 InfoType (InT) 02
6 Message Count MsC01h
7 Infobyte 1 In10h 02h 03h 04h 05h
8 Infobyte 2 In20h #2 #6 # 10 # 14
9 Infobyte 3 In30h #3 #7 # 11 # 15
10 Infobyte 4 In4 # 1 #4 #8 # 12 # 16
11 Checksum xx #5 #9 # 13 # 17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5.7.3 Cal ID (Calibration ID) - InfoType 03h & 04h

The Calibration Identification (CAL-ID) (eg, program version) or Calibration Verfication
Number (CVN) (eg, checksum) if an approval relevance must be changed only
is given. The CAL ID can about the label xcwCAL_ID be applied.
The Calibration ID must identify the installed software unique. This is from the OBD
Required provisions to emissions related software in a standardized form to
identify.
Voters who did not develop the car manufacturers have an unequal Calibration
ID, so that they are indistinguishable from those of the vehicle manufacturer.
This InfoType with bit 1 in xcwINF_M09 wegapplizierbar.

Bit 1 = 0 ... InfoType not available
Bit 1 = 1 ... InfoType is available
Info Type = 03h

Returns the number of messages (responses) for the transfer of the Cal-ID at InfoType 04h.
The number of responses to be transmitted is always 04h in this control unit. This
Controller only has a Cal ID.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 49
5 InfoType (InT) 03
6 Number of messages (NMs) 04
7 Checksum xx
Info Type = 04h

Returns the Calibration ID consists of 16 characters in ASCII in 4 blocks of 4 characters. This
16 characters on the label xcwCAL_ID be applied.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 08
4 Fashion - byte 49
5 InfoType (InT) 04
6 Message Count MsC01h
7 Infobyte 1 In1 # 1 02h 03h 04h
8 Infobyte 2 In2 # 2 #5 #9 # 13
9 Infobyte 3 In3 # 3 #6 # 10 # 14
10 Infobyte 4 In4 # 4 #7 # 11 # 15
11 Checksum xx #8 # 12 # 16

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5.7.4 CVN (Calibration Verification Number) - InfoType 05h & 06h

The InfoType with bit 2 in xcwINF_M09 wegapplizierbar.
Bit 2 = 0 ... InfoType not available Bit 2 = 1 ... InfoType is available
The OBD laws require these values to a change in the emission-related software
recognize. Each Calibration ID must be assigned distinctive and clearly a CVN.
Voters who did not develop the vehicle manufacturer, must have an unequal CVN,
so that they are indistinguishable from those of the vehicle manufacturer.
The CVNs are transmitted hex values in 4 bytes, the high byte data byte in A.
Calculations that do not require 4 bytes fill the empty data bytes $ 00
In this system, only a 2-byte Calibration ID is supported.

The control unit starts by request mode $ 09 PID $ 06 an internal checksum calculation with
a CRC32 algorithm on the code and data area. The calculation is only at KL15
a (dimK15 = 1) and 0 speed (dzmNmit = 0) performed one of the two conditions
the calculation is not satisfied exposed. As long as the checksum is not present, the answers
Control unit does not (Note: The calculation takes about 40 seconds). If the final
Calculated checksum, it will spend InfoType 06h as 4-byte value with tester request.
The variables edmCHKOBDH and edmCHKOBDL match the output value. As long as
communication with the tester is maintained, the check sum can be read. At
Query Mode $ 09 PID $ 06 for a new communication structure (irritation), the
Checksum calculation again.
In the status byte edmCHKstat the status of the calculation is displayed. The status word is of
K15 on / off or a communication structure (irritation) reset.
Bit 0 Requirement CVN calculation, calculation is

Bit 1 Completed checksum calculation
Bit 2 Check sum was spent on diagnosis
Bit 3 The calculation was performed at least once K15
interrupted, or dzmNmit> 0.
Info Type = 05h

Returns the number of messages (responses) for the transfer of CVN at InfoType 06h.
The number of responses to be transmitted is always 01h in this control unit. This
Control unit has only one CVN.

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 49
5 InfoType (InT) 05
6 Number of messages (NMs) 01
7 Checksum xx

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Info Type = 06h

Returns the CVN consisting of 4 bytes hex values in a block. The information bytes are the
calculated checksum (edmCHKOBDH as high byte and low byte as edmCHKOBDL).

2 Target 6B
3 Source 10
4 Fashion - byte 49
5 InfoType (InT) 06
6 Message Count 01
7 Infobyte 1 edmCHKOBDH - High Byte
8 Infobyte 2 edmCHKOBDH - Low Byte
9 Infobyte 3 edmCHKOBDL - High Byte
10 Infobyte 4 edmCHKOBDL - Low Byte
11 Checksum xx
7.5.8 Control unit-Acknowledge

This response of the control device represents an acknowledge of the receipt of the request,
or contains an Acknowledge - code indicating the reason for the rejection of a required
Response features.
Acknowledge - Codes:
Confirmation: 00 hex - Request is accepted; confirmation
Request Status: 10 hex - Gen. Refusal without giving reasons
11 hex - Mode is not supported
12 hex - Request is not supported or the invalid format
13 hex - Incomprehensible request
21 hex - Busy
22 hex - Operating conditions not correct
31 hex - Requirement outside the permitted range
Byte Acknowledgeblock SG-> TG

1 Fashion - byte 7F
2 Request - Fashion xx
3 Acknowledge - Code xx
The test mode build with respect to the data structure on the provision SAE J2190 (MODE = 81
Diagnostic start). Appropriate response modes have an offset of +40 hex.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.5.9 Diagnosis - Home

With this diagnosis - Test - fashion the TG calls the "fast start" the information about
the definition of the block format. The TG sends after the wake-up pattern} (enterprises and individuals, see
Chapter "Initialising via Wake-up Pattern") this request block.

1 Fashion - byte 81
The SG responds with the keywords 1 and 2:

1 Fashion - byte C1
2 Keyword 1 C4
3 Keyword 2 46
Keyword 1 Keyword 2 Block format

C2 46 Length information in the type byte
43 46 Length information in the opt. Length byte
C4 46 SG understands both block formats

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.6 Description of the parameter fields

Bitmask Bit Value Software switch xcwDIASCH
0000 0001 0 0 Parity check stimulus word from
1 Parity check stimulus word
0 just Parity
0000 0010 1 1 odd parity
0 Login Request from
0000 0100 2 1 Log a request
0 Custom bytes from
1 Custom one byte
0000 1000 3 0 Review of the block counter of
1 A review of the block counter
0010 0000 5 0 Length WSC / parameter encoding = 3 bytes
1 Length WSC / parameter encoding = 4 bytes
1000 0000 7
Bitmask Bit Value software switch cowFUN_COM
0000 0001 0 0 KW71 protocol active

1 KW71 protocol is disabled
0 KW2000 protocol active
0000 0010 1
1 KW2000 protocol is disabled
0 Blink code active
0000 0100 2 1 Blink code disabled
0 McMess protocol active
0000 1000 3 1 McMess protocol is disabled
0 CARB active (only if KW2000 protocol is active)
CARB deakiviert (even if KW2000 protocol Martina Gladbach)
0001 0000 4
Name Communication header

xcwSGADR During communication recording is from the tester a
ECU address (0 ... 127) to the control unit sent (without parity).
This must match xcwSGADR.
After the CARB-irritation over the word address 33h to report the
xcwADRCARB Control unit with this address.
1 Keybyte - is from the control unit to the tester sent (0 ... 255).
xcwKeybyt1 2 Keybyte - is from the control unit to the tester sent (0 ... 255)
xcwKeybyt2 The average speed during the dzoNmit must Kommunikationsauf-
xcw_n_Reiz exception <= xcw_n_Reiz be (0 ... N_max)
Custom Byte 1: The diagnostic switch xcwDIASCH
selectable (transfer after Keybyte 2).
xcwKSbyte1 Custom Byte 2
Checksum for the custom bytes
Demolition speed KW71 - Diagnosis
xcwKSbyte2
xcwKSCheck
xcw_N_Ende
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - Description of the Parameter Blocks DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Name Communication timing

xcwt_sync Period of time, after which the control unit after reception of the SG address,
Sync sends (s).
Time from reception of a byte to the sending of a byte (s).
xcwt_reaby Byte Timeout - Within this period, the tester needs to send a byte
xcwt_outby (s).
Time period in which the control device to a request block with a
xcwt_reabl Should respond response block (s).
Period in which the control unit receives a request block (s).
Time of termination of the stimulus recognition until the beginning of next
xcwt_outbl Stimulus detection (s).
xcwt_ini Time of the fault memory to delete fault memory output, maximum time
Save for adaptation.
xcw_twti Number of trials in establishing communications
(0 ... 255)
xcwFehzmax
Name Control unit identification

xcwBHardNr Bosch Hardwarenr. (10 characters + 1 end characters)
xcwBSoftNr Bosch Softwarenr. (10 characters + 1 end characters)
xcwKHSNr Customers HW / SW No. (11 characters + 1 end characters)
xcwDatum Date of manufacture (MMYY, 4 characters + 1 end characters)
xcwSGBlk1 SG-1 ID (25 characters + 1 end code) -
is sent as the first block.
SG-ID 2 (9 characters + 1 end code) -
is transmitted as the third block.
xcwSGBlk2 SG-ID 2 (9 characters + 1 end code) -
is output as a change in status for channel 80.
xcwSGBlk3 Message ID number of an additional control unit -
(Such as pump controller with VP44)
xcwSGfrID1
Note: The end character FF (Hex) is automatically generated by DAMOS!
Name Passwords, the actual use of the specific project

xcwPEEPROM When you log in with this password will have access to all E2PROM -
Functions enabled.
With this password, the FGR / ADR can be turned on.
xcwPFGROn With this password, the FGR / ADR can be turned off.
xcwPFGROff Password FGG constant 1
xcwPFGG1 Password FGG constant 2
xcwPFGG2 Turn off password HGB
xcwPHGBOff Password KSK switch for hot climate
xcwPKSKon Turn off password KSK
xcwPKSKoff Password Readiness for the next Driving Cycle
xcwPRDYm1 Password ADR / var maximum speed be applied
xcwPADV Password ADR / fixed speed be applied
xcwPADE
DS / ESA Diagnosis - Description of the Parameter Blocks 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Name Thresholds for actuator test

xcwDrSchw Speed threshold for the actuator test, the control of a
Controller output and the basic setting
The maximum time for which an actuator, or the control of a test
xcwMaIoTim Controller output is performed.
Name (.. _ .. 1-40_1-4) Meßkanaltabelle

xcwK .. _ .. number of an entry in Group Table - 255 represents a
Dummy entry.
xcwK100auflenkt the specified channel to on channel 100.
Name (.. 1-21, actuator Table

last entry = 0)
xcwStell .. Message number of the actuator - This number must be the
Message number to be an end stage.
xcwSt .. TVDas maximum duty cycle with which the actuator can be driven
is (%).
xcwSt .. TimTaktzeit - The actuator is for the time xcwStxxTim with xcwStxxTV
driven, for the subsequent period xcwStxxTim with 100% - xcwStxxTV ..
This is done until the end of time xcwMaIoTim. (s)
xcwCode .. actuator code - This code is from the SG to the tester as
Identification for the controlled actuator sent.
Name (.. 0-80) Meßgruppentabelle

xcwGrp .. _A Standard display number - This number is from the SG to the tester
transfer and allows this formula to a representation of a
Select the measurement value in engineering units.
Normalizing - If sent by the control unit to the tester and
xcwGrp .. _N this used to calculate the physical measurement value.
Message number of the measured value
xcwGrp _M ..
Name (.. _ .. 125 - CAN - Meßkanaltabelle

129c1 - 4)
xcwK .. c .. number of an entry in CAN Busteilnehmertabelle -255 represents a
Dummy entry.
Name (.. 0-5) Meßgruppentabelle

xcwCAN .. _X Linking mask with camRCSTAT
xcwCAN .. _N Normalizing
xcwCAN _M .. Text number of the bus station
xcwCAN_A Standard display number for all CAN Measured value blocks equal
Name unnormalized measured value

xcwMWB_KF Message numbers for the non-normalized output of measured values in the
Channels 190-199 and 0
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - Description of the Parameter Blocks DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.7 Error Codes

Error codes are in accordance with SAE J2012 of 2 bytes together, the first 4 bits (first
Nibble) characterize the area and the following three nibble BCD-coded error code.
0-9 0-9 0-9
Error code BCD - coded

00 - Group 0
01 - Group 1
10 - Group 2
11 - Group 3
00 - powertrain P (engine drive train)
01 - chassis C (chassis)
10 - body B (body / structure)
11 - reserved U
Figure XCOM08: Structure of the error codes in accordance with SAE J2012
7.7.1 Error Code List

The individual error paths of the motor drive train are in accordance with the SAEJ2012
to apply a hint of scheme.
DS / ESA Diagnostics - Error Codes 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
7.8 McMess
McMess is a transmission protocol for a communication between a control device (SG)
and a test device (TG). McMess has been optimized for the use of the K-line as
Transmission medium. The K-line is a digital single-wire interface with Ubatt - level. The
InformationenwerdenähnlichdemV.24-Standardasynchronübertragen.Die
Transmission units consist of 9 data bits, start and stop bit. The SG and TG
never send the same time. With McMess the TG to quickly check RAM contents from the SG. The
SG is minimal load in comparison to other protocols.
Definition of the address space:
McMess address SG address Designation

0000 - 0FFF F0000 - F0FFF or System table
D8000 - D8FFF or
E4000 - E4FFF
depending on Datensatzvar.
F1000 - FBFFF or
1000 - BFFF D9000 - E3FFF or DAMOS - Parameters, Characteristics
E5000 - EFFFF Maps
depending on Datensatzvar.
C000 - DDFF
DE00 - DEFF
C000 - DDFF DF00 - DFFF External RAM
DE00 - DEFF E000 - E7FF Gate Array - control register
DF00 - DFFF E800 - EEFF Olda
E000 - E7FF EF00 - EFFF Extended RAM
E800 - EEFF F000 - F5FF reserved
EF00 - EFFF F600 - fdff CAN
F000 - F5FF FE00 - FFFF Internal uC register
F600 - fdff Internal RAM
FE00 - FFFF Internal uC register
19 April 2002 Diagnosis - McMess DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
In the current version McMess following codes are implemented:

o) 02 Read pp
o) 04 Read Var 1
o) 07 Read Var 2
o) 0B ROM (Var 2 Var 1↑Read)
o) 0D EEPROM (Var 2 Var 1↑Read)
o) 0E RAM (2 Var, Var 1↑Read)
o) 10 Byte (Var 1↑Read) the request table
o) 13 Error memory (Var 2 Var 1↑Read)
o) 19 SG-identification (DAMOS ID) number (Var1↑Read)
o) 1C Read checksum
o) 2A System initial start trigger (pp =! = 11h)
o) 25 Var1: = pp (used as address LSB)
o) 26 Var2: = pp (used as address MSB)
o) 31 Byte (Var1↑) The request table: = pp
o) 3B Log off (only if pp = EEh)
o) 3D Activate ignition Synchronous Fairs
o) 3E Enable Time Synchronous Measuring with as ignition synchronous menu
o) 4F Output menu length for function 3D and 3E
In most functions, the variables Var1 and Var2 serve as addresses (Var1 as low byte
and Var2 as high byte). The abbreviation stands for pp parameters and the character "↑"Represents a
Increasing the variable by 1 More detailed information on the individual functions of the
McMess specification 2/10 refer to.
DS / ESA Diagnosis - McMess 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8 Monitoring Concept
8.1 Overview
This chapter describes monitoring algorithms and the corresponding replacement functions that are performed when errors are detected. There are the
Monitoring of all components and functions, any possible error (indicated in italics in the text) and all the parameters required for this
described. All error bits and parameters are also to facilitate the search, listed in the index. The error bits associated with the
Error paths (see also Chap. Error handling) can be found in an overview in Appendix E. (For data on the form cowFARFAB .., .. or cowFLDRAB
cowFMEBEG .., points at the end of the numbers 1,2,3 or 4 dar.)
Structure of the table:
Surveillance monitoring strategy Data Replacement function Data

of
What is on- How it is monitored Which parameters What happens if the monitoring ei- Parameters for
monitored ter will recognize fürnen error: = Replacement function Replacement function
monitoring
required
Attention! Each error is debounced separately (see Chap. Error handling,

Debouncing). For this purpose there are separately applicable parameters for each error.
These parameters are not listed!
DS / ESA Monitoring concept -Survey 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.2 exhaust gas recirculation (ARF)

of
Control shut- It is positive (error fbbEARSpR) or negative (Error fbbEARSnR) deviation over- arwEmaxGKF Shutdown of the ARF
deviation monitored. Exceeds the deviation for the time fbwEARSpRA or fbwEARSnRA the value + arwEmaxFKF Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
aroEmax or - (aroEmax), then an error is detected. The value aroEmax is from the maps arwEueAUS Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
arwEmaxGKF and arwEmaxFKF determined as a function of air mass setpoint, speed and quantity.
The monitoring is done only if aroEmax is <= arwEueAUS.
8.3 exhaust gas recirculation actuator (AR1, AR2, AR3)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEAR1_O error is set. Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
Neutral Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEAR1_K is set. Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
Short circuit
Status line
The control valve is monitored in its function via a status line. After a K15, has a flan- arwRK_HT Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
edge change from LOW to HIGH be recognized on the status line. If the line at the beginning to arwRK_LT Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Vol- cowFLDRAB.
HIGH to LOW or too long (t> arwRK_LT) or then not long enough in the HIGH state load limited (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
(T <arwRK_HT), the status line is assumed to be defective and the error is fbbEAR1_S
placed. No monitoring of the status line is performed when the last follow-up was interrupted
(EdmSTAUSNL = 1) or it was not a hardware initialization.
Is the level of status line as LOW so that a defect of the control valve is indicated, and the error
Control flap lerbit fbbEAR1_D is set. Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Vol- cowFLDRAB.
load limited (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEAR2_O error is set. Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
Neutral Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
Amplifier
If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEAR2_K is set.
Short circuit
Amplifier
Neutral In Idle state the final stage of fbbEAR3_O error is set. no
Amplifier
Short circuit If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEAR3_K is set.
DS / ESA Surveillance - exhaust gas recirculation (ARF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.4 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

of
Suppression In general, the Fehelrerkennung the error fbbEACC_B, fbbEACC_C, fbbEACC_D, fbbEACC_F,
the error fbbEACC_Q, fbbEACC_V, fbbEACC_P and fbbEACC_A stopped when the suppression of the CAN
monitoring Fault monitoring is active.
The suppression of the CAN error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of environ-
environmental conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus nodes are not assumed
can (see section CAN - suppression of errors of the external control device intervention).
During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already of any currently
located in debouncing error fbbEACC_Q reset.
If the bit is "ADR defective" is set in the ADR1 message, the error is reported fbbEACC_D
"ADR defective" Deactivation of the ACC engagement over
via CAN Ramp to 0
Misrecognition Deactivation of the ACC engagement over
If the error ID 0xFFh recognized in the required torque, the error is reported fbbEACC_F-
in Momentanf. det. Ramp to 0
Requirement Deactivation of the ACC engagement over
If requested at a speed below the threshold mrwFAS_BVK moment, the
under v- Ramp to 0
Reported error fbbEACC_V.
Threshold mrwFAS_BVK
Requirement
implausible
If during OFF signal from the keypad (NOT (AND dimFGA dimFGL)) or driver braking Deactivation of the ACC engagement over
CAN error
(DimBRE OR dimBRK) requested moment, the error is reported fbbEACC_P Ramp to 0
If caw for the time ... _RTO receive any new message or is the message content inconsistent Deactivation of the ACC engagement over
(In two immediately successive attempts to read the data of the message was the content Ramp to 0
already again partially overwritten), the error fbbEACC_Q when the suppression is reported,
the CAN error monitoring is not active.
Until the error finally broken, continues to be used as a substitute value, the ultimate message.
With correct (or incorrect) checksum error counter is decremented to 0 (or mreACC_Cog)
Checksum (Or incremented). Exceeds the error counter value mreACC_Cmx the error ECEC mrwACC_Cmx Deactivation of the ACC engagement over
error-GRA- ACC_C reported. mrwACC_Cog Ramp to 0
Message Is there a difference of the value of the current message count by more than mrwACC_Bmx of the pre-
Embassy reciprocating value, the error is reported fbbEACC_B. Similarly, if the message count on
unplausi counter- more than mrwACC_Bmn main program periods does not change. mrwACC_Bmx Deactivation of the ACC engagement over
bel To avoid clocked malfunction of the ACC without a fault, is in every main pro- mrwACC_Bmn Ramp to 0
General program cycle in which an event occurs that one of the errors fbbEACC_B, fbbEACC_C, ECEC
Plausibility ACC_D, fbbEACC_F, fbbEACC_V, fbbEACC_P reports increases a counter by the value 10, otherwise
is decremented by 1. If the counter exceeds the threshold mrwACC_Amx is event-driven error mrwACC_Amx Deactivation of the ACC engagement over
registered fbbEACC_A Ramp to 0
DS / ESA Surveillance - Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.5 Working speed controller (ADR)

of
Rule- It is positive (error fbbEADRpR) or negative (Error fbbEADRnR) deviation over- mrwADR_pRA Shutdown of the ADR
deviation monitored. Exceeds the deviation for the time fbwEADRpRA or fbwEADRnRA the value mrwADR_nRA
mrwADR_pRA or mrwADR_nRA as a fault is detected.
8.6 atmospheric pressure sensor (ADF)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEADF_H) when anoU_ATM> anwADF_MAX anwADF_MAX It is one of the boost pressure Compute- anwADF_VOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEADF_L) when anoU_ATM <anwADF_MIN anwADF_MIN used ter replacement value
(See chap. Input signals).
With a defective LDF is the VGW
anwADF_VOR used.
8.7 Battery voltage (U_bat)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEUBT_H) when anoU_UBAT> anwBAT_MAX anwBAT_MAX Default value anwBAT_VOR
Below the Fahrgschwindigkeitsschwelle anwBAT_FG the signal range check is upward ( anwBAT_MIN
Error fbbEUBT_H) hidden. The healing of the fault can be made without suppression. anwBAT_FG
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEUBT_L) when anoU_UBAT <anwBAT_MIN
DS / ESA Surveillance - working speed controller (ADR) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.8 Brake Centre (BCC, BRK)

of
Plausibility Brake signals implausible: fbwEBRE_PA Shutdown of the FGR

Main with red- On implausibility of brake signals is decided when only one signal is logically active. diwtBREdyn
undantem Dynamic fault detection: diwPBREdyn
Brake contact Every time for a time t_dyn> threshold diwtBREdyn continuously an implausible diwtBREsta
Brake signal condition exists, is recognized on a provisional defective brake contact and a counter diwtBREiO
dioBREPLAU incremented. This counter is saved in the wake as dimBREPLAU in the EEPROM.
If the counter exceeds a specified value diwPBREdyn, the brake contacts are defective on
detected (error fbbEBRE_P). The dynamic defect detection by means diwPBREdyn = 255 deacti-
fourth.
Static defect detection:
A defective brake contact is detected when t_stat for a time> diwtBREsta implausible
Brake signal conditions exist. The time t_stat is the accumulated time of implausible states without
interim recognition for plausible braking signals (see below, Intact recognition). If both signals
the same state in which debounce is stopped t_stat. The value diwtBREsta = 655350000 de-
activates the static defect detection.
Brake signals plausible:
On plausible brake signals is decided when the time diwtBREiO both signals the condition
"Brakes" (in fulfillment of this condition, the time is t_stat reset) and then both Si-
for the time diwtBREiO Show signals the status "Not brakes". In this case, the counter is di-
oBREPLAU reset to 0.
Intact recognition:
The fbbEBRE_P error "brake contacts implausible" is healed in operation when the in fbwEBRE_PB
fixed number of "plausible braking signals" are recognized. The intact recognition is at
dioBREPLAU> 0.
Note:
The recognition of "static error" is used as a supplement for error cases, for example on the driving cycle to-
lasting image error (plug that fell on the brake pedal - only effective in against the same input
suppressor circuit of the two signals). Both defect detections act on the error fbbEBRE_P, where
Due to the already included in the detection debounce on timer / counter value fbwEBRE_PA
is to be applied to 0.
DS / ESA Surveillance - Brake Centre (BCC, BRK) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.9 onboard supply control unit (BSG)

of
CAN message fbwEBSG_QABotschaftstimeout BSG_Last: Is receiving the CAN message BSG_Last

BSG_Last, bot- applied
Community errors fbwEBSG_QB (cowVAR_BSG = 2) monitors the time between two messages. If for the
time caw ... _RTO
fbwEBSG_QTkeine receive new message or message content is inconsistent (in two
immediately successive-
read the other following experiments, the data of the message was the content already again partially
overwritten), so back up data from the spare data bytes caw100_DTx be processed. From this
Time, as long as the fault condition is present, the error fbbEBSG_Q (time-controlled) reported,
if the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is not active.
located in debouncing error fbbEBSG_Q reset.
DS / ESA Surveillance - Network control unit (BSG) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:10 CAN bus (CA0)

of
Bus error If the CAN module is in bus-off state (camSTATUS0.1), so the error is reported fbbECA0_O-cawINF_INI CAN - Volume interventions are canceled
det, unless one of the hiding conditions for CAN monitoring is active. The CAN is by cawINF_DLY chen. The monitoring of Botschaftsti-
anwK15_H_UAblauf of cawINF_TBO reinitialized. meout gear / brake is hidden
anwK15_H_O (S.H. amount External intervention / gearbox).
If the CAN module in the Warning state (camSTATUS0.3), the error is reported fbbECA0_W, If Ecomatic is performed via CAN as
unless one of the hiding conditions for CAN monitoring is active. is for the rest of the driving cycle
Ecomatic disabled.
The suppression of the bus monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of ambient
conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed
and therefore is also not provided.
The suppression of the CAN monitor is active as long as
the start is (camSTATUS0.8 = 1; mrmSTART_B = 1 and dzmNmit <0 or t <cawINF_INI)
the tracking is active (camSTATUS0.9 = 1),
the tension of the drying K15 anmK15 <anwK15_H_U (camSTATUS0.10 = 1) (in anmK15>
anwK15_H_O this condition is re-enabled)
the delay time is not cawINF_DLY after the disappearance of the above conditions
has expired.
Is fbbECA0_O A possibly already up to date in-debounce errors are reset.
(Detailed description of monitoring camSTATUS0 see "External lot of intervention via CAN")
The suppression of the bus monitoring is terminated only after no more blanking reason to-
lies, and then the delay time cawINF_DLY has expired.
DS / ESA Surveillance - CAN Bus (CA0) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:11 Crash Detection (CRA)

of
GRA and There are two ways to select the input signal. Is the CAN-activation for diefbwECRA_A. The error fbbECRA_A leads to ex-
Fuel Crash-active detection (comCLG_SIG.7 = 1) is the signal via CAN (equivalent cowFUN_CRA = circuit of the GRA.
Shutdown 2, message comFUN_CRA = 2). If the CAN - Activation not active (comCLG_SIG.7 = 0) can be
the input of the function on the SW - Switch cowFUN_CRA switch (0 = no / 1 = PWM / 2 = CAN).
The current switch position displays the message comFUN_CRA to (configuration of message com-fbwECRA_B.
FUN_CRA see chapter "CAN activation by coding"). The PWM evaluation provides The error fbbECRA_B represents the motor
crmCRSTpwm to the crash detection, while for crash detection via the CAN airbag1- and interrupts the fuel supply
Message is used (byte 0, bits 5-7). Can croCR_STAT The crash level values from 0 to 3 at- (EKP, TAV, TIP).
take. The following table shows the allocation of the crash steps of:
CAN bits 5-7 crash-crash level designation

no Crash0000
001Gurtstraffer1
US201x
RDW31xx
Figure UEBE_08: Crash-stage
2
CAN
1
crmCRSTpwm 0 croCR_STAT a
fbbECRA_A
a> = b
crwCR_ST_A b
comFUN_CRA
fbbECRA_Q
fbbECRA_P a
>1 fbbECRA_B
fbbECRA_Z a> = b
crwCR_ST_B b
fbbECRA_C
Figure UEBE_07: Overview crash detection
DS / ESA Surveillance - crash detection (CRA) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued crash detection

of
Suppression In general, the error detection of fault fbbEABG_Q, fbbEABG_C, and fbbEABG_Z is stopped,
the error if the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is active. The suppression of the CAN
monitoring Error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the event of environmental conditions in which
communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed (see section CAN -
Suppression of errors of the external control device intervention).
During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already possibly the current
located in debouncing above error reset.
Message timeout airbag 1: For vehicles with crash detection via CAN (comFUN_CRA = 2)
CAN message the time between two messages monitored. If for the time caw ... _RTO no new message received fbwECRA_QA The crash detection via CAN is out-
Airbag 1, bot- catch or is the message content inconsistent (in two immediately successive experiments, fbwECRA_QB switched.
Community errors read the data of the message was the content already again partially overwritten), then the fbwECRA_QT The crash-level is set to 0.
FbbECRA_Q error (time-controlled) reported when the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is not
is active. If the error is finally fbbECRA_Q defective, the crash level is set to zero.
located in debouncing error fbbECRA_Q reset.
The error message has the highest priority, followed by checksum error message and error counters.
Is there a difference of the value of the current message count by more than mrwABG_Bmx (15-disabled
vierbar) from the preceding value, the error is reported fbbECRA_Z. Likewise, if the
Message count more than mrwABG_Bmn (deactivated with 127) main program periods do not change-
changed. At a constant message count less mrwABG_Bmn the last valid message is
Embassy evaluated. The function is switched off in any case, as soon as the message count is defective as final mrwABG_Bmx The crash detection via CAN is out-
unplausi counter- was detected. mrwABG_Bmn switched.
bel With correct (or incorrect) checksum is an error counter to 0 (or mrwABG_Cog) decre- The crash-level is set to 0.
benefits (or incremented). Exceeds the error counter value mrwABG_Cmx, the error
fbbECRA_C reported. If a checksum has been detected as faulty, the last valid bot-
community uses, that is, the crash state retains its value until the next valid message or to
the checksum is reported as permanently faulty. The checksum test is performed with mrwABG_Cmx
Checksum = 127 disabled. mrwABG_Cmx The crash detection via CAN is out-
error airbag1- mrwABG_Cog switched.
Message The crash-level is set to 0.
DS / ESA Surveillance - crash detection (CRA) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
PWM In Crash Detection via PWM from airbag SG a PWM signal is sent to the motor-SG to fbwECRA_PA The crash detection via PWM is
Crash signal to signal a crash. fbwECRA_PB turned off.
fbwECRA_PT
In normal operation (no crash), the PWM signal 40 ms and 200 ms low high. In the event of a crash is 20x
the inverted signal sent: 40ms and 200ms high low. The evaluation is performed with a signal-
time tolerance of + -20% (see chapter 9.1.9). There must be at least an applicable number of crash
signal sequences (crwPWM_ANZ) are detected before the signal is considered as a crash event.
If the PWM signal is counted as a crash event occurs, the GRA AND fuel cut. This
done by crmCRSTpwm is set to stage the crash crwCR_ST_B. If a no-crash signal-
Sequence recognized crmCRSTpwm is supplied with the crash level 0. In an implausible PWM
Signal (spikes or Flatline: by crwCR_TOUT timeout detected) is crmCRSTpwm with the
Crash Level 0 provides and the error fbbECRA_P reported defective.
8:12 Electric fan - power amplifier (GER)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEGER_O error is set. Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5
Neutral Byte 5
Amplifier Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5
If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEGER_K is set.
Short circuit Byte 5
DS / ESA Surveillance - Electric fan - power amplifier (GER) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Fan 1 or The cooler fan power amplifier (KLE) announces the MSG via bi-directional PWM line (SG-Pin 11, for kuwLU1min Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5
Fan 2 VM +) or if the fans do not work. KLE pulls the line for a certain time to LOW. kuwLU1max Byte 5
blocked The distinction between Lüfter1 Lüfter2 and is realized by the time duration. Lüfter1 blocked kuwLU2min
is recognized when the PWM line for a while between kuwLU1min and kuwLU1max LOW pulled kuwLU2max
tions was. For fans 2 labels kuwLU2min and kuwLU2max apply. The tolerance must in this La-
bels are involved. Between the low phases, the line is released.
If a fan reported defective, the output stage remains actuated so that a possible Fehlerhei-
tion can take place.
Application Note: Example: PWM signal is between the sec Massetastungen for 2. enabled =>
fbwEGER_xB must be applied more than 40 events.
1 2 3 4
2 sec kuwLU2min <t2 <kuwLU2max kuwLU1min <t1 <kuwLU1max

kuwLU1min <t1 <kuwLU1max
fbbEGER_2
fbbEGER_1
finally broken finally broken
internal status GER_1

provisionally cured
cured
1 The error becomes fixed defective reported as the number of defect messages is applied at 0.
However, the error status will change again healed preliminary, as the signal for two seconds
is ok again.
2 During this two seconds, the error counter is decremented by a total of 20. (The task runs
in the 100 ms window. Therefore, in two seconds, he comes off 20 times. Per task cycle is the
Counter is decremented by one.)
3 The error is reported fbbEGER_2 entgültig defective, since the number of defect relating to 0
is applied. The error counter of fbbEGER_1 remains at the previous value.
4 The error counter has been decremented by fbbEGER_1 by a further 20. The error is fbbEGER_1
but again reported entgültig defective, since the number of defect messages is applied at 0. So
the error counter is re-initialized. The error remains fbbEGER_1 entgültig defective.
DS / ESA Surveillance - Electric fan - power amplifier (GER) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:13 External quantity engagement / Transmission (Exme)

Defect detection
of
AG4 Schaltsi- For vehicles with AG4 gearbox via a switching signal (AG4-E) is the amount reduced. Termination of the amount of intervention and deacti-
signal timeout If this signal is longer than the reset of error bounce on, the error fbbEAG4_L is set. vation
This signal for the Heilungsentprellzeit is back in the state AG4 inactive, the error Switch to normal function
reset.
ecwINIT_TBei vehicles with ECOMATIC is a switching signal (AG4-E) of the motor Deactivation of ECOMATIC
abgestellt.ECOMATIC
If the level of the signal dimeco for a SG-reset does not within the time ecwINIT_T on high switching signal
the error is fbbEECO_L gesetzt.Timeout
mrwCANAUSBCAN Embassy Embassy transmission error 1: the case of electronic transmission
Below V threshold limit mrwANFAHKL
controls via the CAN BUS with the Desired quantity by the start- mrwV_ANFAH
Gear 1, communicate bot controller will monitor the time between two messages. If for the time torque characteristic mrwANFAHKL mrwEGSRAMP
caw .. _RTO receive a new message or is the message content inconsistent (In two imme-tion errors (Continuous). Above the threshold V-ram- mrwM_EMAX
indirectly consecutive attempts to read the data of the message was the content already wiederEGS intervention penförmige increase in the amount of intervention
partially overwritten) or is a CAN defect before (in camSTATUS0 is bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 ge- on mrwM_EMAX.
sets), the status is set mrmEGSSTAT (.4) and terminates the crowd engaged.
From this time until the error condition is present, the error fbbEEGS_1 (time-controlled)
reported if the suppression of intrusion monitoring is not active. Bit mrmEGSSTAT (.7) is set (in-
The suppression of intervention monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of ambient formation transmission intervention can not,
conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed or correct be carried out
(See Chapter CAN - suppression of errors of the external control devices intervention). the)
located in debouncing error fbbEEGS_1 reset.
CAN message engaging torque invalid: The EGS intervention is void if the EGS request bit
Gear 1, EGS mrmEGSSTAT (.5) is not set, or the EGS intervention torque with error code
Termination behavior as embassy
mrmEGS_roh = 0xFFh occupied ist.Eingriff
timeout EGS, is a special case in New
There are no registered error.
tralwert mrmEGS_roh = 0xFEH the A-
completed attacked without ramp
Timeout: mrwEGSbegrDie EGS intervention amount mroM_EEGS

Is activated by mrwEGSbegr time monitoring of the EGS-intervention, and the current EGS is set to zero, is performed in addition a mrwEGS_TIM
Intervention has exceeded the applied intervention time mrwEGS_TIM, the error fbbEEGS_A is ge- mrwASGRAMP
sets. Demolition of drehzahlsynchr. ASG
Amount of intervention
DS / ESA Surveillance - External lot of intervention / Transmission (Exme) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:14 External quantity engagement / brake (ABS)

of
CAN message Error message brake 1: For vehicles with ASR / MSR - control is the time between two bot- mrwMSRRAMPAbschaltung ramps down to 0 (MSR)
Brake 1, bot- companies monitored. If for the time caw .. _RTO no new message received or the bot- mrwASRRAMPoder mrwM_EMAX (ASR).
Community errors Community content inconsistent (in two immediately successive experiments, the data of the message Acknowledgment
monitored by read the content was already back partially overwritten) or is a CAN defect before (in rungsbit brake Embassy in motor 1 is mrwM_EMAX
ASR and MSR camSTATUS0 is bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 is set) so the status mrmMSRSTAT (.4) be and for the cycle after the de-
- Intervention mrmASRSTAT (.4) is set and finished the current amount of intervention. From this time until bounce fbwEASR_QA irreversibly-
the error condition is present, the error fbbEASR_Q (time-controlled) reported when the suppression of the sets. Bit mrmASRSTAT (.7) /
Intrusion monitoring is not active. mrmMSRSTAT (.7) is set (Infor-
The suppression of intervention monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of ambient mation in message engine 1 - brake
conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed intervention can not, or not fully
(See Chapter CAN - suppression of errors of the external control devices intervention). be carried out)
located in debouncing error fbbEASR_Q reset.
If for the time caw ... _RTO no new message is received or brake 3 is the message content in-caw ... _RTO
consistent (at two directly successive attempts to read the data of the message
CAN message the content was already back partially overwritten) and is no suppression of the CAN monitor
Brake 3 active (mrmAUSBL = 0), an error is reported fbbEAS3_Q.
A MSR intervention torque mroMD_MSR is invalid if:
- The engaging torque of the MSR (mrmMSR_roh) not the Binärkomplement the ASR (mrmASR_roh)
corresponds OR
CAN message - The received mrmMSR_roh moment is occupied with error code 0xFFh OR Shutdown of the intervention on ramp to mrwMSRRAMP
Brake 1, - The MSR mrmMSRSTAT request bit (.5) = 0 OR 0, is the same moment the received
Validity - The MSR mrmMSRSTAT request bit (.5) = 1 AND ASR mrmASRSTAT request bit (.5) mrmMSR_roh to the neutral value of 0,
Intervention MSR =1 is switched off without a ramp.
There are no registered error.
An ASR intervention torque mroMD_ASR is invalid if:
- The received mrmASR_roh moment is occupied with error code 0xFFh OR
- ASR request bit mrmASRSTAT (.5) = 0, OR
- The ASR mrmASRSTAT request bit (.5) = 1 AND MSR mrmMSRSTAT request bit (.5)
=1
CAN message There are no registered error. Shutdown of the intervention on ramp to mrwASRRAMP
Brake 1, mrwM_EMAX, is also the recom- mrwM_EMAX
Validity captured moment mrmASR_roh on the
Intervention ASR Neutral value 0xFEH, it is without a ramp
off.
DS / ESA Surveillance - External lot of intervention / brake (ABS) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
CAN message A MSR torque is then plausible if the integral torque W mrwMDIntMX Shutdown of the MSR procedure on mrwMSRRAMP
T
Brake 1, phy- òMMSR -M dt
W Re ib
Ramp to 0
sical Plau- 0
sibilität MSR
exceeds the threshold mrwMDIntMX and the error is reported fbbEMSR_H defective. The inputs
handle is valid then again as plausible if the integral moment is again 0, and thus the error
fbbEMSR_H is reported as well. In order to allow the engagement again must the MSR at the moment-
least reach the neutral value once.
If the reference speed of the ABS control unit is valid, then the MSR intervention is functionally
CAN message implausible when the reference speed V_AKT (of brake 1) <mrwMSRFG_L and the error mrwMSRFG_L Shutdown of the MSR procedure on mrwMSRRAMP
Brake 1, func- ler fbbEMSR_P is reported defective. This error may be in the same cycle no longer healed who- Ramp to 0 mrwASRRAMP
tional plausibility the. If the error is finally broken, the MSR intervention is canceled and in this driving cycle Block all other ASR/MSR- mrwM_EMAX
bility MSR no longer allowed. Interventions
DS / ESA Surveillance - External lot of intervention / brake (ABS) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:15 External quantity engagement / Automatic Transmission (ASG/VL30)
Monitoring Monitoring strategy Data Replacement function Data

of
Plausibility It is sent by the transmission transfer function mrmGTR_UEB with a SG-internally deter- mrwFVHGTdi Default value for translation mrwFVHVGWU
Transmission over- telten value fgmFVN_UEB (transfer function drive train, determined from vehicle speed mroFVHUEst.
implementation fgmFGAKT [km / h], engine speed dzmNmit [1/min] and distance factor fgwDA._SF [pulses / m]) ver-
Message equalized. Is the difference between the two transfer functions is longer than the debounce time is greater than the
Getriebe_1 Maximum of two times the factor mrwFVHGTdi, and none of the active hiding conditions (Ge-
transmission in neutral position (mrm_P_N = 1), actuated clutch (dimKUP = 1) or SRC-error transmission
Translation (fbbEASG_L)), the error fbbEASG_U is set (note: no storage in the
EEPROM desired).
The monitoring signal range occurs only when the transmission is not in P or N position
(Mrm_P_N = 0).
Signal range mrwFVHUEun As with plausibility gear ratio mrwFVHVGWU
Signal Range Check (Error fbbEASG_L) when mrmGTR_UEB <mrwFVHUEun or if
Transmission over- mrwFVHUEob fbbEASG_U.
mrmGTR_UEB> mrwFVHUEob.
implementation Default value for the transfer function
Message mrmGTR_UEB.
Getriebe_1
CAN message
Getriebe_1, The evaluation of the EGS coding in motor-SG is activated with cowECOMTC.5 == 1. The error The error fbbEASG_M solves the force-
Evaluation of the fbbEASG_M bit is set when the bit "EGS coding in MSG" S_KOD = 1 (= not in fuel shutdown (regardless of the start-
EGS coding Order). bit) from.
Plausibility
EDC/CAN-
Gear Is the EDC Gear mrmGANG longer than the debounce time equal to the transition information of the CAN
Message transmission 1 mrmGTRGANG and is no hiding conditions of active (transmission in neutral-
position (mrm_P_N = 1), actuated clutch (dimKUP = 1) or SRC-error transmission ratio
(FbbEASG_L)), the error fbbEASG_G is set.
CAN message is caw for the time ... _RTO receive a new message or Getriebe2 is the message content in-caw ... _RTO
consistent (in two immediately successive experiments, the data of the message auszulesenGetriebe 2, Demolition of drehzahlsynchronisierenden MrwASGRAMP
Error message, the content was already back partially overwritten) is an error fbbEASG_Q reported. Amount of intervention
From this point, the error condition is as long as the error is pending fbbEASG_Q (time-controlled)
reported if the suppression of intrusion monitoring is not active.
The suppression of intervention monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of ambient
conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed
(See Chapter CAN - suppression of errors of the external control devices intervention).
located in debouncing error fbbEASG_Q reset.
DS / ESA Surveillance - External lot of intervention / Automatic Transmission (ASG/VL30) 19 April 2002
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Message count Varies the value of the current message count by more than mrwASG_Bmx (15-disabled mrwASG_Bmx If the error fbbEASG_I finally broken
unplausibelvierbar) from the preceding value, the error is reported fbbEASG_I. Likewise, if the mrwASG_Bmn and cowECOMTC.6 = 1, the motor
Message count more than mrwASG_Bmn (deactivated with 127) main program periods do not change- cowECOMTC.6 turned off. In message count error he-
changed. At a constant message count less mrwASG_Bmn the last valid message is follows no Momentengradientenbegren-
evaluated. The function is switched off in any case, as soon as the message count is defective as final tion (mrmdMD_MGB = 0xFF).
was detected.
CAN message A speed intervention by the ASG is only for set Kupplungsbit dimKUP (- during the switch
ing clutch open). If the clutch engaged / a regulated Drehzahlanforde-Getriebe_2, Demolition of drehzahlsynchronisierenden mrwASGRAMP
tion detected, the error is reported fbbEASG_P. The replacement function is performed without Fehlerentprellung.Funktionale Amount of intervention
After the error condition bruise a renewed engagement is only after reaching the Wiederaufnahmebe plausibility
ASG speed conditions possible. The withdrawal of the replacement function takes place only after cure of the error. With CAN-
Suppression is neither reported nor cured this error. The replacement function is trotzdem.synchronisier.
see also Chapter quantity control, ASG-intervention
CAN A message ASG-speed request is then plausible if the integral torque W
TGetriebe_2,WòM ASG -MRe ib dt
physikalische0 mrwMDIntAX Demolition of drehzahlsynchronisierenden mrwASGRAMP

Plausibilitätdie threshold exceeds mrwMDIntAX and the error is reported fbbEASG_H defective. Amount of intervention
ASG Speed The procedure shall then again be plausible if the integral moment is again 0 and thus the
synchronisier.Fehler fbbEASG_H is reported as well. To allow the engagement of the back must ASG
At least once reach the resumption conditions (neutral value 0, etc) speed request.
With CAN-suppression, this error is not reported yet healed. The friction torque is only completed
Therefore, if the interference amount mrmM_EASG = 0.
CAN message A speed intervention by the ASG is only allowed when the current driving speed fgmFGAKT
Getriebe_2,≥the speed threshold is mrwASGvmin.
Functional is violated at a speed request this threshold then a repeat procedures until after the
Be performed plausibility reaching the resumption conditions.
ASG speed There is no error entry. mrwASGvmin Demolition of drehzahlsynchronisierenden mrwASGRAMP
synchronized. - Amount of intervention
Threshold
Group error mrwMSK_FGTÜber the mask mrwMSK_FGT can be administered a total of 5 errors
for FAULT- whose states
Books-entry at additionally be summarized in a separate error fbbEASG_S. This is to be prevented-
Failure of the to that in case of failure of the transmission control unit, the timeout error both CAN messages gear 1 and
CAN transmission Gear 2 or consequential errors are entered in the fault memory. Each selected error must be so
embassies be administered, that he will not be entered in the fault memory. Now if one of these errors defective
reported, it is without fault debouncing (applied) the error fbbEASG_S malfunctioning and in
Fault memory registered.
Mask mrwMSK_FGT:
xxxxxxx1 bfbbEEGS_1
xxxxxx1x bfbbEASG_Q
xxxxx1xx bfbbEASG_P
xxxx1xxx bfbbEASG_G
xxx1xxxx bfbbEASG_H
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
CAN message Once the VL30 transmission is a valid LL-set speed> zero requests the debouncing of the error fbwECVT_Q. Completion of the procedure by zeroing
Transmission 2, Ti- Jewellers fbeECVT_Q started. If the procedure is not completed before the end of the debounce fbwECVT_QA the requirement mrmN_LLCAN.
meout for that fault is detected defective, the bit mroCVTSTAT.2 and LL-set speed requirement
VL30 intervention mrmN_LLCAN = null sent to the LL target speed calculation. Once the transmission itself again
LL setpoint speed = zero, the error recovery is requesting started.
As soon as the requested N-LL-set is (from mroN_LLCAr) exceeds the value of the mrwCVTNLLM
CAN message converted requirement mrmN_LLCAN limited to this value and bit mroCVTSTAT.1 set mrwCVTNLLM Limiting the intervention to
Transmission 2, Be- the intervention, however, remains valid. mrwCVTNLLM.
limitation of This threshold must be chosen because of the redundant thrust monitoring of small mrwLLR_AUS.
by VL30 at-
required N-
LL-target
CAN message
Gear 2, If the request of the gearbox (in mroN_LLCAr) is equal to 0xFF bit mroCVTSTAT.3 ge- Completion of the procedure by zeroing
Receipt of sets and an LL setpoint speed requirement mrmN_LLCAN = zero at the LL target speed calculation ge- the requirement mrmN_LLCAN.
Misrecognition sends. However, there is no error.
by VL30
Transmission
CAN message
Gear 2,
Signal range Signal-range-check-up (error fbbECVT_H) when mrmN_LLCAN> mrwCVTNmax mrwCVTNmax Completion of the procedure by zeroing
Signal range check is down (Error fbbECVT_L) when mrmN_LLCAN <mrmCVTNmin mrwCVTNmin the requirement mrmN_LLCAN.
fbwECVT_H.
fbwECVT_L.
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:16 Road speed signal (FGG)

of
Signal range When the vehicle speed is fgmFGAKT> fgwDA1_VMA (or fgwDA2_VMA), the error fgwDA1_VMA The VGW fgwDA1_VGW or fgwDA1_VGW
fbbEFGG_H set. fgwDA2_VMA fgwDA2_VGW is used. fgwDA2_VGW
(FgwDA1_VMA> 40 km / h or The selection is made using the ISO-Loginre xcwPFGG1
fgwDA2_VMA of> 40 km / h) quest (password xcwPFGG1, xcwPFGG2 xcwPFGG2
and VGW cowFUN_FGG) cowFUN_FGG
Shutdown of the FGR
Switching off the air conditioning compressor
Default value
High- After successfully determining the distance factor (number of measurements within the tolerance band fgoHPDC = fgwDA._VGW
Level duration fgwKTG_ANZ) is newly set up high-level duration (HPD). Exits the current HPD the tolerance
Monitoring erance band, it will error fbbEFGG_S reported event-driven. Def After detection on final.
(Applies only to is switched to the default fgwDA .. _VGW for the driving speed.
Kienzle Speedometer
graph)
Frequency range
Exceeds the input frequency permitted by the system value 5 kHz, the error fbbEFGG_F Shutdown of the FGR
placed. This error no longer heals. If not monitored at driving speed over CAN. Switching off the air conditioning compressor
At road speed via the CAN error fbbEFGG_C will be notified once the CAN Switching to default. fgwDA1_VGW
Misrecognition
received / Message is received, the error identifier 0xFF instead of speed, or if no valid fgwDA2_VGW
(timeout caw ... _RTO expired or inconsistent data) was received ge message AND the
CAN problem
CAN-monitoring (message timeout error) is hidden. Debouncing this error should be in the
Caster to prevent fbwEFGG_CA should be applied shorter than mrwCANAUSB. See also
Chapter CAN.
At road speed via the CAN error fbbEFGG_Q is reported as soon as the Ge-
schwindigkeitsherkunft configured CAN message the corresponding timeout error (fbbEASR_Q,
Embassy Switching to default. fgwDA1_VGW
fbbEKO1_Q or fbbEAS3_Q) has set. This happens, in order also in this case, the corresponding fgwDA2_VGW
Timeout Trigger replacement reactions. The timeout error will not be reported if the CAN-enable map
is. should fbbEFGG_Q with zero debounced be (fbwEFGG_QA = 0) and on "replacement reaction without error
memory entry "applied (otherwise: double fault entry).
If the vehicle speed fgmFGAKT <mrwFAS_CNV AND the actual amount mrmM_EAKT ≥
mrwFAS_CNM AND the speed dzoNmit ≥mrwFAS_CNN AND the ADR quantity mrmM_EADR
equal to zero AND [the Function switch cowFUN_ADR.0 = 0 OR hand brake contact is
Plausibility with not activated dimHAN = 0] is the error fbbEFGG_P is set. This error no longer heals. mrwFAS_CNV The VGW fgwDA1_VGW or
Speed and mrmM_EAKT and mrwFAS_CNM are in code with daeFGR_RMo between wheel torque (1) and mrwFAS_CNM fgwDA2_VGW is used.
Amount Torque (0) switchable. mrwFAS_CNN
cowFUN_ADR
DS / ESA Surveillance - Road speed signal (FGG) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:17 FGR control panel, variant LT2

of
Plausibility If one of the contacts FGR-A, FGR-W, FGR FGR + or - detected as active, it must thereafter (intra- mrwALL_LT2 Shutdown of the FGR
FGR-V with half the time mrwALL_LT2) and the control contact FGR-V are recognized as active, otherwise one is
remaining one- Keypad defect before (error fbbEFGA_P). This error is event driven, the error counter is there-
outputs forth upon each actuation, wherein the control contact is not to be active in the time ER-mrwALL_LT2
known is incremented by one.
If the control contact is tripped and no further, so a control panel failure has occurred (error fbbEFGA_A).
Plausibility This error is event driven, with each actuation of the control contact without prior
FGR-V with Active detection of another contact, the error counter is incremented.
remaining one-
outputs
Plausibility on
Contact closure In addition to the control contact is just another contact must be active, otherwise there is a control panel defect ago
(Error fbbEFGA_X). This error is event-driven.
8:18 FGR control panel, Variant VW

of
Plausibility If during off keypad dimFGL, one of the contacts FGR-A, FGR-W or FGR + as active Shutdown of the FGR
FGR-L with rest- recognized as an operating unit failure has occurred (error fbbEFGA_F). mrwALL_DEF
union inputs
gene
Plausibility
FGR-A with Is detected with actuated switch dimFGA resuming contact dimFGW as active,
FGR-W is an operating unit defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappli- mrwALL_DEF
Plausibility are graces.
FGR-A with Is detected with actuated switch dimFGA the acceleration Contact dimFGP as active, is
FGR + a control panel defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can wegappliziert by mrwALL_DEF
Plausibility be. mrwALL_DEF
FGR + with Is detected with actuated resumption dimFGW the acceleration Contact dimFGP as active,
FGR-W is an operating unit defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappli-
are graces. mrwALL_DEF
DS / ESA Surveillance - FGR control panel, variant LT2 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:19 FGR control panel, Variant VW CAN, "locked-off"

of
Suppression In general, the error detection of fault fbbEFGC_Q, fbbEFGC_C, and fbbEFGC_B is stopped,
the error if the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is active. The error fbbEFGC_Y is independent
monitoring reported by the suppression, and the error fbbEFGC_P is reported when any of the error
fbbEFGC_Q, fbbEFGC_Y, fbbEFGC_B and fbbEFGC_C present.
If during off keypad dimFGL, one of the contacts FGR-A, FGR-W or FGR + as active
recognized as an operating unit failure has occurred (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF mrwALL_DEF
Plausibility be wegappliziert. Shutdown of the FGR
FGR-L with rest-
union inputs
gene
Plausibility
FGR-A with Is detected with actuated switch dimFGA resuming contact dimFGW as active,
FGR-W is an operating unit defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappli-mrwALL_DEF
FGR-A with Is detected with actuated switch dimFGA the acceleration Contact dimFGP as active, is
FGR + a control panel defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappliziertmrwALL_DEF
Plausibility be.
FGR + with Is detected with actuated resumption dimFGW the acceleration Contact dimFGP as active,
FGR-W is an operating unit defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappli-mrwALL_DEF
FGR-L with Is the information of the contact dimFGL not ("locked-off") on digital input with the
GRA-Hpt.Sch. redundant information in byte 1, bit 0 (S_HAUPT) of the GRA or GRA_Neu message ("GRA / ADR
CAN error - Main switch ") match, an operating unit is a fault (error fbbEFGC_P). Shutdown of the FGR
If for the time caw .. _RTO no new message is received or the message content inconsistent
(In two immediately successive attempts to read the data of the message was the content
already again partially overwritten), the error fbbEFGC_Q and fbbEFGC_Y be reported. when
Shutdown of the FGR
the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is not active. The error fbbEFGC_Y is in contrast
set to fbbEFGC_Q also reported when the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is active. He
serves only to switch off the function and must be applied so that no error storing conducted
is (set fbwEFGC_YT.1).
Until one of the errors finally broken, will continue to be used as a substitute value, the ultimate message.
DS / ESA Surveillance - FGR control panel, Variant VW CAN, "locked-off" 19 April 2002
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Checksum With correct (or incorrect) checksum is an error counter to 0 (or mrwGRA_Cog) decre- mrwGRA_Cmx Shutdown of the FGR
error-GRA- benefits (or incremented). Exceeds the error counter value mrwGRA_Cmx the error mrwGRA_Cog
Message fbbEFGC_C reported. The function is switched off in any case, once the checksum to be defective he-
was known (counter> threshold ÞmrmGRACoff.0). Once an incorrect checksum is detected,
the ultimate control panel state is frozen.
Is there a difference of the value of the current message count by more than mrwGRA_Bmx of the pre-
Embassy reciprocating value, the error is reported fbbEFGC_B. Similarly, if the message count on mrwGRA_Bmx Shutdown of the FGR
unplausi counter- more than mrwGRA_Bmn main program periods does not change. The function is switched off in any case mrwGRA_Bmn
bel tion as soon as the message count has been identified as defective was (mrmGRACoff.1). As long as the counter
is greater than the threshold, the message is evaluated.
Not true at to be received GRA_Neu message the transmitter coding contained in the message
match that determined by mrwMULINF0 (see cruise control), the
Transmitter coding Reported error fbbEFGC_S. mrwMULINF0 Shutdown of the FGR
tion unplausi-
bel
8:20 glow relay (GLR)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEGRS_O error is set. no

Neutral
Amplifier
If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEGRS_K is set.
Short circuit
Coding word
MSG = GZS Is the application in the MSG (gswGZS_TYP) does not match the received coding word match The duty cycle ehmFGRS_K becomes 0
Plausibility with (GsoGZS_BUF) the error fbbEGZS_C is reported. placed.
dimGZR Is the Glührückmeldung dimGZR not with the control the power stage ehmFGRS (logic 0 or
1) coincide, then the error is reported fbbEGZS_I.
DS / ESA Surveillance - glow relay (GLR) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:21 glow time (GZS)

of
Glow plug Is the Message gsmGSK3_ST bit 0-5 set, then the corresponding error fbbEGSK_1 - no
1-6 fbbEGSK_6 set.
Overcurrent In case of overcurrent at any glow plug (gsmGSK3_ST.6) the error fbbEGZS_H is reported.
Transmission If a transmission error (gsmGSK3_ST.8 - gsmGSK3_ST.B, stop bit, Flatline Low, Flatline
High, timeout) the error is reported fbbEGZS_P. gswTO_INIT
Stop bit is when after a LOW level 8 data has been read. gswTO_REL
Flatline High - Low error occurs when 32 x the same level has been read.
Timeout error occurs when gsoCO_TO = 0 The counter is initialiseiert with gswTO_INIT, and
after sending gsmGSK3_ST loaded with gswTO_REL.
A Codierwortfehler exists if the encoding function received 3 different Codierworte
has (gsoGZS_BUF).
The duty cycle ehmFGRS_K becomes 0

placed.
8:22 Main Relay (HRL)

of
DS / ESA Surveillance - glow time (GZS) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
After switching off the detection of F15 = LOW AND after the time mrwNCL_DA (Nachlaufentprellzeit) and wherein V, M, P: no
EDCAblauf time mrwNCL_N0 after the speed reached 0 are various cells in the EEPROM bear- mrwNCL_DA
processed and the time is started in order to allow possible errors stores mrwNCL_SP. Then mrwNCL_N0 When F15 = HIGH RESET is performed.
carried out the fan control (time = kuot_NL) and then is again the time for mrwNCL_SP mrwNCL_SP
Fault memory activities awaited. Finally, the HRL is thrown (control CJ911). and
set after the error condition bounce time of the error fbbEHRL_S.
in C:
nlwNCL_DA
Normally, the voltage before the fault debounce time drops, otherwise "stick" the Hauptre- nlwNCL_N0
relays or other defect is present (eg defective CJ911). nlwNCL_SP
Warning: fbwEHRL_ST.7 may not be set, otherwise the error can not be deleted.
In addition, with M (VP44):

With a supply voltage error or to early shutdown of the main relay this bit is
EEPROM set. This leads to the message of the error fbbeHRL_Z .
DS / ESA Surveillance - main relay (HRL) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:23 heating requirement (HZA)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEHZA_H) when anoU_HZA> anwHZA_MAX anwHZA_MAX Default value anwHZA_VOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEHZA_L) when anoU_HZA <anwHZA_MIN anwHZA_MIN
8:24 Höch's speed limit (HGB)

of
Suppression In general, the error detection of fault fbbENIV_Q, fbbENIV_C, fbbENIV_B, fbbENIV_P and is
the error fbbEALR_Q stopped when the suppression of the CAN fault monitoring is active.
monitoring The suppression of the CAN error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of environ-
If for the time caw .. _RTO no new message is received or the message content inconsistent
CAN error (In two immediately successive attempts to read the data of the message was the content Maintain the last valid values from
Niveau1 already again partially overwritten), the error fbbENIV_Q when the suppression is reported, mrmHGB_Anf.0 and mrmHGB_Anf.1
With correct (or incorrect) checksum error counter is decremented to 0 (or mrwNIV_Cog)
(Or incremented). Exceeds the error counter value mrwNIV_Cmx the error ECEC
Checksum NIV_C reported. mrwNIV_Cmx Maintain the last valid values from
error NIV Is there a difference of the value of the current message count by more than mrwNIV_Bmx of the previously- mrwNIV_Cog mrmHGB_Anf.0 and mrmHGB_Anf.1
Message previous value, the error is reported fbbENIV_B. Similarly, if the message count on
Embassy more than mrwNIV_Bmn main program periods does not change. The function is switched off in any case
unplausi counter- tion as soon as the message count has been identified as defective. mrwNIV_Bmx Maintain the last valid values from
bel If an implausibility between label cowFUN_HUN and the bit 'Verbaucodierung' in Niveau1, mrwNIV_Bmn mrmHGB_Anf.0 and mrmHGB_Anf.1
Byte5 bit 4 is detected, the error is reported fbbENIV_P. In addition to the suppression of the CAN
Error monitoring, error detection also stopped with this error if the message content
of Niveau1 faulty (fbbENIV_Q, checksums or message count error).
Incorrect coding If for the time caw .. _RTO no new message is received or the message content inconsistent cowFUN_HUN
tion (Engine (In two immediately successive attempts to read the data of the message was the content
Hunter) already again partially overwritten), the error fbbEALR_Q when the suppression is reported,
CAN error Maintain the last valid value of
Allrad1 mrmHGB_Anf.4
DS / ESA Monitoring concept - heating requirement (HZA) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:25 hydraulic fan - power amplifier (HYL)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEHYL_O error is set. Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5
Neutral Byte 5
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEHYL_K is set. Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5
Short circuit Byte 5
8:26 kickdown switch (KIK)

of
Plausibility mrwPWG_KIKLiegt at anmPWG less an applicable threshold (mrwPWG_KIK) the

kickdown signal
dimKIK and is not a PWG error before, so the kickdown signal after the reset of error bounce as
implausible detected.
If the recovery of the error if the duration of the cure time at the above conditions
tions no kickdown signal.
8:27 terminal 15 (KL15)

of
Plausibility The monitoring is done in the initialization of the EDC. It is the unentprellte KL15 status eingele-cowFLDR There will be no lag. cowFARFAB.
sen, and when detected cause the error fbbEK15_P as LOW. However, the control unit will not power up, Be applied is shutdown the LDR, cowFLDRAB.
if the K15 is permanently LOW. ARF and the full-load. cowFMEBEG.
possible sources of error:
a short LOW pulse during initialization (faulty ignition)
is a conductor in the control unit is interrupted (Control unit faulty)
DS / ESA Surveillance - hydraulic fan - power amplifier (HYL) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:28 Air relay (KLI)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEKLI_O error is set. no

Neutral
Amplifier
If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEKLI_K is set.
Short circuit
CAN message
Clima 1 If for the time caw ... _RTO no new message Clima 1 received or the message content in- caw ... _RTO
consistent (at two directly successive attempts to read the data of the message
the content was already back partially overwritten) and is no suppression of the CAN monitor
active (mrmAUSBL = 0), an error is reported fbbEKLI_Q.
8:29 Instrument Cluster CAN message (KBI)

of
CAN message If caw for the time ... _RTO not receive new message Kombi1 or is the message content in- caw ... _RTO
Kombi1 consistent (at two directly successive attempts to read the data of the message
the content was already back partially overwritten) and is no suppression of the CAN monitor
active (mrmAUSBL = 0), the error reported fbbEKO1_Q.
If caw for the time ... _RTO not receive new message Kombi2 or is the message content in-
CAN message consistent (at two directly successive attempts to read the data of the message caw ... _RTO provided that signal via CAN applied:
Kombi2 the content was already back partially overwritten) and is no suppression of the CAN monitor anmOTF to default
active (mrmAUSBL = 0), the error reported fbbEKO2_Q. anmOTF_VOR
anmWTF_CAN to default
(AnmWTF plus max. Tolerance WTF
anwWTFdelt)
anmUTF to default anmLTF
WTF CAN description see water temperature sensor on the cylinder head outlet (WTF)
DS / ESA Surveillance - Air relay (KLI) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:30 fuel temperature sensor (KTF)

of
Signal range The error fbbEKTF_H and fbbEKTF_L are always gutgemeldet with VP44 (136) ansonten applies: anwKTF_MAX Default value anwKTF_VOR
anwKTF_MIN
Signal Range Check up (error fbbEKTF_H) when anoU_TK> anwKTF_MAX
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEKTF_L) when anoU_TK <anwKTF_MIN
The error is always fbbEKTF_P gutgemeldet with VP44 (136), otherwise the following applies:
dynamic anwKTF_Imn pure monitoring function
Plausibility anwKTF_Int
The KTF is plausibiliert by its amendment, two tests are performed: anwKTF_T
- The absolute change test (A-test), it is limited to a driving cycle. anwKTF_dT
- The temperature difference Integral Test (DTI test), it can take several driving cycles. anwKTF_Tmn
anwKTFPRDY
When SG-initialization is both stored in the E2PROM DTI value anmKTF_Int and the
Operating hours counter reading (BSZ-level) at the start time of the current DTI tests anmBSTZiO in the
current value anoKTF_Int or olda anoBSTZiO taken.
Each time the absolute deviation anmKTF-anoKTF_akt (reference temperature corresponding to first-
lig the KTF-temperature SG-initialization) exceeds the threshold anwKTF_Imn, is this (from-
absolute) temperature difference to the DTI added counted value anoKTF_Int and the reference temperature
anoKTF_akt set to anmKTF.
The error is fbbEKTF_P anwKTF_Int when exceeding the DTI threshold within the time (in
Operating hours counter ticks) anwKTF_T gutgemeldet. In this case, the duration of the test via the DTI
Message anmKTF_Td written to the E2PROM and started a new DTI-test, and the A-test for
this cycle stopped. In DTI test launch of the current value of the operating hours counter is
Olda anoBSTZiO (low word of the hour meter BSZ) and in the E2PROM (all 3 bytes of
BSZ, anmBSTZiO represents the low word of the BSZ is) copied.
The error can only be gutgemeldet via the A test. This occurs if, within a
The cycle, the KTF to anoKTF_Ini an absolute minimum change anmKTF (difference, KTF at initia-
has capitalization) of anwKTF_dT. In this case, the absolute change in temperature is reached at
the olda anoKTF_PT output and starts a new DTI test A test is also in this
Stopped case for the driving cycle
DS / ESA Surveillance - Fuel temperature sensor (KTF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued KTF-monitoring

of
dynamic If none of the two positive events occur, the error is incorrectly reported fbbEKTF_P- anwKTF_Imn pure monitoring function
Plausibility DET, a new DTI test started, the DT-integral anoKTF_Int set to zero and stops the A test. anwKTF_Int
(Continued) At the same time abutting error fbbEKTF_H or fbbEKTF_L the DTI starting value is anoBSTZiO anwKTF_T
set to the current value of the BSZ. This action is also carried out, the DTI greater value to start- anwKTF_dT
SSER be greater than the value of the BSZ. anwKTF_Tmn
anwKTFPRDY
In the wake, the values are anmKTF_Int (DTI value corresponds anoKTF_Int) anmBSTZiO (DTI
Starting value) and anmKTF_PT stored in E2PROM. Takes the driving cycle (current BSZ BSZ at minus
SG-initialization, anoBST_ZSH (high word) and anoBST_ZSL (low word)) without iO event shortest
zer as anwKTF_Tmn so anmBSTZiO is before storing for the duration of the current Betriebszy-
extended cycle
If the parameter has anwKTFPRDY a nonzero value, then the error in the fbbEKTF_P
SG initialization gutgemeldet to allow early for the KTF-path Readiness.
The test results can be read and reset by using CARB Mode 6.
Test status information in anmKTF_PT, bits 14 and 15, and bits 0 through 13:
0 0 00000000000000 .. neither DTI test yet completed A-Test
Completed 1 0 00000000000000 .. DTI test negative
Completed 1 1 .. 00000000000000 DTI test positive
(Nonzero x) 0 0 .. xxxxxxxxxxxxxx: A test completed successfully, reached
Temperature change on anoKTF_PT read
8:31 coolant thermostat - power amplifier (TST)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbETST_O error is set. no

Neutral
Amplifier
If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbETST_K is set.
Short circuit
DS / ESA Surveillance - Coolant Thermostat - Power Amplifier (TST) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:32 cooling water heating (KWH)

of
Generator load The alternator supplies an EDC, the generator load corresponding duty cycle. This signal Shutdown of KWH
Zero% subject idle strong fluctuations and is therefore filtered via a PT1 element. Corresponds to the-khwNULLAST
fbwEKWH_LAses a signal generator load less than or equal khwNULLAST for the time
fbwEKWH_LA and is breits
Start shedding occurs (mrmSTART_B = 0), the error fbbEKWH_L is set.
8:33 KWH Relay 1 (GSK1)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEGK1_O error is set. no control of the glow plugs
Neutral
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEGK1_K is set.
Short circuit
8:34 KWH relay 2 (GSK2)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEGK2_O error is set. no control of the glow plugs
Neutral
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEGK2_K is set.
Short circuit
DS / ESA Surveillance - cooling water heating (KWH) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:35 boost pressure sensor (LDF)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbELD2_H) when anoU_LDF2> anwLD2_MAX anwLD2_MAX Default value (jump) anwLD2_VOR
Supply Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELD2_L) when anoU_LDF2 <anwLD2_MIN anwLD2_MIN
Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
As a replacement value for the smoke limit
and LDR, the atmospheric
pressure used rather than the default
value from the analog treatment
(AnwLDF_VOR).
Shutdown of the LDR (be applied)
Shutdown of the ARF (be applied)
Signal range The monitoring is done only when there is no intake manifold vacuum is detected (mrmLDFUaus = 0). anwLDF_MAX cowFLDRAB.
Full-load (be applied)
anwLDF_MIN cowFARFAB.
As a replacement value for the smoke limit
Signal Range Check up (error fbbELDF_H) when anoU_LDF> anwLDF_MAX cowFMEBEG.
and LDR, the atmospheric
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELDF_L) when anoU_LDF <anwLDF_MIN pressure used rather than the default
value from the analog treatment
(AnwLDF_VOR).
DS / ESA Surveillance - Boost pressure sensor (LDF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued LDF monitoring

of
Plausibility with The monitoring is only in intact donors (LDF & ADF SRC no errors), and if no suction Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
Atmospheric been pipe negative pressure detected is performed (mrmLDFUaus = 0). Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
pressure sensor Furthermore, the test is aborted when speed is detected. ldwLA_DLY Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
(ADF) ldwLA_MAX As a replacement value for the smoke limit
ldwLA_ANZ and LDR, the atmospheric
If there is no these conditions, the procedure is as follows: After SG-initialization, the time pressure used rather than the default
ldwLA_DLY awaited. Thereafter ldwLA_ANZ samples of the measured values and anmADF fbwELDF_PA
fbwELDF_PB value from the analog treatment
anmLDF made. All measured values have been read, the average pressure difference calculated (AnwLDF_VOR). However, in case of defective
net: fbwELDF_PT
ADF is the VGW anwADF_VOR ver-
applies.
ldwLA _ANZ
å(anmLDF n
-anmADFn )
ldoLA _DIF 
n1
ldwLA _ANZ
The error is now reported fbbELDF_P defective, ldoLA_DIF should reach the value ldwLA_MAX
or exceed. Falls below the value ldoLA_DIF ldwLA_MAX, then the error fbbELDF_P
reported intact.
If the fault fbbELDF_P defective or intact reported, ended the test as regularly and not completed
broken, so the test result is sent as ldmLDF_dp to CARB Mode 6.
Occupancy Statusolda ldoLDFP_St:
Bit position of decimal Importance

01 Waiting for the waiting time ldwLA_DLY
12 Measuring
24 Performed test end test
38 Recognized test abort speed
416 Satisfies condition SRC error ADF
532 Satisfies condition SRC error LDF
Application Note: fbwELDF_PT = 16 (ereignisentprellt) fbwELDF_PA = 0, = 0 fbwELDF_PB
DS / ESA Surveillance - Boost pressure sensor (LDF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:36 boost pressure control (LDR)

of
Control shut- The monitoring depends on the load condition of the engine. For this, the speed quantities diagram in
deviation five areas divided.
mrmM_EAKT
ldwREGN1 ldwREGN2 ldwREGN3 Limiting amount
ldwREGN1
1 2 3 4
ldwREGN2
ldwREGN3
ldwREG1KL
ldwREG0KL
ldwREG1KL
ldwREGME3
ldwREG0KL ldwREGME4
ldwREGME4
ldwREGME3
dzmNmit
Figure LDR_08: Workspaces

Control shut- Monitoring for control deviation occurs only in region 3 and 4. The control loop is as de- fbwELDSpRA The LDR is only in the range 4 completed
deviation perfectly classified when for the time fbwELDSpRA or fbwELDSnRA the deviation LDME greater fbwELDSnRA switched on.
than ldoREGMXpR or ldwREGMXnR. (Error fbbELDSpR, fbbELDSnR). ldwREGMXnR
The maximum deviation is determined by the characteristic field ldwRMXpRKF. For this map ldwRMXpRKL
can next mrmBMEF (minimum of all limiting factors) on the variant switch Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB1
cowRMXpRTF
cowRMXpRTF depending on the selection, the cooling water temperature or the oil temperature anmKTF anmOTF as cowFARFAB2
Input can be selected. The maximum positive deviation LDR is on the olda ldo- cowFARFAB3
REGMXpR output. cowFMEBEG1
cowFMEBEG2
cowFMEBEG3
cowRMXpRTF
anmWTF
anmOTF
ldoREGMXpR
mrmBMEF
KF
ldwRMXpRKL
Figure LDR_12: max. Pos LDR deviation
DS / ESA Surveillance - charge pressure control (LDR) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued LDR

of
Manifold To permit safe evaluation of the intake manifold vacuum, a balance value for the mrwLDFU_mx
under pressure Pressure difference of ADF and LDF to compensate for component differences and aging effects mrwLDFUAMX
be used. mrwLDFUAGt
For the determination of the adjustment value mrmLDFUAGL the following conditions must be met: mrwLDFU_ST
mrwLDFUINt
- The start bit is on first start (mrmSTART_B = 1)

- The speed dzmNmit = 0,
- The driving speed fgmFGAKT = 0,
- The intake manifold anmLTF is greater than mrwLDFU_ST
- Waiting period mrwLDFUINt after initialization has expired.
If all conditions are met, the balance will be carried out once. The result of the difference
anmLDF - anmADF is limited to the value [-mrwLDFUAMX, + mrwLDFUAMX]. This value
mroLDFUdf1 is filtered and written to mroLDFUabg. The filter function if anmLDF is ≤
anmADF the function (2 * mrmLDFUAGL (old) + mroLDFUdf1) / 3 otherwise the function
(5 * mrmLDFUAGL (old) + mroLDFUdf1) / 6 uses. If the stored calibration value implausible
(| MrmLDFUAGL (old) |> mrwLDFUAMX), then the new value is mroLDFUdf1 without filtering by
mroLDFUabg taken.
If after the expiration of the waiting period mrwLDFUAGt donors for ADF, LDF, LTF and FGG intact (fboSADF
= 0, = 0 fboSLDF, fbosLDP = 0, fboSLTF = 0, fboSFGG = 0), the emittelte balance value is
mroLDFUabg taken by mrmLDFUAGL and written into the EEPROM. Otherwise, the
Balance recognized as implausible and discarded. The ancient standing in the EEPROM value is retained
and used as the match value. If the above conditions for the comparison is not satisfied,
the balance value mrmLDFUAGL remains unchanged.
If the adjusted pressure difference mroLDFUdf2 assuming the balance condition outside the to-
permeable region (| mrmLDFUdf2 |> mrwLDFU_mx - presumption exchanged / damaged sensor)
so in this cycle, no monitoring is performed on intake manifold vacuum (mroLDFU_no =
1). Also, the monitoring is not performed if the calibration value mrmLDFUAGL unplausi-
bel is (| mrmLDFUAGL |> mrwLDFUAMX), or as long as the balance was not finished.
Note: New SG must in production with an implausible value (0x7FFF) for mrmLDFUAGL
be initialized.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued LDR
of

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Manifold The olda mroLDFASTA displays the current status of the adjustment. You can have the following values anneh-
under pressure men:
(Continued) - 0 = Not a calibration is carried out
- 1 = Only Control | mrmLDFUAGL |> mrwLDFUAMX. Is performed if one of the condi-
tions start bit = 1, dzmNmit = 0, fgmFGAKT = 0 or sensors is not satisfied in order.
- 2 = | mroLDFUdf2 | calculate and check for> mrwLDFU_mx
- 3 = Waiting for the end of a trip debounce time mrwLDFUAGt
- 4 = balance completely performed.
Application Note: The time mrwLDFUINt should be> 80 ms are applied to ensure that the
used LDF value is correct and existing speed is detected. The intake manifold-
threshold mrwLDFU_ST, should be> 15 degrees are recognized to ensure that the sensors
despite low temperatures in the winter are in the temperature-compensated range. Furthermore, the time must
be debounce times for ADF, LDF, STF and FGG - mrwLDFUAGt greater than the SRC.
Figure UEBE_02:
mroLDFASTA <4
mroLDFU_no
| MrmLDFUAGL (new) |> mrwLDFUAMX >1
| MroLDFUdf2 |> mrwLDFU_mx
t> = mrwLDFUINt
&
mrmSTART_B = 1 fboSFGG = 0
& fboSADF = 0
dzmNmit = 0
fgmFGAKT = 0 fboSLDF = 0 &

&
fboSLDP = 0
fboSLTF = 0
t> = mrwLDFUAGt
&
anmLTF> mrwLDFU_ST
mrmLDFUAGL (old) mrmLDFUAGL

from EEPROM
Filtering
anmADF mroLDFUdf2
mroLDFUabg
mroLDFUdf1
anmLDF
CONTROLS
mrwLDFUAMX
| MrmLDFUAGL (old) |> mrwLDFUAMX

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued LDR

of
Manifold If for a time mrwLDFU_tA the balanced intake manifold pressure mroLDFUdif (anmLDF - anmADF - mrwLDFU_KL Activation of the ARF-digit 1-3 (appli- arwFAR1aus
under pressure mrmLDFUAGL) less than or equal to one of the characteristic curve obtained mrwLDFU_KL decrease in speed mrwLDFO_KL zierbar). see chapter 5.3 exhaust gas recirculation arwFAR2aus
(Continued) dependent threshold (mroLDFU_PS) as the manifold vacuum condition is detected. mrwLDFU_tA tion
Is greater than that from the characteristic curve for the time of balanced intake manifold mrwLDFU_tB mrwLDFU_tB
mrwLDFO_KL threshold value obtained mroLDFO_PS, the state manifold vacuum is re- mrwLDFPWMI
deleted. Was detected on manifold vacuum state and all the following conditions are met: mrwLDFUnMI
This measure remains in the wake

- No quantity request on FGR specified (mrmM_EFGR = 0), active until after speed = 0 the time
mrwNCL_N0 is expired, and until the
MrwNCL_DA time after the start of the post-
- No quantity request on specified ADR (mrmM_EADR = 0), run has expired.
- No quantity request on the PWG set (mrmPWG_roh ≤mrwLDFPWMI)
- The sender ADF and LDF are intact (fboSADF = 0, fboSLDF = 0, fboSLDP = 0),
- The speed is greater than dzmNmit mrwLDFUnMI,
- The monitoring of intake manifold vacuum is active (mroLDFU_no = 0),
so mrmLDFUaus = 1 in the ARF, the output stages ehmFAR1, ehmFAR2 and ehmFAR3 be on
Default values are set, but no fault memory entry is generated.
If one of the conditions is not fulfilled, then immediately zurückgeschalten returns to normal function
(MrmLDFUaus = 0). In the wake (nlmNLact = 1), the conditions dzmNmit> mrwLDFUnMI and
mrmPWG_roh <= mrwLDFPWMI hidden to ensure a safe stopping the engine.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued LDR

of
Manifold
under pressure a
(Continued) mroLDFU_PS a <= b

dzmNmit b
DEAD TIME
KL
mrwLDFU_tA
mrwLDFU_KL S
Q
a
mroLDFO_PS a> b
b R
DEAD TIME
KL
mrwLDFO_tB
mrwLDFO_KL
mrmLDFUAGL
mroLDFUdif
anmLDF
mrmM_EFGR = 0
anmADF
mrmM_EADR = 0
mrmLDFUaus
fboSADF = 0 &
fboSLDF = 0
fboSLDP = 0
mroLDFU_no
nlmNLact
>1
dzmNmit> mrwLDFUnMI
&
mrmPWG_roh <= mrwLDFPWMI
Figure UEBE_05:
Monitoring Monitoring strategy Data Replacement function Data

of
Control shut- A cure can be effected only in region 3, since in this area the scheme in existing regulations fbwELDSpRB Switch to normal function
deviation labweichung remains active. The cure takes place when the control deviation for the time fbwELDSpRB fbwELDSnRB
is less than or fbwELDSnRB ldoREGMXpR or ldwREGMXnR. ldwREGMXnR

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:37 charging pressure plate (LDS)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbELDS_O error is set. Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
Neutral Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbELDS_K is set. Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
Short circuit
8:38 Mass air flow sensor (MAF)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbELM2_H) when anoU_LMM2> anwLM2_MAX anwLM2_MAX Default value arwLMBPVGW
Supply Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELM2_L) when anoU_LMM2 <anwLM2_MIN anwLM2_MIN
Signal range The monitoring is carried out only when the speed is less than anwLMD_N2 AND greater than anwLMM_MAX
Default value arwLMBPVGW
Grinder anwLMD_N1 is 1 ms and no - scan is present. anwLMM_MIN
Signal Range Check up (error fbbELMM_H) when anoU_LMM> anwLMM_MAX anwLMD_N1 Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Vol- cowFLDRAB.
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELMM_L) when anoU_LMM <anwLMM_MIN anwLMD_N2
The monitoring is carried out only when the speed is less than anwLMD_N2 AND greater than anwLMM_MAX
Signal range anwLMD_N1 is 1 ms and no - scan is present. anwLMM_MIN Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
Grinder n - Signal Range Check up (error fbbELM5_H) when anoU_LMM> anwLMM_MAX anwLMD_N1
Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Vol- cowFLDRAB.
synchronous Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELM5_L) when anoU_LMM <anwLMM_MIN anwLMD_N2
(HFM5) The monitoring is carried out only when the speed is less than anwLMD_N2 AND greater than anwLMM_MAX
Signal range anwLMD_N1 and is 1 ms - sampling of the LMM is present. anwLMM_MIN
Grinder at Signal Range Check up (error fbbELM5_H) when anoU_LMM2S (PT1 already filtered)> anwLMD_N1 Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Vol- cowFLDRAB.
1 ms sampling anwLMM_MAX anwLMD_N2
(HFM5) Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELM5_L) when anoU_LMM2S (PT1 already filtered) <
anwLMM_MIN
There shall be no violation of the SRC LMM present, the paths for DZG, LTF and LDF must be intact.
If the ARF is not active (arwHFPA.u ehmFAR. ≤arwHFPA.o for all 3 ARF-actuators), and the
Boundary conditions arwHFPNu ≤dzmNmit ≤arwHFPNo, arwHFPTu ≤anmLTF ≤arwHFPTo,
Plausibility arwHFPPu ≤ldmP_Llin ≤arwHFPPo are fulfilled, then if the condition arwHFPMmin ≤ arwHFPA.u Default value arwLMBPVGW
armM_List ≤arwHFPMmax is not satisfied, the error is reported fbbELM5_P. arwHFPA.o Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
arwHFPN. Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Vol- cowFLDRAB.
arwHFPP. load limited (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
arwHFPT.
arwHFPMmin
arwHFPMmax
DS / ESA Surveillance - boost pressure plate (LDS) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
HFM / LDF The temperature measured by HFM air mass armIST_4 is with the calculated air mass armM_Lber the Ver- arwn_PBlhi In arwKF_ena = 1 arwLMVGWKF is arwKF_ena
Plausibility for set ratio (armRatio). For large deviations, an error in fbbEHFM_L (sensitivity arwn_PBllo to calculate the armM_List use arwLMVGWKF
EOBD keitsdrift low) or fbbEHFM_H (sensitivity drift high) set. arwLDFmin det,
(See section 3.3) arwRatmin
arwn_PBhhi
arwn_PBhlo
arwLDFmax
arwRatmax
DS / ESA Surveillance - Mass air flow sensor (MAF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:39 air temperature sensor (LTF)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbELTF_H) when anoU_TL> anwLTF_MAX anwLTF_MAX Default value anwLTF_VOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELTF_L) when anoU_TL <anwLTF_MIN anwLTF_MIN
8:40 MIL - Lamp (MIL)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEMIL_O error is set. no

Neutral
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEMIL_K is set.
Short circuit
8:41 wake pump - power amplifier (ZWP)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEZWP_O error is set. no

Neutral
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEZWP_K is set.
Short circuit
DS / ESA Surveillance - air temperature sensor (LTF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:42 oil temperature sensor (OTF)

of
Signal range In OTF about ADC (comVAR_OTF = 00xxh): anwOTF_MAX anmOTF to default anmOTF_VOR anwO_VBtKL
Signal Range Check up (error fbbEOTF_H) when anoU_TO> anwOTF_MAX anwOTF_MIN anwO_LUrKL
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEOTF_L) when anoU_TO <anwOTF_MIN anwOTF_VOR
In OTF via CAN (comVAR_OTF = 01xxH):

The error fbbEOTF_U (inaccurate) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error
S_OTF is set and no defect value (FFh) or zero (00h) is sent and no fade out
the CAN monitor is active (mrmAUSBL = 0).
The error fbbEOTF_N (not installed) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error
S_OTF bit is set and null (00h) is sent and no suppression of the CAN monitor
active (mrmAUSBL = 0).
The error fbbEOTF_S (Singal defective) is reported when the CAN message Combi 2 of the De-
fektwert (FFh) is sent (regardless of the error S_OTF) and no suppression of the CAN
Monitoring is active (mrmAUSBL = 0).
In application, OTF with a fixed default value ship (comVAR_OTF = 02xxH)

is always sent anwOTF_VOR as oil temperature anmOTF.
After shedding start a timer is started. After the time anwT_P_OTF waits until
Plausibility with anwT_P_OTF anmOTF to default anmOTF_VOR anwOTF_VOR
anmWTF> anwSW_WTF is. As soon as this threshold value is exceeded, a new timer is GE
WTF anwT_OTF
(ONLY starts. After the time anwT_OTF is checked (again) whether anmOTF> anwFG_OTF is when anwSW_WTF
not the fault fbbEOTFrd defective, otherwise reported good. The monitoring is re-started
EDC15 M +) anwFG_OTF
tion when anmWTF falls below this value exceeds anmSW_WTF and again.
DS / ESA Surveillance - oil temperature sensor (OTF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.43 pedal sensor (PWG)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEPW2_H) when anoU_PWG2> anwPW2_MAX anwPW2_MAX Default value (jump) anwPW2_VOR
Supply Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEPW2_L) when anoU_PWG2 <anwPW2_MIN anwPW2_MIN
Potentiometer
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEPWG_H) when anoU_PWG> anwPWG_MAX anwPWG_MAX increased idle speed mrwLLR_PWD
Grinder Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEPWG_L) when anoU_PWG <anwPWG_MIN anwPWG_MIN
Potentiometer Default values (ramps) mrwPWG_Pof, mrwPWG_Pof
mrwPWG_Pon. In SRC injury AND mrwPWG_Pon
Plausibility violation (LGS) is only mrwPWG_Rau
mrwPWG_Pof used. mrwPWG_Run
see "PWG filter and driving behavior"
DS / ESA Surveillance - pedal sensor (PWG) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued PWG

of
Plausibility Behavior in cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch): mrwPWG_LPA increased idle speed mrwLLR_PWD
Generally anmPWG is checked for SRC and checked against the no-gas mrwPWG_UPS
switch (dimLGS) for plausibility.
This test can be deactivated by mrwPWG_LPA. Below mrwPWG_UPS mrwPWG_OPS the LGS must in Ramp to mrwPWG_PofmrwPWG_Pof
Neutral, mrwPWG_OPS above be in the fully opened. If an error---------------------
occurs, the error -------------------------------------------------- - mrwPWG_Rau
fbbEPWP_A set. mrwPWG_LLS see "PWG filter and driving behavior" mrwPWG_Run
mrwPWG_VLS
mrwPWG_PLLVerhalten at cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog PWG):
It checks the plausibility between the PWG and PGS, if no error fbbETAD_L, fbbETAD_H, mrwPWG_PTL
mrwPWG_PVLfbbETAD_D, fbbETAD_T, fbbEPW2_L, fbbEPW2_H, fbbEPG2_L,
fbbEPG2_H, fbbEPWG_L,
fbbEPWG_H, fbbEPGS_L or fbbEPGS_H present, no debounce concerned this fault is active mrwPWG_HRP
(AnmFPM_EPA = 0) or the error fbbEPWP_A is currently available (mroFPM_BED, bit 10 or bit
11 set).
Is the voltage difference | anmU_PWG - 2 * anmU_PGS | within a Plausibilitätsfen-

sters, the error is fbbEPWP_A gutgemeldet, otherwise it is set.
There are 3 plausibility window:
Idle: anmPWG and anmPGS are smaller than mrwPWG_LLS: window width mrwPWG_PLL
Partial load: anmPWG and anmPGS are both greater than and less than mrwPWG_LLS
mrwPWG_VLS: window width mrwPWG_PTL
Load: anmPWG and anmPGS are larger than mrwPWG_VLS: window width mrwPWG_PVL
Switching between the plausibility windows occurs only if both the conditions for anmPWG
as are also satisfied for anmPGS.
Plausibility If only cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch) performed. mrwPWG_LGT Default values as for defect PWG SRC
Potentiometer This check is performed when a general plausibility violation. Grinder
Is the neutral gas switch at least for the time mrwPWG_LGT in the fully opened and then (no be-
certain time) at least for the same time in idle gas position, there is a Potentiometerdefekt ago
(Error fbbEPWP_P).
Plausibility mrwPWG_WUSWird only cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch) performed. Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
Empty gas switch mrwPWG_WOSDiese check is performed when a general plausibility violation.
If anmPWG> mrwPWG_WOS and then (no specific time) anmPWG <mrwPWG_WUS When pedal is the potentiometer
Error with LGS before (error fbbEPWP_L). be used. In SRC injury AND mrwPWG_Pof
Plausibility violation (LGS) is only mrwPWG_Rau
the VGW mrwPWG_Pof used mrwPWG_Run
(Ramp).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued PWG

of

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Safety case mrwPWG_BPN ramped transition to mrwPWG_SfB

Plausibility dzmNmit> mrwPWG_BPN mrwPWG_BPV mrwPWG_Pbr mrwPWG_Pbr
Brake mrwPWG_BPP
fgmFGAKT> = mrwPWG_BPV fbwEPWP_BA
High idle speed mrwLLR_NSF
anmPWG> mrwPWG_BPP
mrmSICH_F
& mrwPWG_BPA parameter varied selection idle
dimBRE
DEAD TIME regulator
dimBRK fbwEPWP_BA
cowFUN_FDR
1
mrmFDR_CAN.0
.0
0
mrmFDR_CAN.1
.1 &
1
mrmFDR_CAN.2
.2
1
mrmFDR_CAN.3 cowFUN_FDR
.3
cowFUN_FDR.
Figure UEBE_04: safety case
Above the speed mrwPWG_BPN AND the speed mrwPWG_BPV is when

is anmPWG> mrwPWG_BPP AND the brake on AND no driving dynamics intervention is present
after the time fbwEPWP_BA security event is detected (mrmSICH_F = 1). The error is fbbEPWP_B
never reported, but only the label for the time used. Operated brake is when
Main and redundant brake contact is actuated.
This test is not in defective brake (fbbEBRE_P) and is using mrwPWG_BPA deacti-
bar.
A Fahrdynamikeingiff occurs when the FDR is enabled on the Function switch cowFUN_FDR
AND on the CAN message Bremse_1 following bit combination is received:
S_FDR ≡mrmFDR_CAN.0 = TRUE ... FDR operation
S_BLS ≡mrmFDR_CAN.1 = FALSE ... driver does not brake
S_BKV ≡driven mrmFDR_CAN.2 = TRUE ... brake booster
F_BKV ≡mrmFDR_CAN.3 = TRUE ... brake booster installed and no
Error
The replacement data Bremse_1 the message should be delivered so that when a CAN defect the
Monitoring of safety case is definitely active.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

of
Plausibility If only cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch) performed. Transition to normal function (ramp) mrwPWG_Rau
Potentiometer To cure must be in the following order: mrwPWG_Run
with empty gas mrwPWG_WOS
switch
- the pedal sensor anmPWG> mrwPWG_WOS AND the empty gas switch in the fully opened
be. There must be no SRC injury (more).
(FbbEPWP_A, mrwPWG_WUS
fbbEPWP_P, - the pedal sensor anmPWG <mrwPWG_WUS AND the empty gas switch in neutral position
fbbEPWP_L) be. There must be no SRC injury (more). In addition, the PWG has raw mrmPWG_roh
be less than anmPWG.
mrwPWG_WUSWird only cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch) performed.
Signal range For the Healing of the pedal sensor anmPWG <mrwPWG_WUS AND the empty gas switch must in idle
Grinder his position. There must be no SRC injury (more). In addition, the PWG has raw value
Potentiometer mrmPWG_roh be smaller than anmPWG.
mrwPWH_HRPWird only been performed in cowVAR_PWG = 1.
Double Analog "Idle speed"
PWG Freezing the last PWG value
In the Olda mroFPM_BED the collected conditions for the PWG monitoring are together-
taken, the information is determined "provisionally" using the Message anmFPM_EPA.
Is mroFPM_BED zero or bits 10 or 11 (plausibility PWG PGS) are set, then

the plausibility check PWG PGS carried out and handle errors fbbEPWP_A.
Is now mroFPM_BED equal to zero, a replacement reaction must be carried out. The type of replacement reaction
can be read using mroFPM_ZAK:
mroFPM_ZAK = 0 (finally healed): no replacement reaction, anmPWG has penetration on mrmPWGfi

mroFPM_ZAK = 1 (for the time being defective): the last valid value of anmPWG remains frozen
mroFPM_ZAK = 4 (final defective): mrmPWGfi is set to 0%, the replacement reaction "idle-
number "is activated (mrmLLR_PWD = 1)
mroFPM_ZAK = 2 (healing ramp): It is mrmPWGfi by the driver default value 0% over the
Ramp mrwPWG_HRP gone to the current driver request anmPWG. This is reached, the
increased idle speed deactivated (mrmLLR_PWD = 0)
The safety case will be withdrawn if DPWG / dt> mrwPWG_dPS is OR the brake
Safety case OR PWG is inactive. For re-recognize the brake must have been inactive. mrwPWG_dPS In anmPWG <preset value (ramp
Plausibility value) is used immediately anmPWG, to-
Brake Otherwise is a ramp shape on anmPWG
erhöhtmrwPWG_SfE

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
To evaluate the PWG monitoring in mroPWG_Z following values are displayed (cowVAR_PWG = 0):
Value Importance Value Importance

0 Function in order 4 Plausibility violation empty gas switch
1 Recognized SRC injury 5 Plausibility violation potentiometer
2 SRC replacement function PWG = f (LGS) active 6 SRC and plausibility violation
3 Plausibility violation generally
The state of the PWG monitoring is included in mroFPM_ZAK (cowVAR_PWG = 1):

DezimalwertKommentar
0PWG finally healed
1PWG defective provisionally
2PWG healing ramp active
4PWG finally broken
The reason for a replacement reaction PWG is included in mroFPM_BED:

BitpositionDezimalwertKommentar
01Fehler fbbEPWG_H or fbbEPWG_L defective provisionally
12Fehler fbbEPWG_H or fbbEPWG_L finally broken
24Fehler fbbEPGS_H or fbbEPGS_L defective provisionally
38Fehler fbbEPGS_H or fbbEPGS_L finally broken
416Fehler fbbEPW2_H or fbbEPW2_L defective provisionally
532Fehler fbbEPW2_H or fbbEPW2_L finally broken
664Fehler fbbEPG2_H or fbbEPG2_L defective provisionally
7128Fehler fbbEPG2_H or fbbEPG2_L finally broken
8256Fehler fbbETAD_H or fbbETAD_L defective provisionally
9512Fehler fbbETAD_H or fbbETAD_L finally broken
101024Fehler fbbEPWP_A defective provisionally
112048Fehler fbbEPWP_A finally broken
124096Fehler fbbETAD_T defective provisionally
138192Fehler fbbETAD_T finally broken
1416384Fehler fbbETAD_D finally broken

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.44 reference voltage (U_REF)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEURF_H) when anoU_UREF> anwREF_MAX anwREF_MAX Default value anwREF_VOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEURF_L) when anoU_UREF <anwREF_MIN anwREF_MIN
8.45 light system (SYS)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the output stage and not set plausibility error fbbEK15_P the error is no
Neutral fbbEDIA_O set.
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage and not set plausibility error fbbEK15_P the error is
Short circuit fbbEDIA_K set.
Plausibility The requirement by the engine control unit to the combi boiler system lamp on or off he-
follows via CAN message motor 5 (byte 1, bit 1). The combined device sends the system status lamp with gswFHZ no
CAN message Kombi 1 (byte 0, bit 7) back. Both bits: 0 = Lamp off, 1 = lamp.
If they do not match two bits longer than fbwEDIA_PA, must be assumed,
that the combined unit the request can not be implemented. In this case, the engine control unit of the
Write error fbbEDIA_P. Monitoring is deactivated when the CAN monitor out-
is hidden or message timeout or inconsistency of the Kombi 1 message exists. The evaluation
takes place on the unentprellten error fbbEKO1_Q so that the suppression of this error is not from the
Debounce time of the error depends fbbEKO1_Q.
Healing:
The healing takes place the error fbbEDIA_P when, with active monitoring has both a require-
ment "lamp" and "lamp" (by the engine control unit to the combi boiler) with the Mindesdauer
gswFHZ were continuously acknowledged with the correct status from the combi boiler. The order is
not important.
Application Note:
The record label fbwEDIA_PA must be applied to at least 100ms less than the minimum
fbwT_DIBLK of and half the period duration of xcwFreq.
The error dispensation gswFHZ must be applied to at least 200ms less than the minimum of
fbwT_DIBLK and half the period duration of xcwFreq.
DS / ESA Surveillance - Reference voltage (U_REF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.46 Ambient temperature sensor (UTF)

Of
Plausibility Is UTF evaluation of data telegram selected (comVAR_FZG = 1 or 2) according to the following anwUTF_UBm For the UTF LTF will be used.
Strategy monitored.
If greater aneUTF_MAX (20s) will receive a data telegram for a time OR the content
of the received data frame is less than 7 OR the contents of the received data telegram
is greater than 250, then the UTF is recognized as implausible (error fbbEUTF_P) and to the replacement value
LTF switched.
When the battery voltage falls below anmUBATT threshold anwUTF_UBm OR the message
comVAR_FZG is set to 0, is also switched to the replacement value LTF, but the error fbbEUTF_P
not reported.
UTF evaluation via CAN is selected (comVAR_FZG = 3):

The error fbbEUTF_U (inaccurate) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error
S_UTF is set and no defect value (FFh) or zero (00h) is sent and no fade out
The error fbbEUTF_N (not installed) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error
S_UTF bit is set and null (00h) is sent and no suppression of the CAN monitor
The error fbbEUTF_S (Singal defective) is reported when the CAN message Combi 2 of the De-
fektwert (FFh) is sent (regardless of the error S_UTF) and no suppression of the CAN
In the event of fbbEUTF_U, fbbEUTF_N, fbbEUTF_S or fbbEKO2_Q to the item replacement value
LTF switched.
Application Note:
The Error debounce time for defect detection must be greater than 20s, when evaluating through Datente-
telegram is applied!
In UTF about ADC (comVAR_FZG = 4):
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEUTF_H) when anoU_UTF> anwUTFAMAX anwUTFAMAX anmUTF_ANA to default anwUTFAVOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEUTF_L) when anoU_UTF <anwUTFAMIN anwUTFAMIN anmUTFAVOR
DS / ESA Surveillance - ambient temperature sensor (UTF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.47 Water temperature sensor on the radiator outlet (WTK)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEWTK_H) when anoU_TWK> anwWTK_MAX anwWTK_MAX Default value anwWTK_VOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEWTK_L) when anoU_TWK <anwWTK_MIN anwWTK_MIN
8:48 Water temperature sensor on the cylinder head outlet (WTF)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEWTF_H) when anoU_TW> anwWTF_MAX anwWTF_MAX Alternatively, as the default value, the force- anwWTF_VOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEWTF_L) when anoU_TW <anwWTF_MIN anwWTF_MIN fluid temperature or anwWTF_VOR anwWTFSCH
Selection means anwWTFSCH
For the glow time of the VGW is

used gswGS_VGWT
For the SB control is a SB specific
dynamic After "ignition on" at the speed threshold is exceeded mrwMIN_DZ AND the quantity threshold mrwMIN_DZ
shear VGW used.
Plausibility mrwMIN_Me a timer is started, after which the water temperature exceeds mrwMIN_Me
mrwEnd_Tmp OR must have reached the minimum increase dT_W / dt of mrwMIN_dT (error mrwEnd_Tmp
fbbEWTF_D). This exam is held once per driving cycle. mrwMIN_dT
For the glow time of the VGW is
Once one of these conditions is met is terminated without the rest of the time waiting for the test.
used gswGS_VGWT gswGS_VGWT
With a signal range check error or overrun the test is aborted or not started.
The status of the test is shown in the Olda mroWTF_TES: mrwWTF_KL
0No test
1Test runs
10WTF is dyn. implausible
20Test successful / no error
FFTest was interrupted
The permissible temperature rise time f (water temperature) is determined from the characteristic mrwWTF_KL. At
the maximum heating time (655340000 the test is not carried out and the error
fbbEWTF_D now well reported. Meeting not to the volume or the speed conditions,
the timer is frozen.
DS / ESA Surveillance - water temperature sensor on the radiator outlet (WTK) 19 April 2002
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
dynamic The following values are stored in EEPROM: For the glow time of the VGW is
Plausibility -Occurred temperature increase since the start used gswGS_VGWT
-Temperature value at end of test
-Elapsed time
-permissible temperature rise time was determined at the start of the characteristic line mrwWTF_KL.
A storage occurs:
-if the test is terminated by the timer expires and a fault has been detected.
-if the test is terminated on reaching the final temperature or the temperature increase
and no defect is detected.
No storage is done:
-when the test was terminated by a signal WTF Range check error or overrun.
-if the test was not performed (eg applicative by law characteristic value = 655340000μs).
Operating Must anwWSZ_DZ After the speed threshold is exceeded after the time anwWSZ_SZT the anwWSZ_DZ
temperature Water temperature exceeded the threshold anwWSZ_STM have (error fbbEWTF_B). anwWSZ_SZT
anwWSZ_STM
WTF CAN can evaluate T_WTF (cowWTFCAN = 1): anmWTF_CAN = anmWTF plus max. anwWTFdelt
The error fbbEWTF_U (inaccurate) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error AnwWTFdelt WTF tolerance
S_WTF is set and no defect value (FFh) or zero (00h) is sent and no fade out
The error fbbEWTF_N (not installed) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error
S_WTF bit is set and null (00h) is sent and no suppression of the CAN monitor
The error fbbEWTF_S (Singal defective) is reported when the CAN message Combi 2 of the De-
fektwert (FFh) is sent (regardless of the error S_WTF) and no suppression of the CAN
8:49 RME sensor (RME)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbERME_H) when anoU_RME> anwRME_MAX anwRME_MAX Default value anwRME_VOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbERME_L) when anoU_RME <anwRME_MIN anwRME_MIN
DS / ESA Surveillance - Sensor RME (RME) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.50 analog / digital converter (TAD)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbETAD_H) when anoU_TAD> anwTAD_MAX anwTAD_MAX
elevated idle speed at mrwLLR_PWD
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbETAD_L) when anoU_TAD <anwTAD_MIN anwTAD_MIN
cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog mrwLLR_PWB
PWG), see monitoring concept PWG cowVAR_PWG
elevated idle speed at
RamzellenThe Ramzellen (digitally converted value) of the PWG signal, the PGS-signal and the signal TAD who- mrwLLR_PWD
cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog mrwLLR_PWB
the checks on time use. If you already read at least once, then the error PWG), see monitoring concept PWG
reported fbbETAD_D cowVAR_PWG
elevated idle speed at
anwTO_LTILeergas-Testim at intervals of anwLTI_PER is placed on mass of PGS input. In thiscowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog
mrwLLR_PWD
case, the measuring PWG), see monitoring concept PWG mrwLLR_PWB
anwLTI_FSpulssage anmFPM_LTI to 255 set (otherwise to 0), at the same time, the plausibility cowVAR_PWG
PWG / PGS not performed. The now measured at PGS port voltage value is on the olda
anoU_PGSLT displayed. Achieved this measurement the error threshold anwLTI_FS, then the error
fbbETAD_T reported.
DS / ESA Surveillance - analog / digital converter (TAD) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:51 shut down due to system error

of
cowFARFAB1 .. 3 ARF:
System error cowF ..... 1 cowFLDRAB1 .. 3 see chapter 3.6.2, Figure ARF_07
cowFMEBEG1 .. 3
in the modules: .0
ARF-controller 1 has failed &
fboSAR1 LDR:
ARF .1 see Section 4.6, Figure LDR_07
LDR LDR positive deviation &
fbbELDSpR
Limiting Limitation amount:
.2
amount LDR negative deviation & see Section 2.3, Figure
fbbELDSnR
MEREBG03
.3 Olda1.0
LDS Steller defective &
fbbELDS_K | fbbELDS_O Olda1.1
.4 Olda1.2
Boost pressure sensor defective &
fboSLDF Olda1.3
.5
Air flow meter defective & Olda1.4
fboSLMM
.6 Olda1.5
Needle movement sensor defective &
fboSNBF Olda1.6 System error
zmmF_KRIT.x
.7 Olda1.7 >1
Injection start control defective &
fboSSBR
Figure SYSFEHL1: System error zmmF_KRIT
DS / ESA Surveillance - shutdown due to system error 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued shutdown due to system error

of
System error cowF ..... 2

in the modules: .0 Olda1.8
Speed sensor defective &
fboSDZG Olda1.9
ARF
.1
LDR Secondary rpm defective & Olda1.10
Limiting fboSSEK
amount .2 Olda1.11
HDK defective & >1
fboSHDK Olda1.12
(Continued) .3 Olda1.13
Terminal 15 is defective &
fboEK15_P Olda1.14
.4
Electric cut-off defective & Olda1.15
fbbEEAB_P | fbbEEAB_K | mrmEABgsp
.5
Pedal position sensor defective
fboSPWG | fboSPGS &
.6
fbbEPWP_L
Empty gas switch def. &
fboSPGS.7
Solenoid valve defective
cowVAR_PWG
fboSMVS &

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

of

ARF-digit 2 faulty &
fboSAR2 Olda3.1
ARF
.1
LDR Message transmission timeout 2 & Olda3.2
Limiting fbbEASG_Q
amount .2 Olda3.3
Timeout message transmission 1 & >1
fbbEEGS_1 Olda3.4
ARF positive deviation &
fbbEARSpR Olda3.6
.4
ARF negative deviation & Olda3.7
fbbEARSnR
.5
Vehicle speed sensor defective &
fboSFGG
.6
Gearbox emergency operation &
mrmEGSSTAT.8
.7
&

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

of

Boost pressure sensor implausible &
fboSLDP Olda3.9
ARF .1
LDR Control valve defective & Olda3.10
Limiting fboSLDK
amount .2 Olda3.11
& >1
Olda3.12
&
Olda3.14
.4
& Olda3.15
.5
&
.6
&
.7
&
cowF ..... x Oldax Shutdown

ARF cowFARFABx aroFARFABx zmmF_KRIT.1
LDR cowFLDRABx ldoFLDRABx zmmF_KRIT.2
Limit. cowFMEBEGx mroFMEBEGx zmmF_KRIT.3
Figure SYSFEHL3A: System error zmmF_KRIT

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

of
fboSMVS
System error mrwF_MOM see Section 10.7.1 Sent message -
in the module: fboSMES mrwF_MOMA Motor 1
anwWTFSCH2
fboSSBR
CAN The drag torque limit for CVT
fboSLTF is switched off (see External people
0 geneingriff).
mrwF_MOMA.0 mrwF_MOM.0
>1 zmmF_KRIT.0
fboSKW2
0
fboSWTF
fboSWTF & fboSKTF
0
anwWTFSCH2
fboSKLI
0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.52 tachometer (DZG)

of
Plausibility with At start monitors the boost pressure change. Is measured by the EDC zero speed Substitute functions of stat. and dyn. Plaus.
Boost pressure sensor (dzmNmit = 0 since terminal 15), the pressure change but larger mrwST_dPL, the DZG is as mrwST_dPL
defect detected (error fbbEDZG_L). Exception: Was the LDF a sometime defective since K15
(FboSLDF OR fboSLDP), this monitoring is not performed.
Static Plau-Monitoring is carried out when the DZG is not dynamically broken AND no error in NBF path
sibilitätfboSNBF is set. dzwDZG_SPL Shutdown of the amount of signal box
dzwDZG_HDZ Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
dzwDZG_NDZ Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
Shutdown of the GRA
If the NBF speed dzmN_SEK> dzwDZG_HDZ, but the DZG speed dzmN_SB smaller Shutdown of the ARD
dzwDZG_NDZ then there is a static defect. At the end of dzwDZG_SPL (normally always 0) Shutdown of Glühkerzenansteuerung
DZG segments of the fault fbbEDZG_S is set. (DzmDZGerr (.2) shows the error before the error-
treatment)
The monitoring is done only if the DZG is neither dynamic nor static final defective.
Dynamic dzwDZG_UNS Switching to self-control
Plausibility dzwDZG_AUS
If the last valid speed greater dzwDZG_UNS and have passed since "ignition on" more than dzwDZG_AUS dzwDZG_MBE In the current - or debounced in the error
DZG segments (dzoSEGM shows counts) occurred, the current period is dynamically Plau- dzwDZG_MVE memory registered DZG error (path
sibilität checked. If the ratio of the last to the current period dzwDZG_DPL fboSDZG) there is no release of
dzwDZG_MXP Initial amount and the ELAB's below the
Speed mrwSTNMIN1.
(greater dzwDZG_MBE OR smaller dzwDZG_MVE ) AND
the current period less dzwDZG_MXP
so the DZG is recognized as provisional dynamically defective (dzmDZGerr (.0)).

If this is the case, OR the current period infinite (ie no pulse) is after the dzwDZG_KMX
Defect recovery time dzwDZG_DPL * last valid period (dzoABTAS) the error fbbEDZG_D ge-
sets. This time is limited downwards to the main program period. (DzmDZGerr (.0) shows the
Error before the error handling)
After recognizing provisionally broken dynamically, a counter is initialized with the value dzwDZG_KMX
and decremented upon detection of a valid period. When the counter reaches the value 0 before the time
dzwDZG_DPL * last valid period has expired, the error is reset.
DS / ESA Surveillance - tachometer (DZG) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued DZG defect detection

of
Overspeed If the speed is greater DZG dzwDZG_NUS (error fbbEDZG_U) so overspeed is detected dzwDZG_NUS Substitute functions of stat. and dyn. Plaus.
(DzmUEBER (.0) shows preliminary defect). dzwDZG_UBD The shutdown of the amount of signal box dzwDZG_NUS
For the time dzwDZG_UBD after detecting the first pulse DZG So it may be hidden already takes place at preliminary defect.
be. Fault memory and remaining spare
functions only after the debounce
fbwEDZG_UA time.
If the speed drops below again

dzwDZG_NUS is back to normal-
function is switched
8.52.2 healing
of
Dynamic If a comparison speed n_VERGLEICH Switch to normal function

Plausibility
n_COMPARISON * (1 -dzwDZG _FNS )n_DZG dzwDZG_FNS
AND
n_COMPARISON * (1 dzwDZG _FNS )n_DZG
the error is reset. dzwDZG_Sek

As can n_VERGLEICH by dzwDZG_Sek (.1) the NBF speed (bit 1 = 1)
or the ultimate DZG speed (bit 1 = 0) are used.
Meaning of the bits in dzwDZG_Sek:
Bit Importance
0 Static plausibility with SEK-DZG
1 Dynamic plausibility with SEK-DZG
2 Use SEC DZG at DZG defective
3 Static plausibility with dzmNmit
DS / ESA Surveillance - tachometer (DZG) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:53 Electric shut-off valve (ELAB)

of
Test at startup With the help of the operating hours counter at time intervals Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
mrwBTS _TIK *mrwBTS _TIN *mrwBTS _AM mrwBTS_TIK Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Vol- cowFLDRAB.
mrwBTS_TIN load limited (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
of the ELAB's function at start checks. Exceeds the operating hours counter the test threshold mrwBTS_BIN
mroBTSSl & mroBTSSh will be checked the next time the ELAB (mrmBTSM flag = 1),
mroTS_ST = 00
For the test, the following conditions must be met, with the decision at the time
is made mrwEAB_TDZ by SG initialization (mroTS_ST = 01): mrwEAB_TDZ
mrwEAB_WMX
-The speed dzmNakt must be zero AND
-The water temperature anmWTF must be greater than mrwEAB_WMX AND
-Not debounced in the fault memory registered in the error path fboSDZG AND
-Not debounced in the fault memory registered in the error path fboSWTF
mrwEAB_SDZ
If the speed mrwEAB_SDZ not within the time mrwEAB_TMX (at start measured from he- mrwEAB_TMX
edge speed is> 0 is reached in the driving cycle) or a driving speed measured> 0, is not
ELAB test performed.
, The test at ELAB flag set mrmBTSM not be performed, and is already
ELAB - Error fboSEAB stored in the fault memory are needed, mrmEABgsp = 1 as well as the He-
Additional functions performed.
mrwEAB_TUS
Increasing the rotational speed over dzmNakt mrwEAB_SDZ, then the value for mrwEAB_TUS mroUsoll out-
mrwEAB_MAD
give the start shedding threshold mrwEAB_MAD set and the ELAB closed. In addition,
the test period started (mroTS_ST = 02).
If after the trial period mrwEAB_TDA the speed threshold mrwEAB_MID below is the
mrwEAB_MID
ELAB fine and the test mrmBTSM flag is set to 0. The ELAB is reopened
mrwEAB_TDA
and mroBTSSl & mroBTSSh increased by mrwBTS_TIN. However, increasing the speed over mrwEAB_MAD
OR runs the test time, the ELAB is considered defective (failure fbbEEAB_P, mroTS_ST = 03) and the
Test is performed
The test on each
is terminated subsequent
without start,
error entry as long
under the as until it isconditions:
following recognized as being in order.
-A current fault occurs fboSDZG OR
Running speed fgmFGAKT> 0 OR
ELAB-stage defective (fbbEEAB_K)
In short the final stage of fbbEEAB_K error is set.
Amplifier No test in the start
Short circuit
Amplifier At idle the final stage of fbbEEAB_K error is set.
Neutral
DS / ESA Surveillance - Electrical shut-off valve (ELAB) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:54 Electric fuel pump (EKP)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEEKP_O error is set.

Neutral
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEEKP_K is set.
Short circuit
8:55 refrigerant pressure sensor (KMD)

of
Signal range Signal Range Check up (error fbbEKMD_H) when anoKMD_roh> anwKMD_MAX anwKMD_MAX be applied in anwKMD_GEB (default anwKMD_VOR
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEKMD_L) when anoKMD_roh <anwKMD_MIN anwKMD_MIN worth Ramp, default on
Crack, no default value)
8:56 solenoid valve plate - power amplifier (MVS)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbEMVS_O error is set. Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
Neutral Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
Amplifier Switching to injection start control
If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEMVS_K is set.
Short circuit
DS / ESA Surveillance - Electric fuel pump (EKP) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:57 amount repeaters (HDK)

of
Signal range Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEHDK_L) when dsoUist_Ag <mrwUW_RMI. mrwUW_RMI Replacement function if mrmSTART_B = 0:
Signal Range Check up (error fbbEHDK_H) when dsoUist_Ag> mrwUW_RMA mrwUW_RMA Shutdown quantity signal box
mrmUso_UEB = 0
Termination of the communication with the

Monitoring module (gate array)
Quantity control- The amount interlocking test (start / stop position test) is performed before the start when the gate array in Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
work OK (seen at fbbEKNT_H and fbbEKNT_U) dzmNmit must be 0, the ELAB is closed Switching off the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
sen and the lighting system is controlled. If during the test speed pulses on (Moni-
tion of Impulsausblendzählers) the test is aborted. There is no interlocking test at current
or stored (- debounced appear in the error memory) errors fboSDZG and fboSSEK by-
performed.
Stop stop mrwNL_MTSS

After the time mrwNL_MTSS the Stop stop is checked (U_Soll = 0). Is dsoUist_Ag ≤ mrwNL_MUSP
mrwNL_MUSP or dsoUist_Ag ≥mrwNL_MOSP the error fbbEHDK_U is set. The value mrwNL_MOSP
of U_ist in stop stop is stored in mrmU_Stop.
DS / ESA Surveillance - amount repeaters (HDK) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
HDK continued monitoring

of
Start stop The start stop is only checked if in addition to the above conditions, the fuel temperature mrwNL_MTKS
anmKTF> mrwNL_MTKS is. After performing the test, the U-Stop location target over mrmU-is mrwNL_MUS1
so_MST in a ramp to the mrwNL_MSR1 U_Soll mrwNL_MUS1 value, and then the ramp mrwNL_MUS2
mrwNL_MSR2 on the U_Soll value mrwNL_MUS2 (start position) is set. From reaching U_Soll = mrwNL_MSR1
mrwNL_MUS2 the time mrwNL_MTSA waits until testing. Is then the battery voltage mrwNL_MSR2
tion anmUBATT> mrwNL_MUBS AND, either dsoUist_Ag ≤mrwNL_MUST OR dsoUist_Ag mrwNL_MTSA
≥mrwNL_MOST, the error fbbEHDK_O is set. The value of U_ist the Start stop is in mrwNL_MUBS
mrmU_Start saved. mrwNL_MUST
mrwNL_MOST
Is the time of evaluation, the battery voltage anmUBATT ≤mrwNL_MUBS is no

Test of the start stop, the value of U_ist is still stored in mrmU_Start.
To assess the Start & Stop stop tests in mroMST_ST following values are displayed:
Value Importance Value Importance

0 Fully carried out test 16 Demolition basis of manifest speed pulses
1 Check Stop stop 32 Demolition due to fuel temperature., Curr. or Stored.
fboSDZG / fboSSEK
Cancellation due to low battery voltage
2 Check start stop 64
4 Wait until the gate array in operation Knew
DS / ESA Surveillance - amount repeaters (HDK) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:58 interlocking quantity (MES)

of
Control shut- The error fbbEHDK_L, fbbEHDK_H, fbbERUC_S, fbbERUC_U may not cover the monitoring ge- mrwNL_MSTO shutdown of the amount of signal box
All-deviation must be greater than the threshold mrwNL_MSTO and the speed is greater than his, U_ist (dsoUist_Ag) mrwUW_MNGR shutdown of ELAB
common the threshold be mrwUW_MNGR.
Is
mrwUW_MdU1 loss of communication with the
dsmUist _ag -mrmUsoll mrwUW _MDU 1
mrwUW_MT_W monitoring module (gate array)
then it is reported depends on the water temperature of the error fbbEMEN_W or fbbEMEN_K ..
Positive control The error fbbEHDK_L, fbbEHDK_H, fbbERUC_S, fbbERUC_U may not cover the monitoring ge- mrwNL_NULLAbschaltung a lot of intervention on
deviation must be less than the threshold mrwNL_NULL and the speed is greater than his, U_ist (dsoUist_Ag) mrwUW_MNGR MSR
the threshold be mrwUW_MNGR.
mrwUW_MdU2
Is mrwUW_MT_W
mrmUsoll -dsmUist _ag mrwUW _MDU 2
then it is reported depends on the water temperature of the fbbEMEP_W or fbbEMEP_K.
8.58.2 healing

of
Regulative A cure takes place when the speed is greater than mrwUW_MNGR AND U_ist less than or equal mrwUW_MNGR switching to normal function
monitoring mrwNL_MSTO is. mrwNL_MSTO
Generally
DS / ESA Surveillance - quantity adjusting mechanism (MES) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8:59 needle movement sensor (NBF)

of
Static Plau- The static plausibility is only performed if the DZG is OK (path fboSDZG, also dzwNBF_F1 Full-load (be applied) cowFMEBEG.
sibilität are not being broken). dzwNBF_F2 Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
The error fbbESEK_S is set when the NBF speed dzwNBF_Tvg Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
dzwNBF_Uso
dzwNBF_UNS
(dzwNBF _F1 * dzmN _SB) OR dzwNBF_M_E Switching to self-control
(dzwNBF _F2 * dzmN _SB) AND In the current - or debounced in the error
memory-registered secondary rotational-
number of errors (path fboSSEK) there is no
the time has expired dzwNBF_Tvg, Release of the initial amount and the ELAB's
U_Soll> dzwNBF_Uso, below the speed mrwSTNMIN1.
DZG speed dzwNBF_UNS greater
the actual injection quantity mrmM_EAKT> dzwNBF_M_E and ELAB is energized.
DzwNBF_Tvg time is started after the NBF was recognized as evaluated (no error in the
NBF - error path and anmST_NBF = 0).
Dynamic The dynamic plausibility is only for static OR dynamic DZG monitored defect. Au- dzwNBF_UND
Plausibility ßerdem is no monitoring at a speed less than dzwNBF_UND NBF and the end dzwNBF_RMP
the ramp function dzwNBF_RMP performed in the current period. The error is fbbESEK_D dzwNBF_BES
set if:
dn _NBF
dzwNBF _BES
dt
(DzoNBFdreh shows dn (NBF) / dt is not always output)
DS / ESA Surveillance - needle movement sensor (NBF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued NBF defect detection

of
Overspeed On overspeed is only monitored when the NBF was recognized as Detectable (see NBF, Off- dzwNBF_NUS Shutdown of the amount of signal box
wertbarkeit). takes place only after the debounce time
If the NBF dzwNBF_NUS greater speed, overspeed is detected (error fbbESEK_U). fbwESEK_UA. (Because of possible wacke-
(DzmUEBER (.1) shows preliminary defect) limpulse)
dzwNBF_NUS
If the speed drops below again

dzwNBF_NUS is back to normal-
function switched
Starting quantity and ELAB - released as Sta-
tables plausibility NBF
Status NBF The status of the NBF evaluation is evaluated via an analog input (Ri measurement). If Shutdown of the ARF (be applied)
Evaluation the battery voltage is above anwNBA_BAT AND the voltage at the analog input via anwNBA_BAT Shutdown of the LDR (be applied)
anwNBF_MAX (error fbbENBF_H) OR under anwNBF_MIN (error fbbENBF_L) then the anwNBF_MAX Switching to self-control
Status defective detected. anwNBF_MIN Starting quantity and ELAB - released as Sta-
tables plausibility NBF
Switching to self-control
Starting quantity and ELAB - released as Sta-
Evaluability If the battery voltage for the time anwNBA_ZT under anwNBA_BAT as the NBF is not as anwNBA_ZT tables plausibility NBF
evaluable recognized (no error) and anmST_NBF set to 0. no
Motor standstill If, within the period dzwHNR_NU no pulse on NBF, NBF is the speed to zero dzwHNR_NU
set, regardless of the ramp slope dzwNBF_RMP (no error).
8.59.2 healing
of
Dynamic On possibility of healing is only checked when the NBF is evaluated. Cure occurs when the Switch to normal function
Plausibility NBF speed n_NBF
n_NBF (dzwNBF _F4 * n_NBFlast valid) AND dzwNBF_F3

dzwNBF_F4
n_NBF (dzwNBF _F3 * n_NBFlast valid)
is.
DS / ESA Surveillance - needle movement sensor (NBF) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.60 redundant pedal sensor (PGS)

of
Signal range If only cowVAR_PWG = 1 (double analog PWG) conducted anwPGS_MAX elevated idle speed at mrwLLR_PWD
Signal Range Check up (error fbbEPGS_H) when anoU_PGS> anwPGS_MAX anwPGS_MIN cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog mrwLLR_PWB
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEPGS_L) when anoU_PGS <anwPGS_MIN PWG), see monitoring concept PWG cowVAR_PWG
Signal Range Check up (error fbbEPG2_H) when anoU_PGS2> anwPG2_MAX elevated idle speed at
Supply anwPG2_MAX mrwLLR_PWD
Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEPG2_L) when anoU_PGS2 <anwPG2_MIN cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog mrwLLR_PWB
anwPG2_MIN PWG), see monitoring concept PWG cowVAR_PWG
8.61 Injection commencement control (SBR)

of
Regulative The monitoring is done only at speeds in the range of sbwUEB_NMI to sbwUEB_NMA. sbwUEB_NMA Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) cowFARFAB.
monitoring sbwUEB_NMI Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) cowFLDRAB.
It is positive (error fbbESBRpR) or negative (Error fbbESBRnR) deviation over- fbwESBRpRA Full-load (be applied)
monitored. Exceeds the deviation for the time fbwESBRpRA or fbwESBRnRA the threshold fbwESBRnRA
sbwUEB_RAP or sbwUEB_RAN as a fault is detected. The scheme is not completed sbwUEB_RAP
switches to allow a cure. sbwUEB_RAN
DS / ESA Surveillance - redundant pedal sensor (PGS) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.62 the control device (SG)

of
Gate array In the question answer communication between gate array and mu.C be from mu.C alternately right
(Moni- given and wrong answers to the questions by the monitoring module in the gate array. There are three
ing module) Possibilities of incorrect answers:
- Responses with wrong content at the right time

- Reply with correct contents to early
- Answers with the correct content too late
Through the evaluation of the in-gate array error counter, the wrong answers in incre-
mented (max. 7) and is decremented with correct answers and at the mu.C read-only Access
has the correct reaction of the gate array can be monitored.
Control unit
uC Gate
Array
ELAB Amount interlocking
Figure UEBE_03 Shutdown via ELAB

In the case of an incorrect response of the monitoring module, the error fbbERUC_U is set.
The error fbbERUC_K has the same information content as fbbERUC_U. However, the on-
occur triggered no replacement reaction of fbbERUC_K.
Background: It is the error for testing purposes sharper applied as fbbERUC_U. In the series-
This error totappliziert.
The error is then reported fbbERUC_R defective when a recovery was carried out. This
Error is also totappliziert only for testing purposes and in the series. There is also no replacement
reaction.
DS / ESA Surveillance - control unit (SG) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Continued monitoring SG

of
If the errors:
- negative deviation with warm amount interlocking (fbbEMEN_W)

- negative deviation in cold quantity adjusting mechanism (fbbEMEN_K)
- redundant thrust monitoring (fbbERUC_S)
Signal Range injury HDK amount repeaters (fbbEHDK_L, fbbEHDK_H)
-
Off the amount by interlocking
, so the communication with the gate array is aborted. the gate array
Gate array In the wake communication between gate array and mu.C is canceled. If then the mrwNL_DTS Shutdown via ELAB and shutdown
(Moni- Amount actuator can be moved by a predetermined preset from the stop position, the stored on the EEPROM- mrwNL_MTS Amount of signal box mrmUso_UEB = 0
ing module) chert and set in the next cycle the error fbbERUC_W. (See Chapter overrun) mrwNL_UTS
in the wake mrwNL_PTS
mrwNL_UM_t
mrwNL_UMIN
mrwNL_MUSM
mrwNL_MSTO
mrwNL_VTS
mrwNL_DTS
Voltage In the wake of the voltage divider of the voltage stabilizer is changed by the amount shutdown no
mrwNL_WTS
stabilizer to test for faulty voltage stabilizer.
mrwNL_STS
Monitoring If the voltage divider is decreased, as well as to contribute to high operating voltage all power amplifiers
mrwNL_PTS
circuit in ing to be turned off. Then be the amount actuator by a target specification from the stop position
mrwNL_UM_t
Caster move, so that is stored in the EEPROM and the next driving cycle the error fbbESTB_U ge-
mrwNL_UMIN
sets.
mrwNL_MUSM
If the voltage divider increases, so will the same as for low supply voltage, all end-
mrwNL_MSTO
stages are switched off. Then be the amount actuator by a target specification from the
Stop moving situation, so that is stored in the EEPROM and the next cycle of the error
fbbESTB_O set. (See Chapter overrun).
This monitoring is done by the Monitoring module (in the gate array).
Is caused by incorrect or missing answers of mu.C's in Question Answer a communication error
mu.C counter reading reaches greater than or equal to 5, mu.C is classified as defective. The error counter is Shutdown of the amount by interlocking
in the monitoring module. the monitoring module

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

of
Redundant Push operation is monitored, if all the following conditions are true (AND - linked, visible on Shutdown of the amount of interlocking and
Thrust-wa- the Bitolda mroSUEBSTA (#) or mroSUEBST2 (# #)): a program restart (recovery) is
monitoring PWG-not activated (mrmPWGfi = 0, bit # 0) OR then takes place again detected a defect
mrwUW_ARD[mrmM_EARD <mrwUW_ARD AND mrmPWGfi ≤mrwPWG_OPSnoAND further recovery.
mroUsoll>
mrwPWG_OPSmrwSCHU1KL ](Bit # 1) OR
mrwSCHU1KL[filtered empty gas switch *) dimLGF = 1 AND mrmPWGfi> During a recovery is not complete-
mrwPWG_OPS ](Bit # 2) ge SG initialization performed. This
Condition lasts max. 5 ms, after which
- GRA-mrmM_EFGR amount is equal to zero (bit # 3) OR
to the normal program flow higher-
Brake applied (dimBRE = 1 (bit # 4) OR dimBRK = 1 (bit # 5)) OR
addressed.
[(DimFGL = 0 AND Configuration GRA = VW, bit # 6) OR
(DimFGA = 0 AND Configuration GRA = LT2, bit # 7) OR
(Configuration GRA equal (VW, LT2), bit # 8) ]
- ADR mrmM_EADR amount is equal to zero (bit # 9) OR

[Off contact operated (dimADR = 0) OR Hand brake contact is not active (dimHAN = 0)
OR ADR target speed equal to zero (mrmADR_SOL = 0)] (bit # A) OR
ADR is disabled (configuration ADR equal (VAR, FES), bit # B)
- ADR-off ramp is not active (bit # C)

On off ramp active is detected when the expression (dimADR = 1 AND dimHAN = 1
AND mrmADR_SOL> 0) has a transition from true to false. This state remains for
the time t = (mrmADR_SOL - mrwADR_Nau) upright / mrwADR_dNA. This term is used mrwADR_Nau
to calculate the time it takes for the ADR at about the desired speed ramp mrwADR_dNA
off.
- MSR - mrmM_EMSR amount is equal to zero (bit # D) OR

[No MSR - request via CAN OR incorrect Binärkomplement MD_ASR and
MD_MSR (bit # E) ] OR [ CAN message time-out brake1 OR CAN errors (bit # F) ]
OR Message count error brake1 (bit # # 0)
- ASG - mrmM_EASG amount is equal to zero (bit # # 1) OR Clutch is not actuated

(DimKUP = 0, bit # # 2) OR No ASG - request via CAN (bit # # 3) OR Inkor-
rektes Binärkomplement mrmASG_roh (bit # # 4) OR Message count error ASG (bit # # 5)
OR [ CAN message timeout ASG OR CAN errors (bit # # 6) ]

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

of
Redundant Is also the speed threshold mrwUW_SNGR exceeded, from the characteristic curve mrwUW_SNGR
Thrust-wa- mrwSCHU_KL a Schieberwegsollwert f (speed) determined and compared with the target value for the positioner mrwSCHU_KL
monitoring mroUsoll compared. Is the target value of the adjusting knob is larger than the value determined from the characteristic curve, so
the error fbbERUC_S is set.
*) Note: dimLGF corresponding to the digital input open gas switch dimLGS, but is debounced as a separate bit.
The debounce time for the negative edge (transition PWG in idle gas position -> PWG in VL) must be identical to the develop-
be bounce for dimLGS, while the debounce time for the positive edge (PWG transition to full throttle ->
PWG in idle throttle position) to the PWG - must be matched filter.
Gate Array
The error fbbEKNT_H (gate array hardware defect) is set when the gate array in the test Hardware initialization
mode, or when the GA-angle clock time is in operation.
Gate ArrayDer error fbbEKNT_U (switch to edge mode) is set when the GA is not in the Kan- Hardware initialization
could be tenbetrieb switched.
Communication Can not communicate with CAN Controller and mu.C be established (camSTATUS0 bit 0),
Canso the error is reported fbbECA0_D. This occurs when the CAN module via CAN - Volume interventions are canceled
cawINF_CAB Although applied but is not present, or not to the DPRAM of the CAN controller chen. The monitoring of Botschaftsti-
can be accessed. meout gear / brake is hidden
(S.H. amount External intervention / gearbox).
Communication Is the CAN transmit task out of step, ie in 20ms could not at least one of the CAN messages fbwECA0_SA -
Be CANweggesendet, then the error is reported fbbECA0_S. This occurs when the bus load fbwECA0_SB
is too high. The message is not sent will not be repeated but discarded.
Fixed values fürEndgültige (ie no refresh possible) inconsistencies in the WFS data in EEPROM lead to
WFSFehler fbbEIMM_C. Shutdown of the amount of signal box
U_IST ex-Final (ie no refresh possible) inconsistencies in the fixed values in the EEPROM lead to
equal values fbbEIMM_C error. Shutdown of the amount of signal box
Invalid Da-In Check sum error of U_IST adjustment values in the original AND in the copy of the error
record number fbbEEEP_C set. The initialization time is longer in the case of failure to 50ms.
Default values cowAGL_UOF
cowAGL_UFK
Invalid function registered in the EEPROM data record number must be entered correctly in EEPROM and in Default record is used
tion switch to one of the records are stored in the EPROM, otherwise the error fbbEEEP_V is ge-
sets. The initialisation is länger.Geheilt 50ms in case of error, the error by a
correct record variant is programmed. Here is the complete error path from the FAULT-
cher away.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

of
The registered in the EEPROM function switch must have a valid checksum, otherwise Default values cowFUN_FGR
the error fbbEEEP_F is set. If the checksum stored in the EEPROM Messages cowFUN_FGG
comCLG_SIG and comCLG_FUN not valid for the activation of signals and functions, so
the error fbbEEEP_F is reported. The initialization is in case of failure to 50ms länger.Geheilt
the error by using the right function button to be programmed.
After power up ("ignition"), the following is performed:
Self-test
from the mask RAM test (internal RAM) Message (7 byte) on serial interface
(Internal ROM) Address / data bus agility test and then loop
executed This condition can only be
Power Up will be canceled
Monitoring module test
Message (7 byte) on serial interface
EPROM test addressing (bit pattern)
(Only after power up) and then
Checksum of EPROM page_4 (page_4 includes the code in the external EPROM, the first
Restart
is running)
Checksum internal ROM
and then loop
from external This condition can only Power Up
EPROM (Pa- are hereby repealed.
ge_4) executed Message (7 byte) on serial interface
Restart
RAM test (external RAM)
Call Test Software (TSW)
READY test for communication mu.C <-> CAN controller Restart
Checksum of residual EPROM (exclusive page_4) Call TSW
Code / data separately (via generation can be disabled) Call TSW
Master EPROM Use of default values
Tool
EEPROM communication test cowAGL ..

Monitoring when read into RAM mirror cowFUN_FGR
(Error fbbEEEP_K). The initialization time is longer in the case of failure to 100ms. cowFUN_FGG
CAN controller test whether or not there
Call TSW
no

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.63 Tankabschaltventil (TAV)

of
Amplifier In Idle state the final stage of fbbETAV_O error is set.

Neutral
Amplifier If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbETAV_K is set.
Short circuit
DS / ESA Surveillance - Tankabschaltventil (TAV) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8.64 Summarized system error

Of
Speed-rele- The message zmmSYSERR serves as interface information between the base and system functions
relevant and is structured as follows:
Errors
anmST_NBF = 0
*)
fboSDZG zmmSYSERR.0 Off the amount interlocking during
*) >1 the boot process.
fboSSEK
*)
fboSNBF
*) Or stored in the fault memory
cowV_DZG_2 <> 3
& The CAN messages Motor1 and Motor2
cowV_DZG_2 <> 4 send the appropriate information
tion with the error flag value 0xFF
dzwDZG_Sek.2 = 0 >1 (See, CAN), because no evaluable
re speed is verhanden.
fboSSEK zmmSYSERR.1
&
fboSDZG
Demolition of the ASG-intervention
fbbEMEP_W zmmSYSERR.2
>1
fbbEMEP_K Switching off the main annealing and the
Glow indicator.
fboSDZG zmmSYSERR.3
& Diagnostic function "Setup"
fboSSEK not possible.
Demolition of the diagnostic function "parking
membered test "
fboSDZG zmmSYSERR.4
>1
fboSSEK Switching off the ACC.
zmmSYSERR.5
fboSMES
Figure UEBE_06: summarized speed-related bugs zmmSYSERR
DS / ESA Surveillance - Summarized system error 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
DS / ESA Surveillance - Summarized system error 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9 Input and output signals
9.1 Input signals
9.1.1 Digital Inputs

The digital inputs are centrally read, debounced and distributed throughout the system.
ENT dimDIGprel.8 optional dimBRE

dioRoh.8 Contusion Monitoring
1
diwBRE_Z1
diwBRE_Z2
diwBRE_ben diwBRE_inv
Figure EINAUS01: Processing of the digital inputs

(Eg brake input is used and not inverted)
For each input, there are four parameters. Unused inputs diw .. _ben (0 = not used, 1 =
used) are masked. Each input is a function of the data set parameters
diw .. _inv (0 = not inverted, 1 = inverted) converted into its associated logic level and
separately with its own filter time constants for rising diw .. _Z1 and falling edges
diw .. _Z2 debounced.
Input signal
dioROH.bit x
0
t
Debounce
Max
Z2
Z1
0 t
Debounced signal
dimDIGprel.bit x
0
t
Figure EINAUS02: debouncing of the digital inputs
19 April 2002 Input signals - digital inputs DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Debouncing:
According to the sampling rate (20 ms), the debounce counter in thresholds for the
Signal change implemented. The debounced state of low (0) to the debounce counter which is
Minimum (0), for the debounced state High (1) of the debounce counter is set to its maximum
(Max) set. Starting from this value is at a logic high raw (1)
Debounce counter is incremented at a logic low raw value (0) of the debounce
decremented. Exceeds the debounce counter, coming from 0 (low debounced), the threshold Z1
(Counter threshold determined from the filtering time constants DIW _Z1 ..), it is de-bounced in the state
High (1) passed and the debounce counter to its maximum (max) set. Falls below the
Debounce counter, coming from the maximum (Max, High-bounced), the threshold Z2 (counter threshold,
determined from the filtering time constants DIW _Z2 ..), it is de-bounced in the low state (0)
passed and the debounce counter is set to 0. For each digital input. Whose logic
High level for initialization is to be debounce counter with the maximum value (Max) is initialized.
The OLDAs dioROH1 and dioROH2 give the state of the raw digital inputs
again. The messages dimDIGprel and dimDIGpre2 contain the digital inputs according to the
Debouncing and their logical treatment.
The structure for dioROH1 and dimDIGpre1 and the structure for dioROH2 and dimDIGpre2 are
identical:
SG Document
Pin icon +1) Designation Bit position
PBM-E
dimAG4 Automatic transmission AG4 dioROH1.13
dimeco Ecomatic dioROH2.13
BLS EdimBRE Brake Light Switch dioROH1.8
BTS EdimBRK Brake test switch (redundant brake) dioROH1.4
GRA-A dimFGA GRA OFF dioROH1.3
GRA-dimFGM GRA minus dioROH2.12
GRA-S dimFGP GRA A + dioROH1.0
dimADP ADR A + dioROH2.0
GRA-L dimFGV Control contact with LT2 dioROH2.6
dimFGL GRA clear contact dioROH2.7
dimADR ADR-Active dioROH1.6
GRA-W dimFGW GRA resumption dioROH1.2
dimADM ADR ON dioROH2.2
GZR-E dimGZR Glührelaisrückmeldung dioROH1.12
HBR-E dimHAN Hand brake dioROH2.3
(Free diwMIL_ben) dioROH1.1
Terminal 15 dioROH1.15
Starter signal dioROH2.14
Kickdown input dioROH1.5
Air Compressor dioROH2.5
K15-E dimK15 Air input dioROH1.10
K50-E dimK50 Coupling dioROH1.7
KIK-E dimKIK Kühlwasserheizungsabschaltanforderung dioROH1.11
KLI-B dimKLB Filtered empty gas switch dioROH1.14
KLI-E dimKLI Empty gas switch dioROH1.9
KUP-E dimKUP Oil Pressure Sensor dioROH2.1
ZHR-E dimKWH Throttle Actuator dioROH2.4
LGS-E dimLGF
dimLGS
dimODS
dimRKSTAT
ODG-E
DKS-E
DS / ESA Input signals - digital inputs 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The inputs dimKUP and dimeco can Ecomatic with appropriate configuration (see 7.5,
Ecomatic) will be overwritten by the equivalent CAN messages.
cowECOMTC.1
Digital input dimeco

mrmCAN_ECO
cowECOMTC.2
Digital input dimKUP

mrmCAN_KUP
Figure SONSEC01: SW-switch Ecomatic
The inputs dimLGS and dimLGF be read using the SG pin LGS-E, if the switch
cowVAR_PWG = 0.
Does the switch cowVAR_PWG the value 1, then the inputs dimLGS and dimLGF
means the sum of the pedal anmPGS plus the offset leerwegoptimierten
mrmPW_OFFS (this is limited to a maximum diwLGSofMX) determined: it exceeds the
DiwLGS_PGS value, so "0" is detected, otherwise, to "1". Where the further treatment
as usual with the labels diwLGS_ .. and diwLGF_ ...
Furthermore, it is at 1, then the message cowVAR_PWG dimKIK treated as follows:

In case of errors in the paths or fboSPWG fboSPGS is detected to "0".
If there is no error in these paths has occurred, is determined via the analog anmU_PWG Message:
exceeds the value diwKIKPWG1 is detected to "1", is below the value
diwKIKPWG0 is detected to "0".
In any case, the further treatment with the labels carried diwKIK_ ...

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The UTF signal (ambient temperature sensor) is a data telegram, sent by air -
Control unit or the instrument cluster.
Can - About the Message comVAR_FZG (Standard telegram contents see chapter Diagnostics)
Source and type of the transmission can be set. This means comVAR_FZG = 0: no
Data transmission. comVAR_FZG = 1, 2 transmission with data telegram. It will be sent a
Data telegram consists of a start bit, 8 data bits, and a toggle bit (C = 0,
F = 1). Duration of one bit: comVAR_FZG = 1:5 ms / bit, comVAR_FZG = 2:50 ms / bit. At
comVAR_FZG = 3, the UTF value is received via CAN, at comVAR_FZG = 4 over
Analog input.
comVAR_FZG = 0
comVAR_FZG = 1
>1
comVAR_FZG = 2
& anmUTF_STA
anmUBATT <anwUTF_UBm >1
anmUTF_DIG <7 >1

anmUTF_DIG> 250
fbbEUTF_U
fbbEUTF_N
fbbEUTF_S >1
&
fbbEKO2_Q
S_UTF = 0
>1
T_UTF_gef = 0x00
comVAR_FZG = 3
fbeEUTF_H = 1
>1
fbeEUTF_L = 1
&
comVAR_FZG = 4
anmUTF_DIG comVAR_FZG
KL
anwUTF_KL 1 or the 2
3
anmUTF_CAN 4 anmUTF
anmUTF_ANA
anmLTF
Figure EINAUS2B: Conversion of ambient temperature

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Transmission by means of the data string:

The value that is read from the message, having a non-linear conversion to the actual
Temperature and is made anmUTF_DIG visible through the message. The conversion into a
Analog value is performed by characteristic anwUTF_KL:
If greater aneUTF_MAX (20s) will receive a data telegram for a time, or

Is the content of the received data telegram less than 7 or greater than 250, then the
Replacement value LTF switched and the error fbbEUTF_P. If too low,
Battery voltage (anmUBATT <anwUTF_UBm) or at function switch cowVAR_FZG equal
0 is also switched to the replacement value anmLTF, but the error fbbEUTF_P not
reported. The hystereses (mrwUTF1_.. MrwUTF2_ .. H and H) for the idle speed increase
and the hysteresis kwhUTF_ .. H for the heat output increase then use the analog value
anmUTF as input parameters (see "idle target speed calculation" and
"Heat output increase").
The support points of the curves should be as close as possible to this hysteresis,
to achieve a better accuracy for this area.
Temperature anmUTF
Celsius conversion Fahrenheit conversion
75
1 unt. Hysteresis 2
Second. Ob Hysteresis 2
3 unt. Hysteresis 1
4th. Ob Hysteresis 1
e fg h m no p
a to p ... support points of KL

-50
a bc d i jk l
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Value = 255 Digital value
Figure EINAUS2A: conversion characteristic anmUTF and hysteresis

Transmission via CAN:
Is UTF evaluation of CAN applied, then the combination is evaluated 2 Embassy and the
filtered value in UTF anmUTF_CAN ships (see CAN). This is then in anmUTF
taken. In case of error (fbbEUTF_U, fbbEUTF_N, fbbEUTF_S or fbbEKO2_Q) is
anmLTF taken in anmUTF.
Transmission via analog input:

Is UTF evaluation via analog input applied, so is that of the analog value processing
Message sent anmUTF_ANA taken in anmUTF. If an SRC error (fbbEUTF_H,
fbbEUTF_L) taken on as a substitute in the value anmLTF in anmUTF.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.1.2 Zuheizerverbrauch
The diesel heater (see cooling water heating) delivers a digital signal whose frequency
is proportional to its consumption. The period of this signal is measured
(AnmZHB_CNT * 20 [ms]), in a frequency converted (mroF_VERZ [Hz]), then with a
Zuheizerkonstante (mrwVBZHBC [(ml / h) / Hz]) is multiplied and, finally, as Zuheizerverbrauch
(MroVERB_Z [l / h]) used for the calculation of consumption signal (
TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal, page 9-29).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.2 Analog Inputs

The following analog inputs are recorded centrally SG:
Designation Parameter- Period Raw value Measured value

block [Ms]
anwLD2_ .. 100
Boost pressure sensor supply anoU_LDF2
anwLDF_ .. n-syn
Boost pressure sensor signal anoU_LDF anmLDF
anwLM2_ .. 100
Air flow meter supply anoU_LMM2
anwLMM_ .. n-syn
Air flow meter signal anoU_LMM
or 20 anmLMM
100
20
Pedal position sensor supply anwPW2_ .. 100 anoU_PWG2 anmPW2
Pedal position sensor signal anwPWG_ .. 20 anoU_PWG anmPWG
red. Pedal position sensor supply anwPG2_ .. 20 anoU_PGS2 anmPG2
red. Pedal position sensor signal anwPGS_ .. 20 anoU_PGS anmPGS
Test voltage ADC anwTAD_ .. 20 anoU_TAD anmTAD
Needle movement sensor status anwNBF_ .. 100 anoU_NBF anmST_NBF
Atmospheric pressure sensor signal anwADF_ .. 100 anoU_ATM anmADF
Fuel temperature sensor signal anwKTF_ .. 100 anoU_TK anmKTF
Oil temperature sensor signal anwOTF_ .. 100 anoU_TO anmOTF
Air temperature sensing signal anwLTF_ .. 20 anoU_TL anmLTF
Air temperature sensor in the intake manifold
anwSTF_ .. 20 anoU_TS anmSTF
Reference voltage anwREF_ .. 20 anoU_UREF anmU_REF
Battery voltage anwBAT_ .. 100 anoU_UBAT anmUBATT
Brake Light Switch anwBRE_ .. 100 anoU_BRE anmBRE
Water temperature sensor signal anwWTF_ .. 100 anoU_TW anmWTF
WTF cooler outlet signal anwWTK_ .. 100 anoU_TWK anmWTK
Heating demand signal anwHZA_ .. 20 anoU_HZA anmHZA
Umgebungstemperaturf. Signal anwUTFA .. 20 anoU_UTF
Terminal 15 signal anwK15_ .. 20 anoU_K15
Refrigerant pressure sensor signal anwKMD_ .. anoKMD_roh
RME-sensor signal anwRME_ .. anoU_RME
anmUTF_ANA
anmK15
anmKMD
anmRME
The following data set label are mask suspensions and will not be used:
An electropneumatic converter anwEPW_ ..
U_bat linearization KL anwUBAT_KL
Stores the results of the detection of periodic analog to digital conversion as

Raw scores from. The stored values are at a later date (column period)
evaluated. In addition to the periodic signal detection is still a speed synchronous
Detection active (LMM depending on the setting, LDF). When you start the speed synchronous detection
will stop a possibly running conversion. Is In the next signal acquisition period
the interrupted conversion restarted.
19 April 2002 Input signals - analog inputs DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
For each voltage, which is detected by the control unit by means of the ADC (Analog Digital Converter), is
depending on a parameter set block with the following structure are available:
- anw .. _DPL Step ramp
-
anw .. _GEB Donors password
-
- anw .. _KAN Group + channel, hardware-dependent, do not change!
- anw .. _KL Linearization curve
- anw .. _MAX SRC maximum value
- anw .. _MIN SRC minimum value
anw .. _VOR Default value
When evaluating the analog signals converted raw values are tested and
converted. The review consists of a signal RangeCheck (Appl. _MIN And
anw .. _MAX). When the valid range is exceeded during the debouncing of the error
(Provisionally defective), the last valid value frozen. If the error is definitely defective, for the
Analog value, the default value anw .. _VOR accepted. Per data set parameters anw .. _GEB can
to select whether the default value on the ramp with the slope anw .. _DPL or directly
is adopted. If the raw value for a signal range check error again in the valid
Range, the new value is also to the ramp with a slope of App .. _DPL
current value introduced.
The raw value is linearized by means of a characteristic anw .. KL. The only exceptions are ATF1 - and
ATF2 - sensor. These are only processed by the drive software as raw values. Additionally, there is
special routines for the evaluation of the PWG, LMM and LDF. These signals have a
Supply voltage by which the raw value is linearized.
The encoder password anw .. _GEB is as follows to apply (bit-coded):
Bit position Value Comment

00000001 0 Raw assume (without linearization and default value)
1 Linearization by means of characteristic anw .. _KL
00 is not at fault to default anw .. _VOR
00000110 01 is at fault with jump to default anw .. _VOR
10 is at fault with ramp step anw .. _DPL to default anw .. _VOR
00000 not used, apply to 0
11111000
Table of derogations (details are described in the corresponding sensor):

- The healing of a final defective sensor always takes place via a ramp.
-
The supply voltages for the PWG, LDF and LMM go at defect by jumping to
Default value anw .. _VOR.
- When using the HFM5 is at anwLMD_N1 <dzoNmit <anwLMD_N2 the analog value
calculated outside the window of the measured value remains frozen.
The wiper of the PWG and the LMM does not go with defect on VGW.
-
The message anmPGS is updated only when the switch cowVAR_PWG = 1
- Is (double analog PWG).
In the Message anmFPM_EPA information are for the double-analog PWG
- Stored (cowVAR_PWG = 1): If an error / Heilungsentprellung active, is
the corresponding bit is set.
DS / ESA Input signals - analog inputs 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Bit position Value Comment

0 1 Debouncing fbbETAD_L or fbbETAD_H
1 2 Debouncing fbbEPW2_L or fbbEPW2_H
2 4 Debouncing fbbEPG2_L or fbbEPG2_H
3 8 Debouncing fbbEPWG_L or fbbEPWG_H
4 16 Debouncing fbbEPGS_L or fbbEPGS_H
5 32 Debouncing fbbETAD_T
Description of anw ... _KAN: Content hardware-dependent, do not change.
Bit position Value comment

00000111 000 .. 111 MUX MUX channel 0 to channel 7
11110000 0000 ... 1111 AD channel 0 to channel 15 (0: MUX 0, 1: 1 MUX)
9.1.2.1 Temperature Sensors

Filtering:
All temperature sensors are passed every 100 ms filtered to the driving software. The non-
Administered filtering is approached a PT1 - filter with a time constant of about 1.6 S. In order
to avoid that the vehicle software according K15 an invalid temperature data for a few seconds
get to see (until the filtering is settled), the filter with the respective first is
Measured pre-initialized.
Application Note:
By filtering the value for the step of the ramp (Appl. DPL) is no longer true, so
it would be most useful to apply the ramp for temperature sensors to maximum value, since
already a filtering takes place.
9.1.2.2 pedal sensor

- Acquisition via potentiometer switch:
This signal is a supply voltage, of which the raw value is normalized. In an SRC error
the supply voltage, the default value is specified. When the PWG, the default value is generally
by the PWG processing of quantity calculation determined (cowVAR_PWG = 0).
- Capture via double analog PWG:

Is anmPWG addition to the pedal sensor, the redundant pedal sensor anmPGS determined
(CowVAR_PWG = 1).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.2.3 atmospheric pressure sensor / boost pressure sensor

Acquisition:
LDF the signal has a power supply voltage by which the raw value is normalized. In an SRC
Failure of the supply voltage is set to the default value.
Calculation of the charge pressure ldmP_Llin:

The boost pressure is filtered with ldwLDF_GF. For intact donor he is with the atmospheric
pressure sensor monitored for plausibility (see Monitoring concept).
Calculation of the atmospheric pressure from the boost pressure:

anmADF
sliding ldmADF
ldmP_Llin Mean-
anmLDF education
PT1
ldwLDF_GF
Evaluation
dzmNmit allowed
KL
ldwLDBdPKL ADF not installed
>1
ADF defective
&
LDF not defective
Figure EINAUS04: atmospheric pressure calculation

Atmospheric pressure ldmADF can be calculated, if one of the following
Conditions is satisfied for the time ldwLDBTAL (evaluation) would be:
The speed dzmNmit below the threshold ldwLDBNAL

OR
(Open throttle driving function ARF AND active AND ARF valve closed)
Atmospheric pressure ldmADF represents the sum of the boost pressure in the operating state and
a correction amount dar. This correction is a function of the speed dzoNmit
formed from the characteristic ldwLDBdPKL. The calculated atmospheric pressure by sliding
Averaging filtered. If none of the conditions are met, remains the last calculated value
the system date. When initialization is not stocked at the date ADF ldwLDBIAL
used for the atmospheric pressure ldmADF.
If the atmospheric pressure sensor (ADF) not equipped (cowFUN_ADF = 0) or defective, then the
Atmospheric pressure computed from the boost pressure. The incoming charge pressure anmLDF by means
ldwLDF_GF PT1 filter.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.2.4 Water temperature sensor

The water temperature is displayed in the Message anmWTF. If anwWTFSCH is = 0,
KTF value taken as a substitute value in case of defective WTF.
Motor temperature calculation:

From the water temperature anmWTF an engine temperature anmT_MOT is determined. At
Turned on heater the water temperature can anmWTF a warmer temperature
See, when the engine temperature anmT_MOT. The temperature difference is with the
Oil temperature anmOTF and with the number of revolutions since the start shedding dzmUMDRsta
determined. Ensure that the control parameters of individual EDC functions (starting quantity calculation,
Glow time, idle target speed calculation, exhaust gas recirculation and injection start control)
for motor temperature fit, use these functions EDC engine temperature anmT_MOT,
instead of the water temperature anmWTF.
dzmUMDRsta
anoWTFkomp
anmOTF anoVORHEIZ
KF
anwWTFkoKF
fboSOTF
>1
fboSWTF
anmWTF anmT_MOT
Figure EINAUS16: Motor temperature

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.2.5 Oil temperature sensor

Acquisition:
The oil temperature can either be from an analog input of the control unit via CAN or
be read via a fixed default value.
In OTF via analog input (anwOTF_KAN = 00xxh) the acquisition with the following,
As described for the analog inputs exceptions carried out: The change in defect
or cure is always without a ramp. The usual case of temperature sensors via analog input
PT1 filtering with a time constant of 1.6 seconds, however, continue to be performed. As a replacement value
is the calculated value anmOTF_VOR be used.
In OTF via CAN (anwOTF_KAN = 01xxH) no filtering takes place and it is only the label
anwOTF_KAN used from the analog value treatment.
In OTF on default value (anwOTF_KAN = 02xxH) is directly the default value anwOTF_VOR
be used.
anmWTF
mrmVB_FIL
KL
anwO_VBtKL
anmLTF anmOTF_VOR
KL
anwO_LUrKL
OTF on ADC anmOTF

OTF via CAN
anwOTF_KAN = 01xxH
fbbEOTF_U
fbbEOTF_N
>1
fbbEOTF_S 0
fbbEKO2_Q
fboSOTF >1
anmWTF <= anwOTFaWTF
Figure EINAUS10: oil temperature
Calculation of replacement value:

The replacement value is calculated from the water temperature, for a share of the filtered consumption
(AnwO_VBtKL) and the air temperature (anwO_LUrKL) is increased is calculated. In case of damage or
below the water temperature threshold anwOTFaWTF is the oil temperature anmOTF hard on the
calculated equivalent value switch (When OTF via analog input already done a filtering
regardless of bit 2 in the encoder password).
The OTF is in the system for the oil-overheating protection in the limit amount and for the
flexible service interval indicator used.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Note:
Application software can in anmWTF at WTF defect either anmKTF or the default value
anwWTF_VOR be included (see section water temperature probe, or monitoring
concept).
It should be noted that the default value WTF anwWTF_VOR particularly in the glow time
is important.
9.1.2.6 Air flow meter

Calculation of the amount of air with the different sensors:
dzmNmit <anwLMD_N1
>1
dzmNmit> anwLMD_N2 anoU_LMM
3FFH
2 anoU_UREF
U_LMM A/D [MV] [%]

SRC anmLMM
KL
anwLMM_MIN
anwLMM_MAX anwLMM_KL
fbwELMM_ ..
Figure EANA05: Processing not ratiometric detection speed synchronous (2)

dzmNmit <anwLMD_N1
>1
5000 mV
Grinder
U_LMM A/D
[MV] [%]
Supply SRC anmLMM
KL
anwLMM_MIN
anwLMM_KL
SRC anwLMM_MAX
fbwELMM_ ..
anwLM2_MIN
anwLM2_MAX
anoU_LMM2 fbwELM2_ ..
Figure EANA06: Processing ratiometric and time-synchronized every 20 ms (1)

dzmNmit <anwLMD_N1
>1
5000 mV
Grinder
U_LMM A/D [MV] [%]
Supply SRC anmLMM
KL
anwLMM_MIN
anwLMM_MAX anwLMM_KL
SRC
fbwELM5_ ..
anwLM2_MIN
anwLM2_MAX
anoU_LMM2 fbwELM2_ ..
Figure EANA07: ratiometric and processing speed synchronous (3)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
anoU_LMM51 anoU_LMM1S
U_LMM 1 ms
A/D Sampling
Segment
[Kg / h]
Averaging anoU_LMM2S
ML (i) 2 segments
KL
anwLMM_KL
U_LM2
A/D SRC
anwLM2_ ...
fbwELM2_ ..
[Kg / h]
SRC anmLMM
PT1
anwLMM_ ...
fbwELM5_ ..
dzmNmit
KL
anwGFH51KL dzmNmit <anwLMD_N1 >1

dzmNmit> anwLMD_N2
Figure EANA08: Processing ratiometric detection time-synchronized every 1 ms (4)

Acquisition:
The signal of an air mass meter (eg hot-film air mass meter (HFM) signal proportional
the air mass flow rate) or an air flow meter (eg butterfly air flow meter (KLM)
Signal proportional to the air mass flow rate) can be detected.
This signal is a supply voltage, of which the raw value is normalized. In a SRC -
Failure of the supply voltage is used for the air mass armM_List the default value arwLMBPVGW
specified.
For the air flow meter (LMM) of the signal range check is only in the speed range (lower
Speed threshold anwLMD_N1 upper speed threshold anwLMD_N2) performed. With a
SRC error is for the air mass armM_List the default value arwLMBPVGW specified. At
HFM2 HFM5 and the amount of air is detected within this speed thresholds, outside
these thresholds will be frozen, the last valid measured value. The measured value is also frozen,
if the limits anwLMM_MIN and anwLMM_MAX under - are exceeded or.
Description of the software switch air volumes - / mass air flow sensor cowV_LMM_S:
Decimal Comment
1 Processing ratiometric detection synchronously every 20 ms
2 Processing is not ratiometric, speed synchronous detection
3 Processing ratiometric detection speed synchronous HFM5
4 Processing ratiometric detection time-synchronized every 1 ms HFM5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.3 tachometer
The DZG provides a cylindrical proportional number of pulses per revolution. From the
Period between two pulses is the current speed and average speed
is calculated, wherein the rate of change is checked for plausibility. (The current
Speed is calculated from the normalization constant dzwDNR_HI, dzwDNR_LO and the period
determined and made known to the system as dzmNakt and output on the olda dzoNakt.
The average speed is announced as dzoNmit the system and on the olda
issued dzoNmit. The ARD speed will be announced as dzmN_ARD the system and
output as olda dzmN_ARD).
NBF dyn. provisionally defective

>1
NBF stat. provisionally defective NBF finally broken
Current valid
SEK-speed
dzmN_SEK
dzmN_SEK
dzmNmit dzmNmit
dzmNmit (k-1)
dzmNakt dzmNakt
dzmNakt (k-1)
DZG dyn. provisionally defective

DZG finally broken
DZG stat. provisionally defective >1
DZG overspeed
provisionally defective
Figure EINAUS05: Replacement speeds

Calculation of the average speed dzmNmit:
dzmNakt (k)dzmNakt (k-1)
dzmNmit  2
Filter
dzmN_ARD
dzmNakt
nk <nk-1
>1
Clock interrupt <6 ms
Figure EINAUS07: ARD-speed

Calculation of the ARD speed:
(If (dzmNakt (k)> dzmNakt (k-1)) AND period> 6 ms)
dzmNakt (k)-dzmNakt (k-2)
dzmN _ARD dzmNakt (k-1)  2
19 April 2002 Input signals - Speed sensor DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The segment number will be informed with the message dzmSEGM the system and on the olda
dzoSEGM externally mirrored. The current period is DZG on the olda dzoDZGPERL
dzoDZGPERH written. This issue occurs only when activating the
speed synchronous tasks.
mrmSTART_B
dzmNmit
dzmUMDRsta
I
dimK15
dzmNmit
dzmUMDRK15
I
Figure EINAUS14: revolutions since the start shedding and a K15
9.1.4 needle movement sensor

To detect the start of injection angle, the time between the start of injection pulse is determined by
the NBF and the subsequent following DZG pulse measured.
Furthermore, it is from the time difference between two pulses, and the normalization constant NBF
(DzwHNR_HI, dzwHNR_LO) a second speed (dzmN_SEK) calculated. With the
Software switch cowV_DZG_2 the replacement speed sensor is selected:
Description of the software switch replacement speed sensor cowV_DZG_2:
Decimal Comment
0 no second speed sensor
1 Auxiliary speed sensor
2 Needle-movement sensor
3 Incremental angle-time system
4 Needle movement sensor for SBR
If there is no pulse NBF (eg thrust) is the secondary rpm dzmN_SEK with a selectable
Ramp slope dzwNBF_RMP reduced.
DS / ESA Input signals - needle movement sensor 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.5 Speed Measurement

The speed can be, depending on the application of cowVAR_FGG, from the digital signal
a hardware or pins from the received via CAN speed of the ABS control unit or
Instrument cluster determined.
To calculate the vehicle speed is at record variant = 0 depending on the

Software switch cowFUN_FGG the parameter set fgwDA1_ .. or .. fgwDA2_ used. At
Record variant> 0, depending on the function switch in the EEPROM (edoEEFUN) of the
Parameter set fgwDA1_ .. or .. fgwDA2_ used. Through the diagnostic function Login Request
can the software switch can be adjusted in the EEPROM. Furthermore, can the software switch
cowVAR_FGG the type of vehicle speed measurement can be determined.
Description of the software switch cowFUN_FGG:
Decimal comment
Use 0Parametersatz fgwDA1_ .. for driving speed measurement
Use 1Parametersatz fgwDA2_ .. for driving speed measurement
Description of the software switch cowVAR_FGG:
Decimal Comment
1 Speed measurement with FGG
2 Speed measurement with Kienzle tachograph (KTG)
3 Driving speed via CAN message from brake1
4 Driving speed via CAN message from Kombi1
5 Driving speed via CAN message from Bremse3 (front-wheel drive)
6 Driving speed via CAN message from Bremse3 (rear-wheel drive)
In the wake is in an intact KL15 (fbbEK15_P = 0), the FGG measurement and monitoring
stopped.
9.1.5.1 Measurement with vehicle speed sensor

When using the vehicle speed measurement with the FGG variant switch
cowVAR_FGG be set to 1. The vehicle speed sensor (FGG) provides a
driving speed is proportional to the number of pulses. The pulses since the last calculation
are counted and evaluated. The pulses a revolution of the wheel sensor are collected
and evaluated. The number of pulses per revolution of the encoder wheel must correctly in FGW .. _IMP
be applied (4-12). To calculate the speed will added to the
Total period of the speed pulses divided by the number of pulses and with FGG
the distance factor FGW .. _SF and the normalization exponent FGW .. _NE The normalized
Scaling exponent from the smallest to be measured velocity FGW .. _VMI and the
FGG-dependent. This dependence is described in the Umprogrammieranleitung exactly. The
Speed is filtered PT1 (fgwFGF_GF) and as fgmFGAKT available to the system
provided. Exceeding fgwDA .. _VMA is reported by the error fbbEFGG_H. After
Error debouncing the default value FGW .. _VGW is issued.
Note: The parameters FGW .. _TMX and FGW .. _SF must be applied the same!
19 April 2002 Input signals - traveling speed measurement DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.5.2 Measurement with Kienzle tachograph

When using a Kienzle tachograph for speed detection is the
To set variant cowVAR_FGG switch to 2. As a parameter for the speed or
Acceleration calculation, as in the driving speed measurement with the FGG (about
Software switch selectable) parameter set fgwDA1_ .. or .. fgwDA2_ used. Additional
applies to the Kienzle tachograph - specific functions, the parameter set fgwKTG_ ..
The distance factor is calculated from the calibrated high-level duration (HPD) of the tachograph signal
determined by the distance factor characteristic fgwSF_KL. The learned distance factor fgmDAT_SF
for along with the standard exponents fgwDA .. _NE the current drive cycle
Used speed calculation and stored in the EEPROM. The next
Driving cycle, during the self-study phase of the distance factor from the EEPROM to fgmEE_SF
Speed measurement. If the distance factor from the EEPROM is not within
the boundaries of the smallest distance factor fgwKTG_SFL and largest distance factor fgwKTG_SFH,
the distance factor is set to zero and the speed of the standard value
fgwDA .. _VGW issued until a new distance factor is learned.
The distance factor is considered learned when the difference between the current HPD fgoHPDA and
the initial value of the learning process fgoHPDS a defined number fgwKTG_ANZ times in a row
less than or equal to the maximum deviation was fgwKTG_ABW (tolerance band). After the
Startup applies the first measurement value as the starting value. During the learning process the current HPD is
filtered with the memory factor fgwKTG_GDF PT1 (fgoHPDF). If the current HPD
outside the tolerance band, the self-learning is set up anew, as the start value is the filtered
HPD used.
After successfully determining the distance factor (number of measurements within the tolerance band
fgoHPDC equal fgwKTG_ANZ) is re-installed, the tolerance band with the filtered HPD.
Exits the current HPD now the tolerance band, the error is reported fbbEFGG_S
(Event-controlled) and is found defective after detection on the final default value fgwDA .. _VGW
output for the driving speed.
If the number of measurements for learning the distance factor fgwKTG_ANZ equal to zero, the
Supply route factor fgmDAT_SF from the parameter set with fgwDA .. _SF and no self-learning
performed.
The condition of the vehicle speed detecting with Kienzle tachograph can at the Statusolda
fgoSTAT be read.
Description of Statusolda fgoSTAT:

2 4 Speed measurement with Kienzle tachograph (KTG) active
8 256 Distance factor from EEPROM invalid
9 512 Not learning enabled (fgwKTG_ANZ = 0)
A 1024 Learned distance factor
F 32768 Default value for the driving speed active
DS / ESA Input signals - traveling speed measurement 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.5.3 About the travel speed from the CAN bus

If cowVAR_FGG is applied to 3, 4, 5 or 6 in the Brake1, Kombi1 or
Bremse3 message sent driving speed for the EDC instead of from the HW-pin
determined speed used. The speed of the CAN is the factor
mrwFGKORFA multiplied, as mrmFG_CAN sent to the speed of acquisition and
provided as fgmFGAKT available to the system (at cowVAR_FGG to 5 or 6, the
Average of the wheel speeds V L (front left) and VR (front right) and HL (rear
left) and HR (rear right) sent as mrmFG_CAN). If the CAN message not valid
is (message timeout caw ... _RTO or inconsistent data) or the error identifier FF received
is (at 5 and 6 is sufficient for one of the two wheel speeds, the error identifier) remains the
associated CAN speed "frozen" on the last valid value is fgmFGAKT
"frozen" with this value until the defect If the corresponding error fgmFGAKT
brings to the default.
Exceeding fgwDA .. _VMA is reported by the error fbbEFGG_H. In

Below the threshold fgwDA .. _VMI is supplied with 0 fgmFGAKT. The received
Speed is filtered PT1 (fgwFGF_GF).
If the associated error message (message timeout caw ... _RTO or inconsistent data
(FbbEASR_Q at brake1, fbbEKO1_Q at Kombi1, fbbEAS3_Q with brake 3) finally broken
is the error fbbEFGG_Q is reported. This error is only used to trigger the FGG
Replacement reactions in message failure, so its debounce time should be zero and an entry in
the error memory applicative prevented. The message errors are reported only if
no CAN Ausblendbedingung present.
Upon receipt of the error identification 0xFF fbbEFGG_C the error is reported. This error is
also reported if no valid brake1, Kombi1 or Bremse3 message was received
(Message Timeout caw ... _RTO or inconsistent data), the error message (fbbEASR_Q,
fbbEKO1_Q, or fbbEAS3_Q) but by suppression of the CAN-monitoring (for example,
Bus-off) is not reported and therefore no replacement reactions can trigger. The triggering
the replacement reaction takes place via fbbEFGG_C. This error should not debounced in the wake
be, the defect recovery time fbwEFGG_CA should be shorter than the CAN-blanking
be applied mrwCANAUSB.
The error fbbFGG_P (plausibility at speed and quantity) as in the monitoring section
reported described.
When finally broken FGG path is switched to the default fgwDA .. _VGW.
To calculate the transfer function at the correct values can be obtained for fgwDA .. _IMP
and fgwDA .. _SF the velocity determination underlying circumference
to apply appropriate values (eg both set to "4" in circumference 2m). These values are
needed at speed via CAN exclusively for the transfer function.
19 April 2002 Input signals - traveling speed measurement DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.5.4 acceleration calculation

The acceleration according to the formula
Acceleration (k)  filtered velocity (k) - gef.Geschwindigkeit (k -1)

Total period
calculated. The newly calculated acceleration is still PT1 filtered (fgwBEF_GF) and as
fgmBESCH the system provided.
The acceleration is limited by FGW .. _BMI and FGW .. _BMX.

For the V / N calculating the filtered speed is divided by the average speed.
The value thus calculated is still PT1 filtered (fgwVNF_GF) and as fgm_VzuN the system for
Provided. V / n is limited to FGW .. _VNX.
9.1.5.5 Calculation of the transfer function

The transfer function according to the formula
Engine speed
Transfer function 

Wheel speed
 Engine speed * pulses / revolution of the wheel * 60 (sec / min)
Distance factor * Speed * 1000 (m / km)
calculated and provided to the system as fgmFVN_UEB available. After the initialization, wherein
the vehicle is stationary (fgmFGAKT = 0), in the wake, with errors of DZG (fboSDZG) or FGG
(FbosFGG) or at the maximum transfer function mrwFVHUEob is exceeded
fgmFVN_UEB assigned the default value mrwFVHVGWU and the error detection for the
Plausibility error transmission ratio fbeEASG_U stopped.
See note at "About the travel speed from the CAN bus."
DS / ESA Input signals - traveling speed measurement 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.6 Analog K15-evaluation

Due to the main relay control and corresponding demands on the K15-evaluation
EDC EDC15 switches - control device which are supplied via K15 in comparison with SG,
relatively late from. The ignition switch can often show potentiometric behavior, ie it switches
not fast creeps but zero. So it may happen that other SG already K15 from
have recognized or lose their supply voltage, whereas the EDC still within the normal
Driving is. This can lead to undesirable defect entries, and in particular in
Related to the CAN bus or loads external controllers.
9.1.6.1 Input and output signals

anoU_K15 ... raw analog value acquisition K15
anmK15 ... filtered value of K15
anmK15_ON ... current state of the hysteresis (K15 - Off / On)

When initializing the SG is anmK15 with the default value and anwK15_VOR
anmK15_ON assigned the default value anwK15_ONV. To be unwanted
Operating conditions at ignition - An avoided due to possible filtering.
The voltage value of K15 - signal is detected as an analog anoU_K15 and with the time constant
anwK15_GF PT1 filter. The filtered voltage is mapped to anmK15.
K15 of the signal is sampled in a 20 ms frame.

Falls below the lower hysteresis threshold anwK15_H_U is the suppression of the CAN -
Monitoring (camSTATUS0, bit 10) is activated and for those errors in which the caster no
Monitoring should take place (apply with FBWE ... _T, bit 4) disables the Vorentprellung
(Reversible). This "run-condition" applies only to CAN - suppression and error handling,
the tracking control of the EDC is not affected! AnmK15 exceeds the threshold
monitoring and debouncing the trailing dependent - anwK15_H_O, the CAN is
Error again released.
The current state of the hysteresis (K15 - Off / On) is in anmK15_ON the system for
Provided.
9.1.6.3 Application proposal:

anwK15_H_O = 10.5 V
anwK15_H_U = 8.5 V
anwK15_VOR = 12 V
anwK15_ONV = 1
anwK15_GF = 0.6
19 April 2002 Input signals - Analog K15-evaluation DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.7 PWM signal Crash

The configuration of the function on switch cowFUN_CRA (0 = no / 1 = PWM / 2 = CAN).
For crash detection over PWM is the airbag SG a PWM signal to the motor-SG
sent to indicate a crash. In normal operation (no crash), the PWM signal 40
ms low and high 200ms. In the event of a crash is sent 20x the inverted signal: 40ms high and
200ms low.
NO CRASH SEQUENCE CRASH SEQUENCE

U U
12V 12V
t t
40ms 40ms
200ms 200ms
Figure EINAUS12: PWM signal from the airbag-SG

9.1.7.1 Input and output signals
crmCRSTpwm ... crash step by PWM
croCRzaehl ... PWM crash sequences counter
fbbECRA_P ... Implausible PWM signal Crash

PWM crash signal (Pin CRA-E) is detected by polling the 10 ms frame. By crwCR_INV
an inversion of this signal can be performed.
The evaluation is performed with a time signal tolerance of + / -20%.

There must be at least an applicable number of crash signal sequences (crwPWM_ANZ)
are detected before the signal is evaluated as a crash event. The number of detected
Crash signal sequences is provided to the system in croCRzaehl available.
If the PWM signal is counted as a crash event occurs, the GRA and fuel cut.
This is done by crmCRSTpwm is supplied with the crash crwCR_ST_B level (see
8.9. Crash-recognition).
Is not a crash signal sequence recognized crmCRSTpwm is set to the crash level 0.
In an implausible PWM signal (spikes or Flatline: by timeout crwCR_TOUT
recognized!) is crmCRSTpwm supplied with the crash level 0 and the error fbbECRA_P defective
reported.
9.1.7.3 Application Proposal for evaluation tolerances

NO CRASH SEQUENCE TOLERANCES CRASH SEQUENCE TOLERANCES
U U
12V 12V
t t
KCR_LZ CR_HZ
KCR_HZ CR_LZ
Figure EINAUS13: Evaluation tolerances for the PWM signal Crash
DS / ESA Input signals - PWM signal Crash 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Name Name / Meaning min / max Data set parameters Application unit
Illustration proposal
EINAUS13
CR_HZ HIGH TIME FOR CRASH minimal crwCRminH 20 [Ms]

SEQUENCE RULES maximum crwCRmaxH 60 [Ms]
CR_LZ LOW TIME for CRASH minimal crwCRminL 140 [Ms]
SEQUENCE RULES maximum crwCRmaxL 270 [Ms]
HIGH TIME for NO-CRASH- minimal crwKCRminH 140 [Ms]
KCR_HZ SEQUENCE RULES maximum crwKCRmaxH 270 [Ms]
LOW TIME for NO-CRASH- minimal crwKCRminL 20 [Ms]
KCR_LZ SEQUENCE RULES maximum crwKCRmaxL 60 [Ms]
TIMEOUT for evaluation of the crwCR_TOUT 370 [Ms]
Crash signal
Number of CRASH SEQUENCES
counted for as a crash event
GRA-off threshold at crwPWM_ANZ 3 [-]
CRASH
Fuel Switch-off threshold crwCR_ST_A 1 [-]
CRASH
Inversion for CRASH-PORT
Input crwCR_ST_B 3 [-]
crwCR_INV 0 [-]
Example for calculating the tolerance times based CRASH SEQUENCE:

Tolerance for CR_HZ:
Signal time tolerance: + / -20%
40ms + /-8ms -> 32ms <CR_HZ <48 ms
For crwCRminH 20ms is selected. Due to the peculiarity of the polling in the detection of
Crash signal means in the WORST CASE actual minimum HIGH TIME for
CRASH SEQUENCE RULES 30ms.
For crwCRmaxH 60 ms is chosen. This results in the WORST CASE maximum HIGH
TIME FOR CRASH SEQUENCE RULES of 50 ms.
-> 30ms <CR_HZ <50ms

Tolerance for CR_LZ:
The same calculation applied to WORST CASE TIME LOW for CRASH
SEQUENCE DETECTED results:
-> 150ms <CR_LZ <260ms

It follows for crwCRminL 140ms and 270ms for crwCRmaxL.
19 April 2002 Input signals - PWM signal Crash DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.1.8 Evaluation refrigerant pressure signal
anoPBM_T5P
b
a a anoKMD_roh
anoPBM_T5H b anmKMD
KL
anwKMD_KL
anwKMD_VOR
fbbEKMD_L
>1
fbbEKMD_H
Figure EINAUS15: Evaluation refrigerant pressure signal

The PWM air conditioning load signal (pin KKD-E) is detected in 1ms frame with PEC, and in 20ms grid
sent.
From the period duration of the high level duration and anoPBM_T5L anoPBM_T5H is the
Duty cycle anoKMD_roh calculated and anwKMD_KL in the linearization KL in a
Pressure anmKMD converted.
9.1.8.2 Error Handling

The review of anoKMD_roh consists of a signal RangeCheck (anwKMD_MIN,
anwKMD_MAX). During the error condition bruise the last valid value is frozen. If the
Error finally broken, is to a default value anwKMD_VOR on ramp with a slope of
anwKMD_DPL or directly switched (depends on the encoder password anwKMD_GEB).
DS / ESA Input signals - evaluation refrigerant pressure signal 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.2 Output signals

Task of processing power amp it is, the different accesses to the output stages
monitor according to their priority and to determine if an error occurs, the defective stage and
off. The final stage processing can be controlled from two sources. The normal case is
the activation by the drive software, and the other way is to control the
Diagnosis. With simultaneous access the diagnostic functions have priority over the
Driving software. The task of the PWM handler is processing and output pulse width modulated
Signals.
Naming of the messages used by the output stage processing:

eh m x y: = eh = Output stage handler,
m = Message,
x = fine grip by driving software
x = your grip by diagnosis,
x = SStatusinformation,
y = abbreviation of the output stage
Amplifier handler Message status information of the ELAB.
for example:
ehmSEAB
The battery voltage correction is to compensate for the harmful influence of

Battery voltage changes are made to the current controller. About the characteristic ehwUBK_KL
is determined, a correction value in dependence on the battery voltage. The duty cycle for
Signals with [ehwEST_xxx.12 equal 1] is multiplied by this correction value.
The contents of the "ehmSy" Message is defined as follows (bits 0 - D correspond to the
Steller password):

E 163841: Output stage faulty / 0: intact
F 327681: Driving active software / 0: Diagnostic actively
9.2.1 beginning of injection plate

For the control of the frequency of the driving MVS must be varied to
prevent phase effects due to the start of injection exhibits strong fluctuations.
MVS signal used to control the Spritzbeginnverstellers and a PWM signal indicative of the
current drive frequency over a speed-dependent characteristic sets.
Depending on the speed is determined by the characteristic ehwMVS_KL a period of time, the
serves as a base for the control of the solenoid valve. A change in the period of the MVS
will only be made when the speed since the last Ansteuerdaueränderung
has changed by at least the amount ehwNHYS.
9.2.2 boost pressure plate

The period of the LDS amplifier can with the labels ehwuCP2_FR and ehwuCP2_TE (≡ 1)
be adjusted.
19 April 2002 Output signals - start of injection plate DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.2.3 exhaust gas recirculation actuator 1

The period of the AR1-amplifier is set with ehwuCP1_FR and ehwuCP1_TE (≡ 1).
9.2.4 exhaust gas recirculation actuator 2

The period of the AR2 final stage is set with ehwGAP2_FR and ehwGAP2_TE (≡ 0).
9.2.5 Electric fan

The period of the GER-amplifier is set with ehwEST_T8.
9.2.6 Hydro fan

The period of the HYL-amplifier is set with ehwGAP3_FR and ehwGAP3_TE
9.2.7 Coolant Thermostat

The period of the TST stage is set with ehwEST_T1.
9.2.8 Quantity interlocking
mrmUsoll
dzmNmit
Digital dsmUist_Ag
phmTist
Adjusting knob (Pump)
anmUBATT
dsmUist_Of
Figure EINAUS06: Digital setting controller

The PWM handler sets the current period to the amount of power amp available.
The digital actuator controller provides the interface to the amount interlocking dar. task of the digital
Positioning controller, it is the slide position of the pump according to the current
To regulate amount interlocking target specification. The current slider position by means of a HDK
Switch converted into a proportional voltage and can be sensed by means of the CC212.
This voltage is converted to the adjusted actual voltage dsoUist_Ag, this is the
Controlled variable of the digital control knob. Taking into account the target voltage mroUsoll that
AnmUBATT speed dzoNmit, the period of the amount of power amp and the battery voltage
the amount of output values are calculated and output to the amount of registers in the gate array.
9.2.9 Glührelaissteller
The period of the GRS-amplifier is set with ehwEST_T8.
The GSK3 requires a separate battery voltage correction, this is calculated as follows:
Rated voltage of the GSK3 2
corr. Duty cycle Duty cycle ⋅
Battery voltage 2
ehwGSK3_Un 2
ehmFGRS_K ehmFGRS ⋅
anmUBATT 2
DS / ESA Output signals - EGR plate 1 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
In the first and 2 Phase of preheating and annealing during the start, the label
ehwGSK3_Uv be used for the battery voltage correction (= pushing, see chap.
Glow time). This makes it possible to apply a higher voltage to the GSK3, a
to achieve rapid heat-up.
ehwGSK3_Uv 2
ehmFGRS_K ehmFGRS ⋅
anmUBATT 2
The corrected duty cycle ehmFGRS_K is only gswTV_MIN not limited to
gswTV_MAX. Thus it is possible, a duty ratio from 100% to gswTV_MIN GSK3
transmitted, so that even at low duty cycle and high battery voltage or large
Duty cycle and smaller battery voltage GSK3 be strong enough heated. For the diagnosis
GSK3 is the limitation on the duty cycle and gswTV_MAX gswTV_MIN effective
which ensures that only valid clock signal diagnosis works.
The battery voltage correction can be deactivated with the label cowVAR_GSK = 2.
Application Note:
The conventional battery voltage correction may in the final stage encoder password ehwEST_GRS
not be applied →GSK3 using the above battery voltage correction.
If the voltages ehwGSK3_Un or ehwGSK3_Uv too high, this can lead to

Cause destruction of GSK3.
19 April 2002 Output signals - Glührelaissteller DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.2.10 TD signal
DZG signal
DZG interrupt
T_del
TD signal
mrwSH_TDPE
TD signal (toggle)
0 1 phwK_TDvt 0 Segment
t
Figure EINAUS08: TD signal
The speed synchronous TD signal is used to output a speed information. It can be about the
Software switch cowFUN_TDS be configured (changes only after initialization
effective):
Value range of the software switch tachometer signal TDS cowFUN_TDS (dezimalkodiert):
- 0 = Not generate TD signal
The following configurations cowFUN_TDS = (1,2,3,4) is the label phwK_TDvt common:

The segment number of Drehzahlinterrupts (0 to number of cylinders * 2-1) must be a whole
Be multiples of the prescaler phwK_TDvt:
- 1 = TD signal of constant length and LOW level

Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment
phwK_TDvt, it is set for the duration mrwSH_TDPE the output to LOW.
After this time, the output is HIGH.
= TD signal of constant length and HIGH level
- 2 Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment
phwK_TDvt, it is set for the duration mrwSH_TDPE the output HIGH.
After this time, the output is LOW.
= TD signal toggling
- 3 Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment
phwK_TDvt, the state of the output is changed.
= TD signal VP44
-4 phwK_TDvt, the state of the VP44-TD output is changed. At
defective DZG is calculated from the speed IWZ a period, and the
TD signal toggled with this period. Furthermore, it is through this
Configuration, the TQ signal for VP44 generated.
DS / ESA Output signals - TD signal 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.2.11 TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal
DZG signal
DZG interrupt
T_del
TQ signal (1.2)
f (mrmM_EAKT)
TQ signal (8)
0 1 phwK_TQvt 0 Segment
t
Figure EINAUS09: consumption signals
For the consumption signal calculating the quantities mrmM_EAKT (current injection quantity) are
and mroVERB_Z (diesel Zuheizerverbrauch) were used.
The selector switch cowFUN__VBS configured consumption signal:

Value range of the software switch consumption signal TQS / MFA / VBS cowFUN_VBS
(Dezimalkodiert):
- 0 = Not generate a flow signal
It is not output TQS / VBS / MFA signal.
The following configurations cowFUN_VBS = (1, 2) is the label phwK_TQvt common:

The segment number of Drehzahlinterrupts (0 to number of cylinders * 2-1) must be a whole
Be multiples of the prescaler phwK_TQvt:
- 1 = Drehzahlsynchr. TQ signal with M_EAKT proportional length and LOW level

phwK_TQvt, it is for a volume-proportional duration of phmVBSTH
Output set to LOW. The normalization to the reference amount
mrwSH_MAME and the maximum pulse duration mrwSH_TQPE designed.
- 2 = Drehzahlsynchr. TQ signal with M_EAKT proportional length and HIGH level

phwK_TQvt, it is for a volume-proportional duration of phmVBSTH
Output set to HIGH. The normalization to the reference amount
mrwSH_MAME and the maximum pulse duration mrwSH_TQPE designed.
- 3 = VB signal with M_E prop. Frequency

Where the amount of a minimum amount mrwSH_MIME, then a the
Product of speed and quantity as well as related mrwSH_VBBQ frequency
(Duration: phmVBSTH) output.
19 April 2002 Output signals - TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
- 4 = MFA signal with Verbrauchsprop. Pulse width (active HIGH)

If the speed exceeds a minimum speed mrwSH_VBKN, then a
consumption (the product of volume and speed, based on
Normalization factor mrwSH_VBSF) proportional HIGH level duration
phmVBSTHin throughout 2048 - Share issued every 10.24 ms. The
remainder is added in the next period.
- 5 = MFA signal with Verbrauchsprop. Pulse width (active LOW)

If the speed exceeds a minimum speed mrwSH_VBKN, then a
consumption (the product of volume and speed, based on
Normalization factor mrwSH_VBSF) proportional LOW level duration phmVBSTH
in all 2048 - Share issued every 10.24 ms. The remainder is
added in the next period.
- 8 Use = consumption signal as a speed signal

The output signal at VBS output toggles speed synchronous. Corresponds
the current Drehzahlinterrupt with phwK_TQvt segment 0 or segment, it is
changed the state of the output.
DS / ESA Output signals - TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
9.2.12 consumption calculation

For the boost pressure control in 20 ms grid is the current consumption of the mrmVERB
current injection quantity mrmM_EAKT and the speed dzmNmit calculated. For the
Radiator fan control and the analog value processing (substitute value for OTF) is from the
current consumption of the filtered consumption mrmVB_FIL calculated. The determination of the filtered
Consumption is 100 ms.
nlmNLact
>1
mrmSTART_B
mrmM_EAKT
dzmNmit * Zyl_Zahl mrmVERB

2 mrmVB_FIL
PT1
mrwVB_GF
Figure EINAUS11: Calculation of the act. Consumption and the filtered consumption
The consumption calculation for further CAN dispatch (Engine 5-message-> instrument cluster
> Consumption indicator) is divided into several levels:
-Speed Synchronous measurement of consumption-relevant Amount (mrmM_EVERB) and their
accumulated value (mrmVERBSUM, since K15-a) - (= 0 at K15 from, or push operation
Metering off)
-20ms - time synchronous detection of engine (mrmVERB20) and

Zuheizerverbrauch (mrmVZHB20) and the TQ signal from mrmVERBSUM
-CAN: addition of the motor and Zuheizerverbrauchs - conversion and quantization in 1/16 
and output the sum of the motor 5 - Embassy (M_VERB_L / H, overflow)
9.2.13 MUX signal

Depending on the model, up to 64 different high-level durations consecutively with the period
phwK_TMPS be issued. For each segment, a message number (phw.. _MNR)
a pitch to convert the respective internal representation in microseconds (phw.. _STEI)
and the offset (phw.. _OFFS) are given in microseconds. To a synchronous pulse
To output the length phwK_MUXS must in this segment for the slope 0
be entered. It can be generated at any point rather than an output a sync pulse
be. The actual number of desired segments can be adjusted by means phwK_MUXZ
be. (This can not be greater than specified in the variant). The high level duration is on
phwK_HMAX (maximum value, always) and phwK_HMIN (minimum value, only at a number of segments
equal to 1) limited. Means phw .. _NEGe can be communicated for each segment of the system,
whether the internal representation of -32,768 to 32,767 or 0 is defined to 65536. By means of
phw .. ERRNR can be communicated to the MUX Handler with what error path the associated
Message this segment is connected. In defect which this error path will take the
converted value the high level duration phwK_MUXe output.
19 April 2002 Output signals - consumption calculation DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10 CAN
10.1 Overview
CAN handler does the initialization and supervision of the CAN controller in
C167, as well as the cyclic data exchange between the application programs and the
CAN controller. It supports the processing of 15 CAN objects.
The driver layer provides services for the control of the respective communication module for
Available. The services are routines for the management of the block (configuration,
Initialization and status) and for data exchange over the network. The driver layer
contains no additional, implemented in software communication protocols.
The transport layer enables the exchange of data, due to their length is not in a
can be transferred single message. The protocol of the transport layer decomposes long
Data into smaller data segments and provides the in-sequence transport of these segments
over the network. The transport layer used the services of the driver layer.
The interaction layer forms the interface to the application. It provides computing and busabhängig
Communication services and handles the network communications concurrently to
Application from. The interface between the application layer and the interaction is identical with the
RCOS communication interface (RCOS Message Handling). The interaction layer
thus enables transparent communication between distributed RCOS application tasks.
In dependence on the length of data to be exchanged takes the interaction layer either
at the transport layer or directly to the driver layer.
The duties of the station management, the initialization (communication module,

Variables of the communication software), the monitoring of communications (block and
Data exchange) for error detection (station failure, receiving timeout) and the treatment
of detected errors.
The message comCLG_SIG.15 (global CAN - Unlock by code) indicates whether the
Control unit is equipped with CAN (comCLG_SIG.15 = 1) or not (comCLG_SIG.15 = 0).
Configuration of the RCOS message comCLG_SIG see chapter "CAN activation by
Coding. The cawINF_TBO parameter specifies the time to wait after the occurrence of bus-off
is to perform a re-initialization.
With cawINF_BTR = 2301H, the transmission rate of 500 kbps is set.
All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.
19 April 2002 CAN - Overview DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.2 DPRAM layout

Assigning RCOS message, configuration equates and CAN-H (DPRAM) in the
following table:
CAN Address Name Data RCOS message / value

00HControl register 0x41
01HStatus register 0x07
02HCPU interface register 0x60
03HReserved
04HHigh speed Read low byte
05HHigh speed Read high byte
06H-07HGlobal Mask Standard
08H-0BHGlobal Mask Extended
0CH-0FHLast Message Mask 0xFF, 0xE0
10-1EHMessage 1 0x00
1FHClockout register 0x00
20-2EHMessage 2 cammsg_01
2FHBus Config. Register 0x00
3FHBit Timing Register 0 0x40
4FHBit Timing Register 1 0x03
cawINF_BTR 0x23
5FHInterrupt register
6FHTestregister BSP0
70-7EHMessage 7
7FHTestregister BSP 1
80-8EHMessage 8
8FHTestregister BSP2 unused
90-9EHMessage 9
9FHP1 Conf. cammsg_07
A0 AEHMessage 10
AFHP2 Conf.
B0-11 BEHMessage cammsg_08
BFHP1 In
C0-12 CEHMessage cammsg_09
CFHP2 In 0x41
D0-DEHMessage 13 cammsg_10
DFHP1 Out 0x14
E0-EEHMessage 14 unused
EFHP2 Out
F0 FEHMessage 15
FFHSerial reset Address
cammsg_12
cammsg_13
cammsg_14
cammsg_15
DS / ESA CAN - DPRAM layout 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The exact description of the meaning of each register can the document
ECAN 82527
Stand alone Controller Area Network Component
Target Specification
Revision 1.5.1
September 1991
K8/EIS
be removed.
In the following table you will find the Oldas for the data of the individual CAN messages:
Data from OLDAs Address in CAN DPRAM
Message 1 caoM01_B0 ... 7 17-1EH

Message 9 caoM09_B0 ... 7 97 9EH
Message 10 caoM10_B0 ... 7 A7-AEH
Message 11 caoM11_B0 ... 7 B7-BEH
Message 12 caoM12_B0 ... 7 C7-CEH
Message 13 caoM13_B0 ... 7 D7-DEH
Message 14 caoM14_B0 ... 7 E7-EEH
Message 15 caoM15_B0 ... 7 F7-FEH
The OLDAs make the physical content of the DualPortedRAM Represents the means, where appropriate,
fitting replacement data (eg: with message failure) are not activated at this OLDAs.
19 April 2002 CAN - DPRAM layout DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.3 Monitoring
Initialization
co
0 fbbECA0_D good report
= m
fbbECA0_O good report
GSI .15 fbbECA0_W good report
C
G_ Se LG
CL lb _S
m s t IG
co te
st .15
comCLG_SIG.15 = 1 and
ni =
Self-test ok
ch 1
t o unkd
No Access
on RAM
Communication OK CAN defective

Not applied CAN
camSTATUS0 = 0 camSTATUS0 = 1
camSTATUS0 = 4 fbbECA0_D = bad
fbbECA0_O = good
fbbECA0_W = good
C ont
he K
Was scooters S
oll
ning
Co nt r = O
ta
Sta ntroller C C o = us
Stat tus = Ke
tus Bu ont at
e in
=O s rol St
K O le au train
ta f R f rifAM No
ff r S
tus
= Z
ugriff on R
AM
No communication
No communication Controller S
tatus = camSTATUS0 = 2
Bus off fbbECA0_O = bad
camSTATUS0 = 8
fbbECA0_W = bad
Figure CAN_05: CAN Status
DS / ESA CAN - Monitoring 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
In the Message camSTATUS0 is bit-coded notes the state of the CAN module. The
Initialization and all other actions are performed only if the global CAN -
Activation is enabled (comCLG_SIG.15 = 1). See also section CAN - Activation by
Coding.
Bit camSTATUS0 bit Importance
- xxxx xxxx 0000 0000 Block OK

0xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx1 module defective (DPRAM error in initialization or recovery
for CAN or Access Error, that is, the contents of the Bit Timing
Register 0 is wrong with cawINF_BTR match)
1 xxxx xxxx xxxx xx1x module not available (CAN module in the bus off)
2 xxxx xxxx xxxx x1xx block does not exist, global CAN - Activation not active
(ComCLG_SIG.15 = 0)
3 xxxx xxxx xxxx 1xxx module not available (CAN module in the Warning state)
4 xxxx xxxx xxx1 xxxx not used
5 xxxx xxxx xxxx xx1x not used
6 xxxx xxxx xxxx x1xx not used
7 xxxx xxxx 1xxx xxxx not used
- 0000 0000 xxxx xxxx module and communication can be monitored
8 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx1 start is active: mrmSTART_B = 1 and dzmNmit> 0 or t <
cawINF_INI after SG-Init.
9 xxxx xxxx xxxx xx1x trailing
10 xxxx xxxx xxxx x1xx bit is set when the chip drying the K15 anmK15 the lower
Hysteresis anwK15_H_U below.
Bit is reset when the voltage-K15 of the upper anmK15

Exceeds hysteresis anwK15_H_O.
11 1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx not used

12 xxx1 xxxx xxxx xxxx not used
13 xx1x xxxx xxxx xxxx not used
14 x1xx xxxx xxxx xxxx not used
15 1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx not used
To hide the monitoring of CAN communication, the message is

camSTATUS0 used.
The suppression of the monitoring is used to in various operating conditions (during

Start consciously in the wake and at low battery voltage) the fault memory to
suppress the block but will continue to bus-off and warning, as well as access error
monitored.
There are two different types of fades using a CAN-related error

fbbECA0_O and fbbECA0_W and the other quantitative intervention-related bugs such as fbbEEGS_1,
fbbEASG_H, fbbEASG_P, fbbEASG_Q, fbbEASG_L, fbbEASR_Q, fbbEMSR_H and
fbbEMSR_P concerns.
19 April 2002 CAN - Monitoring DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.3.1 Excluding the CAN monitor

If the high byte of camSTATUS0 a bit is set (- and the effect of this bit in the mask
cawCANAMSK allowed, see below), so no CAN is stored related defect. Only when all
effective (cawCANAMSK!) bits are reset in the high byte, the delay time is
cawINF_DLY started. Error in the path fboSCAN can be entered only when in another
Consequently, the time cawINF_DLY has expired. The suppression of monitoring is also without
previous triggering by camSTATUS0 after Steuergeräteinitialisierung for the period
cawINF_INI active.
Occurs during the time cawINF_DLY again a condition for the suppression of the monitoring
lists, the time cawINF_DLY is restarted after the disappearance.
With the mask cawCANAMSK it is possible to effect the individual bits in the high byte of
camSTATUS0 to the prevention of error entries in fboSCAN permanently disable. It
are relevant here only the bits in the high byte! Is it, for example, desired, to monitor the CAN
To allow error during start-up, bit 8 must cawCANAMSK this mask to 0
be set, it would permit a monitoring CAN error during startup
prevent, bit 8 must this mask are set to 1 (ie, regarding the impact to
the fault memory are camSTATUS0 and cawCANAMSK "AND - linked" to the
Display in camSTATUS0 has the mask cawCANAMSK but no effect).
10.3.2 suppression of errors of the external control device intervention

This is analogous to the suppression of the CAN monitor only be here all the bits of
camSTATUS0 considered. A possible active suppression can at the olda mrmAUSBL
(= 1) are detected. The monitoring delay time is mrwCANAUSB here, the mask
mrwCANAMSK.
It is not possible that the CAN error suppression is enabled and the external
ECU intervention not (ie cawCANAMSK also has an influence). This prevents
but that CAN error messages are hidden the corresponding engagement timeout error
be set.
DS / ESA CAN - Monitoring 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.4 Data Exchange

Each object is used at the end of its repetition caw .. _per from the CAN-handler
edited. If an object is registered to receive and received by the CAN module also
has, the data is transferred to the cammsg_xx message and sent to the application.
If an object is registered for transmission, the corresponding message from the interaction layer is
taken over, transfer the data to the CAN module and set the object as to send.
To exchange data between the application programs and the CAN module provides the
CAN handler for each object, a maximum of 8 bytes long the message is available, wherein when
received messages, a status byte is appended. This status includes the following
Information:
Value of the status byte: Importance

0000? Xxx 0 ... Receive timeout no
1 ... Receive timeout yes
0 ... Message without replacement data
0000x? Xx 1 ... Message with replacement data
0 ... Message is valid
0000xx? X 1 ... Message is invalid (inconsistent)
0 ... Message data is new
1 Message ... data is old
0000xxx?
The "Receive timeout" - flag is set if no new within the time caw .. _RTO
Data has been received. This flag is reset again until a new
Message has been received without inconsistencies. If the "timeout" - flag is set, then when
every task is called, and not only checked after each receiving period if the message already
was received.
Otherwise, after the Bearbeitungswiederholzeit caw .. _per (quantization is 20ms)

checked whether the flag "new data" in the CAN module (Message Control Register 1) is set. Is
flag is set, ie - this is not the case, then the "Message data is old" since the last
Processing no data was received. If the "new data" flag is cleared this
and the data is copied from the DPRAM of the CAN module in the message. Immediately
then it is checked whether that was "new data" flag is now set (ie during the
Copying). If this is the case, the new data is further from the DPRAM
Message copied because they might otherwise be inconsistent. If during this
Copying again set the "new data" flag so the identifier "message is invalid
(Inconsistent) "is set.
When a receive timeout or an inconsistent message occurrence is checked whether

Applied replacement data for this object are (caw.. _INF> 0). If this is the case, then the
Replacement data is copied to the message and the identifier "Message with replacement data" is set.
19 April 2002 CAN - data exchange DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
B it 3 "Tim eout" t
Bit 2 "hot spare" t
B it 1 "Inconsistent"
t
B it 0 "Missing fram e" t
Message
Figure CAN_02: Status message at failure (bits 2 and 3 only if applied)
Bit 3 "Timeout" t
Bit 2 "hot spare" t
Bit 1 "Inconsistent"
t
Bit 0 "Missing frame" t
Message
Figure CAN_03: Status message at failure (bits 2 and 3 only if applied)

For all messages received a status is displayed in the Message camRCSTAT0. Is
this bit is set, the associated message is in timeout, ie bit 3 of the status byte of the
CAN message is displayed in this message.
camRCSTAT0 bit Related CAN message Related Parameters

1 Transmission 1 caw010_ADR
2 Wheel 1 caw020_ADR
3 Combi 1 caw030_ADR
4 Combination 2 caw040_ADR
5 Brake 1 caw050_ADR
6 GRA caw060_ADR
7 Air bag caw070_ADR
8 Brake 3 caw080_ADR
10 BSG_Last caw100_ADR
11 Clima 1 caw110_ADR
12 Transmission 2 caw120_ADR
13 Level 1 caw130_ADR
DS / ESA CAN - data exchange 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.5 Configuration of the messages

The application-specific information for communications such as Number of
Data bytes, identifier, device configuration data, etc. are in the parameter blocks
cawxxy_ ... stored (shown abbreviated in the following table with ..).
xx ... message number (associated with cammsg_xx)

y ... segment number
This parameter blocks are used for interaction - and driver layer for the placement of the
corresponding objects in the CAN controller.
Parameter Name Meaning

caw .. _PEREmpfangsperiode n * main program period in the CAN-handler
Treated Embassy.
CAW .. _NSGAnzahl of segments in the transport layer for transmission
Message must be formed.
caw .. _RTOEmpfangstimeout, is specified as a time. 2550000us value indicates that
be held no receive monitoring.
caw .. _INFInformation TRUE FALSE; Send Message: INF tells whether the in PB
addressed send object of the block to be reconfigured before sending
must (multiple use of objects). Message received: INF shall indicate whether
Replacement data should be used.
caw .. _DT0 to substitute data bytes 0-7
caw .. _DT7
caw .. _ADRObjektadresse in the block
if the object address caw ... _ADR = 0, the corresponding object in the
CAN not initialized and cammsg_ .. not supplied. No address
be assigned twice, otherwise two logical objects of the same
Read physical object.
caw .. _DTLDatenlänge of the object is fixed in DAMOS.
caw .. _AB0Arbitration bytes 0 and 1, these data are 1:1 in the register of the CAN
caw .. _AB1Controllers written. Arbitration register 2 and 3 are written with 0.
Only relevant for received messages.
These bytes of the message identifier is coded (see Arbitration 0, 1).
The conversion of identifiers on Arbitrationbyte by rotating the bits
3 to the right. If bits 0, 1 and 2 are zero is divided by 8
be.
caw .. _MSCMessage Configuration Byte
Warning:
If an incorrect setting of the message parameter in a PB others can not

involved messages are affected.
Data from the parameter block are written without control 1:1 in the CAN controller!
In the Steuergeräteinitialisierung be the internal ECU CAN messages (with direction
received) filled with the replacement data, if applied in caw .. _INF that uses replacement data
should be.
19 April 2002 CAN - Configuration of messages DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.6 Structure of messages

Object base address Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
+0 Control 0 MsgVal TxIE RxIE IntPnd

+1 Control 1 RmtPnd TxRqst CPUUpd NEWDAT
MsgLst
+2 Arbitration 0 ID28 ID26 ID25 ID24 ID23 ID22 Id27 Id21
+3 Arbitration 1 ID20 ID19 ID18 ID17 ID16 ID15 ID14 ID13
+4 Arbitration 2 ID12 ID11 Id10 Id9 Id8 Id7 Id6 Id5
+5 Arbitration 3 Id4 Id2 Id3 Id1 Id0reserved
+6 Configuration Data Length CodeDir Xtdreserved
+7 Data 0
+8 Data 1
+9 Data 2
+10 Data 3
+11 Data 4
+12 Data 5 DATA
+13 Data 6
+14 Data 7
Message Identifier: ID28 (MSB) ... ID18 (LSB)
Example of a 5-byte message to be received:
Parameter name Importance

caw .. _per 1
caw .. _NSG 1
caw .. _RTO 20000 (= 20 ms)
caw .. _INF 1
caw .. _DT0 - 7 0,1,2,3,4
caw .. _DTL 5
caw .. _ADR 16
caw .. _AB0, 1 87H, E0H
caw .. _MSC 50H
DS / ESA CAN - Structure of messages 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.7 version of the CAN data definition

The CAN data definition defines the layout of the messages and places for different
Vehicle concepts define the data flow. The label contains mrwMULINF0 encodes the version of the
CAN data definition (see also sent message - Motor 2). The transmit and
Reception status of certain messages is dependent on mrwMULINF0:
mrwMULINF0 version - Message Message Message Message

CAN data hard- GRA GRA_neu Motor_ Motor_
interpretation Flexia old Flexia new
<05 up to 2.2 - - send -
05 3.0 / 3.1.1 send - send -
06 3.2.1 receive - send -
07 3.2.2 send - send -
08 3.3.2 send - send -
09 4.0.1 - receive - send
10 4.0.2 - send - send
11 4.0.3 - receive - send
Application Note: In addition to changing mrwMULINF0 must when moving from

Embassy GRA GRA_Neu on the labels caw060_AB0, caw060_AB1, caw060_DTL,
caw060_MSC and cowFGR_BDT be adjusted.
19 April 2002 CAN - version of the CAN data definition DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.8 Embassies
This chapter describes the CAN messages are described. The presentation is based on
Memory layout of the CAN DPRAM (dual port RAM).
10.8.1 Overview - CAN Object Use
CAN EDC15 + & C

Nr.Mux FahrbetriebFreig.K. V M P C H Identifier W.Rate
01 R: Gear 1 (EGS) caw010.440H 8/10ms
0201 S: WFS010H 50-100ms
02 S: Anf.-AW. - Kanal201H unregelm
03 S: Engine 1280h 20ms
04 S: Engine 2288H 20ms
06 S: GRA (ADR) 388H 10/20ms
09 S: MSG 2caw170.500H 20ms
10 S: Engine Flexia580H 1 sec
12 S: MSG 3caw180.700H 20ms/handshake
13 S: MSG transport 17A1H unregelm
14 S: free
... ...
20 S: free
03 R: Combined 1caw030.320H
04 R: Combined 2caw040.420H
R: Airbag 1caw070.050H
R: brake 1caw050.1A0H 20-32ms
R: PSG 1caw190.112H 200ms
R: GRA (LKS) caw060.388H 20ms/Crash
R: PSG 2caw200.512H 7-20ms
05
R: Airbag 1caw070.050H n-sync
06
S: MSG 1caw160.100H 20ms
R: brake 3caw080.4A0H handshake
07 R: ADR 1caw090.52CH 20ms/Crash
R: all-wheel 1caw020.2C0H handshake
08 R: PSG 3caw210.712H 7-20ms
R: BSG_Lastcaw100.570H 20ms
R: Clima 1caw110.5E0H 10ms
09 R: Level 1caw130.590H handshake
R: Gear 2 (ASG) caw120.540H 100ms
0A/10 1-20 S: Multiplex 2see No.02 20ms
R: Transportkanal1s. SPEC. 48ms
0B/11 R: WFS011H 8/10ms
Buf 01 Lauschkanal200H see No.02
Buf 02 Lauschkanalbis 21FH unregelm
0C/12
50-100ms
0D/13
unregelm
0E/14
unregelm
0F/15
DS / ESA CAN - Embassies 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.8.2 Sent message - Motor 1

Transmission period: 20ms
Memory layout:
Message: Engine 1 Bit 280H

Identifier:
F_MOM S_EGSS_ABS Q_ASRS_KUPS_LGS0 S_KIKF_PWG
MD_INN8
N_MOT_MO1 (low) 16
N_MOT_MO1 (high) 24
MD_IN_O_EX32
PWGPBM40
MD_ME_VERL48
MD_REL56
The gray fields are not supported.
Description:
S_LGS: Empty gas switch;
Bit address 0, bit Num. 1
RCOS message dimLGS (bit 9 of dimDIGpre1)
F_PWG: Error PWG;

Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0,
is set with a defective PWG path fboSPWG or fboSPGS
S_KIK: Kickdown switch;

Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1
Corresponds RCOS message dimKIK (bit 5 of dimDIGpre1prel) if no safety case exists
(MrmSICH_F = 0) or no error fboSKIK is registered and in addition anmPWG = 100%.
Does not apply to any of the conditions, so S_KIK is shipped with zero.
mrmSICH_F
>1
fboSKIK
dimKIK
&
anmPWG = 100% S_KIK
Figure CAN_08: kickdown switch via CAN
S_KUP: Clutch switch;

Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1
Inverted RCOS message dimKUP (bit 7 of dimDIGpre1l). Is the evaluation of the condition
the converter clutch (message transmission 1) for the Kupplungsbit activated (cowECOMTC.2 = 1), is
the result also included in S_KUP! For special applications, with the application
diwUKU_vgw = 1, a permanent default value 0 is sent to the Kupplungsbit.
19 April 2002 CAN - Embassies DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Q_ASR: Acknowledge bit ASR;

Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1
RCOS-error fbbEASR_Q - indicates that fbwEASR_QA within the error condition no bounce
new data received from the brake control device (ABS).
S_ABS: Status brake torque intervention;

Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0,
Corresponds RCOS message mrmCANSABS. It indicates that the desired torque intervention
from the brake control unit (ASR / MSR intervention) can not be considered because
mroM_EASRr <(mrmM_ELLR - mrwM_E_ToB) or
mroM_EMSRr> (mroM_EBEGR + mrwM_E_ToB).
The tolerance value mrwM_E_ToB prevents jitter on this bit.
Furthermore, the bit is set when the ASR or MSR is engaged in the data set is not activated,
or due to errors (CAN defective fbbECA0_D, plausibility violation ABS
Speed fbbEMSR_P) has been disabled.
S_EGS: Status; gear torque intervention

Does not indicate that the desired torque intervention by the gearbox control unit (EGS / ASG intervention)
can be taken into account because
mroM_EEGS <(mrmM_ELLR - mrwM_E_ToG) (EGS during intervention) or
mroM_EASG> (mrmM_EBEGR + mrwM_E_ToG) (ASG during intervention) or
the transmission torque intervention in the data set is not activated (cowFUN_EGS ≠2), or by
of errors (bus-off, CAN defective, message timeout / inconsistency gearbox1 or gear 2,
ASG clutch plausibility injury, ASG speed plausibility injury) disabled
was, furthermore, this bit is set when re-ASG intervention requirement if the re-
conditions of admission are not yet occurred.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
F_MOM: Moment data are inaccurate;

This bit is set when the bit is set zmmF_KRIT.0. see Chapter monitoring
Shutdown due to system error.
System
specific
Error paths
zmmF_KRIT.0
>1
Motor1, bit F_MOM
fboSLTF
0
fboSKW2
0
fboSWTF
fboSWTF & fboSKTF
0
anwWTFSCH2
fboSKLI Motor1
0 Byte = 0xFF MD_ME_VERL
>1
zmmSYSERR.1
Figure CAN_10: Momentenanbabe inaccurate
MD_INN: inner motor torque;

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF
RCOS message mroMD_SOLL
The error flag value 0xFF is issued if no evaluable speed exists.
(ZmmSYSERR.1; see Monitoring Concept "summarized System Error")
N_MOT_MO1: Engine speed;

Bit addr 16 bit Num. 16, range 0-0x7FFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFFFF,
RCOS message dzoNmit

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
MD_IN_O_EX: inner motor torque without external intervention (corrected);

Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF,
RCOS message mrmMD_FAHR
PWGPBM: Accelerator pedal position;

Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF,
RCOS message mrmPWGPBM corresponds - with the appropriate application - the maximum of
filtered pedal mrmPWGfi, unfiltered pedal mrmPWG_roh and from the GRA
Amount determined inverse pedal mroPWGinv.
The error flag value 0xFF is defective in PWG path fboSPWG or fboSPGS
output.
MD_ME_VERL: mechanical loss torque;

Bit addr 48 bit Num. 8, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF,
RCOS message mrmMD_REIC, includes motor, air compressor - (only for bidirectional
Interface) and generator losses.
The error flag value 0xFF is with a defective WTF path fboSWTF unless KTF replacement
for WTF and KTF i.O. is, in case of faulty LTF path fboSLTF or defective generator load path
fboSKW2 issued, or if no evaluable speed is present. About the Label
mrwF_MOM can be selected whether the error fboSLTF, fboSKW2 and fboSWTF to
Error flag value 0xFF lead. Shown in Figure CAN_10.
MD_REL: Relative driver requested torque;

Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0xFF
RCOS message mroMD_FAHx

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.8.3 Sent message - Engine 2

Memory layout:
Message: Engine 2 BitIdentifier: 288h

MUX_CODE_MO2 MUX_INFO_MO20
T_WTF_MO28
S_NBS_KLBF_WTFS_BRKS_BRE 16
S_GRA S_OBDII V_AKT_MO224
V_SOLL32
N_LLBAS40
MD_BEGR48
frei56
Description:
MUX_INFO_MO2, MUX_CODE_MO2: Multiplex information;
Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, initial value 0,
Construction of the multiplex information:
MUX_COD_MO2MUX_INFO_MO2
00mrwMULINF0 (CAN Version)
01mrwMULINF1 (EDC coding)
10mrwMULINF2 (EGS coding)
11mrwMULINF3 / 10 (Maximum torque)
The 4 Information to be changed in the interval mrwMULTIME.
T_WTF_MO2: Coolant temperature;

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF,
RCOS message anmWTF
The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective WTF path fboSWTF if the
KTF not a replacement value for a defective WTF is (anmWTF_SCH = 1) or the KTF-path
fboSKTF is also defective.
S_BRE: Brake switch;

Bit addr 16 bit Num. 1, initial value 0,
RCOS message dimBRE (bit 8 of dimDIGpre1)
S_BRK: redundant brake switch;

Addr bit 17, bit Num. 1, initial value 0,
RCOS message dimBRK
F_WTF: Error WTF;

is set with a defective WTF fboSWTF path.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
S_KLB: Status feedback bidirectional air interface;

RCOS message dimKLB (at SG without bidirectional interface, the initial value 0 shipped)
S_NB: State Normal Operation;

In normal operation, the bit is set to 1. Normal operation is for a terminal 15,
Completed initialization and no engine start procedure.
S_OBDII: Status OBDII;

EDC indicates with a value of 1, that an OBDII freeze frame is stored.
S_GRA: Status GRA;

Bit addr 22 bit Num. 2, Initial value 0,
S_GRA GRA state

00 out, locked in a diagnostic or not applied
01 a (GRA in control mode)
10 overridden (mrmM_EPWG> mrmM_EFGR)
11 free
In GRA-mode ACC (cowFUN_FGR = 9) S_GRA a different meaning (see

Vehicle speed control).
V_AKT_MO2: Vehicle speed;

RCOS message fgmFGAKT
The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective FGG path fboSFGG.
V_cmd: Target speed at GRA-operation;

RCOS message mrmFG_SOLL is output only with active GRA, otherwise the value is 0
output.
The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective FGR control panel path fboSFGA.
N_LLBAS: Desired idling speed;

Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF,
RCOS message mrmN_LLBAS
MD_BEGR: Limiting torque, inner maximum possible moment;

RCOS message mroMD_BEGR

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Memory layout:
Message: Engine 3 Identifier: 380H Bit

free S_MSG_G S_DK S_PWGfreiVGL_B S_NPRIS_DSP 0
T_AUS 8
PWG_ROH 16
MD_AB_LOW 24
MD_AB_MD_AB_HIGH 32
S_ECO S_EGAS free V
N_BAKT40
N_WUNSCH48
DK56
Description:
VGL_B: Vorglühmeldung;
Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0
is set when pre-heating is necessary
RCOS message gsmGLUEH
S_DSP: Overtemperature protection by limiting the dynamic shift program

Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0
corresponds RCOS Message mrmB_DSP
S_NPRI: Motor speed desired priority;

Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0
is not processed
S_PWG: Accelerator pedal angle inaccurate;

Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0
is set at error in the path fboSPWG or fboSPGS
S_DK: Throttle angle inaccurate;

Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0
is not processed
S_MSG_G: Engine control unit blocked

corresponding inverted RCOS message xcmSt_frei
T_AUS: Air temperature, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF;

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0
RCOS message anmLTF
The error flag value 0xFF is issued in error in the path fboSLTF

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
PWG_ROH: Raw accelerator pedal position;

Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0
RCOS message mrmPWG_lwo;
MD_AB_LOW: Wheel desired torque, low byte;

Olda mroMDW_CAN;
MD_AB_HIGH: Wheel desired torque, high byte;

Bit addr 32 bit Num. 4, initial value 0
Olda mroMDW_CAN;
MD_AB_V: Wheel torque desired sign bit;

is set when cycling desired torque is negative;
S_EGAS: No E-GAS;
S_ECO: No "motor off" on ECOMATIC;

RCOS message khmKWH_CAN;
N_WUNSCH: Motor speed desired;

corresponds to the minimum value between the map and the map mrwNwunVE
mrwBCV_KF.
dzmUMDRsta
N_WUNSCH
MIN
anmWTF
mrwNwunVE
fgmFGAKT
mrmBMEF
mrwBCV_KF
Figure CAN_12: Formation of the CAN message N_WUNSCH
DK: Throttle angle;

is not processed;
N_BAKT: Engine speed influence;


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Depending on the water temperature is anmWTF from the characteristic mrwCWTFkor a value
transmitted between 0-100% of the CVT, which influences the engine speed. This value
is for the entire driving cycle off (constantly sent with mrwWTFaus) if during
the starting procedure (mrmSTART_B = 1 to prevent a sudden change in operation)
the water temperature, the air temperature, the atmospheric pressure or greater for administration of small
Thresholds (mrwCWTF2, mrwCLTFsch, mrwCADFsch) or an error in the ADF or
LTF-error paths occurs. In operation of this engine speed is influenced by an error in the
WTF error path or when the water temperature a further administrable value mrwCWTF1
exceeds disabled (exceeding the threshold delay (mrwCWTFdly) and
irreversible).
The value mroN_BAKT will be submitted in Engine3 message as a normalized value N_BAKT.
anmWTF
mroN_BAKT
KL
mrwCWTFKOR
mrwWTFaus
S
anmWTF> mrwCWTF1 Q
DELAY
mrwCWTFdly
R >1
fboSWTF
mrmSTART_B
Monoflop
S
anmWTF> mrwCWTF2 & Q
mroN_Baus
anmLTF> mrwCLTFsch
R
anmADF <mrwCADFsch >1
fboSADF
fboSLTF
Figure CAN_13: Formation of mroN_BAKT

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Memory layout:
BitMessage: Engine 5Identifier: 480H

MUX_CODE_MO5MUX_INFO_MO50
S_KKLS_KFK S_KLIO S_WCAT S_LOBDII S_LEGAS S_LGAZS_LKL8
M_VERB_L16
S_VOVM_VERB_H24
TV_KULU32
P_KMD40
S_MOTOR_TEXTfreiGRAfrei48
CHKSM56
Description:
MUX_INFO_MO5, MUX_CODE_MO5: Multiplex information;
Construction of the multiplex information:
MUX_COD_MO5 MUX_INFO_MO5
00 mrwMDmax max. Torque / 10 [Nm]
01 mrwNMDmax speed at max. Torque / 100
[Min-1]
mrwTabTyp:
10
Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 0 .3
0 .. Otto 0 .. Turbo Number of cylinders

1 .. Diesel 1 .. suction
11mrwReserv
The 4 * 20ms information is changed in the interval mrwMULANZ.
S_LKL: Charging status lamp;

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0,
S_LGAZ: Status glow indicator;

RCOS message ehmDDIA or ehmFDIA (if ehmDDIA = 0)
Corresponds to the state at the SG-pin SYS-O:
0 .. lamp OFF
1 .. Lamp ON
S_LEGAS: Status E-Gas Lamp will not be processed;

Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0;

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
S_LOBDII: Status OBDII lamp;

RCOS message ehmDMIL or ehmFMIL (if ehmDMIL = 0)
Corresponds to the state at the SG-pin MIL-O:
0 .. lamp OFF
1 .. Lamp ON
S_WCAT: CAT warning is not processed;

Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0;
S_KLI0: Air compressor OFF;

RCOS message ehmDKLI0 or ehmFKLI0 (if ehmDKLI0 = 0)
Corresponds to the state at the SG-pin KLI-O:
0 .. no requirement
1 .. Air compressor OFF
S_KFK: Status characteristic map cooling;

RCOS message kmmKFK_CAN
0 .. no map or cooling system failure in characteristic field cooling
Installed 1 .. map cooling in the FZG and no system error
S_KKL: Request air conditioning compressor power reduction;

M_VERB_L: Low byte consumption;

Consumption (mrmVERB20 + mrmVZHB20 (heater)) since K15-A in 
M_VERB_H: High byte consumption;

Consumption (mrmVERB20 + mrmVZHB20 (heater)) since K15-A in 
S_VOV: Overflow status consumption;

The first time the overflow of consumption (0 .0 x7fff) This bit is set and no longer
reset.
TV_KULU: Duty radiator fan control;

Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, initial value 0;
RCOS message kumCAN_LUE

The error flag value 0xFF is defective in error path fboSGER or fboSHYL
output.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
P_KMD: Coolant pressure;

Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, initial value 0;
RCOS message anmKMD at cowVAR_KMD = 1 otherwise 0
The error flag value 0xFF is issued with defective refrigerant pressure path fboSKMD.
S_GRA: GRA-lamp
Bit Adr.50, Bit Num. 1, Initial value 0;
Bit is set if the rested GRA is ON (dimFGL = 1)
S_MOTOR_TEXT: Motor text bits

0000 ... no error text display
0001 ... motor fault workshop (such as diagnostic lamp)
0010 ... exhaust workshop (MIL). If the engine and exhaust fault has sent 0001.
0011 ... speed to high (not used)
0100-1111 Reserved (not used)
CHKSM: Checksum
Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8, Initalwert 0
Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF
If a fault in the fault memory registered debounced, calling for the diagnosis lamp control
(FbmDIAL.0 = 1), and the delay time has expired fbwT_DIVER (fbmDIAL.5 = 1), then the
DIAL-engine text bit set (0001). If an emission-related fault (fbmMIL.0 = 1 or
fbmMIL.1 = 1) and the delay time is expired fbwT_MIVER (fbmMIL.5 = 1), or is
a CAN-MIL request to (mrmCANMIL = 1) as the MIL-engine text (0010) bit is set,
if the DIAL motor text bit is not driven. If both a MIL and a DIAL
Requirement, so get the DIAL priority, since the text engine-bit sequence 0011, according to CAN
Specifications which means "speed too fast" has. When actuator test behave
Motor text bits equal to the respective lamp (engine text bits flashing when the actuator test).
fbmDIAL.0
fbmDIAL.5 & Motortextbit 0 (DIAL)

>1
ehmDDIA> 50%
fbmMIL.0
fbmMIL.1 >1
fbmMIL.5 &
Motortextbit 1 (MIL)
mrmCANMIL &
>1
ehmDMIL> 50%
Figure UEBEMTB1: Activation of motor-text bits

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Memory layout:
Message: Engine 6 Identifier:Bit

488H
CHKSM0
S_Mom_Getr8
I_Mom_Getr16
H_Info24
S_Besch_GRA32
frei40
frei48
frei56
Z_Count
Description:
CHKSM: Checksum
Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, Initalwert 0
S_Mom_Getr: Desired torque for transmission (EGS or without AG4 - Influence)

RCOS message mroMD_SOL6
I_Mom_Getr: Actual torque for transmission (EGS or without AG4 - Influence)

RCOS message mroMD_IST6
H_Info: Height Info

RCOS message anmADF
The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective ADF path fboSADF.
S_Besch_GRA: GRA-target acceleration

RCOS message mroRMP_gef
Conversion: 0.024 x value - 3.984 m/sec2 (xcwUMRCSSB, xcwUMRCOSB)
The error flag value 0xFF is issued if one of the following error (paths) defective
is: fbbEFGA_F, fbbECRA_A, fbbECRA_B, fboSFGC
Z_Count: Message count;

Valid range 0x00 .. 0x0F

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The transmission of the motor 7 - message can be suppressed with cowFUN_Mo7.
Memory layout:
Message: Engine 7 BitIdentifier: 588H

S_PTC freifreiST_VBEG S_VBEG S_LLD_H 0
Klemme_DFM8
H_Info16
Description:
S_LLD_H: Exceeding the maximum target idle speed
is set when target idle speed mrmN_LLBAS> = the maximum, due to the
Voltage level achievable, target idle speed mrwN_LLBSG.
S_VBEG: Speed limit activated

ST_VBEG: Status speed limit active

S_PTC: Off PTC / glow plugs

State bits are PTC / glow plugs turned off set as follows:
cowKWHKERZ ehmFGSK2ehmFGSK1Bit 0.7
00% 0% 1 Bit 0.6 Bit 0.5
10% 0% 1 1 1
0% 100% 0 1 1
20% 0% 1 1 1
0% 100% 0 1 1
100% 100% 0 1 1
30% 0% 1 0 1
0% 100% 0 1 1
100% 0% 0 1 1
100% 100% 0 0 1
0 0
Instead ehmFGSK1 or ehmFGSK2 be ehmDGSK1 or ehmDGSK2 if its contents> 0

(See chapter Diagnostics - Actuator test institute) is evaluated (content> 50% Mimics a power amplifier
driven).
Warning: ehmDGSK1 and ehmDGSK2 not subject to the restrictions imposed by
cowKWHKERZ!
Klemme_DFM: DFM duty cycle signal

Bit Addr 8Bit Num. 8, the initial value 0
RCOS message khmGENLAST
The error flag value 0xFF is issued with defective generator load path fboSKW2.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
H_Info: Height Info

RCOS message anmADF
The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective ADF path fboSADF.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.8.8 Sent message - MotorFlexia

Transmission period: mrwFLEXPER
With values> 5.1 sec sending the message can be suppressed in the application.
Memory layout:
Message: MotorFlexia Bit 580H

Identifier:
free Z_Count0
I_RUSS8
I_VERSCHLEISS16
Description:
Counter is incremented for each new message; During Start (mrmSTART_B = 1) and in
Nahchlauf (nlmNLact = 1), the message count is zero.
I_RUSS: Soot index, value range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF;

High byte of RCOS message simOEL_BEL
I_VERSCHLEISS: Wear index, value range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF;

Low byte of RCOS message simOEL_BEL
from CAN-version 4.0 following extension from bit 24 is used:

2 multiplexed data blocks; (0) with a straight, (1) for odd message count:
(0)
N_DREHZAHL_MAXMOM 24
M_MAX_MOMENT 32
P_MLE_L 40
A_ZYLINDERA_VENTILE P_MLE_H 48
R_HUBRAUM 56
S_ANSG
Description:
N_DREHZAHL_MAXMOM: Speed for maximum torque

Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8;
Contains the Wet from mrwNMDmax
M_MAX_MOMENT: Maximum torque

Contains the Wet from mrwMDmax

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
P_MLE_ (L / H): Maximum engine power

P_MLE_L represents the lower 8 bits, P_MLE_H the highest bit 9 of the
Fixed value mrwLSmax (word)
A_VENTILE: Number of valves per cylinder

Fixed value mrwAnzVent
A_ZYLINDER: Number of cylinders

Equal to the application value cowVAR_ZYL
R_HUBRAUM: Capacity
CAN representation of mrwHubraum
S_ANSG: Intake
cowFUN_LDR inverted => 0 = Turbo, 1 = teat
(1)
N_OELNIVEAU 24
V_NORMVERBRAUCH 32
40
B_VERS_L C_HERST_CODE
48
B_RUTU B_VERS_H
56
S_BEF_KENN
Description:
N_OELNIVEAU: Oil level threshold

Is equal value from mrwOelNiKF
anmOTF N_OELNIVEAU
mrmNfilt KF
mrwOelNiKF
Figure CAN_14: Oelnivaeu
V_NORMVERBRAUCH: Normalized consumption per cylinder

mrwNVerb
C_HERST_CODE: Manufacturer Code

Always 0 (RBOS)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
B_VERS_ (L / H): Evaluation factor Wear Index

mrwBewVer
B_RUTU: Evaluation factor soot or Turbo

mrwBewRuss
S_BEF_KENN: Slope of the filling curve

mrwStBKenn

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.8.9 Sent message - MSG_Transportprotokoll request-reply channel

Memory layout:
Message: MSG_TransportprotokollIdentifier: 201H, Repetition rate = bit asynchronous

Request-reply channel
DESTINATION0
OPCODE8
CHANNEL_ID16
Description:
DESTINATION: Recipient of the message;
OPCODE: Type of message;

C0H Request (request),
D0H Reply (positive response)
D8H Negative Reply (negative response).
Channel_id: Channel identifier for data transmission;

Channel identifier to offset 700H (local broadcast channel).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.8.10 Sent message - MSG_Transportkanal1

Memory layout:
Message: MSG_Transportkanal1 Identifier: 7A1H, Repetition rate = Bit

asynchronous
TPCI1 0
TPCI2 / Data1 8
T1 / 2 Data 16
T2 / 3 Data 24
T3 / 4 Data 32
T4 / 5 Data 40
Data 6 48
Data 7 56
Description:
TPCI bytes
TPDU_Type 0 1 2 34 5 6 7
DT TPCI1 D D DD D D D
AK TPCI1 - - - - - -
CS TPCI1 TPCI2 T1 T2T3 T4 - -
CA TPCI1 TPCI2 T1 * T2 * T3 * T4 * - -
CT TPCI1 - - - - - -
DC TPCI1 TPCI2 - - - - -
D Data (1-7 byte optional)

TPCI1 Transport Control Information Byte 1
TPCI2 Transport Control Information Byte 2
T1, T1 * Acknowledgement Time Out for data telegrams
T2, T2 * maximum time interval between two transmission blocks
T3, T3 * minimum permissible distance between 2 telegrams
T4, T4 * maximum time within which a receiver telegrams expected.
TPCI1: Transport Control Information Byte 1;

This byte contains in coded terms the nature of the message and control information.
TPDU Type TPCI byte 1

7 6 5 43 2 1 0
0 0 AR EOM
Data DT 1 SN
Acknowledge AK 1 0 RS SN
1 0 1 00
Connect Setup CS 00
1 0 1 0 0 0
Connect Ack. CA 00
1 0 1 0 0 1
Connect test CT
1 0 1 01 0 1 1
Disconnect DC
0 0 0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
AR Acknowledge Request (Request = 0, No Request = 1)

EOM End of Message (Last packet transmission)
RSReceive status (Receiver Ready = 1, Receiver Not Ready = 0)
SNSequence Number (packet counters)
TPCI2: Transport Control Information Byte 2;
TPDU Type TPCI byte 2

7654321 0
Connect SetupCS ---- BS
Connect Ack.CA-BS ---
DisconnectDC ---- BS
(Required number of data messages until receipt) BSBlock Size

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.8.11 Sent message - GRA

The message is in mrwMULINF0 = 5, 7 or 8 sent.
Memory layout:
Message: GRA Bit Identifier: 388H

Z_Count0
ZU_VER ZU_BES T_WABT_SEVT_AUS S_HAUPT 8
free F_BTL CHKSM16
Description:
Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, the initial value 0
S_HAUPT: GRA / ADR - Main switch

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0
0 Disabled 1 Enabled
RCOS message: dimFGL
T_AUS: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Off"

Bit Addr 9, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default value 1
0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter
RCOS message: dimFGA inverted
T_SEV: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "set / decelerate"

Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0
RCOS message: dimFGP
T_WAB: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "resume / accelerate"

RCOS message: dimFGW
ZU_BES: GRA / ADR accelerate

0 Do not delay, Delay 1
ZU_VER: Delay GRA / ADR

Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0
0 Do not accelerate, 1 Speed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
F_BTL: GRA / ADR - control unit error

Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0
0 ok, 1 error control lever
RCOS message: fbbEFGA_F
CHKSM: Checksum
10.8.12 Sent message - GRA_Neu

The message is sent when mrwMULINF0 = 10.
Memory layout:
Message: GRA_Neu Bit 38Ah

Identifier:
CHKSM0
ZU_VER T_BEST_VERT_AUS S_HAUPT 8
free F_BTL ZU_BES COD_SNDT_WAT_SET 16
Z_Count ZU_LIMT_DSTT_TUPT_TDN 24
free The gray fields are not supported.
F_BTLT
Description:
CHKSM: Checksum

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0
RCOS message: dimFGL

RCOS message: dimFGA
T_del: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "decelerate"

RCOS message: dimFGP
T_BES: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Speed"

RCOS message: dimFGW
ZU_VER: Delay GRA / ADR


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
ZU_BES: GRA / ADR accelerate


RCOS message: fbbEFGA_F
T_SET: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Set"

RCOS message: dimFGP (logical OR)
T_WA: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "resume"

RCOS message: dimFGW (logical OR)
COD_SND: Transmitter coding

00 onboard supply control unit
01 steering column module
10 Motor-SG
11 not assigned
Z_Count: Message count

Addr bit 20, bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Valid values range 0x0 .. 0xF
T_TDN: Tip-Down
0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip down
T_TUP: Tip-Up
0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip up
T_DST: ADR - Tipschalter Distance desire

Not operated 00 key
01 Distance desire no
10 Distance desire greater
11 not assigned
ZU_LIM: Limiter
F_BTLT: Tiptronic control unit error


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/13 Received message - brake 1

The activation of the evaluation can be pre-omen in two ways. About the
conventional way (software switch) or by the CAN - Unlock by code. The
corresponding RCOS message shows the current status (for configuration see the Chapter CAN -
Activation via coding).
The evaluation is active in: comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or
comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention) or
comVAR_FGG = 3 (speed of CAN/Bremse1)
associated record label: caw050 ...
Memory layout:
Message: Brake 1Identifier: 1A0H, Repetition rate = 5-10 ms bit

A_EBV S_ASRS_FDRS_EDSS_BAB A_MSR A_ASR0
D_ABS F_SWA S_SWAS_BKVS_BLSL_BRKL_ASRL_ABS8
V_AKT_BR1 (low) F_BKV 16
V_AKT_BR1 (high) 24
MD_ASR_SL32
MD_ASR40
MD_MSR48
freiT_ASRB_COUNT_BR156
Description:
A_ASR: Requirement ASR intervention;
RCOS message mrmASRSTAT [5]
The ASR intervention MD_ASR is therefore valid. (See chapter "External intervention amount").
A_MSR: Requirement MSR intervention;

RCOS message mrmMSRSTAT [5] (see section "External lot of intervention").
S_BAB: ABS braking is not processed;

S_EDS: EDS operation is not processed;

S_FDR: FDR engaged;

RCOS message mrmFDR_CAN.0
Is only evaluated at comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or at comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR
Intervention).
S_ASR: ASR switching interference is not processed;


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
A_EBV: Current intervention electronic brake force distribution, will not be processed;
L_ABS: ABS lamp is not processed;

L_ASR: Lamp ASR / FDR is not processed;

L_BRK: Bremskontrollampe is not processed;
S_BLS: Driver brakes (so far, and without active brake booster: brake light switch);
Only evaluated if RCOS message comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or if RCOS-
Message comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention) is set.
S_BKV: Status of the active brake booster (so far, or act without BKV: Brake test switch.);
S_SWA: Schlechtwegausblendung is not processed;

F_SWA: Status Schlechtwegausblendung is not processed;

D_ABS: ABS in diagnosis is not processed;

F_BKV: Error brake booster;

V_AKT_BR1: ABS - reference speed (RCOS message mrmFG_ABS), is for the

functional plausibility MSR fbbEMSR_P used, is at comVAR_FGG = 3 with
mrwFGKORFA multiplied, as mrmFG_CAN sent to the speed of acquisition and
as driving speed fgmFGAKT the MSG provided.
The value 0xFF byte 3 indicates an error.
MD_ASR_SL: ASR intervention torque slowly is not processed;

Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0xFE

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
MD_ASR: ASR intervention torque quickly;

Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0xFE,
RCOS message mrmASR_roh
The Momentenrohwert mrmASR_roh will be sent without plausibility checks and has the
Range 0x00 to 0xFF. The procedure is only performed if A_ASR is set.
(See chapter "External intervention amount"). Only evaluated if RCOS message
comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or if RCOS message comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention)
is set.
MD_MSR: MSR intervention torque;

RCOS message mrmMSR_roh
The Momentenrohwert mrmMSR_roh will be sent without plausibility checks and has the
Range 0x00 to 0xFF. The procedure is only performed if A_MSR is set,
A_ASR is not set and mroMD_ASR includes Bitkomplement of mroMD_MSR.
(See chapter "External intervention amount"). Only evaluated if RCOS message
comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or if RCOS message comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention)
is set.
B_COUNT_BR1: Message count;

Range 0x00 to 0x0F
T_ASR: Type ASR is not processed;


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/14 Received message - brake 3

Activation of the evaluation with: cowFUN_AS3 = 2 (evaluation brake 3)
Memory layout:
Message: brake 3 Identifier: 4A0H, Repetition rate = 7-20 ms bit

VL (low) Reserved 0
VL (high) 8
VR (low) reserved 16
VR (high) 24
HL (low) Reserved 32
HL (high) 40
HR (low) reserved 48
HR (high) 56
Description:
VL: Left front wheel speed;
is at cowVAR_FGG = 5 (v from brake 3 for front-wheel drive) is evaluated.
VR: Right front wheel speed;

is at comVAR_FGG = 5 (v from brake 3 for front-wheel drive) is evaluated.
at comVAR_FGG = 5 (v from brake 3 for front-wheel drive) is the average of the wheel
velocity VL and VR with mrwFGKORFA multiplied, as mrmFG_CAN to the
Sent speed detection and as fgmFGAKT available to the system
provided.
HL: Left rear wheel speed;

is at comVAR_FGG = 6 (v from brake 3 for rear-wheel drive) is evaluated.
The value 0xFF in byte 5 indicates an error.
HR: Right rear wheel speed;

is at comVAR_FGG = 6 (v from brake 3 for rear-wheel drive) is evaluated.
at comVAR_FGG = 6 (v from brake 3 for rear-wheel drive) is the average of the wheel
speed HL and HR multiplied by mrwFGKORFA than mrmFG_CAN to the
Sent speed detection and as fgmFGAKT available to the system
provided.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/15 Received message - Transmission 1

Activation of the evaluation with: cowFUN_EGS = 2 (EGS intervention via CAN) or
cowECOMTC bit 1 (Ecomatic CAN) or
Bit 2 set (clutch CAN)
Memory layout:
Message: Gear 1 BitIdentifier: 440H, Repetition rate = 8 ms

A_EGSS_KODA_LL S_WKUPA_KL0A_WSS_SG0
S_WHP S_GANG8
ÜB_FKT16
MD_INN_SOLL24
FW_I32
EGS_STAT40
freiMOT_A 48
A_OBDII
MD_VERL_W56
The gray fields are not processed.
Description:
S_SG: Circuit active
RCOS message mrmEGS_akt, is required for parameter selection
A_WS: Requirement transducer protection, will not be processed;

A_KL0: Off request air compressor;

RCOS message mrmCAN_KL
S_WKUP: Status converter clutch;

RCOS message mrmW_KUP
With appropriate application (cowECOMTC.2) contains mrmCAN_KUP following value in the
subsequently are also in dimKUP:
S_WKUPmrmCAN_KUP
001
01mrwWKUP_VG
100
110
A_LL: Requirement desired idle speed increase is not processed;

S_KOD: EGS coding in EDC is OK. Denotes the value 1, that the motor-SG and the
EGS are incompatible (see also Chapter monitoring concept fbbEASG);
Evaluation is activated with cowECOMTC.5 = 1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
A_EGS: Requirement EGS intervention;

RCOS-Messsage mrmEGS_CAN.5 is set;

The EGS intervention MD_INN_SOLL is thus valid
(See chapter "External intervention amount").
S_GANG: Information target gear;

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 4, initial value 0,
RCOS message mrm_P_N is 1 when S_GANG = 0 (P / N)
mrmGTRGANGS_GANG
1-51-5
86
97
all other values1
S_WHP: Selector lever position;

mrmWH_POSbS_WHP
.01
.1 N
.2 R
.3 P
ÜB_FKT: Transfer function;

RCOS message mrmGTR_UEB. If the transmission is in neutral (mrm_P_N = 1) then
mrmGTR_UEB with the default value mrwFVHVGWU occupied.
MD_INN_SOLL: inner engine desired torque;

Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0xFE,
RCOS message mrmEGS_roh
The Momentenrohwert mrmEGS_roh will be sent without plausibility checks and has the
Range 0x00 to 0xFF. The procedure is only performed if A_EGS is set.
(See chapter "External intervention amount").
FW_I: Driving resistance index is not processed;

Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0x7F
EGS_STAT: Gearbox emergency operation;

Transmission - Anfahrdrehmomentenkennlinie is activated (possibly active EGS intervention is
aborted), if bit 3 is set in EGS_STAT. Output to the Messages mrmEGS_CAN.8
and mrmEGSSTAT.8
A_OBDII: Status OBDII;

With the bit 47, the MI-lamp is driven reversible;
Figure in RCOS message mrmCANMIL

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
MOT_A: Engine;
With this bit set, the engine should be switched off;
RCOS message mrmCAN_ECO is 1 if MOT_A == 0; RCOS message mrmCAN_ECO

is 0 if MOT_A == 1
MD_VERL_W: Converter torque loss;

RCOS message mrmKUP_roh
Error detection 0xFF

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/16 Received message - Gear 2

Activation of the evaluation with: cowFUN_ASG = 2 (ASG-intervention) or
cowFUN_CVT = 1 (CVT intervention)
cowFUN_MGB = 1 (rate-of-moments (MGB))
Memory layout:
Message: Gear 2 BitIdentifier: 540H, Repeat = 10 ms

B_COUNT_GT2 A_ZGFS_ECOS_SABS_LFR0
N_LL_SOLL8
dMD_MGB16
N_SYNC_WUN24
N_SYNC_WUN_INV32
T_SYNC40
A_LSL S_WUD A_GONA_SSTA_LHS 48
GANG56
A_FKU A_MBRS_KSS The gray fields are not processed.
OPERATING MODE
Description:
S_LFR: LFR adaptation;
Will Ship in RCOS message mrmLFR_Adp.
S_SAB: Schubabschaltunterstützung is not processed;

S_ECO: Ecomatic-operation with vmax limit and torque limit or MGB

RCOS message mrmASG_CAN.8
A_ZGF: Zwischengasflag;
0 .. no intermediate gas requirement
1 .. Between Gas request is active
Is mapped in RCOS message mrmASG_CAN in bit 5.
B_COUNT_GT2: Message count;

Range 0x00 to 0x0F
N_LL_SOLL: Desired idling speed;

Requested by VL30 gear, shown in mroN_LLCAr is converted and as
mrmN_LLCAN sent to desired idle speed calculation.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
dMD_MGB: Limiting value for torque Gradientenbegrenzungs

Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, error flag value 0xFF
If (error-treated) displayed in the RCOS message mrmdMD_MGB.
N_SYNC_WUN: Synchronization request speed

Low byte of the RCOS message mrmASG_roh

Error code 0xFF
N_SYNC_WUN_INV: Inverted synchronization request speed

High byte of the RCOS message mrmASG_roh
Error code 0xFF
T_SYNC: Synchronization time

Error code 0xFF
20 * value = RCOS message mrmASG_tsy
A_LHS: Upshift lamp is not processed;

A_SST: Starter is driven is not processed;

A_GON: Gong is not processed;

S_WUD: Suppressing warnings will not be processed;

A_LSL: Shift Lock_Lampe is not processed;

S_KSS: Motor run is not processed;

A_MBR: Motor readiness is not processed;

A_FKU: Fault lamp coupling,

If this bit is set, the error fbbEEGS_F is reported.
GAIT: Gear indicator is not processed;

Bit addr 56 bit Num. 4,
OPERATING MODE: loaded gear is not processed;

Bit addr 60 bit Num. 4,

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/17 Received message - Combination 1

Activation of the evaluation with: comVAR_FGG = 4 (speed of CAN/Kombi1) or
anwKMW_CAN = 1 (KMW CAN) or
cowVAR_KO1 = 1 (reception package 1 for timeout monitoring.)
Memory layout:
Message: Combination 1 Identifier: 320H, Repetition rate = 20-32 ms bit

L_VGL S_KMW S_HLVS_KM D_ODWS_ODS_TANK S_TUER 0
free S_BREMS8
IN_TANK16
S_TANK V_AKT_KO1 (low) Q_V24
V_AKT_KO1 (high) 32
R_BLIL_BLIS_ADR40
V_DISP (high) 48
V_DISP (low)
frei56
Description:
S_TUER: Door contact switch driver's door is not processed;
S_TANK: Low-level switch is not processed;

S_OD: Oil pressure switch is not processed;

D_ODW: dynamic oil pressure warning will not be processed;

S_KM: Low coolant level is not processed;

S_HLV: Hot lights-warning is not processed;

S_KMW: Fuel quantity warning signal;

Expected to ship on nonzero in tlmKMW_CAN in application of anwKMW_CAN.
L_VGL: Vorglühlampe;
Will be shipped via Message gsmCANGL.
S_BREMS: Status brake info is not processed;


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
IN_TANK: Tank content is not processed;

S_TANK: Tank warning (OBD) will not be processed;

Q_v: Source velocity is not processed;

V_AKT_KO1: Driving speed; comVAR_FGG is at = 4 with mrwFGKORFA

multiplied, as mrmFG_CAN sent to the speed of acquisition and as
Speed fgmFGAKT the MSG provided.
S_ADR: ADR feedback of the display is not processed;

L_BLI: Left turn signal will not be processed;

R_BLI: Right turn signal is not processed;

V_DISP (low, high): Displayed speed, including advance is not processed;


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/18 Received message - Combination 2

Activation of the evaluation with: cowWTFCAN = 1 (WTF CAN)
Furthermore, the activation for evaluation of the message can be achieved by RCOS messages
comVAR_OTF and comVAR_FZG done. This is possible in two ways. About the
conventional way (software switch) or by the CAN - Unlock by code
(For configuration see the Chapter "CAN activation by coding").
The evaluation is active in: comVAR_OTF = 01xxh (OTF via CAN) or
comVAR_FZG = 3 (UTF CAN)

Memory layout:
Message: Combination 2 Identifier: 420H, Repetition = 200 ms bit

free S_WTFS_OTFS_UTF0
T_UTF_gef8
T_UTF_ugf16
T_OTF_KO224
T_WTF32
Klemme_58d40
Klemme_58s48
S_58d
* Frei56
S_58s
Description:
S_UTF: Error status UTF;
Bit address 0, bit Num. 1;
detailed description see chapter "outputs"
S_OTF: Error status OTF;

Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1;
S_WTF: Error status WTF;

Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1;
T_UTF_gef: filtered outside temperature;

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8;
FFH means "error"
T_UTF_ugf: unfiltered outside temperature will not be processed;

FFH means "error"

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
T_OTF_KO2: Oil temperature;

FFH means "error"
T_WTF: Coolant temperature;

Klemme_58d: Backlight is not processed;

S_58d: Error status display lighting is not processed;

Value "1" "not available or substitute value" at
Klemme_58s: Switch Lighting is not processed;

S_58s: Schlechtwegausblendung is not processed;

Bit addr 55 bit Num. 1, "1" "not available or substitute value" at

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/19 Received message - Airbag 1

The activation of the evaluation can be done in two ways. About the
conventional way with the software switch cowFUN_CRA or through the CAN activation by
Coding. The RCOS Message comFUN_CRA shows the current status (for configuration see
Chapter CAN activation by coding).
The evaluation is active in: comFUN_CRA = 2 (CRA CAN)
Memory layout:
Message: Airbag 1Identifier: 050H, Wiederholr. = 20ms/Crash bit

S_CRINTS_ROLL S_SEBS_SEF S_HECK S_FRONT 0
S_GUWB S_GUSB S_GUWF S_GUSFfreiS_KIND S_DEAKT S_LAMP 8
COUNTfrei16
CHKSM24
Description:
S_FRONT: Front crash;
Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, Initial value 0
is not processed
S_HECK: Rear crash;

Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, Initial value 0
is not processed
S_SEF: Side crash driver;

is not processed
S_SEB: Side crash passenger;

is not processed
S_ROLL: Rollover;
Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1, Initial value 0
is not processed
S_CRINT: Crash intensity;

Assignment of the crash levels croCR_STAT:
CAN bits 5-7 crash-crash level designation
0000kein crash
0011Gurtstraffer
01x2US
1xx3RDW

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
S_LAMP: Airbag lamp;

is not processed
S_DEAKT: Airbag deactivated;

is not processed
S_KIND: Child seat recognition;

is not processed
S_GUSF: Driver seat belt;

is not processed
S_GUWF: Seat belt warning drivers;

is not processed
S_GUSB: Passenger seat belt;

is not processed
S_GUWB: Seat belt warning passenger;

is not processed
COUNT: Message count for live recognition;

CHKSM: Checksum;

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/20 Received message - BSG_Last

Activation of the evaluation with: cowVAR_BSG = 2 (evaluation BSG_Last)
Memory layout:
Message: BSG_Last Identifier: 570H, Repetition = 100 ms bit

S_KLM_Lfrei S_ZAS_50 S_ZAS_X S_ZAS_15 S_ZAS_S 0
freiS_LLBSG 8
U_BAT_BSG16
S_HZSI S_HZAU S_HZFR S_HZHE 24
S_KLIAU free
S
Description:
S_ZAS_S: ZAS_Klemme_S is not processed;
Ignition lock S contact (key is inserted)
S_ZAS_15: ZAS_Klemme_15 is not processed;

Ignition lock terminal 15 (ignition on)
S_ZAS_X: ZAS_Klemme_X is not processed;

Ignition lock X (startup)
S_ZAS_50: ZAS_Klemme_50, will not be processed;

Ignition lock terminal 50
S_KLM_L: Klemme_L is not processed;

Terminal L (Ladekontrollampe)
S_LLBSG: Desired idle speed increase;

The bit is set when load management in BSG calls desired idle speed increase.
RCOS message mrmBSG_Anf
U_BAT_BSG: Battery voltage is not processed;

Voltage measurement from the load management

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
S_HZHE: Off Heizbare_Heckscheibe, will not be processed;

The bit is set when load management in BSG shutdown the heated rear window
overwhelmed.
S_HZFR: Off Heizbare_Frontscheibe, will not be processed;

The bit is set when load management in BSG shutdown the heated windscreen
overwhelmed.
S_HZAU: Off Heizbare_Aussenspiegel, will not be processed;

The bit is set when load management in BSG shutdown of the heatable outside mirrors
overwhelmed.
S_HZSI: Off Heizbare_Sitze, will not be processed;

The bit is set when load management calls the heated seats in the BSG shutdown.
S_KLIAUS: Switch off the air conditioning;

The bit is set when load management in BSG shutdown of air conditioning calls
RCOS message: mrmBSG_KLI
In the case of message timeouts or inconsistent message replacement data from

caw100_DTx processed.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/21 Received message - Clima 1

The activation of the evaluation can be done in two ways. About the
conventional way with the software switch cowFUN_KLI or through the CAN activation by
Coding. The RCOS message comFUN_KLI shows the current status (for configuration see
Chapter "CAN activation by coding").
The evaluation is active in: comFUN_KLI = 2 (air via CAN)
Memory layout:
Message: Clima 1 BitIdentifier: 5E0H, Repetition = 20 ms

freiA_KHL S_KPZS_HFSS_HHSS_FZHS_KLB0
T_AU_UGF8
P_KLD16
L_KPR24
L_GBL32
KL_ANST40
freiS_ACSS_TE48
T_AU_UGF_SF56
S_FSP The gray fields are not supported.
Description:
S_KLB: Signal for idle speed increase
RCOS message mrmCAN_KLI.0
S_FZH: Driver's desired heater

S_HHS: Heated rear window is not processed;

S_HFS: Heated windscreen is not processed;

S_KPZ: Compressor status, signal for idle speed increase

A_KHL: No desired heat output

no heating means that the thermostat is set to 'blue'

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
T_AU_UGF: Outside temperature is unfiltered, not processed;

P_KLD: Air pressure signal

RCOS message mrmKMD on failure (P_KLD = Error flag 0xFFh) is used as a substitute value
the default value used mrwKKL_VGW
L_KPR: Compressor load

RCOS message mrmMD_KLKr on failure (L_KPR = Error flag 0xFFh) is defined as
Replacement value of the default value used mrwKPR_VGW
L_GBL: Fan load is not processed;

KL_ANST: Radiator fan control

RCOS message mrmKLI_LUE on failure (KL_ANST = Error flag 0xFFh) is defined as
Replacement value of the default value mrwKL_VGW used.
S_TE: Temperature unit is not processed;

S_ACS: AC switch is not processed;

S_FSP: Fault memory entry is not processed;

T_AU_UGF_SF: Outside temperature unfiltered bumper is not processed;


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/22 Received message - GRA

Activation of the evaluation with: mrwMULINF0 = 6 Related Record Label: caw060 ...
Memory layout:
Message: GRA Bit 388H

Identifier:
Z_Count0
ZU_VER T_WABT_SEVT_AUS S_HAUPT 8
free F_BTL ZU_BES CHKSM16
Description:
Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, initial value 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF

RCOS message: mrmGRA

T_SEV: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "set / decelerate"

T_WAB: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "resume / accelerate"

ZU_VER: Delay GRA / ADR, will not be processed

ZU_BES: GRA / ADR accelerate, will not be processed


CHKSM: Checksum

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/23 Received message - GRA_Neu

Activation of the evaluation with: mrwMULINF0 = 9 or 11,
Selection of the control panel with cowFGR_BDT (0 = 4-pos-BDT. / 1 = 6-pos-BDT.)
Memory layout:
Message: GRA_Neu Bit 38Ah

Identifier:
CHKSM0
ZU_VER T_BEST_VERT_AUS S_HAUPT 8
free F_BTL ZU_BES COD_SNDT_WAT_SET 16
Z_Count ZU_LIMT_DSTT_TUPT_TDN 24
free The gray fields are not supported.
F_BTLT
Description:
CHKSM: Checksum


T_del: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "decelerate"

T_BES: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Speed"

ZU_VER: Delay GRA / ADR, will not be processed

ZU_BES: GRA / ADR accelerate, will not be processed


Y S01 281/120 - VG2

T_SET: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Set"

T_WA: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "resume"

COD_SND: Transmitter coding

00 onboard supply control unit
01 steering column module
10 Motor-SG
11 not assigned

T_TDN: Tip-down, is not processed

0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip down
T_TUP: Tip-Up, will not be processed

T_DST: ADR - Tipschalter Distance desire, will not be processed

Not operated 00 key
01 Distance desire no
10 Distance desire greater
11 not assigned
ZU_LIM: Limiter, will not be processed

F_BTLT: Tiptronic control unit error, will not be processed


Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/24 Received message - ADR 1

Activation of the evaluation with: cowVAR_ADR = 2 (Evaluation ADR 1)
Memory layout:
Message: ADR 1 BitIdentifier: 52CH, Repetition = 20 ms

MD_ADR0
V_SAS_ADRF_ADRZ_Count8
OBJ_ERFT_SETDIFF_VF_MD16
V_WUNSCH24
freiAUF_SAUF_UANZ_T 32
freiB_ADRPL_LS B_FAHR 40
DISTANZ48
CHKSM56
The gray fields are not processed (only for calculating the checksum).
Description
MD_ADR: Torque requirement ADR
Value range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF
RCOS message: mrmACC_roh

F_ADR: Defect ADR

Defective 1 ADR; 0 ADR ok
S_ADR: Status ADR

00ADR not active
01ADR active
10ADR passive
11ADR in initialization mode
V_SA: Prevent fuel cut

is not processed
F_MD: Release torque requirement

0 Momentenanf. not enabled; 1 Momentenanf. released

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
DIFF_V: Difference desired to actual speed

is not processed
T_SET: Multiple time gap

is not processed
OBJ_ERF: Detected object

Bit addr 22 bit Num. 2, Initial value 0
is not processed
V_WUNSCH: Desired speed

is not processed
ANZ_T: Display time gap

Adr.32 bit, bit Num. 1, initial value 0
is not processed
AUF_U: Over request

is not processed
AUF_S: Switching request

is not processed
B_FAHR: Brakes driver

Bit addr 40 bit Num. 1, Initial value 0
is not processed
PL_LS: Release switch implausible

is not processed
B_ADR: ADR braking

is not processed
DISTANCE: Distance
is not processed
CHKSM: Checksum
Definition see CAN specification V2.0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/25 Received message - eavesdropping channel

Memory layout:
Message: eavesdropping channel Identifier: 200H - 21FH (dynamic) Bit

Repetition rate = asynchronously
DESTINATION
0
OPCODE
8
Channel_id
16
Description:
DESTINATION: Recipient of the message;
01H represents the engine control unit.
OPCODE: Type of message;

C0H Request (request),
D0H Reply (positive response)
D8H Negative Reply (negative response).
Channel_id: Channel identifier for data transmission;

Channel identifier to offset 700H (local broadcast channel).
8/10/26 Received message - Transportkanal1

Memory layout:
Message: Transportkanal1 Identifier: 7B4H, Repetition rate = bit asynchronous

TPCI10
TPCI2 / Data18
T1 / Data 216
T2 / Data 324
T3 / Data 432
T4 / Data 540
Data 648
Data 756
Description:
see Sent message MSG_Transportkanal1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/27 Received message - Niveau1

Activation of the evaluation with: cowVAR_NIV = 2 (NIV intervention)

Memory layout:
Message: Niveau1 BitIdentifier: 590H, Repetition = 48 ms

CHKSM_NIV10
freiB_COUNT_NIV18
ES_MSG ES_ESP S_WRNL NIV_ZWST_NIV16
freiNIV_PK VER_VR ABS_FZ ANH_FZ VER_AK VER_IK 24
VER_HL VER_HR VER_VL FZA_NIVTEXT32
S_FSPE ST_SYS FZA_RES ZU_BEL40
Description:
CHKSM_NIV1: Checksum
B_COUNT_NIV1: Message count;

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Valid; range 0x00 .. 0x0F
S_WRNL: Warning lamp;

is not processed
ES_ESP: ESP constraint;

is not processed
ES_MSG: MSG constraint;

RCOS message mrmHGB_Anf.0
Request the speed limit in the high-level.
ST_NIV: Niveaustati;
is not processed
NIV_ZW: Intermediate level;

is not processed
NIV_PK: Parking level;

is not processed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
VER_IK: Adjustment in the near future;

is not processed
VER_AK: Point set;

is not processed
ANH_FZ: Raising vehicle;

is not processed
ABS_FZ: Lowering vehicle;

is not processed
VER_VR: Adjustment VR;

is not processed
VER_VL: Adjustment VL;

Bit Addr 29 Bit Num. 1, initial value 0
is not processed
VER_HR: Adjustment HR;

is not processed
VER_HL: Adjustment HL;

is not processed
TEXT: Textbits;
is not processed
FZA_NIV: Vehicle level;

RCOS message mrmHGB_Anf.1
FZA_RES: Vehicle Reserve;

is not processed
ST_SYS: System status;

is not processed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
S_FSPE: Fault memory entry;

is not processed
ZU_BEL: Loading condition;

is not processed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
8/10/28 Received message - Allrad1

Activation of the evaluation with: cowVAR_ALR = 2 (ALR intervention)

Memory layout:
Message: Allrad1 BitIdentifier: 2C0H, Repetition rate = 8 ms

EH_KUPS V_BEG S_WRNL NOTLO_KUP F_KUPS UET_SCH F_KUP_A 0
KUPS_M8
AB_PNGAZ_PNG16
GANG_PNG freiSCH_VW SCH_AK 24
KUPS_H32
Description:
F_KUP_A: Error-wheel coupling
is not processed
UET_SCH: Over temperature protection;

is not processed
F_KUPS: Error status coupling stiffness;

is not processed
O_KUP: Clutch completely open;

is not processed
NOTL: Emergency;
is not processed
S_WRNL: All-wheel drive warning light;

is not processed
V_BEG: Speed limit

RCOS message: mrmHGB_Anf.4
Request the speed limit in the case of division by PNG.
EH_KUPS: Unit of the coupling stiffness;

is not processed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
KUPS_M: Coupling stiffness center (actual value);

Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, the initial value 7FH
is not processed
AZ_PNG: PNG display;

is not processed
AB_PNG: PNG display flashing;

is not processed
GANG_PNG: Gang Information (PNG);

is not processed
SCH_AK: Circuitry active;

is not processed
SCH_VW: Circuit warning;

is not processed
KUPS_H: Coupling stiffness Rear (actual value);

is not processed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.9 CAN interpreter

The CAN interpreter's task, the received CAN objects RCOS messages
transform and perform error handling for the received messages.
Error
cam STA TUS0 suppression m rRNA USBL
m RME GS _akt
m RME GS _CAN
m RME GS _roh
m RMCA N_ECO
m RMCA N_KUP
m RMCA N_KL
Evaluation
cam EGS1 m RMCA NMIL
Transmission 1
com M _E_EGS m rm_P_N
m RMW H_1NRP
m rmGTR_UEB
m rmGTRGANG
m RMK UP_roh
m rRNA SG_roh
m rRNA SG_tsy
Evaluation m rRNA SG_CAN
cam EGS2 Transmission 2
com M _E_ASG m roN_LLCAr
m rmN_LLCAN
Evaluation m rmFG_KO1
Combi 1 tlmK MW _CAN
cam KO1
cam KO2 Evaluation anm UTF_CAN

anm OTF_VOR Combination 2 anm WTF_CAN
anm WTF anm OTF
m rRNA SRSTA T
m rmFDR_CA N
m rmFG_AB S
cam ASC1 Evaluation m rmFG_AS R1
com M _E_ASR Brake 1 m rRNA SR_CA N
com M _E_MS R m rRNA SR_roh
m RMM SR_CAN
m RMM SR_roh
Evaluation
Brake 3 m rmFG_CAN
cam ASR3
Evaluation
Airbag 1 croCR_STAT
cam ABG1
Evaluation m rrnB SG_Anf

BSG-load m rrnB SG_KLI
cam BSG1
Evaluation
GRA m rmGRA
cam GRA
Evaluation m RMCA N_KLI

Clim a 1 m RMK MD
cam KLI1
Evaluation
Eavesdropping channel
Evaluation
Transportkanal1
Figure CAN_04: CAN interpreter
19 April 2002 CAN - CAN interpreter DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.10 Normalization of the messages

All amounts that are sent from the controller to the CAN bus, must previously in a
Torque can be converted to correspond to the normalization of the CAN bus.
The moment normalization (mrwMULINF3) is a 6-bit value normalized via the CAN bus
sent (in Engine 2: MUX_INFO). The conversion is done using the following relationship:
mrwMULINF 3Nm
Mdmax-
10Nm
All other moments that are received or transmitted on the CAN bus, are on this
relative maximum torque and can take values in the range of 0 to 0xFF, the value
0xFF means that the conversion of quantity in Moment is faulty. The conversion is done
in both directions using the following relationship:
Mdist-MdistNm

mrwMULINF3Nm
255current speed is dzoNmit with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_N
The
xcwUMRCO_N converted and limited to 0x7FFF. With a defective path is DZG fboSDZG
the value 0xFFFF transferred.
The PWG message is mrmPWGPBM with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_P
xcwUMRCO_P limited and converted to 0xFE. With a defective PWG path fboSPWG or
fboSPGS the value 0xFFh is transmitted.
The water temperature is anmWTF with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_T
xcwUMRCO_T converted and limited to 0xFE. With a defective water temperature sensor (path
fboSWTF) and anwWTFSCH ≠0, the value 0xFFh is transmitted. Is the KTF replacement in
defective WTF (anwWTFSCH = 0), then with a defective WTF KTF is transferred or 0xFF
when the KTF is also defective (path fboSKTF).
The current speed is fgmFGAKT with the slope and the xcwUMRCS_V
Offset xcwUMRCO_V limited and converted to 0xFE. With a defective FGG path fboSFGG
the value 0xFFh is transmitted.
The GRA-set speed mrmFG_SOLL is with the slope and the xcwUMRCS_V
Offset xcwUMRCO_V limited and converted to 0xFE. With a defective FGR control unit path
fboSFGA the value 0xFFh is transmitted.
The desired idle speed is mrmN_LLBAS with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_8
xcwUMRCO_8 limited and converted to 0xFE.
The outside temperature is anmUTF with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCSLT
xcwUMRCOLT converted and limited to 0xFE.
The atmospheric pressure is anmADF with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_D
xcwUMRCO_D converted and limited to 0xFE. With a defective ADF path fboSADF is the
Value 0xFFh transferred.
The generator load is khmGENLAST with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCSLA
xcwUMRCOLA converted and limited to 0x = FE. With a defective generator load path fboSKW2
the value 0xFFh is transmitted.
DS / ESA CAN - Scaling of the messages 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.10.1 Received moments

From external control devices are the engagement moments mroMD_EGS, mroMD_ASR and
mroMD_MSR also sent as indexed moments. Evaluation is carried out of those moments
in the sub-task "External lot of intervention."
10.10.2 Sent moments

mrmM_EWUNF
mrmM_ELLR mroM_EWLBG
MIN a
mroBI_FAHR b a mroMD_FAHx
b
dzmNmit KF
mrwKFVB_KF
mrmM_EBEGR a
mroBI_BEGR b a mroMD_BEGR
b
KF
mrwKFVB_KF
mrmEMOTKOR a
mrmBI_SOLL b a mroMD_SOLL
b
KF PT1
mrwKFVB_KF mrwPT1_BI
mrmM_ESOL6 a
mroBI_SOL6 b a mroMD_SOL6
b MIN
KF
mrwKFVB_KF mrwMD_MAX6
b mroMD_IST6
a a MIN
mrmM_EIST6
b
a
ba mroMD_WUN mroMDW_CAN
mrmBI_SOLL b
mrmMD_REIB
mroFVHUEst
mroMD_FAHx mrmMD_FAHR
mroMD_SOLL
mrmCASE_A.6
1
mrwMD_iakt.0 mrmEMOTKOR
mrmM_EMOTX
mrmBM_ERAU
a
b a mroBM_Rfak
mrmM_EAKT b
ldmP_Llin KF
mrwKFPkorr
1
anmT_MOT
dzmUMDRsta KF
mrwKFTkorr
Figure CAN_01: Conversion of moments transmitted
19 April 2002 CAN - Scaling of the messages DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroMD_SOLL or various other moments (about mrmBI_SOLL) are calculated from a corrected
Engine torque amount mrmEMOTKOR calculated. The correction of mrmM_EMOTX (especially for the
cold engine start-up and necessary) through 2 maps mrwKFPkorr (smoke, loading
pressure compensation) and mrwKFTkorr (engine temperature and revolutions after start).
10.10.2.1 Calculation of the climate torque loss

dzmNmit mroMD_KL1
anmLTF 0
mrmMD_KLI
anmKMD 1
mrmKMD 2 KF
mrwKLMD_KF
mroKLDO
cowVAR_KMD
DT1
mrwKLK_EIN mrwKMD_.
mroMD_KLK
mrwKLKHys. 1
mrmCAN_KLI.4
&
>1
&
mrmKLK_EIN
DEAD TIME
mrwKLK_DLY
dimKLB
ehmFKLI0 = 100%
ehmDKLI0> 50%
ehmDKLI0 not equal to 0
Figure CAN_11: Calculation of air torque loss

The climate torque loss mrmMD_KLI forms the short-term motor load at switching on the
Air compressor and the burden upon in continuous operation. The torque requirement of the
Air compressor is composed of the stationary torque and a dynamic
Share. In the map mrwKLMD_KF the stationary moment mroMD_KL1 is calculated. To the
Cover more torque requirement when switching a dynamic component is also
mroKLDO calculated.
With a positive edge of mrmKLK_EIN the dynamic branch is delayed by

mrwKLK_DLY enabled. It is the memory of the DT1 element mrwKMD_. deleted, the
read current value of mroMD_KL1 and led to the DT1 element. At the output mroKLDO
this results in a step response that the increased demand when turning on the air conditioning
covers.
The function is in dimKLB = 1, or when the bit compressor state mrmCAN_KLI.4

(CAN Clima1 Embassy bit 1.4) and output of the hysteresis mrwKLKHys. on top
Hysteresis mrwKLKHys2 (if this is the condition, apply with SW-switch
mrwKLK_EIN = 1), and 100% or ehmDKLI0 ehmFKLI0 => 50% (if not equal to 0 ehmDKLI0)
active.
With the software switch cowVAR_KMD the input for the map is mrwKLMD_KF
selected:
Decimal Message Comment

0 anmLTF Air temperature [° C]
1 anmKMD Refrigerant pressure via PWM [bar]
2 mrmKMD Refrigerant pressure via CAN [bar]

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10.10.2.2 Calculation of the frictional torque transmitted

mrwKLK_UEB mrwMD_KLI
mroMD_KLK
mrmMD_KLKr mroMD_KLI
mrmMD_KLI
khmGENLAST
mroMD_GEN
dzmNmit KF
mrwDFMD_KL
mroM_EREIB
anmWTF
a
mroBI_REIB b a mroMD_MOT
KF b
mrwREI_KF KF mroMD_ReiR
mrwKFVB_KF
Adaptation
CAN_09
mrmMD_Reib
mrmM_ELLR a
mroBI_LLR b a mrmMD_LLR
b mrmMD_Rrel
KF MAX
mrwKFVB_KF
zmmSYSERR.1
Figure CAN_07: Calculation of the frictional torque transmitted

The moments mroMD_SOLL, mrmMD_FAHR and mroMD_BEGR are indexed - ie with a
certain amount of fuel theoretically attainable moments (including the engine torque loss
mroMD_REIB).
The indicated engine torque mroMD_SOLL is from the limited amount of current
mrmM_EMOTX which abuts against the influence of the smoothness regulator and the fuel cut-off
is limited, determined. The light emitted by the motor effective torque is calculated
accordingly:
MDeffektiv = mroMD_SOLL - mrmMD_REIB.

The indexed Driver torque mrmMD_FAHR out of the crowd mroM_EWLBG which
from the sum of the driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF (the maximum of the set of
the drivability map mrmM_EPWG and EAF desired quantity mrmM_EFGR) and the
Idle controller mrmM_ELLR with subsequent restriction by limiting amount
mroM_EBEGR results determined.
If an external quantity intervention is present (mrmCASE_A.6 = 0), is with the mrmMD_FAHR

inner motor torque mroMD_SOLL applied. This feature is about the label
mrwMD_iakt.0 = 0 can be switched off. Furthermore, there is a correction factor from the map
mrwMDKR_KF multiplied that formed as an input parameter speed and lambda value (about
Has air mass and injection quantity).
The indexed limiting torque mroMD_BEGR is from the limitation amount

mroM_EBEGR determined and corresponds to the operating point of the maximum torque
Quantity limiting path.
The engine friction losses (mroMD_MOT) are from the Reibmengenkennfeld mrwREI_KF
determined by water temperature and speed anmWTF dzmNmit.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The engine torque loss by the generator load mroMD_GEN (determined in a map
mrwDFMD_KF) is not linearly dependent on the speed and directly proportional to the
Generator load khmGENLAST (0 to 100%, will be read as a PWM signal).
About the SW switches mrwMD_KLI can either be calculated in the MSG climate torque loss
mrmMD_KLI or the compressor load received via CAN mrmMD_KLKr (Clima1 message
Byte 4) multiplied by the ratio mrwKLK_UEB as climate torque loss
be used (mrwMD_KLI = 0: mrmMD_KLI, = 1: mroMD_KLK).
The sum of the engine torque loss, the air loss torque and the generator load
Torque loss results in the total loss torque mroMD_REIR. About CAN is the adapted
Torque loss mrmMD_REIB sent.
For the forward speed related driving behavior characteristic field is in addition to the one
Idle controller proportion decreased friction mrmMD_Rrel calculated. This is determined from
Friction torque mrmMD_Reib - idle controller torque mrmMD_LLR (= f (mroBI_LLR,
mrmM_ELLR). In addition mrmMD_Rrel is limited down to 0. When the speed signal
not be evaluated is (zmmSYSERR.1 = 1; see Monitoring Concept "summarized
System error "), mrmMD_LLR is set to zero.
mroMD_Soll
mrmMD_RdiC
mrmMD_KUP
CONTROLS
mrwVMDMaxC
mrwVMDMinC
mrwVMDAdp1
mrmMD_Rdif
mroMD_Rdif
mroMD_ReiR
PT1 CONTROLS
mrwPT1_VMD mrwVMDMax
mrwVMDMin
fgmFGakt == 0
mrmLFR_Adp == 0
mrmPWG_roh == 0
& mroAdpfrei
dzmNmit <= mrmN_LLBAS + mrwN_LLDif
dzmNmit> = mrmN_LLBAS - mrwN_LLDif
khmGENLAST <mrwVMDErmx
mrmSTART_B = 0
TIMER
mrwVMDAdpt
mrmMD_Reib
mrmMD_Rdif
mroMD_ReiR
mrmMD_RdiC mrmMD_ReiC
Figure CAN_09: adaptation of the torque loss
At idle, the indicated engine torque mroMD_Soll is equal to the actual friction torque.
Therefore, in LL the raw mroMD_ReiR (from fuel-KF) with a
Differential torque mrmMD_Rdif adapted.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Differential torque = moment of friction raw value - (indicated engine torque - converter torque loss
(From gear 1 - Embassy))
mroMD_Rdif mrmMD_ReiR = - (mrmMD_Soll - mrmMD_KUP)
The differential torque mroMD_Rdif is filtered (mrwPT1_VMD) and limited (mrwVMDMin,

mrwVMDMax). For transmission on the CAN (motor 1 - Embassy), the output is from
the PT1 element with the borders mrwVMDMinC, mrwVMDMaxC limited.
The raw score is mroMD_ReiR to the adapted Differzenzmoment mrmMD_Rdif or

mrmMD_RdiC corrected and shipped as friction torque mrmMD_Reib or mrmMD_ReiC.
The adaptation is performed when:

Speed fgmFGAKT = 0 AND
PWG position mrmPWG_roh = 0 AND
dzmNmit <= mrmN_LLBAS + mrwN_LLDif AND
dzmNmit> = mrmN_LLNAS - mrwN_LLDif AND
mrmSTART_B = 0 (debounced with mrwVMDAdpt) AND
Adaptionssperrbit from the gearbox mrmLFR_Adp = 0 AND
Generator load khmGENLAST <mrwVMDErmx
On the transition to driving the output values mrmMD_Rdif and mrmMD_RdiC be

frozen.
In the wake friction torques mrmMD_Reib and mrmMD_ReiC be set to 0.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
10:11 Transport protocol
10.11.1 Overview
For the exchange of data with other control devices, a transport protocol is implemented. This
used for dynamic assignment of bidirectional transport channels between control units. It
is a modification of the transport protocol in OSEK Communication (OSEK = Open Systems
and interfaces for electronics in vehicles).
For dynamic Agreement each control device is or request response channel, a fixed
associated with that must be heard by all. A CAN node shares in this request message
its forward channel with which he has selected from a list of identifiers. In response gets
he delivered a return channel from the addressed controller.
According transport protocol each control device associated with 4 transmit channels. For the MSG are:
1 Channel Identifier 7A1H
2 Channel Identifier 781H
3 Channel Identifier 761H
4 Channel Identifier 741H.
At the moment, can be used by MSG only the first channel.
10.11.2 protocol handler

The protocol handler is used to communicate between an application of the MSG and
a second handle control device. To this end, he builds on requirements of the application a channel
on, transmits the transmitted data, receiving the data of the second control unit and delivers them
back to the application. At the end of transmission of the handler closes the channel. The current
Status of a transport channel is visible in the olda caoOSK.Sta.
Value range of the olda caoOSK.Sta (dezimalkodiert):

- 0 = Channel free
- 1 = Initialize reception
- 2 = Receive data
- 3 = Required data direction change to send receive, quick response
- 4 = Required data direction change to send receive, acknowledge
- 5 = Send initialize
- 6 = Send
- 7 = Data direction changes Send to receiving
- 8 = Initialize Channel Setup
- 9 = Perform Channel Setup
- 10 = Initialize Connection Setup
- 11 = Perform connection setup
- 12 = Initialize Channel Acknowledge
- 13 = Channel Acknowledge perform
- 14 = Initialize Connection Acknowledge
- 15 = Connection Acknowledge perform
- 16 = Initialize Disconnect
- 17 = Perform Disconnect
DS / ESA CAN - transport protocol 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The communication protocol handler with the application via a 4-byte

IOMessage, which has the following structure:
High Word Low Word

High Byte Low Byte High Byte Low Byte
Buffer address Error Code Status
Range of values of the status bits (bit-coded):

Set bit Bit is cleared
- 0x01 = Reduce activity connection
- 0x02 = Send Request of Application Remote Request
- 0x04 = Quick response called for slower data direction change
- 0x08 = Established connection initiating connection
- 0x10 = Received data already forming or receiving active
- 0x20 = Error occurred
- 0x40 = Clear connection with disconnect degrading connection with timeout
- 0x80 = Transmit mode, receive mode
If an error occurs as the type of error appears in the Error Code. Range of values:
- 0x01 = No channel free
- 0x02 = Negative response from the other controller
- 0x04 = Data length exceeds buffer length
- 0x11 = Timeout Channel Setup
- 0x12 = Timeout during connection setup
- 0x13 = Timeout when sending data
- 0x14 = Timeout when data changes in direction
- 0x15 = Timeout on Remote Channel Setup
- 0x16 = Timeout on Remote Connection Setup
- 0x17 = Timeout when receiving data
The IOMessage for communication of MSG with the Immobilizersteuergerät is

camXCO2IMM. The high word is on the olda caoIMM2XCH the low word on
caoIMM2XCL visible. For communication with immobilizer MSG camIMM2XCO is
be used. The OLDAs loud caoXCO2IMH and caoXCO2IML.
19 April 2002 CAN - transport protocol DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
11 follow-up
11.1 Overview
In a follow-up from ignition is started, execute the following functions: parking on
Quantity and ELAB, stop position adjust it, voltage stabilizer test, monitoring module test,
Immobilizer lock on EEPROM, fan run, thermostat caster, fault storage
off and main relay.
The following state diagram shows the sequence of these functions. The functions stop position
adjust it, voltage stabilizer test, test monitoring module and fan run are in the
described respective subchapters and are shown here only as a state.
19 April 2002 Tracking index DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Initialization Legend:
Load RC element 0
Electric fan, hydraulic fan, follower Driving
pump and coolant thermostat only S Olda nloNACHst = S
allowed while driving State
K15 from K15 & no error

Event
set nlmNLact
set nlmDK_zu State transition
nlmUso_NAL = 0
ELAB from Olda bit nloNACHtr1.T or
Fault memory cycles = 0 T
set nloNACHtr2. (T-16)
n (KL15aus) Mark
Start timer mrwNCL_DA
Off diagnostic
nlmDK_auf = 1 for nlwNL_tDKS
Tests not performed &

2 dzoNmit = 0 & t> = mrwNCL_N0 &
Actuator t> = nlwt_DKS &
fgmFGAKT = 0 & dzoNmit = 0
Stop position 1
adjust it anmKTF> mrwNL_MTKS &
no sicherheitsrel. Error
3 Start timer mrwNCL_N0
Error
Done & 2
kumState = 5 1 mrwNCL_N0 runs & Stop timer mrwNCL_N0
Tests carried out put 18 Tracking dzoNmit> 0
Waiting
6 16
dzoNmit = 0 &
Power amplifiers t> = mrwNCL_N0 & t> = mrwNCL_DA &
(Be applied) t> = nlwt_DKS &
[(FgmFGAKT <mrwNL_FGM) II II fboSFGG cowFGG_NL ≠1]
4
NL-test status to EEPROM dzoNmit>
Power amplifiers (be applied) n (KL15aus) + mrwNL_EdNT &
3 Share electrical, hydraulic fan no occurrence of
Voltage Tests Release lag pump Manifold vacuum
stabilizer test accomplished Share coolant thermostat
set ImmoZähler2 = 0
Start timer mrwNCL_SP
Discharging RC circuit
Finished
7
Electrical, hydraulic fan, Power amplifiers (be applied)

Lag pump and
Coolant thermostat 5
release Entriegelungsb
it treat
5
Property Status posted OR

4 t> = mrwNCL_SP
Over- Finished
toring Property Status posted = FALSE
module test Clear Realty status Entriegelungsbit
Fehlera
Realty status Entriegelungsbit trol bspeichfertig
not gesetzt8
19
all states
except
6 Main relay Start Fehlerabspeicherung
Waiting for throw
Unlocking
save bit
0
Written Realty status t> = mrwNCL_SP
9 20
7 eicherung
Fehlerabsp
Fan run-
finished &
Rhrl-fault
kumState = 7
Start Fehlerabspeicherung
17 9
Main relay
throw
Fault switch- 10 Fault memory cycles = 2

rtigfeicherungspe 12
t> = mrwNCL_SP
8 21
Waiting for Throw main relay
Error loading cycles +1
Error Main relay Report an error
memory-round
11
Figure SONSNL01: Overrun
DS / ESA Tracking index 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
0 driving: As long as the ignition is turned on, is nlmUso_NAL = -1, so that, the
Driving over mrmUsoll penetration on the amount actuator. The RC network is constantly
loaded. Only when ignition is off dimK15 = 0 and the lag started if no error
fbbEK15_P in the terminal 15 - was found to evaluation. In the wake of the motor is
about nlmUso_NAL = 0 and = 0 ehmFEAB off and the diagnostic function of the K-line
canceled. With nlmNLact = 1 other functions is informed that now the run is active
(State transition 1). With nlmDK_zu = 1, the ARF function is caused, the
Throttle valve to close to prevent Abstellschlagen. About the application can also
be for each error prevents monitoring is recording (see Troubleshooting).
1 follower Wait: Once the speed = 0 is the minimum waiting time for mrwNCL_N0
Abstellschlagen started (state transition 2). Increases the speed again while mrwNCL_N0
runs this time should be re-reset (state transition 16). As soon as the waiting time
mrwNCL_N0 is expired, the throttle valve using the interface message is
nlmDK_auf reopened. For the minimum time nlwNL_tDKS is being serviced. Once this time
has expired, the vehicle is stationary, the fuel temperature is greater than mrwNL_MTKS and no
safety-related errors lie can live stable lisa pie stood
Be monitoring module test performed. In these tests, the movement of the
Actuator feedback module monitors installed, so do any of the following security-related error
be present: fboSFGG, fboSUBT, fboSDZG, fbbERUC_R, fbbERUC_S, fbbERUC_U,
fbbERUC_K, fboSKTF, fboSHDK, fboSHD1 and fboSMES (state transition 3). Occurs in
fboSHD1 during testing as an error is discarded and not reported the test result.
After at least the time mrwNCL_DA has elapsed, the speed = 0, and the time
mrwNCL_N0 and nlwNL_tDKS has expired and at least one of the following three conditions
is satisfied: the vehicle speed falls below an applicable threshold fgmFGAKT <
mrwNL_FGM, an error in the path fboSFGG occurs or the function switch cowFGG_NL is
equal to one, up to the radiator fan electrical and hydraulic fan), the follow-pump and
the coolant thermostat all stages (applicative over ehwEST_ ...) off. In the EEPROM
the immobilizer COUNTER2 is set and started to unload the RC element to 0. Also
the throttle valve with the help of nlmDK_auf for an applicable time nlwNL_tDKS
opened. If the voltage stabilizer test has taken place, may now the radiator fan
(Electric and hydraulic fan), the follow-pump and coolant thermostat run
(State transition 7). Increases the speed after the start of the caster during the time
mrwNCL_DA the amount mrwNL_EdNT (based on the speed at the time of terminal 15
= OFF) immediately off the main relay (double fault) and trailing stops
(State transition 17). Must In case of intake manifold vacuum (mrmLDFUaus)
State transition 17 can not be executed.
2 actuator stop position adjust it: Can not be reached, the stop position, then any two
following tests not be performed. (State transition 18). Once the stop position securely
has been reached, the voltage stabilizer test is performed. To do this, wait until the fan
or thermostat control for driving the fan power amplifiers, the follow-pump and the
Coolant thermostat has switched off because the voltage stabilizer test twice in short all
Amplifiers off, the still switched relay for the fan motors would thereby
Suffer damage. For the same reason, all amplifiers that are not in the wake
should be powered off (applicative over ehwEST_ ...). (State transition 4).
3 voltage stabilizer test: If the test is completed the monitoring module test is performed.
The fan power amplifiers, the pump and the run-coolant thermostat may now switched
be to ensure that the fan control starts with the fan run and overrun thermostat.
(State transition 5).

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
4 Monitoring Module Test: If the test is finished tracking Wait waits until the condition in
Times mrwNCL_DA and mrwNCL_N0 finished elapsed. (State transition 6).
Treat 5 Entriegelungsbit: Is the immobilizer EEPROM lt still locked, so is equal to the

Fan run performed. (State transition 19). Is the immobilizer unlocked according to EEPROM so
must be checked whether the Immobilizerstatus is already stored in the EEPROM. At most
care must be serviced with timeout mrwNCL_SP. Only then can the Entriegelungsbit in
Imobilizerstatus be deleted. (State transition 8).
6 Save Waiting for Entriegelungsbit: Again, care must be maintained until the
Immobilizerstatus and thus the Entriegelungsbit is stored in the EEPROM. (State transition
9). The timeout for saving is again mrwNCL_SP. (State transition 20).
7 fan run: The end of the fan run or overrun thermostat is with ehmFGER =
0, ehmFHYL = 0, ehmFTST = 0 and = 0 ehmFZWP detected. (State transition 10).
8 Wait for the fault memory round: Once in the states 0-8 the Fehlerabspeicherung
is constantly triggered new (state transition 0) may have to for a newly added
Be tested mistake again if any errors have been saved. (State transition 11). Only
If this is done, the main relay off. (State transition 12). The
Timeout for storing error is again mrwNCL_SP. (State transition 21).
9 main relay throw: The error condition bounce time begins immediately off the main relay to
run. (State transition 13). If the control unit is turned on, the error is debounced
defective. The Fehlerabspeicherung must now again be allowed. (State transition 22).
DS / ESA Tracking index 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
dimK15
dzoNmit
mroUsoll,
mroUist
mroUist
mroUsoll
ehmFEAB
xcmImmoZ2 > 0 if a K15 without Realty
xcmImmo
Sta.7 unlocked Deleted Entriegelungsbit
edmIMM_W Written Realty status (EEPROM) Entriegelungsbit in EEPROM
nloFSP_S remains 1 until error in the EEPROM otherwise Pulse
ehmFGER Turns on fan motor - time kuot_NL
nloNL_TN0 mrwNCL_N0
nloNL_TIM mrwNCL_DA
mrwNCL_SP
nloNACHtr1 01 03 07 0F 1F 3F 7F FF 1FF 3FF FFF 3FFF

7FF 1FFF
nloNACHst 0 1 2 3 4 1 5 6 7 8 9
Figure SONSNL02: Temporal sequence of caster

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Adjust it 11.2 actuator stop position
0 Start timer mrwNL_VTS

Beginning
0
in m, it
1
Stop location for t> = mrwNL_VT
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN S
Tracking tests
prepare
1
dsmUist_AG <= mrwNL_MST
O
Start timer mrwNL_UM_t nlmUso_NAL 0
in m, it
2
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN Waiting time for Legend:
Pump 5
adjust it
S Olda nloSTOPst = S
3 State
t> = mrwNL_UM_t
4
Event
State transition
3 4
End Error
T Olda bit nloSTOPtr.T set
Figure SONSNL03: adjust it stop actuator position

One stop location for tracking tests to prepare: As actuator with mrwNL_UMIN
is driven (state transition 1) has reached the stop position dsmUist_AG mrwNL_MSTO
(State transition 2). The stop position is not reached in time mrwNL_VTS, then all
farther tracking tests are not carried out (state transition 5).
2 Wait for pump adjust it: The actuator mrwNL_UM_t nor the time
mrwNL_UMIN driven. (State transition 3). Only then the voltage stabilizer test must
be started. (State transition 4).
DS / ESA Tracking actuator adjust it stop location 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
11.3 voltage stabilizer test
Activate the normal mode

0 Start timer mrwNL_DTS Start analog conversion again
Beginning Start timer mrwNL_DTS
0
8
1 5
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN lower nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN top
Stability limit test Stability limit test
prepare prepare
t> = mrwNL_DTS t> = mrwNL_DTS
Stop analog conversion Stop analog conversion

Tune voltage divider down Tune voltage divider upward
Switching to test mode Switching to test mode
Start timer mrwNL_W TS Start timer mrwNL_W TS
2 10
2 6
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM lower nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM top
Stability limit Stability limit
test test
t> = mrwNL_WTS t> = mrwNL_WTS
Start timer mrwNL_STS Start timer mrwNL_STS
4 12
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM

3 7
lower top
Stability limit Stability limit
tested tested
t> = mrwNL_STS t> = mrwNL_STS
dsmUist_AG <= mrwNL_MST dsmUist_AG <= mrwNL_MSTO

O
fbeESTB_U good report fbeESTB_O good report

if no errors are present, HD1. if no errors are present, HD1.
Start timer mrwNL_PTS Start timer mrwNL_PTS
4
by lower
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN Stability limit t> = mrwNL_PTS
Actuator
level off
fbeESTB_U defective Report fbeESTB_O defective Report

if no error HD1 if no error HD1
present. 17 18 present.
Start timer mrwNL_UM_t Start timer mrwNL_UM_t
14
9
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN Waiting time for t> = mrwNL_UM_t
Pump
adjust it
Legend:
8
Start timer mrwNL_PTS 20 Actuator nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN
level off
S Olda nloSTABst = S let
State
Event t> = mrwNL_PTS
State transition
Activate the normal mode
Start analog conversion again 16 10
Olda bit nloSTABtr1.T or End
T
set nloSTABtr2. (T-16)
Figure SONSNL04: voltage stabilizer test
19 April 2002 Tracking voltage stabilizer test DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The test voltage stabilizer, the stabilizer monitoring circuit is checked. There
The reference voltages in positive and negative direction ("down", and by
) Moved "up", which must cause a lot of shutdown by the hardware. In a further
Sequence is checked whether the amount interlocking still by a target specification from the stop position
can move.
1 Prepare the lower stability limit test: The actuator for the time mrwNL_DTS
Stop location mrwNL_UMIN driven. (State transition 1). (Application Note: The time
mrwNL_DTS can be applied to zero, because the previous program actuator
Stop position was adjust it. This condition is only for compatibility with software to start position test
present in the wake. If instead the program actuator stop position adjust it the
Program start position test can be implemented as mrwNL_DTS must be applied> 0). After
time mrwNL_DTS analog conversion is stopped, the monitoring circuit in the 5V
Put the test mode, and the voltage divider, which monitors the supply voltage down
tune. As soon as the voltage divider output and a reference voltage does not coincide
switches the 5V monitor circuit from the actuator and all amplifiers. (State transition 2).
Test 2 lower stability limit: The actuator for the time to the start position mrwNL_WTS
mrwNL_MUSM driven. (State transition 3 and 4).
3 lower stability limit tested: The actuator is controlled with the start position mrwNL_MUSM.
(State transition 5). Is the actuator of the stop position mrwNL_MSTO, then the error
fbeESTB_U well reported (state transition 6). This is not done within the time
mrwNL_STS, the error fbeESTB_U is reported as defective, if no errors are present, HD1
(State transition 17). In order for the replacement reaction is effective in the next driving cycle must
fbwESTB_UT according to chapter Error handling will be applied.
4 to the lower stability limit actuator level off: The actuator for the period mrwNL_PTS
driven with mrwNL_UMIN. (State transition 7). Then, the control circuit is 5 V
switched back to normal mode and run the analog conversion again. (State transition
8).
5 Preparing the upper stability limit test: The actuator for the time mrwNL_DTS
Stop location mrwNL_UMIN driven. (State transition 9). (Application Note: The time
mrwNL_DTS can be applied with zero). After the time mrwNL_DTS the
Stopped analog conversion, brought the 5V monitoring circuit in the test mode and the
Voltage divider that monitors tune up the supply voltage. Once the
Does not match the voltage divider output and a reference voltage on the 5V
Monitoring circuit from the actuator and all amplifiers. (State transition 10).
Test 6 upper stability limit: The actuator for the time to the start position mrwNL_WTS
mrwNL_MUSM driven. (State transition 11 and 12).
7 upper stability limit tested: The actuator is controlled with the start position mrwNL_MUSM.
(State transition 13). Is the actuator of the stop position mrwNL_MSTO, then the error
fbeESTB_O well reported (state transition 14). This is not done within the time
mrwNL_STS, the error fbeESTB_O is reported as defective, if no errors are present, HD1.
In order for the replacement reaction is effective in the next driving cycle must fbwESTB_OT according to chap.
Error handling will be applied.
DS / ESA Tracking voltage stabilizer test 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Let settle 8 actuator: The actuator is still used for the time of the stop position with mrwNL_PTS
mrwNL_UMIN driven. The time mrwNL_PTS is required by the Digital setting knob to
reset the integrator. The amount interlocking would otherwise despite a small U_Soll
suddenly go towards start stop. (State transition 15). Only then is the 5V
Switched back to normal operation monitoring circuit and the analog conversion again
starts. (State transition 16).
9 Wait for pump adjust it: Since the actuator is moved in the event of an error, it is still
controlled for the time mrwNL_UM_t with the stop position mrwNL_UMIN. (State transition 19).
After this time, the actuator is again securely in stop position. (State transition 20).
mroUsoll,
dsoUist_Ag
mrwNL_MUSM
mrwNL_MSTO
mroUist
mrwNL_UMIN mroUsoll
0
nloTSTTIM mrwNL_VTS
mrwNL_UM_t
mrwNL_PTS
mrwNL_WTS
mrwNL_DTS
3FF 3FFF
nloSTABtr1 0 03 0F 3F FF FFF FFFF
nloSTABst 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10
nloSTOPst 0 1 2 3
nloNACHst 2 3 4, ...
0, 1
Figure SONSNL05: adjust it Temporal sequence of stop position and stabilizer test
19 April 2002 Tracking voltage stabilizer test DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
11.4 Monitoring module test (gate array test)

Legend:
0 Start timer mrwNL_DTS
Beginning
S Olda nloUEBMst = S
0 State
Event
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN 1
Prepare State transition
T Olda bit nloUEBMtr.T set

t> = mrwNL_DTS
Off communication with gate array
2
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN Communication
with gate array
interrupt
t> = 20ms
Start timer mrwNL_MTS
3
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM Waiting with
Interrupt.
Communic.
t> = mrwNL_MTS
Start timer mrwNL_UTS
mrmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN
Communication with gate array switch
4 fbeERUC_W defect report if no
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM Testing the t> = mrwNL_UTS
HD1-fault is present.
Feedback unit
Start timer mrwNL_UM_t
dsmUist_AG <= mrwNL_MST

O 11
mrmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN
Communication with gate array switch
fbeERUC_W good report, if there is no HD1
Errors are present.
6
Start timer mrwNL_PTS nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN Waiting time for
Pump
adjust it
8
5
nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN Actuator 13 Start timer mrwNL_PTS t> = mrwNL_UM_t
level off
let
t> = mrwNL_PTS
nlmUso_NAL = 0 10 7
End
Figure SONSNL06: Monitoring module test
DS / ESA Wake-monitoring module test (gate array test) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The control module testing the monitoring circuit of the gate array is checked. There
communication is set using the gate array, what a lot of disconnection by the
Gate array must cause. Subsequently, it is then checked whether the amount of signal box still
can move through a desired preset from the stop position.
1 Preparing: The actuator is for the time mrwNL_DTS with the stop position mrwNL_UMIN
activated. (State transition 1). (Application Note: The time mrwNL_DTS can with zero
be applied). After the time mrwNL_DTS the communication is to the gate array
stopped. Then switches the gate array from the actuator. (State transition 2).
2 Communication with gate array interrupt: Before the actuator is controlled with start position
is 20ms (1 main program flow) must be maintained to a shutdown by the
Gate array to enable. (State transition 3 and 4).
3 Wait with interrupted communication: The actuator for the period mrwNL_MTS
driven at the start position mrwNL_MUSM. (State transition 5 and 6).
4 Test of Feedback: The actuator is controlled with the start position mrwNL_MUSM.
(State transition 7). Is the actuator of the stop position mrwNL_MSTO, then in the
Error fbeERUC_W reported good (gate array OK) when no errors are present, HD1. , The actuator
is controlled with the stop position mrwNL_UMIN and communicate with the gate array is
started again. (State transition 8). If the actuator is not within the time mrwNL_UTS
under mrwNL_MSTO, the error fbeERUC_W is reported as defective if no error HD1
present. The actuator is controlled with the stop position and the communication mrwNL_UMIN
with the gate array is restarted. (State transition 11). In order for the replacement reaction in
is the next driving cycle effect must fbwESTB_OT according to chapter applied error handling
be.
6 Wait for pump adjust it: Since the actuator is moved in the event of an error, it is still
controlled for the time mrwNL_UM_t with the stop position mrwNL_UMIN. (State transition 12).
After this time, the actuator is again securely in stop position. (State transition 13).
Let settle 5 actuator: The actuator is still used for the time of the stop position with mrwNL_PTS
mrwNL_UMIN driven. The time mrwNL_PTS is required by the Digital setting knob to
reset the integrator. The amount interlocking would otherwise despite a small U_Soll
suddenly go towards start stop. (State transition 9). Only then the test is completed.
(State transition 10).
19 April 2002 Wake-monitoring module test (gate array test) DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroUsoll,
dsoUist_Ag
mrwNL_MUSM
mrwNL_MSTO
mroUist
mrwNL_UMIN mroUsoll
0
nlmM_E_AUS GA no communication
nloTSTTIM mrwNL_PTS
mrwNL_MTS
mrwNL_UTS
mrwNL_DTS
20ms
nloUEBMtr 0 03 3F 3FF 4 7FF
0F 0FF
nloUEBMst 0 1 2 3 4 5 7
nloNACHst 3 4 1, 5, ...
Figure SONSNL07: Temporal sequence of the monitoring module tests
DS / ESA Wake-monitoring module test (gate array test) 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
12 pump control
12.1 Overview
The fuel temperature correction functions, define position, quantity interlocking control,
ELAB - Control and monitoring are system dependent. The following description applies to
Distributor pumps.
mroUsoll
Position mroUsollv Monitoring
mrmM_EPUMP handicap
ZUME20 ZUME03
ehmFEAB
dzmNmit dsoUist_Ag
mrmBEGaAGL dzmNmit
mrmSASTATE mrmSTART_B
mrmPWGfi
anmWTF
mrmM_EFGR
ehmFEAB
mrmM_EADR
Speed synchronous Time sync
Figure ZUME07: Structure of the position specification
19 April 2002 Pump control - Overview DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
12.2 fuel temperature correction
anmKTF
CONTROLS
mrwKTF_OGR
mrwKTF_UGR
mrwKTF_BEZ
anmKTF - mrwKTF_BEZ
mrmM_EAKT
mrmM_EKORR
dzmNmit KF
mrwKTF_KF
mrwKTF_GEW
anmKTF <mrwKTF_BEZ
Figure ZUME01: fuel temperature correction

As delivered by the injection pump fuel quantity is density dependent, a correction must
the flow controller setpoint to be made to the desired amount of fuel to
receive. This correction includes the leakage of the fuel injection pump. For this purpose, a
Correction map mrwKTF_KF function of the current injection amount and mrmM_EAKT
the speed dzmNmit a correction value determined and further calculated using the following formula:
mrmM_EKORR = f (mrmM_EAKT, dzmNmit) * (anmKTF - mrwKTF_BEZ)

If the fuel temperature anmKTF smaller than the reference temperature mrwKTF_BEZ, then the
Correction amount mrmM_EKORR addition with a weighting factor mrwKTF_GEW
muliplikativ corrected.
mrmM_EKORR = mrmM_EKORR * mrwKTF_GEW

The fuel temperature is lower anmKTF between the threshold limit mrwKTF_UGR
and upper limit mrwKTF_OGR limited.
Comment:
Quantities, which are generated by the controller or by the smoothness Ruckeldämpfer not be
taken into account.
DS / ESA Pump control - fuel temperature correction 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
12.3 Position specification

The speed synchronous part of the crowd control calculated from the actual driving - or
Motor state and the calculated speed, the required reaction of the amount interlocking to
to achieve the desired operating point and hold.
dzmNmit
mroUsollv
mrmM_EPUMP KF
mrwUSO_KF
mrmBEGaAGL
CONTROLS
mrwBEAaMAX
mrwBEAaMIN
cowV_AGL_B == 1
mrmSASTATE = 4
Figure ZUME20: position preset
The amount determined desire of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR and synchronously
Desired quantity mrmM_EWUN be after the start dropping as the current injection quantity
mrmM_EAKT accepted. If the sum of the value of the limiting amount
mroM_EBEGR is, from the time synchronous request only the amount corresponding reduced portion
(Command desired amount mrmM_EWUSO) accepted. This part is called the operating point changing size
included on the amount of input of the active Ruckeldämpfers into the system. Any ARD
- Quantities are ignored in coasting mode after the time mrwSCHTIxG.
After the addition of the synchronous speed and limited portion of results of the LLR, ARD and LRR
occurs, the fuel quantity correction and implementation of the quantity desire in the
Digital setting controller (DSR) required voltage setpoint mroUsoll by pumping map
mrwUSO_KF. As directed by the LRR quantity forcing may occur <0, they must at
mroM_APUMP are limited to 0. About the DAMOS - switch cowV_AGL_B is defined,
whether the amount of compensation should be made multiplicative or additativ. Is cowV_AGL_B = 2 then the
Limiting amount multiplicatively with the balance value mrmBEGmAGL adjusted (see
Limit amount). Is cowV_AGL_B = 1 so the voltage setpoint is mroUsoll additativ with
the balance value mrmBEGaAGL adjusted. The adjustment value is between the
Threshold quantity adjustment lower limit mrwBEAaMIN and quantity adjustment limit
mrwBEAaMAX limited.
19 April 2002 Pump control - position preset DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
12.4 Volume interlocking control

The Regelwegsollwert is specified by the message and by various mroUsoll
Influenced monitoring functions via the U_Soll monitoring mrmUso_UEB.
When a crash is detected or the EGS coding in the engine control unit is out of order
(Apply with cowECOMTC.5) is present or not a start-up operation and one of the following error
occurs:
- Regelweggeberüberwachung
-
-
Monitoring of in coasting mode
- Monitoring on permanent (negative) deviation
Faulty communication between and gate array
- Monitoring of the gate array in the wake
- DZG - or NBF - Overspeed
is the target value of control is zero (mrmUso_UEB = 0).

In DZG - or NBF - overspeed setpoint monitoring zero (mrmUso_UEB = 0)
before the error is detected as final defective.
If there is no start condition before (mrmSTART_B) and the speed is zero (dzmNmit = 0),
also the target value of control is zero (mrmUso_UEB = 0).
If the Ecomaticeingriff accepted, is at:

dimAG4 0UNDanmWTF => ecwWTF_O
also the target value of control is zero (mrmUso_UEB = 0).
When you state:

dimAG4 = 1UNDdzmNmit <ecwN_LOW
the start bit is set (starting quantity released).
DS / ESA Pump control - quantity control Interlocking 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmUsoll
mroUsoll
a> = b
a b
Speed sync speed

synchronous
a> = b
a b
a> = b
a b
ehmFEAB
a> = b
b
-1 -1
mrmUso_MST -1
mrmUso_EAB ecmUso_ECO
a
EAB control ZUME05
mrmUso_UEB
a> = b
a b
dzmNmitehmFEAB
nlmUso_NAL
>1
-1
&
>1
fbbESEK_U dzmUEBER.0 error

condition-
fbbEDZG_U dzmNmit = 0
prellungfbwEDZG_U.
dzmUEBER.1 error
condition- &
prellungfbwESEK_U.
Coding imMSG not i.O.
fbbEASG_M
(mitcowECOMTC.5 be
fbbEHDK_H fbbEMEN_W fbbERUC_W
-Defective communication applied)
fbbEHDK_L fbbERUC_S Crash fbbEASG_I
Überwachungauf fbbERUC_Uzwischen fbbECRA_B cowECOMTC.6
Monitoring permanent
fboSDZG uCund gate array Recognition:
fbbEMEN_K croCR_STAT> =
desDrehzahlgebers neg CNTRLDEV. crwCR_ST_B
Speed sync speed
synchronous
Overspeed detection:
Overspeed detection: Überwachungdes gate
ÜberwachungdesÜberwachungdes
rule- uC mrmSTART_B
dzmN_SEK> dzmNmit> dzwDZG_NUS Arrayim trailing InkonsistenzGetriebe2
displacement imSchubbetrieb
dzwNBF_NUS transducer Embassy
mroUsollv
Figure ZUME03: Quantity interlocking control
19 April 2002 Pump control - quantity control Interlocking DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
12.5 ELAB control

fbbERUC_U
fbbERUC_W
>1
fbbEMEN_K
fbbEMEN_W
S
Q
&
R
dzmNmit <= mrwUW_NEAB
ehmFEAB (monitoring)
1 ehmFEAB
ehmFEAB (from start)
mrmSTART_B = 0
Figure ZUME05: ELAB control

If the errors negative deviation - cold quantity adjusting mechanism (fbbEMEN_K), negative
Deviation - warm amount interlocking (fbbEMEN_W), faulty communication
between gate array and control unit (fbbERUC_U) or faulty communication but between
Gate Array and the tracking control unit (fbbERUC_W) which ELAB is not driven. If
an error has occurred and the rotational speed falls below the speed dzmNmit mrwUW_NEAB threshold, may
the error state is not changed. If no error message before and was ELAB
is energized, this energized again only below the speed threshold mrwUW_NEAB.
12.6 ELAB released in the start-up operation
mrmSTW_fr
mroTS_ST = 2
dzmNmit> = mrwSTNMIN1 & (EAB test runs)
>1
cowV_DZG_2> 0
(2 speed sensors available)
EAB = a
ehmFEAB
EAB = off ehmFEAB
EAB monitoring activated (mroAKT_NL <> 0)
mrmSTART_B
-1
mrmUso_EAB
mrwEAB_TUS
Figure ZUME09_120: ELAB release

After the starting minimum speed mrwSTNMIN1 exceed the initial amount and the ELAB is
released in any case. For systems without a second speed sensor is only above the ELAB
the starting minimum speed mrwSTNMIN1 released.
DS / ESA Pump control - ELAB control 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
12.7 ELAB test

If the test mrmBTSM flag is set, then when you start a ELAB test is performed when
following conditions are met:
mrmBTSM
dzoNakt = 0 & mroTS_ST = mreTS_wn
anmWTF> mrwEAB_WMX
Figure ZUME06: Conditions for ELAB test
mrwEAB_MAD
mrmEAB_Dz
mroTS_ST <> 0
(EAB test: wait up to speed)
Figure ZUME08_120: Start dropping speed

If these conditions are met, the test status mroTS_ST is set to "Waiting for speed".
If the current speed dzoNakt the threshold mrwEAB_SDZ exceeds the test status
mroTS_ST to "test runs" set off the ELAB and start dropping speed to the
Threshold mrwEAB_MAD set.
If during the trial period mrwEAB_TDA the current speed dzmNakt below the threshold
mrwEAB_MID falls, the test is considered successful. The test mrmBTSM flag is cleared, the
ELAB energized again, start dropping speed on the water temperature dependent
Speed threshold set and re-set the starting amount.
Expires test time, or increasing the current speed dzoNakt over the threshold mrwEAB_MAD,
the ELAB is reported defective. The test status is set to "test failed", the ELAB again
energized and one program cycle specified null set. , The test is in each
subsequent start repeatedly, until he was again performed flawlessly.
19 April 2002 Pump control - ELAB test DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
13 injection start control
13.1 Overview
The start of injection control (SBR) is composed of three tasks together: the nominal value of education, the
Process value and the regulation or control with monitoring. All tasks are in
a fixed time frame performed.
dzmNmit
mrmM_EAKT
mrmM_EWUNL
mrmM_EWUNR
ldmADF
anmLTF
anmWTF
mrmBM_RAU
mrmM_EWUN
Of setpoint sbmPHISOLL
mrmBM_MOM
ldmBereich
fboSLD1
sbwSB_Dyn
SBR_02
anmUBATT Control /
ehmFEAB Control & ehmFMVS
mrmSTART_B Monitoring
ehmSMVS
SBR_06
dzmSCHUB Actual value

anmST_NBF calculation
sbmPHIIST
sbmNBF_TO
SBR_05
Figure SBR01: Structure of the injection start control

Through the software switch cowFUN_SBR the injection start control is switched off
(0 = off, 1 = on).
19 April 2002 Injection commencement control - Overview DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
13.2 Generation of setpoint

sbmAGL_SBR
CONTROLS
sbwSBRmxAG
sbwSBRmiAG
mrmBM_RAU
mrmBM_EWUN
mrmBM_MOM
ldmBereich
fboSLDS sboDYNStat
sbwSB_Dyn dyn. Advance
sbwSB_STA
ldmADF
&
mrmSTART_B
SBR_03
anmT_MOT sbmWTF
sbwUEB_WT
sboSOLL1
sboSOLL2
sboSOLL3
Basic characteristic space at
sboSOLL4
dyn. Advance
anwWTFSCH
sboSOLL5
fboSWTF KR sboSOLL6
& MIN
sbwSWDYxKR
fboSKTF sbwSWDY_KL
mrmM_EAKT
mrmM_EWUNL sboM_E sbmPHIsoll
mrmM_EWUNR
Basic characteristic space
KR
sbwSWGKxKR xcwSBRein
cowSBR_ME sbwSWGK_KL xcwSBRaus
ldmADF Basic setting

sboK2 about diagnosis
dzmNmit
Height correction characteristic space
KR
sbwSWADxKR
sbwSWAD_KL
anmLTF
sboK3
Air temperature correction map room

KR
sbwSWLTxKR
sbwSWLT_KL
sboKW4
SB-advance adjustment
ldmADF KF sboK4
sbwSWSN_KF correction after the start
SBR_04
dzmUMDRsta
ldmADF KF
sbwUMDR_KF
sboUMDRs
Revolutions
Advance
after start
KF
anmRME_ON sbwUMRMEKF
&
cowFUN_RME.2
sboSST
Advance at start
KR
sbwSWSTxKR
sbwSWST_KL
sboSWBGR
Limit
KF
sbwSWMX_KF
Figure SBR02: Setpoint Education
DS / ESA Injection start control - Generation of setpoint 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The setpoint of the injection start control sbmPHIsoll is a function of speed, quantity,
Water temperature, atmospheric pressure and air temperature
The switch can cowSBR_ME as an input variable sboM_E either mrmM_EAKT or

mrmM_EWUNL or mrmM_EWUNR be selected.
Description of the software switch quantity input request cowSBR_ME:
Decimal Comment
1 actual injection quantity (mrmM_EAKT)
2 Desired Amount of idle quantity (mrmM_EWUNL)
3 Desired quantity raw + idle quantity (mrmM_EWUNR)
The characteristic spaces are realized with group maps. The sampling points distribution names
corresponding characteristic rooms and the input variables are shown in the following table.
Nodes distribution name Input Characteristic space

sbwDZstzv dzmNmit sbwSWDYxKR
sbwSWGKxKR
sbwSWADxKR
sbwSWLTxKR
sbwSWSTxKR
sbwSTDZstzv dzmNmit sbwSWDYxKR
sbwMEstzv sboM_E sbwSWGKxKR
sbwSWADxKR
sbwSWLTxKR
sbwSWDYxKR
sbwSWGKxKR
sbwWTstzv sbmWTF sbwSWSTxKR
19 April 2002 Injection start control - Generation of setpoint DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
13.2.1 Dynamic advance
mrmBM_ERAU
-
mrmM_EWUN
sbwWUNHYS0
sbwWUNHYS1
mrmBM_ERAU
-
mrmBM_EMOM
sbwRAUHYS0
sbwRAUHYS1
ldmBereich = 6
Status:
ldmBereich = 5 >1 (SboDYNStat)
&
ldmBereich <> 3 sbwSB_Dyn
&
fbbELDSpR
>1
fbbELDSnR
sbmWTF
sbwWTFHYS0
sbwWTFHYS1
ldmADF
sbwADFHYS0
sbwADFHYS1
sbwADF_W0
sbwADF_W1
Figure SBR03: dyn. Advance

The dynamic advance adjustment is performed if all the following conditions are met:
(MrmM_EWUN - mrmBM_ERAU)> sbwWUNHYS. AND
(MrmBM_EMOM - mrmBM_ERAU)> sbwRAUHYS. AND
(SbmWTF> sbwWTFHYS.) AND
(LdmADF> sbwADFHYS.) AND
(SbwSB_Dyn = 1) AND NOT
((LdmBereich = 6) or (ldmBereich = 5) OR
((FbbELDSnR OR fbbELDSpR) AND (ldmBereich not equal 3)))
This will further calculation with the value from the map room of the dynamic advance.
The status of the dynamic advance is issued in the Olda sboDYNStat. (0 = no
dyn. Advance, 1 = dyn. Advance is performed)
The dynamic adjustment morning off sbwSB_Dyn Through the application label
will, if applied label to zero.
Through the software switch cowSBR_ME is selected, whether as a lot of the current
Injection quantity mrmM_EAKT, the requested quantity + idle mrmM_EWUNL amount, or the
Desired quantity raw + idle mrmM_EWUNR amount to be used. The set
Amount will be shipped via the Olda sboM_E.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
13.2.2 setpoint corrections

The default value is sboSOLL1 from the basic characteristic space sbwSWGKxKR (or sbwSWDYxKR each
on whether dynamic advance is performed) determined. The correction of this
Fundamental value is by the following variables:
- 1, the correction value is obtained from the characteristic sboK2 sbwSWADxKR space, and
sboSOLL1 added.
-The correction value 2 is obtained from the characteristic sboK3 sbwSWLTxKR space, and
sboSOLL2 added.
-The correction value 3 sboK4 is formed from the map sbwSWSN_KF and after
Start dropping a water temperature-dependent number of engine revolutions sboUMDRs
long additive fed. After this time, the current at this time
Stored correction value and to zero over the ramp slope sbwKW4Ramp.
Due to the characteristic space sbwSWMXxKF is independent of quantity and a maximum height
Injection start output depending on the water temperature and speed.
The adjusted value sbmAGL_SBR (initialized with cowAGL_SBR) is a limit

added.
If the error path fboSWTF set and the fuel temperature sensor is not a replacement value for
the water temperature sensor applied (anwWTFSCH = 1), the default value is sbwUEB_WT
be used.
Can initiate normalized Diagnostics enables basic setting as desired values xcwSBRein
and xcwSBRaus be specified.
19 April 2002 Injection start control - Generation of setpoint DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
13.2.3 advance after start
To achieve an even idle at low temperature after the start, can the
Start of injection for a water temperature-dependent duration be adjusted. The correction value 3
sboK4 for the start of injection setpoint is water temperature dependent (sbmWTF) and
Depending on atmospheric pressure formed from the map sbwSWSN_KF and after the start of discharge
(MrmSTART_B = 0) a water temperature-dependent (sbmWTF) number of engine revolutions
sboUMDRs long additive fed.
The number of crankshaft revolutions since the start shedding delivers the message dzmUMDRsta.
This value is the water temperature-dependent threshold sboUMDRs from the map
sbwUMDR_KF (or sbwUMRMEKF with RME fuel - detection) compared. In
Reaching the threshold is just the current correction value sboKW4 frozen and on the
Ramp slope sbwKW4Ramp to zero.
It also coincided with the blue smoke is reduced in height after the start, as now the
Atmospheric pressure enters the map.
sboK4
sboKW4
RAMP
sbwKW4Ramp
a
sboUMDRs
dzmUMDRsta a> b
b
Figure SBR04: Early adjustment after start
13.2.4 advance at start

When the label is applied to sbwSB_STA 1 during the starting phase (mrmSTART_B = 1),
the value used for sboSOLL5 sboSST, calculated from the map space sbwSWSTxKR.
If the label applied to zero no advance at the start is made.
This correction is not relevant for VP37, since controlled there in the start-up operation. (See chap.
Control)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
13.3 Process value

OT
DZG_PER
sbmPHIIST sbwRST_OFF
SB_MESS
Figure SBR05: Process value

To detect the start of injection angle sbmPHIist [° CA] is the time between the
Needle-movement sensor pulse and the subsequent speed pulse and the associated DZG
- Period sbmNBF_TO detected. After the angle between two DZG - pulses sbwRST_WIN
is known, by a proportional calculation of the angle between NBF - pulse and DZG -
Pulse can be calculated. From this value, the angular difference between DZG - pulse and
top dead center (TDC) sbwRST_OFF subtracted. The result is used for controlling
Injection start angle sbmPHIist [° CA], based on OT.
sbmPHIIST  SB _MEASURING *sbwRST _WIN

-sbwRST _OFF
DZG _PER
If after two turns NBF no pulse was detected, an overrun condition dzmSCHUB
switched and instead of the SB - control a SB - performed control.
Averaging from injection start-actual value
Due to problems in the production of non-standard motor for the evaluation of

Start of injection values is also filtered for diagnostic purposes of the SBR value provided
(SbmPHImit [° CA]).
sbmPHIist sbmPHImit
PT1
sbwPHI_GF
Figure: SBR07_120
19 April 2002 Injection start control - Process value DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
13.4 Control
b
sbwRST_MAX
a> = b
a &
mrmSTART_B
anmUBATT 1 sbmKSB
KL
sboSSKv
sbwUBA_KL
dzmNmit
sboSSK mrmSTART_B
>1
sbmWTF KF CONTROLS fboSMVS
sbwSSK_KF sbwRST_ ...
sboSTWS sboUBA
KF
sbwTWS_KF
sboSKF
mrmM_EAKT KF
sbwSKF_KF
sboNAPI
sboPANT
SB_IST sbmPHist sboIANT
sbmNBF_T0 sbwRST_DEF
Calculation
sboRA
ehmFMVS
Limitation:
sbwGR_ ...
sbmPHIsoll & Integrator
PI I share freeze
PI controller
Valuation ehmFEAB
factor
sbwRST_VGW
dzmSCHUB
fboSNBF
fboSSEK
>1
anmST_NBF = 0
n <sbwUEB_NUS
fboSDZG
Figure SBR06: Control and monitoring

The SB - regulator is a bypass - realize controller, ie - PI with the manipulated variable of the controller sboNAPI
the control value sboUBA is corrected. The manipulated variable of the controller is subject to a
Manipulated variable limiting the duty cycle sbwGR_MAX, or sbwGR_MIN. The I - Percentage
sboIANT is frozen when the manipulated variable of the controller sboNAPI sboUBA plus tax value of the
Limitations sbwGR_MAX exceeds, or falls below sbwGR_MIN. The control direction is
in such a way that with increasing current in the solenoid valve (corresponding to decreasing
EhmFMVS duty cycle) of the start of injection is shifted to late.
DS / ESA Injection start control - control 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
For the PI - controller apply to the I - and P - parameters within the window [sbwPR_FEN,
sbwIR_FEN] the sizes sbwPR_SIG and sbwIR_SIG and outside the sizes sbwPR_POS,
sbwPR_NEG, sbwIR_POS and sbwIR_NEG (POS for positive and NEG for negative
Control difference). The control value is comprised of two maps sbwSKF_KF, sbwTWS_KF as
Won a function of speed, injection quantity, water temperature.
In the start operation of the control value from the map sbwSSK_KF is taken. This
Duty cycle is limited to the values sbwRST_MIN and sbwRST_MAX.
Cold start acceleration over sbmKSB: In support of the cold start behavior is at
Nominal variables sboSSKv ≥sbwRST_MAX in the start operation (mrmSTART_B <> 0) for adjusting the
Injection begin early after the MVS - driven continuously output stage (sbmKSB = 1 -
Continuous-wave (100%), sbmKSB = 0 - control via PWM).
When power is low, the drive duty to from the characteristic curve is
sbwUBA_KL gained resized.
In overrun dzmSCHUB below a speed threshold sbwUEB_NUS, with defective

Speed encoder fboSDZG, with a defective needle movement sensor fboSNBF or if the NBF not
evaluated is anmST_NBF, no PI - controller calculates more, but with a tax value of
recently calculated I - share, weighted by the factor sbwRST_VGW added.
To support the emergency stop is on activation of ELAB ehmFEAB the start of injection
provided by early by issuing a fixed duty cycle sbwRST_DEF.
Monitoring, see the chapter "Monitoring" concept.
19 April 2002 Injection start control - control DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
14 ECU coding
14.1 Coding
Contains the word cowFUNDSV0 in the first record a nonzero value, then
successively all label cowFUNDSV0 to cowFUNDSV9 searched in all records until a
Label corresponds to the value of the coding from the EEPROM. The data set for this label
belongs is set and there are the function switch from the EEPROM into effect.
Also, there is in each record 10 to cowMSKCLG9 cowMSKCLG0 label, each of the

Label cowFUNDSV0 are assigned to cowFUNDSV9. When selecting a data set via a
CowFUNDSVx label (x = 0, 1, ... 9) with the corresponding label of cowMSKCLGx
Measuring channel comCLG_SIG set.
It must be cleared after the correct coding of the error memory of the SG.
EEPROM EPROM RAM
comDSV cowFUNDSV0 cowMSKCLG0 comCLG_SIG

Record 1
entered by
VAG
cowFUNDSV9 cowMSKCLG9
Record 2
Record 3
Record 11
Figure CODE01: Formation of comCLG_SIG

After selecting comCLG_SIG is subsequently to the correct records
accessed.
At the time of initialization of the SG will check how the switch cowFUNDSV0 in the default
Record is in the EPROM. If this value is zero, then that record is considered as selected
and the function switches of this record come into effect. This position covers the case
application of a control device or a non-programmable control unit with only one
Record from.
19 April 2002 Control unit coding - coding DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Description of the software switch record variant cowFUNDSV0 in the default record
Decimal Comment
0 Selection of the default record
1 ... 32750 Variant number
32750 ... 32767 reserved
14.2 CAN activation
14.2.1 Overview
The variable comCLG_SIG is bit-coded. The individual bits have the following meaning.

0 1 ASR / MSR / ESP intervention option
1 2 Ambient temperature source (analog or default)
2 4 Source ambient temperature (CAN or analog)
3 8 v-signal from the brake control unit or conventional
4 16 -
5 32 -
6 64 Source of the oil temperature
7 128 Source of the crash signal
8 256 -
9 512 -
A 1024 Possibility of intervention by the climate control unit
B 2048 -
C 4096 -
D 8192 -
E 16384 -
F 32768 CAN open circuit
The table indicates which CAN functions are 'mode or deakiviert. This means a 0
to the corresponding bit position, that the signal from the, set value of the cow ... configured,
Interface is used, a 1 indicates that the signal from the received CAN
Messages will be used.
Bit comCLG_SIG.15 15 is together with the label cawINF_CAB whether the control unit with
CAN is equipped or not. Is cawINF_CAB = 1or comCLG_SIG.15.15 = 1, then the CAN
Bus enabled. If both label to 0, the CAN bus is not enabled.
19 April 2002 Control unit coding - CAN-activation DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
14.2.2 Signal Configuration
comCLG_SIG.0 Bit for ASR / MSR / ESP 0 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x
comCLG_SIG.1 UTF analog / preset x x 0 0 1 1 x x x x x x x x
comCLG_SIG.2 UTF via CAN from the combi / analog x x 0 1 0 1 x x x x x x x x
comCLG_SIG.3 v signal via CAN from brake x x x x x x 0 1 x x x x x x
comCLG_SIG.6 Oil temp via CAN from combi x x x x x x x x 0 1 x x x x
comCLG_SIG.7 Crash signal from airbag CAN x x x x x x x x x x 0 1 x x
comCLG_SIG.10 air signal via CAN climate x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 1
comCLG_SIG.15 CAN activation x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
comM_E_ASR Sharing ASR cow 2 x x x x x x x x x x x x
comM_E_MSR Sharing MSR cow 2 x x x x x x x x x x x x
comVAR_FZG Variant UTF switch x x cow 3 4 3 x x x x x x x x
comVAR_FGG Variant switch FGG x x x x x x cow 3 x x x x x x
comVAR_OTF Variant switch OTF x x x x x x x x anw 100 x x x x
comFUN_CRA Function switch CRA x x x x x x x x x x cow 2 x x
comFUN_KLI Function switch climate x x x x x x x x x x x x cow 2
cow means that the corresponding label cow ... is copied to the massage ... com.
From the table, the relationship between the message and passes comCLG_SIG
Signal configurations com .... forth. Depending on whether the corresponding bit in comCLG_SIG
is set, contains the signaling message com ... the value from the label cow ... or the tabulated
Value.
14.2.2.1 speed
Is comCLG_SIG.3 = 1 (owned by the data selected prior to the cowMSKCLGx
be applied), then comVAR_FGG is set to 3 (Speed over brake1). Is
comCLG_SIG.3 not set, the value applied in cowVAR_FGG in comVAR_FGG is
taken.
3 comVAR_FGG
cowVAR_FGG
comCLG_SIG.3
Figure CODE02: speed by the brake control unit

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

be applied), then comVAR_FZG is set to 4 (UTF via analog input). Is
comCLG_SIG.2 = 1, comVAR_FZG is set to 3 (UTF CAN). If both bits are set,
as UTF has CAN higher priority and it is taken in comVAR_FZG 3. If both
Bits are not set, so the applied in cowVAR_FZG value is applied to comVAR_FZG.
comVAR_FZG
4
cowVAR_FZG
comCLG_SIG.1
comCLG_SIG.2
Figure CODE03: ambient temperature from combi / analog input
14.2.2.3 oil temperature

be applied), comVAR_OTF is set to 100h (OTF via CAN). Is not comCLG_SIG.6
set, the applied in anwOTF_KAN value is applied to comVAR_OTF.
The default value is 100h, since this is an analogue channel setting.
100h comVAR_OTF
anwOTF_KAN
comCLG_SIG.6
Figure CODE04: oil temperature from the instrument cluster
14.2.2.4 crash signal

be applied), comFUN_CRA is set to 2 (crash signal via CAN). Is not comCLG_SIG.7
set, the applied in cowFUN_CRA value is applied to comFUN_CRA.
2 comFUN_CRA
cowFUN_CRA
comCLG_SIG.7
Figure CODE05 Crash signal from airbag control unit via CAN

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
14.2.2.5 ASR / MSR / ESP intervention

Is where, elected by the coding label cowMSKCLGx or in the corresponding
Massage comCLG_SIG set bit 0, comM_E_MSR and comM_E__ASR is set to 2 (ASR-
and MSR intervention via CAN) set. Is comCLG_SIG.0 not set, then the in
cowFUN_ASR applied value in comM_E_ASR, and applied in cowFUN_MSR value in
comM_E_MSR taken.
2 comM_E_ASR
cowFUN_ASR
comCLG_SIG.0
2 comM_E_MSR
cowFUN_MSR
Figure CODE06: ASR / MSR / ESP intervention
14.2.2.6 function request from the remote climate control module

Is comCLG_SIG.10 set (by belonging to the selected data as of cowMSKCLGx
be applied), comFUN_KLI is set to 2 (feature request from Klimastuergerät). Is
comCLG_SIG.10 not set, the value applied in cowFUN_KLI in comFUN_KLI is
taken.
2 comFUN_KLI
cowFUN_KLI
comCLG_SIG.10
Figure CODE07: function request from the climate control unit

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
14.2.3 Error Handling
comM_E_ASR Sharing ASR 0 2 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
comM_E_MSR Sharing MSR x x 0 2 xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x

0.1,
comVAR_FZG Variant UTF switch x x x x 3 4 x x x x x x x x x x x x
2
3.4,
comVAR_FGG Variant switch FGG x x x x x x x 1.2 x x x x x x x x x x
5.6
comVAR_OTF Variant switch OTF x x x x x x x x x0 100 x x x x x x x x
comFUN_CRA Function switch CRA x x x x x x x x x x x 0 1 2 x x x x x
comFUN_KLI Function switch climate x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 1 2 x x
comCLG_SIG.15 CAN activation x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 1
fbbEASR_Q Error message from brake of Curr. of Curr. x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEMSR_H physical plausibility MSR x x of Curr. x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEMSR_P functional plausibility MSR x x of Curr. x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEUTF_H UTF analog SRC high x x x x out of act. x x x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEUTF_L UTF analog SRC low x x x x out of act. x x x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEUTF_U UTF inaccurate x x x x nude. from. from x x x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEUTF_N UTF not installed x x x x nude. from. from x x x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEUTF_S UTF defect x x x x nude. from. from x x x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEFGG_C Error ID v-signal from brake linings x x x x x x x of Curr. x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEFGG_Q Message timeout v-brake signal x x x x x x x of Curr. x x x x x x x x x x

fbbEFGG_F v analog signal too large x x x x x x x nude. from x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEFGG_S v analog signal implausible x x x x x x x nude. from x x x x x x x x x x
fbbEOTF_H OTF analog SRC high x x x x x x x x x nude. from x x x x x x x x
fbbEOTF_L OTF analog SRC low x x x x x x x x x nude. from x x x x x x x x
fbbEOTF_U OTF inaccurate x x x x x x x x x of Curr. x x x x x x x x
fbbEOTF_N OTF is not installed x x x x x x x x x of Curr. x x x x x x x x
fbbEOTF_S OTF defective x x x x x x x x x of Curr. x x x x x x x x
fbbECRA_Q Error message from the airbag x x x x x x x x x x x out of act. x x x x x
fbbECRA_P PWM signal plausibility crash x x x x x x x x x x x of Curr. from x x x x x
fbbECRA_C Checksum error airbag x x x x x x x x x x x out of act. x x x x x
fbbECRA_Z Plausibility message count airbag x x x x x x x x x x x out of act. x x x x x
fbbEKLI_K KLI analogous short-circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x x x nude. nude. from x x
fbbEKLI_O KLI analogous idle x x x x x x x x x x x x x x nude. nude. from x x
fbbEKLI_Q KLI CAN plausibility x x x x x x x x x x x x x x out of act. x x
fbbEKMD_H KMD analog SRC high x x x x x x x x x x x x x x of Curr. from x x
fbbEKMD_L KMD analog SRC low x x x x x x x x x x x x x x of Curr. from x x
fbbECA0_D Communication error x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x of Curr.
fbbECA0_O CAN-bus error x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x of Curr.
fbbECA0_S Communication error x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x of Curr.
fbbECA0_W Ausblendbedingung CAN bus x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x of Curr.
From the table, the relationship between the configuration label comCLG_SIG and goes
Effect on the error fbb .... forth. Depending on whether the corresponding bit in
comCLG_SIG is set, a possible error in the corresponding bit fbb ... updated
on or off.

0 bosch EDC15 + Page A-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Appendix A Umprogrammieranleitung
Motor-specific data
Description of Damosschalters number of cylinders cowVAR_ZYL:
Decimal Comment
4 4 cylinder
5 5 cylinder
6 6 cylinder
The number of cylinders affects the following parts of the program and data (examples): the
Smoothness regulator, overrun detection in the SBR segment counter, calculating the constant DZG-
Speed (dzwDNR_HI, dzwDNR_LO), the normalization constant of the air flow meter
(ArwLMBNORM), and the angle between two speed pulses (sbwRST_WIN).
Description of the software switch record variant cowFUN_DSV:
Decimal Comment
0 Application record
1 ... 32750 Variant number
32750 ... 32767 reserved
At the time of initialization of the control device (SG) is in the first data in the EPROM
examined how the switch is cowFUN_DSV.
Is this on the value zero, then does this data set as selected and the function switch
this record come into effect. This position covers the case of a
Application control device or a non-programmable control unit with only one
Record from.
Contains the word cowFUN_DSV in the first record in the EPROM to a nonzero value, then
is searched in the EPROM after that record whose switch cowFUN_DSV same value
contains. This record is set and there are the function switch from the EEPROM
the effect.
It must be cleared after the correct coding of the error memory of the SG.
Description of the software switch gear type cowVAR_GTR:
Decimal Comment
1 Manual gearbox (Under braking is treated in LLR)
2 Automatic hydraulic
3 Automatic electrically
19 April 2002 Umprogrammieranleitung - Motor-specific data DS / ESA

Side A-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Control engineering functions

The controller initially distinguishes between routines that constant (time-synchronized) and
such are processed with variable (speed-synchronous) call period.
Time-synchronous algorithms are processed in the fixed time grid (daeHPPER). Through the
Program structure ensures that the calling period of the speed-synchronous parts
between 6 ms (computer time load) and 32 ms (interpretation of mathematics) remains.
The following control algorithms are provided to the system are available:
- P controller with nonlinear coefficient
-
I controller with nonlinear coefficient, time-synchronized
-
- I-Reger with nonlinear coefficient, speed synchronous
- Differentiator (DT1) time-synchronized,
- Differentiator (DT1) with nonlinear coefficient time-synchronized,
- Differentiator (DT1), speed synchronous
- Low-pass filter (PT1) time-synchronized,
-
Low-pass filter (PT1) speed synchronous,
-
- PT2 element, time-synchronized (currently in force)
- D2T2 link speed synchronous, (currently in force)
PDT1 link time-synchronized,
PDT1 link speed synchronous,
Scaling exponent:
All controller coefficients KP, KI and KD/T1 are in internal representation by a factor
2 ^ scaling exponent provided by which the result must be corrected at runtime.
The scaling exponent is a function of the quantization of the input and output variables of the
Controller and the required maximum value of the controller coefficients (additional with DT1 components
the required minimum value of the time constant T1). Since the value in the conversion of
each coefficient is included, but its value is not to apply.
In the following, the data structures and their application for the individual routines, will be explained.
DS / ESA Umprogrammieranleitung - Control engineering functions 19 April 2002

0 bosch EDC15 + Side A-3
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
P controller, the I-controller (time and speed sync)

The coefficients KP [output / input] and KI [Output / (input * s)] are respectively represented by
following structure provides:
_FEN .. Window width small signal

_SIG .. Small-signal
_NEG .. negative large-signal
_pos .. positive large-signal
_NEX .. Scaling exponent
If the magnitude of the error signal (setpoint - actual value) is smaller than the window width, the value is
Small Signal .. _SIG as the coefficient used. For greater control differences is a function
the sign between negative and positive large-signal .. _NEG large-signal .. _pos
distinguished. The transition between large and small signal is continuous ie does not cause
Jump in the output.
Given: P-window width, KPklein, KPgroßneg, KPgroßpos or

I-window width, KIklein, KIgroßneg, KIgroßpos
Application: Input in physical quantities

Application (example):
P controller: arwPR_ .. ARF
ldwPR_ .. LDR
sbwPR_ .. SBR
mrwADP_ .. ADR
mrwLRP_ .. LRR
mrwFP2_ .. FGR Hold
mrwFRP_ .. FGR Ramp ON +
mrwFRM_ .. FGR ramp ON
mrwF1W_ .. FGR ramp WA
mrwF2W_ .. FGR final phase WA
I controller: arwIR_ .. ARF
ldwIR_ .. LDR
sbwIR_ .. SBR
mrwADI_ .. ADR
mrwFI2_ .. FGR Hold
mrwFIW_ .. FGR final phase WA
19 April 2002 Umprogrammieranleitung - Control engineering functions DS / ESA

Page A-4 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Time Synchronous DT1

Structure:
_KOF .. Coefficient
_GF .. Memory factor
For technical reasons, instead of the parameters of the differentiator KD [(output

* S) / input] and T1 [s] the coefficient _KOF and the memory factor _GF enter, the
to apply are as follows:
Given: KD, T1 (T = constant = daeHPPER)

Application:
_KOF .. = KD / T1
_GF .. = E-T/T1
Attention! When changing the time constant T1 of the corresponding coefficient is _KOF ..
mitzuändern!
Application:
ldwDR_ .. LDR (for PIDT1)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Time Synchronous DT1 element with nonlinear coefficient

Structure:
_GFP .. Memory factor with positive feedforward
_FEP .. Window width small signal at positive feedforward
_sip .. positive small-signal
_pos .. positive large-signal
_GFN .. Memory factor with negative feedforward
_FEN .. Window width small signal at negative feedforward
_SIN .. negative small-signal
_NEG .. negative large-signal
This algorithm uses a segmented into four sections transfer function. The
Transitions are continuous. For positive and negative input size change may have different
Memory factors _GFP .. and .. _GFN be specified. (Zero is considered positive
Input resizing counted.) Depending on the sign of the input value is .. _GFP
or .. _GFN used to establish whether the small-signal coefficient _sip .. or .. or _SIN
the large-signal coefficient to be .. or .. _pos _NEG used. (Note: In a skip
at the input of the D-gain of the direction and magnitude of the jump is a function. The
Gedächnisfaktor and thus the time constant is thus the sign of the current
Input size dependent after the jump).
Given: KDposklein, KDposgroß, KDnegklein, KDneggroß, T1pos, T1neg, (T = constant =

daeHPPER)
Application:
_GFP .. = e-T/T1pos
_FEP .. = Input in physical size
_sip .. = KDposklein / T1pos
_pos .. = KDposgroß / T1pos
_GFN .. = e-T/T1neg
_FEN .. = Input in physical size
_SIN .. = KDnegklein / T1neg
_NEG .. = KDneggroß / T1neg
Application:
arwDV_ .. ARF input taxes
ldwWDV_ .. LDR input taxes

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Speed Synchronous DT1

Structure:
_KOF Coefficient ..
_NEX Normalization exponent ..
_aquadratischer Factor ..
_blinearer Factor ..
_cKonstante ..
This algorithm determines at runtime the memory eT/T1 factor as a function of sampling time.
For reasons of maturity, the value is determined by calculating a quadratic polynomial a *
T2 + b * T + c approximated whose coefficients are entered under .. _a, _b .. and .. _c. The
Calculation gives the memory factor in internal representation. The coefficients for
Time constants T1> 20 ms are optimized by the least square error on e (-
T/T1), for time constants T1 <20 ms optimized by an ideal trend behavior at large
Sampling times (ie first derivative of approximation = 1st derivative of eT/T1 at T = Tmax = 32 ms).
Given: KD, T1 Application: .. _KOF = KD / T1

Application (example)
mrwLLGWK_ ... mrwLLGKK_. LLR hot / cold, clutch
T1 _c .. _b .. _a ..
0.0100 22099 -9536 8645
0.0123 25127 -10 009 8595
0.0151 27524 -9943 7996
0.0185 29303 -9437 7024
0.0228 31552 -9652 7531
0.0280 32034 -8322 5781
0.0344 32333 -7063 4323
0.0423 32515 -5924 3162
0.0519 32622 -4926 2273
0.0638 32685 -4070 1609
0.0784 32721 -3347 1125
0.0963 32742 -2744 779
0.1183 32753 -2245 535
0.1454 32760 -1833 365
0.1786 32763 -1495 248
0.2194 32765 -1219 167
0.2696 32766 -993 112
0.3312 32767 -809 75
0.4070 32767 -658 50
0.5000 32767 -536 33
Table 1: Näherungspolynomkoeffizienten to Calculation of speed synchronous

Memory factor in internal representation

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Time Synchronous PT1

Structure:
_GF .. Memory factor
Given: T1 (T = constant = daeHPPER)
Application:
_GF .. = E-T/T1
Exemplary application:
fgwFGF_GF FGG velocity filter
fgwBEF_GF FGG acceleration filter
fgwVNF_GF FGG V / N - filter
mrwPT1_ZPO PWG - Filters rise above
mrwPT1_ZPU PWG - Filter increase below
mrwPT1_ZNO PWG - filter waste above
mrwPT1_ZNU PWG - filter drop down
ldwLDF_GF LDF - filter
kmwPT1_ZP Thermostat filter increase NOTE: T = 100ms
kmwPT1_ZN Thermostat filter waste NOTE: T = 100ms
Speed Synchronous PT1

Structure:
_a .. quadratic factor
_b .. linear factor
_c .. Constant
Given: T1
Application:
_a .., .. _b, _c .. The coefficients corresponding to the desired time T1 come closest are the
Refer to Table 1 and to only change together.
Application: currently no

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Time Synchronous PT2 element

Structure:
_b2 .. Input rating b2
_B1 .. Input rating b1
_A2 .. Memory factor a2
_A1 .. Memory factor a1
Given: T1, T2, (T = sampling time = daeHPPER)
Application: non-oscillatory PT2
_b2 .. = (T2 * eT/T1 * (1-eT/T2) - T1 * eT/T2 * (1-eT/T1)) / (T1-T2)
_B1 .. = (T1 * (1-e-T/T1) - T2 * (1-e-T/T2)) / (T1-T2)
_A2 .. = -e-T/T1 * e-T/T2
_A1 .. = e-T/T1 + e-T/T2
Given: T1 (time constant) = 1/π0,

D (damping factor) <1
T (sampling time) = daeHPPER
π= Sqrt (1 - D2) / T1
Application: About Swinging PT2
_b2 .. = eD * T/T1 * (eD * T/T1 - cos (π * t) + sin (π * t) * D / (π * T1))
_B1 .. = 1 - eD * T/T1 * (cos (π * t) + sin (π * t) * D / (π * T1))
_A2 .. = -E-2 * D * T/T1
_A1 .. = 2 * e-D * T/T1 * cos (π * D)
Application: not currently enabled

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Speed Synchronous D2T2 member

Structure:
_T2 .. Time constant adjustment value
_KD .. Differential gain
Given: KD, T1, T2
Application:
_T2 .. = 1/T2 - 1/T1
_KD .. = KD * T1 / (T2) 2
Application: not currently enabled
Time Synchronous PDT1 member (Lead Lag)

Structure:
_KOF Coefficient ......
_NEX ...... Normalization exponent
_GF ...... Memory factor
1TZs
Laplace transfer function: F(s) 1T1s
Given:
TZ, T1 (T = constant = daeHPPER)
Application:
_GF ...... = E -T/T1
_KOF ...... = TZ / T1
Application: currently no
Speed Synchronous PDT1 member (Lead Lag)

Structure:
_KOF ...... Coefficient
_NEX ...... Scaling exponent
_a ...... quadratic factor
_b ...... linear factor
_c ...... Constant
Input variables:
- Max. Ramp Rate
- Upper limit of the range
- Lower limit of the range
1TZs
Laplace transfer function: F(s) 1T1s

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Application:
_KOF ...... = TZ / T1
_a .., .. _b, _c .. The coefficients corresponding to the desired time T1 come closest are the
Refer to Table 1 and to only change together.

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Amplifiers
Power amplifier modules

In the Label ehwCJ4_ANZ the number of available amplifiers is specified. The block
CJ920 has 14 physical plus 2 dummy amplifiers, he wears than 16 logical output stages. The
Block CJ420 has 4 logical amplifiers; EAB driver controls 1 Power Amplifier. Will
uses less power amps must nevertheless the number of equipped amplifiers applied
be, because otherwise all output stage fault can not be diagnosed.
ehwCJ4_ANZ Number of power

2121 logical amplifiers available
The labels ehwCJ4_Nxx define the connection computer port pin to output stage for the
Final stage diagnosis.
Application EDC15VM +:
Value Port SG-pin Pin- Importance PWM parameters
EDC15V + EDC15V + EDC15V + Designation
ehwCJ4_N01 C0h 7.0 81 DKS 0 PWM-capable ehwuCP0_FR
ehwuCP0_TE = 1
ehwCJ4_N02 C2h 7.1 61 ARS 0 PWM-capable ehwuCP1_FR
ehwuCP1_TE = 1
ehwEST_T1
ehwCJ4_N03 24 2.2 60 KTH-0 PWM-capable ehwEST_T1
ehwCJ4_N04 26h 2.3 42 GRL-0 PWM-capable ehwEST_T1
ehwCJ4_N05 28h 2.4 40 SYS-0 PWM-capable ehwEST_T1
ehwCJ4_N06 2Ah 2.5 22 TAV-0 PWM-capable ehwEST_T1
ehwCJ4_N07 2Ch 2.6 24 MIL-0 PWM-capable ehwEST_T1
ehwCJ4_N08 2eh 2.7 21 EKP-0 PWM-capable ehwuCP2_FR
ehwCJ4_N09 C4h 7.2 62 LDS 0 PWM-capable ehwuCP2_TE = 1
ehwuCP3_FR
ehwuCP3_TE = 1
ehwCJ4_N10 C6h 7.3 114 MVS-0 PWM-capable ehwEST_T1
ehwGAP3_FR
ehwGAP3_TE
ehwCJ4_N11 3Ah 2:13 41 GSK2-0 PWM-capable
ehwCJ4_N12 B4h gaPWM3 11 HYL-0 PWM
ehwCJ4_N13 98h XP1.12 80 GSK1-0 digital

ehwCJ4_N14 9Ch XP1.14 29 KLI-0 digital
ehwCJ4_N15 F0h - - - -
-
ehwCJ4_N16 F0h - - - -
-
ehwCJ4_N17 B2h gaPWM2 59 ARS2-0 PWM
ehwGAP2_FR
ehwGAP2_TE = 0
ehwEST_T1
ehwCJ4_N18 20h 2.0 79 MML2-0 PWM ehwEST_T1
ehwCJ4_N19 22h 2.1 23 MML1-0 PWM
ehwCJ4_N20 A2h XP2.1 43 KSK-0 digital
ehwCJ4_N21 40h 3.0 120 EAB-1 digital
ehwCJ4_N22 F0h - - - -
- CEh 7.7 9 GRS-0 PWM -
ehwEST_T8
19 April 2002 Umprogrammieranleitung - Power Amplifier DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The number of non-diagnosable amplifiers is given in ehwNDIG_NO:
EDC15VM +
ehwNDIG_NO0
Values of computer port pins:

Port 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1:10 1:11 1:12 1:13 1:14 1:15
Value 00 02 04 06 08 0A 0C 0E 10 12 14 16 18 1A 1C 1E
Port 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2:10 2:11 2:12 2:13 2:14 2:15
Value 20 22 24 26 28 2A 2C 2E 30 32 34 36 38 3A 3C 3E
Port 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7
Value 40 42 44 46 48 4A 4C 4E
Port 4.4 4.7
Value 68 6E
Port
Value
Port X1.0 X1.1 X1.2 X1.3 X1.4 X1.5 X1.6 X1.7 X1.8 X1.9 X1.10 X1.11 X1.12 X1.13 X1.14
Value 80 82 84 86 88 8A 8C 8E 90 92 94 96 98 9A 9C
Port X2.0 X2.1 X2.2 X2.3 X2.4 X2.5 X2.6 X2.7 xPWM1 xPWM2 xPWM3
Value
Port A0 A2 A4 A6 A8 AA AC AE B0 B2 B4
Value 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7
C0 C2 C4 C6 C8 CA CC CE
8.0 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7
E0 E2 E4 E6 E8 EA EC EE
In addition, for most amplifiers / outputs (computer port 2, 3, 6 and 7) the possibility
of early initialization (that is, before a consideration of ehwEST_xxx.12)
set out below:
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
cowP2INEST GK2 EKP MIL TAV DIA GRL TST ML1 ML2
cowP3INEST ISO-K EAB
cowP7INEST GRS MVS LDS AR1 DKS
cowP8INEST TDS PBM TQS
If the corresponding bit is set, the corresponding output during initialization is

placed on + Ubatt except that the bit is not set, on-Ubatt.
Shaded fields are ignored.
Donor passwords ehwEST_ ..

For each logical output stage there is a timer password ehwEST_ ... Each logical final stage, the
is used must be applied. The low byte of the value of the physical is
Power amplifier .. ehwCJ4_N entered. This is the link between logical and
physical output stage applied. If more donors passwords applied as a logical output stages
are present, occurs restart.
In the high byte of the timer password ehwEST_ .. everyone used logic output stage shall include the type
of use are applied:
DS / ESA Umprogrammieranleitung - Power Amplifier 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Importance Bit value Value

Not used amplifier 0100h 0
Used amplifier 1
digital power amplifier 0
PWM - output stage 0200h 1
Power stage not UBatt - corrected 0
Amplifier UBatt - corrected 0400h 1
Not limited PWM TV 0
PWM TV limited btw 5 and 95% 0800h 1
Initialisierungspegel UBatt 0
Initialisierungspegel-UBatt 1
Output not inverted 1000h 0
Inverted output 1
Driving software through access to power amp 2000h 0
Put amplifier in the wake on level 15 bit 1
Bit 14 in the wake place on-Ubatt 0
Set Bit 14 in the wake of + Ubatt 4000h 1
8000h
Application example:
Record Label SG-pin EDC15 F E D C B A 9 8
VV-5.1
ehwEST_AR1 ARS 0 CFC2H 1 1 1 1 1 1
ehwEST_AR2 DKS 0 C1C0H 1 1 1
ehwEST_LDS LDS 0 CFC4H 1 1 1
000Ch 1 1 1
ehwEST_ML1 MML1-0
ehwEST_ML2 MML2-0 0000H
ehwEST_GRS GRL-0 C926H
ehwEST_MVS MVS-0 CBC6H 1 1 1 1
SYS-0 C128H 1 1 1 1
ehwEST_DIA 1
KLI-0 619CH 1 1 1
ehwEST_KLI
ELAB-1 4140h 1 1
ehwEST_EAB
TST-0 7324H 1 1 1
ehwEST_TST
GSK1-0 C12EH 1 1
ehwEST_GK1
GSK2-0 C12AH 1 1
ehwEST_GK2
03CEH 1 1 1
ehwEST_GER GER-0 1 1
CRB, MIL-0 C12CH 1
ehwEST_MIL 1 1
- 0 1
ehwEST_GAZ 0
ehwEST_TAV - 1
- 0
ehwEST_EKP 1 1
- 0
ehwEST_GK3 0
ehwEST_AR3 -
HYL-0 0
ehwEST_HYL 0
-
ehwEST_ZWP
19 April 2002 Umprogrammieranleitung - Power Amplifier DS / ESA

0 bosch EDC15 + Page B-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Appendix B Definition of group numbers

The assignment ad group - measuring channel is to apply. Presentation of the individual channels
can be seen as an example (on VAG tester, individual channels or measured values are missing or
be applied otherwise):
Channel 01 Mengenanpaßung

Engine speed Injection quantity U_Ist Water temperature
Channel 02 idle speed

Engine speed Pedal position sensor Switch positions 1 Water temperature
7 65 43 2 10
Klimakompr. a
Empty gas switch
Kickdown switch
erh idling speed
Channel 03 EGR

Engine speed ARF_Sollwert ARF_Istwert Duty cycle ARF
Channel 04 beginning of injection

Engine speed SB_Sollwert SB_Istwert Duty cycle SB
Channel 05 starting quantity

Engine speed Starting quantity SB_Istwert Water temperature
Channel 06 switch position

Speed Switch positions 2 FGR switching states FGR Fashion
6 3 0 76543210 00 = FGR not in function
Brake contact 01 = OFF
red. Bremsk. GRA - L
Coupling 02 = A +
GRA - A
04 = ON
GRA - (+)
08 = Retrieve
GRA - W16 = brake
Bremskontakt32 = Hold
Kupplung64 = transition from A +
GRA - + (LT2) 128 = transition from ON
Kontrollk. (LT2) disabled 255 = FGR
19 April 2002 Definition of the group numbers DS / ESA

Page B-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Channel 07 temperatures

Fuel temperature Intake manifold Water temperature
08 channel limit quantities 1

Engine speed Driver's desired quantity Drehmomentbegrenz. Smoke limit
09 channel limit quantities 2

Engine speed Amount GRA Amount AG4
Channel 10 air sizes

Amount of air Atmospheric pressure Boost pressure actual valuePedal position sensor
Channel 11 loader control

Engine speed Boost pressure setpoint Boost pressure actual valueDuty cycle LDR
Channel 12 Preheating

Glühstatus Preheating time [s] Battery voltage Water temperature
Channel 13 smooth-running control

LRR LRR injection amount of injection amount of injection quantity LRR LRR injection amount
Cylinder 1Zylinder 2Zylinder 3Zylinder 4
Channel 14 smooth-running control

LRR LRR injection amount of injection quantity
Cylinder 5Zylinder 6
DS / ESA Definition of the group numbers 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Channel 15 consumption

Engine speed Injection quantity Consumption MFA Driver's desired quantity
Channel 16 cooling water heating

averaged Generator shutdown switch output KWH Battery voltage
load
10
Relay f.1 candle
Relay f.2 candles
Channel 17 CARB Mode 01, PID 01, Data A, B, C, D (Readiness)

Data A Data B Data C Data D
76543210 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Supported: 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Supported: 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 status:
LSB Misfire monitoring Catalyst monitor. Catalyst monitor.
Fuel system monitor.
Comprehensive comp.
reserved not for diesel not for diesel
Debounced number status:
registered exhaust Misfire monitoring
relevant error Fuel system monitor.
Comprehensive comp. EGR system monitor. EGR system monitor.
MIL status (0 .. OFF) reserved
Channel 18 speed

Speed Status Maximum Speed tracked
10
FGR-free (= 0), 0 = disabled HGB
locked (= 1)
Normalization
constant FGG
(0: NK1_FGG,
1: NK2_FGG)
Channel 19

Start position Stop position
Channel 20

Number of Injection quantity U_ist Pedal position sensor
revolutions
Channel 21

ARF setpoint ARF actual value Duty cycle ARF Switch 3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Channel 22

SB setpoint SB value Duty cycle SB Speed
Channel 23

LDR setpoint LDR value Duty cycle LDR Atmospheric pressure
Channel 24

Fuel temperature Intake manifold Water temperature FGR status
Channel 25

Speed setpoint Speed Feedback ADR Contacts ADR Fashion
76 32 0 01 = stand-by
02 = Waiting time
ADR +
03 = rules
ADR - 04 = ADR operation
Hand brake canceled
255 = ADR locked
ADR - Active
ADR - Resumption
Channel 26

Master checksum
Warning: The output to the VAG tester only occurs after completion of calculation! Displays the
Tester, the values 0, then the calculation is not yet complete. The calculation is only
carried out if the speed is zero. If the speed is greater than zero during the calculation
stopping the calculation. It will resume when the speed back to zero
achieved.
Channel 27 ADR-up time

Variable ADR Fixed ADR-speed
Maximum speed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Channel 28 variable ADR maximum speed

Maximum speed
Channel 29 fixed ADR-speed

Maximum speed
Channel 35 Electrical fuel pump

Engine speed Power On EKP1) fuel temperature Duty cycle EKP
1)
"Pump ON" or "Pump OFF"
80 channel control unit identification

Factory code Date of manufacture Change status PAM-node fld. No.
Change status ... xcwSGBlk3
Channel 125 CAN Info

Getr 0/1 ABS 0/1 Station wagon 0/1 Climate 0/1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Assignment of Messages switch positions x (xcmSCHALTx):
xcmSCHALT1 Message
Bit 0: dimKLI Air conditioning
Bit 3: dimLGS Empty gas switch
Bit 4: dimKIK Kick Down - switch
Bit 6: increased idle speed (mrmN_LLBAS> mrmLL_ZIEL)
xcmSCHALT2
Bit 0:
Bit 3:
dimBRE Brake contact
Bit 6:
dimBRK redundant brake contact
xcmSCHALT3
dimKUP Coupling
Bit 0:
Bit 1:
Bit 2:
dimBRE Brake contact
Bit 3:
Bit 4:
dimKUP Coupling
Bit 5:
dimKIK Kickdown signal
Bit 6:
dimKLI Air conditioning
dimLGS Empty gas switch
increased idle speed (mrmN_LLBAS> mrmLL_ZIEL)
xcmSCHALT4
Bit 0: dimBRE Brake contact
Bit 1: dimBRK redundant brake contact
Bit 2: dimKUP Coupling
Bit 3: comFGR_opt FGR / ACC via login enabled (comFGR_opt nonzero)
xcmSCHALT5
Bit 0:
Bit 2:
dimADP ADR Plus
Bit 3:
dimADM ADR minus
Bit 6:
dimHAN Hand brake contact
Bit 7:
dimADR ADR a
dimADW ADR recovery (LT2 control panel)

0 bosch EDC15 + Page C-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Appendix C Scheduling
The timing of the software (scheduling) in this document is already in some
Functions have been briefly mentioned. However, for detailed consideration of temporal sequences a
Overview of the different activation grid needed. All functions are software-
Partial functions (tasks) divided which uniquely a specific activation grid
assigned (see table below).
Activation grid
Function Activation Period
digital actuator controller (PI controller) Time 1 ms
Drehzahlinterrupt (acquisition and VBS) DZG pulse 1.5 ms ... Â
Analog value acquisition Time 1 ms
CAN transmit multiplexer Time 1 ms
DZG timeout monitoring Time 2 ms
Communications handler Time 2 ms
speed synchronous analog value evaluation N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
Speed calculation N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
speed synchronous computations DSR N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
speed synchronous part LLR N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
speed synchronous part ARD N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
speed synchronous part LRR N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
speed synchronous quantity calculation N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
Setpoint determination for pump N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
McMess speed synchronous output N_sync 6 ms ... 32 ms
HTG acquisition with NBF Time 10 ms
McMess interpreter Time 10 ms
PWM crash signal evaluation Time 10 ms
GSK3 - Diagnosis Time 10ms
fast analog value evaluation Time 20 ms
Digital inputs Time 20 ms
FGG calculation and detection Time 20 ms
Starting quantity Time 20 ms
ELAB test Time 20 ms
Mengenwunsch_PWG Time 20 ms
Mengenwunsch_FGR Time 20 ms
Mengenwunsch_HGB Time 20 ms
Mengenwunsch_ADR Time 20 ms
Limiting amount Time 20 ms
CAN Station Management Time 20 ms
CAN interaction layer: Receive Task Time 20 ms
CAN evaluate messages Time 20 ms
External lot of intervention Time 20 ms
OSEK transport protocol Time 20 ms
19 April 2002 Scheduling DS / ESA

Page C-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Function Activation Period

Ecomatic Time 20 ms
CAN engine output messages Time 20 ms
Parameter selection for ARD / LLR Time 20 ms
Tracking and monitoring Time 20 ms
Follow-up control Time 20 ms
ARF setpoint calculation of air mass Time 20 ms
ARF actual value of air mass Time 20 ms
ARF regulation, monitoring, output Time 20 ms
Boost pressure setpoint calculation Time 20 ms
Loading, Saugrohrdruckberechnung Time 20 ms
Loading, Saugrohrdruck-Regelung/Überwachung Time 20 ms
Start of injection of setpoint Time 20 ms
Start of injection controller Time 20 ms
Air compressor switch-off fast Time 20 ms
Amplifiers output Time 20 ms
Command interpreter immobilizer Time 20 ms
Command interpreter RB diagnosis Time 20 ms
Command interpreter KP2000 (CARB) Time 20 ms
MUX signal calculation Time 20 ms
Error handling OBDII Time 20 ms
slow analog value evaluation Time 100 ms
Background calculation DSR Time 100 ms
Output stage fault detection Time 100 ms
Control diagnostic lamp Time 100 ms
Glow time Time 100 ms
Cooling water heating Time 100 ms
Odometer Time 100 ms
Operating hours counter Time 100 ms
Air compressor shutdown Time 100 ms
Radiator fan control Time 100 ms
Fuel temperature correction Time 100 ms
Calculation for consumption signal (VBS) Time 100 ms
Engine mount control Time 100 ms
slow diagnosis Time 100 ms
Desired idle speed calculation Time 100 ms
Coolant thermostat control Time 100 ms
flexible service interval display Time 100 ms
electronic fuel pump / Tankabschaltv. Time 100 ms
EPROM test Background <100 ms
EEPROM handler Background <100ms
DS / ESA Scheduling 19 April 2002

0 bosch EDC15 + Page C-3
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The circumferentially largest share of software sub-functions is timed and located in the
20 ms activation pattern ("main program disc"). This is in the above table
apparent order processed. Basic rule for the order is to minimize the
Throughput times by the sequence: inputs - processing - processing - outputs.
When activating "n_sync" is the "speed-synchronous slice". This is

Principle in sync with the speed encoder pulses - but performed by the operating system, a
deliberately brought about the safety fence Software Activation of the minimum period of 6 ms.
This serves mainly to limit the computational load. This construction results
depending on the rotational speed of the following behavior:
Activation of the "speed-synchronous slice" at different speeds for 4 cylinder

Motor (4 DZG pulses / crankshaft revolution):
Number of Period Activation Activation rate

revolutions
0- 468 U / min 32 ms time-controlled (1/32 ms)
468 - 2500 U / min 32 ms - 6 ms DZG-synchronous (prescaler 1) 2 * fZünd
2500 - 5000 U / min 12 ms - 6 ms DZG-synchronous (prescaler 2) 1 * fZünd
5000 - 7500 U / min 9 ms - 6 ms DZG-synchronous (prescaler 3) 0.66 * fZünd
7500-10000 r / min 8 ms - 6 ms DZG-synchronous (prescaler 4) 0.5 * fZünd
> 10000 U / min 6 ms time-controlled (1/6 ms)
maximum throughput times "critical path"
For the reactions of various ECU functions (eg controller) to external events
arise according to the scheduling different maximum throughput times. For some
relevant, selected examples ("critical paths") is in the following paragraphs of the
ECU Software caused (maximum) cycle time be specified (without taking into
account of filters). The processing times are composed of various proportions:
Latency delay for an "upcoming" event (interrupt) to the

Processing
Repetition time period for periodic activations (equivalent at timed

Tasks
the max. Latency)
Term Execution time for the execution of a task run

The times given below (especially latency and maturities) are based on experience
the predecessor ECU generation (EDC15V) and therefore do not "exact" values
but rather dar. upper limits
19 April 2002 Scheduling DS / ESA

Page C-4 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Path: Speed encoder pulse →Amount interlocking
for the 4 cylinder engine at 468-2500 rev / min (prescaler 1) applies:

Drehzahlinterrupt latency 0.1 ms
+ Drehzahlinterrupt runtime 0.1 ms
+ N_sync runtime 1.5 ms
+ digital positioning controller period 1.0 ms
+ digital positioning controller runtime 0.1 ms
= maximum throughput time 2.8 ms
Path: HFM analog input →ARF-amplifier
fast analog value evaluation period 20.0 ms

+ Main program disc runtime 15.0 ms
Path: pedal sensor →CAN output (motor 1 message)
Analog value acquisition period * 8 (analog multiplexer) 8.0 ms

+ fast analog value evaluation period 20.0 ms
Path: CAN quantities intervention →Amount interlocking
CAN reception task period 20.0 ms

+ N_sync period (at 1250 U / min) 12.0 ms
Path: pedal sensor →Amount interlocking
Analog value acquisition period * 8 (analog multiplexer) 8.0 ms

+ fast analog value evaluation period 20.0 ms
+ N_sync period (at 1250 U / min) 12.0 ms
DS / ESA Scheduling 19 April 2002

0 bosch EDC15 + Page D-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Appendix D List of environmental conditions

Message numbers are used for administering of measurements in data set parameters (eg
Environmental conditions in the signal path parameter). Each message number is determined with a
Conversion parameters provided that the conversion from the internal representation to an external
Representation sets. This conversion parameters are also with all those values using the
is transmitted by means of an external interface, and for which no conversion characteristic
is present (eg, external intervention quantity - CAN).
The conversion by the conversion parameter according to the following formulas:
Slope equal to 0:
from internal to external: EXT = slope * INT + offset
from external to internal: = INT (EXT - offset) / slope
Slope equal to 0:
Instead of multiplying the following shift operation used:
EXT = INT OFFSET pushed around.
If OFFSET is positive is pushed to the right. This conversion is specifically designed to
Fehlerabspeicherung of status words introduced.
For conversions for diagnosis (xcwUMRD. ..), output via KW71 protocol also applies:
In slope 0 the high byte will be truncated.
In slope equal to 0 is limited to a minimum of 0 and maximum of 255.
For conversions for CAN (xcwUMRC. ..) also apply:
In slope 0, the value is taken indefinitely if it available in the
Transfer size fits.
In slope equal to 0 is limited to the respective minimum and maximum values.
The conversion parameters have the following structure:
Name Description
xcwUMRFS .. Slope for the error memory
xcwUMRFO .. Offset for memory error
xcwUMRDS .. Slope for diagnosis
xcwUMRDO .. Offset for diagnosis
xcwUMRCS .. Slope for CAN
xcwUMRCO .. Offset for CAN
To convert the PIDs according to SAE J1979, the following parameters are used:
Name Description
xcwCARFS .. slope for the error memory
xcwCARFO .. offset for memory error
xcwCARDS .. slope for diagnosis
xcwCARDO .. offset for diagnosis
xcwCARCS .. slope for CAN
xcwCARCO .. offset for CAN
19 April 2002 List of environmental conditions DS / ESA

Page D-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The following translations ("..") are defined:

xcwCAR .. DUmrechnung pressures for expenditure by OBD II
xcwCAR .. dTUmrechnung temperature difference for issue by OBD II
xcwCAR .. LUmrechnung air mass in g / s for output by OBD II
xcwCAR .. MUmrechnung quantities for issue by OBD II
xcwCAR .. NUmrechnung speeds for output by OBD II
xcwCAR .. PUmrechnung accelerator pedal position for issue by OBD II
xcwCAR .. TUmrechnung temperatures for issue by OBD II
xcwCAR .. UDUmrechnung voltages for digital output according to OBD II
xcwCAR .. VUmrechnung speeds for output by OBD II
xcwCAR .. WUmrechnung angle for injection start by OBD II
xcwCAR .. ZUmrechnung software timer output by OBD II
xcwUMR .. _1Umrechnung 1 to 1
xcwUMR .. 256Umrechnung "High Byte"
xcwUMR .. _BUmrechnung acceleration
xcwUMR .. _DUmrechnung pressure [hPa]
xcwUMR .. _EUmrechnung amplifier specifications
xcwUMR .. _IUmrechnung currents
xcwUMR .. _KUmrechnung refrigerant pressure [bar]
xcwUMR .. KTUmrechnung fuel temperature f unnormalized measured value
xcwUMR .. _LUmrechnung air mass
xcwUMR .. LAUmrechnung load
xcwUMR .. LTUmrechnung air temperature f unnormalized Meßwerteausgabe
xcwUMR .. _MUmrechnung quantities
xcwUMR .. MfUmrechnung amounts of finely
xcwUMR .. MoUmrechnung moments
xcwUMR .. MDUmrechnung changeset
xcwUMR .. _NUmrechnung speeds
xcwUMR .. _8Umrechnung speeds 8 bits
xcwUMR .. nDUmrechnung pressure f unnormalized measured value
xcwUMR .. nLUmrechnung air mass f unnormalized measured value
xcwUMR .. nWUmrechnung angle f unnormalized measured value
xcwUMR .. _PUmrechnung accelerator pedal position
xcwUMR .. _TUmrechnung temperatures
xcwUMR .. UAUmrechnung voltages analog (= supply voltage)
xcwUMR .. UDUmrechnung tensions digital
xcwUMR .. _VUmrechnung speeds
xcwUMR .. VBUmrechnung consumption
xcwUMR .. _WUmrechnung angle for injection start
xcwUMR .. WTUmrechnung water temperature f unnormalized measured value
xcwUMR .. _YUmrechnung v to N
xcwUMR .. _ZUmrechnung software timer
DS / ESA List of environmental conditions 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
The following list includes all defined message numbers (hexadecimal), its conversion
xcwUMR .. (see above) as well as their name and the quantization:
PID NR Message conversion Quant. Name
0x0004 mrmCLV xcdCARBM 0.01% Calculated load value

0x0005 anmWTF xcdCARBT 0.1 K water temperature
0x000B ldmP_Llin xcdCARBD 1 hPa load or intake manifold pressure
FEEDBACK
0x000C dzmNmit xcdCARBN 1 1/min

0x000D fgmFGAKT xcdCARBV 0.1 km / h Current Speed
FEEDBACK
0x000E sbmPHIist xcdCARBW 0.01 ° CA injection start actual angle

0x000F anmLTF xcdCARBT 0.1 K air temperature
0x0010 xcmM_List xcdCARBL 27 783 Current air mass in FEEDBACK
mg / sec. mg / s
0x0011 anmPWG xcdCARBP 0.01% analog value pedal sensor

0x0021 xcmKmMILon xcdCARBE 1 km EOBD km Counter MIL on
0x0E00 edmRSTCD xcdUMR1 1 - Restart Code
0x0E02 mrmN_LLBAS xcdUMRN 1 1/min desired idle speed
0x0E7F ehmFMVS xcdUMRE 0.01% solenoid valve plate
0x0E80 ehmFARS xcdUMRE 0.01% Abgasrueckfuehrsteller1
0x0E81 ehmFLD_DK xcdUMRE 0.01% boost pressure / throttle actuator
0x0E82 ehmFLDK xcdUMRE 0.01% Abgasrueckfuehrsteller2
0x0E87 ehmFGRS xcdUMRE 0.01% Gluehrelaissteller
0x0E88 ehmFAR3 xcdUMRE 0.01% 3 EGR valve
0x0E8A ehmFTAV xcdUMRE 0.01% Tankabschaltventil
0x0E8F ehmFZWP xcdUMRE 0.01% lag pump
0x0E91 ehmFKLI0 xcdUMRE 0.01% climate control output 0
0x0E95 ehmFEAB xcdUMRE 0.01% Electric cut-off
0x0E96 ehmFDIA xcdUMRE 0.01% diagnostic lamp
0x0E98 ehmFGER xcdUMRE 0.01% Elektroluefter
0x0E99 ehmFGSK1 xcdUMRE 0.01% Gluehstift1 (Kuehlwasserheizung)
0x0E9A ehmFGSK2 xcdUMRE 0.01% Gluehstift2 (Kuehlwasserheizung)
0x0E9B ehmFMIL xcdUMRE 0.01% MIL lamp
0x0e9C ehmFGSK3 xcdUMRE 0.01% 3 EGR valve

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
0x0E9D ehmFHYL xcdUMRE 0.01% Hydroluefter

0x0EAC ehmFTST xcdUMRE 0.01% Kuehlmittelthermostat
0x0EAF ehmSMVS xcdUMR256 1 - Solenoid valve plate
0x0EB0 ehmSARS xcdUMR256 1 - Abgasrueckfuehrsteller
0x0EB1 ehmSLD_DK xcdUMR256 1 - charge pressure / throttle actuator
0x0EB2 ehmSLDK xcdUMR256 1 - Throttle Actuator
0x0EB7 ehmSGRS xcdUMR256 1 - Gluehrelaissteller
0x0EB8 ehmSAR3 xcdUMR256 1 - 3 EGR valve
0x0EB9 ehmSEKP xcdUMR256 1 - EKP
0x0EBA ehmSTAV xcdUMR256 1 - TAV
0x0EBD ehmSHYL xcdUMR256 1 - Hydroluefter
0x0EBF ehmSZWP xcdUMR256 1 - Follow-up pump
0x0EC1 ehmSKLI0 xcdUMR256 1 - Climate Control output 0
0x0EC5 ehmSEAB xcdUMR256 1 - Electric cut-off
0x0EC6 ehmSDIA xcdUMR256 1 - Diagnostic Lamp
0x0EC8 ehmSGER xcdUMR256 1 - Elektroluefter
0x0EC9 ehmSGSK1 xcdUMR256 1 - Gluehstift1 (Kuehlwasserheizung)
0x0ECA ehmSGSK2 xcdUMR256 1 - Gluehstift2 (Kuehlwasserheizung)
0x0ECB ehmSMIL xcdUMR256 1 - MIL lamp
0x0ECF mrmM_EPUMP xcdUMRM 12:01 M_E injection quantity before
mg / H pump characteristic field
0x0ED0 ehmFARSi xcdUMRE Inverted 12:01% ARS

0x0ED1 ehmFLD_DKi xcdUMRE Inverted 12:01% LDS
0x0ED2 ehmD_FARS xcdUMRE 0:01% ARS
0x0ED3 ehmD_FMVS xcdUMRE 0:01% MVS
0x0ED4 xcmD_F_ML1 xcdUMRE 0.01% ML1
0x0ED5 xcmD_F_ML2 xcdUMRE 0.01% ML2
0x0ED6 xcmD_F_MIL xcdUMRE 0.01% MIL
0x0ED7 xcmD_F_AR2 xcdUMRE 0.01% AR2
0x0ED9 xcmD_F_EKP xcdUMRE 0.01% EKP
0x0EE0 aroREG_2 xcdUMR1 1 - ARF-state regulation / control /
Shutdown
0x0EE1 klmSTAT xcdUMR1 1 - klms shutdown status

0x0EE2 klmSTAT xcdUMR256 1 - klms shutdown status

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
0x0EE4 kumNL_akt xcdUMR1 1 - Kuehlerluefter trailing

0x0EE8 ehmFEKP xcdUMRE 0.01% Electric Fuel Pump
0x0EFA ehmSTST xcdUMR256 1 - Kuehlmittelthermostat
0x0F00 anmWTF xcdUMRT 0.1 K water temperature
0x0F01 anmLTF xcdUMRT 0.1 K air temperature
0x0F02 anmKTF xcdUMRT 0.1 K fuel temperature
0x0F03 anmWTF xcdUMRWT 0.1 K water temperature
0x0F04 anmLTF xcdUMRLT 0.1 K air temperature
0x0F05 anmKTF xcdUMRKT 0.1 K fuel temperature
0x0F06 anmWTK xcdUMRT 0.1 K water temperature (at
Kuehleraustritt)
0x0F07 anmOTF xcdUMRT 0.1 K Oeltemperaturfuehler

0x0F08 fgmFGAKT xcdUMRV 0.1 km / h Current Speed
FEEDBACK
0x0F09 mrmFG_SOLL xcdUMRV 0.1 km / h travel speed SETPOINT

0x0F0A fgmBESCH xcdUMRB 0.085 acceleration
m/s²
0x0F0B fgm_VzuN xcdUMRY 1/25600 - Relations between running speed at

N
0x0F0C mrmV_SOLHN xcdUMRV 0.01 HGB: tracked

km / h target speed
0x0F0D mrmV_SOLEE xcdUMRV 0.01 HGB: maximum speed

km / h
0x0F0E anmWTK xcdUMRWT 0.1 K water temperature (at

Kuehleraustritt)
0x0F0F anmHZA xcdUMRT 0.1 K heating requirement

0x0F10 dzmNmit xcdUMRN 1 1/min
0x0F11 dzmN_SEK xcdUMRN 1 1/min secondary speed
0x0F20 dsmUist_Ag xcdUMRUD 1.221 mV Regelgroesse for the positioner
(U_IST)
0x0F21 mrmUsoll xcdUMRUD 1.221 mV U setpoint for DSR

0x0F22 mrmUso_UEB xcdUMRUD 1.221 mV U setpoint of the monitoring
0x0F23 mrmU_Stop xcdUMRUD 1,221 mV Uist stop stop
Amount interlocking test
0x0F24 mrmU_Start xcdUMRUD 1,221 mV Uist start stop

Amount interlocking test
0x0F2D armM_LBiT xcdUMRL 0.1 Current air mass FEEDBACK

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mg / stroke
0x0F30 armM_List xcdUMRL 0.1 Current air mass FEEDBACK
mg / stroke
0x0F32 armM_Lsoll xcdUMRL 0.1 Setpoint for ARF regulation

mg / stroke
0x0F40 ldmP_Llin xcdUMRD 1 hPa load or intake manifold pressure

FEEDBACK
0x0F42 ldmP_Lsoll xcdUMRD 1 hPa setpoint for ATL / DK (loader)

0x0F4A ldmGLTV xcdUMRE 0.01% balance charger
0x0F50 sbmPHIist xcdUMRW 0.01 ° CA injection start actual angle
0x0F51 sbmPHImit xcdUMRnW 0.01 ° CA injection start actual angle-Filtered-
Means
0x0F52 sbmPHIsoll xcdUMRW 0.01 ° CA injection start-target angular

0x0F54 sbmWTF xcdUMRT 0.1 K injection start water temperature
0x0F55 sbmPHIist xcdUMRnW 0.01 ° CA injection start actual angle
0x0F60 anmPWG xcdUMRP 0.01% analog value pedal sensor
0x0F61 anmLMM xcdUMRP 0.01% analog value air flow sensor / HFM
0x0F62 anmLDF xcdUMRD 1 hPa analog value Lade-/Saugrohrdruck
0x0F63 anmADF xcdUMRD 1 hPa Atmosphaerendruck
0x0F65 anmUBATT xcdUMRUA 20.372 battery voltage
mV
0x0F67 armM_List xcdUMRnL 0.01% analog value air flow sensor / HFM
0x0F68 anmADF xcdUMRnD 1 hPa atmospheric pressure of analog value
0x0F6A anmKMD xcdUMRK 10 hPa Kaeltemitteldruck climate
0x0F70 dimDIGpre1 xcdUMR1 1 - Digital_Eingaenge_entprellt
0x0F71 dimDIGpre1 xcdUMR256 1 - Digital_Eingaenge_entprellt high
0x0F72 dimDIGpre2 xcdUMR1 1 - Digital_Eingaenge_entprellt
0x0F73 dimDIGpre2 xcdUMR256 1 - Digital_Eingaenge_entprellt high
0x0F74 camSTATUS0 xcdUMR1 1 - CAN controller status
0x0F7F mrmSTATUS xcdUMR1 1 - Application Status
0x0F80 mrmM_EAKT xcdUMRM 0.01 Current injection quantity
mg / stroke
0x0F81 mrmM_EAG4 xcdUMRM 0.01 AG4 intervention amount

mg / stroke
0x0F82 mrmM_ESTAR xcdUMRM 0.01 starting quantity

mg / stroke

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
0x0F83 mrmPWGfi xcdUMRP 0.01% Filtered PWG position

0x0F84 mrmM_EPWG xcdUMRM 0.01 Wunschmenge_PWG
mg / stroke
0x0F85 mrmM_EFGR xcdUMRM 0.01 Wunschmenge_FGR

mg / stroke
0x0F86 mrmM_EWUNF xcdUMRM 0.01 Wunschmenge_Fahrer

mg / stroke
0x0F87 mrmPWGPBM xcdUMRP 0.01% PWG for AG4 rueckgerechnet

0x0F88 mrmFGR_roh xcdUMRM 0.01 Wunschmenge_FGR_unbegrenzt
mg / stroke
0x0F89 mrmM_EMSR xcdUMRM 0.01 Desired quantity MSR

mg / stroke
0x0F8A mrmM_EBEGR xcdUMRM 0.01 limit amount

mg / stroke
0x0F8B mrmM_EWUN xcdUMRM 0.01 Wunschmenge_t_synchron

mg / stroke
0x0F8C mrmM_EMOT xcdUMRM 0.01 Motor torque amount

mg / stroke
0x0F8D mrmM_ELLR xcdUMRM 0.01 amount of idle controller

mg / stroke
0x0F8E mrmM_EKORR xcdUMRM 0.01 correction amount FUEL

mg / stroke
0x0F8F mrmBM_ERAU xcdUMRM 0.01 volume of smoke

mg / stroke
0x0F90 anmPW2 xcdUMRUA 4,888 mV Power supply pedal sensor

0x0F91 anmLM2 xcdUMRUA 4,888 mV supply air flow sensor / HFM
0x0F92 anmLD2 xcdUMRUA 4,888 mV supply Lade-/Saugrohrdruck
0x0F93 anmU_REF xcdUMRUA 4,888 mV analog value U_ref
0x0F94 gsmGS_Pha xcdUMR1 1 - Gluehphasenanzeige
0x0F95 gsmGS_t_VG xcdUMRZ Preheating time 10 ms after IPO3
0x0F96 mrmBM_EMOM xcdUMRM 0.01 Torque limiting amount
mg / stroke
0x0F97 mrmADR_SOL xcdUMRN 1 1/min working setpoint speed

0x0F98 mrmADR_SAT xcdUMR1 1 - state ADR
0x0F99 mrmADRPWG2 xcdUMRN 1 1/min Filtered speed value from PWG
0x0F9A mrmF_STA1 xcdUMR1 1 - FGR status 1
0x0F9B mrmF_STA2 xcdUMR1 1 - FGR status 2

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
0x0F9D mrmKLI_LUE xcdUMRP 0.01% of Luefterleistungvorgabe

Air conditioning
0x0FA0 xcmSCHALT1 xcdUMR1 1 - Switch 1 (0: KLI, 3: LGS, 4: KIK,

6: erh.LL)
0x0FA1 xcmSCHALT2 xcdUMR1 1 - Switch 2 (0: BRE, 3: BRK, 6: KUP)

0x0FA2 xcmSCHALT3 xcdUMR1 1 - Switch 3 (0: BRE, 1: BRK, 2: KUP,
3: KIK, 4: KLI, 5: LGS, 6: erh.LL)
0x0FB0 mrmM_ELD2 xcdUMRMD 12:01 Changeset cyl. 1 to Cyl. 2

mg / H

mg / H

mg / H

mg / H

mg / H
0x0FB6 khmGENLAST xcdUMRLA 0:01% generator load

0x0FB7 khmNORAB xcdUMR1 1 - shutdown KWH
0x0FB8 khmRELAIS xcdUMR1 1 - Schaltausgaenge
0x0FB9 mrmMFAVER xcdUMRVB Z * 3.63 zuheizerkorr. Fuel consumption
ml / h
0x0FBE xcmFGG_GRA xcdUMR1 1 - FGG, GRA status

0x0FBF mrmVERB xcdUMRVB Z * 3.63 fuel consumption
ml / h
0x0FC4 nloNACHtr1 xcdUMR1 1 - Transitions for tracking control

0x0FC8 nloSTOPtr xcdUMR1 1 - Transitions for actuator stop position
adjust it
0x0FC9 nloSTABtr1 xcdUMR1 1 - Transitions for

Voltage stabilizer test
0x0FCA nloSTABtr1 xcdUMR256 1 - Transitions for

0x0FCB nloSTABtr2 xcdUMR1 1 - Transitions for

0x0FCC nloSTABtr2 xcdUMR256 1 - Transitions for

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0x0FCD nloUEBMtr xcdUMR1 1 - Transitions for
Ueberwachungsmodultest
0x0FCE nloUEBMtr xcdUMR256 1 - Transitions for

Ueberwachungsmodultest
0x0FDA khmNORAB xcdUMR256 1 - shutdown KWH

0x0FDB mrmF_STA3 xcdUMR1 1 - FGR status 3
0x0FDC xcmSCHALT4 xcdUMR1 1 - Switch 4 (0: BRE, 1: BRK, 2: KUP,
3: FGR / ACC)
0x0FDD xcmSCHALT5 xcdUMR1 1 - Switch 5 (0: ADP, 2: ADM, 3: HAN,

6: ADR, 7: ADW)
0x0FFA xcoStatus xcdUMR1 1 - immobilizer status

0x0FFB xcoStatus xcdUMR256 1 - immobilizer status
0x0FFC camRCSTAT0 xcdUMR1 1 - message status
0x0FFD camRCSTAT0 xcdUMR256 1 - message status
0x0FFE mrmPWGPBI xcdUMRP 0.01% PWG with consideration
Property Status
0x1001 fbmRDYNES xcdUMR1 1 - Readinesszaehler LB

0x1002 fbmRDYNES xcdUMR256 1 - Readinesszaehler HB
0x1003 fbmRyBits xcdUMR1 1 - Readiness indicator bits
0x1006 xcmRdBits xcdUMR1 Status Readiness
COM/FUE/MIS/CAT/EGR/-/-/-
0x1007 xcmOBD_ANZ xcdUMR1 Number of OBD-related defect

0x100A fbmCPID1AB xcdUMR256 1 - CARB Mode 01 PID 01 Data A
0x100B fbmCPID1AB xcdUMR1 1 - CARB Mode 01 PID 01 C Data
0x100C fbmCPID1CD xcdUMR256 1 - CARB Mode 01 PID 01 Data B
0x100D fbmCPID1CD xcdUMR1 1 - CARB Mode 01 PID 01 D Data
0x1200 edmSperre xcdUMR1 0.01 Login Sperrenzaehler
mg / stroke
0x1F0A dimKLI xcdUMR1 1 hPa air input

0x1F28 anmSTF xcdUMRT Intake manifold
0x1F88 mroM_EASR xcdUMRM 1 - ASR intervention moment
0x2050 mrmLDFUAGL xcdUMRD 0.01% adjustment value SU-monitoring
0x2051 mrmLDFUaus xcdUMR1 1 - Status Saugrohrunterdruckerkenn.
0x2052 mroLDFASTA xcdUMR1 1 - Status LDF ADF balance
0x2211 mrmMD_FAHR xcdUMRMo 10 ms driving moment

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
0x2212 mrmMD_Reib xcdUMRMo 0.01 friction torque

mg / stroke
0x2214 mroMD_GEN xcdUMRMo 1 - calculated

Generator torque loss
0x2215 mroMD_KLI xcdUMRMo 1 - compressor load torque

0x2216 mroMD_MOT xcdUMRMo 1 - Engine torque loss (excluding
Klimakompr. and gen.)
0x3F60 mrmPWG_lwo xcdUMRP Leerlaufwegoptimiert pedal sensor - 1

0x4000 mrmASG_roh xcdUMR1 0.1 K ASG raw Wunschdrehz. low
Byte
0x4001 mrmASG_roh xcdUMR256 0:01 ASG raw Wunschdrehz. high

mg / H byte
0x4002 mrmASG_tsy xcdUMRZ 0:01 ASG synchronization time

mg / H
0x4003 mrmM_EASG xcdUMRM 0:01 ASG desired quantity

mg / H
0x4004 mrmASGSTAT xcdUMR1 0:01 ASG status low byte

mg / H
0x4005 mrmASGSTAT xcdUMR256 0:01 ASG status high byte

mg / H
0x4010 simOEL_BEL xcdUMR1 12:01 Oelbelastung low byte

mg / H
0x4011 simOEL_BEL xcdUMR256 0.01 Oelbelastung high byte

mg / stroke
0x4012 anmOTF_VOR xcdUMRT 0.1 K surrogate value oil temperature

0xA100 mroM_ELA1 xcdUMRMD 1 - absolute amount LRR cylinder 1
0xA10B mrmM_EEGS xcdUMRM 1 - EGS amount
0xA10D anmUTF xcdUMRT 1 - ambient temperature
0xA10F camSTATUS0 xcdUMR256 0.1 CAN suppression
mg / stroke
0xA120 comVAR_FZG xcdUMR1 1 Variant UTF Message

0xA202 edmMACHSUL xcdUMR1 1 1/min master checksum low word

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
0xA203 edmMACHSUH xcdUMR1 1 1/min master checksum high-Word

0xA20F edoKMZ_STA xcdUMR1 1 - Status km level
0xA210 edoKMZ_L xcdUMR1 0.01% Low word km level low byte
0xA211 edoKMZ_L xcdUMR256 1 - low word high byte km level
0xA212 edoKMZ_H xcdUMR1 1 - high word low byte km level
0xA213 edoKMZ_H xcdUMR256 1 - High-level Word km high byte
0xDEE0 fboO_00 xcdUMR1 1 - Defective paths 1 to 16
0xDEE1 fboO_00 xcdUMR256 1 - Defective paths 9-16
0xDEEA fboO_10 xcdUMR1 1 - Defective paths 81-96
0xDF0E aroIST_5 xcdUMRL 0.1 M_L after conversion and
mg / stroke normalization
0xE4E5 mrmT_SOLEE xcdUMR1 1 ADR: Acceleration time

0xE4E6 mrmADR_Neo xcdUMRN 1 1/min upper Einschaltschw. (N) var ADR
0xE4E7 mrmADR_Nfe xcdUMRN 1 1/min fixed operating speed
0xE4E8 mrmCAN_KLI xcdUMR1 1 - Status air conditioning over CAN
0xE4F0 anmRME xcdUMRP 0.01% analog value RME sensor
0xE528 armM_Lber xcdUMRL 0.1 calculated air mass
mg / stroke

0 bosch EDC15 + Page E-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Error path Error F.Ort F.Art Monitored conditions
Appendix E List of error codes

fboSABS CAN bus fails. Message from ABS-SG
fbbEASR_Q 468923RB: message timeout brake1 or
Botschaftsinkonsistenz brake1
VAG: Data bus drive
missing message from ABS-SG
fbbEAS3_Q RB:?? message timeout Bremse3 or
Botschaftsinkonsistenz Bremse3
VAG: Data bus drive
fbbEMSR_P 468923RB: MSR functionally implausible
VAG: Data bus drive
fbbEMSR_H 475523RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: Data bus drive
Implausible message from ABS-SG
fboSACC Cruise controller via CAN

fbbEACC_A RB:?? General plausibility error
VAG:?
fbbEACC_P RB:?? Implausible torque demand
VAG:?
fbbEACC_B RB:?? message count error
VAG:?
fbbEACC_Q RB:?? CAN error (timeout, Inkons.)
VAG:?
fbbEACC_F RB:?? error identification via CAN
VAG:?
fbbEACC_D RB:?? ADR defective CAN
VAG:?
fbbEACC_C RB:?? checksum error
VAG:?
fbbEACC_V RB:?? requirement under V threshold
VAG:?
fboSADF Altitude sensor

fbbEADF_L 4583 23 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: Control unit defective
fbbEADF_H 4583 23 RB: Short circuit to positive
19 April 2002 List of error codes DS / EAS

Page E-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSARF Exhaust gas recirculation control difference

fbbEARSpR 459323RB: pos. Deviation
VAG: exhaust gas recirculation system
Control difference
fbbEARSnR 459323RB: neg control deviation
VAG: exhaust gas recirculation system
Control difference
fboSAR1 Exhaust gas recirculation - N18

fbbEAR1_K 459223RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: Exhaust gas recirculation-N18
Short circuit to positive
fbbEAR1_O 45B9 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: Exhaust gas recirculation-N18
Open / short circuit to ground
fboSAR2 Change-over valve for intake manifold - N239

fbbELDK_K 05021CRB: Short circuit of the output stage
VAG: Short circuit to positive
fbbELDK_O 05021FRB: power amp at idle
VAG: Open / short circuit to ground
DS / EAS List of error codes 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSASG Automatic Transmission

fbbEASG_L 467223RB: Transfer function SRC
VAG: Data bus drive
missing message from gearbox SG
fbbEASG_M RB:?? EGS coding in no MSG OK
VAG:?
fbbEASG_G 467223RB: Gang plausibility
VAG: Data bus drive
fbbEASG_H 467223RB: exceeded moment integral
VAG: Data bus drive
fbbEASG_Q 467223RB: message timeout gear 2 or
Botschaftsinkonsistenz gear 2
VAG: Data bus drive
fbbEASG_P 467223RB: plausibility with coupling
VAG: Data bus drive
fbbEASG_S RB:?? group error transmission error
VAG:?
fbbEASG_U 467223RB: Transfer function implausible
VAG: Data bus drive
fboSBSG CAN data network control unit

fbbEBSG_Q 466423RB: message timeout
VAG: engine control unit
incorrectly coded
fboSCRA Crash detection

fbbECRA_A 4682 23 RB: Crash-threshold GRA shutdown
VAG: Please fault memory of the
Read airbag SG
RB: Crash-threshold fuel cut
fbbECRA_B 4682 23 VAG: Please fault memory of the
Read airbag SG
RB: Implausible PWM signal
fbbECRA_P 4682 23 VAG: Please fault memory of the
Read airbag SG
RB: message timeout
VAG: Please fault memory of the
fbbECRA_Q 4682 23 Read airbag SG

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSCVT CVT
fbbECVT_L 46EA 23 RB: Speed too small
VAG: Power supply for solenoid valves
electr. Fault in the circuit
RB: Speed too large
fbbECVT_H 46EA 23 VAG: Power supply for solenoid valves
RB: Timeout
fbbECVT_Q 46EA 23 VAG: Power supply for solenoid valves
fboSDZG Encoder for motor speed - G28

fbbEDZG_U 0000 23 RB:Overspeed
VAG:
No display
fbbEDZG_L 0000 23 RB:Plausibility with boost pressure sensor
VAG:
No display
RB:Dynamic plausibility
fbbEDZG_D 4141 23 VAG:
Encoder for motor speed - G28
Implausible signal
RB: Static plausibility
fbbEDZG_S 4142 23 VAG: Encoder Engine speed - G28
no signal
fboSEP1 Control unit incorrectly coded

fbbEEEP_V466423 RB: Bad record version
VAG: Engine control unit incorrectly coded
fbbEEEP_F 0414 09 RB: GRA and speedometer to default
VAG: Adaptation limit exceeded

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
boSEXM CAN bus fails. Message from the gearbox SG

fbbEEGS_A RB:?? message failure ASG
VAG:?
fbbEECO_L 022123RB: ECOMATIC switching signal message
VAG: No display
fbbEASG_I RB:?? inconsistency Getriebe2 Embassy
VAG:?
fbbEEGS_F RB:?? clutch failure from the gear-SG
VAG:?
fbbEAG4_L 470D 23RB: AG4 switching signal timeout
VAG: signal for torque reduction
fbbEEGS_1467223RB: message timeout gearbox1 or
Botschaftsinkonsistenz gearbox1
VAG: Data bus drive
fbbEASG_D RB:?? rpm threshold mrwASGnmax
exceeded during ASG-intervention
VAG:?
fboSEMI Fault lamp (MIL Request)

fbbEMIL_L466623 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: request error lamp
Implausible signal
RB: Short circuit to positive
fbbEMIL_H 4666 23 VAG: request error lamp
Implausible signal
fboSFGA CCS switch - E45

fbbEFGA_X 029F 19 RB: LT2 2 contacts active
VAG: undefined switch state
fbbEFGA_P 029F 19 RB: LT2 no Vorschaltkontakt
RB: ADR neg deviation
fbbEADRnR 029F 11 VAG: Control difference
RB: ADR pos. Deviation
fbbEADRpR 029F 11 VAG: Control difference
RB: LT2 only Vorschaltkontakt
fbbEFGA_A 029F 19 RB: Plausibility FRG_L
fbbEFGA_F 029F 19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSFGC Cruise controller via CAN

fbbEFGC_B RB:?? message count error
VAG:?
fbbEFGC_C RB:?? checksum error
VAG:?
fbbEFGC_Q RB:?? CAN error (timeout, Inkons.)
VAG:?
fbbEFGC_P RB:?? FGL implausible digital / CAN
VAG:?
fbbEFGC_S RB:?? coding does not match
VAG:?
fbbEFGC_Y RB:?? CAN error (timeout, Inkons.)
VAG:?
fboSFGG Speed signal

fbbEFGG_H 461C 23 RB: Signal range
VAG: Vehicle speed signal
Signal too large
RB: Frequency Range
fbbEFGG_F 461C 23 VAG: Vehicle speed signal
Signal too large
RB: FGG CAN: Embassy timeout
fbbEFGG_Q 41F5 23 VAG: Vehicle speed signal
Implausible signal
RB: FGG high level duration implausible
fbbEFGG_S 41F5 23 Implausible signal
RB: FGG CAN: Error ID
fbbEFGG_C 41F5 23 Implausible signal
RB: Plausibility speed and amount
Implausible signal
fbbEFGG_P 41F5 23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSGRS Glow plug relay - J52

fbbEGRS_K 466A 23 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: Glow plug relay - J52
fbbEGRS_O 466B 23 VAG: Glow plug relay - J52
RB: coding word MSG = GZS!
fbbEGZS_C ? ? VAG:?
RB: Short circuit to positive / earth
VAG:?
fbbEGZS_I ? ?
fboSGZS Glühkerzenüberwachung
fbbEGSK_1?? RB: 1 glow plug is defective
VAG: ?
fbbEGSK_2 ? ? RB: 2 glow plug is defective
VAG: ?
RB: 3 glow plug is defective
fbbEGSK_3 ? ? VAG: ?
fbbEGSK_4 ? ? VAG: ?
VAG: ?
fbbEGSK_5 ? ? RB: 6 glow plug is defective
VAG: ?
fbbEGSK_6 ? ? RB: Overcurrent on any GSK
VAG: ?
RB: Transmission errors
fbbEGZS_H ? ?
VAG: ?
fbbEGZS_P ? ?
fboSHZA Heating requirement

fbbEHZA_L?? RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: ?
fbbEHZA_H ? ? RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: ?

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSIMM Engine control unit blocked

fbbEIMM_F 463A 23 RB: Immobilizer
VAG: Engine control unit blocked
fbbEIMM_C 463A 23 RB: Immobilizer
VAG: Engine control unit blocked
RB: Immobilizer
fbbEIMM_P 463A 23 VAG: Engine control unit blocked
RB: Immobilizer
fbbEIMM_V 463A 23 VAG: Engine control unit blocked
fboSKBI CAN bus fails. Message from the Combined

fbbEKO1_Q 468823RB: message timeout Kombi 1 or
Botschaftsinkonsistenz Kombi 1
VAG: Data bus drive
defective
fbbEKO2_Q 468A 23RB: message timeout Combination 2 or
Botschaftsinkonsistenz Combination 2
VAG: Data bus drive
missing message from instrument cluster
fbbEKO2_W 468A 23RB: WTF about 2 Combined error
VAG: Data bus drive
missing message from instrument cluster
fboSKIK Kickdown switch

fbbEKIK_A467A 23 RB: plausibility with PWG
VAG: sender 2 for throttle position - G185
Signal too large
fboSKW2 Load signal generator terminal DF

fbbEKWH_L 045D 1BRB: generator load 0%
VAG: Implausible signal

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSLDF Intake manifold pressure sender - G71

FbbELDF_L 449C 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: intake manifold pressure sender - G71
FbbELDF_H 449b 23RB: Short circuit to positive
fbbELD2_L449D 23RB: Power supply too small
Supply voltage
fbbELD2_H449D 23RB: Power supply to large
Supply voltage
fbbELDF_P449E 23RB: plausibility with ADF
Implausible signal
fboSLD1 Intake manifold pressure

fbbELDSpR4626 23 RB: pos. Deviation
VAG: boost pressure
Control difference
RB: neg control deviation
fbbELDSnR 4626 23 VAG: boost pressure
Control difference
fboSLDK Exhaust gas recirculation - N18

fbbELDK_S 050323RB: Damper status line defective
VAG: No display
fbbELDK_D 050323RB: Control valve defective
VAG: No display
fboSLDS Solenoid valve for charge pressure control - M76

fbbELDS_K 462223RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: solenoid valve for boost pressure control
fbbELDS_O 462523RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: solenoid valve for boost pressure control

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
boSLMM Air flow sensor - G70

fbbELMM_L 449 023 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: air mass meter - G70
fbbELMM_H 4491 23 VAG: air mass meter - G70
RB: Power supply too small
fbbELM2_L 4492 23 VAG: air mass meter - G70
Supply voltage
RB: Power supply to large
fbbELM2_H 4492 23 Supply voltage
RB: Open / short circuit to ground
fbbELM5_L 4490 23 Open / short circuit to ground
fbbELM5_H 4491 23 RB: plausibility at speed
implausible control value
fbbELM5_P 4065 23
boSHFM Air mass meter HFM plausibility - G70

fbbEHFM_L RB:?? HFM-sensitivity drift low
VAG:?
fbbEHFM_H RB:?? HFM-sensitivity drift high
VAG:?
fboSLTF Intake manifold temperature sender - G42

fbbELTF_L44A0 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: Encoder for Saugrohrtemp - G72.
Short circuit to ground
fbbELTF_H44A1 23RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: Encoder for Saugrohrtemp - G72.
Open / short circuit to positive

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
boSPWG Accelerator position sender - G79

fbbEPWG_L 467623RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: accelerator position sender - G79
Signal too low
fbbEPWG_H 467723RB: Short circuit to positive
Signal too large
fbbEPW2_L 467823RB: Power supply too small
Supply voltage
fbbEPW2_H 467823RB: Power supply to large
Supply voltage
fbbEPWP_L 000023RB: Plausibility empty gas switch
VAG: No display
fbbEPWP_P 000023RB: Plausibility potentiometer
VAG: No display
fbbEPWP_B 000023RB: Security event plausibility potentiometer
VAG: No display
fbbEPWP_A 467F 23RB: Plausibility General
VAG: Encoder ½ accelerator position-G79 + G185
Implausible signal
fboSPGS redundant pedal sensor

fbbEPGS_L467923 RB: red. Pedal position sensor SRC low
Signal too low
RB: red. Pedal position sensor SRC high
fbbEPGS_H 467A 23 VAG: sender 2 for throttle position - G185
Signal too large
RB: power red. PWG SRC low
fbbEFPG2_L 4678 23 VAG: sender 2 for throttle position - G185
Supply voltage
RB: power red. PWG SRC high
fbbEPG2_H 4678 23 Supply voltage

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSTAD ADC
fbbETAD_L 425E 23 RB: Reference voltage SRC low
fbbETAD_H 425E 23 RB: Reference voltage SRC high
RB: Ramzellenüberwachung
fbbETAD_D 425E 23 VAG: Control unit defective
RB: Empty gas test pulse error
fbbETAD_T 425E 23 VAG: Control unit defective
fboSTHS Coolant Temperature

fbbETHS_L RB:?? Faulty Thermostat
VAG:?
boSWTK Coolant Temperature

fbbEWTK_L RB??: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: ?
fbbEWTK_H RB??: Short circuit to positive
VAG: ?
fboSWTF Coolant Temperature - G82

fbbEWTF_L 44FF 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: sender Coolant temp. - G62
Short circuit to ground
fbbEWTF_H 44FE 23RB: Short circuit to positive
fbbEWTF_S 407423RB: Operating
Implausible signal
fbbEWTF_D 407423RB: Dynamic plausibility
Implausible signal
fboSAR3 Exhaust gas recirculation

fbbEAR3_K?? Short circuit to positive
fbbEAR3_O?? Open / short circuit to ground

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSAUZ Recognized combustion misfires

fbbEAUZ_M 412C 23RB: Misfire multiple cylinders
VAG: No display
fbbEAUZ_1412D 23RB: Misfiring cylinder 1
VAG: No display
fbbEAUZ_2412F 23RB: Misfiring cylinders 2
VAG: No display
fbbEAUZ_3413023RB: Misfire cylinder 3
VAG: No display
fbbEAUZ_4412E 23RB: Misfiring cylinder 4
VAG: No display
fbbEAUZ_5413123RB: Misfire cylinder 5
VAG: No display
fbbEAUZ_6413223RB: Misfiring cylinders 6
VAG: No display
fboSBRE Brake pedal monitoring

fbbEBRE_L 02E5 1D RB: Open / short circuit to ground
fbbEBRE_H 02E5 1C RB: Short circuit to positive
fbbEBRE_P 02E5 1B RB: Plausibility brake
fboSCAN Data cable broken

fbbECA0_O 4688 23 RB: CAN communication
VAG: No display
fbbECA0_W 4756 23 RB: CAN communication
VAG: No display
RB: CAN communication
fbbECA0_S 4777 23 VAG: No error type detected
fboSDIA Glow period warning lamp

fbbEDIA_K466823RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbEDIA_O466823RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display
fbbEDIA_P466823RB: Implausible signal
VAG: No display

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSEAB Fuel cut

fbbEEAB_K 461923 RB: Stage defective
VAG: No display
fbbEEAB_P 461A 23 RB: Test at startup
VAG: No display
fboSEEP Control unit defective

fbbEEEP_C4680 23 RB: U_IST balance
VAG: No display
fbbECA0_D 425D 23 RB: CAN module defective
VAG: No display
RB: EEPROM communication
fbbEEEP_K 4680 23 VAG: No display
fboSEKP Electric Fuel Pump

fbbEEKP_K23 RB: Short circuit of the output stage
fbbEEKP_O 23 RB: Output stage idle
fboSGER Electric fan

fbbEGER_K 0404 1C RB: Short circuit of the output stage
fbbEGER_O 0404 1F RB: Output stage idle
fboSHD1 Encoder for regulating slide

fbbEHDK_L 456 223 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbEHDK_H 4562 23 RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display
fboSHDK Quantity adjuster (Regelweggeber)

fbbEHDK_O 463223RB: Start stop
VAG: No display
fbbEHDK_U 463223RB: Stop stop
VAG: No display

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
boSHRL Board voltage KL 30

fbbEHRL_S029C 1B RB: Deactivation of EDC
fboSHYL Hydraulic fan

fbbEHYL_K ? ? RB: Short circuit of the output stage
VAG: ?
fbbEHYL_O ? ? RB: Output stage idle
VAG: ?
fboSK15 Supply voltage

fbbEK15_P465823 RB: Plausibility
VAG: No display
fboSKLI Engine / Klimak. - Shutdown electr. Connection

fbbEKLI_K049C 1CRB: Short circuit of the output stage
fbbEKLI_O049C 1FRB: power amp at idle
fbbEKLI_Q RB:?? message timeout or
Botschaftsinkonsistenz Clima1
VAG:?
boSKMD Refrigerant pressure sensor

fbbEKMD_L?? RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: ?
fbbEKMD_H? ? RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: ?
fboSKNT Controller gate array monitoring

fbbEKNT_H 425D 23RB: gate array hardware defect
VAG: No display
fbbEKNT_U 425D 23RB: Error switching to edge operation
VAG: No display

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Error path Error cc F.Art Monitored conditions
fboSKTF Donors for fuel temperature

fbbEKTF_L44A2 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbEKTF_H 44A3 23RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display
fbbEKTF_P44A4 23RB: Dynamic plausibility
VAG: No display
fboSKW1 High heat output relay

fbbEGK2_K 04AA 23 RB: Short circuit of the output stage
VAG: No display
fbbEGK2_O 04AA 23 RB: Output stage idle
VAG: No display
boSKWH Low heat output relay

fbbEGK1_K 04A9 1C RB: Short circuit of the output stage
fbbEGK1_O 04A9 1F RB: Output stage idle
fboSMES Quantity adjuster

fbbEMEN_W 4631 23 RB: neg deviation / signal box hot
VAG: No display
fbbEMEP_W 4631 23 RB: pos. Deviation / signal box hot
VAG: No display
RB: pos. Deviation / interlocking cold
fbbEMEP_K 4631 23 VAG: No display
RB: neg deviation / interlocking cold
fbbEMEN_K 4631 23 VAG: No display
fboSMIL Fault lamp (MIL)

fbbEMIL_K46B5 23 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbEMIL_O 46B6 23 RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display
fboSMVS Valve for start of injection

fbbEMVS_K 44FB 23 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbEMVS_O 44FC 23 RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSNBF Needle lift sender

fbbENBF_L44F5 23 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbENBF_H 44F7 23 RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display
fboSNLF Monitoring follow-up test

fbbESTB_U 425D 23 RB: Voltage stabilizer monitoring
VAG: No display
fbbESTB_O 425D 23 RB: Voltage stabilizer monitoring
VAG: No display
RB: Gate array monitoring module
fbbERUC_W 425D 23 VAG: No display
fboSOTF Oil temperature sensor

fbbEOTF_L40C5 23 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbEOTF_H 40C6 23 RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display
RB: OTF inaccurate CAN error or
fbbEOTF_S 40C5 23 VAG: No display
RB: OTF via CAN error
fbbEOTF_P 40C5 23 VAG: No display
fboSRUC Monitoring microcontroller

fbbERUC_R 425D 23RB: not detected error type
VAG: No display
fbbERUC_S 425D 23RB: Redundant thrust monitoring
VAG: No display
fbbERUC_U 425D 23RB: Monitoring module
VAG: No display
fbbERUC_K 425D 23RB: not detected error type
VAG: No display
fboSSEK Needle lift sender

fbbESEK_U 44F6 23 RB: Overspeed
VAG: No display
fbbESEK_D 44F6 23 RB: Dynamic plausibility
VAG: No display
RB: Static plausibility
fbbESEK_S 44F6 23 VAG: No display

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSSBR Injection start control

fbbESBRpR 44F823 RB: pos. Deviation
VAG: No display
fbbESBRnR 44F8 23 RB: neg deviation
VAG: No display
fboSTAV Tankabschaltventil
fbbETAV_K? 23 RB: Short circuit of the output stage
fbbETAV_O ? 23 RB: Output stage idle
fboSTST Coolant thermostat

fbbETST_K000023 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbETST_O 0000 23 RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display
fboSUBT Board voltage KL 30

fbbEUBT_L 000023 RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: No display
fbbEUBT_H 0000 23 RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: No display
fboSURF Reference voltage (2.5V)

fbbEURF_L 425D 23 RB: Reference voltage is too low
VAG: No display
fbbEURF_H 425D 23 RB: Reference voltage too high
VAG: No display
fboSUTF Ambient temperature sensor

fbbEUTF_P02731B RB: UTF a data telegram
fbbEUTF_H ?? ? RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG:?
fbbEUTF_L ?? ? VAG:?
fboSZWP Lag pump

fbbEZWP_K? ? RB: Short circuit of the output stage
VAG: ?
fbbEZWP_O ? ? RB: Output stage idle
VAG: ?

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSRME RME-sensor
fbbERME_L ? ? RB: Open / short circuit to ground
VAG: ?
fbbERME_H ? ? RB: Short circuit to positive
VAG: ?

0 bosch EDC15 + Page F-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Appendix F List of error bits

PfadOL FehlOL PfadNr Pathname 80h/Bit7 40h/Bit6 20h/Bit5 10h/Bit4 08h/Bit3 04h/Bit2 02h/Bit1 01h/Bit0
fboS_00 D800 00 fboSRUC fbbERUC_K fbbERUC_U fbbERUC_A fbbERUC_S - - - fbbERUC_R
D860 D801 01 fboSDZG - fbbEDZG_S fbbEDZG_D fbbEDZG_L - - fbbEDZG_U -
D802 02 fboSABS fbbEMSR_P fbbEAS3_Q - fbbEASR_Q - - fbbEMSR_H -
D803 03 fboSADF - - - - - - fbbEADF_H fbbEADF_L
D804 04 fboSARF - - fbbEARSnR fbbEARSpR - - - -
D805 05 fboSAR1 - - - - fbbEAR1_O fbbEAR1_K - -
D807 07 fboSLDK fbbELDK_D - fbbELDK_S - - - - -
D808 08 fboSASG fbbEASG_U fbbEASG_P fbbEASG_G fbbEASG_Q fbbEASG_M fbbEASG_S fbbEASG_H fbbEASG_L
D809 09 fboSBRE fbbEBRE_P fbbEBRE_I - - - - fbbEBRE_H fbbEBRE_L
D80A 10 fboSCAN - - - fbbECA0_S - - fbbECA0_W fbbECA0_O
D80B 11 fboSEEP - - - fbbEEEP_K - fbbECAN_D fbbEEEP_A fbbEEEP_C
D80C 12 fboSEP1 - - - - fbbEEEP_F fbbEEEP_V - -
D80D 13 fboSEXM fbbEEGS_A fbbEECO_L fbbEASG_I fbbEEGS_F fbbEAG4_L fbbEEGS_1 fbbEASG_D -
D80E 14 fboSFGA fbbEFGA_F fbbEFGA_A fbbEADRnR fbbEADRpR fbbEFGA_P fbbEFGA_X - -
D80F 15 fboSFGC fbbEFGC_P fbbEFGC_Y fbbEFGC_B fbbEFGC_Q - - fbbEFGC_C fbbEFGC_S
D810 16 fboSHUN fbbENIV_P fbbEALR_Q fbbENIV_B fbbENIV_Q - - fbbENIV_C -
D811 17 fboSFGG fbbEFGG_P fbbEFGG_C fbbEFGG_S fbbEFGG_Q fbbEFGG_F - fbbEFGG_H -
fboS_02
D812 18 fboSGER - - fbbEGER_2 fbbEGER_1 fbbEGER_O fbbEGER_K - -
D862
D813 19 fboSGRS fbbEGZS_I fbbEGZS_C - - fbbEGRS_O fbbEGRS_K - -
D814 20 fboSGZS fbbEGZS_P fbbEGZS_H fbbEGSK_6 fbbEGSK_5 fbbEGSK_4 fbbEGSK_3 fbbEGSK_2 fbbEGSK_1
D815 21 fboSHRL - - - - - - fbbEHRL_S -
D816 22 fboSHYL - - - - fbbEHYL_O fbbEHYL_K - -
D817 23 fboSIMM - - - - fbbEIMM_V fbbEIMM_P fbbEIMM_C fbbEIMM_F
D818 24 fboSK15 fbbEK15_P - - - - - - -
D819 25 fboSKBI - - fbbEKO1_Q fbbEKO2_Q - - - -
D81A 26 fboSKLI - - fbbEKLI_Q - fbbEKLI_O fbbEKLI_K - -
D81B 27 fboSKTF fbbEKTF_P - - - - - fbbEKTF_H fbbEKTF_L
D81C 28 fboSKWH fbbEKWH_M - - - fbbEGK1_O fbbEGK1_K - -
D81D 29 fboSKW2 - fbbEKWH_L - - - - - -
D81E 30 fboSLDF - - - - fbbELD2_H fbbELD2_L fbbELDF_H fbbELDF_L
D81F 31 fboSLDP fbbELDF_P - - - - - - -
DS / ESA List of error bits 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboS_04 D820 32 fboSLD1 - - fbbELDSnR fbbELDSpR - - - -
D864 D821 33 fboSLDS - - - - fbbELDS_O fbbELDS_K - -
D822 34 fboSLMM - fbbELM5_P fbbELM5_H fbbELM5_L fbbELM2_H fbbELM2_L fbbELMM_H fbbELMM_L
D823 35 fboSHFM - - - - fbbEHFM_H fbbEHFM_L - -
D824 36 fboSLTF - - - - - - fbbELTF_H fbbELTF_L
D825 37 fboSSTF - - - - - - fbbESTF_H fbbESTF_L
D826 38 fboSOTF - fbbEOTF_S fbbEOTF_N fbbEOTF_U - - fbbEOTF_H fbbEOTF_L
D827 39 fboSPWG fbbEPWP_A fbbEPWP_B fbbEPWP_P fbbEPWP_L fbbEPW2_H fbbEPW2_L fbbEPWG_H fbbEPWG_L
D828 40 fboSPGS - - - - fbbEPG2_H fbbEPG2_L fbbEPGS_H fbbEPGS_L
D829 41 fboSTAD - - fbbETAD_T fbbETAD_D - - fbbETAD_H fbbETAD_L
D82A 42 fboSTST - - - - fbbETST_O fbbETST_K - -
D82B 43 fboSWTF fbbEWTF_D fbbEWTF_S fbbEWTF_N fbbEWTF_U - fbbEWTF_B fbbEWTF_H fbbEWTF_L
D82C 44 fboSTHS - - - - - - - fbbETHS_L
D82D 45 fboSWTK - - - - - - fbbEWTK_H fbbEWTK_L
D82E 46 fboSHZA - - - - - - fbbEHZA_H fbbEHZA_L
D82F 47 fboSUTF fbbEUTF_P fbbEUTF_S fbbEUTF_N fbbEUTF_U - - fbbEUTF_H fbbEUTF_L
D830 48 fboSKIK fbbEKIK_A - - - - - - -
D831 49 fboSCRA fbbECRA_Q fbbECRA_P fbbECRA_B fbbECRA_A fbbECRA_Z fbbECRA_C - -
fboS_06
D832 50 fboSBSG - - - fbbEBSG_Q - - - -
D866
D833 51 fboSDIA fbbEDIA_P - - - fbbEDIA_O fbbEDIA_K - -
D834 52 fboSCVT - fbbECVT_Q - - - - fbbECVT_H fbbECVT_L
D835 53 fboSACC fbbEACC_A fbbEACC_P fbbEACC_B fbbEACC_Q fbbEACC_F fbbEACC_D fbbEACC_C fbbEACC_V
D836 54 fboSKMD - - - - - - fbbEKMD_H fbbEKMD_L
D837 55 fboSMIL fbbEMIL_M - - - fbbEMIL_O fbbEMIL_K - -
D838 56 fboSNBF - - - - - - fbbENBF_H fbbENBF_L
D839 57 fboSSEK - fbbESEK_S fbbESEK_D - - - fbbESEK_U -
D83A 58 fboSSBR - - fbbESBRnR fbbESBRpR - - - -
D83B 59 fboSIWZ - fbbEDZG_I - - - - - -
D83C 60 fboSUBT - - - - - - fbbEUBT_H fbbEUBT_L
D83D 61 fboSURF - - - - - - fbbEURF_H fbbEURF_L
D83E 62 fboSMVS - - - - fbbEMVS_O fbbEMVS_K - -
D83F 63 fboSEAB fbbEEAB_P - - - - fbbEEAB_K - -

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboS_08 D840 64 fboSKW1 - - - - fbbEGK2_O fbbEGK2_K - -
D868 D841 65 fboSZWP - - - - fbbEZWP_O fbbEZWP_K - -
D842 66 fboSML1 - - - - fbbEML1_O fbbEML1_K - -
D843 67 fboSML2 - - - - fbbEML2_O fbbEML2_K - -
D844 68 fboSGAZ - - - - fbbEGAZ_O fbbEGAZ_K - -
D846 70 fboSGK3 - - - - fbbEGK3_O fbbEGK3_K - -
D847 71 fboSHD1 - - - - - - fbbEHDK_H fbbEHDK_L
D848 72 fboSRME - - - - - - fbbERME_H fbbERME_L
D849 73 fboSMES - - fbbEMEN_K fbbEMEP_K fbbEMEP_W fbbEMEN_W - -
D84A 74 fboSNLF - - fbbERUC_W - - - fbbESTB_O fbbESTB_U
D84B 75 fboSHDK - - fbbEHDK_U fbbEHDK_O - - - -
D84C 76 fboSKNT - - - - fbbEKNT_U fbbEKNT_H - -
D84D 77 fboSAUZ fbbEAUZ_6 fbbEAUZ_5 fbbEAUZ_4 fbbEAUZ_3 fbbEAUZ_2 fbbEAUZ_1 - fbbEAUZ_M
D84E 78 fboSEKP - - - - fbbEEKP_O fbbEEKP_K - -
D84F 79 fboSTAV - - - - fbbETAV_O fbbETAV_K - -

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Appendix G List of olda's

A
anmADF P_ATM Atmosphaerendruck

anmBRE Battery voltage
anmBSTZiO Operating hours at KTF-test start E2PROM low word
anmFPM_EPA Debouncing double Analogue PEG
anmFPM_LTI Empty gas test pulse active
anmHZA Heating requirement
anmK15 K15 K15 filtered value
anmK15_ON K15 current state of the hysteresis
anmKMD Kaeltemitteldruck about PWM
anmKTF T_K fuel temperature
anmKTF_Int Sum KTF-change E2PROM
anmKTF_PT Temp at KTF-good message via abs. Change E2PROM
anmKTF_Td Duration of the last KTF-P tests
anmLDF P_L charge / intake manifold pressure
anmLMM Mass air flow filtered (HFM5 1ms)
anmLMM_1 U_% penultimate analog value airflow meter KLM / HFM
anmLTF T_L air temperature of LTF
anmOTF T_o oil temperature
anmOTF_VOR Default value oil temperature
anmPG2 Voltage supply PGS
anmPGS PGS redundant pedal sensor
anmPW2 Voltage supply PWG
anmPWG PWG pedal sensor position (unfiltered)
anmRME RME - Signal
anmRME_ON RME - signal on / off
anmSTF Intake manifold
anmST_NBF U_NBF voltage signal from NBF
anmTTF Temperature TTF
anmT_MOT T_W engine temperature
anmUBATT U_bat battery voltage
anmUTF T_U ambient temperature from UTF-data telegram
anmUTF_ANA T_U ambient temperature of analog input
anmUTF_CAN UTF value from CAN
anmUTF_DIG Digital value outside temperature
anmUTF_STA Status UTF-signal (0: OK / 1: error)
anmU_PGS Redundant voltage pedal sensor
anmU_PWG Voltage pedal sensor
anmU_REF U_REF reference voltage
anmWTF T_W water temperature
anmWTF_CAN T_W CAN Kuehlmitteltemperatur T_WTF
anmWTK Water temperature 2 (on Kuehleraustritt)
anmZHB_CNT Consumption signal heater: Periodenzaehler (T = anmZHB_CNT * 20ms)
anoBSTZiOH Operating hours at KTF-test start Hi-byte
anoBSTZiOL Operating hours at KTF-test start low word
anoBST_ZSH Operating hours during initialization Hi-byte
anoBST_ZSL Operating hours during initialization low word
anoKMD_roh Kaeltemitteldruck raw value [% TV]
anoKTF_Ini KTF at initialization
anoKTF_Int Sum KTF-change
anoKTF_PT Temp at KTF-good message via abs. Change
anoKTF_akt KTF current reference for plausibility
anoPBM_T5H High level duration Kaeltemitteldrucksignal
anoPBM_T5P Period Kaeltemitteldrucksignal
anoUTF_DIG Digital value outside temperature (relevant bits 0-8)
anoU_ATM Raw Atmosphaerendruckfuehler
anoU_BRE Raw voltage BRE
anoU_HZA Raw heating requirement
19 April 2002 List of olda's DS / ESA

Page G-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
anoU_K15 Raw value of terminal 15

anoU_LDF Raw Ladedruckfuehler
anoU_LDF2 Raw supply voltage LDF
anoU_LMM Raw mass air flow sensor
anoU_LMM1 Raw air mass meter (altalt)
anoU_LMM1S HFM5 1ms average about one segment (linearis)
anoU_LMM2 Raw supply voltage LMM
anoU_LMM2S HFM5 1ms average more than 2 segments
anoU_LMM51 Per cent raw value / supply HFM5 1ms
anoU_NBF Raw value Status NBF
anoU_PGS Raw red. Pedal position sensor
anoU_PGS2 Raw power red. Pedal position sensor
anoU_PGSLT Raw PGS LTI
anoU_PWG Raw pedal sensor
anoU_PWG2 Raw supply voltage PWG
anoU_RME Raw RME - Sensor
anoU_TAD Raw AD voltage test
anoU_TK Raw fuel temperature
anoU_TL Raw air temperature
anoU_TO Raw oil temperature
anoU_TS Raw Saugrohrtemperaturfuehler
anoU_TW Raw water temperature
anoU_TWK Raw water temperature 2 (on Kuehleraustritt)
anoU_UBAT Raw supply voltage PWG
anoU_UREF Raw supply voltage PWG
anoU_UTF Raw UTF
anoVORHEIZ Difference anmWTF - anmOTF the heater compensation
anoWTFkomp Compensation value for WTF with heater
armAGRstat Status EGR Readiness Conditions (Bit 0: ARF Reg Bit 1: HFM / LDF
Plaus.)
ARF-balance value of diagnostic
MLt air mass flow n + Linearization averaging
Amount for ARF
armARF_AGL Amount for ARF
armIST_4 M_L current air mass 2 HFM
armM_E Calculated air mass
armM_ERME M_L current air mass
armM_LBiT M_L setpoint for ARF regulation
armM_Lber Relations computed / measured air mass
armM_List WTF Corrected control value
armM_Lsoll And WTF Pkorr-corrected control value
armRatio Control actuator 1 from actuator 2
aro2ST1 At power-down control with VGW
aro2ST2 Adjustment value limits
aro2STEU_B ARF-shutdown
aroAB_VGW1 Control deviation
aroARFAGL Permitted deviation = f (n, M_Lsoll)
aroAUS_B Factor Permitted deviation = f (n, M_Eakt)
aroE Basic value Tolerated deviation = f (n, M_Lsoll)
aroEmax Monitoring RA (0: vorl.negRA / 1: vorl.posRA / 2: UEaktiv)
aroEmaxF Abschaltbits case of errors
aroEmaxG Abschaltbits case of errors
aroEueb Correction factor
aroFARFAB1 U_LMM after power-up correction
aroFARFAB3 M_L after conversion and normalization.
aroFakKorr Temperature correction
aroIST_1 Output ARF turn-off hysteresis over LTF
aroIST_5 Output ARF turn-off hysteresis over air mass
aroKorrmp Amount for ARF after basic quantity selection
aroLTF_aus Release status
aroML_aus M_L air volume from height correction
aroM_Eroh Corrected ADF
aroPB_ena
aroPSKW
aroPkorr
DS / ESA List of olda's 19 April 2002

0 bosch EDC15 + Page G-3
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
aroREG3pt1 PT1 filtered ARF Steller1

aroREG_1 Control point + control value before monitoring
aroREG_2 Shutdown status
aroREG_3 TV ARF-digit 1 after KF arwREG1KF
aroREG_4 TV ARF-digit by 2 KF arwREG2KF
aroREG_B Control over because a threshold quantity
aroRGIAnt ARF-I-share
aroRGPAnt ARF-P component
aroRGpi Control value
aroRGst Control value by hysteresis
aroRGsteu Control value
aroRKSTAT Control dampers status
aroSOLL_0 Basic value
aroSOLL_1 Setpoint after adjustment
aroSOLL_10 M_L air volume from height correction after ramp
aroSOLL_11 M_L air setpoint after height correction
aroSOLL_12 Speed step correction value = f (n, brake, gear)
aroSOLL_13 Setpoint after driving level correction
aroSOLL_2 Setpoint after Luftdruckkorr.
aroSOLL_3 Setpoint after Lufttemp.korr.
aroSOLL_4 Setpoint after Wassertemp.korr.
aroSOLL_5 Setpoint after limiting
aroSOLL_6 Correction value of the dynamic Vorst
aroSOLL_8 Pressure correction = f (P_ATM) * f (n, M_E)
aroSOLL_9 Water temperature correction = f (n, T_W) * f (M_E)
aroST1 Balance-corrected control value
aroST2 Balance and WTF-corrected control value
aroTVunbeg Sampling rate before limitation
aroT_Korr Temperature correction value
aroTi_Ab Debounce time for delayed ARF shutdown
aroTi_Ein Unentprellte shutdown ARF
aroUMDRp Rotation threshold EGR correction in height
aroWTF_aus Output turn-off hysteresis ARF about WTF
camRCSTAT0 CAN0 Emfangsstatus for all messages

camSTATUS0 CAN0 Status + suppression
caoIMM2XCH OSEK IO IMM2XCO Low Word
caoIMM2XCL OSEK IO IMM2XCO Low Word
caoM01_B0 CAN Object 1 - Data 0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

caoM05_B7 CAN Object 5 - 7 Data

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

caoOSK1Sta OSEK Channel 1 Status
caoOSK2Sta OSEK Channel 2 Status
caoXCO2IMH OSEK IO XCO2IMM HighWord
caoXCO2IML OSEK IO XCO2IMM Low Word
comADF_fun Funkt.Sch ADF function
comARF_fun Funkt.Sch ARF function
comBYP_fun Universal interface status (on / off)
comCLG_SIG Status of activation signals via login
comDSV Record variant
comEFUN Function switch from EEPROM (bit: -, -, -, -, -, KSK, FGG, FGR)
comFGR_opt Funkt.Sch FGR option
comFUN_CRA Function switch CRA
comFUN_KLI Function switch KLI
comKWH_ABS Switch to switch off (0: dimKLI / 1: dimKWH)
comLDR_fun Funkt.Sch LDR function
comM_E_ASG Of intervention for at ASG quantity intervention
comM_E_ASR Of intervention for at ASR quantity intervention
comM_E_EGS Of intervention for at EGS quantity intervention
comM_E_MSR Of intervention for at MSR quantity intervention
comVAR_FGG Function switch FGG
comVAR_FZG UTF-function switch
comVAR_OTF Function switch OTF
crmCRSTpwm Crash over stage PWM
croCR_STAT Crash-stage
croCRzaehl PWM signal crash crash sequences Counter

Page G-6 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
daoDTx_SA Segment address of trigger addresses

dimADM ADR ON
dimADP ADR A +
dimADR ADR switch
dimADW ADR WA switch
dimAG4 Switching signal AG4
dimBRE Condition of the brake after error handling
dimBREPLAU Number dyn implausible. Bremszustaende - E2PROM
dimDIGpre1 Debounced logic states d first digit. Corridors
dimDIGpre2 Debounced logic states d second digit. Corridors
dimeco Ecomaticeingriff (1 = not act., 0 = Eco active / engine off)
dimFGA FGR OFF (digital)
dimFGL Delete Digital input FGR
dimFGM FGR ON (digital)
dimFGP FGR A + (digital)
dimFGV FGR control contact
dimFGW FGR WA (digital)
dimGZR Glow time
dimHAN ADR handbrake
dimK15 Terminal 15
dimK15roh Unentprellt terminal 15
dimK50 Terminal 50 (1 = starter ON)
dimKIK Kickdown input
dimKLB Air compressor input KLI_B (1 = ON Air)
dimKLI Air compressor input
dimKUP Condition of the clutch according to error handling
dimKWH Kuehlwasserheizung shutdown
dimLGF Filtered state empty gas switch
dimLGS Empty gas switch
dimRKSTAT Status line control flap
dioBREPLAU Number dyn implausible. Bremszustaende
dioROH1 Digitale_Eingaenge_roh
dioROH2 Digitale_Eingaenge_roh
dsoARW_on Status Anti-reset windup
dsoEpsilon Hysteresis Epsilon
dsoFQR_I I component of the frequency controller
dsoKi Coefficient Ki
dsoKp Coefficient Kp
dsoPIAnt PI component
dsoR_I_Hw I-part HW (bits 31-16)
dsoR_I_Lw I component LW (bits 23-8)
dsoR_P_Hw P-part HW (* 2048)
dsoR_P_Lw P component LW (* 2048)
dsoTist Period actual
dsoTsoll Period setpoint
dsoUist_Ag Uist (k) matched
dsoUist_Fk Issue of dswUist_Fk
dsoUist_Of Issue of dswUist_Of
dsoed_k Error E ^ (k) = Vset (k) - x ^ (k)
dsox_k Fuehrungsgroesse x (k)
dsoy_k Fuehrungsgroesse y (k)
duoLFZ Time difference between ether. Activation and act. Time
duoLFZMAX maz. from the above output
dzmABTAS (McMess) sampling the current DZG-segment period
dzmDNDT Acceleration speed
dzmDNDT2u Acceleration mean value of 2 turns
dzmDZGANZ Number of DZG interrupts between two n-sync. Calculations
dzmDZGBLE Ausblendezaehler Dyn plausibility
dzmDZGerr Vorl.def. Bit0 | | 1: Dyn, bit 2: Stats, bit 3: Ueberd.Bit8: Ueberd.enabled.

0 bosch EDC15 + Page G-7
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
dzmN_ARD N speed for the ARD (doubly averaged)

dzmN_SB N speed at the time of NBF pulse
dzmN_SEK N Speed of secondary speed sensor
dzmNakt (McMess) current speed from the last period (ungemittelt)
dzmNmit (McMess) Speed (simple average)
dzmSCHEDUL Speed Synchronous Schedule Controller
dzmSCHUB Numerator of DZG pulses between two NBF pulses
dzmSEGM (McMess) Segmentzaehler for DZG interrupt
dzmUEBER Overspeed detection of DZG (bit 0) / HTG (bit 1)
dzmUMDRK15 Revolutions since a K15
dzmUMDRsta Revolutions since the start shedding
dzmWACH Overspeed detection of DZG (bit 0)
dzoABTAS Olda-sampling
dzoDZGPERH Olda DZG-period high
dzoDZGPERL Olda DZG-period low
dzoNBFdreh Spin the NBF speed
dzoNBFperH NBF_Periode since last NBF_Impuls H
dzoNBFperL NBF_Periode since last NBF_Impuls L
dzoNBFramp Ramp in use bit / ramp end bit
dzoN_ARD Olda-ARD speed (corpse mask)
dzoNakt Olda-Current speed
dzoNmit Olda-speed (VSO)
dzoNmitalt
dzoSEGM
dzoVorRAMP
Olda segment number (Sync with NBF)
NBF_Drehzahl before ramp
ecmDK_zu DK-Close by Ecomatic

ecmUso_ECO Usoll specification of Ecomatic evaluation
ecoECO_STA Ecomatic operating condition
edmCHKOBDH checksum high-Word
edmCHKOBDL checksum low word
edmCHKstat Status word CARB Mode9 PID06h
edmDIA_P Diagnostic pointer for EEPROM handler
edmEEinit PERFORMED EEPROM initialization
edmIMM_W Realty Write
edmMACHSUH Master checksum high-Word
edmMACHSUL Master checksum low word
edmMSG_gsp MSG permanently banned (0: no / 1: yes) EE -> WFS
edmM_E_AUS Amount of output from about self-diagnosis of GA
edmPW_cmax PWG learned idle position EEPROM
edmPW_dp PWG measured synchronization tolerance EEPROM
edmPsh_erl Status Message GSK3 protection
edmSperre Login barrier unit in xcwZBSperr
edmTIM_100 100ms timer synchronization
edmVB_FIL Calculated consumption (filtered) from / for EEPROM
edmWFS_MRN WFS Marine status to EEPROM
edoAGL_CS Checksum test AGL from EEPROM
edoCANESB CAN-stimulus-frame Counter
edoCAN_F Olda output in the absence of CAN
edoCKETK ETK Oldaausgabe
edoCKRSP Schreibversuchzaehler for response programming
edoCLGV Number of the CAN variant
edoCRED_WS Synchronous angle trigger Write
edoCRED_ZS Write trigger synchronously
edoDSVCHK DSV test results
edoEEDSV DSV from EEPROM
edoEEFUN Function Switch + Test from EEPROM
edoESBANZ No. of Einsprungbedingungen
edoGADID Gate array identification
edoGAFRG Gate array question

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
edoGAFZ Fehlerzaehler the gate array

edoGAREQ new question from the gate array,
edoGASTAT Gate Array Status 0000 -> OK.
edoININR Initialization
edoKMZ_H High word km level
edoKMZ_L Low word km level
edoKMZ_STA Status km level
edoLFZ Time difference between ether. Activation and act. Time
edoLFZMIN min. from the above output
edoMSKID0 Masks identifier LoWord
edoMSKID1 Masks identifier HiWord
edoRSTCD Restart Code
edoRSTDZ Exceeding of time [us]
edoRSTSH Startadresse_High
edoRSTSL Startadresse_Low
ehmBW1 Diagnostic output stages 1 .. 4
ehmBW4 Amplifiers diagnostic word 25 .. 32
ehmBW5 Amplifiers diagnostic word 33 .. 40
ehmDAR1 TV diagnosis ARF-digit 1
ehmDAR2 TV diagnosis ARF Regulator 2
ehmDAR3 TV diagnosis ARF-digit 3
ehmDARS Abgasrueckfuehrsteller
ehmDDIA TV Diagnostics Diagnostic lamp
ehmDEAB TV diagnosing electrical disconnection
ehmDEKP TV diagnosis Electric Fuel Pump
ehmDGAZ TV diagnosis glow indicator
ehmDGER TV diagnosis Elektroluefter
ehmDGRS TV diagnosis Gluehrelaissteller
ehmDGSK1 TV diagnosis Gluehstift1
ehmDGSK2 TV diagnosis Gluehstift2
ehmDGSK3 TV diagnostic heater
ehmDHYL TV diagnosis Hydroluefter
ehmDKLI0 TV Diagnosis air compressor output 0
ehmDLDK Throttle Actuator
ehmDLD_DK TV diagnosis Ladedruck-/Drosselklappen-Steller
ehmDLD_DKk TV Diag Ladedr.-/Drosselkl.-Steller Ubatt Correction
ehmDMIL TV control MIL lamp
ehmDML1 TV Diagnosis motor position 1
ehmDML2 TV diagnosis alternator excitation / engine bearing 2
ehmDMVS TV diagnosis solenoid valve plate
ehmDMVSk TV Diag Magnetventilst. Ubatt Comp.
ehmDTAV TV diagnosis Tankabschaltventil
ehmDTST TV diagnosis Kuehlmittelthermostat
ehmDZWP TV diagnosis lag pump
ehmD_FARS TV triggering ARF-digit 1
ehmD_FMVS TV control solenoid valve plate
ehmFAR1 TV triggering ARF-digit 1
ehmFAR2 TV triggering ARF Regulator 2
ehmFAR3 TV triggering ARF-digit 3
ehmFARS Sampling rate ARF-digit
ehmFDIA TV triggering diagnostic lamp
ehmFEAB TV Control Electric cut-off
ehmFEKP TV control electric fuel pump
ehmFGAZ TV triggering glow indicator
ehmFGEA TV control alternator excitation
ehmFGER TV control Elektroluefter
ehmFGRS TV control Gluehrelaissteller
ehmFGRS_K Corrected UBatt TV control Gluehrelaissteller,
ehmFGSK1 TV control Gluehstift1
ehmFGSK2 TV control Gluehstift2

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
ehmFGSK3 TV control GSK3

ehmFHYL TV control Hydroluefter
ehmFKLI0 TV control air compressor output 0
ehmFKSK Kraftstoffkuehlung
ehmFLDK Sampling rate LDK Steller
ehmFLD_DK TV control Ladedruck-/Drosselklappen-Steller
ehmFLD_DKk TV Anst. Ladedr. / Damper. Faders Ubatt Comp.
ehmFLS2 TV control boost pressure plate 2
ehmFMIL TV control MIL lamp
ehmFML1 TV control motor bearings 1
ehmFML2 TV control engine mount 2 / ADR lamp
ehmFMVS TV control solenoid valve plate
ehmFMVSk TV Anst. Solenoid valve plate Ubatt Comp.
ehmFTAV TV control Tankabschaltventil
ehmFTST TV control Kuehlmittelthermostat
ehmFZWP TV control lag pump
ehmGER_O Elektroluefterendstufe unentprellt open
ehmMST_EAB TV control EAB in the amount interlocking test
ehmMST_LMP TV triggering glow indicator in the MST-test
ehmSAR1 EST Status ARF-digit 1
ehmSAR3 EST Status ARF-digit 3
ehmSARS Status MVS Steller
ehmSDIA EST Status diagnostic lamp
ehmSEAB EST-state electrical disconnection
ehmSEKP EST-state electric fuel pump
ehmSGAZ EST Status glow indicator
ehmSGER EST Status Elektroluefter
ehmSGRS EST Status Gluehrelaissteller
ehmSGSK1 EST Status Gluehstift1
ehmSGSK2 Status Gluehstift2
ehmSGSK3 EST Status GSK3
ehmSHYL EST Status Hydroluefter
ehmSKLI0 EST Status air compressor output 0
ehmSLDK Throttle Actuator (not MB)
ehmSLD_DK EST Status Ladedruck-/Drosselklappen-Steller
ehmSMIL EST Status MIL lamp
ehmSML1 EST Status Motorlager1
ehmSML2 EST-state motor position 2 / ADR lamp
ehmSMVS EST Status solenoid valve plate
ehmSTAV EST Status Tankabschaltventil
ehmSTST EST Status Kuehlmittelthermostat
ehmSZWP EST-status tracking pump
ehmUKORR UBatt correction factor
ehoTVAR1 TV-FS ARS Steller
ehoTVAR2 TV final value DKS actuator
ehoTVHYL Hydroluefter
ehoTVZWP Lag pump
fbmCPID1AB Carb mode 01, 01 Pid, Data A, Data B

fbmCPID1CD Carb mode 01, 01 Pid, Data C Data D
fbmDIAL DIA lamp (bit 0: Error, 1: NL-error, 2:. Cont, 3: LT1, 4: LT2, 5: Delay
abg, 6: X, 7: GAZ)
fbmMIL MIL indicator (bit 0: Error, 1: NL-error, 2: Cont, 3:. LT1, 4: LT2, 5: Delay
abg, 6: X)
Readyness 2 Bit Counter
fbmRDYNES
Indicator Readiness bits
fbmRyBits
Request diagnostic lamp Fehlerbehandlg
fbmSDIAL
Requirements of MIL-cycle management
fbmSMIL
WarmUp Cycle Indicator
fbmWUC Cycle update Active
fbmZYKAKT

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboFS0FAA FSP Error entry 0 - Of fault current

fboFS0FAE FSP Error entry 0 - Debounced error type
fboFS0FLZ FSP Error entry 0 - FLC Counter
fboFS0HFZ FSP Error entry 0 - Haeufigkeitszaehler
fboFS0HLZ FSP Error entry 0 - HLC-Counter
fboFS0PFD FSP Error entry 0 - Path number
fboFS0SLZ FSP Error entry 0 - Even Loesch-Counter
fboFS0STA FSP Error entry 0 - Status
fboFS0UB1 FSP Error entry 0 - Environmental Condition 1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboFS4UB3 FSP error entry 4 - Environmental Condition 3

fboOABS Geprueftpfad ABS
fboOACC Geprueftpfad ACC over CAN
fboOADF Geprueftpfad ADF
fboOAR1 Geprueftpfad ARF-digit 1 EPW
fboOAR2 Geprueftpfad ARF Regulator 2
fboOAR3 Geprueftpfad ARF-digit 3
fboOARF Geprueftpfad ARF
fboOASG Geprueftpfad CAN ASG message
fboOAUZ Geprueftpfad misfire detection
fboOBRE Geprueftpfad brake signal
fboOBSG Geprueftpfad CAN BSG1 message
fboOCAN Geprueftpfad CAN controller
fboOCRA Geprueftpfad crash detection
fboOCVT Geprueftpfad CVT
fboODIA Geprueftpfad diagnostic lamp DIA
fboODZG Geprueftpfad speed sensor DZG
fboOEAB Geprueftpfad electrical cut EAB
fboOEEP Geprueftpfad EEPROM and configuration
fboOEKP Geprueftpfad EKP
fboOEP1 Geprueftpfad EP1
fboOEXM Geprueftpfad amount External intervention
fboOFGA Geprueftpfad FGR keypad
fboOFGC Geprueftpfad FGR keypad
fboOFGG Geprueftpfad vehicle speed sensor FGG
fboOGAZ Geprueftpfad glow indicator GAZ
fboOGER Geprueftpfad Elektroluefter
fboOGK3 Geprueftpfad heater
fboOGRS Geprueftpfad Gluehrelaissteller GRL
fboOGZS Geprueftpfad glow plug 3
fboOHD1 Geprueftpfad HD1
fboOHDK Geprueftpfad Regelweggeber HDK
fboOHFM Geprueftpfad air flow meter HFM
fboOHRL Geprueftpfad main relay main relay
fboOHUN Geprueftpfad Hunter
fboOHYL Geprueftpfad Hydroluefter
fboOHZA Geprueftpfad heating requirement
fboOIMM Geprueftpfad immobilizer
fboOIWZ Geprueftpfad IWZ system
fboOK15 Geprueftpfad terminal 15
fboOKBI Geprueftpfad instrument cluster
fboOKIK Geprueftpfad kickdown switch KIK
fboOKLI Geprueftpfad air compressor controller 0 KLI
fboOKMD Geprueftpfad KMD
fboOKNT Geprueftpfad switching to edge
fboOKTF Geprueftpfad Kraftstofftemperaturfuehler KTF
fboOKW2 Geprueftpfad KW2
fboOKWH Geprueftpfad Kuehlwasserheizung
fboOLD1 Geprueftpfad LD1
fboOLDF Geprueftpfad Ladedruckfuehler LDF
fboOLDK Geprueftpfad control flap
fboOLDP Geprueftpfad Ladedruckfuehler LDF
fboOLDS Geprueftpfad boost pressure / throttle actuator
fboOLMM Geprueftpfad air flow meter LMM
fboOLTF Geprueftpfad Lufttemperaturfuehler LTF
fboOMES Geprueftpfad amount interlocking MES
fboOMIL Geprueftpfad MIL
fboOML1 Geprueftpfad Motorlager1
fboOML2 Geprueftpfad Motorlager2
fboOMVS Geprueftpfad solenoid valve plate MVS

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboONBF Geprueftpfad Nadelbewegungsfuehler NBF

fboONLF Geprueftpfad tracking tests
fboOOTF Geprueftpfad OTF
fboOPGS Geprueftpfad red. Pedal PGS
fboOPWG Geprueftpfad pedal sensor PWG
fboORME Geprueftpfad RME - Sensor
fboORUC Geprueftpfad microcontroller uC
fboOSBR Geprueftpfad injection start control SBR
fboOSEK Geprueftpfad inductive Sekundaerdrehzahlgeber (NBF)
fboOSTF Geprueftpfad Saugrohrtemperaturfuehler STF
fboOTAD Geprueftpfad AD test voltage TAD
fboOTAV Geprueftpfad TAV
fboOTHS Geprueftpfad thermostat diagnosis
fboOTST Geprueftpfad Kuehlmittelthermostat
fboOUBT Geprueftpfad battery voltage BATT
fboOURF Geprueftpfad reference voltage U_REF
fboOUTF Geprueftpfad UTF error path
fboOWTF Geprueftpfad Wassertemperaturfuehler WTF (cylinder head outlet)
fboOWTK Geprueftpfad Wassertemperaturfuehler WTK (Kuehleraustritt)
fboOZWP Geprueftpfad lag pump
fboO_00 Certified paths 1 to 16
fboO_10 Proven Paths 81-96
fboO_CAT_P Number of paths "catalyst monitoring"
fboO_CAT_T Num. the tested paths "catalyst monitoring"
fboO_COM_P Number of paths "comprehensive components"
fboO_COM_T Num. the tested paths "compreh. components"
fboO_EGR_P Number of paths "EGR system monitoring"
fboO_EGR_T Num. the tested paths "EGR system monitoring"
fboO_FUE_P Number of paths "fuel system"
fboO_FUE_T Num. the tested paths "fuel system"
fboO_MIS_P Number of paths "misfire monitoring"
fboO_MIS_T Num. the tested paths "misfire monitoring"
fboSABS ABS fault path
fboSACC Error path ACC over CAN
fboSADF Error path Athmosphaerendruckfuehler ADF
fboSAR1 Error path ARF-digit 1 EPW
fboSAR2 Error path ARF Regulator 2
fboSAR3 Error path ARF-digit 3
fboSARF ARF error path
fboSASG Error path CAN ASG message
fboSAUZ Error path misfire detection
fboSBRE Error path braking signal
fboSBSG Error path CAN BSG1 message
fboSCAN Error path CAN controller
fboSCRA Error path crash detection
fboSCVT Error path CVT
fboSDIA Error path diagnostic lamp DIA
fboSDZG Error path speed sensor DZG
fboSEAB Error path electrical cut EAB
fboSEEP Error path EEPROM and configuration
fboSEKP Error path EKP
fboSEP1 EP1 error path
fboSEXM EXM error path
fboSFGA Error path FGR keypad
fboSFGC Error path FGR over CAN
fboSFGG Error path vehicle speed sensor FGG
fboSGAZ Error path glow indicator GAZ
fboSGER Path Elektroluefter

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboSGK3 Error path heater

fboSGRS Error path Gluehrelaissteller GRL
fboSGZS Error path glow plug 3
fboSHD1 HD1 error path
fboSHDK Error path Regelweggeber HDK
fboSHFM Error path air flow meter HFM
fboSHRL Error path main relay main relay
fboSHUN Error path Hunter
fboSHYL Path Hydroluefter
fboSHZA Error path heating requirement
fboSIMM Path immobilizer
fboSIWZ Error path IWZ system
fboSK15 Error path terminal 15
fboSKBI Error path COMBI CAN message
fboSKIK Error path kickdown switch KIK
fboSKLI Error path C compressor controller 0 KLI
fboSKMD Error path KMD
fboSKNT Fault path switching to edge
fboSKTF Error path Kraftstofftemperaturfuehler KTF
fboSKW1 KW1 error path
fboSKW2 KW2 error path
fboSKWH Path Kuehlwasserheizung
fboSLD1 LD1 error path
fboSLDF Error path Ladedruckfuehler LDF
fboSLDK Error path control flap
fboSLDP Error path Ladedruckfuehler LDF
fboSLDS Error path boost pressure / throttle actuator
fboSLMM Error path air flow meter LMM
fboSLTF Error path Lufttemperaturfuehler LTF
fboSMES Error path quantity interlocking MES
fboSMIL Path MIL-A
fboSML1 Error path motor position 1
fboSML2 Error path motor position 2
fboSMVS Error path solenoid valve plate MVS
fboSNBF Error path Nadelbewegungsfuehler NBF
fboSNLF Error path tracking tests
fboSOTF Error path Oeltemperaturfuehler OTF
fboSPGS Red error path. Pedal PGS
fboSPWG Error path pedal sensor PWG
fboSRME Error path RME - Sensor
fboSRUC Error path microcontroller uC
fboSSBR Error path injection start control SBR
fboSSEK Error path inductive Sekundaerdrehzahlgeber (NBF)
fboSSTF Error path Saugrohrtemperaturfuehler STF
fboSTAD Error path AD test voltage TAD
fboSTAV Error path TAV
fboSTHS Error path thermostat diagnosis
fboSTST Path Kuehlmittelthermostat
fboSUBT Error path battery voltage BATT
fboSURF Error path reference voltage U_REF
fboSUTF UTF error path
fboSWTF Error path Wassertemperaturfuehler WTF (cylinder head outlet)
fboSWTK Error path Wassertemperaturfuehler WTK (Kuehleraustritt)
fboSZWP Path trailing pump
fboS_00 Defects paths 1 to 16
fboS_10 Defects paths 81-96
fboS_ND Number of bad paths
fboS_NP Number of defined paths

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fgmBESCH A current acceleration

fgmDAT_SF Distance factor driving speed measurement
fgmEE_SF Distance factor f KTG from EEPROM
fgmFGAKT V current speed
fgmFVN_UEB Transfer function driveline
fgm_VzuN V / N date Relations velocity / speed
fgoHPDA Recent high-level duration (only for KTG)
fgoHPDC High-level duration counter (only with KTG)
fgoHPDD High-level duration deviation (abs.) (only for KTG)
fgoHPDF Filtered high-level duration (only for KTG)
fgoHPDS Starting value high-level duration (only for KTG)
fgoRingSp current ring buffer content
fgoSTAT Status
fgoTimek Time difference
fgoZAEHLER FGG Impulszaehler
fgo_GePer FGG period << NE
fgo_V_roh FGG Geschwindigkeitsrohwert
fgo_a_roh Beschleunigungsrohwert
fgo_s_Roh Raw speed
gsmAGL_VGK Balance value Vorgluehkennlinie

gsmCANGL Annealing Vorgluehlampenstatus over CAN 1 =
gsmDIA_GAZ Control glow indicator (for diagnostic lamp)
gsmER_READ Reported GSK3 error of control
gsmGLUEH Gluhbit Message 1 = Annealing
gsmGSK3_ST GSK3 status of GSK (error, data)
gsmGS_Pha Gluephasenanzeige
gsmGS_Vor1 GSK3 first Preheating phase active
gsmGS_t_VG Preheating time after IPO3
gsmGZS_Cok GSK3 glow function enabled, encoding MSG = GZS
gsmPsh_erl GSK_3 Rueckmeldung of E2PROM Dealer
gsoCO_Bit GSK3 diagnosis Bitcounter
gsoCO_CBIT Codierbitcounter
gsoCO_FL GSK3 diagnosis Flatline Counter
gsoCO_TO GSK3 diagnosis Timeout Counter
gsoDIA_STA Status of GSK3 status acquisition (WOM olda)
gsoFMerker Receive valid data frame (= 1)
gsoGS_TV4 Drive duty in the Rest of firings
gsoGS_TVx Drive duty in the preheat
gsoGS_t1 Activation duration of the glow plugs with gswGS_TV1
gsoGS_tGAZ Activation duration of the glow indicator (only with cowVAR_GAZ =
gsoGS_t_NG 1)
gsoGZS_BUF GZS afterglow after IPO2
gsoGZS_Cok Codierwortbuffer status HL = C1 = C2 LH, LL = C3
gsoWTFAGL Coding successful (= FFh)
gsoZG_Erl GZS Reconciled WTF value f VG map
Zwischengluehen (0: DISABLE 1: ALLOWED)
khmGENLAST KWH - filtered generator load

khmKWH_CAN CAN message not allowed for "motor off" over ECOMATIC
khmNORAB KWH - status displays and shutdown conditions
khmN_LLKWH Raising the idling speed during active KWH
khoHE_AB KWH - generator load switch-off threshold
khoHE_ZU KWH - generator load in threshold
khoRELAIS KWH - Switching status of the individual HE (relay)
khoTL KWH - air temperature before khwKH_TLKL
khoTMP_AN Out remaining time to Ecomatic active
khoTMP_TIM Timer out remaining time to Ecomatic active
khoTWAUS_O KWH - upper Wassertemperaturschwellwert

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
khoTWAUS_U KWH - lower Wassertemperaturschwellwert

kkoSTATE Status Kraftstoffkuehlung
klmHYS Air compressor shutdown Hystereseausgaenge
klmL_HYS Air compressor shutdown Hystereseausgaenge slowly
klmL_STAT Air compressor shutdown status slowly
klmN_LLKLM Raising the idle speed with air conditioning compressor
klmSTAT Air compressor shut-off status
kloTMAX_AN max. Switch-off of the air compressor at start
kloTMIN_AN min. Switch-off of the air compressor at start
kloWTFschw Wassertemp.-threshold air compressor switch-off
kmmDiaStat Status Thermotatdiagnose
kmmKFK_CAN Bit Kennfeldkuehlung
kmmTMotBer Model temperature
kmmUTF_Ber calculated ambient temperature
kmmUTFkor1 Correction term
kmmWTF_ra Deviation
kmmWTFsoll Water temperature setpoint
kmoF_gr kmmTMotBer> kmwTHSauf
kmoF_kl anmWTF> kmwTHStol
kmoMotQab Edition of the discharged Waermemenge
kmoMotQzu Output of the supplied Waermemenge
kmoPdiff Output of the pressure difference
kmoQint Integrator input
kmoTMotBer one tenth of the motor temperature
kmoTSTreg limited drive duty of regulation
kmoTSTsteu Drive duty out of control
kmoTUmgPT1 uncorrected ambient temperature
kmoUTFkor1 Correction term
kmoUmgebQ Issue of dissipated to the environment Waermemenge
kmoVerbPT1 Output of the filtered consumption
kmoWTFPT1 Output of the filtered water temperature
kmoWTF_so1 Water temperature setpoint 1
kmoWTF_sor Water temperature setpoint 6
kmoWTFist Water temperature value
kumCAN_LUE Averaged over TV HYL and GER for CAN
kumKMDneu current Kaeltemitteldruck
kumNL_akt Kuehlerluefter trailing
kumState Status Kuehlerluefter trailing
kuoANFBA Anfahrbedarfsanforderung
kuoEl_KB Kuehlbedarf of Elektroluefters
kuoEl_N Elektroluefter-base speed
kuoEl_N2 Minimum speed according to hysteresis
kuoEl_N3 Minimum speed 3
kuoEl_NAbl Elektroluefterdrehzahl after suppression
kuoElnmin Minimum speed for El-Luefter from KL
kuoHy_KB Kuehlbedarf of Hydroluefters
kuoHy_N Hydroluefter-base speed
kuoHy_N2 Minimum speed according to hysteresis
kuoHy_N3 Minimum speed 3
kuoHy_NAbl Hydroluefterdrehzahl after suppression
kuoHynmin Minimum speed for Hy-Luefter from KL
kuoKB_KVM Kuehlbedarf from air loss torque-KL
kuoKB_reg Kuehlbedarf (from control)
kuoKB_steu Kuehlbedarf (out of control)
kuoKLIBA Air requisition
kuoKLLFT Kuehlanforderung over CAN
kuoKMDgesp stored Kaeltemitteldruck
kuoSOdyn Value for Kuehlleistungsanhebung

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
kuoS_1 Control Kuehlerl. Driving

kuoS_2 Control Kuehlerl. Caster
kuoSchalt KMD saved (0: yes / 1 no)
kuoVB_gesp Stored consumption by KL15.
kuoV_ist Fahrgeschw. feedback
kuoV_ist2 Fahrgeschwindikeit for minimum speed
kuoWTDIFF Water Temperature - Water temperature at Kuehleraustritt
kuoWTFkrit critical water temperature
kuoWTK_ra Deviation
kuoWTK_so1 If water temperature 1
kuoWTKist Water temperature actual value
kuoWTKkorr Correction factor
kuoWTKsoll If water temperature
kuoZusKB of extra Kuehlbedarf
kuorel1 relative Kuehlbedarf 1
kuorel2 relative Kuehlbedarf 2
ldmADF P_ATM current Atmosphaerendruck (from ADF or LDF)

ldmBereich Switch-off of the LDR
LDME LDR deviation
ldmGLTV BiT TV loader balance
ldmLDFP_dp Result LDF/ADF- plausibility
ldmLDRSTAT LDR status boost pressure control
ldmM_E M_E LDR quantity input (current / wish / desire raw)
ldmP_Llin P_L current boost pressure (filtered) / air pressure
ldmP_Lsoll Setpoint boost pressure
ldmSWPLBEG P_L boost pressure setpoint value after limiting to maximum
ldmVZ_akt Activation of the LDR TV freezing
ldoFLDRAB1 Abschaltbits with errors (bits)
ldoFLDRAB3 Abschaltbits with errors (bits)
ldoGRmax upper limit controller
ldoGRmin lower controller limitation
ldoIFRZ Integrator shall not exceed
ldoKSTWt Switch-off after cold start
ldoLA_DIF Pressure difference LDF / ADF
ldoLDB_DPN Speed-olda. Offset for P_ATM calculation
ldoLDFP_St Statusolda LDF/ADF- plausibility
ldoLGU_STA Status Ladergeraeuschunterdrueckung
ldoM_Est Amount for control
ldoN_Abs Shutdown cold start and speed> S
ldoREGMXpR Olda max. pos. LDR deviation
ldoRGDAnt Olda LDR-D component
ldoRGIAnt Olda LDR I-share
ldoRGPAnt Olda LDR-P component
ldoRGPITV Olda TV from PI controller (without D component)
ldoRGSunv Olda unverzoegertes LDR switching signal
ldoRG_BER Olda M_E / N range for monitoring
ldoRG_TV TV tax share + share + PIDT1 Geraeuschunterd.
ldoRG_TV2 TV 2 LS output
ldoRG_TVUB TV tax component + PID before limitation
ldoRG_TVun TV tax component + PIDT1 share
ldoSWDYANT Olda Dynamic setpoint portion
ldoSWPA_K1 Olda Korrekturwert1 = f (P_ATM)
ldoSWPLGKF Olda P_L of base map
ldoSWPLMAX Olda Maximum setpoint

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
ldoSWPL_K0 Corrected olda Relative pressure with KW0

ldoSWP_L Olda setpoint P_L
ldoSWTL_K2 Olda Korrekturwert2 = f (T_L)
ldoSWTW_K0 Olda Korrekturwert0 = f (T_W)
ldoSW_TW Olda temperature input value
ldoTV1 TV control from one of the two GrundKF
ldoTV2 TV control to ADF correction
ldoTVsteu TV control (definitively)
mloEAKTPT1 Filtered actual amount

mloZustand Zustandsolda
mlo_MLTV Sampling rate for olda
mrmACCDDE2 ACC DDE2 status
mrmACC_SAT ACC status
mrmACC_roh ACC intervention amount
mrmADRPWG2 Filtered speed value from PWG
mrmADR_Neo ADR maximum speed (variable) from EEPROM
mrmADR_Nfe ADR fixed speed from EEPROM
mrmADR_SAT ADR Status
mrmADR_SET stored ADR WA speed
mrmADR_SOL ADR target speed
mrmASGSTAT ASG - Status
mrmASG_CAN Status CAN message ASG
mrmASG_roh Raw ASG desire speed
mrmASG_tsy ASG synchronization time
mrmASRSTAT ASR - Status
mrmASR_CAN Status CAN Message ASR
mrmASR_roh Reatives ASR / CAN engaging torque raw
mrmAUSBL CAN error suppression active yes / no
mrmBEGaAGL Balance value for limiting amount add.
mrmBEGmAGL Balance value for limiting amount mult.
mrmBI_SOLL Target quantity consumption
mrmBMEF Reducing the limitation amount MIN (mroBMEF..)
mrmBM_ASG M_E limit amount at ASG ECO mode
mrmBM_EMOM Torque limiting amount
mrmBM_ERAU Amount of smoke
mrmBSG_Anf BSG request LL Solldrehzahlerhoehung
mrmBSG_KLI Off BSG request air conditioning
mrmBTSM Test flag
mrmB_DSP Switching point reduction gear
mrmCANMIL 1 = control of the MI-lamp through CAN-bit
mrmCANSABS Status braking torque intervention
mrmCAN_ECO Ecomaticeingriff (evaluated) of CAN message
mrmCAN_KL 1 = switch off the air conditioning compressor through CAN-bit
mrmCAN_KLI Info 1 from Clima1 Embassy
mrmCAN_KUP Converter clutch (evaluated) of CAN message
mrmCASE_A ARD state bits of the active Ruckeldaempfung
mrmCASE_A1 ARD status bits (extended) of active Ruckeldaempfung
mrmCASE_L LLR state bits of the idle control
mrmEAB_Dz upper speed threshold for ELAB test
mrmEABgsp Stored quantity limitation and LDR from at EAB error
mrmEGSSTAT EGS - Status
mrmEGS_CAN Status CAN message EGS
mrmEGS_akt Transmission message: circuit active
mrmEGS_roh Relative EGS / CAN engaging torque raw
mrmEMOTKOR M_E Korr.Menge for driving moment
mrmEXM_HGB Exme: HGB amount acts on request quantity
mrmFDR_CAN Status vehicle dynamics control (bit-coded)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmFGR_SAT FGR operating condition

mrmFGR_roh M_E FGR request unlimited amount
mrmFG_ABS Driving speed over CAN from the ABS Control unit
mrmFG_CAN Speed of CAN
mrmFG_SOLL V setpoint travel speed for diagnosis
mrmFVHUEst Transfer function drivetrain after filtering
mrmF_STA1 FGR status 1 (0: dimFGL, 1: dimFGA, 2: dimFGP / dimFGM, 3: dimFGW,
4: dimBRE, 5: dimKUP, 6 :-/ dimFGP, 7 :-/ dimFGV)
FGR status 2
mrmF_STA2 FGR status 3 (0: S_HAUPT, 1: T_AUS, 2: t_del, 3: T_BES, 4: T_SET,
mrmF_STA3 5: T_WA, 6 -, 7: dimFGL)
current gear EDC
mrmGANG Info GRA message
mrmGRA GRA-shutdown due to CAN message errors
mrmGRACoff GRA Off at fault in the transfer function driveline
mrmGRA_UEF Plausibility info GRA message
mrmGRApl Actual gear over CAN from EGS
mrmGTRGANG Transfer function drivetrain over CAN from EGS
mrmGTR_UEB HGB requirement over CAN (Niveau1 and Allrad1)
mrmHGB_Anf HGB status
mrmHGB_Sta ARD - D - initialization of Exme-PBM
mrmINARD_D Kuehlbedarf from the air conditioner
mrmKLI_LUE Air compressor on / off
mrmKLK_EIN Kaeltemitteldruck over CAN
mrmKMD Fuel temperature for starting quantity
mrmKTF_ Clutch torque loss raw
mrmKUP_roh Balance value LDF - ADF
mrmLDFUAGL Saugrohrunterdruckerkennung active
mrmLDFUaus Adaptionssperrbit from gearbox
mrmLFR_Adp Initialization LLR I component
mrmLLIINIT Release for increase speed idle
mrmLLN_ANH M_E I component of the LLR-PI controller
mrmLLRIAnt M_E P component of the LLR-PI controller
mrmLLRPAnt N balance value for idle speed correction
mrmLLR_AGL LL Drehzahlerhoehung PWG plaus. (Y / n)
mrmLLR_PWD LL Solldrehzahlerhoehung by UTF
mrmLLUTF Water Temp.abh. LL Drehzahlerhoehung after START
mrmLLWTF N idle target speed
mrmLL_ZIEL Moment of driving behavior characteristic field
mrmMDW_ab Limiting torque
mrmMD_BEGR Driver torque
mrmMD_FAHR Air torque loss
mrmMD_KLI Compressor load over CAN raw
mrmMD_KLKr Clutch torque loss
mrmMD_KUP Idle moment
mrmMD_LLR Adaptation value friction torque for CAN
mrmMD_RdiC Adaptation value friction torque
mrmMD_Rdif Friction torque for CAN
mrmMD_ReiC Friction torque
mrmMD_Reib Differential friction LLR moment
mrmMD_Rrel MSR - Status
mrmMSRSTAT MSR activity bit
mrmMSR_AKT Status CAN message MSR
mrmMSR_CAN Relative MSR / CAN engaging torque raw
mrmMSR_roh Quantity desired speed governor
mrmM_EADR Intervention amount AG4
mrmM_EAG4 (McMess) M_E Current injection amount (without ARD)
mrmM_EAKT Current amount of ARD
mrmM_EARD External intervention amount ASG
mrmM_EASG Limiting amount
mrmM_EBEGR External intervention amount EGS
mrmM_EEGS M_E driving quantity LRR
mrmM_EFAHR

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmM_EFGR M_E desired quantity of FGR

mrmM_EHGB HGB desired quantity
mrmM_EIST6 ACTUAL amount for Motor6-IST-moment
mrmM_EKORR M_E correction quantity setpoint
mrmM_ELD2 Differences amount cyl. 1 to Cyl. 2
mrmM_ELLBE Limited idle controller amount
mrmM_ELLR M_E amount of No-load control
mrmM_ELRR Amount of smoothness controller
mrmM_EMOT M_E injection amount according to the ARD
mrmM_EMOTX M_E injection amount according to ARD with fuel cut-off
mrmM_EMSR External intervention amount MSR
mrmM_EPUMP M_E injection quantity before pump characteristic field
mrmM_EPWG M_E desired quantity = f (PWG) of drivability map
mrmM_EPWGR PWG - quantity raw (unfiltered)
mrmM_ESOL6 NOMINAL amount for Motor6-SET moment
mrmM_ESTAR Start M_E resulting quantity value
mrmM_EVERB Relevant consumption amount
mrmM_EWUN M_E synchronous request quantity
mrmM_EWUN6 Command desired quantity for Motor6 message synchronously
mrmM_EWUNF M_E driver's desired quantity from PWG or FGR
mrmM_EWUNL Desired amount plus idle amount
mrmM_EWUNR Desired quantity raw plus idle amount
mrmM_EWUS6 Command desired quantity for Motor6 Embassy
mrmM_EWUSO Limited quantity request
mrmN_LLBAS N desired idle speed
mrmN_LLBAT LL-speed outputs, depending on battery voltage
mrmN_LLBSG Desired idle speed BSG
mrmN_LLCAN Idle speed setting via CAN (EGS2)
mrmN_LLDIA N desired idling speed for diagnosis
mrmN_LLKLI LL-speed outputs, depending on Clima1 CAN
mrmNfilt filtered speed
mrmPWGPBI PWG value for PWM output with consideration Realty status
mrmPWGPBM PWG value for PWM output AG4
mrmPWG_lwo Leerlaufwegoptimiert pedal sensor
mrmPWG_roh PWG raw
mrmPWGfi PWG filtered pedal sensor position
mrmPW_OFFS Offset Leerwegreduktion
mrmPW_cmax PWG learned idle position-x times LL
mrmPW_dp PWG measured synchronization tolerance-x times LL
mrmRMPSLOP GRA-target acceleration for A + / EIN-/WA
mrmSASTATE ARD-flow shut-off when pushing (no boost bucking)
mrmSA_FAKT Factor for ramp slope VE
mrmSICH_F Sicherheitsfallbit
mrmSTART_B Start bit
mrmSTATUS State engine operating phase
mrmSTA_AGL M_E balance value for start quantity correction
mrmSTW_fr Interlocking released for start
mrmT_SOLEE ADR-up time from EEPROM
mrmU_Start UDIG U_Ist voltage at the starting stop
mrmU_Stop UDIG U_Ist voltage at Stop stop
mrmUso_EAB UDIG setpoint DSR for EAB test
mrmUso_MST UDIG setpoint DSR quantity interlocking test
mrmUso_UEB UDIG setpoint of the control path-monitoring
mrmVB_FIL Calculated consumption (filtered)
mrmVERB Fuel consumption
mrmVERB20 Consumption engine within the last 20ms
mrmVZHB20 Consumption heater within the last 20ms
mrmV_HGBSW current maximum speed

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmV_SOLEE HGB target speed from EEPROM

mrmV_SOLHN HGB followed-set speed
mrmWH_POSb Lever-Info 1, N, R, P bit-coded (0:1 / 1: N / 2: R / 3: P)
mrmW_KUP CAN - EGS clutch
mrm_P_N Speed info from the CAN
mrmdMD_MGB Maximum torque gradient
mrmdM_EFF DELTA amount of Fuerungsformers
mroAB Abregelfaktor
mroABM_E Quantity factor
mroABN Speed factor
mroACC_A Plausbilitaetsfehler-Counter
mroACC_OFF ACC off
mroADR_ABB ADR termination condition
mroADR_AUS ADR switch-off
mroADR_HL ADR startup in progress
mroADR_I_A ADR I component
mroADR_PSO Raw speed value from PWG
mroADR_PWG Filtered speed value from PWG
mroADR_P_A ADR P component
mroADR_TAS Speed value from key query
mroADR_TSO Raw speed value from key query
mroADR_ZIL ADR target speed
mroAG4AKT AG4 - Statusanzeigebits
mroAKT_SWN HGB state of Hoechstgeschw.-limit.
mroASG_NRA ASG-deviation
mroASG_Nso ASG-speed setpoint
mroASG_Nsy ASG desired speed
mroAUSZEZ1 Dropouts result Z1
mroAUSZUM1 Number of assessed motor revolutions buffer1
mroAUSZUM2 Number of assessed motor revolutions buffer2
mroAUSZUpM Number of assessed motor revolutions
mroAUSZZ1 Aussetzerzaehler Z1
mroAUSZ_dN Minimum speed increase
mroAUSZsta Ueberwachungsstatus (0: active)
mroAdpfrei Enable adaptation friction torque
mroBEG_P Boost pressure or Atmosphaerendruck for mroPkorr
mroBEG_T Air temperature from LTF or STF for mroPkorr
mroBI_BEGR CAN - set quantity consumption
mroBI_FAHR CAN - driver's desired quantity consumption
mroBI_LLR LLR consumption
mroBI_REIB CAN - Reibmengenverbrauch
mroBI_SOL6 Target amount for consumption Motor6 Embassy
mroBMEFATM Atmosphaerendruckschutz
mroBMEFKOC Cooking protection quantity factor by IPO3
mroBMEFKT Quantity limitation over fuel temperature
mroBMEFOEL Oeltemperaturschutz
mroBMEFTT Quantity limitation over tank temperature
mroBMELFT Quantity limit over charge air temperature
mroBM_EERH Erhoehungsmenge
mroBM_EERS Replacement quantity
mroBM_EKTB Changeset to limit = f (KTF)
mroBM_EMO2 ASG-torque characteristic 2

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroBM_EMOM Torque limiting amount

mroBM_ENSU Limiting quantity sub.Mengenreduktion
mroBM_ERAU Amount of smoke
mroBM_ERDF Smoke changeset ramped (PI / NPI)
mroBM_ERKT Limiting quantity BM_ERAU = f (KTF)
mroBM_ESE1 M_E limitation amount before VE quantity limitation
mroBM_ESER Limiting amount of quantity adjustment
mroBM_ETUK Turbo quantity kickdown
mroBM_ETUR Turbo quantity
mroBM_EVSU Limitation amount before sub.Mengenreduktion
mroBM_KTB Delta Volume per 100 degrees C (mrwKTB_KF)
mroBM_Rfak Smoke Begr.mengenfaktor (mrmBM_ERAU / mrmM_EAKT)
mroBM_VE M_E rampenfoermig VE limitation amount
mroBM_VERp M_E lower threshold VE limitation amount
mroBM_WT Erhoehungsmenge
mroBSTZh Betriebstundenzaehler high-word
mroBSTZl Betriebstundenzaehler low-word
mroBTSSh EAB-test threshold high word
mroBTSSl EAB-test threshold low word
mroCASE_FF FF-state ARD speed synchronous part
mroCASE_LL State LLR speed synchronous part
mroCASE_SR SR-state ARD speed synchronous part
mroCVTSTAT Status CVT intervention
mroDNDTfi Filtered acceleration speed
mroDZ_GHI AG4 - High speed gradient in phase
mroDZ_GLO AG4 - speed gradient in low phase
mroEGSECST EGS CAN status for Ecomaticauswertung
mroEGSERR CAN - exceeded EGS intervention time
mroEGSINT EGS intervention time integral
mroFGR_AB1 FGR shutoff bit-coded 0-15
mroFGR_AB2 FGR shutoff bit-coded> 15
mroFGR_ABN FGR-OFF cause
mroFGR_KUP Coupling through use of FGR
mroFMEBEG1 Quantitative limit on errors (bits)
mroFMEBEG3 Quantitative limit on errors (bits)
mroFPM_BED PWG condition for status change
mroFPM_FEN PWG current plausibility window
mroFPM_ZAK PWG plausibility state currently
mroFRamp Ramp Rate
mroFSchub Thrust limit
mroFVHGTdi Max Dif., Transfer function
mroFVHSTAT Status of FVHKF evaluation
mroFVHUEro Transfer function used before PT1 filter
mroFZug Tensile limit
mroF_VERZ Frequency Zuheizersignal
mroGANG nude. Gear
mroGG nude. Transmission group
mroHGBLLho Limit active despite end request (for LL)
mroHGB_RA HGB deviation
mroHGI HGB I component of the PI controller
mroHGP HGB P component of the PI controller
mroHGmax HGB controller limitation
mroHYSSTAT Hysteresestatus CAN - Interventions
mroI_AKT age-I component
mroKLDO Output DT1 wg. Air compressor switch-on
mroLDFASTA Status of the calibration
mroLDFO_PS Pressure from Saugrohrunterdruckheilungskennlinie
mroLDFU_PS Pressure from Saugrohrunterdruckkennlinie
mroLDFU_no Monitoring for SU not allowed
mroLDFUabg Determined value for EEPROM
mroLDFUdf1 Pressure difference LDF ADF before adjustment
mroLDFUdf2 adjusted pressure difference LDF ADF

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroLDFUdif Normalized manifold vacuum

mroLLRDAnt LLR-D component
mroLLUTF Status LL increase by UTF
mroLLpwg Idle speed with defective PWG
mroLLsoll Idle speed from WTF, ADF map
mroLLumdr Rotation threshold for Leerlaufdrehzahlerhoehung
mroLRRI1 M_E I component of the first LRR-PI controller
mroLRRI2 M_E I component of the second LRR-PI controller
mroLRRI3 M_E I component of the third LRR-PI controller
mroLRRI4 M_E I part of the fourth LRR-PI controller
mroLRRI5 M_E I part of the 5th LRR-PI controller
mroLRRI6 M_E I part of the sixth LRR-PI controller
mroLRRIST LRRIst
mroLRRReg LRRRegelabweichung
mroLRRSoll LRRSoll
mroLRRegel Regulate
mroLS_akt ARD SR timer activation
mroLS_aus ARD LS shutdown
mroLSausBg ARD LS lot of comparison and dead time
mroMDASGmx EGS pilot limiting maximum selection
mroMDInAdt ASG integrated moment
mroMDIntdt MSR integrated moment
mroMDSchRA Error = friction torque (without LLR)-max. Allowed
Drag torque
Maximum allowable drag torque
CAN - Radwunschmoment
corrected PWG moment of v-dependent FVHKF
mroMDSchSO
With transfer function valued PWG moment
mroMDW_CAN
CAN - ASG-moment
mroMDW_PWG
CAN - ASR moment
mroMDWkorr
ASG torque from regulator
mroMD_ASG
ASG torque + friction torque
mroMD_ASR
CAN - EGS moment
mroMD_Areg
Uncorr. Moment f CAN
mroMD_Arei
CAN - driving moment
mroMD_EGS
Calculated generator torque loss
mroMD_FAHu
Actual torque for Motor6 Embassy
mroMD_FAHx
Calculated air compressor torque loss from KF
mroMD_GEN
Compressor load torque
mroMD_IST6
Torque loss over compressor load of Clima 1
mroMD_KL1
Correction factor f Momentenkorr.
mroMD_KLI
Engine torque loss (without Klimakompr., And gen.)
mroMD_KLK
CAN - MSR moment
mroMD_KOFT
valued reduced friction
mroMD_MOT
Friction raw
mroMD_MSR
Friction over fuel-KF
mroMD_Rakt
Desired torque for Motor6 Embassy
mroMD_Rdif
CAN - nominal torque
mroMD_ReiR
EGS feedforward
mroMD_SOL6
EGS pilot control - idle moment
mroMD_SOLL
EGS pilot control after minimal selection
mroMD_VOR
EGS feedforward - friction torque
mroMD_VORl
CAN - desired torque
mroMD_VORm
Is wheel torque without ARD
mroMD_VORr
Begrenzungsradmoment
mroMD_WUN
Current Reglerausgangsgroesse wheel torque
mroMDabAKT
Loss amount
mroMDabBEG
Statusolda amount interlocking test
mroMDabFGR
Pumps quantity before zero-flow correction
mroMEVerl
Injection quantity ARD Fuehrungsformer
mroMST_ST
Injection quantity ARD Stoerungsregler
mroM_APUMP ARD quantity SR ext.
mroM_ARDFF
mroM_ARDSR
mroM_ARDSu

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroM_ARDWU limited current Menage ARD Fuehrungsformer

mroM_EAKTf Current amount of driving
mroM_EASGr ASG-intervention rough Quantity
mroM_EASR ASR intervention moment
mroM_EASRr ASR intervention moment raw
mroM_EBG Limitation amount before dn / dt limiting
mroM_EBGvo Limitation amount before shutdown through dual-mass flywheel
mroM_EEGSr EGS intervention torque raw
mroM_EEGSx CAN - Ext amount EGS intervention without feedforward control
mroM_EFAHf Driving crowd in front of start switch
mroM_EHKF AG4 - intervention amount upshift field
mroM_ELA1 Absolute amount of cylinder 1
mroM_ELA4 Absolute quantity of cylinders 4
mroM_ELA6 Absolute amount of cylinders 6
mroM_ELLBE limited amount of idle
mroM_ELRR LRR amount
mroM_EMSRr MSR intervention moment raw
mroM_EPWGU PWG request unlimited amount
mroM_ERAM Oeldruckschalter ramp value
mroM_EREIB CAN - Resulting from Reibmenge mrwREI_KF
mroM_ERKF AG4 - intervention amount Rueckschaltkennfeld
mroM_ESAB Starting quantity correction
mroM_ESTAG Starting quantity by quantity adjustment
mroM_ESTER Start quantity Startmengenerhoehung
mroM_ESTF Start quantity Startmengenerhoehung
mroM_ESTI2 Starting quantity after correction mroM_EstKo
mroM_ESTIP Start quantity IPO3
mroM_ESTvo Starting quantity before shutdown through dual-mass flywheel
mroM_ESchf filtered drag quantity
mroM_ESchu unfiltered tow lot
mroM_EStKo Korrtekturmenge f (dzmNmit, anmKTF)
mroM_EWFr Desired quantity driver unlimited
mroM_EWLBG Desired Amount of idle amount is limited by limiting amount
mroM_EWUBE Request limit amount
mroM_EXASG ASG-replacement quantity
mroM_EXASR ASR spare moment
mroM_EXEGS CAN - External Volume intervention EGS
mroM_EXMSR MSR spare moment
mroM_Edndt dn / dt limiting amount
mroM_Lk Temperature corrected M_L air mass
mroN_BAKT Influencing motor speed
mroN_Baus Flag no influence N
mroN_LLCA1 max. tolerated LL-speed increase
mroN_LLCA2 Desired idle speed via CAN (EGS2)
mroN_LLCAr Raw N_LL preset via CAN
mroODS_bed Oeldruckschalter status
mroPWGBits Collected status bits PWG
mroPWG_R_I Status PWG ramp current condition
mroPWG_R_S Status PWG ramp target state
mroPWG_Z Status PWG
mroPWG_Z_H Status PWG healing
mroPWG_neu PWG before ramp
mroPWGinv rueckgerechnete PWG position
mroPWGmin minimum measured voltage PGS
mroPWLLPos Idle position 0% PWG
mroPW_DAbd Transition conditions DA-LLL
mroPW_Hist PWG history "dead zone learn"
mroPW_MAX maximum allowed offset
mroPW_Stat PWG status "dead zone learn"

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroPW_cmax learned idle position

mroPW_dp measured synchronization tolerance
mroPW_red trained Leerwegreduktion
mroPkorr corr. Intake manifold pressure for smoke control KF
mroRMP_gef GRA-filtered target acceleration for A + / EIN-/WA
mroSUEBST2 Status red. Schubueberwachung
mroSUEBSTA Status red. Schubueberwachung
mroTD_Sper ARD SR Status locking timer
mroTIC Timer Counter
mroTSBKADF Uncorrected TSB slope
mroTSBKLTF TSB slope correction value
mroTSB_STG TSB corrected slope
mroTSBits TSB BitOLDA
mroTS_ST Test Status
mroU_PGSx2 Factor 2-corrected red. Sensor voltage
mroUist Uist Regelgroesse for the positioner
mroUsoll U setpoint for DSR
mroUsollv U setpoint before the monitoring
mroVEB_STA M_E status VE limitation amount (0: OFF delay, 1:. A, 3: Init)
mroVERBS_h Totaled consumption (hi-word)
mroVERBS_l Totaled consumption (lo-word)
mroVERB_Z Flow heater
mroVGES20 Total consumption during the last 20 ms
mroVZN_STO V / N for activation of the FGR function
mroV_RAMP FGR-ramp speed
mroVzuNfil V / N filter
mroWA_STAT The ADR WA function status
mroWTF_TES Test Status WTF dyn. Plaus.
mro_STBatt Difference of the last mrwSTZUmit UBATT values
mro_STNBT Speed of temperature characteristics for the ZMS
mro_STNO Temperaturabhaengige N upper threshold for ZMS
mro_ZMsta Status for ZMS
mrodM_EMGB Max Mengengradient
nlmDK_auf Throttle on the overrun

nlmDK_zu DK to follow-up in
nlmEND_AUS Amplifiers Abschaltbit
nlmLUENL Sharing Luefternachlauf
nlmLUENLrd Sharing Luefternachlauf delivery receipt
nlmM_E_AUS Amount of output from about self-diagnosis of GA
nlmNLact Wake-detection bit
nlmUso_NAL UDIG setpoint DSR caster
nloFSP_S Fehlerabspeicherung status
nloNACHst States for tracking control
nloNACHtr1 Transitions for tracking control
nloNACHtr2 Transitions for tracking control
nloNL_TIM Timer off delay time measurements
nloNL_TN0 Timer from speed = 0 for Abstellschlagen
nloSTABst States for voltage stabilizer test
nloSTABtr1 Transitions for voltage stabilizer test
nloSTABtr2 Transitions for voltage stabilizer test
nloSTOPst States for actuator adjust it stop location
nloSTOPtr Transitions for actuator adjust it stop location
nloTSTTIM Timer for tracking tests
nloUEBMst States for Ueberwachungsmodultest
nloUEBMtr Transitions for Ueberwachungsmodultest
oloLZEIT Runtime olda

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
pkmPSGIDOK PSG ID WFS status 0: id ok 1: stored 2: received 3: 1 Save

4: Save 2
sbmAGL_SBR Balance value of beginning of injection

sbmKSB Cold start accelerator
sbmPHIist SB-Is-angle
sbmPHImit SB-Is-angle-average (by PT1 filter)
sbmPHIsoll SB-target angular
sbmWTF T_W water temperature for SBR
sboDYNStat Olda status of dyn. Fruehverstellung
sboIANT Olda I component SBR
sboK2 Olda total correction value 2
sboKW4 Olda correction value 4
sboM_E Olda amount for setpoint Education
sboNAPI Olda sum of P and I components
sboPANT Olda P component SBR
sboRA Olda deviation
sboSKF Olda TV by self-control map
sboSOLL1 Olda setpoint after correction 1
sboSOLL6 Olda Sollwert6
sboSSK Olda TV to SB-start-KF
sboSSKv Olda TV to SB-start KF without Limit.
sboSST Olda total correction value 5
sboSTWS Olda TV-dependent after T_W tax-KF
sboSWBGR Olda setpoint limitation
sboUBA Olda TV by Ubatt correction
sboUMDRs Olda rotation threshold
simOEL_BEL Oelbelastung
tlmKMW_CAN Fuel quantity warning about CAN
vsoDTW_TA Synchronization n-sync

vsoDTW_ZB Display table n-sync
vsoDTW_ZB1 Display table n-sync
vsoDTW_ZBA Display table n-sync
vsoDTW_ZBB Display table n-sync
vsoDTW_ZBC Display table n-sync
vsoDTW_ZBD Display table n-sync
vsoDTW_ZBE Display table n-sync

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
vsoDTW_ZBF Display table n-sync

vsoDTZ_TA Synchronization t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_TI Word synchronization t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_ZB Display table t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_ZB1 Display table t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_ZBA Display table t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_ZBB Display table t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_ZBC Display table t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_ZBD Display table t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_ZBE Display table t-synchronous
vsoDTZ_ZBF Display table t-synchronous
xcmBYPSTAN Error status universal interface n-sync

xcmBYPSTAT Error status universal interface n-and t-sync
xcmDATA_Er Status Message data from WFS invalid
xcmD_F_AR2 TV triggering ARF Regulator 2
xcmD_F_MIL TV control MIL lamp
xcmD_F_ML1 TV control motor bearings 1
xcmD_F_ML2 TV triggering engine bearing 2
xcmIHM2DIA Info of IT at diagnosis over CAN condition (NACK, lock)
xcmImmoSta Immobilizer status
xcmImmoZ2 Immobilizer Zaehler_2
xcmKmMILch Status km Counter MIL on
xcmKmMILon EOBD km Counter MIL on
xcmMSG_gsp MSG permanently banned (0: no / 1: yes) WFS -> EE
xcmM_List Air mass flow rate in mg / s for Freeze Frame
xcmOBD_ANZ Number of OBD-related defect
xcmPINDIA PIN from diagnosis
xcmPSGSET PSG ID WFS Anlernanforderung
xcmR_THS xcmR_THS = TRUE Readiness for diagnosis thermostat set!
xcmRdBits Status Readiness COM/FUE/MIS/CAT/EGR/-/-/-
xcmSCHALT1 Switch 1 (0: KLI, 3: LGS, 4: KIK, 6: erh.LL)
xcmSCHALT2 Switch 2 (0: BRE, 3: BRK, 6: KUP)
xcmSCHALT3 Switch 3 (0: BRE, 1: BRK, 2: KUP, 3: KIK, 4: KLI, 5: LGS, 6: erh.LL)
xcmSCHALT4 Switch 4 (0: BRE, 1: BRK, 2: KUP, 3: FGR / ACC)
xcmSCHALT5 Switch 5 (0: dimADP, 2: dimADM, 3: dimHAN, 6: dimADR, 7: dimADW)
xcmSperre Login lock request
xcmSt_frei Start Sharing
xcmWFS2DIA Info WFS at diagnosis over CAN state (CNCoRSE)
xcmWFSDATA Pointer to read about CAN WFS data
xcoASW_ZB Start address of SG data -> ASCET channel A
xcoASW_ZB1 Display table ASCET n-sync
xcoASZ_ZB Start address of SG data -> ASCET channel B
xcoASZ_ZB1 Display table ASCET t-synchronous

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

xcoASZ_ZBA Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBB Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBC Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBD Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBE Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBF Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBG Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBH Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBI Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBJ Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBK Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBL Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBM Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBN Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBO Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoASZ_ZBP Display table ASCET t-synchronous
xcoBYP_COS Bypass Ueberwachungszaehler n-sync
xcoBYP_COX Bypass Ueberwachungszaehler t-sync
xcoFLNR Currently edited Fehlerbitnummer
xcoKWPZUST State of the KWP2000 software for Program Flash
xcoMWBNr Olda measured value block number
xcoMWNr Olda sample number
xcoRND_H Random number HighWord
xcoRND_L Random number lowword
xcoSKC_H SKC HighWord
xcoSKC_L SKC lowword
xcoSKC_M SKC Middle Word
xcoStatus Realty Test Status byte 2
xcoTRGID_S Address trigger identifier ASCET channel A (S)
xcoTRGID_X Address trigger identifier ASCET channel B (X)
zmmDKTL Monitoring throttle

zmmF_KRIT Failure criteria metering
zmmHF2_DEF 2.HFM defective
zmmSYSERR System error procedure based
zmmUBATT INJ filtered battery voltage

0 bosch EDC15 + Page H-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Appendix H List of SG PINS

Pins in alphabetical order:
Abbr. Pin Function Chapter / Art Record
ARS 0 K061 ARF-digit Output ehwEST_AR1
ARS2-0 K059 Exhaust gas recirculation actuator, power output Output
ARS-E K074 ARF-controller feedback signal Digital inputs
ATD-E K013 Outdoor temperature data telegram Ambient temperature
BAT K004 Supply voltage minus anwUTF_ ..
BAT K005 Supply voltage minus
BAT + K001 Supply voltage plus
BAT + K002 Supply voltage plus anwBAT_ ..
BLS-E K032 Brake Light Switch
Analog inputs anwBRE_ ..

Digital inputs diwBRE_ ..
BTS-E K065 Brake test signal Digital inputs diwBRK_ ..
CAN1-H K007 Controller Area Network, high-signal, input 1 CAN
CAN1-L K006 Controller Area Network, Low-signal, input 1 CAN
CAN10 K008 Controller Area Network Screen 1
CAN2-H A082 Controller Area Network, high-signal; Input 2
CAN2-L A083 Controller Area Network; Low signal; Input 2 CAN
CAN20 A084 Controller Area Network Screen 2 CAN
CRA-E K047 Crash sensor input signal
DKS 0 K081 Throttle Actuator (EPW) Analog inputs crw ......
DKS-E K075 Throttle actuator feedback signal Output ehwEST_AR2
DZG-A A093 Digitized KW-speed signal Digital inputs diwRKS_ ..
DZG-S A086 Speed sensor; Shield connection Speed encoder
DZG0 A102 Speed sensor, mass Speed encoder
DZG1 A110 Speed sensor signal
DZG2 A094 Speed encoder supply
EAB-1 A120 Electrical shutdown
Speed encoder
EKP-0 K080 Electric fuel pump relay
Speed encoder
FGG1 K020 Vehicle speed sensor signal
Other Features ehwEST_EAB
GEN-0 K079 Generator shutdown
Output ehwEST_EKP
GEN-E K038 Generator load input
Fahrgeschw. encoder fgwDA ..
GRA- K067 Geschw.regelanlage, SET
Quantity calculation
GRA-A K046 Geschw.regelanlage, AUS
Analog inputs
GRA-L K014 Geschw.regelanlage, deleting
Digital inputs
Digital inputs diwFGM_ ..
Digital inputs diwFGA_ ..
diwFGV_ ..
diwFGL_ ..
diwADR_ ..
diwFGP_ ..
GRA-S K044 Geschw.regelanlage, SET + Digital inputs diwADP_ ..
diwFGW_ ..
GRA-W K045 Geschw.regelanlage, resumption Digital inputs diwADM_ ..
ehwEST_GRS
diwGZR_ ..
GRL-0 K042 glow relay Output
diwHAN_ ..
GZR-E K033 Glühzeitrückmeldung Digital inputs
diwMIL_ ..
HBR-E K064 brake switch input Digital inputs
HFM0 K049 hot film air mass sensor, mass

HFM1 K068 hot film air mass sensor signal Analog inputs anwLMM_ ..
HFM2 K030 hot film air mass sensor supply Analog inputs anwLM2_ ..
19 April 2002 List of SG PINS DS / ESA

Page H-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
HRL 0 K018 Main relay Monitoring concept

HYL-0 K011 Hydraulic fan AusgangehwEST_HYL
HZA0 K076 Heating requirement, mass Analog inputs
HZA1 K017 Heating requirement AnalogeingängeanwHZA_ ...
ISO-K K016 K-Line ISO protocol Diagnosis
K15-E K037 Terminal 15 AnalogeingängeanwK15_ ..
DigitaleingängediwK15_ ..
K50-E A088 terminal 50, digital start info for SG DigitaleingängediwKIK_ ..
KIK-E K063 kickdown input signal anwPG2_ ..
AnalogeingängeanwKMD_ ..
DigitaleingängeehwEST_KLI
KKD-E A096 air compressor pressure sensor signal diwKLB_ ..
KLI-B K029 climate signal, bidirectional DigitaleingängediwKLI
KLI-E K034 Air input signal

KMW-E K057 Fuel quantity warning
KSK-0 K043 Fuel cooling (low side) Output
KTF0 A103 Fuel temperature sensor, mass
KTF1 A111 Fuel temperature sensor signal
KTH-0 K060 Radiator thermostat - heating Analog inputs anwKTF_ ..
KUP-E K066 Coupling signal Output ehwEST_TST
KVS-A K009 Electric fan Digital inputs diwKUP_ ..
LDF0 K052 Boost pressure sensor, mass Output ehwEST_GER
LDF1 K071 Boost pressure sensor signal
LDF2 K031 Boost pressure sensor, supply
LDS 0 K062 Boost pressure plate Analog inputs anwLDF_ ..
LDS-E K056 Charger plate feedback signal anwLD2_ ..
LGS-E K070 Pedal position sensor idle switch input signal Output ehwEST_LDS
Digital inputs
Digital inputs diwLGF_ ..
Analog inputs diwLGS_ ..
anwPGS_ ..
LTF0 K054 Air temperature sensor, mass
LTF1 K073 Air temperature sensing signal Analog inputs anwLTF_ ..
MES-0 A116 Amount interlocking Output
MIL-0 K024 MIL indicator light Output
MML1-0 K023 Solenoid valve control motor bearings 1 ehwEST_MIL
Output
MVS-0 A114 Solenoid valve for injection start Output ehwEST_ML1
n.c. K003 not connected ehwEST_MVS
n.c. K010 not connected
n.c. A085 not connected
DS / ESA List of SG PINS 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
NBF0 A101 Needle movement sensor, mass

NBF1 A109 Needle movement sensor signal Analog inputs
ODG-E A098 Oil pressure sensor input signal Digital inputs diwODS_ ..
OTF0 A105 Oil temperature sensor, mass
OTF1 A113 Oil temperature sensor signal
PWG10 K050 Pedal sensor 1, ground Analog inputs anwOTF_ ..
PWG11 K069 Pedal sensor signal 1
PWG12 K012 Pedal sensor 1, supply Analog inputs anwPWG_ ..
PWG20 K051 Pedal sensor 2, mass Analog inputs anwPW2_ ..
RES 1-E K019 Reserve digital input 1
RES4-E A087 Reserve digital input 4
RME-E K048 RME-sensor signal
RFL-E K048 Reversing light switch signal
RWG-M A099 Regelweggeber, measuring coil tap Analog inputs anwRME_ ..
RWG-M A107 Regelweggeber, measuring coil tap Digital inputs
RWG-R A100 Regelweggeber, tap, reference coil Monitoring concept
RWG-R A108 Regelweggeber, tap, reference coil Monitoring concept
RWG-Y A106 Regelweggeber, center tap Monitoring concept
SYS-0 K040 Lamp system Monitoring concept
TAV-0 K041 Tankabschaltventil (low-side) Monitoring concept
TDS A K027 Speed signal output Output
TLS0 K053 Low-level switches, mass Output
TLS1 K072 Low-level switch input ehwEST_DIA
Output ehwEST_TAV
TQS-A K028 Speed Synchronous consumption signal
TTF10 K055 Tank temperature sensor, mass
TTF11 K036 Tank temperature sensor signal
WTF10 A104 Water temperature sensor, mass Digital inputs
WTF11 A112 Water temperature sensor signal Output
WTF20 A089 Water temperature sensor 2, mass
WTF21 A097 Water temperature sensor 2 (radiator outlet)
ZH1 0 K021 Auxiliary heating 1, output Analog inputs
ZH2-0 K022 Additional heating 2 Output Analog inputs
ZHB-A K035 Additional heating, control relays (low side) Analog inputs anwWTF_ ..
ZHB-E K039 Additional heating, entrance Analog inputs
ZHR-E K015 Switching input - Zuheizersteuerung Analog inputs
Output anwWTK_ ...
Output ehwEST_GK1
Output ehwEST_GK2
Digital inputs
Digital inputs
diwKWH_ ..

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Pins sorted by number:

Abbr. Pin Function Chapter / Art Record
BAT + K001 Supply voltage plus anwBAT_ ..
BAT + K002 Supply voltage plus
CAN1-L K006 Controller Area Network, Low-signal, input 1
CAN1-H K007 Controller Area Network, high-signal, input 1 CAN
CAN10 K008 Controller Area Network Screen 1 CAN
KVS-A K009 Electric fan
HYL-0 K011 Hydraulic fan Output ehwEST_GER
PWG12 K012 Pedal sensor 1, supply
ATD-E K013 Outdoor temperature data telegram Output ehwEST_HYL
GRA-L K014 Geschw.regelanlage, deleting Analog inputs anwPW2_ ..
Ambient temperature anwUTF_ ..
Digital inputs diwFGV_ ..
diwFGL_ ..
diwADR_ ..
diwKWH_ ..
ZHR-E K015 Switching input - Zuheizersteuerung Digital inputs
ISO-K K016 K-Line ISO protocol Diagnosis
HZA1 K017 Heating requirement AnalogeingängeanwHZA_ ...
HRL 0 K018 Main relay Monitoring concept
RES 1-E K019 Reserve digital input 1
FGG1 K020 Vehicle speed sensor signal
ZH1 0 K021 Auxiliary heating 1, output Fahrgeschw. encoder fgwDA ..
ZH2-0 K022 Additional heating 2 Output Output ehwEST_GK1
MML1-0 K023 Solenoid valve control motor bearings 1 Output ehwEST_GK2
MIL-0 K024 MIL indicator light Output ehwEST_ML1
n.c. K025 not connected Output ehwEST_MIL
TDS A K027 Speed signal output
TQS-A K028 Speed Synchronous consumption signal
KLI-B K029 Climate signal, bidirectional Output
Output
Digital inputs ehwEST_KLI
diwKLB_ ..
HFM2 K030 hot film air mass sensor supply Analog inputs anwLM2_ ..
LDF2 K031 boost pressure sensor, supply anwLD2_ ..
BLS-E K032 brake light switch anwBRE_ ..
Analog inputs diwBRE_ ..
Digital inputs diwGZR_ ..
GZR-E K033 Glühzeitrückmeldung Digital inputs diwKLI
KLI-E K034 Air input signal Digital inputs
ZHB-A K035 Additional heating, control relays (low side) Output
TTF11 K036 Tank temperature sensor signal Analog inputs
K15-E K037 Terminal 15 Analog inputs
Digital inputs anwK15_ ..
Analog inputs diwK15_ ..
GEN-E K038 Generator load input Digital inputs
ZHB-E K039 Additional heating, entrance Output
SYS-0 K040 Lamp system Output
Output ehwEST_DIA
TAV-0 K041 Tankabschaltventil (low-side) ehwEST_TAV
GRL-0 K042 Glow relay Output
ehwEST_GRS
KSK-0 K043 Fuel cooling (low side)

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
GRA-S K044 Geschw.regelanlage, SET + Digital inputs diwFGP_ ..

diwADP_ ..
GRA-W K045 Geschw.regelanlage, resumption Digital inputs diwFGW_ ..
diwADM_ ..
diwFGA_ ..
GRA-A K046 Geschw.regelanlage, AUS Digital inputs crw ......
CRA-E K047 Crash sensor input signal Analog inputs anwRME_ ..
RME-E K048 RME-sensor signal Analog inputs
RFL-E K048 Reversing light switch signal Digital inputs
HFM0 K049 Hot-film air mass sensor, mass
PWG10 K050 Pedal sensor 1, ground
PWG20 K051 Pedal sensor 2, mass
LDF0 K052 Boost pressure sensor, mass
TLS0 K053 Low-level switches, mass
LTF0 K054 Air temperature sensor, mass
TTF10 K055 Tank temperature sensor, mass
LDS-E K056 Charger plate feedback signal
KMW-E K057 Fuel quantity warning
n.c. K058 not connected Digital inputs
ARS2-0 K059 Exhaust gas recirculation actuator, power output
KTH-0 K060 Radiator thermostat - heating
ARS 0 K061 ARF-digit
LDS 0 K062 Boost pressure plate Output
KIK-E K063 Kickdown input signal Output ehwEST_TST
Output ehwEST_AR1
Output ehwEST_LDS
Digital inputs diwKIK_ ..
anwPG2_ ..
diwHAN_ ..
HBR-E K064 brake switch input Digital inputs diwMIL_ ..
diwBRK_ ..
BTS-E K065 Brake test signal Digital inputs diwKUP_ ..
KUP-E K066 Coupling signal Digital inputs diwFGM_ ..
GRA- K067 Geschw.regelanlage, SET Digital inputs anwLMM_ ..
HFM1 K068 Hot-film air mass sensor signal Analog inputs anwPWG_ ..
PWG11 K069 Pedal sensor signal 1 Analog inputs diwLGF_ ..
LGS-E K070 Pedal position sensor idle switch input signal Digital inputs diwLGS_ ..
Analog inputs anwPGS_ ..
anwLDF_ ..
LDF1 K071 Boost pressure sensor signal Analog inputs

TLS1 K072 Low-level switch input Digital inputs
LTF1 K073 Air temperature sensing signal Analog inputs anwLTF_ ..
ARS-E K074 ARF-controller feedback signal Digital inputs
DKS-E K075 Throttle actuator feedback signal Digital inputs
HZA0 K076 Heating requirement, mass Analog inputs diwRKS_ ..
GEN-0 K079 Generator shutdown
EKP-0 K080 Electric fuel pump relay
DKS 0 K081 Throttle Actuator (EPW)
Output ehwEST_EKP
CAN2-H A082 Controller Area Network, high-signal; Input 2
Output ehwEST_AR2
CAN2-L A083 Controller Area Network; Low signal; Input 2
CAN
CAN20 A084 Controller Area Network Screen 2
CAN
DZG-S A086 Speed sensor; Shield connection
Speed encoder

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
K50-E A088 Terminal 50, Digital Home Info for SG Quantity calculation
WTF20 A089 Water temperature sensor 2, mass Analog inputs
DZG-A A093 Digitized KW-speed signal
DZG2 A094 Speed encoder supply Speed encoder
RES5-E A095 Reserve digital input 5 Speed encoder
KKD-E A096 Air compressor pressure sensor signal
WTF21 A097 Water temperature sensor 2 (radiator outlet)
Analog inputs anwKMD_ ..
ODG-E A098 Oil pressure sensor input signal
Analog inputs anwWTK_ ...
RWG-M A099 Regelweggeber, measuring coil tap
Digital inputs diwODS_ ..
RWG-R A100 Regelweggeber, tap, reference coil
Monitoring concept
NBF0 A101 Needle movement sensor, mass
Monitoring concept
DZG0 A102 Speed sensor, mass
KTF0 A103 Fuel temperature sensor, mass
WTF10 A104 Water temperature sensor, mass
OTF0 A105 Oil temperature sensor, mass
RWG-Y A106 Regelweggeber, center tap
RWG-M A107 Regelweggeber, measuring coil tap Analog inputs
RWG-R A108 Regelweggeber, tap, reference coil
NBF1 A109 Needle movement sensor signal
Monitoring concept
DZG1 A110 Speed sensor signal
Monitoring concept
KTF1 A111 Fuel temperature sensor signal
Monitoring concept
WTF11 A112 Water temperature sensor signal
Analog inputs
OTF1 A113 Oil temperature sensor signal Speed encoder
MVS-0 A114 Solenoid valve for injection start
AnalogeingängeanwKTF_ ..
AnalogeingängeanwWTF_ ..
MES-0 A116 Amount interlocking
AnalogeingängeanwOTF_ ..
AusgangehwEST_MVS
EAB-1 A120 Electrical shutdown
Other Features ehwEST_EAB

Output

0 bosch EDC15 + Page I-1
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Appendix I Universal ASCET interface

The Universal ASCET interface allows control interventions on specific control units sizes
carried out. Thus, the calculation of a function to an external computer (by-pass
Computer) to be outsourced. The engagement is enabled on a particular function, as the value of
the corresponding message sent from the bypass machine value used. The
Data consistency is an alternative writing of the bypass values in a double buffer
realized.
As input values for the bypass any computer control unit sizes can have its own
Display table will be requested.
Activation
The interface is enabled by the software switch cowFUN_BYP. This software switch
is active only after SG-reset and a change during operation has no effect
on the ASCET interface.
Description of Damosschalters cowFUN_BYP:
Decimal comment
0Schnittstelle inactive
1Schnittstelle active
The parameters xcwBYP_EIS (switch n-synchronous operation) and xcwBYP_EIX (switch

for t-synchronous interaction), the bypass operations individually switched on and off. A
Has change the switch during operation immediate impact on the bypass
Functionality.
Assigning the messages to the bit position depending on the version of the software, and can
itself, for example, move when changing the number or selection.
A maximum of 16 time and 16-n-synchronous messages are taken into account. The selection is
However, for a fixed Delivered software and must prior to delivery to the competent
Development are coordinated.
19 April 2002 Universal ASCET interface - activation DS / ESA

Page I-2 EDC15 + 0 bosch
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Description of the bit-coded software switch xcwBYP_EIS - Bypass switch function

n-synchronous:
Bitpos. Decimal Message Value 1 LSB Unit

01mrmM_EPUMP 0.01 [Mg / stroke]
12mrmM_EMOT 0.01 [Mg / stroke]
24mrmM_ELLR 0.01 [Mg / stroke]
38mrmM_ELRR 0.01 [Mg / stroke]
Description of the bit-coded software switch xcwBYP_EIX - Bypass switch function

t-synchronous:
Bitpos. Decimal Message Value 1 LSB Unit

01ehmFARS 0.01 [%]
12ehmFLDK 0.01 [%]
24ehmFLD_DK 0.01 [%]
38mrmM_ESTAR 0.01 [Mg / stroke]
416mrmM_EWUN 0.01 [Mg / stroke]
532mrmM_EWUNF 0.01 [Mg / stroke]
664mrmMD_Reib 0.1 [Nm]
Addresses
The addresses of which the control unit, the calculated values are obtained from ASCET as follows
calculated:
Switch buffer n-sync

Addr buffer 1: xcpBYP_BASIS xceW_S_OFF + + 1 + BITPOS.
Addr buffer 2: xcpBYP_BASIS + xceW_S_OFF + 17 + BITPOS.
Switch buffer t-sync
Addr buffer 1: xcpBYP_BASIS xceW_X_OFF + + 1 + BITPOS.
Addr buffer 2: xcpBYP_BASIS + xceW_X_OFF + 17 + BITPOS.
xcpBYP_BASIS 0F0E60h
xceW_S_OFF 04Ah
xceW_X_OFF 06Bh
Bit position according to the table
DS / ESA Universal ASCET interface - addresses 19 April 2002

0 bosch EDC15 + Page I-3
Y S01 281/120 - VG2
Monitoring
The interface to the ASCET bypass machine is monitored by checking the
Monitoring counter that is incremented with each write access from the bypass machine. Varies
this monitoring counters too many times not, the bypass operation is irrevocable (to
disabled to control device reset). The number of times one after the other of the monitoring counter
may remain unchanged, can xcwBYP_COS (for n-synchronous) or xcwBYP_COX (for t-
synchronous) are applied.
Has been detected in this manner, a communication error, the main by-pass switch is
reported xcmBYP_FUN reset and the error fbbERUC_A. By resetting of the
Main switch of the bypass operation will be canceled, so the usual driving functions
switched.
Of intervention
It is possible in principle to carry out interventions absolute or additive. In additive
The Signed-range limits is exceeded, limited to surgery in these same. That is
it can not happen that by the addition of two positive values results in a negative value
(And in reverse for positive results).
Limiting the bypass values

With the labels xcwMINA_xx, xcwMAXA_xx for synchronous angle and xcwMINB_xx,
xcwMAXB_xx for time-synchronized, the values that are written to the message reproduction,
limited. The endings xx stand for the corresponding bit position according to the table (see above).
19 April 2002 Universal ASCET interface - Monitoring DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
EINAUS2B 9-4
EKP_01 5-73
A CHARACTERISTIC AREA 1-6
LDR_01 4-1
Illustration LDR_03 4-2
ARF_01 3-1 LDR_04 4-4
ARF_02 3-9 LDR_04a 4-7
ARF_03 3-12 LDR_05 4-8
ARF_04 3-13 LDR_06 4-9
ARF_05 3-16 LDR_07 4-11
ARF_06 3-18 LDR_08 4-12
ARF_07 3-20 LDR_10 4-13
ARF_09 3-21 LDR_11 4-13
ARF_10 3-22 LDR_12 8-32
ARF_11 3-22 MERE01 2-2
ARF_12 3-25 MERE02 2-3, 2-4
ARF_13 3-26 MEREAD01 2-95
ARF_15 3-3 MEREAD02 2-95
ARF_16 3-23 MEREAD03 2-99
ARF_17 3-10 MEREAD04 2-103
ARF_18 3-24 MEREAD05 2-100
ARF_19 3-17 MEREAR01 2-141
ARF_20 3-2 MEREAR02 2-26
ARF_21 3-4 MEREAR03 2-149
ARF_22 3-5 MEREAR04 2-150
ARF_23 3-6 MEREAR11 2-142
ARF_24 3-7 MEREAR15 2-146
CAN_01 10-69 MEREAR16 2-146
CAN_02 10-8 MEREBG01 2-11
CAN_03 10-8 MEREBG02 2-12
CAN_04 10-67 MEREBG03 2-18
CAN_05 10-4 MEREBG21 2-17
CAN_07 10-71 MEREBG2A 2-16
CAN_08 10-13 MEREBG2B 2-15
CAN_09 10-72 MEREBG2C 2-15
CAN_10 10-15 MEREBG3A 2-21
CAN_11 10-70 MEREEX01 2-115
CAN_14 10-29 MEREEX02 2-119
CANLog02_128 MEREEX03 2-120
CODE01 14-1 MEREEX08 2-123
CODE02 14-3 MEREEX09 2-126
CODE03 14-4 MEREEX10 2-128
CODE04 14-4 MEREEX11 2-129
CODE05 14-4 MEREEX12 2-114
CODE06 14-5 MEREEX13 2-115
CODE07 14-5 MEREEX14 2-123
EANA05 9-13 MEREEX15 2-132
EANA06 9-13 MEREEX16 2-137
EANA07 9-13 MEREEX17 2-136
EANA08 9-14 MEREEX18 2-116
EINAUS01 9-1 MEREFV01 2-52
EINAUS06 9-26 MEREGG01 2-25
EINAUS07 9-15 MEREGR01 2-67
EINAUS2A 9-5
19 April 2002 Index DS / ESA

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
MEREHG01 2-105 SONSKL13 5-27

MERELL01 2-24 SONSKL17 5-29
MERELL02 2-27 SONSKM01 5-40
MERELL06 2-29 SONSKU01 5-44
MERELL07 2-34 SONSKU02 5-47
MERELL3A 2-37 SONSKU03 5-48
MERELL3B 2-37 SONSKU04 5-49
MERELL3C 2-31 SONSKU05 5-53
MERELL3D 2-32 SONSKU06 5-50
MERELL3E 2-36 SONSKU07 5-50
MERELR01 2-154 SONSKU08 5-52
MERELR02 2-155 SONSKW01 5-30
MERELR03 2-154 SONSML01 5-35
MERELW01 2-43 SONSNL01 11-2
MERELW08 2-50 SONSSI01 5-63
MERELW09 2-51 SONSTD01 5-57
MERESA01 2-60 SONSTD02 5-59
MEREST01 2-6 SONSTD03 5-60
MEREST04 2-9 SONSZA01 5-69
MEREST1A 2-7 SONSZA02 5-69
MEREWU01 2-41 SONSZA03 5-70
SBR_01 13-1 SONSZA04 5-71
SBR_02 13-2 SYSFEHL01 8-53
SBR_03 13-4 SYSFEHL02 8-54
SBR_04 13-6 SYSFEHL04 8-57
SBR_05 13-7 SYSFEHL3 8-55
SONSEC01 9-3 SYSFEHL3A 8-56
SONSEC02 5-37 UEBE_03 8-68
SONSEC03 5-37 UEBE_06 8-74
SONSEC04 5-38 UEBE_07 8-8
SONSEC05 5-39 UEBE_08 8-8
SONSGEA1 5-64 UEBEFB01 6-1
SONSGZ01 5-1 UEBEFB02 6-2
SONSGZ05 5-14 XCOM01 7-2
SONSKK01 5-18 ZUME01 12-2
SONSKL01 5-21 ZUME03 12-5
SONSKL06 5-24 ZUME08_120 12-7
SONSKL08 5-25
SONSKL09 5-26
SONSKL10 5-26
SONSKL11 5-26
SONSKL12 5-26
Record
anwADF_MAX 8-4
anwADF_MIN 8-4
DS / ESA Index 19 April 2002

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
anwADF_VOR 8-4, 8-31 anwREF_MAX 8-48

anwBAT_FG 8-4 anwREF_MIN 8-48
anwBAT_MAX 8-4 anwREF_VOR 8-48
anwBAT_MIN 8-4 anwRME_MAX 8-51
anwBAT_VOR 8-4 anwRME_MIN 8-51
anwFG_OTF 8-41 anwRME_VOR 8-51
anwHZA_MAX 8-24 anwSW_WTF 8-41
anwHZA_MIN 8-24 anwT_OTF 8-41
anwHZA_VOR 8-24 anwT_P_OTF 8-41
anwK15_GF 9-21 anwTAD_MAX 8-52
anwK15_H_O 6-3, 8-7, 9-21, 10-5 anwTAD_MIN 8-52
anwK15_H_U 6-9, 6-10, 8-7, 9-21, 10-5 anwUBAT_KL 9-7
anwK15_ONV 9-21 anwUTF_KL 9-5
anwK15_VOR 9-21 anwUTF_UBm 8-49, 9-5
anwKMD_DPL 9-24 anwUTFAMAX 8-49
anwKMD_GEB 8-61, 9-24 anwUTFAMIN 8-49
anwKMD_KL 9-24 anwUTFAVOR 8-49
anwKMD_MAX 8-61, 9-24 anwWSZ_DZ 8-51
anwKMD_MIN 8-61, 9-24 anwWSZ_STM 8-51
anwKMD_VOR 8-61, 9-24 anwWSZ_SZT 8-51
anwKMW_CAN 10-46 anwWTF_MAX 8-50
anwKTF_dT 8-27, 8-28 anwWTF_MIN 8-50
anwKTF_Imn 8-27, 8-28 anwWTF_VOR 8-50, 9-13
anwKTF_Int 8-27, 8-28 anwWTFdelt 8-26, 8-51
anwKTF_MAX 8-27 anwWTFSCH 8-50, 9-11, 10-68, 13-5
anwKTF_MIN 8-27 anwWTFSCH2 8-57
anwKTF_T 8-27, 8-28 anwWTK_MAX 8-50
anwKTF_Tmn 8-27, 8-28 anwWTK_MIN 8-50
anwKTF_VOR 8-27 anwWTK_VOR 8-50
anwKTFPRDY 8-27, 8-28 arw2ST_KF 3-14
anwLD2_MAX 8-30 arw2STAUS 3-14
anwLD2_MIN 8-30 arw3STAUS 3-17
anwLD2_VOR 8-30 arwAB_TV 3-23
anwLDF_MAX 8-30 arwABdzo 3-23
anwLDF_MIN 8-30 arwABdzu 3-23
anwLDF_VOR 8-30, 8-31 arwABldmax 3-23
anwLM2_MAX 8-38 arwABmeo 3-23
anwLM2_MIN 8-38 arwABmeu 3-23
anwLMD_N1 8-38, 9-8, 9-14 arwABmint 3-23
anwLMD_N2 8-38, 9-8, 9-14 arwABwunmx 3-23
anwLMM_MAX 8-38, 9-14 arwANSTWKL 3-22
anwLMM_MIN 8-38, 9-14 arwARF_var 3-13, 3-14, 3-15
anwLTF_MAX 8-40 arwEGRHyA 3-17
anwLTF_MIN 8-40 arwEGRnAus 3-17
anwLTF_VOR 8-40 arwEGRnEin 3-17
anwLTI_FS 8-52 arwEmaxFKF 3-18, 8-2
anwLTI_PER 8-52 arwEmaxGKF 3-18, 8-2
anwNBA_BAT 8-66 arwEueAUS 8-2
anwNBA_ZT 8-66 arwFAR1_hi 3-4
anwNBF_MAX 8-66 arwFAR1_lo 3-4
anwNBF_MIN 8-66 arwFAR1_MV 3-15
anwO_LUrKL 8-41, 9-12 arwFAR1_NL 3-15
anwO_VBtKL 8-41, 9-12 arwFAR1ab1 3-15
anwOTF_KAN 9-12, 14-4 arwFAR1aus 3-15, 8-36
anwOTF_MAX 8-41 arwFAR2_hi 3-4
anwOTF_MIN 8-41 arwFAR2_lo 3-4
anwOTF_VOR 8-41, 9-12 arwFAR2_MV 3-15
anwOTFaWTF 9-12 arwFAR2_NL 3-15
anwPG2_MAX 8-67 arwFAR2ab1 3-15
anwPG2_MIN 8-67 arwFAR2aus 3-15, 8-36
anwPGS_MAX 8-67 arwFAR2MAX 3-15
anwPGS_MIN 8-67 arwFAR2MIN 3-15
anwPW2_MAX 8-42 arwGR_MAX 3-14
anwPW2_MIN 8-42 arwGR_MIN 3-14
anwPW2_VOR 8-42 arwHFPMmax 8-38
anwPWG_KL 2-51 arwHFPMmin 3-7, 8-38
anwPWG_MAX 8-42 arwHFPNo 3-7, 8-38
anwPWG_MIN 8-42 arwHFPNu 3-7, 8-38

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
arwHFPPo 3-7, 8-38 arwTWVEKF 3-10

arwHFPPu 3-7, 8-38 arwUMDRpKL 3-10
arwHFPTo 3-7, 8-38 arwVEGRDKF 3-10
arwHFPTu 3-7, 8-38 arwVEKORKL 3-10
arwHYSTaus 3-14 arwWTF_hi 3-5
arwHYSTein 3-14 arwWTF_lo 3-5
arwIR_FEN 3-14 caw010_ADR 10-8
arwIR_NEG 3-14 caw020_ADR 10-8
arwIR_POS 3-14 caw030_ADR 10-8
arwIR_SIG 3-14 caw040_ADR 10-8
arwKF_ena 3-8 caw050_ADR 10-8
arwKF_ena 3-8, 8-39 caw060_AB0 10-11
arwLDF_hi 3-5 caw060_AB1 10-11
arwLDFmax 3-6, 8-39 caw060_ADR 10-8
arwLDFmin 3-6, 8-39 caw060_DTL 10-11
arwLMBEKOF 3-3 caw060_MSC 10-11
arwLMBEKTD 3-3 caw070_ADR 10-8
arwLMBKOKF 3-4 caw080_ADR 10-8
arwLMBLIKL 3-4 caw100_ADR 10-8
arwLMBNORM 3-4 A-1 caw110_ADR 10-8
arwLMVGWKF 3-7, 8-39 caw120_ADR 10-8
arwM_E_hi 3-5 caw130_ADR 10-8
arwMEAB0KL 3-14, 3-21 cawCANAMSK 10-6
arwMEAB1KL 3-14, 3-21 cawINF_BTR 10-1, 10-2, 10-5
arwMEAB2KL 3-21 cawINF_CAB 8-71, 14-2
arwMEKORKL 3-10 cawINF_DLY 8-7, 10-6
arwMLBkKL 3-10 cawINF_INI 8-7, 10-5, 10-6
arwMLGRDKF 3-10 cawINF_TBO 8-7, 10-1
arwMLTVKL 3-16 cowAGL_ADE 2-104
arwn_PBhhi 3-6, 8-39 cowAGL_ADT 2-96
arwn_PBhlo 3-6, 8-39 cowAGL_ADV 2-99
arwn_PBlhi 3-6, 8-39 cowAGL_ARF 3-10
arwn_PBllo 3-6, 8-39 cowAGL_HGB 2-106
arwPAKORKF 3-10 cowAGL_LLR 2-32
arwPAKORKL 3-10 cowAGL_SBR 13-5
arwPR_FEN 3-14 cowAGL_STA 2-6
arwPR_NEG 3-14 cowAGL_UFK 8-71
arwPR_POS 3-14 cowAGL_UOF 8-71
arwPR_SIG 3-14 cowAGL_VGK 5-8
arwPSKORKL 3-10 cowAGLmBEG 2-19
arwPSKRamp 3-10 cowARF_hys 3-13, 3-14
arwRatmax 3-4, 8-39 cowARF_ME 3-2
arwRatmax 8-39 cowBEG_BOO 2-13
arwRatmin 3-4, 3-6, 8-39 cowBEG_OEL 2-19
arwREG0KL 3-13, 3-15 cowBEG_P_L 2-13
arwREG1KF 3-14, 3-15, G-3 cowBEG_STF 2-13
arwREG1KL 3-13, 3-14, 3-15 cowECOMTC 5-6, 5-36, 8-15, 8-16, 10-13, 10-41, 12-4
arwREG2KF 3-14, 3-15, G-3 cowFARFAB1 8-32, 8-53
arwREGIVG1 3-14 cowFARFAB2 8-32
arwREGIVG2 3-14 cowFARFAB3 8-32
arwREGNLL1 3-19 cowFGG_NL 11-3
arwREGTLL1 3-19 cowFGR_BDT 10-11, 10-57
arwREGTVG1 3-14 cowFGR_RMo 2-70
arwREGUBAB 3-19 cowFLDRAB1 8-53
arwRK_HT 3-26, 3-27, 8-2 cowFMEBEG1 2-22, 8-32, 8-53
arwRK_LT 3-26, 8-2 cowFMEBEG2 2-22, 8-32
arwRMEKL 3-2 cowFMEBEG3 2-22, 8-32
arwSTPAKF 3-16 cowFMEBEG4 2-22
arwSTTVKF 3-16 cowFUN_ADF 9-10
arwSTTWKF 3-16 cowFUN_ADR 2-96, 2-103, 2-144, 3-24, 8-18
arwSWBAGMN 3-10, 3-16 cowFUN_ARF 3-1, 3-2
arwSWBAGMX 3-10, 3-16 cowFUN_AS3 10-40
arwSWBSWMN 3-11 cowFUN_ASG 2-117, 10-44
arwSWBSWMX 3-11 cowFUN_ASR 2-117, 2-126, 14-5
arwt_PBOBD 3-4 cowFUN_BYP I-1
arwtAR1AR2 3-4 cowFUN_COM 7-57
arwTLKORKF 3-10 cowFUN_CRA 8-8, 9-22, 10-50, 14-4
arwTWKORKF 3-10 cowFUN_CVT 2-35, 2-133, 2-134, 2-137, 10-44

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
cowFUN_DPG 2-42 cowVAR_KMD 10-24, 10-70

cowFUN_DSV A-1 cowVAR_KO1 10-46
cowFUN_EGS 2-117, 2-124, 10-14, 10-41 cowVAR_LDR 4-1
cowFUN_EKP 5-73 cowVAR_NIV 10-62
cowFUN_FDR 8-45 cowVAR_OBD 6-15, 6-20
cowFUN_FGG 8-18, 8-72, 9-17 cowVAR_PWG 2-32, 2-52, 2-53, 8-43, 8-46, 8-47, 8-52,
cowFUN_FGR 2-62, 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-68, 2-88, 2-92, 8-67, 9-3, 9-8, 9-9
2-94, 2-97, 2-144, 8-72, 10-18 cowVAR_ThU 5-58, 5-59, 5-61
cowFUN_FV2 2-97, 2-98 cowVAR_ZYL 10-29, A-1
cowFUN_FVH 2-41, 2-55 cowVARSGTV 5-3, 5-10
cowFUN_HAQ 2-109 cowWTF_LTF 4-2
cowFUN_HUN 2-107, 2-108, 2-109, 8-24 cowWTFCAN 5-45, 8-51, 10-48
cowFUN_HZE 5-33, 5-39 crwCR_INV 9-22, 9-23
cowFUN_KFK 5-41 crwCR_ST_A 2-68, 9-23
cowFUN_KLI 10-54, 14-5 crwCR_ST_B 8-10, 9-22, 9-23
cowFUN_KLS 5-45, 5-47 crwCR_TOUT 8-10, 9-22, 9-23
cowFUN_KMT 5-29, 5-41, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, 5-49, 5-50, crwCRmaxH 9-23
5-55 crwCRmaxL 9-23
cowFUN_KPZ 2-35 crwCRminH 9-23
cowFUN_KSK 5-18 crwCRminL 9-23
cowFUN_LDR 4-1, 10-29 crwKCRmaxH 9-23
cowFUN_LLA 2-33 crwKCRmaxL 9-23
cowFUN_MGB 2-57, 10-44 crwKCRminH 9-23
cowFUN_Mo7 10-26 crwKCRminL 9-23
cowFUN_MSR 2-117, 2-128, 14-5 crwPWM_ANZ 8-10, 9-22, 9-23
cowFUN_RME 3-2, 3-21 diwKIKPWG0 9-3
cowFUN_SBR 13-1 diwKIKPWG1 9-3
cowFUN_TDS 9-28 diwLGS_PGS 9-3
cowFUN_VBS 9-29 diwLGSofMX 9-3
cowFUNDSV0 14-1, 14-2 diwMIL_ben 9-2
cowFUNDSV9 14-1 diwPBREdyn 8-5
cowK50_var 2-8 diwtBREdyn 8-5
cowKWHKERZ 5-31, 10-26 diwtBREiO 8-5
cowKWHTAUS 5-33, 5-34 diwtBREsta 8-5
cowLDR_ADA 4-10 diwUKU_vgw 10-13
cowLDR_ARW 4-5, 4-6 dzwDNR_HI 9-15, A-1
cowLDR_BEG 4-6 dzwDNR_LO 9-15, A-1
cowLDR_ME 4-1 dzwDZG_AUS 8-58
cowLDR_MS 4-8 dzwDZG_DPL 8-58
cowLDR_R_A 4-2, 4-6 dzwDZG_FNS 8-59
cowMSKCLG0 14-1 dzwDZG_HDZ 8-58
cowMSKCLG9 14-1 dzwDZG_KMX 8-58
cowP2INEST A-12 dzwDZG_MBE 8-58
cowP3INEST A-12 dzwDZG_MVE 8-58
cowP7INEST A-12 dzwDZG_MXP 8-58
cowP8INEST A-12 dzwDZG_NDZ 8-58
cowPBMAUSW 2-119 dzwDZG_NUS 8-59
cowRauchKR 2-13 dzwDZG_Sek 8-59
cowRMXpRTF 8-32 dzwDZG_SPL 8-58
cowSBR_ME 13-3, 13-4 dzwDZG_UBD 8-59
cowSYS_LMP 6-23 dzwDZG_UNS 8-58
cowV_AGL_A 3-10 dzwHNR_HI 9-16
cowV_AGL_B 2-19, 7-33, 12-3 dzwHNR_LO 9-16
cowV_ATK_A 3-10 dzwHNR_NU 8-66
cowV_DZG_2 9-16 dzwNBF_BES 8-65
cowV_GZS_V 5-8 dzwNBF_F1 8-65
cowV_LMM_S 3-3, 9-14 dzwNBF_F2 8-65
cowVAR_2HF 3-7 dzwNBF_F3 8-66
cowVAR_ADR 2-88, 10-59 dzwNBF_F4 8-66
cowVAR_ALR 10-65 dzwNBF_M_E 8-65
cowVAR_BiT 4-5 dzwNBF_NUS 8-66
cowVAR_BSG 8-6, 10-52 dzwNBF_RMP 8-65, 8-66, 9-16
cowVAR_C5 2-37 dzwNBF_Tvg 8-65
cowVAR_FGG 9-17, 9-18, 9-19, 10-40, 14-3 dzwNBF_UND 8-65
cowVAR_FZG 7-17, 9-5, 14-4 dzwNBF_UNS 8-65
cowVAR_GAZ 5-2, G-14 dzwNBF_Uso 8-65
cowVAR_GSK 5-2, 5-7, 5-12, 9-27 ecwECOVPWG 2-119
cowVAR_GTR 2-28, A-1 ecwINIT_T 5-36, 5-37, 8-12

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
ecwN_LOW 5-37, 12-4 ehwuCP2_FR 9-25, A-11

ecwWTF_O 5-38, 12-4 ehwuCP2_TE 9-25, A-11
edwINI_ADE 2-104 ehwuCP3_FR A-11
edwINI_ADT 2-96 ehwuCP3_TE A-11
edwINI_ADV 2-99 fbwEADRnRA 2-102, 8-4
edwINI_HGB 2-106 fbwEADRpRA 2-102, 8-4
edwKMZ_ZYK 5-65, 5-66 fbwEARSnRA 3-18, 8-2
ehwCJ4_ANZ A-11 fbwEARSpRA 3-18, 8-2
ehwCJ4_N01 A-11 fbwEASG_DA 2-134
ehwCJ4_N02 A-11 fbwEASG_PA 2-136, 2-139
ehwCJ4_N03 A-11 fbwEASG_PB 2-136
ehwCJ4_N04 A-11 fbwEASG_UA 2-55
ehwCJ4_N05 A-11 fbwEASG_UB 2-55
ehwCJ4_N06 A-11 fbwEASR_QA 8-13, 10-14
ehwCJ4_N07 A-11 fbwEBRE_PA 8-5
ehwCJ4_N08 A-11 fbwEBRE_PB 8-5
ehwCJ4_N09 A-11 fbwEBSG_QA 8-6
ehwCJ4_N10 A-11 fbwEBSG_QB 8-6
ehwCJ4_N11 A-11 fbwEBSG_QT 8-6
ehwCJ4_N12 A-11 fbwECA0_SA 8-71
ehwCJ4_N13 A-11 fbwECA0_SB 8-71
ehwCJ4_N14 A-11 fbwECRA_PA 8-10
ehwCJ4_N15 A-11 fbwECRA_PB 8-10
ehwCJ4_N16 A-11 fbwECRA_PT 8-10
ehwCJ4_N17 A-11 fbwECRA_QA 8-9
ehwCJ4_N18 A-11 fbwECRA_QB 8-9
ehwCJ4_N19 A-11 fbwECRA_QT 8-9
ehwCJ4_N20 A-11 fbwECVT_QA 8-17
ehwCJ4_N21 A-11 fbwEDIA_PA 8-48
ehwCJ4_N22 A-11 fbwEDZG_UA 8-59
ehwEST_AR1 A-13, H-1, H-5 fbwEFGC_YT 8-20
ehwEST_AR2 A-13, H-1, H-5 fbwEFGG_CA 8-18, 9-19
ehwEST_AR3 A-13 fbwEFGG_QA 8-18
ehwEST_DIA A-13, H-3, H-4 fbwEGZS_PA 5-16
ehwEST_EAB A-13, H-1, H-6 fbwEHFM_HA 3-7
ehwEST_EKP A-13, H-1, H-5 fbwEHFM_HB 3-7
ehwEST_GAZ A-13 fbwEHFM_LA 3-6
ehwEST_GER A-13, H-2, H-4 fbwEHFM_LB 3-6
ehwEST_GK1 A-13, H-3, H-4 fbwEHRL_ST 8-23
ehwEST_GK2 A-13, H-3, H-4 fbwEKWH_LA 8-29
ehwEST_GK3 A-13 fbwELDF_PA 8-31
ehwEST_GRS 9-27, A-13, H-1, H-4 fbwELDF_PB 8-31
ehwEST_HYL A-13, H-2, H-4 fbwELDF_PT 8-31
ehwEST_KLI A-13, H-2, H-4 fbwELDSnRA 8-32
ehwEST_LDS A-13, H-2, H-5 fbwELDSnRB 8-37
ehwEST_MIL A-13, H-2, H-4 fbwELDSpRA 8-32
ehwEST_ML1 A-13, H-2, H-4 fbwELDSpRB 8-37
ehwEST_ML2 A-13 fbwELM5_PA 3-7
ehwEST_MVS A-13, H-2, H-6 fbwEPWP_BA 8-45
ehwEST_T1 9-26, A-11 fbwESBRnRA 8-67
ehwEST_T8 5-15, 9-26, A-11 fbwESBRpRA 8-67
ehwEST_TAV A-13, H-3, H-4 fbwESEK_UA 8-66
ehwEST_TST A-13, H-2, H-5 fbwESTB_OT 11-8, 11-11
ehwEST_ZWP A-13 fbwESTB_UT 11-8
ehwGAP2_FR 9-26, A-11 fbwEWHI_00 6-21
ehwGAP2_TE 9-26, A-11 fbwEWHI_11 6-21
ehwGAP3_FR 9-26, A-11 fbwEWLO_00 6-21
ehwGAP3_TE 9-26, A-11 fbwEWLO_11 6-21
ehwGSK3_Un 9-27 fbwFFRM_01 6-20
ehwGSK3_Uv 9-27 fbwFFRM_09 5-66
ehwMVS_KL 9-25 fbwPIDPF00 6-21
ehwNDIG_NO A-12 fbwPIDPF11 6-21
ehwNHYS 9-25 fbwRBP_CAT 6-16, 7-41
ehwUBK_KL 9-25 fbwRBP_COM 6-16, 7-41
ehwuCP0_FR A-11 fbwRBP_EGR 6-16, 7-41
ehwuCP0_TE A-11 fbwRBP_FUE 6-16, 7-41
ehwuCP1_FR 9-26, A-11 fbwRBP_MIS 6-16, 7-41
ehwuCP1_TE 9-26, A-11 fbwRDY_Cnt 6-16, 6-17, 6-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fbwSRDYm1 7-17 khwGEN_MAX 5-39

fbwT_DIBLK 6-23, 8-48 khwKH_ABKL 5-32
fbwT_DIDRZ 6-23 khwKH_TLKL 5-33, G-14
fbwT_DIMAX 6-23 khwKH_tSE 5-32
fbwT_DITES 6-23 khwKH_tVER 5-32
fbwT_DIVER 6-23, 10-24 khwKH_TVSE 5-32
fbwT_MIDRZ 6-22 khwKH_tVST 5-33
fbwT_MIMAX 6-22 khwKH_TWHY 5-33
fbwT_MITES 6-22 khwKH_ZUKL 5-32
fbwT_MIVER 6-22, 10-24 khwKHGL 5-31
fbwVERW_DT 6-15 khwN_LLKWH 5-34
fbwVERW_ET 6-15 khwNULLAST 5-33, 8-29
fbwVERW_LI 6-15 khwPBMINV 5-31
fbwVERW_LS 6-15, 6-18, 6-19 khwUTF_FRZ 5-34
fbwVERW_SZ 6-15 khwWTF_MIN 5-39
fbwVERW_ZB 6-15 kkwHYSN_O 5-18
fgwBEF_GF 9-20, A-7 kkwHYSN_U 5-18
fgwDA1_VGW 8-18 kkwHYSTK_O 5-18
fgwDA1_VMA 8-18 kkwHYSTK_U 5-18
fgwDA2_VGW 8-18 kkwKSK_on 5-18
fgwDA2_VMA 8-18 kkwKSK_wns 5-18
fgwFGF_GF 9-17, 9-19, A-7 kkwTEINMIN 5-18
fgwKTG_ABW 9-18 klwKLM_NLL 5-19
fgwKTG_ANZ 8-18, 9-18 klwTMAX_FR 5-21
fgwKTG_GDF 9-18 klwTMIN_B 5-20, 5-23
fgwKTG_SFH 9-18 klwTMIN_BS 5-20, 5-23
fgwKTG_SFL 9-18 klwTMIN_C2 5-28
fgwSF_KL 9-18 klwTMIN_CN 5-28
fgwVNF_GF 9-20, A-7 klwTMIN_ES 5-21, 5-22
gswFHZ 8-48 klwTMIN_KU 5-29
gswGAZ_KL 5-2 klwTMIN_SF 5-25
gswGS_M_NG 5-10 klwTMIN_SG 5-26
gswGS_MEZG 5-10 klwTMIN_ST 5-25
gswGS_MZGV 5-10 klwTMIN_WT 5-27
gswGS_N_G 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-10 klwWTab_KL 5-27
gswGS_N_NG 5-10 klwWTHyst 5-27
gswGS_N_VG 5-7 kmw_DZ_gr 5-58
gswGS_NGKL 5-10 kmw_HLGSK1 5-61
gswGS_SGTV 5-3, 5-10 kmw_HLGSK2 5-61
gswGS_T_1G 5-2, 5-10 kmw_HLGSK3 5-61
gswGS_t_BG 5-9 kmw_MePT1 5-61
gswGS_T_G 5-7, 5-8, 5-9 kmw_Th_AbO 5-58
gswGS_t_SG 5-10 kmw_Th_AbU 5-58
gswGS_t1KL 5-2 kmw_ThHzKL 5-61
gswGS_T1ZG 5-10 kmw_THSauf 5-60
gswGS_t2 5-2, 5-7 kmw_THStol 5-60
gswGS_T2ZG 5-10 kmwGRD_KF 5-41
gswGS_T3ZG 5-10 kmwIAnt_mn 5-42
gswGS_TV1 5-2, G-14 kmwIAnt_mx 5-42
gswGS_TV2 5-2 kmwKOR2_KF 5-41
gswGS_TV3 5-2 kmwKOR3_KL 5-41
gswGS_TWSG 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-10 kmwKOR4_KL 5-41
gswGS_VGKF 5-2, 5-7, 5-8 kmwKOR5_KL 5-42
gswGS_VGWT 5-8, 5-10, 8-50, 8-51 kmwPT1_ZN 5-42, A-7
gswGZS_TYP 5-15, 5-16, 5-17, 8-21 kmwPT1_ZP 5-42, A-7
gswSYNC_HI 5-13 kmwSO_VGW 5-41, 5-42
gswT_Delay 5-14, 5-15 kmwSO_VGW3 5-41
gswt_Psh_E 5-12 kmwSO_VGW4 5-41
gswt_ZGgsp 5-10 kmwST_VGW 5-43
gswt_ZGmax 5-10 kmwSTEU_KF 5-42
gswTO_INIT 8-22 kmwTDZaehl 5-58
gswTO_REL 8-22 kmwTDZeit 5-58
gswTV_Code 5-15 kmwTST_max 5-42
gswTV_MAX 5-14, 9-27 kmwTST_min 5-42
gswTV_MIN 5-14, 9-27 kmwWTF_VGW 5-42
gswTV4_KF 5-3, 5-10 kmwWTK_max 5-43
gswWTFmiAG 5-8 kuwANF_KF 5-49
gswWTFmxAG 5-8 kuwEl_VGW1 5-51

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
kuwEl_VGW2 5-51 ldwLA_DLY 8-31

kuwEl_VGW4 5-51 ldwLA_MAX 7-50, 8-31
kuwElLFTKL 5-51 ldwLDBdPKL 9-10
kuwFG_VGW 5-47, 5-51 ldwLDBNAL 9-10
kuwFG_VGW3 5-51 ldwLDBTAL 9-10
kuwHy_VGW1 5-51 ldwLDF_GF 9-10, A-7
kuwHy_VGW2 5-51 ldwLGU_DLY 4-7
kuwHy_VGW4 5-51 ldwLGU_GF 4-7
kuwHyLFTKF 5-51 ldwLGU_LDG 4-7
kuwKlmftKL 5-49 ldwLGUMEKL 4-7
kuwKOR1_KL 5-45 ldwMXWKF 4-3
kuwKVM_KL 5-50 ldwN_Abs 4-13
kuwLFTAUSW 5-52 ldwPAUEKF 4-3
kuwLU1max 8-11 ldwPR_FEN 4-9
kuwLU1min 8-11 ldwPR_NEG 4-9, 4-10
kuwLU2max 8-11 ldwPR_POS 4-9, 4-10
kuwLU2min 8-11 ldwPR_SIG 4-9, 4-10
kuwNL_tab 5-55, 5-56 ldwPRfakKL 4-10
kuwNLEl_KF 5-51 ldwREG0KL 4-5, 4-12, 8-32
kuwNLF_KL 5-55 ldwREG1KL 4-5, 4-12, 8-32
kuwNLGRDKF 5-55 ldwREGIVG1 4-12
kuwNLHy_KF 5-51 ldwREGIVG2 4-12
kuwNLKORKF 5-55 ldwREGME3 4-12, 8-32
kuwNLOELKL 5-55 ldwREGME4 4-12, 8-32
kuwNLpro 5-55, 5-56 ldwREGMXnR 8-32, 8-37
kuwNLtmax 5-56 ldwREGN1 4-12, 8-32
kuwNLtmin 5-56 ldwREGN2 4-12, 8-32
kuwNLVGWmx 5-55 ldwREGN3 4-12, 8-32
kuwPT1_WEN 5-45 ldwREGVGW1 4-12, 4-13
kuwPT1_WEP 5-45 ldwREGVGW2 4-12
kuwra1 5-45 ldwRGDELt 4-5
kuwra2 5-45 ldwRMXpRKL 8-32
kuwrelVGW 5-45 ldwSWBGKF 4-2
kuwSO_VGW 5-45 ldwSWBLDMN 4-3
kuwSOLL3KF 5-45, 5-46 ldwSWBLDMX 4-3
kuwSOLL4KF 5-45 ldwTLUEKL 4-3
kuwSTEU_KF 5-47 ldwTW_KF 4-2
kuwt_Start 5-51 ldwTWGRDKF 4-2
kuwT1 5-45 ldwVZAR_KL 3-23
kuwT2 5-45 ldwVZDZ_KL 3-23
kuwTV_KL 5-52 mlwERR_KF 5-64
kuwTV1 5-45 mlwERR_n 5-64
kuwTV2 5-45 mlwERR_tda 5-64
kuwWTFGR 5-51 mlwHYS1_S1 5-35
kuwWTK_VGW 5-47 mlwHYS1_S2 5-35
kuwWTKHys1 5-51 mlwHYS2_S1 5-35
kuwWTKHys2 5-51 mlwHYS2_S2 5-35
kuwWTSCHW 5-55 mlwML_1_0 5-35
kuwZusKBmn 5-47 mlwML_1_1 5-35
kuwZusKBmx 5-47 mlwML_1_2 5-35
ldwDKvgwLD 4-12 mlwML_2_0 5-35
ldwDR_FEN 4-9 mlwML_2_1 5-35
ldwDR_FEP 4-9 mlwML_2_2 5-35
ldwDR_gfKL 4-10 mlwML_naus 5-35
ldwDR_NEG 4-9, 4-10 mlwML_on 5-35
ldwDR_POS 4-9, 4-10 mlwML_over 5-35
ldwDR_SIN 4-9, 4-10 mlwML_PT1 5-35
ldwDR_SIP 4-9, 4-10 mlwML_spzt 5-35
ldwDRfakKL 4-10 mlwML_TVVG 5-35
ldwGRmaxKL 4-5, 4-6 mlwTV_KF 5-35
ldwGRminKL 4-5, 4-6 mlwUBATT 5-64
ldwIR_FEN 4-9 mrw_nWTF 2-37
ldwIR_NEG 4-9, 4-10 mrw_tWTF 2-37
ldwIR_POS 4-9, 4-10 mrwABG_Bmn 8-9, 8-16
ldwIR_SIG 4-9, 4-10 mrwABG_Bmx 8-9, 8-16
ldwIRfakKL 4-10 mrwABG_Cmx 8-9
ldwKSTWKL 4-13 mrwABG_Cog 8-9
ldwLA_ANZ 8-31 mrwACC_Amx 8-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrwACC_Bmn 2-89, 8-3 mrwAUS_WT 5-68

mrwACC_Bmx 2-89, 8-3 mrwBATM_KF 2-19
mrwACC_Cmx 8-3 mrwBCV_KF 10-20
mrwACC_Cog 8-3 mrwBDB_KF 2-16
mrwACCAUS1 2-88 mrwBDB2_KL 2-17
mrwACCAUS2 2-88 mrwBdn_ABS 2-22
mrwADB_DEK 2-16 mrwBdn_ANH 2-22
mrwADB_KF 2-16 mrwBdn_KF 2-22
mrwADB2_KF 2-16 mrwBdn_v 2-22
mrwADR_dNA 2-102, 2-104, 8-70 mrwBdnF_GF 2-22
mrwADR_dNM 2-97 mrwBdnN_KL 2-22
mrwADR_dNP 2-97, 2-104 mrwBdnS_GF 2-22
mrwADR_dWM 2-100 mrwBEAaMAX 12-3
mrwADR_dWP 2-100 mrwBEAaMIN 12-3
mrwADR_fmn 2-104 mrwBEAmMAX 2-19
mrwADR_fmx 2-104 mrwBEAmMIN 2-19
mrwADR_GF 2-97 mrwBEG_ABS 2-22
mrwADR_KL 2-97 mrwBEG_ANH 2-22
mrwADR_Nao 2-102 mrwBEG_NTO 2-19
mrwADR_Nau 2-95, 2-102, 8-70 mrwBEG_NTU 2-19
mrwADR_Neu 2-95, 2-97, 2-100 mrwBEG_ONS 2-19
mrwADR_nRA 2-102, 8-4 mrwBEG_UNS 2-19
mrwADR_Nsc 2-97 mrwBEG_ZMN 2-22
mrwADR_pRA 2-102, 8-4 mrwBEG_ZMt 2-22
mrwADR_SOL 2-96, 2-97 mrwBEHdspO 2-20
mrwADR_t_f 2-95, 2-97, 2-102, 2-104 mrwBEHdspU 2-20
mrwADR_t_L 2-103 mrwBEM_KL 2-22
mrwADR_t_R 2-102 mrwBewRuss 10-30
mrwADR_VAK 2-95, 2-102 mrwBewVer 10-30
mrwADR_vmn 2-98 mrwBKT_KF 2-20
mrwADR_vmx 2-98 mrwBLFT_KF 2-19
mrwALL_ASR 2-68 mrwBM_ERKT 2-17
mrwALL_BER 2-66, 2-73, 2-75, 2-76, 2-93 mrwBMVE_KF 2-14
mrwALL_DEF 2-65, 2-89, 2-93, 8-19, 8-20 mrwBOEL_KF 2-19
mrwALL_FDR 2-68 mrwBPL_KF 2-19
mrwALL_IAV 2-86 mrwBRA_DEK 2-13
mrwALL_LT2 8-19 mrwBRA_KF 2-13
mrwALL_MAX 2-93 mrwBTS_BIN 5-72, 8-60
mrwALL_MIN 2-93 mrwBTS_MMX 5-72
mrwALL_SPZ 2-66, 2-73, 2-75, 2-93 mrwBTS_NMX 5-72
mrwALL_TPV 2-76 mrwBTS_TIK 5-72, 8-60
mrwALL_TPZ 2-66, 2-73, 2-75, 2-76, 2-90 mrwBTS_TIN 5-72, 8-60
mrwANFAHKL 2-124, 8-12 mrwBTT_KF 2-20
mrwAnzVent 10-29 mrwBUE_KF 2-19
mrwARD_TIM 2-60 mrwBWT_ADF 2-19
mrwASG_BGR 2-17, 2-113 mrwBWT_KF 2-19
mrwASG_Bmn 8-16 mrwCADFsch 10-21
mrwASG_Bmx 2-140, 8-16 mrwCAN_KLI 5-34
mrwASG_Nmi 2-134 mrwCANAMSK 10-6
mrwASG_Nmx 2-134 mrwCANAUSB 8-12, 8-18, 9-19, 10-6
mrwASGnmax 2-133, 2-134, 2-139, E-5 mrwCLTFsch 10-21
mrwASGRAMP 8-12, 8-16 mrwCVTNLLM 2-35, 8-17
mrwASGvmin 2-135, 8-16 mrwCVTNmax 8-17
mrwASGvor 2-134 mrwCVTNmin 8-17
mrwASRRAMP 8-13, 8-14 mrwCVTNtol 2-35
mrwAUS_anz 5-71 mrwCWTF1 10-21
mrwAUS_blk 5-69, 5-71 mrwCWTF2 10-21
mrwAUS_dN 5-70 mrwCWTFdly 10-21
mrwAUS_KUP 5-68 mrwDFMD_KF 10-72
mrwAUS_KUt 5-68 mrwDIFSCHW 2-121
mrwAUS_max 5-71 mrwDM_E_H 2-121
mrwAUS_Mmi 5-68 mrwDM_E_R 2-121
mrwAUS_Mmx 5-68 mrwdMGBAUS 2-58
mrwAUS_nKU 5-68 mrwdMGBMIN 2-57, 2-59
mrwAUS_Nmi 5-68 mrwDN_EIN 2-34, 2-35
mrwAUS_Nmx 5-68 mrwDN_EIN2 2-34
mrwAUS_Stt 5-68 mrwDN_EIN3 2-35
mrwAUS_Vmx 5-68 mrwEAB_MAD 8-60, 12-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrwEAB_MID 8-60, 12-7 mrwGANGCAN 2-25, 2-26

mrwEAB_SDZ 8-60, 12-7 mrwGRA_Bmn 2-65, 8-21
mrwEAB_TDA 8-60, 12-7 mrwGRA_Bmx 2-65, 8-21
mrwEAB_TDZ 8-60 mrwGRA_Cmx 2-65, 8-21
mrwEAB_TMX 8-60 mrwGRA_Cog 2-65, 8-21
mrwEAB_TUS 8-60 mrwGRDSCHW 2-120
mrwEAB_WMX 8-60 mrwHGB_AB1 2-107
mrwEGS_LAB 2-124 mrwHGB_AB2 2-107
mrwEGS_TIM 2-124, 8-12 mrwHGB_ABS 2-106
mrwEGSbegr 2-124, 8-12 mrwHGB_ANH 2-106
mrwEGSRAMP 2-124, 8-12 mrwHGB_MAU 2-112
mrwEKP_Dly 5-73 mrwHGB_NAS 2-111, 2-112
mrwEnd_Tmp 8-50 mrwHGB_NAU 2-112
mrwF_MOM 8-57, 10-16 mrwHGB_NIS 2-111, 2-112
mrwF_MOMA 8-57 mrwHGB_PWG 2-108
mrwFAS_AVD 2-69 mrwHGB_VZN 2-113
mrwFAS_AVZ 2-69 mrwHGBdHNI 2-108
mrwFAS_BAT 2-68 mrwHGBdPNG 2-109
mrwFAS_BEG 2-68 mrwHGBvHNI 2-106, 2-108
mrwFAS_BNG 2-68 mrwHGBvMAX 2-106, 2-113
mrwFAS_BNK 2-68 mrwHGBvMIN 2-106
mrwFAS_BVG 2-68, 2-93 mrwHGBvPNG 2-106, 2-109
mrwFAS_BVK 2-68, 2-88, 2-89, 8-3 mrwHOT_NLL 2-36
mrwFAS_BVN 2-68 mrwHubraum 10-29
mrwFAS_CNM 8-18 mrwIFV_KF 2-116, 2-119
mrwFAS_CNN 8-18 mrwKFPkorr 10-70
mrwFAS_CNV 8-18 mrwKFTkorr 10-70
mrwFAS_MZZ 2-68 mrwKFVB_KF 2-123, 2-124
mrwFAS_RAB 2-69, 2-86 mrwKL_VGW 10-55
mrwFAS_RAS 2-69, 2-86 mrwKLK_DLY 10-70
mrwFAS_RSB 2-69, 2-86 mrwKLK_EIN 10-70
mrwFAS_SRA 2-69, 2-86 mrwKLK_UEB 10-72
mrwFAS_VDG 2-69 mrwKLKHys2 10-70
mrwFAS_VDK 2-69, 2-93 mrwKLMD_KF 10-70
mrwFAS_VDU 2-69, 2-93 mrwKPR_VGW 10-55
mrwFAS_VZM 2-68, 2-86 mrwKTB_KF 2-13, G-21
mrwFASBATt 2-68 mrwKTB_TD 2-13
mrwFEM_AVD 2-80 mrwKTF_BEZ 12-2
mrwFEM_BOD 2-80 mrwKTF_GEW 12-2
mrwFEM_PEM 2-80 mrwKTF_KF 12-2
mrwFEM_RSK 2-80, 2-87, 2-93 mrwKTF_OGR 12-2
mrwFEM_RSM 2-80, 2-87 mrwKTF_UGR 12-2
mrwFEM_RSU 2-80 mrwLDFO_KL 8-36
mrwFEP_AVD 2-78 mrwLDFPWMI 8-36
mrwFEP_BOU 2-78 mrwLDFU_KL 8-36
mrwFEP_FMG 2-78 mrwLDFU_mx 8-33, 8-35
mrwFEP_FMK 2-78 mrwLDFU_ST 8-33, 8-35
mrwFEP_MMP 2-78 mrwLDFU_tA 8-36
mrwFEP_PAW 2-78, 2-84 mrwLDFU_tB 8-36
mrwFEP_RSK 2-78, 2-87, 2-93 mrwLDFUAGt 8-33, 8-35
mrwFEP_RSP 2-78, 2-87 mrwLDFUAMX 8-33, 8-35
mrwFEP_RSU 2-78 mrwLDFUINt 8-33, 8-35
mrwFGF_GF 2-25 mrwLDFUnMI 8-36
mrwFGFVHKF 2-56, 2-71 mrwLL1G_ES 2-39
mrwFGKORFA 9-19, 10-38, 10-40, 10-47 mrwLL2G_ES 2-39
mrwFGR_KUP 2-68 mrwLL3G_ES 2-39
mrwFGR_OFF 3-22 mrwLL4G_ES 2-39
mrwFLEXPER 10-28 mrwLL5G_ES 2-39
mrwFVH_KF 2-53 mrwLLA_MAX 2-32
mrwFVHFIKL 2-54, 2-55 mrwLLA_MIN 2-32
mrwFVHGDKL 2-55 mrwLLBr_ES 2-39
mrwFVHMDRo 2-56 mrwLLKG_ES 2-39
mrwFVHMDRu 2-56 mrwLLKK_ES 2-39
mrwFVHUEob 8-15, 9-20 mrwLLR_AB2 2-35
mrwFVHUEun 8-15 mrwLLR_ABS 2-31, 2-36
mrwFVHVGWU 2-55, 8-15, 9-20, 10-42 mrwLLR_AN2 2-35
mrwGANG_2 2-25 mrwLLR_Anf 2-28
mrwGANG_7 2-25 mrwLLR_ANH 2-31, 2-36

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrwLLR_AUS 2-28, 2-32, 8-17 mrwMULINF1 10-17

mrwLLR_DNV 2-28 mrwMULINF2 10-17
mrwLLR_EIN 2-28 mrwMULINF3 2-89, 10-17, 10-68
mrwLLR_FAR 2-32 mrwMULTIME 10-17
mrwLLR_MXk 2-39, 2-40 mrwN_LLBAT 2-34
mrwLLR_MXw 2-39, 2-40 mrwN_LLBSG 2-34, 10-26
mrwLLR_NSF 2-32, 8-45 mrwN_LLDif 10-73
mrwLLR_PWB 2-32, 8-52, 8-67 mrwN_LLKLI 2-35
mrwLLR_PWD 2-32, 8-42, 8-43, 8-52, 8-67 mrwN_NBHNI 2-108
mrwLLR_SOL 2-32 mrwN_NBPNG 2-109
mrwLLR_tTW 2-32 mrwNBATEIN 2-34
mrwLLR_TW 2-32 mrwNCL_DA 8-23, 8-36, 11-3, 11-4
mrwLLR_UBR 2-28 mrwNCL_N0 8-23, 8-36, 11-3, 11-4
mrwLLRK_VD 2-28, 2-39 mrwNCL_SP 8-23, 11-4
mrwLLRVFOH 2-32 mrwNIV_Bmn 8-24
mrwLLRW_VD 2-28, 2-39 mrwNIV_Bmx 8-24
mrwLLW_KL 2-31, 2-37 mrwNIV_Cmx 8-24
mrwLLWK_ES 2-39 mrwNIV_Cog 8-24
mrwLRR_BEW 2-156 mrwNL_DTS 8-69, 11-8, 11-11
mrwLRR_BGR 2-156 mrwNL_EdNT 11-3
mrwLRR_HIG 2-155, 5-69 mrwNL_FGM 11-3
mrwLRR_LOW 2-155, 5-69 mrwNL_MOSP 7-49, 8-62
mrwLRR_MO0 2-157 mrwNL_MOST 7-48, 8-63
mrwLRR_MO1 2-157 mrwNL_MSR1 8-63
mrwLRR_MOR 2-156 mrwNL_MSR2 8-63
mrwLRR_MU0 2-157 mrwNL_MSTO 8-64, 8-69, 11-6, 11-8, 11-11
mrwLRR_MU1 2-157 mrwNL_MTKS 8-63, 11-3
mrwLRR_MUR 2-156 mrwNL_MTS 8-62, 8-63, 8-69, 11-11
mrwLRR_N0 2-157 mrwNL_MTSA 8-63
mrwLRR_N1 2-157 mrwNL_MTSS 8-62
mrwLRR_NOR 2-156 mrwNL_MUBS 8-63
mrwLRR_NUR 2-156 mrwNL_MUS1 8-63
mrwLRR_OFR 2-156 mrwNL_MUS2 8-63
mrwLRR_SEG 2-155 mrwNL_MUSM 8-69, 11-8, 11-11
mrwLRR_TW 2-157 mrwNL_MUSP 7-49, 8-62
mrwLRR_V10 2-156 mrwNL_MUST 7-49, 8-63
mrwLRR_V21 2-156 mrwNL_NULL 8-64
mrwLRR_V30 2-156 mrwNL_PTS 8-69, 11-8, 11-9, 11-11
mrwLSmax 10-29 mrwNL_STS 8-69, 11-8
mrwLTW_KL 2-31, 2-32 mrwNL_UM_t 8-69, 11-6, 11-9, 11-11
mrwM_E_ToB 2-126, 2-128, 10-14 mrwNL_UMIN 8-69, 11-6, 11-8, 11-9, 11-11
mrwM_E_ToG 2-124, 2-139, 10-14 mrwNL_UTS 8-69, 11-11
mrwM_EH_KF 2-120 mrwNL_VTS 8-69, 11-6
mrwM_EMAX 2-113, 2-124, 2-127, 8-12, 8-13, 8-14 mrwNL_WTS 8-69, 11-8
mrwM_ER_KF 2-120 mrwNMDmax 10-22, 10-28
mrwM_HGB_d 2-108 mrwNVerb 10-29
mrwM_NBHNI 2-108 mrwNwunVE 10-20
mrwM_NBPNG 2-109 mrwOelNiKF 10-29
mrwMAXMOM 2-56 mrwPBRA_KF 2-13
mrwMD_KLI 10-72 mrwPFI_AKT 2-53
mrwMDASGm2 2-134 mrwPFI_NEG 2-53
mrwMDASGmx 2-134, 2-137 mrwPFI_POS 2-53
mrwMDIntAX 2-135, 2-137, 8-16 mrwPKOR_KF 2-13
mrwMDIntMX 2-129, 8-14 mrwPT1_bes 2-87
mrwMDmax 10-22, 10-28 mrwPT1_HGB 2-112
mrwMGBFAKT 2-57 mrwPT1_VMD 10-73
mrwMIN_dT 8-50 mrwPT1_ZNO 2-53, A-7
mrwMIN_DZ 8-50 mrwPT1_ZNU 2-53, A-7
mrwMIN_Me 8-50 mrwPT1_ZPO 2-53, A-7
mrwMKOR_KF 2-13 mrwPT1_ZPU 2-53, A-7
mrwMSK_FGT 8-16 mrwPT1SchN 2-116
mrwMSR_Bmn 2-131 mrwPT1SchP 2-116
mrwMSR_Bmx 2-131 mrwPW_diMX 2-44, 2-45, 2-47
mrwMSRFG_L 2-130, 8-14 mrwPW_dp 2-44, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51
mrwMSRRAMP 8-13, 8-14 mrwPW_Tmax 2-44, 2-45, 2-47
mrwMULANZ 10-22 mrwPW_Tol 2-44, 2-47, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51
mrwMULINF0 2-62, 2-64, 8-21, 10-11, 10-17, 10-34, 10 - mrwPWc1max 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-50, 2-51
35, 10-56, 10-57 mrwPWc1min 2-44, 2-45, 2-48

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrwPWc2max 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48 mrwSTZUmit 2-8, G-24

mrwPWdUmax 2-44, 2-48 mrwT_HGBLL 2-108
mrwPWG_BPA 8-45 mrwTabTyp 10-22
mrwPWG_BPN 8-45 mrwTBATAUS 2-34
mrwPWG_BPP 8-45 mrwTBATEIN 2-34
mrwPWG_BPV 8-45 mrwTBATSTA 2-34
mrwPWG_dPS 8-46 mrwTSADnKL 2-14
mrwPWG_HRP 8-43, 8-46 mrwTSADpKL 2-14
mrwPWG_KIK 8-25 mrwTSB_KIK 2-17
mrwPWG_LGT 8-43 mrwTSB_MEO 2-14
mrwPWG_LLS 8-43 mrwTSB_MEU 2-14
mrwPWG_LPA 8-43 mrwTSB_NO 2-14
mrwPWG_OPS 2-56, 8-43, 8-70 mrwTSB_NU 2-14
mrwPWG_Pbr 8-45 mrwTSBgang 2-14
mrwPWG_PLL 8-43 mrwTSTLKL 2-14
mrwPWG_Pof 8-42, 8-43 mrwUBATAUS 2-34
mrwPWG_Pon 8-42 mrwUBATEIN 2-34
mrwPWG_PTL 8-43 mrwUSO_KF 12-3
mrwPWG_PVL 8-43 mrwUW_ARD 8-70
mrwPWG_Rau 8-42, 8-43, 8-46 mrwUW_MdU1 8-64
mrwPWG_Run 8-42, 8-43, 8-46 mrwUW_MdU2 8-64
mrwPWG_SfB 8-45 mrwUW_MNGR 8-64
mrwPWG_SfE 8-46 mrwUW_MT_W 8-64
mrwPWG_UPS 8-43 mrwUW_NEAB 12-6
mrwPWG_VLS 8-43 mrwUW_RMA 8-62
mrwPWG_WOS 8-43, 8-46 mrwUW_RMI 8-62
mrwPWG_WUS 8-43, 8-46 mrwUW_SNGR 2-6, 8-71
mrwREI_KF 10-71, G-23 mrwV_ANFAH 2-124, 8-12
mrwReserv 10-22 mrwVBZHBC 9-6
mrwSA_OFF 2-60 mrwVEBsLKL 2-14
mrwSchmxKF 2-116 mrwVEBstgS 2-14
mrwSCHU_KL 8-71 mrwVMDAdpt 10-73
mrwSCHU1KL 8-70 mrwVMDErmx 10-73
mrwSH_MAME 9-29 mrwVMDMax 10-73
mrwSH_MIME 9-29 mrwVMDMaxC 10-73
mrwSH_TDPE 9-28 mrwVMDMin 10-73
mrwSH_TQPE 9-29 mrwVMDMinC 10-73
mrwSH_VBBQ 9-29 mrwVNF_VNX 2-25
mrwSH_VBKN 9-30 mrwWA_PAV 2-82
mrwSH_VBSF 9-30 mrwWA_RSW 2-82, 2-84, 2-87
mrwST_dPL 2-9, 8-58 mrwWA_VRO 2-82
mrwST_OFZ 2-9 mrwWA_VRU 2-84, 2-87
mrwST_SPZ 2-9 mrwWKUP_VG 10-41
mrwST_TKsw 2-7 mrwWTAD_KF 2-31
mrwSTA_END 2-6 mrwWTCNTKT 2-7
mrwSTA_MAX 2-6 mrwWTF_KL 8-50, 8-51
mrwStBKenn 10-30 mrwWTFaus 10-21
mrwSTINILL 2-29 mrwWTUMDKL 2-31
mrwSTK_GM 2-7 nlwNL_tDKS 11-3
mrwSTK_MI 2-6 phwK_HMAX 9-31
mrwSTK_WZ 2-6 phwK_HMIN 9-31
mrwSTMFRKL 2-7 phwK_MUXe 9-31
mrwSTMGRKF 2-6 phwK_MUXS 9-31
mrwSTMGxKF 2-6 phwK_MUXZ 9-31
mrwSTMKoKF 2-6 phwK_TDvt 9-28
mrwSTNABKL 2-9 phwK_TMPS 9-31
mrwSTNB_KL 2-8 phwK_TQvt 9-29, 9-30
mrwSTNMIN1 2-6, 2-9, 5-51, 8-58, 8-65, 12-6 sbwDZstzv 13-3
mrwSTNMIN2 2-7 sbwGR_MAX 13-8
mrwSTNO_KL 2-8 sbwGR_MIN 13-8
mrwSTW_GM 2-7 sbwIR_FEN 13-9
mrwSTW_MI 2-6 sbwIR_NEG 13-9
mrwSTW_WZ 2-6 sbwIR_POS 13-9
mrwSTZMSdU 2-8 sbwIR_SIG 13-9
mrwSTZMSN 2-8 sbwKW4Ramp 13-5, 13-6
mrwSTZMSt 2-8 sbwMEstzv 13-3
mrwSTZMSt1 2-8 sbwPR_FEN 13-9
mrwSTZMSU 2-8 sbwPR_NEG 13-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
sbwPR_POS 13-9 xcwDrSchw 7-20, 7-30, 7-31, 7-59

sbwPR_SIG 13-9 xcwFehzmax 7-3, 7-58
sbwRST_DEF 13-9 xcwFreq 7-30, 8-48
sbwRST_MAX 13-9 xcwGRARF_N 7-31
sbwRST_MIN 13-9 xcwGRARF_T 7-31
sbwRST_OFF 13-7 xcwGREKP_M 7-31
sbwRST_VGW 13-9 xcwGREKP_N 7-31
sbwRST_WIN 13-7, A-1 xcwGREKP_T 7-31
sbwSB_Dyn 13-4 xcwGRLDR_N 7-31
sbwSB_STA 13-6 xcwGRLDR_T 7-31
sbwSKF_KF 13-9 xcwGRRDS_N 7-31
sbwSSK_KF 13-9 xcwGRRDS_T 7-31
sbwSWSN_KF 13-5, 13-6 xcwGRSBR_N 7-31
sbwTWS_KF 13-9 xcwGRSBR_T 7-31
sbwUBA_KL 13-9 xcwINF_M09 7-52, 7-53, 7-54
sbwUEB_NMA 8-67 xcwK01_1 7-21
sbwUEB_NMI 8-67 xcwK100auf 7-22, 7-32, 7-59
sbwUEB_NUS 13-9 xcwK125c1 7-23
sbwUEB_RAN 8-67 xcwK126c3 7-26
sbwUEB_RAP 8-67 xcwK129c1 7-23
sbwUEB_WT 13-5 xcwK40_1 7-21
sbwUMDR_KF 13-6 xcwKeybyt1 7-2, 7-57
sbwUMRMEKF 13-6 xcwKeybyt2 7-2, 7-57
sbwWTstzv 13-3 xcwKHSNr 7-58
siwOEL_rKF 5-63 xcwKSbyte1 7-57
siwOEL_tKF 5-63 xcwKSbyte2 7-57
xcw_N_Ende 7-57 xcwKSCheck 7-57
xcw_n_Reiz 7-1, 7-57 xcwKTF_ID 7-45, 7-47, 7-48
xcw_twti 7-10, 7-58 xcwLDF_ID 7-45, 7-50
xcwAdr1 7-13 xcwLDRaus 7-31
xcwAdr6 7-13 xcwLDRein 7-31
xcwADRCARB 7-57 xcwLOG_0 7-27
xcwAR1aus 7-31 xcwLOG_1 7-19
xcwAR1ein 7-31 xcwLOG_7 7-27
xcwAR2aus 7-31 xcwMaIoTim 7-20, 7-59
xcwAR2ein 7-31 xcwMWB_KF 7-20, 7-22, 7-59
xcwAR3aus 7-31 xcwPADE 7-19, 7-58
xcwAR3ein 7-31 xcwPADV 7-19, 7-58
xcwBHardNr 7-58 xcwPEEPROM 7-16, 7-58
xcwBSoftNr 7-58 xcwPFGG1 7-16, 7-58, 8-18
xcwBYP_COS I-3 xcwPFGG2 7-16, 7-58, 8-18
xcwBYP_COX I-3 xcwPFGROff 7-16, 7-58
xcwBYP_EIS I-1, I-2 xcwPFGROn 7-16, 7-58
xcwBYP_EIX I-1, I-2 xcwPHGBOff 2-106, 7-17, 7-58
xcwCAL_ID 7-53 xcwPIAglOn 7-19
xcwCAN_A 7-24, 7-25, 7-59 xcwPID1C 7-41
xcwCAN00_S 7-26 xcwPKSKoff 2-20, 7-17, 7-58
xcwCAN00_X 7-24 xcwPKSKon 2-20, 7-17, 7-58
xcwCAN01_X 7-24 xcwPRDYm1 5-60, 7-17, 7-58
xcwCAN02_X 7-24 xcwRDS_p1 7-31
xcwCARDO_T 7-45 xcwRDS_p2 7-31
xcwCARDO_Z 7-45 xcwSBRaus 7-31, 13-5
xcwCARDOdT 7-45 xcwSBRein 7-31, 13-5
xcwCARDOUD 7-45 xcwSBTV 7-30
xcwCARDS_T 7-45 xcwSGADR 7-1, 7-57
xcwCARDS_Z 7-45 xcwSGBlk1 7-6, 7-58
xcwCARDSdT 7-45 xcwSGBlk2 7-9, 7-58
xcwCARDSUD 7-45 xcwSGBlk3 7-58, B-5
xcwCARFO_T 7-45 xcwSGfrID1 7-58
xcwCARFO_Z 7-45 xcwSGSchw 7-20
xcwCARFOdT 7-45 xcwSTT_ID 7-45, 7-48, 7-49
xcwCARFOUD 7-45 xcwt_ini 7-1, 7-2, 7-58
xcwCARFS_T 7-45 xcwt_kw1 7-2
xcwCARFS_Z 7-45 xcwt_kw2 7-2
xcwCARFSdT 7-45 xcwt_outbl 7-3, 7-4, 7-58
xcwCARFSUD 7-45 xcwt_outby 7-2, 7-3, 7-4, 7-58
xcwDatum 7-58 xcwt_reabl 7-2, 7-3, 7-4, 7-58
xcwDIASCH 7-1, 7-9, 7-14, 7-57 xcwt_reaby 7-2, 7-58

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
xcwt_sync 7-2, 7-58 fbbEAUZ_M E-13, F-3

xcwUMRCO_8 10-68 fbbEBRE_H E-13, F-1
xcwUMRCO_D 10-68 fbbEBRE_I F-1
xcwUMRCO_N 10-68 fbbEBRE_L E-13, F-1
xcwUMRCO_P 10-68 fbbEBRE_P 8-5, 8-45, E-13, F-1
xcwUMRCO_T 10-68 fbbEBSG_Q 8-6, E-3, F-2
xcwUMRCO_V 10-68 fbbECA0_D 5-38, 8-71, 10-14, 14-6 E-14
xcwUMRCOLA 10-68 fbbECA0_O 8-7, 10-5, 14-6, E-13, F-1
xcwUMRCOLT 10-68 fbbECA0_S 8-71, 14-6, E-13, F-1
xcwUMRCOSB 10-25 fbbECA0_W 8-7, 10-5, 14-6, E-13, F-1
xcwUMRCS_8 10-68 fbbECRA_A 8-8, 10-25, E-3, F-2
xcwUMRCS_D 10-68 fbbECRA_B 5-73, 8-8, 10-25, E-3, F-2
xcwUMRCS_N 10-68 fbbECRA_C 8-9, 14-6, F-2
xcwUMRCS_P 10-68 fbbECRA_P 8-10, 9-22, 14-6, E-3, F-2
xcwUMRCS_T 10-68 fbbECRA_Q 8-9, 14-6, E-3, F-2
xcwUMRCS_V 10-68 fbbECRA_Z 8-9, 14-6, F-2
xcwUMRCSLA 10-68 fbbECVT_H 8-17, E-4, F-2
xcwUMRCSLT 10-68 fbbECVT_L 8-17, E-4, F-2
xcwUMRCSSB 10-25 fbbECVT_Q E-4, F-2
xcwWTF_ID 7-45, 7-46, 7-47 fbbEDIA_K 8-48, E-13, F-2
xcwZBSperr G-7 fbbEDIA_O 8-48, E-13, F-2
fbbEDIA_P 8-48, E-13, F-2
fbbEDZG_D 6-13, 8-58, E-4, F-1
fbbEDZG_I F-2
fbbEDZG_L 2-9, 6-13, 8-58, E-4, F-1
fbbEDZG_S 6-13, 8-58, E-4, F-1
fbbEDZG_U 6-13, 8-59, E-4, F-1
fbbEEAB_K 8-60, E-14, F-2
Error fbbEEAB_P 8-60, E-14, F-2
fbbEACC_A 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEECO_L 2-55, 8-12, E-5, F-1
fbbEACC_B 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEEEP_A F-1
fbbEACC_C 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEEEP_C 8-71, E-14, F-1
fbbEACC_D 2-88, 2-90, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEEEP_F 8-72, E-4, F-1
fbbEACC_F 2-88, 2-90, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEEEP_K 8-72, E-14, F-1
fbbEACC_P 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEEEP_V 8-71, E-4, F-1
fbbEACC_Q 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEEGS_1 2-55, 5-38, 8-12, 8-16, 10-5, E-5, F-1
fbbEACC_V 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEEGS_A 2-55, 2-124, 8-12, E-5, F-1
fbbEADF_H 8-4, E-1, F-1 fbbEEGS_F 10-45, E-5, F-1
fbbEADF_L 8-4, E-1, F-1 fbbEEKP_K 8-61, E-14, F-3
fbbEADRnR 2-102, 8-4, E-5, F-1 fbbEEKP_O 8-61, E-14, F-3
fbbEADRpR 2-102, 8-4, E-5, F-1 fbbEFGA_A 8-19, E-5, F-1
fbbEAG4_L 2-55, 2-122, 8-12, E-5, F-1 fbbEFGA_F 8-19, 8-20, 10-25, 10-35, 10-36, E-5, F-1
fbbEALR_Q 8-24, F-1 fbbEFGA_P 8-19, E-5, F-1
fbbEAR1_D 3-27, 8-2 fbbEFGA_X 8-19, E-5, F-1
fbbEAR1_K 8-2, E-2, F-1 fbbEFGC_B 2-65, 2-92, 8-20, 8-21, E-6, F-1
fbbEAR1_O 8-2, E-2, F-1 fbbEFGC_C 2-65, 2-92, 8-20, 8-21, E-6, F-1
fbbEAR1_S 3-25, 3-27, 8-2 fbbEFGC_P 2-64, 2-92, 8-20, E-6, F-1
fbbEAR2_K 8-2, F-1 fbbEFGC_Q 2-65, 2-92, 8-20, E-6, F-1
fbbEAR2_O 8-2, F-1 fbbEFGC_S 2-64, 8-21, E-6, F-1
fbbEAR3_K 8-2, E-12, F-3 fbbEFGC_Y 2-65, 8-20, E-6, F-1
fbbEAR3_O 8-2, E-12, F-3 fbbEFGG_C 8-18, 9-19, 14-6, E-6, F-1
fbbEARSnR 3-19, 8-2, E-2, F-1 fbbEFGG_F 8-18, 14-6, E-6, F-1
fbbEARSpR 3-19, 8-2, E-2, F-1 fbbEFGG_H 8-18, 9-17, 9-19, E-6, F-1
fbbEAS3_Q 8-13, 8-18, 9-19, E-1, F-1 fbbEFGG_P 2-69, 8-18, E-6, F-1
fbbEASG_D 2-134, 2-135, E-5, F-1 fbbEFGG_Q 8-18, 9-19, 14-6, E-6, F-1
fbbEASG_G 2-133, 8-15, 8-16, E-3, F-1 fbbEFGG_S 8-18, 9-18, 14-6, E-6, F-1
fbbEASG_H 2-134, 2-135, 2-137, 8-16, 10-5, E-3, F-1 fbbEGAZ_K F-3
fbbEASG_I 8-16, E-5, F-1 fbbEGAZ_O F-3
fbbEASG_L 2-55, 8-15, 10-5, E-3, F-1 fbbEGER_1 8-11, F-1
fbbEASG_M 8-15, E-3, F-1 fbbEGER_2 8-11, F-1
fbbEASG_P 2-134, 2-135, 2-136, 2-139, 8-16, 10-5, E-3, fbbEGER_K 8-10, E-14, F-1
F-1 fbbEGER_O 8-10, E-14, F-1
fbbEASG_Q 5-38, 8-15, 8-16, 10-5, E-3, F-1 fbbEGK1_K 8-29, E-16, F-1
fbbEASG_S 8-16, E-3, F-1 fbbEGK1_O 8-29, E-16, F-1
fbbEASG_U 2-55, 8-15, E-3, F-1 fbbEGK2_K 8-29, E-16, F-3
fbbEASR_Q 8-13, 8-18, 9-19, 10-5, 10-14, 14-6, E-1, F-1 fbbEGK2_O 8-29, E-16, F-3
fbbEAUZ_1 E-13, F-3 fbbEGK3_K F-3
fbbEAUZ_2 E-13, F-3 fbbEGK3_O F-3
fbbEAUZ_3 E-13, F-3
fbbEAUZ_4 E-13, F-3
fbbEAUZ_5 E-13, F-3
fbbEAUZ_6 E-13, F-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fbbEGRS_K 8-21, E-7, F-1 fbbEMIL_M F-2

fbbEGRS_O 8-21, E-7, F-1 fbbEMIL_O 8-40, E-16, F-2
fbbEGSK_1 8-22, E-7, F-1 fbbEML1_K F-3
fbbEGSK_2 E-7, F-1 fbbEML1_O F-3
fbbEGSK_3 E-7, F-1 fbbEML2_K F-3
fbbEGSK_4 E-7, F-1 fbbEML2_O F-3
fbbEGSK_5 E-7, F-1 fbbEMSR_H 2-129, 8-14, 10-5, 14-6, E-1, F-1
fbbEGSK_6 8-22, E-7, F-1 fbbEMSR_P 2-126, 2-130, 8-14, 10-5, 10-14, 10-38, 14 -
fbbEGZS_C 5-15, 5-16, 8-21, E-7, F-1 6, E-1, F-1
fbbEGZS_H 8-22, E-7, F-1 fbbEMVS_K 8-61, E-16, F-2
fbbEGZS_I 5-13, 8-21, E-7, F-1 fbbEMVS_O 8-61, E-16, F-2
fbbEGZS_P 5-15, 5-16, 5-17, 8-22, E-7, F-1 fbbENBF_H 8-66, E-17, F-2
fbbEHDK_H 8-62, 8-64, 8-69, E-14, F-3 fbbENBF_L 8-66, E-17, F-2
fbbEHDK_L 8-62, 8-64, 8-69, E-14, F-3 fbbENIV_B 8-24, F-1
fbbEHDK_O 8-63, E-14, F-3 fbbENIV_C 8-24, F-1
fbbEHDK_U 8-62, E-14, F-3 fbbENIV_P 2-107, 8-24, F-1
fbbEHFM_H 8-39, E-10, F-2 fbbENIV_Q 8-24, F-1
fbbEHFM_L 8-39, E-10, F-2 fbbEOTF_H 8-41, 14-6, E-17, F-2
fbbEHRL_S 8-23, E-15, F-1 fbbEOTF_L 8-41, 14-6, E-17, F-2
fbbEHYL_K 8-25, E-15, F-1 fbbEOTF_N 8-41, 14-6, F-2
fbbEHYL_O 8-25, E-15, F-1 fbbEOTF_P E-17
fbbEHZA_H 8-24, E-7, F-2 fbbEOTF_S 8-41, 14-6, E-17, F-2
fbbEHZA_L 8-24, E-7, F-2 fbbEOTF_U 8-41, 14-6, F-2
fbbEIMM_C 8-71, E-8, F-1 fbbEOTFrd 8-41
fbbEIMM_F E-8, F-1 fbbEPG2_H 8-43, 8-47, 8-67, 9-9, E-11, F-2
fbbEIMM_P E-8, F-1 fbbEPG2_L 8-43, 8-47, 8-67, 9-9, F-2
fbbEIMM_V E-8, F-1 fbbEPGS_H 8-43, 8-47, 8-67, 9-9, E-11, F-2
fbbEK15_P 2-9, 8-25, 8-48, 9-17, 11-3, E-15, F-1 fbbEPGS_L 8-43, 8-47, 8-67, 9-9, E-11, F-2
fbbEKIK_A E-8, F-2 fbbEPW2_H 2-97, 8-42, 8-43, 8-47, 9-9, E-11, F-2
fbbEKLI_K 8-26, 14-6, E-15, F-1 fbbEPW2_L 2-97, 8-42, 8-43, 8-47, 9-9, E-11, F-2
fbbEKLI_O 8-26, 14-6, E-15, F-1 fbbEPWG_H 2-32, 2-97, 8-42, 8-43, 8-47, 9-9, E-11, F-2
fbbEKLI_Q 8-26, 14-6, E-15, F-1 fbbEPWG_L 2-32, 2-97, 8-42, 8-43, 8-47, 9-9, E-11, F-2
fbbEKMD_H 8-61, 14-6, E-15, F-2 fbbEPWP_A 2-32, 8-43, 8-46, 8-47, E-11, F-2
fbbEKMD_L 8-61, 14-6, E-15, F-2 fbbEPWP_B 8-45, E-11, F-2
fbbEKNT_H 8-62, 8-71, E-15, F-3 fbbEPWP_L 8-43, 8-46, E-11, F-2
fbbEKNT_U 8-62, 8-71, E-15, F-3 fbbEPWP_P 8-43, 8-46, E-11, F-2
fbbEKO1_Q 8-18, 8-26, 8-48, 9-19, E-8, F-1 fbbERME_H 8-51, E-19, F-3
fbbEKO2_Q 5-45, 8-26, 8-49, 9-5, E-8, F-1 fbbERME_L 8-51, E-19, F-3
fbbEKTF_H 8-27, 8-28, E-16, F-1 fbbERUC_A F-1, I-3
fbbEKTF_L 8-27, 8-28, E-16, F-1 fbbERUC_K 8-68, 11-3, E-17, F-1
fbbEKTF_P 8-27, 8-28, E-16, F-1 fbbERUC_R 8-68, 11-3, E-17, F-1
fbbEKWH_L 5-31, 5-33, 8-29, E-8, F-1 fbbERUC_S 2-6, 8-64, 8-69, 8-71, 11-3, E-17, F-1
fbbEKWH_M F-1 fbbERUC_U 8-64, 8-68, 11-3, 12-6, E-17, F-1
fbbELD2_H 8-30, E-9, F-1 fbbERUC_W 8-69, 12-6, E-17, F-3
fbbELD2_L 8-30, E-9, F-1 fbbESBRnR 8-67, E-18, F-2
fbbELDF_H 8-30, F-1 fbbESBRpR 8-67, E-18, F-2
fbbELDF_L 8-30, F-1 fbbESEK_D 8-65, E-17, F-2
fbbELDF_P 8-31, E-9, F-1 fbbESEK_S 8-65, E-17, F-2
fbbELDK_D E-9, F-1 fbbESEK_U 8-66, E-17, F-2
fbbELDK_S E-9, F-1 fbbESTB_O 8-69, E-17, F-3
fbbELDS_K 8-38, E-9, F-2 fbbESTB_U 8-69, E-17, F-3
fbbELDS_O 8-38, E-9, F-2 fbbESTF_H F-2
fbbELDSnR 8-32, 13-4, E-9, F-2 fbbESTF_L F-2
fbbELDSpR 8-32, 13-4, E-9, F-2 fbbETAD_D 8-43, 8-47, 8-52, E-12, F-2
fbbELM2_H 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbETAD_H 8-43, 8-47, 8-52, 9-9, E-12, F-2
fbbELM2_L 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbETAD_L 8-43, 8-47, 8-52, 9-9, E-12, F-2
fbbELM5_H 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbETAD_T 8-43, 8-47, 8-52, 9-9, E-12, F-2
fbbELM5_L 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbETAV_K 8-73, E-18, F-3
fbbELM5_P 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbETAV_O 8-73, E-18, F-3
fbbELMM_H 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbETHS_L 5-60, E-12, F-2
fbbELMM_L 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbETST_K 8-28, E-18, F-2
fbbELTF_H 8-40, E-10, F-2 fbbETST_O 8-28, E-18, F-2
fbbELTF_L 8-40, E-10, F-2 fbbEUBT_H 8-4, E-18, F-2
fbbEMEN_K 8-64, 8-69, 12-6, E-16, F-3 fbbEUBT_L 8-4, E-18, F-2
fbbEMEN_W 8-64, 8-69, 12-6, E-16, F-3 fbbEURF_H 8-48, E-18, F-2
fbbEMEP_K 8-64, E-16, F-3 fbbEURF_L 8-48, E-18, F-2
fbbEMEP_W 8-64, E-16, F-3 fbbEUTF_H 8-49, 14-6, E-18, F-2
fbbEMIL_K 8-40, E-16, F-2 fbbEUTF_L 8-49, 14-6, E-18, F-2

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fbbEUTF_N 8-49, 9-5, 14-6, F-2 fboSHYL 5-43, 5-52, 10-23, E-15, F-1, G-13
fbbEUTF_P 8-49, E-18, F-2 fboSHZA 5-43, E-7, F-2, G-13
fbbEUTF_S 8-49, 9-5, 14-6, F-2 fboSIMM E-8, F-1, G-13
fbbEUTF_U 8-49, 9-5, 14-6, F-2 fboSIWZ F-2, G-13
fbbEWTF_B 8-51, F-2 fboSK15 E-15, F-1, G-13
fbbEWTF_D 8-50, E-12, F-2 fboSKBI E-8, F-1, G-13
fbbEWTF_H 8-50, E-12, F-2 fboSKIK 10-13, E-8, F-2, G-13
fbbEWTF_L 8-50, E-12, F-2 fboSKLI E-15, F-1, G-13
fbbEWTF_N 8-51, F-2 fboSKMD 5-29, 10-24, E-15, F-2, G-13
fbbEWTF_S 8-51, E-12, F-2 fboSKNT E-15, F-3, G-13
fbbEWTF_U 8-51, F-2 fboSKTF 10-17, 10-68, 11-3, E-16, F-1, G-13
fbbEWTK_H 8-50, E-12, F-2 fboSKW1 E-16, F-3, G-13
fbbEWTK_L 8-50, E-12, F-2 fboSKW2 10-16, 10-26, 10-68, E-8, F-1, G-13
fbbEZWP_K 8-40, E-18, F-3 fboSKWH E-16, F-1, G-13
fbbEZWP_O 8-40, E-18, F-3 fboSLD1 E-9, F-2, G-13
fboSLDF 3-5, 3-7, 8-33, 8-36, 8-58, E-9, F-1, G-13
fboSLDK E-9, F-1, G-13
fboSLDP 2-9, 3-7, 8-58, F-1, G-13
fboSLDS 3-5, E-9, F-2, G-13
fboSLMM 3-5, 3-7, E-10, F-2, G-13
fboSLTF 3-5, 3-7, 5-34, 5-42, 5-43, 8-33, 10-16, 10-19,
E-10, F-2, G-13
fboSMES 11-3, E-16, F-3, G-13
Error path fboSMIL E-16, F-2, G-13
fboSML1 F-3, G-13
fboS_00 6-13, F-1, G-13
fboSML2 F-3, G-13
fboS_02 F-1, G-13
fboSMVS E-16, F-2, G-13
fboS_04 F-2, G-13
fboSNBF 8-58, 13-9, E-17, F-2, G-13
fboS_06 F-2, G-13
fboSNLF E-17, F-3, G-13
fboS_08 F-3, G-13
fboSOTF 5-43, E-17, F-2, G-13
fboS_10 G-13
fboSPGS 2-45, 2-46, 2-119, 5-19, 5-25, 9-3, 10-13, 10 -
fboS_ND G-13
16, 10-19, 10-68, E-11, F-2, G-13
fboS_NP G-13
fboSPWG 2-45, 2-46, 2-88, 2-108, 2-119, 5-19, 5-25, 9-3,
fboSABS E-1, F-1, G-12
10-13, 10-16, 10-19, 10-68, E-11, F-2, G-13
fboSACC E-1, F-2, G-12
fboSRME E-19, F-3, G-13
fboSADF 3-5, 8-33, 8-36, 10-25, 10-27, 10-68, E-1, F-1,
fboSRUC E-17, F-1, G-13
G-12
fboSSBR E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSAR1 3-5, E-2, F-1, G-12
fboSSEK 8-62, 8-63, 8-65, E-17, F-2, G-13
fboSAR2 3-5, E-2, E-9, F-1, G-12
fboSSTF 3-5, F-2, G-13
fboSAR3 E-12, F-3, G-12
fboSTAD E-12, F-2, G-13
fboSARF E-2, F-1, G-12
fboSTAV E-18, F-3, G-13
fboSASG 2-54, 2-55, 2-57, 2-59, E-3, F-1, G-12
fboSTHS 5-60, E-12, F-2, G-13
fboSAUZ E-13, F-3, G-12
fboSTST 5-43, E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSBRE 2-28, 2-32, 2-68, 2-88, E-13, F-1, G-12
fboSUBT 11-3, E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSBSG E-3, F-2, G-12
fboSURF E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSCAN 2-88, 5-38, 10-6, E-13, F-1, G-12
fboSUTF 5-29, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSCRA E-3, F-2, G-12
fboSWTF 5-34, 5-43, 5-45, 8-60, 10-16, 10-17, 10-68,
fboSCVT E-4, F-2, G-12
13-5, E-12, F-2, G-13
fboSDIA E-13, F-2, G-12
fboSWTK 5-45, 5-47, E-12, F-2, G-13
fboSDZG 1-2, 2-22, 2-88, 2-102, 2-147, 2-155, 3-5, 3-7,
fboSZWP E-18, F-3, G-13
5-19, 5-25, 6-13, 8-58, 8-60, 8-62, 8-63, 8-65, 9-20,
10-68, 11-3, 13-9, E-4, F-1, G-12
fboSEAB 8-60, E-14, F-2, G-12
fboSEEP E-14, F-1, G-12
fboSEKP E-14, F-3, G-12
fboSEP1 E-4, F-1, G-12
fboSEXM 2-54, 2-55, E-5, F-1, G-12
fboSFGA 2-88, 2-90, 10-18, 10-68, E-5, F-1, G-12
fboSFGC 2-68, 10-25, E-6, F-1, G-12
fboSFGG 2-28, 2-54, 2-55, 2-69, 2-88, 2-108, 2-109, 5 -
19, 5-25, 5-43, 5-47, 5-51, 8-33, 10-18, 10-68, 11-3, E-
6, F-1, G-12
fboSGAZ F-3, G-12 Measuring channel
fboSGER 5-43, 5-52, 10-23, E-14, F-1, G-12
fboSGK3 F-3, G-13
fboSGRS 5-16, E-7, F-1, G-13 anmADF 4-6, 5-8, 5-23, 8-31, 8-33, 8-36, 9-7, 10-25, 10 -
fboSGZS 5-16, E-7, F-1, G-13 27, 10-68, G-1
fboSHD1 11-3, E-14, F-3, G-13 anmBRE 9-7, G-1
fboSHDK 11-3, E-14, F-3, G-13 anmBSTZiO 8-27, 8-28, G-1
fboSHFM 3-4, 3-8, E-10, F-2, G-13 anmFPM_EPA 8-43, 8-46, 9-8, G-1
fboSHRL F-1, G-13 anmFPM_LTI 8-52, G-1
fboSHUN F-1, G-13 anmHZA 5-41, 9-7, G-1
anmK15 6-3, 6-9, 6-10, 8-7, 9-7, 9-21, 10-5, G-1
anmK15_ON 6-3, 9-21, G-1
anmKMD 5-50, 9-7, 9-24, 10-24, 10-70, G-1
anmKTF 2-20, 5-18, 8-27, 8-28, 8-32, 8-63, 9-7, 9-13,
12-2, G-1, G-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
anmKTF_Int 8-27, 8-28, G-1 anoU_LMM2 8-38, 9-7, G-2

anmKTF_PT 8-28, G-1 anoU_LMM2S 8-38
anmKTF_Td 8-27, G-1 anoU_NBF 9-7, G-2
anmLDF 2-9, 4-5, 8-31, 8-33, 8-36, 9-7, 9-10, G-1 anoU_PGS 8-52, 8-67, 9-7, G-2
anmLMM 9-7, G-1 anoU_PGS2 8-67, 9-7, G-2
anmLMM_1 G-1 anoU_PGSLT 8-52, G-2
anmLTF 3-4 anoU_PWG 8-42, 9-7, G-2
anmLTF 3-4 anoU_PWG2 8-42, 9-7, G-2
anmLTF 2-13, 2-19, 3-4, 3-7, 3-14, 4-2, 4-3, 5-33, 5-34, anoU_RME 8-51, 9-7, G-2
5-41, 5-49, 8-26, 8-33, 8-38, 9-5, 9-7, 10-19, 10-70, G- anoU_TAD 8-52, 9-7, G-2
1 anoU_TK 8-27, 9-7, G-2
anmOTF 2-19, 5-41, 5-63, 8-26, 8-32, 8-41, 9-7, 9-11, 9 - anoU_TL 8-40, 9-7, G-2
12, G-1, G-2 anoU_TO 8-41, 9-7, G-2
anmOTF_VOR 8-26, 8-41, 9-12, G-1 anoU_TS 9-7, G-2
anmPG2 9-7, G-1 anoU_TW 8-50, 9-7, G-2
anmPGS 8-43, 9-3, 9-7, 9-8, 9-9, G-1 anoU_TWK 8-50, 9-7, G-2
anmPW2 9-7, G-1 anoU_UBAT 8-4, 9-7, G-2
anmPWG 2-42, 2-51, 2-52, 2-94, 5-20, 5-22, 8-25, 8-43, anoU_UREF 8-48, 9-7, G-2
8-45, 8-46, 9-7, 9-9, 10-13, G-1 anoU_UTF 8-49, 9-7, G-2
anmRME 3-2, 3-21, 9-7, G-1 anoUTF_DIG G-1
anmRME_ON 3-2, 3-21, G-1 anoVORHEIZ G-2
anmST_NBF 8-65, 8-66, 9-7, 13-9, G-1 anoWTFkomp G-2
anmSTF 3-4 armAGRstat G-2
anmSTF 2-13, 3-4, 9-7, G-1 armARF_AGL 3-10, 3-16, 7-8, G-2
anmT_MOT 2-6, 2-7, 2-9, 2-19, 2-31, 2-32, 3-10, 3-16, 5 - armIST_4 3-4
7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-64, 9-11, G-1 armIST_4 3-4, 8-39, G-2
anmTTF 2-20, G-1 armM_E 3-2, 3-10, 3-13, 3-14, 3-16, 3-21, G-2
anmU_PGS 2-44, 8-43, G-1 armM_ERME G-2
anmU_PWG 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, 2-51, 8 - armM_Lber 8-39, G-2
43, 9-3, G-1 armM_LBiT 3-7, G-2
anmU_REF 9-7, G-1 armM_List 2-13, 3-7, 3-14, 3-22, 8-38, 8-39, 9-14, G-2
anmUBATT 2-34, 2-68, 3-19, 5-8, 8-49, 8-63, 9-5, 9-7, 9 - armM_Lsoll 3-11, 3-14, 3-17, G-2
26, G-1 armRatio 3-4, 3-6, 3-7
anmUTF 2-36, 2-37, 5-23, 5-29, 5-31, 5-32, 5-33, 5-34, armRatio 3-4, 3-6, 3-7, 8-39, G-2
5-41, 5-45, 5-46, 5-51, 5-55, 5-61, 8-26, 8-49, 9-5, 9-7, aro2ST1 G-2
10-68, G-1 aro2ST2 G-2
anmUTF_ANA 8-49, 9-5, 9-7, G-1 aro2STEU_B G-2
anmUTF_CAN 9-5, G-1 aroAB_VGW1 3-19, G-2
anmUTF_DIG 9-5, G-1 aroARFAGL G-2
anmUTF_STA 2-36, G-1 aroAUS_B 6-17, G-2
anmWTF 3-5 aroE 3-18, G-2
anmWTF 1-2, 2-19, 2-28, 2-29, 2-31, 2-55, 3-5, 3-17, 4 - aroEmax 3-18, 8-2, G-2
2, 4-13, 5-19, 5-20, 5-27, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, 5-46, 5-51, aroEmaxF G-2
5-55, 5-58, 5-60, 5-61, 5-62, 5-68, 8-26, 8-41, 8-51, 8 - aroEmaxG G-2
60, 9-7, 9-11, 9-13, 10-17, 10-21, 10-68, 10-71, 12-4, aroEueb 6-17, G-2
G-1, G-2, G-15 aroFakKorr G-2
anmWTF_CAN 2-19, 5-19, 5-20, 5-27, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, aroFARFAB1 G-2
5-46, 8-26, 8-51, G-1 aroFARFAB3 G-2
anmWTK 5-51, 9-7, G-1 aroIST_1 G-2
anmZHB_CNT 9-6, G-1 aroIST_5 3-4, G-2
anoBST_ZSH 8-28, G-1 aroKorrmp G-2
anoBST_ZSL 8-28, G-1 aroLTF_aus G-2
anoBSTZiOH G-1 aroM_Eroh 3-1, G-2
anoBSTZiOL G-1 aroML_aus G-2
anoKMD_roh 8-61, 9-7, 9-24, G-1 aroPB_ena 3-6
anoKTF_akt 8-27, G-1 aroPB_ena 3-6, G-2
anoKTF_Ini 8-27, G-1 aroPkorr 3-16, G-2
anoKTF_Int 8-27, 8-28, G-1 aroPSKW G-2
anoKTF_PT 8-27, 8-28, G-1 aroREG_1 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, G-3
anoPBM_T5H 9-24, G-1 aroREG_2 3-13, 3-14, 3-19, 3-20, G-3
anoPBM_T5P G-1 aroREG_3 G-3
anoU_ATM 8-4, 9-7, G-1 aroREG_4 G-3
anoU_BRE 9-7, G-1 aroREG_B G-3
anoU_HZA 8-24, 9-7, G-1 aroREG3pt1 G-3
anoU_K15 9-7, 9-21, G-2 aroRGIAnt G-3
anoU_LDF 8-30, 9-7, G-2 aroRGPAnt G-3
anoU_LDF2 8-30, 9-7, G-2 aroRGpi 3-14, G-3
anoU_LMM 9-7, G-2 aroRGst 3-13, 3-14, G-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
aroRGsteu 3-13, 3-16, G-3 caoM06_B0 10-3, G-4

aroRKSTAT 3-26, G-3 caoM06_B1 G-4
aroSOLL_0 3-10, G-3 caoM06_B2 G-4
aroSOLL_11 G-3 caoM06_B5 G-4
aroSOLL_2 3-10, G-3 caoM07_B0 10-3, G-4
aroST1 G-3 caoM07_B7 G-4
aroST2 G-3 caoM08_B0 10-3, G-4
aroT_Korr G-3 caoM08_B1 G-4
aroTi_Ab G-3 caoM08_B2 G-4
aroTi_Ein 3-21, G-3 caoM08_B3 G-4
aroTVunbeg G-3 caoM08_B4 G-4
aroUMDRp 3-10, G-3 caoM08_B5 G-4
aroWTF_aus G-3 caoM08_B6 G-4
camRCSTAT0 7-23, 10-8, G-3 caoM08_B7 G-4
camSTATUS0 8-7, 8-12, 8-13, 8-71, 9-21, 10-5, 10-6, G- caoM09_B0 10-3, G-4
3 caoM09_B1 G-4
caoIMM2XCH 10-75, G-3 caoM09_B2 G-4
caoIMM2XCL 10-75, G-3 caoM09_B3 G-4
caoM01_B0 10-3, G-3 caoM09_B4 G-4
caoM01_B1 G-3 caoM09_B5 G-4
caoM01_B4 G-3 caoM10_B0 10-3, G-4
caoM02_B0 10-3, G-3 caoM10_B4 G-4
caoM02_B4 G-3 caoM11_B0 10-3, G-4
caoM03_B0 10-3, G-3 caoM11_B4 G-5
caoM03_B4 G-3 caoM12_B0 10-3, G-5
caoM04_B0 10-3, G-4 caoM12_B4 G-5
caoM04_B4 G-4 caoM13_B0 10-3, G-5
caoM05_B0 10-3, G-4 caoM13_B4 G-5
caoM05_B4 G-4 caoM14_B0 10-3, G-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
caoM14_B4 G-5 dimHAN 2-94, 2-95, 2-96, 2-102, 2-104, 8-18, 8-70, 9-2,
caoM14_B5 G-5 B-6, G-6, G-26
caoM14_B6 G-5 dimK15 2-9, 2-46, 2-47, 5-73, 6-3, 6-10, 7-54, 9-2, 11-3,
caoM14_B7 G-5 G-6
caoM15_B0 10-3, G-5 dimK15roh G-6
caoM15_B1 G-5 dimK50 2-6, 2-8, 5-7, 5-8, 9-2, G-6
caoM15_B2 G-5 dimKIK 2-17, 2-113, 8-25, 9-2, 9-3, 10-13, B-6, G-6
caoM15_B3 G-5 dimKLB 5-19, 5-49, 9-2, 10-18, 10-70, G-6
caoM15_B4 G-5 dimKLI 2-36, 5-29, 5-32, 5-33, 5-39, 5-49, 9-2, B-6, G-5,
caoM15_B5 G-5 G-6
caoM15_B6 G-5 dimKUP 2-28, 2-54, 2-55, 2-135, 2-139, 2-144, 5-36, 5 -
caoM15_B7 G-5 68, 8-15, 8-16, 8-70, 9-2, 9-3, 10-13, 10-41, B-6, G-6,
caoOSK1Sta G-5 G-18
caoXCO2IMH 10-75, G-5 dimKWH 5-32, 5-33, 5-39, 9-2, G-5, G-6
caoXCO2IML 10-75, G-5 dimLGF 8-70, 8-71, 9-2, 9-3, G-6
comADF_fun G-5 dimLGS 2-52, 8-43, 8-71, 9-2, 9-3, 10-13, B-6, G-6
comARF_fun G-5 dimRKSTAT 3-25, 9-2, G-6
comBYP_fun G-5 dioBREPLAU 8-5, G-6
comCLG_FUN 8-72 dioROH1 9-2, G-6
comCLG_SIG 2-117, 2-126, 2-128, 5-28, 7-18, 7-24, 7 - dioROH2 9-2, G-6
26, 8-8, 8-72, 10-1, 10-5, 14-1, 14-2, 14-3, 14-4, 14-5, dsoUist_Ag 8-62, 8-63, 8-64, 9-26, G-6
14-6, G-5 dsoUist_Fk G-6
comDSV G-5 dsoUist_Of G-6
comEFUN G-5 duoLFZ G-6
comFGR_opt 2-62, 2-63, B-6, G-5 duoLFZMAX G-6
comFUN_CRA 8-8, 8-9, 10-50, 14-3, 14-4, 14-6, G-5 dzmABTAS G-6
comFUN_KLI 5-29, 5-33, 10-54, 14-3, 14-5, 14-6, G-5 dzmDNDT G-6
comKWH_ABS G-5 dzmDNDT2u 2-22, G-6
comLDR_fun G-5 dzmDZGANZ G-6
comM_E_ASG G-5 dzmDZGBLE G-6
comM_E_ASR 2-117, 10-37, 10-38, 10-39, 14-3, 14-5, dzmDZGerr 8-58, G-6
14-6, G-5 dzmN_SB 8-58, G-7
comM_E_EGS 2-117, G-5 dzmN_SEK 8-58, 9-16, G-7
comM_E_MSR 2-117, 10-37, 10-38, 10-39, 14-3, 14-5, dzmNakt 2-45, 2-48, 2-155, 8-60, 9-15, 12-7, G-7
14-6, G-5 dzmNmit 3-4, 3-6
comVAR_FGG 10-37, 10-38, 10-40, 10-46, 10-47, 14-3, dzmNmit 1-2, 2-6, 2-7, 2-8, 2-9, 2-13, 2-14, 2-16, 2-19,
14-6, G-5 2-20, 2-22, 2-25, 2-28, 2-29, 2-34, 2-35, 2-71, 2-94, 2 -
comVAR_FZG 7-18, 8-49, 9-4, 10-48, 14-3, 14-4, 14-6, 95, 2-97, 2-98, 2-100, 2-102, 2-108, 2-109, 2-120, 2 -
G-5 123, 2-134, 2-143, 2-155, 2-156, 3-4, 3-6, 3-7, 3-8, 3 -
comVAR_OTF 8-41, 10-48, 14-3, 14-4, 14-6, G-5 10, 3-13, 3-14, 3-16, 3-19, 4-2, 4-3, 4-5, 4-10, 4-12, 5 -
crmCRSTpwm 8-8, 8-10, 9-22, G-5 3, 5-6, 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-32, 5-37, 5-41, 5-45, 5-50, 5-51,
croCR_STAT 2-68, 8-8, 10-50, G-5 5-63, 5-68, 5-69, 5-72, 5-73, 7-54, 8-7, 8-15, 8-33, 8 -
croCRzaehl 9-22, G-5 35, 8-36, 8-38, 8-58, 8-59, 8-62, 9-10, 9-15, 9-31, 10 -
dimADM 2-94, 2-96, 2-97, 2-100, 9-2, B-6, G-6, G-26 5, 10-71, 10-73, 12-2, 12-4, 12-6, 13-3, G-7, G-23
dimADP 2-94, 2-96, 2-97, 2-100, 9-2, B-6, G-6, G-26 dzmSCHEDUL G-7
dimADR 2-94, 2-95, 2-96, 2-102, 2-104, 8-70, 9-2, B-6, dzmSCHUB 13-7, 13-9, G-7
G-6, G-26 dzmSEGM 2-155, 9-16, G-7
dimADW 2-94, 2-100, B-6, G-6, G-26 dzmUEBER 8-59, 8-66, G-7
dimAG4 2-119, 2-120, 2-121, 2-122, 9-2, 12-4, G-6 dzmUMDRK15 2-9, G-7
dimBRE 2-28, 2-32, 2-88, 3-10, 8-3, 8-70, 9-2, 10-17, B- dzmUMDRsta 2-31, 3-10, 9-11, 13-6, G-7
6, G-6, G-18 dzmWACH G-7
dimBREPLAU 8-5, G-6 dzoABTAS 8-58, G-7
dimBRK 2-88, 3-10, 8-3, 8-70, 9-2, 10-17, B-6, G-6 dzoDZGPERH 9-16, G-7
dimDIGpre1 9-2, 10-13, 10-17, G-6 dzoDZGPERL 9-16, G-7
dimDIGpre2 9-2, G-6 dzoNakt 9-15, 12-7, G-7
dimeco 5-6, 5-36, 5-37, 5-38, 5-73, 8-12, 9-2, 9-3, G-6 dzoNBFdreh 8-65, G-7
dimFGA 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-88, 2-90, 2-93, 8-3, 8-19, 8 - dzoNBFperH G-7
20, 8-70, 9-2, 10-34, 10-35, G-6, G-18 dzoNBFperL G-7
dimFGL 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-86, 2-88, 2-90, 2-93, 8-3, 8 - dzoNBFramp G-7
19, 8-20, 8-70, 9-2, 10-24, 10-34, 10-35, G-6, G-18 dzoNmit 2-9, 2-34, 2-37, 2-119, 2-124, 5-20, 5-22, 5-23,
dimFGM 2-63, 9-2, G-6, G-18 5-25, 5-26, 5-32, 7-57, 8-18, 9-8, 9-10, 9-15, 9-26, 10 -
dimFGP 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-66, 2-89, 2-90, 2-93, 8-19, 8 - 15, 10-68, G-7
20, 9-2, 10-34, 10-35, 10-36, G-6, G-18 dzoNmitalt G-7
dimFGV 2-63, 9-2, G-6, G-18 dzoSEGM 8-58, 9-16, G-7
dimFGW 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-66, 2-89, 2-90, 2-93, 8-19, dzoVorRAMP G-7
8-20, 9-2, 10-34, 10-35, 10-36, G-6, G-18 ecmDK_zu 3-15, G-7
dimGZR 5-13, 8-21, 9-2, G-6 ecmUso_ECO 5-36, 5-37, 5-73, G-7
ecoECO_STA 5-36, G-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
edmCHKOBDH 7-54, 7-55, G-7 ehmDZWP G-8

edmCHKOBDL 7-54, 7-55, G-7 ehmFAR1 3-4
edmCHKstat 7-54, G-7 ehmFAR1 3-4, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-19, 3-23, 3-24, 7-31,
edmDIA_P G-7 8-36, G-8
edmEEinit G-7 ehmFAR2 3-4
edmIMM_W G-7 ehmFAR2 3-4, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-24, 7-31, 8-36, G-8
edmM_E_AUS G-7 ehmFAR3 3-14, 3-24, 7-31, 8-36, G-8
edmMACHSUH G-7 ehmFARS G-8, I-2
edmMACHSUL G-7 ehmFDIA 6-23, 10-22, G-8
edmMSG_gsp G-7 ehmFEAB 11-3, 13-9, G-8
edmPsh_erl 5-12, G-7 ehmFEKP 5-73, 7-31, G-8
edmPW_cmax 2-44, G-7 ehmFGAZ G-8
edmPW_dp 2-44, G-7 ehmFGEA 5-64, G-8
edmSperre G-7 ehmFGER 5-51, 5-52, 11-4, G-8
edmSTAUSNL 3-26, 8-2 ehmFGRS 5-13, 5-14, 5-15, 5-16, 8-21, 8-22, 9-27, G-8
edmTIM_100 G-7 ehmFGRS_K 5-14, 5-15, 5-16, 8-21, 8-22, 9-27, G-8
edmVB_FIL G-7 ehmFGSK1 5-31, 5-34, 5-61, 10-26, G-8
edmWFS_MRN G-7 ehmFGSK2 5-31, 5-34, 5-61, 10-26, G-8
edoAGL_CS G-7 ehmFGSK3 5-31, 5-32, 5-34, 5-61, G-9
edoCLGV G-7 ehmFHYL 5-51, 5-52, 11-4, G-9
edoCRED_WS G-7 ehmFKLI0 5-19, 5-20, 5-21, 10-23, 10-70, G-9
edoCRED_ZS G-7 ehmFKSK 5-18, G-9
edoDSVCHK G-7 ehmFLD_DK 7-31, G-9, I-2
edoEEDSV G-7 ehmFLD_DKk G-9
edoEEFUN 9-17, G-7 ehmFLDK G-9, I-2
edoGADID G-7 ehmFLS2 G-9
edoGAFRG G-7 ehmFMIL 6-22, 10-23, G-9
edoKMZ_H 5-65, G-8 ehmFML1 5-35, G-9
edoKMZ_L 5-65, G-8 ehmFML2 2-94, 5-35, G-9
edoKMZ_STA 5-65, G-8 ehmFMVS 13-8, G-9
edoLFZ G-8 ehmFMVSk G-9
edoLFZMIN G-8 ehmFTAV 5-73, G-9
edoRSTCD G-8 ehmFTST 5-45, 11-4, G-9
edoRSTDZ G-8 ehmFZWP 11-4, G-9
edoRSTSH G-8 ehmGER_O G-9
edoRSTSL G-8 ehmMST_EAB G-9
ehmBW1 G-8 ehmMST_LMP G-9
ehmBW2 G-8 ehmSAR1 G-9
ehmBW3 G-8 ehmSAR3 G-9
ehmBW4 G-8 ehmSARS G-9
ehmBW5 G-8 ehmSDIA G-9
ehmD_FARS G-8 ehmSEAB 9-25, G-9
ehmD_FMVS G-8 ehmSEKP G-9
ehmDAR1 G-8 ehmSGAZ G-9
ehmDAR2 G-8 ehmSGER G-9
ehmDAR3 G-8 ehmSGRS G-9
ehmDARS G-8 ehmSGSK1 5-34, G-9
ehmDDIA 10-22, G-8 ehmSGSK2 5-34, G-9
ehmDEAB G-8 ehmSGSK3 G-9
ehmDEKP G-8 ehmSHYL G-9
ehmDGAZ G-8 ehmSKLI0 G-9
ehmDGER G-8 ehmSLD_DK G-9
ehmDGRS 5-13, G-8 ehmSLDK G-9
ehmDGSK1 10-26, G-8 ehmSMIL G-9
ehmDGSK2 10-26, G-8 ehmSML1 G-9
ehmDGSK3 G-8 ehmSML2 G-9
ehmDHYL G-8 ehmSMVS G-9
ehmDKLI0 10-23, 10-70, G-8 ehmSTAV G-9
ehmDLD_DK G-8 ehmSTST G-9
ehmDLD_DKk G-8 ehmSZWP G-9
ehmDLDK G-8 ehmUKORR G-9
ehmDMIL 10-23, G-8 ehoTVAR1 G-9
ehmDML1 G-8 ehoTVAR2 G-9
ehmDML2 G-8 ehoTVHYL G-9
ehmDMVS 7-30, G-8 ehoTVZWP G-9
ehmDMVSk G-8 fbmCPID1AB 6-16, G-9
ehmDTAV G-8 fbmCPID1CD 6-16, G-9
ehmDTST G-8 fbmDIAL 6-23, 10-24, G-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fbmMIL 6-22, 10-24, G-9 fboFS4UB2 G-10

fbmRDYNES 6-17, 6-25, 7-17, G-9 fboFS4UB3 G-11
fbmRyBits 6-17, G-9 fboFS4UB4 G-11
fbmSDIAL G-9 fboFS4UB5 G-11
fbmSMIL G-9 fboO_00 6-13, G-12
fbmWUC 6-15, G-9 fboO_02 G-12
fbmZYKAKT G-9 fboO_04 G-12
fboFS0FAA G-10 fboO_06 G-12
fboFS0FAE G-10 fboO_08 G-12
fboFS0FLZ G-10 fboO_10 G-12
fboFS0HFZ G-10 fboO_CAT_P 6-16, G-12
fboFS0HLZ G-10 fboO_CAT_T 6-16, G-12
fboFS0PFD G-10 fboO_COM_P 6-16, G-12
fboFS0SLZ G-10 fboO_COM_T 6-16, G-12
fboFS0STA G-10 fboO_EGR_P 6-16, G-12
fboFS0UB1 G-10 fboO_EGR_T 6-16, G-12
fboFS0UB2 G-10 fboO_FUE_P 6-16, G-12
fboFS0UB3 G-10 fboO_FUE_T 6-16, G-12
fboFS0UB4 G-10 fboO_MIS_P 6-16, G-12
fboFS0UB5 G-10 fboO_MIS_T 6-16, G-12
fboFS1FAA G-10 fboOABS G-11
fboFS1FAE G-10 fboOACC G-11
fboFS1FLZ G-10 fboOADF G-11
fboFS1HFZ G-10 fboOAR1 G-11
fboFS1HLZ G-10 fboOAR2 G-11
fboFS1PFD G-10 fboOAR3 G-11
fboFS1SLZ G-10 fboOARF G-11
fboFS1STA G-10 fboOASG G-11
fboFS1UB1 G-10 fboOAUZ G-11
fboFS1UB2 G-10 fboOBRE G-11
fboFS1UB3 G-10 fboOBSG G-11
fboFS1UB4 G-10 fboOCAN G-11
fboFS1UB5 G-10 fboOCRA G-11
fboFS2FAA G-10 fboOCVT G-11
fboFS2FAE G-10 fboODIA G-11
fboFS2FLZ G-10 fboODZG G-11
fboFS2HFZ G-10 fboOEAB G-11
fboFS2HLZ G-10 fboOEEP G-11
fboFS2PFD G-10 fboOEKP G-11
fboFS2SLZ G-10 fboOEP1 G-11
fboFS2STA G-10 fboOEXM G-11
fboFS2UB1 G-10 fboOFGA G-11
fboFS2UB2 G-10 fboOFGC G-11
fboFS2UB3 G-10 fboOFGG G-11
fboFS2UB4 G-10 fboOGAZ G-11
fboFS2UB5 G-10 fboOGER G-11
fboFS3FAA G-10 fboOGK3 G-11
fboFS3FAE G-10 fboOGRS G-11
fboFS3FLZ G-10 fboOGZS G-11
fboFS3HFZ G-10 fboOHD1 G-11
fboFS3HLZ G-10 fboOHDK G-11
fboFS3PFD G-10 fboOHFM G-11
fboFS3SLZ G-10 fboOHRL G-11
fboFS3STA G-10 fboOHUN G-11
fboFS3UB1 G-10 fboOHYL G-11
fboFS3UB2 G-10 fboOHZA G-11
fboFS3UB3 G-10 fboOIMM G-11
fboFS3UB4 G-10 fboOIWZ G-11
fboFS3UB5 G-10 fboOK15 G-11
fboFS4FAA G-10 fboOKBI G-11
fboFS4FAE G-10 fboOKIK G-11
fboFS4FLZ G-10 fboOKLI G-11
fboFS4HFZ G-10 fboOKMD G-11
fboFS4HLZ G-10 fboOKNT G-11
fboFS4PFD G-10 fboOKTF G-11
fboFS4SLZ G-10 fboOKW2 G-11
fboFS4STA G-10 fboOKWH G-11
fboFS4UB1 G-10 fboOLD1 G-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
fboOLDF G-11 fboSGAZ F-3, G-12

fboOLDK G-11 fboSGER 5-43, 5-52, 10-23, E-14, F-1, G-12
fboOLDP G-11 fboSGK3 F-3, G-13
fboOLDS G-11 fboSGRS 5-16, E-7, F-1, G-13
fboOLMM G-11 fboSGZS 5-16, E-7, F-1, G-13
fboOLTF G-11 fboSHD1 11-3, E-14, F-3, G-13
fboOMES G-11 fboSHDK 11-3, E-14, F-3, G-13
fboOMIL G-11 fboSHFM 3-4, 3-8, E-10, F-2, G-13
fboOML1 G-11 fboSHRL F-1, G-13
fboOML2 G-11 fboSHUN F-1, G-13
fboOMVS G-11 fboSHYL 5-43, 5-52, 10-23, E-15, F-1, G-13
fboONBF G-12 fboSHZA 5-43, E-7, F-2, G-13
fboONLF G-12 fboSIMM E-8, F-1, G-13
fboOOTF G-12 fboSIWZ F-2, G-13
fboOPGS G-12 fboSK15 E-15, F-1, G-13
fboOPWG G-12 fboSKBI E-8, F-1, G-13
fboORME G-12 fboSKIK 10-13, E-8, F-2, G-13
fboORUC G-12 fboSKLI E-15, F-1, G-13
fboOSBR G-12 fboSKMD 5-29, 10-24, E-15, F-2, G-13
fboOSEK G-12 fboSKNT E-15, F-3, G-13
fboOSTF G-12 fboSKTF 10-17, 10-68, 11-3, E-16, F-1, G-13
fboOTAD G-12 fboSKW1 E-16, F-3, G-13
fboOTAV G-12 fboSKW2 10-16, 10-26, 10-68, E-8, F-1, G-13
fboOTHS G-12 fboSKWH E-16, F-1, G-13
fboOTST G-12 fboSLD1 E-9, F-2, G-13
fboOUBT G-12 fboSLDF 3-5, 3-7, 8-33, 8-36, 8-58, E-9, F-1, G-13
fboOURF G-12 fboSLDK E-9, F-1, G-13
fboOUTF G-12 fboSLDP 2-9, 3-7, 8-58, F-1, G-13
fboOWTF G-12 fboSLDS 3-5, E-9, F-2, G-13
fboOWTK G-12 fboSLMM 3-5, 3-7, E-10, F-2, G-13
fboOZWP G-12 fboSLTF 3-5, 3-7, 5-34, 5-42, 5-43, 8-33, 10-16, 10-19,
fboS_00 6-13, F-1, G-13 E-10, F-2, G-13
fboS_02 F-1, G-13 fboSMES 11-3, E-16, F-3, G-13
fboS_04 F-2, G-13 fboSMIL E-16, F-2, G-13
fboS_06 F-2, G-13 fboSML1 F-3, G-13
fboS_08 F-3, G-13 fboSML2 F-3, G-13
fboS_10 G-13 fboSMVS E-16, F-2, G-13
fboS_ND G-13 fboSNBF 8-58, 13-9, E-17, F-2, G-13
fboS_NP G-13 fboSNLF E-17, F-3, G-13
fboSABS E-1, F-1, G-12 fboSOTF 5-43, E-17, F-2, G-13
fboSACC E-1, F-2, G-12 fboSPGS 2-45, 2-46, 2-119, 5-19, 5-25, 9-3, 10-13, 10 -
fboSADF 3-5, 8-33, 8-36, 10-25, 10-27, 10-68, E-1, F-1, 16, 10-19, 10-68, E-11, F-2, G-13
G-12 fboSPWG 2-45, 2-46, 2-88, 2-108, 2-119, 5-19, 5-25, 9-3,
fboSAR1 3-5, E-2, F-1, G-12 10-13, 10-16, 10-19, 10-68, E-11, F-2, G-13
fboSAR2 3-5, E-2, E-9, F-1, G-12 fboSRME E-19, F-3, G-13
fboSAR3 E-12, F-3, G-12 fboSRUC E-17, F-1, G-13
fboSARF E-2, F-1, G-12 fboSSBR E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSASG 2-54, 2-55, 2-57, 2-59, E-3, F-1, G-12 fboSSEK 8-62, 8-63, 8-65, E-17, F-2, G-13
fboSAUZ E-13, F-3, G-12 fboSSTF 3-5, F-2, G-13
fboSBRE 2-28, 2-32, 2-68, 2-88, E-13, F-1, G-12 fboSTAD E-12, F-2, G-13
fboSBSG E-3, F-2, G-12 fboSTAV E-18, F-3, G-13
fboSCAN 2-88, 5-38, 10-6, E-13, F-1, G-12 fboSTHS 5-60, E-12, F-2, G-13
fboSCRA E-3, F-2, G-12 fboSTST 5-43, E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSCVT E-4, F-2, G-12 fboSUBT 11-3, E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSDIA E-13, F-2, G-12 fboSURF E-18, F-2, G-13
fboSDZG 1-2, 2-22, 2-88, 2-102, 2-147, 2-155, 3-5, 3-7, fboSUTF 5-29, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, E-18, F-2, G-13
5-19, 5-25, 6-13, 8-58, 8-60, 8-62, 8-63, 8-65, 9-20, fboSWTF 5-34, 5-43, 5-45, 8-60, 10-16, 10-17, 10-68,
10-68, 11-3, 13-9, E-4, F-1, G-12 13-5, E-12, F-2, G-13
fboSEAB 8-60, E-14, F-2, G-12 fboSWTK 5-45, 5-47, E-12, F-2, G-13
fboSEEP E-14, F-1, G-12 fboSZWP E-18, F-3, G-13
fboSEKP E-14, F-3, G-12 fgm_VzuN 2-16, 2-54, 2-55, 2-105, 4-5, 4-10, 5-20, 5-22,
fboSEP1 E-4, F-1, G-12 9-20, G-14
fboSEXM 2-54, 2-55, E-5, F-1, G-12 fgmBESCH 2-71, 9-20, G-14
fboSFGA 2-88, 2-90, 10-18, 10-68, E-5, F-1, G-12 fgmDAT_SF 9-18, G-14
fboSFGC 2-68, 10-25, E-6, F-1, G-12 fgmEE_SF 9-18, G-14
fboSFGG 2-28, 2-54, 2-55, 2-69, 2-88, 2-108, 2-109, 5 - fgmFGAKT 2-19, 2-25, 2-28, 2-56, 2-69, 2-78, 2-80, 2 -
19, 5-25, 5-43, 5-47, 5-51, 8-33, 10-18, 10-68, 11-3, E- 87, 2-89, 2-94, 2-95, 2-102, 2-105, 2-111, 2-112, 2 -
6, F-1, G-12 124, 2-135, 2-147, 2-156, 5-20, 5-22, 5-23, 5-27, 5-41,

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
5-47, 5-49, 5-51, 5-65, 5-66, 5-68, 8-15, 8-16, 8-18, 8 - kmoF_kl G-15
33, 8-35, 8-60, 9-17, 9-19, 9-20, 10-18, 10-38, 10-40, kmoMotQab 5-58, 5-61, G-15
10-47, 10-68, 10-73, 11-3, G-14 kmoMotQzu 5-58, G-15
fgmFVN_UEB 2-54, 2-55, 8-15, 9-20, G-14 kmoPdiff 5-58, G-15
fgo_s_Roh G-14 kmoQint G-15
fgoHPDA 9-18, G-14 kmoTMotBer G-15
fgoHPDC 8-18, 9-18, G-14 kmoTSTreg 5-42, G-15
fgoHPDF 9-18, G-14 kmoTSTsteu 5-42, G-15
fgoHPDS 9-18, G-14 kmoTUmgPT1 G-15
fgoRingSp G-14 kmoUmgebQ 5-58, G-15
fgoSTAT 9-18, G-14 kmoVerbPT1 5-58, G-15
fgoTimek G-14 kmoWTF_so1 5-41, G-15
fnmAGL_FN 7-8 kmoWTF_so2 5-41, G-15
gsmAGL_VGK 5-8, 7-8, G-14 kmoWTF_so3 5-41, G-15
gsmCANGL 10-46, G-14 kmoWTF_so4 5-41, G-15
gsmDIA_GAZ G-14 kmoWTF_so5 5-41, G-15
gsmER_READ 5-15, G-14 kmoWTF_sor 5-42, G-15
gsmGLUEH 5-6, 10-19, G-14 kmoWTFist G-15
gsmGS_Pha 5-10, 5-12, G-14 kmoWTFPT1 5-58, G-15
gsmGS_t_VG 5-2, 5-6, 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, G-14 kumCAN_LUE 10-23, G-15
gsmGS_Vor1 5-12, G-14 kumKMDneu 5-29, 5-50, G-15
gsmGSK3_ST 5-15, 5-16, 5-17, 8-22, G-14 kumNL_akt 5-43, 5-51, G-15
gsmGZS_Cok 5-15, 5-16, G-14 kumState 5-55, G-15
gsmPsh_erl 5-12, G-14 kuoANFBA 5-49, G-15
gsoCO_Bit 5-13, G-14 kuoEl_KB G-15
gsoCO_CBIT G-14 kuoEl_N 5-50, G-15
gsoCO_FL G-14 kuoEl_N2 G-15
gsoCO_TO 8-22, G-14 kuoEl_N3 G-15
gsoDIA_STA 5-13, G-14 kuoEl_NAbl G-15
gsoFMerker G-14 kuoElnmin G-15
gsoGS_t_NG 5-10, G-14 kuoHy_KB G-15
gsoGS_t1 5-2, 5-7, G-14 kuoHy_N 5-50, G-15
gsoGS_tGAZ G-14 kuoHy_N2 G-15
gsoGS_TV4 5-3, 5-10, G-14 kuoHy_N3 G-15
gsoGS_TVx G-14 kuoHy_NAbl G-15
gsoGZS_BUF 5-16, 8-21, 8-22, G-14 kuoHynmin 5-51, G-15
gsoGZS_Cok 5-15, G-14 kuoKB_KVM G-15
gsoWTFAGL 5-8, G-14 kuoKB_reg 5-47, G-15
gsoZG_Erl 5-10, G-14 kuoKB_steu 5-47, G-15
khmGENLAST 10-26, 10-68, 10-72, 10-73, G-14 kuoKLIBA 5-49, G-15
khmKWH_CAN 5-39, 10-20, G-14 kuoKLLFT 5-49, G-15
khmN_LLKWH 2-32, G-14 kuoKMDgesp G-15
khmNORAB 5-31, 5-32, 5-33, 5-34, G-14 kuorel1 5-45, 5-46, G-16
khoHE_AB 5-32, G-14 kuorel2 5-47, G-16
khoHE_ZU 5-32, G-14 kuoSchalt G-16
khoRELAIS 5-31, 5-32, G-14 kuoSOdyn 5-45, G-15
khoTL G-14 kuoV_ist 5-47, 5-51, G-16
khoTMP_AN G-14 kuoV_ist2 5-51, G-16
khoTMP_TIM G-14 kuoVB_gesp 5-55, G-16
khoTWAUS_O G-14 kuoWTDIFF G-16
khoTWAUS_U G-15 kuoWTFkrit 5-51, G-16
kkoSTATE 5-18, G-15 kuoWTK_ra 5-47, G-16
klmHYS 5-20, 5-27, G-15 kuoWTK_so1 5-45, G-16
klmL_HYS G-15 kuoWTK_so2 5-45, G-16
klmL_STAT G-15 kuoWTK_so3 5-45, 5-46, G-16
klmN_LLKLM 2-37, 5-19, G-15 kuoWTK_so4 5-45, G-16
klmSTAT 5-20, 5-29, G-15 kuoWTK_so5 5-45, G-16
kloTMAX_AN 5-22, G-15 kuoWTK_so6 G-16
kloTMIN_AN 5-22, G-15 kuoWTKist 5-47, G-16
kloWTFschw 5-27, G-15 kuoWTKkorr 5-45, G-16
kmmDiaStat 5-58, 5-62, G-15 kuoWTKsoll 5-45, G-16
kmmKFK_CAN 5-43, 10-23, G-15 kuoZusKB 5-49, G-16
kmmTMotBer 5-58, 5-60, G-15 ldmADF 3-5
kmmUTF_Ber G-15 ldmADF 2-13, 2-16, 2-19, 2-31, 3-5, 3-10, 4-3, 5-49, 5 -
kmmUTFkor1 5-58, G-15 64, 9-10, 13-4, G-16
kmmWTF_ra 5-42, 5-45, G-15 ldmBereich 4-12, 4-13, 13-4, G-16
kmmWTFsoll 5-42, 5-45, G-15 LDME 4-5, 8-32, G-16
kmoF_gr G-15 ldmGLTV 4-5, G-16

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
ldmLDFP_dp 7-50, G-16 mrmASRSTAT 2-68, 2-126, 2-127, 2-128, 2-129, 2-130,
ldmLDRSTAT G-16 8-13, 10-37, G-17
ldmM_E 4-1, 4-2, 4-3, 4-12, G-16 mrmAUSBL 2-134, 8-13, 8-26, 8-41, 8-49, 8-51, 10-6, G-
ldmP_Llin 3-4, 3-6 17
ldmP_Llin 2-13, 3-4, 3-6, 3-7, 4-5, 4-6, 8-38, 9-10, G-16 mrmB_DSP 2-20, 10-19, G-17
ldmP_Lsoll 4-5, 4-6, G-16 mrmBEGaAGL 7-8, 12-3, G-17
ldmSWPLBEG G-16 mrmBEGmAGL 2-19, 7-8, 12-3, G-17
ldmVZ_akt 3-23, 4-11, G-16 mrmBI_SOLL 2-56, 2-57, 2-89, 2-116, 2-123, 2-124, 2 -
ldoFLDRAB1 G-16 126, 2-128, 2-134, 10-70, G-17
ldoFLDRAB3 G-16 mrmBM_ASG 2-17, 2-136, G-17
ldoGRmax 4-5, 4-6, G-16 mrmBM_EMOM 13-4, G-17
ldoGRmin 4-5, G-16 mrmBM_ERAU 13-4, G-17, G-21
ldoIFRZ 4-6, G-16 mrmBMEF 2-20, G-17
ldoKSTWt 4-13, G-16 mrmBSG_Anf 5-34, 10-52, G-17
ldoLA_DIF 8-31, G-16 mrmBSG_KLI 5-28, 10-53, G-17
ldoLDB_DPN G-16 mrmBTSM 5-72, 8-60, 12-7, G-17
ldoLDFP_St 8-31, G-16 mrmCAN_ECO 5-36, 10-43, G-17
ldoLGU_STA 4-7, G-16 mrmCAN_KL 5-28, 5-33, 5-50, 10-41, 10-54, 10-70, G-
ldoM_Est G-16 17
ldoN_Abs G-16 mrmCAN_KLI 5-33, 5-50, 10-54, 10-70, G-17
ldoREGMXpR 8-32, 8-37, G-16 mrmCAN_KUP 10-41, G-17
ldoRG_TV 4-7, G-16 mrmCANMIL 6-22, 10-24, 10-42, G-17
ldoRG_TV2 G-16 mrmCANSABS 10-14, G-17
ldoRG_TVUB G-16 2-143, 2-145, 2-146, 2-147, 2-148, 2-149, 2-152, 2-153,
ldoRG_TVun 4-7, G-16 10-71, G-17
ldoRGDAnt G-16 2-145, 2-146, 2-149, 2-152, G-17
ldoRGIAnt G-16 mrmCASE_L 2-28, 2-29, 2-39, 2-40, G-17
ldoRGPAnt G-16 mrmdM_EFF G-20
ldoRGPITV 4-5, G-16 mrmdMD_MGB 2-57, 2-59, 8-16, 10-45, G-20
ldoRGSunv 4-5, G-16 mrmEAB_Dz 2-8, G-17
ldoSW_TW G-17 mrmEABgsp 8-60, G-17
ldoSWDYANT G-16 mrmEGS_akt 2-26, 2-144, 5-21, 10-41, G-17
ldoSWP_L G-17 mrmEGS_CAN 2-123, 2-124, 2-125, 2-144, 10-42, G-17
ldoSWPA_K1 G-16 mrmEGS_roh 2-124, 8-12, 10-42, G-17
ldoSWPL_K0 G-17 mrmEGSSTAT 2-123, 2-124, 2-125, 2-130, 8-12, 10-42,
ldoSWPL_K1 G-17 G-17
ldoSWPL_K2 G-17 mrmEMOTKOR 2-123, 10-70, G-17
ldoSWPLGKF G-16 mrmEXM_HGB 2-106, 2-108, G-17
ldoSWPLMAX G-16 mrmF_STA1 G-18
ldoSWTL_K2 G-17 mrmF_STA2 G-18
ldoSWTW_K0 G-17 mrmF_STA3 G-18
ldoTV1 G-17 mrmFDR_CAN 2-68, 8-45, 10-37, 10-38, G-17
ldoTV2 G-17 mrmFG_ABS 2-130, 10-38, G-18
ldoTVsteu 4-5, 4-8, G-17 mrmFG_CAN 9-19, 10-38, 10-40, 10-47, G-18
mlo_MLTV 5-35, G-17 mrmFG_SOLL 2-75, 2-86, 2-87, 2-107, 10-18, 10-68, G-
mloEAKTPT1 G-17 18
mloZustand 5-35, G-17 mrmFGR_roh 2-71, 2-75, 2-78, 2-84, 2-86, 2-89, 2-116,
mrm_P_N 2-36, 2-37, 2-55, 8-15, 10-42, G-20 2-119, 3-22, G-18
mrmACC_roh 10-59, G-17 mrmFGR_SAT G-18
mrmACC_SAT 2-89, G-17 mrmFVHUEst G-18
mrmACCDDE2 2-90, G-17 mrmGANG 2-14, 2-25, 2-28, 2-55, 2-143, 2-146, 2-147,
mrmADR_Neo 2-94, 2-95, 2-97, 2-98, 2-99, 2-100, 7-19, 2-149, 8-15, G-18
G-17 mrmGRA 2-55, 2-64, 2-68, 10-56, 10-57, 10-58, G-18
mrmADR_Nfe 2-94, 2-104, 7-19, G-17 mrmGRA_UEF 2-55, 2-68, G-18
mrmADR_SAT 2-96, 2-97, 2-103, 3-24, G-17 mrmGRACoff 2-65, 2-68, 2-92, 8-21, G-18
mrmADR_SET 2-100, 2-101, G-17 mrmGRApl 2-64, G-18
mrmADR_SOL 2-96, 2-97, 2-98, 2-103, 2-104, 8-70, G- mrmGTR_UEB 2-54, 2-55, 8-15, 10-42, G-18
17 mrmGTRGANG 2-25, 2-26, 2-54, 2-55, 8-15, 10-42, G-
mrmADRPWG2 G-17 18
mrmASG_CAN 2-135, 2-139, 2-140, 10-44, G-17 mrmHGB_Anf 2-107, 2-108, 2-109, 8-24, 10-62, 10-63,
mrmASG_roh 2-134, 2-135, 2-137, 8-70, 10-45, G-17 10-65, G-18
mrmASG_tsy 2-134, 2-140, 10-45, G-17 mrmHGB_Sta 2-106, 2-107, 2-108, 2-109, 2-113, G-18
mrmASGSTAT 2-17, 2-113, 2-134, 2-135, 2-136, 2-137, mrmINARD_D 2-118, 2-120, 2-122, 2-147, G-18
2-139, 2-140, G-17 mrmKLI_LUE 5-49, 10-55, G-18
mrmASR_CAN 2-126, 2-127, G-17 mrmKLK_EIN 5-39, 10-70, G-18
mrmASR_roh 2-126, 2-127, 2-129, 2-130, 8-13, 10-39, mrmKMD 5-50, 10-55, 10-70, G-18
G-17 mrmKTF_ G-18
mrmKUP_roh 10-43, G-18

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mrmLDFUAGL 8-33, 8-35, G-18 mrmMD_Rdif 10-72, 10-73, G-18

mrmLDFUaus 3-15, 8-30, 8-31, 8-36, 11-3, G-18 mrmMD_Reib 2-133, 2-134, 2-137, 10-72, 10-73, G-18,
mrmLFR_Adp 10-44, 10-73, G-18 I-2
mrmLL_ZIEL B-6, G-18 mrmMD_ReiC 10-73, G-18
mrmLLIINIT 2-29, 2-39, 2-118, G-18 mrmMD_Rrel 2-56, 2-116, 10-72, G-18
mrmLLN_ANH 2-33, 2-34, 2-35, G-18 mrmMDW_ab 2-56, 2-58, 2-71, G-18
mrmLLR_AGL 2-32, 7-8, G-18 mrmMSR_AKT 2-29, 2-116, 2-118, G-18
mrmLLR_PWD 2-32, 8-46, G-18 mrmMSR_CAN 2-127, 2-128, 2-129, 2-130, 2-131, G-18
mrmLLRIAnt G-18 mrmMSR_roh 2-128, 2-129, 2-130, 8-13, 10-39, G-18
mrmLLRPAnt G-18 mrmMSRSTAT 2-68, 2-126, 2-127, 2-128, 2-129, 2-130,
mrmLLUTF 2-36, 2-37, G-18 2-131, 8-13, 10-37, G-18
mrmLLWTF 2-37, G-18 mrmN_LLBAS 2-28, 2-29, 2-31, 2-32, 2-34, 2-35, 2-38,
mrmM_EADR 2-29, 2-94, 2-98, 2-101, 2-102, 2-103, 2 - 2-40, 2-143, 2-146, 2-147, 2-156, 5-37, 10-18, 10-26,
116, 2-143, 2-144, 2-147, 8-18, 8-36, 8-70, G-18 10-68, 10-73, B-6, G-19
mrmM_EAG4 2-120, 2-121, 2-122, G-18 mrmN_LLBAT 2-34, G-19
mrmM_EAKT 3-4, 3-5 mrmN_LLBSG G-19
mrmM_EAKT 2-1, 2-13, 2-14, 2-60, 2-76, 2-78, 2-80, 2 - mrmN_LLCAN 2-35, 8-17, 10-44, G-19
84, 2-91, 2-108, 2-109, 2-120, 3-4, 3-5, 4-12, 5-3, 5 - mrmN_LLDIA 2-32, 7-31, G-19
10, 5-41, 5-45, 5-63, 5-68, 5-72, 8-18, 8-65, 9-29, 9 - mrmN_LLKLI 2-35, G-19
31, 12-2, 12-3, 13-3, 13-4, G-18, G-21 mrmNfilt 2-25, 2-145, G-19
mrmM_EASG 8-16, 8-70, G-18 mrmPW_cmax 2-44, 2-45, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51,
mrmM_EBEGR 2-1, 2-22, 2-89, 2-139, 10-14, G-18 G-19
mrmM_EFAHR G-18 mrmPW_dp 2-44, 2-47, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51, G-19
mrmM_EFGR 2-29, 2-71, 2-75, 2-78, 2-80, 2-82, 2-84, 2 - mrmPW_OFFS 2-44, 2-51, 9-3, G-19
86, 2-89, 2-90, 2-105, 2-116, 2-143, 8-36, 8-70, 10-18, mrmPWG_lwo 2-42, 2-51, 10-20, G-19
10-71, G-19 mrmPWG_roh 2-28, 2-29, 2-42, 2-53, 2-56, 2-119, 2-143,
mrmM_EHGB 2-105, 2-106, 2-108, 2-109, 2-112, 2-113, 2-144, 8-36, 8-46, 10-16, 10-73, G-19
2-116, G-19 mrmPWGfi 2-53, 2-54, 2-56, 2-108, 2-119, 8-46, 8-70,
mrmM_EIST6 2-4, G-19 10-16, G-19
mrmM_EKORR 12-2, G-19 mrmPWGPBI G-19
mrmM_ELD2 2-156, G-19 mrmPWGPBM 2-119, 10-16, 10-68, G-19
mrmM_ELD3 2-156, G-19 mrmRMPSLOP 2-87, G-19
mrmM_ELD4 G-19 mrmSA_FAKT G-19
mrmM_ELD5 G-19 mrmSASTATE 2-60, G-19
mrmM_ELD6 2-156, G-19 mrmSICH_F 2-29, 2-32, 2-52, 2-94, 2-97, 8-45, 10-13,
mrmM_ELLBE G-19 G-19
mrmM_ELLR 2-1, 2-40, 2-118, 2-124, 2-126, 2-128, 2 - mrmSTA_AGL 2-5, 2-6, 7-8, G-19
134, 10-14, 10-71, 10-72, 12-3, G-19, I-2 mrmSTART_B 3-4
mrmM_ELRR G-19, I-2 mrmSTART_B 2-9, 2-22, 2-34, 2-37, 2-45, 2-48, 2-94, 2 -
mrmM_EMOT 2-60, 2-156, 10-70, 10-71, G-19, I-2 95, 2-102, 2-147, 2-155, 3-4, 3-10, 4-13, 5-10, 5-18, 5 -
mrmM_EMOTX 2-60, 10-70, 10-71, G-19 25, 5-31, 5-32, 5-33, 5-36, 5-37, 5-39, 5-51, 5-68, 8-7,
mrmM_EMSR 8-70, G-19 8-29, 8-33, 8-62, 10-5, 10-21, 10-28, 10-73, 12-4, 13 -
mrmM_EPUMP 2-60, G-19, I-2 6, 13-9, G-19
mrmM_EPWG 2-41, 2-53, 2-56, 2-57, 2-58, 2-90, 2-94, mrmSTATUS G-19
2-97, 2-102, 2-105, 2-116, 2-118, 10-18, 10-71, G-19 mrmSTW_fr G-19
mrmM_EPWGR 2-42, 2-56, 2-58, 2-97, 2-118, G-19 mrmT_SOLEE 2-94, 2-96, G-19
mrmM_ESOL6 2-4, G-19 mrmU_Start 8-63, G-19
mrmM_ESTAR 2-7, 2-9, G-19, I-2 mrmU_Stop 8-62, G-19
mrmM_EVERB 9-31, G-19 mrmUso_EAB G-19
mrmM_EWUN 2-1, 2-14, 2-40, 2-57, 2-58, 2-94, 2-97, 2 - mrmUso_MST 8-63, G-19
101, 2-105, 2-106, 2-116, 2-117, 2-118, 2-121, 2-122, mrmUso_UEB 8-62, 8-69, 12-4, G-19
2-123, 2-125, 2-127, 2-130, 2-136, 2-138, 2-143, 2 - mrmV_HGBSW 2-105, 2-106, 2-107, 2-110, 2-111, 2 -
144, 3-23, 10-71, 12-3, 13-3, 13-4, G-19, I-2 112, 7-8, G-19
mrmM_EWUN6 2-116, G-19 mrmV_SOLEE 2-106, 2-113, G-20
mrmM_EWUNF 2-105, 2-106, 2-116, 2-117, 2-118, 2 - mrmV_SOLHN 2-106, 2-111, 2-112, G-20
121, 2-122, 2-123, 2-125, 2-127, 2-130, 2-136, 2-138, mrmVB_FIL 5-51, 5-55, 9-31, G-19
2-143, 2-144, 10-71, G-19, I-2 mrmVERB 4-5, 4-10, 5-61, 9-31, G-19
mrmM_EWUNL 2-14, 2-118, 13-3, 13-4, G-19 mrmVERB20 9-31, 10-23, G-19
mrmM_EWUNR 2-118, 13-3, 13-4, G-19 mrmVZHB20 9-31, 10-23, G-19
mrmM_EWUS6 G-19 mrmW_KUP 2-134, 10-41, G-20
mrmM_EWUSO 2-1, 2-143, 2-145, 2-151, 12-3, G-19 mrmWH_POS 3-10
mrmMD_BEGR G-18 mrmWH_POSb 2-22, 2-33, 2-68, 3-10, 10-42, G-20
mrmMD_FAHR 2-134, 10-16, 10-71, G-18 mro_STBatt 2-8, G-24
mrmMD_KLI 10-70, 10-72, G-18 mro_STNBT 2-8, G-24
mrmMD_KLKr 10-55, 10-72, G-18 mro_STNO 2-8, G-24
mrmMD_KUP 2-134, 10-73, G-18 mro_ZMsta 2-6, 2-8, G-24
mrmMD_LLR 2-134, 10-72, G-18 mroAB G-20
mrmMD_RdiC 10-73, G-18 mroABM_E 2-157, G-20

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroABN 2-157, G-20 mroBSTZl 5-72, G-21

mroACC_OFF 2-90, G-20 mroBTSSh 5-72, 8-60, G-21
mroAdpfrei G-20 mroBTSSl 5-72, 8-60, G-21
mroADR_ABB 2-102, G-20 mroCASE_LL 2-39, G-21
mroADR_AUS 2-102, G-20 mroCVTSTAT 8-17, G-21
mroADR_HL G-20 mrodM_EMGB 2-57, 2-58, G-24
mroADR_I_A 2-96, 2-97, 2-98, 2-101, G-20 mroDNDTfi G-21
mroADR_P_A 2-98, G-20 mroDZ_GHI 2-121, G-21
mroADR_PSO 2-97, G-20 mroDZ_GLO 2-120, G-21
mroADR_PWG 2-97, G-20 mroEGSECST 5-38, G-21
mroADR_TAS 2-101, G-20 mroEGSERR G-21
mroADR_TSO 2-101, G-20 mroEGSINT G-21
mroADR_ZIL G-20 mroF_VERZ 9-6, G-21
mroAG4AKT 2-122, G-20 mroFGR_AB1 2-92, 2-107, G-21
mroAKT_SWN 2-110, G-20 mroFGR_AB2 2-92, 2-107, G-21
mroASG_NRA G-20 mroFGR_ABN 2-64, 2-68, 2-69, 2-88, 2-92, G-21
mroASG_Nso 2-134, G-20 mroFGR_KUP G-21
mroASG_Nsy 2-134, G-20 mroFMEBEG1 G-21
mroAUSZ_dN 5-70, G-20 mroFMEBEG3 G-21
mroAUSZEZ1 G-20 mroFPM_BED 8-43, 8-46, 8-47, G-21
mroAUSZEZ2 G-20 mroFPM_FEN G-21
mroAUSZEZ3 G-20 mroFPM_ZAK 2-53, 8-46, 8-47, G-21
mroAUSZEZ4 G-20 mroFRamp G-21
mroAUSZEZ5 G-20 mroFSchub G-21
mroAUSZEZ6 G-20 mroFVHGTdi 2-55, G-21
mroAUSZsta 5-69, G-20 mroFVHSTAT 2-55, G-21
mroAUSZUM1 5-69, G-20 mroFVHUEro 2-54, 2-55, G-21
mroAUSZUM2 5-69, G-20 mroFZug G-21
mroAUSZUpM G-20 mroGANG G-21
mroAUSZZ1 G-20 mroGG G-21
mroAUSZZ2 G-20 mroHGB_RA G-21
mroAUSZZ3 G-20 mroHGBLLho 2-108, G-21
mroAUSZZ4 G-20 mroHGI G-21
mroAUSZZ5 G-20 mroHGmax 2-112, G-21
mroAUSZZ6 G-20 mroHGP G-21
mroBEG_P G-20 mroHYSSTAT 2-124, 2-126, 2-128, G-21
mroBEG_T G-20 mroI_AKT 2-75, G-21
mroBI_BEGR G-20 mroKLDO 10-70, G-21
mroBI_FAHR 2-123, G-20 mroLDFASTA 8-35, G-21
mroBI_LLR 10-72, G-20 mroLDFO_PS 8-36, G-21
mroBI_REIB 2-123, G-20 mroLDFU_no 8-33, 8-36, G-21
mroBI_SOL6 G-20 mroLDFU_PS 8-36, G-21
mroBM_EERH 2-19, G-20 mroLDFUabg 8-33, G-21
mroBM_EERS 2-22, G-20 mroLDFUdf1 8-33, G-21
mroBM_EKTB 2-14, G-20 mroLDFUdf2 8-33, 8-35, G-21
mroBM_EMO2 2-17, G-20 mroLDFUdif 8-36, G-22
mroBM_EMOM 2-16, G-21 mroLLpwg 2-32, G-22
mroBM_ENSU 2-20, 2-22, G-21 mroLLRDAnt G-22
mroBM_ERAU 2-13, 2-14, G-21 mroLLsoll 2-31, G-22
mroBM_ERDF G-21 mroLLumdr 2-31, G-22
mroBM_ERKT 2-14, G-21 mroLLUTF G-22
mroBM_ESE1 2-14, G-21 mroLRRegel 2-155, 2-157, G-22
mroBM_ESER G-21 mroLRRI1 G-22
mroBM_ETUK 2-17, G-21 mroLRRI2 G-22
mroBM_ETUR 2-14, 2-17, G-21 mroLRRI3 G-22
mroBM_EVSU 2-19, G-21 mroLRRI4 G-22
mroBM_KTB 2-13, G-21 mroLRRI5 G-22
mroBM_Rfak G-21 mroLRRI6 G-22
mroBM_VE 2-14, G-21 mroLRRIST G-22
mroBM_VERp 2-14, G-21 mroLRRReg G-22
mroBM_WT G-21 mroLRRSoll G-22
mroBMEFATM 2-19, G-20 mroLS_akt G-22
mroBMEFKOC 2-19, G-20 mroLSausBg G-22
mroBMEFKT 2-20, G-20 mroM_APUMP 2-60, 12-3, G-22
mroBMEFOEL 2-19, G-20 mroM_ARDSu G-22
mroBMEFTT 2-20, G-20 mroM_ARDWU G-23
mroBMELFT 2-19, G-20 mroM_EAKTf G-23
mroBSTZh 5-72, G-21 mroM_EASGr 2-134, 2-139, G-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
mroM_EASR 2-126, 2-127, 10-14, G-23 mroMDabFGR 2-71, G-22

mroM_EASRr 2-126, 10-14, G-23 mroMDASGmx 2-134, G-22
mroM_EBEGR 12-3 mroMDInAdt 2-134, 2-135, 2-137, G-22
mroM_EBG 2-22, G-23 mroMDIntdt 2-129, G-22
mroM_EBGvo 2-22, G-23 mroMDSchRA 2-116, G-22
mroM_Edndt 2-22, G-23 mroMDSchSO 2-116, G-22
mroM_EEGSr 2-124, G-23 mroMDW_CAN 10-20, G-22
mroM_EEGSx G-23 mroMDW_PWG G-22
mroM_EFAHf G-23 mroMDWkorr 2-56, G-22
mroM_EHKF G-23 mroMEVerl G-22
mroM_ELA1 2-156, G-23 mroMST_ST 8-63, G-22
mroM_ELA2 G-23 mroN_BAKT 10-21, G-23
mroM_ELA3 G-23 mroN_Baus G-23
mroM_ELA4 G-23 mroN_LLCA1 2-35, G-23
mroM_ELA5 G-23 mroN_LLCA2 2-35, G-23
mroM_ELA6 2-156, G-23 mroN_LLCAr 8-17, 10-44, G-23
mroM_ELLBE G-23 mroODS_bed G-23
mroM_ELRR 2-155, G-23 mroPkorr 2-13, G-20, G-24
mroM_EMSRr 2-128, 10-14, G-23 mroPW_cmax 2-44, 2-48, 2-49, 2-50, G-24
mroM_EPWGU 2-57, 2-58, G-23 mroPW_DAbd 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, G-23
mroM_ERAM G-23 mroPW_dp 2-44, 2-49, 2-50, G-24
mroM_EREIB 2-123, G-23 mroPW_Hist 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, G-23
mroM_ERKF G-23 mroPW_MAX 2-44, 2-51, G-23
mroM_ESAB G-23 mroPW_red 2-51, G-24
mroM_ESchf 2-116, G-23 mroPW_Stat 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-50, G-23
mroM_ESchu 2-116, G-23 mroPWG_neu G-23
mroM_ESTAG G-23 mroPWG_R_I G-23
mroM_ESTER 2-6, 2-8, G-23 mroPWG_R_S G-23
mroM_ESTF G-23 mroPWG_Z 8-47, G-23
mroM_ESTI2 G-23 mroPWG_Z_H G-23
mroM_ESTIP 2-5, 2-6, G-23 mroPWGBits G-23
mroM_EStKo G-23 mroPWGinv 2-119, 10-16, G-23
mroM_ESTvo G-23 mroPWGmin 2-45, 2-47, G-23
mroM_EWFr 2-116, 2-119, G-23 mroPWLLPos 2-44, 2-50, 2-51, G-23
mroM_EWLBG 10-71, G-23 mroRMP_gef 10-25, G-24
mroM_EWUBE G-23 mroSUEBST2 8-70, G-24
mroM_EXASG 2-135, 2-137, G-23 mroSUEBSTA 8-70, G-24
mroM_EXASR 2-127, G-23 mroTIC G-24
mroM_EXEGS 2-124, G-23 mroTS_ST 8-60, 12-7, G-24
mroM_EXMSR 2-130, G-23 mroTSB_STG 2-14, G-24
mroM_Lk 2-13, G-23 mroTSBits 2-17, G-24
mroMD_Areg 2-134, 2-137, G-22 mroTSBKADF G-24
mroMD_Arei G-22 mroTSBKLTF G-24
mroMD_ASG 2-134, 2-137, G-22 mroU_PGSx2 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, G-24
mroMD_ASR 8-13, 10-39, 10-69, G-22 mroUist G-24
mroMD_EGS 10-69, G-22 mroUsoll 8-60, 8-70, 8-71, 9-26, 12-3, 12-4, G-24
mroMD_FAHu G-22 mroUsollv G-24
mroMD_FAHx 10-16, G-22 mroV_RAMP 2-82, 2-84, 2-87, G-24
mroMD_GEN 10-72, G-22 mroVEB_STA 2-14, G-24
mroMD_IST6 10-25, G-22 mroVERB_Z 9-6, 9-29, G-24
mroMD_KL1 10-70, G-22 mroVERBS_h G-24
mroMD_KLI G-22 mroVERBS_l G-24
mroMD_KLK 10-72, G-22 mroVGES20 G-24
mroMD_KOFT G-22 mroVZN_STO G-24
mroMD_MOT 10-71, G-22 mroVzuNfil 2-25, 2-28, 2-143, 2-146, 2-149, G-24
mroMD_MSR 2-128, 8-13, 10-39, 10-69, G-22 mroWA_STAT 2-101, G-24
mroMD_Rakt 2-56, G-22 mroWTF_TES 8-50, G-24
mroMD_Rdif 10-73, G-22 nlmDK_auf 3-15, 11-3, G-24
mroMD_ReiR 10-72, 10-73, G-22 nlmDK_zu 3-15, 11-3, G-24
mroMD_SOL6 10-25, G-22 nlmEND_AUS G-24
mroMD_SOLL 10-15, 10-70, 10-71, G-22 nlmLUENL 5-55, G-24
mroMD_VOR 2-133, 2-134, 2-137, G-22 nlmLUENLrd G-24
mroMD_VORl G-22 nlmM_E_AUS G-24
mroMD_VORm 2-134, G-22 nlmNLact 2-94, 5-55, 5-65, 6-3, 8-36, 10-28, 11-3, G-24
mroMD_VORr G-22 nlmUso_NAL 11-3, G-24
mroMD_WUN G-22 nloFSP_S G-24
mroMDabAKT 2-71, G-22 nloNACHst G-24
mroMDabBEG 2-71, G-22 nloNACHtr1 G-24

Y S01 281/120 - VG2
nloNACHtr2 G-24 xcmD_F_ML2 G-26

nloNL_TIM G-24 xcmDATA_Er G-26
nloNL_TN0 G-24 xcmIHM2DIA G-26
nloSTABst G-24 xcmImmoSta G-26
nloSTABtr1 G-24 xcmImmoZ2 G-26
nloSTABtr2 G-24 xcmKmMILch 5-66, G-26
nloSTOPst G-24 xcmKmMILon 5-66, G-26
nloSTOPtr G-24 xcmM_List G-26
nloTSTTIM G-24 xcmMSG_gsp G-26
nloUEBMst G-24 xcmOBD_ANZ G-26
nloUEBMtr G-24 xcmPINDIA G-26
pkmPSGIDOK G-25 xcmPSGSET G-26
sbmAGL_SBR 7-8, 13-5, G-25 xcmR_THS G-26
sbmKSB 13-9, G-25 xcmRdBits G-26
sbmPHIist 13-7, G-25 xcmSCHALT1 B-6, G-26
sbmPHImit 13-7, G-25 xcmSCHALT2 B-6, G-26
sbmPHIsoll 13-3, G-25 xcmSCHALT3 B-6, G-26
sbmWTF 13-3, 13-4, 13-6, G-25 xcmSCHALT4 B-6, G-26
sboDYNStat 13-4, G-25 xcmSCHALT5 B-6, G-26
sboIANT 13-8, G-25 xcmSperre G-26
sboK2 13-5, G-25 xcmSt_frei 10-19, G-26
sboK3 13-5, G-25 xcmWFS2DIA G-26
sboK4 13-5, 13-6, G-25 xcmWFSDATA G-26
sboKW4 13-6, G-25 xcoBYP_COS G-27
sboM_E 13-3, 13-4, G-25 xcoBYP_COX G-27
sboNAPI 13-8, G-25 xcoFLNR G-27
sboPANT G-25 xcoMWBNr G-27
sboRA G-25 xcoMWNr G-27
sboSKF G-25 xcoRND_H G-27
sboSOLL1 13-5, G-25 xcoRND_L G-27
sboSOLL2 13-5, G-25 xcoSKC_H G-27
sboSOLL3 G-25 xcoSKC_L G-27
sboSOLL4 G-25 xcoSKC_M G-27
sboSOLL5 13-6, G-25 xcoStatus G-27
sboSOLL6 G-25 zmmBM_ADD 2-13
sboSSK G-25 zmmDKTL 3-15, G-27
sboSSKv 13-9, G-25 zmmF_KRIT 2-22, 2-116, 3-15, 8-53, 8-54, 8-55, 8-56, 8 -
sboSST 13-6, G-25 57, 10-15, G-27
sboSTWS G-25 zmmHF2_DEF 3-7, G-27
sboSWBGR G-25 zmmSYSERR 2-9, 2-88, 2-124, 2-129, 2-130, 2-135, 2 -
sboUBA 13-8, G-25 139, 5-2, 5-3, 7-20, 7-30, 7-31, 8-74, 10-15, 10-16, 10 -
sboUMDRs 13-5, 13-6, G-25 18, 10-72, G-27
simOEL_BEL 5-63, 10-28, G-25 zmmUBATT 5-64, G-27
tlmKMW_CAN 10-46, G-25 zmmVEAKTIV 2-13, 2-14, 2-16
xcmBYPSTAN G-26
xcmBYPSTAT G-26
xcmD_F_AR2 G-26
xcmD_F_MIL G-26
xcmD_F_ML1 G-26

EDC15 Funktionsbeschreibung P12 VG2 de en PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

EDC15 Funktionsbeschreibung P12 VG2 de en PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

bosch 0

19 April 2002 DS / ESA

1 OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................ 1-1

2 QUANTITY CALCULATION ................................................. ................................... 2-1

DS / ESA Contents 19 April 2002

2:10 maximum speed limit ................................................ ........... 2-105

3 EXHAUST FEEDBACK ................................................. .............................................. 3-1

4 CHARGE PRESSURE CONTROL ................................................. ............................................. 4-1

5 OTHER FUNCTIONS ................................................ ............................................. 5-1

19 April 2002 Contents DS / ESA

5.1.4 "pushing" for the glow plugs 3 Generation ......................................... 5-12

6 ERROR HANDLING ................................................. ............................................... 6-1

DS / ESA Contents 19 April 2002

6.3.1 Environmental conditions .............................................. ................................. 6-4

7 DIAGNOSIS .................................................................................................................. 7-1

19 April 2002 Contents DS / ESA

7.4.1 Establish communication .............................................. ......................... 7-34

8 MONITORING CONCEPT ................................................. ........................................ 8-1

DS / ESA Contents 19 April 2002

8:30 Fuel temperature sensor (KTF) .............................................. ................... 8-27

9 INPUT AND OUTPUT SIGNALS .............................................. ........................... 9-1

19 April 2002 Contents DS / ESA

9.1.7 PWM signal crash ............................................ .................................... 9-22

10 CAN ........................................................................................................................ 10-1

DS / ESA Contents 19 April 2002

8/10/23 Received message - GRA_Neu ........................................... 10-57 ....

11 CASTER ............................................................................................................... 11-1

12 PUMP CONTROL ................................................. ........................................... 12-1

13 SPRAY STARTING SYSTEM ................................................. ........................................ 13-1

14 CONTROL DEVICE CODE ............................................... .................................... 14-1

APPENDIX A UMPROGRAMMIERANLEITUNG ............................................... .......................... A-1

19 April 2002 Contents DS / ESA

APPENDIX B DEFINITION OF GROUP NUMBERS ............................................. .................. B-1

APPENDIX C SCHEDULING ....................................................................................................C-1

APPENDIX D LIST OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ............................................. ..................... D-1

APPENDIX E LIST OF ERROR CODES ............................................. .................................... E-1

APPENDIX F LIST of the error ............................................. ........................................ F-1

APPENDIX G LIST OF olda'S ............................................. ............................................ G-1

ANNEX H LIST OF PINS SG ............................................ ............................................ H-1

ANNEX I UNIVERSAL INTERFACE ASCET ........................................... .................... I-1

DS / ESA Contents 19 April 2002

1.1 Notes on the structure and use

Monitoring concept (including self-diagnosis (ed)) / Troubleshooting (fb)

Input signals: Quantity calculation (mr) and Output signals:

Air compressor (kl) TQ - Signal

Cooling water heating (kh) MUX - signal (pb)

Radiator fan control (ku)

Misfire Detection (mr)

Fl. Service interval indicator (si)

19 April 2002 Survey -Notes on the structure and use DS / ESA

1.2 Definition of terms

1.3 Naming Conventions

jjtXXXXXXX (maximum 10 characters)

To forgive XXXXXXX 1 to 7 characters left (Uppercase or lowercase)

DS / ESA Overview - Definitions 19 April 2002

Absolute amount Limit DT1 element

I element IT1 element P-element

PI-element PID element PT1 element

PT2 element RAMP Ramp Ramp, rising

Characteristic Map Characteristic space

Hysteresis, falling Hysteresis, rising Hysteresis, 3x

Switch, 1 input, Switch, 1 input,

19 April 2002 Overview - Symbols DS / ESA